Process Piping ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31
Aimal Hanifivisibility
…
description
538 pages
link
1 file
Related papers
Rethinking the Exception Clause on Divorce in Matthew 5:31-32: An Exposé
Rethinking the exception clause , 2023
The Nigerian society today is greatly bedevilled with growing cases of divorce, leading to single parenting, men and women living in and celebrating adultery because they are not properly married in the context of the Bible. The paper thus examined the exception clause on divorce in Matthew 5:31-32 with the aim of articulating the original intentions of God in creating one man and one wife in a marital union. The work adopted the exegetical and expository approaches in interrogating the text while the phenomenological method was used in the sociological interpretation of the phenomenon in the context of the society. It discovered that the permission given to Moses by God was based on the nature of the peoples' heart which was hardened and should not be seen and considered as a license for a life of divorce. It recommended a cherished love-life, filled with mutual accommodation between married couple, giving room for forgiveness even though, a party may have failed. This is the model espoused by Jesus in His preaching and ensuring a lasting marital union that is capable of recreating a healthy society.
Wood-and Cable-Based Variable Tilt Stilt-Mounted Solar Photovoltaic Racking System
Designs, 2024
The prohibitive costs of small-scale solar photovoltaic (PV) racks decrease PV adoption velocity. To overcome these costs challenges, an open hardware design method is used to develop two novel variable tilt racking designs. These are the first stilt-mounted racking designs that allow for the manual change of the tilt angle from zero to 90 degrees by varying the length of cables. The racks are designed using the calculated dead, wind, and snow loads for Canada as a conservative design for most of the rest of the world. Structural capacities of the wooden members are then ascertained and the resisting bending moment, shear force, tensile force, and compressive force is calculated for them. A structural and truss analysis is performed to ensure that the racking design withstands the applicable forces. Moreover, the implications of changing the tilt angle on the wooden members/cables used to build the system are also determined. The systems offer significant economic savings ranging from one third to two thirds of the capital expenses of the commercially available alternatives. In addition, the racking designs are easy-to-build and require minimal manufacturing operations, which increases their accessibility. The stilt-mounted designs can be employed for agrivoltaic settings while allowing farm workers shaded, ergonomic access to perform planting, weeding, and harvesting.
El Desarrollo Organizacional como proceso de cambio Recordemos la definición de Desarrollo Organizacional
"Un proceso planeado de cambio dentro de la cultura de una organización, mediante el empleo de la tecnología y la teoría de la ciencia del comportamiento. Este capítulo analizaremos el "proceso de cambio" y el "empleo de la teoría." Aunque la práctica del desarrollo organizacional puede basarse en fragmentos de varias teorías extraídas de las ciencias del comportamiento, no existe teoría alguna que abarque la totalidad del DO lo que sin duda constituye una debilidad de este campo pero no ha de sorprendernos puesto que el DO es muy joven como campo (sus orígenes datan aproximadamente de 1960), y porque se basa en varias disciplinas. De todos modos, la mayoría de los profesionales convienen en que los modelos que constituyen los cimientos de los marcos de referencia para cual-quier esfuerzo de DO son tres: 1) El modelo de investigación de una acción; 2) El modelo de Lewin de tres pasos (descongelación, avance y recongelación) para el cambio de sistema, 3) Las fases del cambio planeado como las han delineado Lippitt, Watson y Westley (1958). Los tres modelos-no son mutuamente excluyentes y todos ellos parten del pensamiento original de Kurt Lewin.
ASME B31.3-2014
(Revision of ASME B31.3-2012)
Process Piping
ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31
A N I N T E R N AT I O N A L P I P I N G CO D E ®
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(Revision of ASME B31.3-2012)
Process Piping
ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31
A N I N T E R N AT I O N A L P I P I N G CO D E ®
Two Park Avenue • New York, NY • 10016 USA
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Date of Issuance: February 27, 2015
The next edition of this Code is scheduled for publication in 2016. This Code will become effective
6 months after the Date of Issuance.
ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretations of technical aspects of this Code.
Interpretations, Code Cases, and errata are published on the ASME Web site under the Committee
Pages at http://cstools.asme.org/ as they are issued. Interpretations and Code Cases are also included
with each edition.
Errata to codes and standards may be posted on the ASME Web site under the Committee Pages to
provide corrections to incorrectly published items, or to correct typographical or grammatical errors
in codes and standards. Such errata shall be used on the date posted.
The Committee Pages can be found at http://cstools.asme.org/. There is an option available to
automatically receive an e-mail notification when errata are posted to a particular code or standard.
This option can be found on the appropriate Committee Page after selecting “Errata” in the “Publication
Information” section.
ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
This international code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American
National Standards and it is an American National Standard. The Standards Committee that approved the code or
standard was balanced to assure that individuals from competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to
participate. The proposed code or standard was made available for public review and comment that provides an
opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the public-at-large.
ASME does not “approve,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any
items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for
infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assume any such liability. Users of a code or standard are expressly
advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is
entirely their own responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as
government or industry endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established
ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,
in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Copyright © 2015 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
CONTENTS
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Committee Roster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx
Chapter I
300
Scope and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
Chapter II
Part 1
301
302
Part 2
303
304
Part 3
305
306
307
308
309
Part 4
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
Part 5
319
320
321
Part 6
322
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions and Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings, Bends, Miters, Laps, and Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expanded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubing Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caulked Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soldered and Brazed Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Sustained Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
10
10
12
20
20
20
30
30
30
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
36
36
41
42
44
44
Chapter III
323
325
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials — Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
46
55
Chapter IV
326
Standards for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and Ratings of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
56
Chapter V
327
328
330
331
332
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding and Brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending and Forming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
60
60
67
69
74
iii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
333
335
Brazing and Soldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
75
Chapter VI
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
Inspection, Examination, and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
77
77
84
84
84
86
89
Chapter VII
A300
Part 1
A301
A302
Part 2
A303
A304
Part 3
A305
A306
A307
A308
A309
Part 4
A310
A311
A312
A313
A314
A315
A316
A318
Part 5
A319
A321
Part 6
A322
Part 7
A323
A325
Part 8
A326
Part 9
A327
A328
A329
A332
A334
A335
Part 10
A340
A341
A342
Nonmetallic Piping and Piping Lined With Nonmetals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions and Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings, Bends, Miters, Laps, and Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonded Joints in Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expanded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubing Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caulked Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility of Nonmetallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials — Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and Ratings of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonding of Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabrication of Piping Lined With Nonmetals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending and Forming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Joining Nonplastic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection, Examination, and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
90
90
90
90
92
92
92
93
93
93
94
94
94
94
94
94
95
95
95
95
95
95
96
96
97
97
97
98
98
100
100
100
103
103
103
105
107
107
107
108
108
108
108
iv
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
A343
A344
A345
A346
Examination Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108
109
109
110
Chapter VIII
M300
Part 1
M301
M302
Part 2
M303
M304
Part 3
M305
M306
M307
M308
M309
Part 4
M310
M311
M312
M313
M314
M315
M316
M317
M318
Part 5
M319
M320
M321
Part 6
M322
Part 7
M323
M325
Part 8
M326
Part 9
M327
M328
M330
M331
M332
M335
Part 10
M340
M341
M342
M343
M344
M345
M346
Piping for Category M Fluid Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions and Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Metallic Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Metallic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Metallic Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Fittings, Bends, Miters, Laps, and Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Metallic Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Piping, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welded Joints in Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Joints in Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expanded Joints in Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded Joints in Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubing Joints in Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caulked Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soldered and Brazed Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Joints in Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility and Support of Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility of Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Sustained Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials — Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and Ratings of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection of Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preheating of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Treatment of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending and Forming of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Erection of Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection, Examination, Testing, and Records of Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
112
112
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
v
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Parts 11 Through 20, Corresponding to Chapter VII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA300
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 11
Conditions and Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA301
Design Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA302
Design Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 12
Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA303
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA304
Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 13
Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA305
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA306
Nonmetallic Fittings, Bends, Miters, Laps, and Branch Connections . . . . . . .
MA307
Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA308
Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA309
Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 14
Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA310
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA311
Bonded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA312
Flanged Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA313
Expanded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA314
Threaded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA315
Tubing Joints in Nonmetallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA316
Caulked Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA318
Special Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 15
Flexibility and Support of Nonmetallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA319
Piping Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA321
Piping Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 16
Nonmetallic and Nonmetallic Lined Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA322
Specific Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 17
Nonmetallic Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA323
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 18
Standards for Nonmetallic and Nonmetallic Lined Piping Components . . . . . . . .
MA326
Dimensions and Ratings of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 19
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection of Nonmetallic and Nonmetallic Lined
Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA327
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA328
Bonding of Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA329
Fabrication of Piping Lined With Nonmetals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA332
Bending and Forming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA334
Joining Nonplastic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA335
Assembly and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 20
Inspection, Examination, Testing, and Records of Nonmetallic and
Nonmetallic Lined Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA340
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA341
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA342
Examination Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA343
Examination Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA344
Types of Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA345
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA346
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
117
117
118
118
118
118
118
Chapter IX
K300
Part 1
K301
K302
119
119
119
119
120
High Pressure Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions and Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
115
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
Part 2
K303
K304
Part 3
K305
K306
K307
K308
K309
Part 4
K310
K311
K312
K313
K314
K315
K316
K317
K318
Part 5
K319
K321
Part 6
K322
Part 7
K323
K325
Part 8
K326
Part 9
K327
K328
K330
K331
K332
K333
K335
Part 10
K340
K341
K342
K343
K344
K345
K346
Pressure Design of Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of High Pressure Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings, Bends, and Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expanded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubing Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caulked Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soldered and Brazed Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending and Forming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brazing and Soldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection, Examination, and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leak Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
122
122
122
126
126
126
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
128
128
128
128
128
128
129
129
129
129
129
134
134
134
134
134
134
136
137
138
139
139
139
139
139
141
141
141
142
143
Chapter X
U300
Part 1
U301
Part 2
Part 3
U306
U307
U308
High Purity Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditions and Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Design of Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings, Bends, Miters, Laps, and Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
vii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Part 4
U311
U314
U315
Part 5
U319
Part 6
Part 7
Part 8
Part 9
U327
U328
U330
U331
U332
U333
U335
Part 10
U340
U341
U342
U343
U344
U345
U346
Part 11
UM300
UM307
UM322
UM328
UM335
UM341
UM345
Figures
300.1.1
302.3.5
304.2.1
304.2.3
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.5.3
319.4.4A
319.4.4B
323.2.2A
323.2.2B
328.3.2
328.4.2
328.4.3
328.4.4
328.5.2A
328.5.2B
328.5.2C
Fluid Service Requirements for Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubing Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexibility and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending and Forming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brazing and Soldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection, Examination, and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Purity Piping in Category M Fluid Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Valves and Specialty Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Erection of Metallic Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
148
148
148
148
149
149
149
149
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
Diagram Illustrating Application of B31.3 Piping at Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stress Range Factor, f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nomenclature for Pipe Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nomenclature for Miter Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branch Connection Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extruded Outlet Header Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moments in Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moments in Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduction in Lowest Exemption Temperature Without Impact Testing . . . . .
Typical Backing Rings and Consumable Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Butt Weld End Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trimming and Permitted Misalignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation for Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fillet Weld Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Details for Double-Welded Slip-On and Socket Welding Flange
Attachment Welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Welding Dimensions for Socket Welding Components Other
Than Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
17
21
21
24
26
29
40
40
viii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
49
51
62
62
62
63
64
64
64
328.5.4A
328.5.4B
328.5.4C
328.5.4D
328.5.4E
Typical Welded Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Welded Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Welded Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptable Details for Branch Attachment Welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptable Details for Branch Attachment Suitable for 100%
Radiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptable Details for Integrally Reinforced Branch Connections . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Fabricated Laps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Threaded Joints Using Straight Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Weld Imperfections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Plastic Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example of an Acceptable Impact Test Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Bored for Alignment: Trimming and Permitted Misalignment . . . . . . . .
Some Acceptable Welded Branch Connections Suitable for 100%
Radiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Face Seal Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hygienic Clamp Joint Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hygienic Clamp Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hygienic Ferrules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
328.5.4F
328.5.5
335.3.3
341.3.2
A328.5
K323.3.3
K328.4.3
K328.5.4
U304.5.3
U335.7.1
U335.8A
U335.8B
U335.8C
Tables
300.4
302.3.3C
302.3.3D
302.3.4
302.3.5
304.1.1
304.4.1
308.2.1
314.2.1
323.2.2
323.2.2A
323.3.1
323.3.4
323.3.5
326.1
330.1.1
331.1.1
331.1.2
331.1.3
341.3.2
A323.2.2
A323.4.2C
A323.4.3
A326.1
A341.3.2
K302.3.3D
K305.1.2
K323.3.1
Status of Appendices in B31.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increased Casting Quality Factors, Ec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptance Levels for Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Longitudinal Weld Joint Quality Factor, Ej . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Values of Coefficient Y for t < D⁄6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BPV Code References for Closures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permissible Sizes/Rating Classes for Slip-On Flanges Used as Lapped
Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Thickness of External Threaded Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabular Values for Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for
Carbon Steel Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact Testing Requirements for Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charpy Impact Test Temperature Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Required Charpy V-Notch Impact Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preheat Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Postweld Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternate Postweld Heat Treatment Requirements for Carbon and Low
Alloy Steels, P-Nos. 1 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exemptions to Mandatory Postweld Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptance Criteria for Welds — Visual and Radiographic
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Nonmetals . . . . . . .
Recommended Temperature Limits for Reinforced Thermosetting Resin
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended Temperature Limits for Thermoplastics Used as
Linings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptance Criteria for Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptable Severity Levels for Steel Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Ultrasonic or Eddy Current Examination of Pipe and Tubing for
Longitudinal Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact Testing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ix
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
65
65
65
65
65
66
68
76
82
106
132
137
137
145
147
147
148
148
9
15
15
16
19
21
28
32
35
47
50
52
53
54
57
68
70
71
72
79
99
99
100
101
109
122
126
131
K323.3.5
K326.1
K341.3.2
Appendices
A
Minimum Required Charpy V-Notch Impact Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptance Criteria for Welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowable Stresses and Quality Factors for Metallic Piping and Bolting
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification Index for Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes for Tables A-1, A-1M, A-1A, A-1B, A-2, and A-2M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iron
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Steel
Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipes (Structural Grade) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates, Bars, Shapes, and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates, Bars, Shapes, and Sheets (Structural) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel
Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copper and Copper Alloy
Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel and Nickel Alloy
Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium and Titanium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum Alloy
Seamless Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welded Pipes and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates and Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
x
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
133
135
140
151
152
155
159
159
160
164
164
166
166
166
168
170
172
174
176
182
184
188
188
190
190
192
192
192
194
196
198
202
202
204
204
204
204
204
204
206
208
208
209
210
211
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) . . . . . . . . . .
Fe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copper and Copper Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel and Nickel Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium and Titanium Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-1A Basic Casting Quality Factors, Ec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-1B Basic Quality Factors for Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes,
Tubes, and Fittings, Ej . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B
Stress Tables and Allowable Pressure Tables for Nonmetals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C
Physical Properties of Piping Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D
Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E
Reference Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F
Precautionary Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G
Safeguarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H
Sample Calculations for Branch Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J
Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K
Allowable Stresses for High Pressure Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L
Aluminum Alloy Pipe Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Guide to Classifying Fluid Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N
Application of ASME B31.3 Internationally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Q
Quality System Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S
Piping System Stress Analysis Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V
Allowable Variations in Elevated Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X
Metallic Bellows Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z
Preparation of Technical Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
212
212
214
224
234
266
272
300
302
304
322
323
326
336
352
358
372
376
382
387
389
398
412
426
429
431
433
434
447
450
455
457
FOREWORD
Responding to evident need and at the request of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
the American Standards Association initiated Project B31 in March 1926, with ASME as sole
administrative sponsor. The breadth of the field involved required that membership of the
Sectional Committee be drawn from some 40 engineering societies, industries, government
bureaus, institutes, and trade associations.
Initial publication in 1935 was as the American Tentative Standard Code for Pressure Piping.
Revisions from 1942 through 1955 were published as American Standard Code for Pressure
Piping, ASA B31.1. It was then decided to publish as separate documents the various industry
Sections, beginning with ASA B31.8-1955, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems.
The first Petroleum Refinery Piping Code Section was designated ASA B31.3-1959. ASA B31.3
revisions were published in 1962 and 1966.
In 1967–1969, the American Standards Association became first the United States of America
Standards Institute, then the American National Standards Institute. The Sectional Committee
became American National Standards Committee B31 and the Code was renamed the American
National Standard Code for Pressure Piping. The next B31.3 revision was designated
ANSI B31.3-1973. Addenda were published through 1975.
A draft Code Section for Chemical Plant Piping, prepared by Section Committee B31.6, was
ready for approval in 1974. It was decided, rather than have two closely related Code Sections,
to merge the Section Committees and develop a joint Code Section, titled Chemical Plant and
Petroleum Refinery Piping. The first edition was published as ANSI B31.3-1976.
In this Code, responsibility for piping design was conceptually integrated with that for the
overall processing facility, with safeguarding recognized as an effective safety measure. Three
categories of Fluid Service were identified, with a separate Chapter for Category M Fluid Service.
Coverage for nonmetallic piping was introduced. New concepts were better defined in five
Addenda, the fourth of which added Appendix M, a graphic aid to selection of the proper Fluid
Service category.
The Standards Committee was reorganized in 1978 as a Committee operating under ASME
procedures with ANSI accreditation. It is now the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31 Committee.
Section committee structure remains essentially unchanged.
The second edition of Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping was compiled from the
1976 Edition and its five Addenda, with nonmetal requirements editorially relocated to a separate
Chapter. Its new designation was ANSI/ASME B31.3-1980.
Section Committee B31.10 had a draft Code for Cryogenic Piping ready for approval in 1981.
Again, it was decided to merge the two Section Committees and develop a more inclusive Code
with the same title. The work of consolidation was partially completed in the
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition.
Significant changes were made in Addenda to the 1984 Edition: integration of cryogenic requirements was completed; a new stand-alone Chapter on high-pressure piping was added; and
coverage of fabrication, inspection, testing, and allowable stresses was reorganized. The new
Edition was redesignated as ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition.
Addenda to the subsequent five Editions, published at three-year intervals, were primarily
used to keep the Code up to date. New Appendices were added, however, on requirements for
bellows expansion joints, estimating service life, submittal of Inquiries, aluminum flanges, and
quality control in the 1990, 1993, 1999, and 2002 Editions, all designated as ASME B31.3.
In a program to clarify the application of all Sections of the Code for Pressure Piping, changes
were made in the Introduction and Scope statements of the 1996 Edition, and its title was changed
to Process Piping.
Under direction of ASME Codes and Standards management, metric units of measurement
were emphasized. With certain exceptions, SI metric units were listed first in the 1996 Edition
and were designated as the standard. Instructions for conversion were given where metric data
xii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
were not available. U.S. Customary units also were given. By agreement, either system may have
been used.
Beginning with the 2004 Edition, the publication cycle of ASME B31.3 was changed to biennial.
Other changes made in the 2004 Edition included the introduction of the weld joint strength
reduction factor, W, and the additions of new Appendix P, Alternative Rules for Evaluating Stress
Range, and Appendix S, Piping System Stress Analysis Examples.
Changes that were made to the 2006 and 2008 Editions of ASME B31.3 included the requirement
that valves have blowout-proof stems and the addition of a definition for elevated temperature
fluid service, respectively. The most significant change that was made to the 2010 Edition of
ASME B31.3 was the addition of Chapter X, High Purity Piping. In the 2012 Edition, Tables A-1M
and A-2M were added to Appendix A that give allowable design values in SI metric units, and
Appendix N, Application of ASME B31.3 Internationally, was also added.
In this 2014 Edition of the Code, SI metric units are given first, with U.S. Customary units in
parentheses. Table K-1 in Appendix K, and Tables C-1 and C-6 in Appendix C, are exceptions,
containing only U.S. Customary units. The allowable design values in Tables A-1 and A-2 in
Appendix A are given in U.S. Customary units and are the required values; the SI metric values
in Tables A-1M and A-2M are for information only. Except for Tables A-1M, A-2M, C-1, C-6, and
K-1, values in metric units are to be regarded as the standard, unless otherwise agreed between
the contracting parties. Instructions are given in those tables for converting tabular data in U.S.
Customary units to appropriate SI metric units.
Interpretations, Code Cases, and errata to the B31.3 Code on Process Piping are published on
the following ASME web page: http://cstools.asme.org/csconnect/CommitteePages.cfm?Committeep
N10020400.
ASME B31.3-2014 was approved by the American National Standards Institute on July 16, 2014.
xiii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31 COMMITTEE
Code for Pressure Piping
(The following is the roster of the Committee at the time of approval of this Code.)
STANDARDS COMMITTEE OFFICERS
J. E. Meyer, Chair
J. W. Frey, Vice Chair
N. Lobo, Secretary
STANDARDS COMMITTEE PERSONNEL
R. J. T. Appleby, ExxonMobil Development Co.
C. Becht IV, Becht Engineering Co.
A. E. Beyer, Fluor Enterprises
K. C. Bodenhamer, Willbros Professional Services, Engineering
R. Bojarczuk, ExxonMobil Research & Engineering Co.
C. J. Campbell, Air Liquide
J. S. Chin, TransCanada Pipeline U.S.
D. D. Christian, Victaulic
R. P. Deubler, Fronek Power Systems, LLC
C. Eskridge, Jacobs Engineering
D. J. Fetzner, BP Exploration Alaska, Inc.
P. D. Flenner, Flenner Engineering Services
J. W. Frey, Stress Engineering Services, Inc.
D. R. Frikken, Becht Engineering Co.
R. A. Grichuk, Fluor Enterprises, Inc.
R. W. Haupt, Pressure Piping Engineering Associates, Inc.
B. P. Holbrook, Babcock Power, Inc.
G. A. Jolly, Flowserve/Gestra, USA
N. Lobo, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
W. J. Mauro, American Electric Power
J. E. Meyer, Louis Perry & Associates, Inc.
T. Monday, Team Industries, Inc.
G. R. Petru, Enterprise Products
E. H. Rinaca, Dominion Resources, Inc.
M. J. Rosenfeld, Kiefner/Applus — RTD
J. T. Schmitz, Southwest Gas Corp.
S. K. Sinha, Lucius Pitkin, Inc.
W. J. Sperko, Sperko Engineering Services, Inc.
J. P. Swezy, Jr., Boiler Code Tech, LLC
F. W. Tatar, FM Global
K. A. Vilminot, Black & Veatch
G. Antaki, Ex-Officio Member, Becht Engineering Co., Inc.
L. E. Hayden, Jr., Ex-Officio Member
A. J. Livingston, Ex-Officio Member, Kinder Morgan
B31.3 PROCESS PIPING SECTION COMMITTEE
J. F. Hodgins, Car-Ber Testing Services
W. M. Huitt, W. M. Huitt Co.
D. L. Ianiro, Mainthia Technologies, Inc.
W. J. Koves, Pi Engineering Software, Inc.
R. A. McLeod, Circor Instrumentation Technologies
C. J. Melo, S&B Engineers and Constructors, Ltd.
V. B. Molina III, Air Products & Chemicals, Inc.
C. A. Moore, Smith Fibercast
A. D. Nalbandian, Thielsch Engineering, Inc.
M. Nguyen, Lockwood International
K. A. Nisly-Nagele, Archer Daniels Midland Co.
C. D. Pham, SBM Offshore, Inc.
D. W. Rahoi, CCM 2000
A. P. Rangus, Bechtel
R. K. Reamey, Turner Industries Group, LLC
G. C. Reinhardt II, Team Industries, Inc.
P. E. Robinson, Parker Hannifin Corp.
K. S. Shipley, The Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
C. Y. Shyu, ExxonMobil Development Co.
R. J. Silvia, Process Engineers & Constructors, Inc.
J. L. Smith, Jacobs Engineering
J. P. Swezy, Jr., Boiler Code Tech, LLC
F. W. Tatar, FM Global
S. J. Tonkins, BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc.
Q. N. Truong, Consultant
B. K. Walker, Consolidated Nuclear Security
J. E. Meyer, Chair, Louis Perry & Associates, Inc.
R. W. Engle, Vice Chair, IHI E&C International Corp.
R. Mohamed, Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
B. L. Agee, GE Energy
C. Becht IV, Becht Engineering Co.
R. M. Bojarczuk, ExxonMobil Research & Engineering Co.
R. D. Campbell, Bechtel National, Inc.
D. D. Christian, Victaulic
D. L. Coym, Intertek Moody
J. A. D’Avanzo, Lockwood International
C. E. Davila, Crane Energy
D. W. Diehl, Intergraph Corp.
D. R. Edwards, ConocoPhillips Co.
J. P. Ellenberger
C. H. Eskridge, Jr., Jacobs Engineering
D. J. Fetzner, BP Exploration Alaska, Inc.
P. D. Flenner, Flenner Engineering Services
D. R. Fraser, NASA Ames Research Center
D. R. Frikken, Becht Engineering Co.
B. S. Gordon, Wyatt Field Services
O. R. Greulich, NASA
R. A. Grichuk, Fluor Enterprises, Inc.
P. J. Guerrieri, Sr., Integrated Mechanical Services, Inc.
R. W. Haupt, Pressure Piping Engineering Associates, Inc.
B. K. Henon, Magnatech, LLC
xiv
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
W. L. Weeks, Lummus Technology
J. L. Welch, T. D. Williamson, Inc.
G. E. Woods, GCS Consulting Services, Inc.
S. Biyuan, Delegate, PetroChina Pipeline Co.
F. Zhang, Delegate, SINOPEC Engineering Incorporation
G. C. Glover, Contributing Member, KBR
J. C. Luf, Contributing Member, Jacobs Engineering
J. T. Wier, Honorary Member
B31.3 INTERNATIONAL REVIEW GROUP
J. K. Lambert, Welding Codes and Standards Consultant
H. W. Lange, Lisega AG
J. Langeland, Talisman Energy Norge AS
M. S. Mokhtar, SBM Offshore, Inc.
T. J. Naughton, Jacobs Engineering
A. Rokhsativand, Pars Oil & Gas Co.
W. Y. Sam, Shell Sarawak Berhad — Deepwater Engineering
C. E. Sandino, Atlaspro Engenharia
P. Shriwal, Consolidated Contractors Engineering
R. Sils, Santos Ltd.
H. Van Leengoed, Jacobs Nederland B.V.
R. Verstegen, Dow Benelux B.V.
R. W. Engle, Chair, IHI E&C International Corp.
A. Ali, AES Arabia Ltd.
A. T. Balloch, A&S Consultants
D. W. Bikker, Du Pont de Nemours (Nederland) B.V.
G. Evans, BP Exploration
R. Gopalakrishnan, Samsung Saudi Arabia Co. Ltd.
P. Govindaraj, Dow Benelux B.V.
S. Govindaraj, Dow Chemical International Private Ltd.
M. Guidara, Engineering Procurement & Project Management S.A.
J. M. Hamedi, Santos GLNG
S. LaForge, Total France
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON DESIGN
M. S. Sandacz, UOP LLC
T. C. Scrivner, ExxonMobil Engineering Europe Ltd.
K. S. Shipley, The Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
S. Stelmar, Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
M. Stewart, URS Corp.
B. Swartz, SIG
S. B. Tewell, WFI International, Inc.
S. Tucky, CSA Group
B. K. Walker, Consolidated Nuclear Security
G. E. Woods, GCS Consulting Services, Inc.
S. LaForge, Contributing Member, Total France
H. W. Lange, Contributing Member, Lisega AG
J. C. Luf, Contributing Member, Jacobs Engineering
M. S. Mokhtar, Contributing Member, SBM Offshore, Inc.
R. P. Singh, Contributing Member, CB&I Lummus Private Ltd.
C. N. Trivedi, Contributing Member, GAIL (India) Ltd.
R. M. Bojarczuk, Chair, ExxonMobil Research & Engineering Co.
D. L. Ianiro, Vice Chair, Mainthia Technologies, Inc.
D. Arnett, Fluor Enterprises, Inc.
J. P. Breen, Becht Engineering Co.
S. Butler, Shell Global Solutions
D. W. Diehl, Intergraph Corp.
D. R. Edwards, ConocoPhillips Co.
J. P. Ellenberger
R. W. Haupt, Pressure Piping Engineering Associates, Inc.
W. J. Koves, Pi Engineering Software, Inc.
E. M. Kvarda, Swagelok
R. A. Leishear, Savannah River National Laboratory
C. Nath, DuPont Engineering
K. A. Nisly-Nagele, Archer Daniels Midland Co.
C. D. Pham, SBM Offshore, Inc.
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON EDIT
D. R. Frikken, Becht Engineering Co.
J. E. Meyer, Louis Perry & Associates, Inc.
R. J. Silvia, Process Engineers & Constructors, Inc.
D. J. Fetzner, Chair, BP Exploration Alaska, Inc.
C. Becht IV, Becht Engineering Co.
R. W. Engle, IHI E&C International Corp.
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON FABRICATION, EXAMINATION, AND TESTING
G. C. Reinhardt II, Team Industries, Inc.
L. G. Richardson, Hi-Tech Testing Services, Inc.
R. A. Sierra, R. A. Sierra, LLC
W. J. Sperko, Sperko Engineering Services, Inc.
J. P. Swezy, Jr., Boiler Code Tech, LLC
S. W. Vail, Bechtel National, Inc.
L. S. Varone, Shaw Group
C. T. Widder, Tessenderlo Kerley Services, Inc.
K. Armstrong, Contributing Member, PCL Industrial Constructors,
Inc.
A. T. Balloch, Contributing Member, A&S Consultants
J. K. Lambert, Contributing Member, Welding Codes and Standards
Consultant
P. P. Buddhadeo, Contributing Member, Bechtel India Private Ltd.
A. Rokhsativand, Contributing Member, Pars Oil & Gas Co.
R. K. Srivastava, Contributing Member, Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
C. H. Eskridge, Jr., Chair, Jacobs Engineering
R. D. Campbell, Vice Chair, Bechtel National, Inc.
D. A. Bingham, Los Alamos National Labs
K. J. Chizen, NDE Level III
A. C. Collins, JCM Industries, Inc.
M. G. Collins, ConocoPhillips
T. Dang, Chevron Energy Technology Co.
P. D. Flenner, Flenner Engineering Services
B. S. Gordon, Wyatt Field Services
J. F. Hodgins, Car-Ber Testing Services
C. Larsen, Team Industrial Services
D. H. Markman, Enerpipe Systems, Inc.
M. W. May, Chevron Energy Technology Co., USA
R. A. McLeod, Circor Instrumentation Technologies
A. D. Nalbandian, Thielsch Engineering, Inc.
R. K. Reamey, Turner Industries Group, LLC
xv
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
D. D. Christian, Chair, Victaulic
S. S. Cimorelli, DuPont
D. L. Coym, Intertek Moody
J. A. D’Avanzo, Lockwood International
C. E. Davila, Crane Energy
G. Evans, BP Exploration
C. J. Melo, S&B Engineers and Constructors, Ltd.
C. Y. Shyu, ExxonMobil Development Co.
G. Trinker, Victaulic Co.
J. L. Welch, T. D. Williamson, Inc.
T. D. Wills, Jr., Praxair, Inc.
A. Ali, Contributing Member, AES Arabia Ltd.
J. Langeland, Contributing Member, Talisman Energy Norge AS
R. Nanda, Contributing Member, Engineers India Ltd.
C. E. Sandino, Contributing Member, Atlaspro Engenharia
P. Shriwal, Contributing Member, Consolidated Contractors
Engineering
H. Van Leengoed, Contributing Member, Jacobs Nederland B.V.
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON HIGH PRESSURE PIPING
Q. N. Truong, Consultant
M. C. Warren, Xcel Energy
W. L. Weeks, Lummus Technology
S. Govindaraj, Contributing Member, Dow Chemical International
Private Ltd.
A. Jettley, Contributing Member, Bechtel India Private Ltd.
F. W. Tatar, Chair, FM Global
B. T. Bounds, WorleyParsons
D. R. Fraser, NASA Ames Research Center
O. R. Greulich, NASA
M. H. Nguyen, Lockwood International
H. Tiwari, FMC Technologies, Inc.
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON HIGH PURITY SYSTEMS
V. B. Molina III, Chair, Air Products & Chemicals, Inc.
W. F. Daprile, Eli Lilly & Co.
R. Foster, Hose Master, LLC
P. J. Guerrieri, Sr., Integrated Mechanical Services, Inc.
B. K. Henon, Magnatech, LLC
W. M. Huitt, W. M. Huitt Co.
J. M. Krance, Swagelok Co.
P. E. Robinson, Parker Hannifin Corp.
S. Garg, Contributing Member, Punj Lloyd Ltd.
T. J. Naughton, Contributing Member, Jacobs Engineering
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON MATERIALS
D. W. Bikker, Contributing Member, Du Pont de Nemours
(Nederland) B.V.
S. Biswas, Contributing Member, CH2M Hill
R. Goel, Contributing Member, CB&I
R. Gopalakrishnan, Contributing Member, Samsung Saudi Arabia
Co. Ltd.
P. Govindaraj, Contributing Member, Dow Benelux B.V.
M. Guidara, Contributing Member, Engineering Procurement &
Project Management, S.A.
W. Jianyu, Contributing Member, SINOPEC Shanghai Engineering
Corp.
A. Kumar, Contributing Member, Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
R. K. Mittal, Contributing Member, GAIL India Ltd.
W. Y. Sam, Contributing Member, Shell Sarawak Berhad —
Deepwater Engineering
K. Songlin, Contributing Member, SINOPEC Engineering, Inc.
B. L. Agee, Chair, GE Energy
S. J. Tonkins, Vice Chair, BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc.
C. Chang, Bechtel National, Inc.
R. A. Grichuk, Fluor Enterprises, Inc.
L. K. Hovey, Fluor Corp.
T. Jacobs, Jacobs Engineering
M. Katcher, Haynes International
D. W. Rahoi, CCM 2000
A. Raza, Pi Engineering, Inc.
C. Reichert
M. Senatore, Sandvik
M. Sindelar, Lokring Technology
J. L. Smith, Jacobs Engineering
S. Tang, Swagelok Co.
A. Yasemi, Cenovus Energy, Inc.
B31.3 SUBGROUP ON NON-METALLIC PIPING
A. J. Miloser, Charlotte Pipe & Foundry Co.
C. A. Moore, Smith Fibercast
J. D. Roach, IPS Corp.
N. J. Rollins, Harrington Industrial Plastics
F. R. Volgstadt, Volgstadt & Associates, Inc.
T. Wraight, Spears Manufacturing Co.
D. Yanik, Crane ResistoFlex
R. Hariharan, Contributing Member, COWI
R. Muruganantham, Contributing Member, Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
P. Sanyal, Contributing Member, Bechtel India Private Ltd.
R. Sils, Contributing Member, Santos Ltd.
J. M. Kalnins, Chair, Crane ChemPharma Flow Solutions —
Resistoflex
J. R. Paschal, Vice Chair, Paschal Engineering & Forensic
Consulting, Inc.
J. Becker, ISCO Industries
M. A. Clark, Nibco, Inc.
J. D. Eisenman, Maverick Applied Science, Inc.
M. McDaniel, The Dow Chemical Co.
D. A. McGriff, ISCO Industries, LLC
T. R. McPherson, IPS Corp.
xvi
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
B31.3 PROCESS PIPING, INDIA INTERNATIONAL WORKING GROUP
A. Meghani, Petroleum & Natural Gas Regulatory Board
R. K. Mittal, GAIL India Ltd.
R. Muruganantham, Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
R. Nanda, Engineers India Ltd.
P. P. Buddhadeo, Bechtel India Private Ltd.
P. Sanyal, Bechtel India Private Ltd.
C. N. Trivedi, GAIL (India) Ltd.
D. D. Christian, Contributing Member, Victaulic
M. Sharma, Contributing Member, ASME India Private Ltd.
R. K. Srivastava, Alternate, Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
R. P. Singh, Chair, CB&I Lummus Private Ltd.
A. Kumar, Vice Chair, Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
R. Mohamed, Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
S. Biswas, CH2M Hill
S. Garg, Punj Lloyd Ltd.
R. Goel, CB&I
R. Hariharan, COWI
A. Jettley, Bechtel India Private Ltd.
B31 FABRICATION AND EXAMINATION COMMITTEE
J. Hainsworth
A. D. Nalbandian, Thielsch Engineering, Inc.
R. J. Silvia, Process Engineers & Constructors, Inc.
W. J. Sperko, Sperko Engineering Services, Inc.
P. L. Vaughan, ONEOK Partners
K. Wu, Stellar Energy Systems
J. P. Swezy, Jr., Chair, Boiler Code Tech, LLC
F. Huang, Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
R. D. Campbell, Bechtel National, Inc.
D. Couch, Electric Power Research Institute
R. J. Ferguson, Metallurgist
P. D. Flenner, Flenner Engineering Services
S. Gingrich, URS Corp.
B31 MATERIALS TECHNICAL COMMITTEE
M. L. Nayyar, NICE
M. B. Pickell, Willbros Engineers, Inc.
D. W. Rahoi, CCM 2000
R. A. Schmidt, Canadoil
H. R. Simpson, Stantec
J. L. Smith, Jacobs Engineering
Z. Djilali, Contributing Member, Sonatrach
R. A. Grichuk, Chair, Fluor Enterprises, Inc.
N. Lobo, Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
W. P. Collins, WPC Sol, LLC
R. P. Deubler, Fronek Power Systems, LLC
C. H. Eskridge, Jr., Jacobs Engineering
G. A. Jolly, Flowserve/Gestra, USA
C. J. Melo, S&B Engineers & Constructors, Ltd.
B31 MECHANICAL DESIGN TECHNICAL COMMITTEE
R. W. Haupt, Pressure Piping Engineering Associates, Inc.
B. P. Holbrook, Babcock Power, Inc.
W. J. Koves, Pi Engineering Software, Inc.
R. A. Leishear, Savannah River National Laboratory
G. D. Mayers, Alion Science & Technology
J. F. McCabe, General Dynamics Electric Boat
T. Q. McCawley, TQM Engineering PC
J. E. Meyer, Louis Perry & Associates, Inc.
A. W. Paulin, Paulin Resource Group
R. A. Robleto, KBR
M. J. Rosenfeld, Kiefner/Applus — RTD
T. Sato, Japan Power Engineering and Inspection Corp.
G. Stevick, Berkeley Engineering and Research, Inc.
H. Kosasayama, Delegate, JGC Corp.
E. C. Rodabaugh, Honorary Member, Consultant
G. A. Antaki, Chair, Becht Engineering Co., Inc.
J. C. Minichiello, Vice Chair, Bechtel National, Inc.
R. Lucas, Secretary, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
D. Arnett, Fluor Enterprises, Inc.
C. Becht IV, Becht Engineering Co.
R. Bethea, Huntington Ingalls Industries — Newport News
Shipbuilding
J. P. Breen, Becht Engineering Co.
P. Cakir-Kavcar, Bechtel Corp. — Oil, Gas & Chemicals
N. F. Consumo, Sr., Nuclear Engineer
J. P. Ellenberger
D. J. Fetzner, BP Exploration Alaska, Inc.
D. Fraser, NASA Ames Research Center
J. A. Graziano, Consultant
B31 CONFERENCE GROUP
R. F. Mullaney, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Safety Branch/
Vancouver
P. Sher, State of Connecticut
M. E. Skarda, Arkansas Department of Labor
D. A. Starr, Nebraska Department of Labor
D. J. Stursma, Iowa Utilities Board
R. P. Sullivan, The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Inspectors
J. E. Troppman, Division of Labor/State of Colorado Boiler
Inspections
W. A. M. West, Lighthouse Assistance, Inc.
T. F. Wickham, Rhode Island Department of Labor
A. Bell, Bonneville Power Administration
R. A. Coomes, Commonwealth of Kentucky, Department of
Housing/Boiler Section
D. H. Hanrath
C. J. Harvey, Alabama Public Service Commission
D. T. Jagger, Ohio Department of Commerce
K. T. Lau, Alberta Boilers Safety Association
R. G. Marini, New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission
I. W. Mault, Manitoba Department of Labour
A. W. Meiring, Fire and Building Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Division/Indiana
xvii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
INTRODUCTION
(14)
The ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping consists of a number of individually published Sections,
each an American National Standard, under the direction of ASME Committee B31, Code for
Pressure Piping.
Rules for each Section reflect the kinds of piping installations considered during its development,
as follows:
B31.1
B31.3
B31.4
B31.5
B31.8
B31.9
B31.12
Power Piping: piping typically found in electric power generating stations, in industrial and institutional plants, geothermal heating systems, and central and district
heating and cooling systems
Process Piping: piping typically found in petroleum refineries; chemical, pharmaceutical, textile, paper, semiconductor, and cryogenic plants; and related processing plants
and terminals
Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids and Slurries: piping transporting products that are predominately liquid between plants and terminals and within terminals, pumping, regulating, and metering stations
Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components: piping for refrigerants and secondary coolants
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems: piping transporting products that
are predominately gas between sources and terminals, including compressor, regulating, and metering stations; gas gathering pipelines
Building Services Piping: piping typically found in industrial, institutional, commercial, and public buildings, and in multi-unit residences, which does not require the
range of sizes, pressures, and temperatures covered in B31.1
Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines: piping in gaseous and liquid hydrogen service and
pipelines in gaseous hydrogen service
This is the B31.3 Process Piping Code Section. Hereafter, in this Introduction and in the text of
this Code Section B31.3, where the word Code is used without specific identification, it means
this Code Section.
It is the owner’s responsibility to select the Code Section that most nearly applies to a proposed
piping installation. Factors to be considered by the owner include limitations of the Code Section;
jurisdictional requirements; and the applicability of other codes and standards. All applicable
requirements of the selected Code Section shall be met. For some installations, more than one
Code Section may apply to different parts of the installation. The owner is also responsible for
imposing requirements supplementary to those of the Code if necessary to assure safe piping
for the proposed installation.
Certain piping within a facility may be subject to other codes and standards, including but not
limited to
– ANSI Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code: piping for fuel gas from the point of delivery to the
connection of each fuel utilization device
– NFPA Fire Protection Standards: fire protection systems using water, carbon dioxide, halon,
foam, dry chemicals, and wet chemicals
– NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities: medical and laboratory gas systems
– building and plumbing codes, as applicable, for potable hot and cold water, and for sewer
and drain systems
The Code sets forth engineering requirements deemed necessary for safe design and construction
of pressure piping. While safety is the basic consideration, this factor alone will not necessarily
govern the final specifications for any piping installation. The Code is not a design handbook.
The requirements of this Code generally employ a simplified approach. Many decisions that must
be made to produce a sound piping installation are not described in detail by this Code. The
Code does not eliminate the need for sound engineering judgments by the owner and the designer.
xviii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
To the greatest possible extent, Code requirements for design are stated in terms of basic design
principles and formulas. These are supplemented as necessary with specific requirements to
ensure uniform application of principles and to guide selection and application of piping elements.
The Code prohibits designs and practices known to be unsafe and contains warnings where
caution, but not prohibition, is warranted.
This Code Section includes the following:
(a) references to acceptable material specifications and component standards, including dimensional requirements and pressure–temperature ratings
(b) requirements for design of components and assemblies, including piping supports
(c) requirements and data for evaluation and limitation of stresses, reactions, and movements
associated with pressure, temperature changes, and other forces
(d) guidance and limitations on the selection and application of materials, components, and
joining methods
(e) requirements for the fabrication, assembly, and erection of piping
(f) requirements for examination, inspection, and testing of piping
ASME Committee B31 is organized and operates under procedures of The American Society
of Mechanical Engineers that have been accredited by the American National Standards Institute.
The Committee is a continuing one, and keeps all Code Sections current with new developments
in materials, construction, and industrial practice. New editions are published at intervals of two
years.
Code users will note that paragraphs in the Code are not necessarily numbered consecutively.
Such discontinuities result from following a common outline, insofar as practical, for all Code
Sections. In this way, corresponding material is correspondingly numbered in most Code Sections,
thus facilitating reference by those who have occasion to use more than one Section.
It is intended that this edition of Code Section B31.3 not be retroactive. Unless agreement is
specifically made between contracting parties to use another issue, or the regulatory body having
jurisdiction imposes the use of another issue, the latest edition issued at least 6 months prior to
the original contract date for the first phase of activity covering a piping installation shall be the
governing document for all design, materials, fabrication, erection, examination, and testing for
the piping until the completion of the work and initial operation.
Users of this Code are cautioned against making use of Code revisions without assurance that
they are acceptable to the proper authorities in the jurisdiction where the piping is to be installed.
The B31 Committee has established an orderly procedure to consider requests for interpretation
and revision of Code requirements. To receive consideration, such request must be in writing
and must give full particulars in accordance with Appendix Z.
The approved reply to an inquiry will be sent directly to the inquirer. In addition, the question
and reply will be published as part of an Interpretation supplement.
A Case is the prescribed form of reply when study indicates that the Code wording needs
clarification, or when the reply modifies existing requirements of the Code or grants permission
to use new materials or alternative constructions. The Case will be published as part of a Case
supplement.
Code Cases remain available for use until annulled by the ASME B31 Standards Committee.
A request for revision of the Code will be placed on the Committee’s agenda. Further information
or active participation on the part of the proponent may be requested during consideration of a
proposed revision.
Materials ordinarily are listed in the stress tables only when sufficient usage in piping within
the scope of the Code has been shown. Requests for listing shall include evidence of satisfactory
usage and specific data to permit establishment of allowable stresses, maximum and minimum
temperature limits, and other restrictions. Additional criteria can be found in the guidelines for
addition of new materials in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section II. (To develop
usage and gain experience, unlisted materials may be used in accordance with para. 323.1.2.)
xix
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Following approval by the B31 Committee and ASME, and after public review, ASME B31.3-2014
was approved by the American National Standards Institute on July 16, 2014.
Changes given below are identified on the pages by a margin note, (14), placed next to the
affected area.
Page
Location
Change
xviii
Introduction
Revised
1
300
Subparagraphs (b)(1) and (c)(3) revised
2–8
300.2
(1) In definition of fluid service,
subparagraph (b) revised
(2) Definitions of heat treatment and weld
coupon revised
(3) Definition of integrally reinforced
branch connection fitting added
9
Table 300.4
Entry for Appendix P deleted
10
301.2.2
Subparagraph (a) revised
12–14
302.2
Revised in its entirety
302.3.2
In subparagraphs (b) and (d), first
paragraph revised
Table 302.3.3C
(1) MSS SP-93 added to General Note
(2) Note (2) revised
302.3.5
In subparagraph (d), nomenclature for SL
added
18
302.3.6
Subparagraph (a) revised
21
Table 304.1.1
Revised
24
Fig. 304.3.3
General Note revised
29
304.7.2
First paragraph revised
30
305.2.3
Revised
32
306.6
Added
36
319.1.2
Last paragraph deleted
319.2
Revised
319.2.3
Subparagraph (b) revised
319.2.4
First paragraph revised
319.4.4
Revised
319.5
Revised
43
321.1.4
Subparagraph (b) revised
46–48
323.2.2
Revised
15–17
37
38, 39
xx
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
Table 323.2.2
(1) Under Type of Material, first two
entries revised
(2) Note (5) revised
50
Table 323.2.2A
Straddle head revised
51
Fig. 323.2.2B
Title and General Notes revised
52
Table 323.3.1
Item numbers revised
54, 55
323.4.2
Subparagraph (b) revised
57–59
Table 326.1
Revised
63–71
328.5.4
(1) Subparagraphs (b) and (c) revised
(2) Subparagraph (i) added
Fig. 328.5.4F
Added
328.7
Added
330
Revised in its entirety
Table 330.1.1
Revised in its entirety
331
Revised
331.1
Revised in its entirety
Table 331.1.1
Revised in its entirety
Table 331.1.2
Added
72, 73
Table 331.1.3
Added
74
332.1
Footnote 1 added
76
335.9
Revised
77, 78
341.3.1
Subparagraph (a) revised
341.3.2
Revised
341.3.3
Revised
79–81
Table 341.3.2
(1) Title revised
(2) Under Weld Imperfection, fourth and
ninth entries revised
(3) Last two columns deleted
(4) Criterion Value Notes revised
(5) Note (7) deleted
(6) Notes (8) and (9) redesignated as (7)
and (8), respectively
(7) Note (9) added
83, 84
341.4.4
Subparagraph (c) revised
342.1
Revised
344.3
Revised in its entirety
344.4
Revised in its entirety
345.2.1
Subparagraph (a) revised
345.2.2
Subparagraph (a) revised
345.4.2
Revised
345.5.4
Subparagraph (b) revised
85
87
88, 89
xxi
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
96
A319.2.3
Revised
102
Table A326.1
Under Nonmetallic Pipes and Tubes,
ASTM F423, F491, F492, F546, F599,
and F781 deleted
107
A335.4.1
Revised
111
M300
Revised
M302
Revised in its entirety
M306.1
Revised in its entirety
M306.2
Revised
M306.4.2
Revised
M307
Revised in its entirety
M308.3
Revised
M308.4
Revised
M311.2
Revised
M320
Added
M321
Revised
M322
Revised in its entirety
M323.1
Revised
M323.1.2
Added
M326.1.2
Revised
M335.10
Added
M341.4
Subparagraph (b) revised
M345
Revised
MA302.3
Revised in its entirety
MA303
Revised
MA305
Revised
MA306
Revised
MA307
Revised
MA308
Revised
MA309
Revised
MA314.1
Revised
MA323
Revised
MA323.1.2
Added
MA323.4.3
Revised
MA327
Revised
MA332
Revised
MA341.1
Revised
MA341.4
Paragraph MA341.2 redesignated as
MA341.4
112
113, 114
115
116
117
118
xxii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
MA342
Revised
MA343
Revised
MA345
Revised
121
K302.3.3
Subparagraph (b) revised
124
K304.7.2
First paragraph revised
125
K304.8.1
Footnote 7 revised
130
K323.2.1
Revised
K323.2.3
Revised
K323.2.4
Revised
136, 137
K330.1
Revised in its entirety
139
K341.3.3
Revised
140
Table K341.3.2
Second and third column heads revised
143
K345.4.2
Revised
145
U315.1
Revised
Chapter X, Part 5
Revised in its entirety
U328
Revised in its entirety
U335.8
Revised
147
Fig. U335.8A
Fig. U335.8 redesignated as Fig. U335.8A
and revised
148
Fig. U335.8B
Added
Fig. U335.8C
Added
149
U344.8
Revised in its entirety
152–154
Specification Index for
Appendix A
(1) Title of ASTM A126 revised
(2) ASTM A696, A813, A814, B668, and
B709 added
155–157
Notes for Tables A-1,
A-1M, A-1A, A-1B, A-2,
and A-2M
(1) General Note (b) revised
(2) General Note (d) corrected by errata
to include M20
(3) General Note (e) revised
(4) General Note (f) added
(5) Note (1) corrected by errata to
include Tables A-1M and A-2M
(6) Notes (18), (23), and (42a) deleted
(7) Notes (42), (48), and (65) revised
(8) Note (46) redesignated as (7) and
new Note (46) added
(9) Note (74) revised
159
Table A-1
Under Iron, Castings, for A395, Grade
added
160
Table A-1
Under Carbon Steel, Pipes and Tubes, for
both API 5L A25 rows, first A53 A,
and A139 A, Notes revised
146
xxiii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
162
Table A-1
For A671 CK75, A672 N75, and A691
CMS-75, Material revised for all six
rows
164, 165
Table A-1
(1) Under Plates, Bars, Shapes, and
Sheets, A696 B and C added
(2) For both A299 rows, Grade added
172, 173
Table A-1
(1) Under Low and Intermediate Alloy
Steel, Plates, for A645, Grade added
176, 177
Table A-1
(1) Under Stainless Steel, Pipes and
Tubes, for the first A312 and A376
TP321 rows, stress value for 850°F
revised
(2) A213 TP316Ti added
180, 181
Table A-1
(1) A249 and A312 904L added
(2) A813 and A814 S31254 added
(3) A249 and A312 S31254 added (two
rows for each)
(4) A312, A358, A813, and A814 N08367
added (two rows for each)
(5) A789 and A790 S32101 added (two
rows for each)
(6) A789 and A790 2205 added
182, 183
Table A-1
(1) A789 and A790 S32906 added (two
rows for each)
(2) For A789 S32750, Product Form
added and stress values revised
(3) For A790 2507, Product Form and
Grade added, and stress values
revised
184, 185
Table A-1
(1) Under Plates and Sheets, A240 904L
added
(2) A240 201LN added
(3) Two rows for A240 S31254 added
(4) Two rows for A240 N08367 added
(5) Two rows for A240 S32101 added
(6) A240 2205 added
(7) Two rows for A240 S32906 added
(8) A240 2507 added
186, 187
Table A-1
(1) Under Forgings and Fittings, A182
F904L added
(2) A182 F44, A403 WPS31254, and A403
CRS31254 added
(3) A182 F62, A403 WP6XN, and A403
CR6XN added
(4) A815 S32101 added
(5) A182 and A815 2205 added
(6) A182 F53, A815 WPS32750, and A815
CRS32750 added
188, 189
Table A-1
(1) Under Bar, A479 904L added
(2) A479 S31254 added
(3) A479 N08367 added
xxiv
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
A479
A479
A479
A479
S32101 added
2205 added
S32906 added
S32750 added
194, 195
Table A-1
(1) Under Nickel and Nickel Alloy, Pipes
and Tubes, for B407 and B514 N08810,
stress values for 1,550°F through
1,650°F revised
(2) For B407 N08811, stress value for
1,050°F revised
(3) B668 N08028 added
196, 197
Table A-1
(1) B626 N06059 added
(2) B619, B622, and B626 N10362 added
(3) Under Plates and Sheets, for B409
N08810 and N08811, stress values for
1,550°F through 1,650°F revised
198, 199
Table A-1
(1) B709 N08028 added
(2) B575 N10362 added
(3) Under Forgings and Fittings, for B366
N02201 and N02200, Condition and
Size Range added
(4) For B564 N02200, Notes revised
200, 201
Table A-1
(1) For B564 N08810, stress values for
1,550°F through 1,650°F revised
(2) For B564 N08811, stress values for
1,100°F through 1,550°F and 1,650°F
revised
(3) For B366 N08810, Size added, Notes
revised, and stress values for 1,550°F
through 1,650°F revised
(4) For B366 N08811, Size added, Notes
revised, and stress values for 1,100°F
through 1,550°F and 1,650°F revised
(5) For B366 N04400 and N06600,
Condition and Size added
(6) For B366 N06030, Notes added
(7) For B366 N08800, Condition revised,
and Size and Notes added
(8) For B366 N08020, Size and Notes
added
(9) For B366 N08825, Condition revised,
and Size and Notes added
(10) For B366 N06002, Condition and Size
added, and Notes revised
(11) For B366 N08031, Condition revised
and Notes added
(12) For B366 N10276, Notes added
(13) For B366 N10001, Condition and Size
added, and Notes revised
(14) For B366 N06022, Condition and Size
added
(15) For B366 N06059, Condition revised
and Notes added
xxv
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
(16) For B366 N06200, Notes added
(17) B366, B462, and B564 N10362 added
(18) For B366 N10665, N10675, and
N06230, Notes added
202, 203
Table A-1
(1) Under Rod and Bar, for B408 N08810,
stress values for 1,050°F through
1,650°F revised
(2) For B408 N08811, stress values for
1,550°F through 1,650°F revised
(3) B574 N10362 added
211
Table A-1
Under Aluminum Alloy, Forgings and
Fittings, all Notes entries revised
212
Table A-1M
For A395, Grade added
213–321
Table A-1M
(1) Straddle head revised
(2) Column head for lowest metal
temperature corrected by errata to
read Min. Temp. to 40
214
Table A-1M
For both API 5L A25 rows, first A53 A,
and A139 A, Notes revised
220, 221
Table A-1M
(1) A696 B and C added
(2) For both A299 rows, Grade added
228
Table A-1M
For A645, Grade added
234–237
Table A-1M
A213 TP316Ti added
242–245
Table A-1M
A249 and A312 904L added
246–249
Table A-1M
(1) A312, A358, A813, and A814 N08367
added (two rows for each)
(2) For A789 S32750, Min. Temp., Min.
Yield Strength, and stress values
revised
(3) For A790 S32750, Grade added, and
Min. Temp., Min. Yield Strength, and
stress values revised
250–253
Table A-1M
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
258–261
Table A-1M
(1) A182 F904L added
(2) A182 F62, A403 WP6XN, and A403
CR6XN added
(3) A182 F53, A815 WPS32750, and A815
CRS32750 added
262–265
Table A-1M
(1) A479 904L added
(2) A479 N08367 added
(3) A479 S32750 added
266–270
Table A-1M
In eighth column head, Note (7) reference
added by errata
A240 904L added
A240 201LN added
Two rows for A240 N08367 added
A240 2507 added
xxvi
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
272–275
Table A-1M
(1) For B407 and B514 N08810, stress
values for 600°C, 625°C, 750°C, and
800°C through 900°C revised
(2) B668 N08028 added
280–283
Table A-1M
(1) For B409 N08810, stress values for
350°C through 550°C, 600°C, 625°C,
750°C, and 800°C through 900°C
revised
(2) For B409 N08811, stress values for
400°C, 550°C through 650°C, 700°C,
and 775°C through 900°C revised
284–287
Table A-1M
(1) B709 N08028 added
(2) For B366 N02201, Condition and Size
added
288–291
Table A-1M
(1) For B366 N02200, Condition and Size
added
(2) For B564 N02200, Notes revised
(3) For three B366 rows, Condition added
(4) For four B366 rows, Condition
revised
(5) For nine B366 rows, Size added
(6) For ten B366 rows, Notes revised
292–295
Table A-1M
(1) For B366 N06022, Condition added
(2) For B366 N06059, Condition revised
(3) For five B366 rows, Notes revised
318, 319
Table A-1M
For all B361 rows, Notes revised
320, 321
Table A-1M
For all B361 rows, Notes revised
324
Table A-1B
(1) Under Stainless Steel, A249 added
(2) For A312, last row added
(3) A813 and A814 added
325
Table A-1B
(1) Under Nickel and Nickel Alloy, B668
added
(2) Under Aluminum Alloy, B361 revised
326, 327
Table A-2
(1) Under Carbon Steel, for A194 2HM,
Product Form revised
(2) Under Alloy Steel, for A194 4, 7, and
7M, Min. Temp. revised
(3) A194 4L, 7L, and 7ML added
328
Table A-2
Under Stainless Steel, for fourth group of
rows, Class/Condition/Temper revised
330
Table A-2
For A193 B8M and A320 B8M, Class/
Condition/Temper revised
336–339
Table A-2M
(1) For A194 2HM, Product Form revised
(2) For A194 4, 7, and 7M, Min. Temp.
and Max. Use Temp. revised
(3) A194 4L, 7L, and 7ML added
xxvii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Page
Location
Change
337–349
Table A-2M
Column head for lowest metal
temperature corrected by errata to read
Min. Temp. to 40
358
Note for Appendix C
Tables
Revised
359–361
Table C-1
Revised in its entirety
362–365
Table C-2
Added
Table C-3
Deleted
368, 369
Table C-6
Under Ferrous Metals, first Material
entry revised
372–375
Table D300
Note (1) redesignated as General Note
and subsequent Notes renumbered
376–381
Appendix E
Revised
384
F323.2
Added
386
F335.9
Subparagraph (d) added
398–408
Appendix J
Revised
412
Appendix K
A694 added to Specification Index
413
Notes for Appendix K
Table
(1) General Note (b) revised
(2) Former Notes (2), (6), and (18)
changed to General Notes
(3) Notes renumbered
(4) Note (9) [formerly Note (21)] revised
414–425
Table K-1
(1) Notes renumbered
(2) Under Carbon Steel, Forgings and
Fittings, A694 F42 through F70 added
(3) For all right-hand pages, column
head for lowest metal temperature
corrected by errata to read Min.
Temp. to 100
427, 428
L303.3
Revised in its entirety
432
Appendix P
Deleted
448, 449
V304
Revised
451
X302.1
Revised
NOTES:
(1) The interpretations to ASME B31.3 issued between April 30, 2012 and December 16, 2013 follow the last page
of this edition as a separate supplement, Interpretations Volume 24.
(2) After the interpretations, a separate supplement containing Cases 180, 181, 185, 191, and 193 follows.
xxviii
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
PROCESS PIPING
Chapter I
Scope and Definitions
(14)
300 GENERAL STATEMENTS
repair of piping that has been placed in service. The
provisions of this Code may optionally be applied for
those purposes, although other considerations may also
be necessary.
(3) The Code generally employs a simplified
approach for many of its requirements. A designer capable of applying a more complete and rigorous analysis
consistent with the design criteria of this Code shall
have the latitude of applying such analysis in the development of designs and fabrications. The designer shall
provide details of design, construction, examination,
and testing, along with calculations consistent with the
design criteria of this Code. The details shall be documented in the engineering design and their validity
accepted by the owner.
(4) Piping elements should, insofar as practicable,
conform to the specifications and standards listed in
this Code. Piping elements neither specifically approved
nor specifically prohibited by this Code may be used
provided they are qualified for use as set forth in applicable Chapters of this Code.
(5) The engineering design shall specify any
unusual requirements for a particular service. Where
service requirements necessitate measures beyond those
required by this Code, such measures shall be specified
by the engineering design. Where so specified, the Code
requires that they be accomplished.
(6) Compatibility of materials with the service and
hazards from instability of contained fluids are not
within the scope of this Code. See para. F323.
(d) Determining Code Requirements
(1) Code requirements for design and construction
include fluid service requirements, which affect selection
and application of materials, components, and joints.
Fluid service requirements include prohibitions, limitations, and conditions, such as temperature limits or a
requirement for safeguarding (see Appendix G). Code
requirements for a piping system are the most restrictive
of those that apply to any of its elements.
(2) For metallic piping not designated by the owner
as Category M, High Pressure, or High Purity Fluid
(a) Identification. This Process Piping Code is a
Section of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Code for Pressure Piping, ASME B31, an American
National Standard. It is published as a separate document for convenience of Code users.
(b) Responsibilities
(1) Owner. The owner of a piping installation shall
have overall responsibility for compliance with this
Code, and for establishing the requirements for design,
construction, examination, inspection, and testing that
will govern the entire fluid handling or process installation of which the piping is a part. The owner is also
responsible for designating piping in Category D,
Category M, High Pressure, and High Purity Fluid
Services, and for determining if a specific Quality
System is to be employed. [See paras. 300(d)(4) through
(7) and Appendix Q.] Where applicable, the owner shall
consider requirements imposed by the authority having
jurisdiction regarding the piping installation.
(2) Designer. The designer is responsible to the
owner for assurance that the engineering design of piping complies with the requirements of this Code and
with any additional requirements established by the
owner.
(3) Manufacturer, Fabricator, and Erector. The manufacturer, fabricator, and erector of piping are responsible
for providing materials, components, and workmanship
in compliance with the requirements of this Code and
of the engineering design.
(4) Owner’s Inspector. The owner’s Inspector (see
para. 340) is responsible to the owner for ensuring that
the requirements of this Code for inspection, examination, and testing are met. If a Quality System is specified
by the owner to be employed, the owner’s Inspector is
responsible for verifying that it is implemented.
(c) Intent of the Code
(1) It is the intent of this Code to set forth engineering requirements deemed necessary for safe design
and construction of piping installations.
(2) This Code is not intended to apply to the operation, examination, inspection, testing, maintenance, or
1
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
300.1.1 Content and Coverage
(a) This Code prescribes requirements for materials
and components, design, fabrication, assembly, erection,
examination, inspection, and testing of piping.
(b) This Code applies to piping for all fluids, including
(1) raw, intermediate, and finished chemicals
(2) petroleum products
(3) gas, steam, air, and water
(4) fluidized solids
(5) refrigerants
(6) cryogenic fluids
(c) See Fig. 300.1.1 for a diagram illustrating the application of B31.3 piping at equipment. The joint connecting
piping to equipment is within the scope of B31.3.
Service (see para. 300.2 and Appendix M), Code requirements are found in Chapters I through VI (the base
Code) and fluid service requirements are found in
(-a) Chapter III for materials
(-b) Chapter II, Part 3, for components
(-c) Chapter II, Part 4, for joints
(3) For nonmetallic piping and piping lined with
nonmetals, all requirements are found in Chapter VII.
Paragraph designations begin with “A.”
(4) For piping in a fluid service designated as
Category M, all requirements are found in Chapter VIII.
Paragraph designations begin with “M.”
(5) For piping in a fluid service designated as
Category D, piping elements restricted to Category D
Fluid Service in Chapters I through VII, as well as elements suitable for other fluid services, may be used.
(6) For piping designated as High Pressure Fluid
Service, all requirements are found in Chapter IX. These
rules apply only when specified by the owner. Paragraph
designations begin with “K.”
(7) For piping designated as High Purity Fluid
Service, all requirements are found in Chapter X.
Paragraph designations begin with “U.”
(8) Requirements for Normal Fluid Service in
Chapters I through VI are applicable under severe cyclic
conditions unless alternative requirements for severe
cyclic conditions are stated.
(9) Requirements for Normal Fluid Service in
Chapters I through VI are applicable for Elevated
Temperature Fluid Service unless alternative requirements for Elevated Temperature Fluid Service are
invoked.
(e) Appendices. Appendices of this Code contain Code
requirements, supplementary guidance, or other information. See para. 300.4 for a description of the status
of each Appendix.
(f ) Code Cases. ASME issues Code Cases that are
applicable to this Code. The Code Cases
(1) modify the requirements of this Code
(2) are applicable from the issue date until the Cases
are annulled
(3) may be used only when approved by the owner.
When so approved, the Code Cases shall be specified
in the engineering design and become requirements of
this Code.
300.1.2 Packaged Equipment Piping. Also included
within the scope of this Code is piping that interconnects
pieces or stages within a packaged equipment assembly.
300.1.3 Exclusions. This Code excludes the
following:
(a) piping systems designed for internal gage pressures at or above zero but less than 105 kPa (15 psi),
provided the fluid handled is nonflammable, nontoxic,
and not damaging to human tissues as defined in 300.2,
and its design temperature is from −29°C (−20°F)
through 186°C (366°F)
(b) power boilers in accordance with BPV Code 2
Section I and boiler external piping that is required to
conform to B31.1
(c) tubes, tube headers, crossovers, and manifolds of
fired heaters that are internal to the heater enclosure
(d) pressure vessels, heat exchangers, pumps, compressors, and other fluid handling or processing equipment, including internal piping and connections for
external piping
300.2 Definitions
Some of the terms relating to piping are defined below.
For welding, brazing, and soldering terms not shown
here, definitions in accordance with AWS Standard A3.03
apply.
air-hardened steel: a steel that hardens during cooling in
air from a temperature above its transformation range.
anneal heat treatment: see heat treatment.
300.1 Scope
Rules for the Process Piping Code Section B31.31 have
been developed considering piping typically found in
petroleum refineries; chemical, pharmaceutical, textile,
paper, semiconductor, and cryogenic plants; and related
processing plants and terminals.
2
BPV Code references here and elsewhere in this Code are to
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and its various Sections
as follows:
Section I, Power Boilers
Section II, Materials, Part D
Section V, Nondestructive Examination
Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, Divisions 1 and 2
Section IX, Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications
3
AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions, Including
Terms for Adhesive Bonding, Brazing, Soldering, Thermal
Coupling and Thermal Spraying
1
B31 references here and elsewhere in this Code are to the
ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping and its various Sections, which
are identified and briefly described in the Introduction.
2
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 300.1.1 Diagram Illustrating Application of B31.3 Piping at Equipment
GENERAL NOTE:
The means by which piping is attached to equipment is within the scope of the applicable piping code.
arc cutting: a group of cutting processes wherein the
severing or removing of metals is effected by melting
with the heat of an arc between an electrode and the
base metal. (Includes carbon-arc cutting, metal-arc cutting, gas metal-arc cutting, gas tungsten-arc cutting,
plasma-arc cutting, and air carbon-arc cutting.) See also
oxygen-arc cutting.
backing ring: material in the form of a ring used to support molten weld metal.
arc welding (AW): a group of welding processes that produces coalescence of metals by heating them with an
arc or arcs, with or without the application of pressure
and with or without the use of filler metal.
bolt design stress: see stress terms frequently used.
balanced piping system: see para. 319.2.2(a).
base material: the material to be brazed, soldered, welded,
or otherwise fused.
basic allowable stress: see stress terms frequently used.
bonded joint: a permanent joint in nonmetallic piping
made by one of the following methods:
(a) adhesive joint: a joint made by applying an adhesive to the surfaces to be joined and pressing them
together
(b) butt-and-wrapped joint: a joint made by butting
together the joining surfaces and wrapping the joint with
plies of reinforcing fabric saturated with resin
(c) heat fusion joint: a joint made by heating the surfaces to be joined and pressing them together to achieve
fusion
(d) hot gas welded joint: a joint made by simultaneously heating the surfaces to be joined and a filler material with a stream of hot air or hot inert gas, then pressing
the surfaces together and applying the filler material to
achieve fusion
assembly: the joining together of two or more piping
components by bolting, welding, bonding, screwing,
brazing, soldering, cementing, or use of packing devices
as specified by the engineering design.
autogenous weld: a weld made by fusion of the base metal
without the addition of filler metal [see also gas tungstenarc welding (GTAW)].
automatic welding: welding with equipment that performs the welding operation without adjustment of the
controls by an operator. The equipment may or may not
perform the loading and unloading of the work.
backing filler metal: see consumable insert.
3
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(e) solvent cemented joint: a joint made by using a solvent cement to soften the surfaces to be joined and pressing them together
(f) electrofusion joint: a joint made by heating the surfaces to be joined using an electrical resistance wire coil
that remains embedded in the joint.
consumable insert: preplaced filler metal that is completely fused into the root of the joint and becomes part
of the weld.
damaging to human tissues: for the purposes of this Code,
this phrase describes a fluid service in which exposure
to the fluid, caused by leakage under expected operating
conditions, can harm skin, eyes, or exposed mucous
membranes so that irreversible damage may result
unless prompt restorative measures are taken. (Restorative measures may include flushing with water, administration of antidotes, or medication.)
bonder: one who performs a manual or semiautomatic
bonding operation.
bonding operator: one who operates machine or automatic
bonding equipment.
bonding procedure: the detailed methods and practices
involved in the production of a bonded joint.
design minimum temperature: see para. 301.3.1.
design pressure: see para. 301.2.
bonding procedure specification (BPS): the document that
lists the parameters to be used in the construction of
bonded joints in accordance with the requirements of
this Code.
design temperature: see para. 301.3.
designer: the person or organization in responsible
charge of the engineering design.
displacement stress range: see para. 319.2.3.
borescopic examination: a visual examination aided by a
mechanical or electromechanical device to examine the
inside diameter of inaccessible welds.
elements: see piping elements.
engineering design: the detailed design governing a piping system, developed from process and mechanical
requirements, conforming to Code requirements, and
including all necessary specifications, drawings, and
supporting documents.
branch connection fitting: an integrally reinforced fitting
welded to a run pipe and connected to a branch pipe
by a buttwelding, socket welding, threaded, or flanged
joint; includes a branch outlet fitting conforming to
MSS SP-97.
equipment connection: see connections for external piping.
brazing: a metal joining process wherein coalescence is
produced by use of a nonferrous filler metal having a
melting point above 427°C (800°F), but lower than that
of the base metals being joined. The filler metal is distributed between the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by
capillary attraction.
erection: the complete installation of a piping system in
the locations and on the supports designated by the
engineering design including any field assembly, fabrication, examination, inspection, and testing of the system as required by this Code.
examination, examiner: see paras. 341.1 and 341.2.
butt joint: a joint between two members aligned approximately in the same plane.
examination, types of: see para. 344.1.3 for the following:
(a) 100% examination
(b) random examination
(c) spot examination
(d) random spot examination
Category D: see fluid service.
Category M: see fluid service.
caulked joint: a joint in which suitable material (or materials) is either poured or compressed by the use of tools
into the annular space between a bell (or hub) and spigot
(or plain end), thus comprising the joint seal.
extruded outlet header: see para. 304.3.4.
fabrication: the preparation of piping for assembly,
including cutting, threading, grooving, forming, bending, and joining of components into subassemblies. Fabrication may be performed in the shop or in the field.
chemical plant: an industrial plant for the manufacture
or processing of chemicals, or of raw materials or intermediates for such chemicals. A chemical plant may
include supporting and service facilities, such as storage,
utility, and waste treatment units.
face of weld: the exposed surface of a weld on the side
from which the welding was done.
face seal fitting: a High Purity Fluid Service fitting that
incorporates two machined faces and a metallic gasket
within an external/internal nut configuration to attain
a high leak integrity seal. See also para. U315.3(b).
cold spring: see para. 319.2.4.
compression type tube fittings: tube fittings consisting of
a flareless, mechanical grip connection, including a body,
nut, and single or dual ferrules. See also para. U306.6.
filler material: the material to be added in making metallic
or nonmetallic joints.
connections for external piping: those integral parts of individual pieces of equipment that are designed for attachment of external piping.
fillet weld: a weld of approximately triangular cross section joining two surfaces approximately at right angles
4
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
to each other in a lap joint, tee joint, or corner joint. (See
also size of weld and throat of a fillet weld.)
full fillet weld: a fillet weld whose size is equal to the
thickness of the thinner member joined.
flammable: for the purposes of this Code, describes a fluid
that under ambient or expected operating conditions is
a vapor or produces vapors that can be ignited and
continue to burn in air. The term thus may apply,
depending on service conditions, to fluids defined for
other purposes as flammable or combustible.
fusion: the melting together of filler material and base
material, or of base material only, that results in
coalescence.
gas metal-arc welding (GMAW): an arc-welding process
that produces coalescence of metals by heating them
with an arc between a continuous filler metal (consumable) electrode and the work. Shielding is obtained
entirely from an externally supplied gas, or gas mixture.
Some variations of this process are called MIG or CO2
welding (nonpreferred terms).
fluid service: a general term concerning the application
of a piping system, considering the combination of fluid
properties, operating conditions, and other factors that
establish the basis for design of the piping system. See
Appendix M.
(a) Category D Fluid Service: a fluid service in which
all of the following apply:
(1) the fluid handled is nonflammable, nontoxic,
and not damaging to human tissues as defined in
para. 300.2
(2) the design gage pressure does not exceed
1 035 kPa (150 psi)
(3) the design temperature is not greater than 186°C
(366°F)
(4) the fluid temperature caused by anything other
than atmospheric conditions is not less than −29°C
(−20°F)
(b) Category M Fluid Service: a fluid service in which
both of the following apply:
(1) the fluid is so highly toxic that a single exposure
to a very small quantity of the fluid, caused by leakage,
can produce serious irreversible harm to persons on
breathing or bodily contact, even when prompt restorative measures are taken
(2) after consideration of piping design, experience,
service conditions, and location, the owner determines
that the requirements for Normal Fluid Service do not
sufficiently provide the leak tightness required to protect
personnel from exposure
(c) Elevated Temperature Fluid Service: a fluid service
in which the piping metal temperature is sustained
equal to or greater than Tcr as defined in Table 302.3.5,
General Note (b).
(d) High Pressure Fluid Service: a fluid service for
which the owner specifies the use of Chapter IX for
piping design and construction; see also para. K300.
(e) High Purity Fluid Service: a fluid service that
requires alternative methods of fabrication, inspection,
examination, and testing not covered elsewhere in the
Code, with the intent to produce a controlled level of
cleanness. The term thus applies to piping systems
defined for other purposes as high purity, ultra high
purity, hygienic, or aseptic.
(f) Normal Fluid Service: a fluid service pertaining to
most piping covered by this Code, i.e., not subject to
the rules for Category D, Category M, Elevated
Temperature, High Pressure, or High Purity Fluid
Service.
gas tungsten-arc welding (GTAW): an arc-welding process
that produces coalescence of metals by heating them
with an arc between a single tungsten (nonconsumable)
electrode and the work. Shielding is obtained from a
gas or gas mixture. Pressure may or may not be used
and filler metal may or may not be used. (This process
has sometimes been called TIG welding.)
gas welding: a group of welding processes wherein
coalescence is produced by heating with a gas flame or
flames, with or without the application of pressure, and
with or without the use of filler material.
groove weld: a weld made in the groove between two
members to be joined.
heat affected zone: that portion of the base material which
has not been melted, but whose mechanical properties or
microstructure have been altered by the heat of welding,
brazing, soldering, forming, or cutting.
heat treatment: the following terms describe various types
and processes of heat treatment:
(a) annealing: heating to and holding at a suitable
temperature above the transformation temperature
range, followed by slow cooling to well below the transformation temperature range.
(b) normalizing: heating a ferrous metal to a temperature above the transformation temperature range, followed by cooling in room-temperature still air to well
below the transformation temperature range.
(c) quenching: when used as a part of a heat-treating
operation, a rapid cooling process that results in microstructural stabilization or changes in material properties
that would not have occurred without rapid cooling.
(d) recommended or required heat treatment: the application of heat to a metal section subsequent to a cutting,
forming, or welding operation, as provided in para. 331.
(e) solution heat treatment: heating an alloy to a suitable temperature, holding at that temperature long
enough to allow one or more constituents to enter into
solid solution, and then cooling rapidly enough to hold
the constituents in solution.
(f) stress-relief: uniform heating of a structure or portion thereof to a sufficient temperature below the transformation temperature range to relieve the major
5
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
nominal: a numerical identification of dimension, capacity, rating, or other characteristic used as a designation,
not as an exact measurement.
portion of the residual stresses, followed by uniform
cooling slowly enough to minimize development of new
residual stresses.
(g) tempering: reheating a hardened metal to a temperature below the transformation range to improve
toughness.
(h) transformation range: the temperature range over
which a phase change occurs.
(i) transformation temperature: the temperature at
which a phase change begins or ends. In metals, phase
changes can be solid-state changes.
Normal Fluid Service: see fluid service.
normalizing: see heat treatment.
notch-sensitive: describes a metal subject to reduction in
strength in the presence of stress concentration. The
degree of notch sensitivity is usually expressed as the
strength determined in a notched specimen divided by
the strength determined in an unnotched specimen, and
can be obtained from either static or dynamic tests.
High Pressure Fluid Service: see fluid service.
NPS: nominal pipe size (followed, when appropriate,
by the specific size designation number without an inch
symbol).
High Purity Fluid Service: see fluid service.
hygienic clamp joint: a tube outside-diameter union consisting of two neutered ferrules having flat faces with
a concentric groove and mating gasket that is secured
with a clamp, providing a nonprotruding, recessless
product contact surface. See also para. U315.3(b).
orbital welding: automatic or machine welding in which
the electrode rotates (orbits) around the circumference
of a stationary pipe or tube.
indication, linear: in magnetic particle, liquid penetrant,
or similar examination, a closed surface area marking
or denoting a discontinuity requiring evaluation, whose
longest dimension is at least three times the width of
the indication.
oxygen-arc cutting (OAC): an oxygen-cutting process that
uses an arc between the workpiece and a consumable
electrode, through which oxygen is directed to the workpiece. For oxidation-resistant metals, a chemical flux or
metal powder is used to facilitate the reaction.
indication, rounded: in magnetic particle, liquid penetrant,
or similar examination, a closed surface area marking
or denoting a discontinuity requiring evaluation, whose
longest dimension is less than three times the width of
the indication.
oxygen cutting (OC): a group of thermal cutting processes
that severs or removes metal by means of the chemical
reaction between oxygen and the base metal at elevated
temperature. The necessary temperature is maintained
by the heat from an arc, an oxyfuel gas flame, or other
source.
in-process examination: see para. 344.7.
oxygen gouging: thermal gouging that uses an oxygen
cutting process variation to form a bevel or groove.
inspection, Inspector: see para. 340.
integrally reinforced branch connection fitting: see branch
connection fitting.
packaged equipment: an assembly of individual pieces or
stages of equipment, complete with interconnecting piping and connections for external piping. The assembly
may be mounted on a skid or other structure prior to
delivery.
joint design: the joint geometry together with the required
dimensions of the welded joint.
listed: for the purposes of this Code, describes a material
or component that conforms to a specification in
Appendix A, Appendix B, or Appendix K or to a standard in Table 326.1, A326.1, or K326.1.
petroleum refinery: an industrial plant for processing or
handling of petroleum and products derived directly
from petroleum. Such a plant may be an individual gasoline recovery plant, a treating plant, a gas processing
plant (including liquefaction), or an integrated refinery
having various process units and attendant facilities.
manual welding: a welding operation performed and controlled completely by hand.
may: a term that indicates a provision is neither required
nor prohibited.
pipe: a pressure-tight cylinder used to convey a fluid or
to transmit a fluid pressure, ordinarily designated
“pipe” in applicable material specifications. Materials
designated “tube” or “tubing” in the specifications are
treated as pipe when intended for pressure service.
Types of pipe, according to the method of manufacture,
are defined as follows:
(a) electric resistance-welded pipe: pipe produced in
individual lengths or in continuous lengths from coiled
skelp and subsequently cut into individual lengths, having a longitudinal butt joint wherein coalescence is produced by the heat obtained from resistance of the pipe
mechanical joint: a joint for the purpose of mechanical
strength or leak resistance, or both, in which the mechanical strength is developed by threaded, grooved, rolled,
flared, or flanged pipe ends; or by bolts, pins, toggles,
or rings; and the leak resistance is developed by threads
and compounds, gaskets, rolled ends, caulking, or
machined and mated surfaces.
miter: two or more straight sections of pipe matched and
joined in a plane bisecting the angle of junction so as
to produce a change in direction.
6
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
piping elements: any material or work required to plan
and install a piping system. Elements of piping include
design specifications, materials, components, supports,
fabrication, examination, inspection, and testing.
to the flow of electric current in a circuit of which the
pipe is a part, and by the application of pressure.
(b) furnace butt welded pipe, continuous welded: pipe
produced in continuous lengths from coiled skelp and
subsequently cut into individual lengths, having its longitudinal butt joint forge welded by the mechanical pressure developed in passing the hot-formed and edgeheated skelp through a set of round pass welding rolls.
(c) electric-fusion welded pipe: pipe having a longitudinal butt joint wherein coalescence is produced in the
preformed tube by manual or automatic electric-arc
welding. The weld may be single (welded from one side)
or double (welded from inside and outside) and may
be made with or without the addition of filler metal.
(d) double submerged-arc welded pipe: pipe having a
longitudinal butt joint produced by at least two passes,
one of which is on the inside of the pipe. Coalescence
is produced by heating with an electric arc or arcs
between the bare metal electrode or electrodes and the
work. The welding is shielded by a blanket of granular
fusible material on the work. Pressure is not used and
filler metal for the inside and outside welds is obtained
from the electrode or electrodes.
(e) seamless pipe: pipe produced by piercing a billet
followed by rolling or drawing, or both.
(f) spiral (helical seam) welded pipe: pipe having a helical seam with either a butt, lap, or lock-seam joint that
is welded using either an electrical resistance, electric
fusion or double-submerged arc welding process.
piping installation: designed piping systems to which a
selected Code edition and addenda apply.
piping subassembly: a portion of a piping system that
consists of one or more piping components.
piping system: interconnected piping subject to the same
set or sets of design conditions.
plasma arc cutting (PAC): an arc cutting process that uses
a constricted arc and removes molten metal with a high
velocity jet of ionized gas issuing from the constricting
orifice.
postweld heat treatment: see heat treatment.
preheating: the application of heat to the base material
immediately before or during a forming, welding, or
cutting process. See para. 330.
procedure qualification record (PQR): a document listing
all pertinent data, including the essential variables
employed and the test results, used in qualifying the
procedure specification.
process unit: an area whose boundaries are designated
by the engineering design within which reactions, separations, and other processes are carried out. Examples
of installations that are not classified as process units are
loading areas or terminals, bulk plants, compounding
plants, and tank farms and storage yards.
pipe-supporting elements: pipe-supporting elements consist of fixtures and structural attachments as follows:
(a) fixtures: fixtures include elements that transfer the
load from the pipe or structural attachment to the supporting structure or equipment. They include hanging
type fixtures, such as hanger rods, spring hangers, sway
braces, counterweights, turnbuckles, struts, chains,
guides, and anchors; and bearing type fixtures, such as
saddles, bases, rollers, brackets, and sliding supports.
(b) structural attachments: structural attachments
include elements that are welded, bolted, or clamped to
the pipe, such as clips, lugs, rings, clamps, clevises,
straps, and skirts.
quench annealing: see solution heat treatment under heat
treatment.
quenching: see heat treatment.
reinforcement: see paras. 304.3 and A304.3. See also weld
reinforcement.
room temperature: temperature between 10°C and 38°C
(50°F and 100°F).
root opening: the separation between the members to be
joined, at the root of the joint.
safeguarding: provision of protective measures of the
types outlined in Appendix G, where deemed necessary.
See Appendix G for detailed discussion.
piping: assemblies of piping components used to convey,
distribute, mix, separate, discharge, meter, control, or
snub fluid flows. Piping also includes pipe-supporting
elements, but does not include support structures, such
as building frames, bents, foundations, or any equipment excluded from this Code (see para. 300.1.3).
seal bond: a bond intended primarily to provide joint
tightness against leakage in nonmetallic piping.
seal weld: a weld intended primarily to provide joint
tightness against leakage in metallic piping.
semiautomatic arc welding: arc welding with equipment
that controls only the filler metal feed. The advance of
the welding is manually controlled.
piping components: mechanical elements suitable for joining or assembly into pressure-tight fluid-containing piping systems. Components include pipe, tubing, fittings,
flanges, gaskets, bolting, valves, and devices such as
expansion joints, flexible joints, pressure hoses, traps,
strainers, inline portions of instruments, and separators.
severe cyclic conditions: conditions applying to specific
piping components or joints in which SE computed in
accordance with para. 319.4.4 exceeds 0.8SA (as defined
in para. 302.3.5), and the equivalent number of cycles
7
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
submerged arc welding (SAW): an arc welding process that
produces coalescence of metals by heating them with
an arc or arcs between a bare metal electrode or electrodes and the work. The arc is shielded by a blanket
of granular, fusible material on the work. Pressure is
not used and filler metal is obtained from the electrode
and sometimes from a supplemental source (welding
rod, flux, or metal granules).
(N in para. 302.3.5) exceeds 7000; or other conditions
that the designer determines will produce an equivalent
effect.
shall: a term that indicates a provision is a Code
requirement.
shielded metal-arc welding (SMAW): an arc welding process that produces coalescence of metals by heating them
with an arc between a covered metal electrode and the
work. Shielding is obtained from decomposition of the
electrode covering. Pressure is not used and filler metal
is obtained from the electrode.
tack weld: a weld made to hold parts of a weldment in
proper alignment until the final welds are made.
tempering: see heat treatment.
thermoplastic: a plastic that is capable of being repeatedly
softened by increase of temperature and hardened by
decrease of temperature.
should: a term that indicates a provision is recommended
as good practice but is not a Code requirement.
size of weld:
(a) fillet weld: the leg lengths (the leg length for equalleg welds) of the sides, adjoining the members welded,
of the largest triangle that can be inscribed within the
weld cross section. For welds between perpendicular
members, the definitions in Fig. 328.5.2A apply.
thermosetting resin: a resin capable of being changed into
a substantially infusible or insoluble product when
cured at room temperature, or by application of heat,
or by chemical means.
throat of a fillet weld:
(a) theoretical throat: the perpendicular distance from
the hypotenuse of the largest right triangle that can be
inscribed in the weld cross section to the root of the joint
(b) actual throat: the shortest distance from the root
of a fillet weld to its face
(c) effective throat: the minimum distance, minus any
reinforcement (convexity), between the weld root and
the face of a fillet weld
NOTE: When the angle between members exceeds 105 deg, size
is of less significance than effective throat (see also throat of a
fillet weld).
(b) groove weld: the joint penetration (depth of bevel
plus the root penetration when specified). The size of a
groove weld and its effective throat are the same.
slag inclusion: nonmetallic solid material entrapped in
weld metal or between weld metal and base metal.
toe of weld: the junction between the face of a weld and
the base material.
soldering: a metal joining process wherein coalescence is
produced by heating to suitable temperatures and by
using a nonferrous alloy fusible at temperatures below
427°C (800°F) and having a melting point below that of
the base metals being joined. The filler metal is distributed between closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary attraction. In general, solders are lead-tin alloys and
may contain antimony, bismuth, and other elements.
tube: see pipe.
tungsten electrode: a nonfiller-metal electrode used in arc
welding or cutting, made principally of tungsten.
unbalanced piping system: see para. 319.2.2(b).
solution heat treatment: see heat treatment.
undercut: a groove melted into the base material adjacent
to the toe or root of a weld and left unfilled by weld
material.
stress ratio: see Fig. 323.2.2B.
visual examination: see para. 344.2.1.
stress relief: see heat treatment.
weld: a localized coalescence of material wherein coalescence is produced either by heating to suitable temperatures, with or without the application of pressure, or by
application of pressure alone, and with or without the
use of filler material.
stress terms frequently used:
(a) basic allowable stress: this term, symbol S, represents the stress value for any material determined by
the appropriate stress basis in para. 302.3.2
(b) bolt design stress: this term represents the design
stress used to determine the required cross-sectional area
of bolts in a bolted joint
(c) hydrostatic design basis: selected properties of plastic piping materials to be used in accordance with
ASTM D2837 or D2992 to determine the HDS [see (d)
below] for the material
(d) hydrostatic design stress (HDS): the maximum continuous stress due to internal pressure to be used in the
design of plastic piping, determined from the hydrostatic design basis by use of a service (design) factor
weld coupon: a sample weld used to determine weld
acceptance. Types of weld coupons are defined as
follows:
(a) primary weld coupon: made prior to the start of
production welding to establish a benchmark of weld
acceptance
(b) production weld coupon: made when any of the conditions in para. U341.4.5 exist and used to compare
against a corresponding primary weld coupon to demonstrate continued acceptability of welds during production welding
8
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 300.4 Status of Appendices in B31.3
(14)
Appendix
Title
Status
A
B
C
D
Allowable Stresses and Quality Factors for Metallic Piping and
Bolting Materials
Stress Tables and Allowable Pressure Tables for Nonmetals
Physical Properties of Piping Materials
Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors
Requirements
Requirements (1)
Requirements (1)
E
F
G
H
Reference Standards
Precautionary Considerations
Safeguarding
Sample Calculations for Branch Reinforcement
Requirements
Guidance (2)
Guidance (2)
Guidance
J
K
L
M
N
Nomenclature
Allowable Stresses for High Pressure Piping
Aluminum Alloy Pipe Flanges
Guide to Classifying Fluid Services
Application of ASME B31.3 Internationally
Information
Requirements (3)
Specification (4)
Guidance (2)
Guidance (2)
Q
S
V
X
Z
Quality System Program
Piping System Stress Analysis Examples
Allowable Variations in Elevated Temperature Service
Metallic Bellows Expansion Joints
Preparation of Technical Inquiries
Guidance (2)
Guidance (2)
Guidance (2)
Requirements
Requirements (5)
Requirements
NOTES:
(1) Contains default requirements, to be used unless more directly applicable data are available.
(2) Contains no requirements but Code user is responsible for considering applicable items.
(3) Contains requirements applicable only when use of Chapter IX is specified.
(4) Contains pressure-temperature ratings, materials, dimensions, and markings of forged aluminum
alloy flanges.
(5) Contains administrative requirements.
weld coupon examination: see para. U344.8.1.
weldment: an assembly whose component parts are
joined by welding.
weld reinforcement: weld material in excess of the specified weld size.
300.3 Nomenclature
welder: one who performs a manual or semi-automatic
welding operation. (This term is sometimes erroneously
used to denote a welding machine.)
Dimensional and mathematical symbols used in this
Code are listed in Appendix J, with definitions and location references to each. Uppercase and lowercase English
letters are listed alphabetically, followed by Greek
letters.
welding operator: one who operates machine or automatic
welding equipment.
welding procedure: the detailed methods and practices
involved in the production of a weldment.
300.4 Status of Appendices
Table 300.4 indicates for each Appendix of this Code
whether it contains Code requirements, guidance, or
supplemental information. See the first page of each
Appendix for details.
welding procedure specification (WPS): the document that
lists the parameters to be used in construction of weldments in accordance with requirements of this Code.
9
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter II
Design
PART 1
CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA
(b) The most severe condition is that which results
in the greatest required component thickness and the
highest component rating.
(c) When more than one set of pressure–temperature
conditions exist for a piping system, the conditions governing the rating of components conforming to listed
standards may differ from the conditions governing the
rating of components designed in accordance with
para. 304.
(d) When a pipe is separated into individualized pressure-containing chambers (including jacketed piping,
blanks, etc.), the partition wall shall be designed on the
basis of the most severe coincident temperature (minimum or maximum) and differential pressure between
the adjoining chambers expected during service, except
as provided in para. 302.2.4.
301 DESIGN CONDITIONS
Paragraph 301 states the qualifications of the Designer,
defines the temperatures, pressures, and forces applicable to the design of piping, and states the consideration
that shall be given to various effects and their consequent
loadings. See also Appendix F, para. F301.
301.1 Qualifications of the Designer
The Designer is the person(s) in charge of the engineering design of a piping system and shall be experienced in the use of this Code. The qualifications and
experience required of the Designer will depend on the
complexity and criticality of the system and the nature
of the individual’s experience. The owner’s approval is
required if the individual does not meet at least one of
the following criteria:
(a) Completion of a degree, accredited by an independent agency [such as ABET (U.S. and international),
NBA (India), CTI (France), and CNAP (Chile)], in engineering, science, or technology, requiring the equivalent
of at least 4 years of full-time study that provides exposure to fundamental subject matter relevant to the design
of piping systems, plus a minimum of 5 years experience
in the design of related pressure piping.
(b) Professional Engineering registration, recognized
by the local jurisdiction, and experience in the design
of related pressure piping.
(c) Completion of an accredited engineering technician or associates degree, requiring the equivalent of
at least 2 years of study, plus a minimum of 10 years
experience in the design of related pressure piping.
(d) Fifteen years experience in the design of related
pressure piping.
Experience in the design of related pressure piping is
satisfied by piping design experience that includes
design calculations for pressure, sustained and occasional loads, and piping flexibility.
301.2.2 Required Pressure Containment or Relief
(a) Provision shall be made to safely contain or relieve
(see para. 322.6.3) any expected pressure to which the
piping may be subjected. Piping not protected by a
pressure-relieving device, or that can be isolated from
a pressure-relieving device, shall be designed for at least
the highest expected pressure.
(b) Sources of pressure to be considered include ambient influences, pressure oscillations and surges,
improper operation, decomposition of unstable fluids,
static head, and failure of control devices.
(c) The allowances of para. 302.2.4(f) are permitted,
provided that the other requirements of para. 302.2.4 are
also met.
301.3 Design Temperature
The design temperature of each component in a piping
system is the temperature at which, under the coincident
pressure, the greatest thickness or highest component
rating is required in accordance with para. 301.2. (To
satisfy the requirements of para. 301.2, different components in the same piping system may have different
design temperatures.)
In establishing design temperatures, consider at least
the fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, solar
radiation, heating or cooling medium temperatures, and
the applicable provisions of paras. 301.3.2, 301.3.3, and
301.3.4.
301.2 Design Pressure
301.2.1 General
(a) The design pressure of each component in a piping
system shall be not less than the pressure at the most
severe condition of coincident internal or external pressure and temperature (minimum or maximum) expected
during service, except as provided in para. 302.2.4.
301.3.1 Design Minimum Temperature. The design
minimum temperature is the lowest component temperature expected in service. This temperature may establish special design requirements and material
10
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
qualification requirements. See also paras. 301.4.4
and 323.2.2.
301.5 Dynamic Effects
301.3.2 Uninsulated Components
(a) For fluid temperatures below 65°C (150°F), the
component temperature shall be taken as the fluid temperature unless solar radiation or other effects result in
a higher temperature.
(b) For fluid temperatures 65°C (150°F) and above,
unless a lower average wall temperature is determined
by test or heat transfer calculation, the temperature for
uninsulated components shall be no less than the following values:
(1) valves, pipe, lapped ends, welding fittings, and
other components having wall thickness comparable to
that of the pipe — 95% of the fluid temperature
(2) flanges (except lap joint) including those on fittings and valves — 90% of the fluid temperature
(3) lap joint flanges — 85% of the fluid temperature
(4) bolting — 80% of the fluid temperature
301.5.1 Impact. Impact forces caused by external
or internal conditions (including changes in flow rate,
hydraulic shock, liquid or solid slugging, flashing, and
geysering) shall be taken into account in the design of
piping.
301.3.3 Externally Insulated Piping. The component
design temperature shall be the fluid temperature unless
calculations, tests, or service experience based on measurements support the use of another temperature.
Where piping is heated or cooled by tracing or jacketing,
this effect shall be considered in establishing component
design temperatures.
301.5.4 Vibration. Piping shall be designed,
arranged, and supported so as to eliminate excessive
and harmful effects of vibration that may arise from
such sources as impact, pressure pulsation, turbulent
flow vortices, resonance in compressors, and wind.
See Appendix F, para. F301.5.
301.5.2 Wind. The effect of wind loading shall be
taken into account in the design of exposed piping. The
analysis considerations and loads may be as described
in ASCE 7. Authoritative local meteorological data may
also be used to define or refine the design wind loads.
301.5.3 Earthquake. The effect of earthquake loading shall be taken into account in the design of piping.
The analysis considerations and loads may be as
described in ASCE 7. Authoritative local seismological
data may also be used to define or refine the design
earthquake loads.
301.5.5 Discharge Reactions. Piping shall be
designed, arranged, and supported so as to withstand
reaction forces due to let-down or discharge of fluids.
301.3.4 Internally Insulated Piping. The component
design temperature shall be based on heat transfer calculations or tests.
301.6 Weight Effects
The following weight effects, combined with loads
and forces from other causes, shall be taken into account
in the design of piping.
301.4 Ambient Effects
See Appendix F, para. F301.4.
301.4.1 Cooling — Effects on Pressure. The cooling
of a gas or vapor in a piping system may reduce the
pressure sufficiently to create an internal vacuum. In
such a case, the piping shall be capable of withstanding
the external pressure at the lower temperature, or provision shall be made to break the vacuum.
301.6.1 Live Loads. These loads include the weight
of the medium transported or the medium used for
test. Snow and ice loads due to both environmental and
operating conditions shall be considered.
301.6.2 Dead Loads. These loads consist of the
weight of piping components, insulation, and other
superimposed permanent loads supported by the
piping.
301.4.2 Fluid Expansion Effects. Provision shall be
made in the design either to withstand or to relieve
increased pressure caused by the heating of static fluid
in a piping component. See also para. 322.6.3(b)(2).
301.7 Thermal Expansion and Contraction Effects
301.4.3 Atmospheric Icing. Where the design minimum temperature of a piping system is below 0°C
(32°F), the possibility of moisture condensation and
buildup of ice shall be considered and provisions made
in the design to avoid resultant malfunctions. This
applies to surfaces of moving parts of shutoff valves,
control valves, pressure-relief devices including discharge piping, and other components.
The following thermal effects, combined with loads
and forces from other causes, shall be taken into account
in the design of piping. See also Appendix F,
para. F301.7.
301.7.1 Thermal Loads Due to Restraints. These
loads consist of thrusts and moments that arise when
free thermal expansion and contraction of the piping
are prevented by restraints or anchors.
301.4.4 Low Ambient Temperature. Consideration
shall be given to low ambient temperature conditions
for displacement stress analysis.
301.7.2 Loads Due to Temperature Gradients. These
loads arise from stresses in pipe walls resulting from
11
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
large rapid temperature changes or from unequal temperature distribution as may result from a high heat flux
through a comparatively thick pipe or stratified twophase flow causing bowing of the line.
of this Code may be used to extend the pressure–
temperature ratings of a component beyond the ratings
contained in the listed standard.
302.2.2 Listed Components Not Having Specific
Ratings
(a) Some of the standards for fittings in Table 326.1
(e.g., ASME B16.9 and B16.11) state that pressure–
temperature ratings are based on straight seamless pipe.
Except as limited in the standard or elsewhere in this
Code, such fittings shall be rated as calculated for
straight seamless pipe with the same allowable stresses
as the fitting and the nominal thickness corresponding
to the wall thickness or class designation of the fitting,
less all applicable allowances (e.g., thread depth and
corrosion allowance), and considering the manufacturing undertolerances of the fittings and the pipe.
(b) For components with straight or spiral (helical
seam) longitudinal welded joints, the pressure rating as
determined for seamless pipe shall be further multiplied
by the weld joint strength reduction factor, W, as defined
in para. 302.3.5(e).
(c) Other listed components not addressed in
para. 302.2.1 or 302.2.2(a) shall have their pressure–
temperature ratings established in accordance with the
rules in para. 304.
301.7.3 Loads Due to Differences in Expansion
Characteristics. These loads result from differences in
thermal expansion where materials with different thermal expansion coefficients are combined, as in bimetallic, lined, jacketed, or metallic–nonmetallic piping.
301.8 Effects of Support, Anchor, and Terminal
Movements
The effects of movements of piping supports, anchors,
and connected equipment shall be taken into account
in the design of piping. These movements may result
from the flexibility and/or thermal expansion of equipment, supports, or anchors; and from settlement, tidal
movements, or wind sway.
301.9 Reduced Ductility Effects
The harmful effects of reduced ductility shall be taken
into account in the design of piping. The effects may, for
example, result from welding, heat treatment, forming,
bending, or low operating temperatures, including the
chilling effect of sudden loss of pressure on highly volatile fluids. Low ambient temperatures expected during
operation shall be considered.
302.2.3 Unlisted Components. Components not
listed in Table 326.1 may be used within the following
limitations:
(a) The designer shall be satisfied that composition,
mechanical properties, method of manufacture, and
design are suitable for the intended service.
(b) Pressure–temperature ratings shall be established
in accordance with the rules in para. 304.
301.10 Cyclic Effects
Fatigue due to pressure cycling, thermal cycling, and
other cyclic loadings shall be considered in the design
of piping. See Appendix F, para. F301.10.
301.11 Air Condensation Effects
At operating temperatures below −191°C (−312°F) in
ambient air, condensation and oxygen enrichment occur.
These shall be considered in selecting materials, including insulation, and adequate shielding and/or disposal
shall be provided.
302.2.4 Allowances for Pressure and Temperature
Variations. Occasional variations of pressure and/or
temperature may occur in a piping system. Such variations shall be considered in selecting design pressure
(para. 301.2) and design temperature (para. 301.3). The
most severe coincident pressure and temperature shall
determine the design conditions unless all of the following criteria are met:
(a) The piping system shall have no pressurecontaining components of gray iron or other nonductile
metal.
(b) Circumferential pressure stresses (based on minimum pipe wall thickness, less allowances) shall not
exceed the yield strength at temperature (see para. 302.3
of this Code and Sy data in BPV Code, Section II, Part D,
Table Y-1).
(c) Combined longitudinal stresses shall not exceed
the limits established in para. 302.3.6.
(d) The total number of pressure–temperature variations above the design conditions shall not exceed 1 000
during the life of the piping system.
302 DESIGN CRITERIA
302.1 General
Paragraph 302 states pressure–temperature ratings,
stress criteria, design allowances, and minimum design
values together with permissible variations of these factors as applied to the design of piping.
(14)
302.2 Pressure–Temperature Design Criteria
302.2.1 Listed Components Having Established
Ratings. Except as limited elsewhere in the Code,
pressure–temperature ratings contained in standards for
piping components listed in Table 326.1 are acceptable
for design pressures and temperatures in accordance
with this Code. When the owner approves, provisions
12
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(e) In no case shall the increased pressure exceed the
test pressure used under para. 345 for the piping system.
(f) Occasional variations above design conditions
shall remain within one of the following limits for pressure design.
(1) Subject to the owner’s approval, it is permissible
to exceed the pressure rating or the allowable stress
for pressure design at the temperature of the increased
condition by not more than
(-a) 33% for no more than 10 h at any one time
and no more than 100 h/y, or
(-b) 20% for no more than 50 h at any one time
and no more than 500 h/y
The effects of such variations shall be determined by
the designer to be safe over the service life of the piping
system by methods acceptable to the owner. (See
Appendix V.)
(2) When the variation is self-limiting (e.g., due to
a pressure-relieving event), and lasts no more than 50 h
at any one time and not more than 500 h/y, it is permissible to exceed the pressure rating or the allowable stress
for pressure design at the temperature of the increased
condition by not more than 20%.
(g) The combined effects of the sustained and cyclic
variations on the serviceability of all components in the
system shall have been evaluated.
(h) Temperature variations below the minimum temperature shown in Appendix A are not permitted unless
the requirements of para. 323.2.2 are met for the lowest
temperature during the variation.
(i) The application of pressures exceeding pressure–
temperature ratings of valves may under certain conditions cause loss of seat tightness or difficulty of operation. The differential pressure on the valve closure
element should not exceed the maximum differential
pressure rating established by the valve manufacturer.
Such applications are the owner’s responsibility.
calculations unless modified by other provisions of this
Code.
(a) Tension. Basic allowable stresses S in tension for
metals and design stresses S for bolting materials, listed
in Tables A-1 and A-2, respectively, are determined in
accordance with para. 302.3.2.
In equations elsewhere in the Code where the product
SE appears, the value S is multiplied by one of the
following quality factors:1
(1) casting quality factor E c as defined in
para. 302.3.3 and tabulated for various material specifications in Table A-1A, and for various levels of supplementary examination in Table 302.3.3C, or
(2) longitudinal weld joint factor Ej as defined in
302.3.4 and tabulated for various material specifications
and classes in Table A-1B, and for various types of joints
and supplementary examinations in Table 302.3.4
The stress values in Tables A-1 and A-2 are grouped
by materials and product forms, and are for stated temperatures up to the limit provided in para. 323.2.1(a).
Straight line interpolation between temperatures is permissible. The temperature intended is the design temperature (see para. 301.3).
(b) Shear and Bearing. Allowable stresses in shear shall
be 0.80 times the basic allowable stress in tension tabulated in Table A-1 or A-2. Allowable stress in bearing
shall be 1.60 times that value.
(c) Compression. Allowable stresses in compression
shall be no greater than the basic allowable stresses in
tension as tabulated in Appendix A. Consideration shall
be given to structural stability.
302.3.2 Bases for Design Stresses.2 The bases for
establishing design stress values for bolting materials
and allowable stress values for other metallic materials
in this Code are as follows:
(a) Bolting Materials. Design stress values at temperature for bolting materials shall not exceed the lowest of
the following:
(1) except as provided in (3) below, the lower of
one-fourth of specified minimum tensile strength at
room temperature (ST) and one-fourth of tensile strength
at temperature
(2) except as provided in (3) below, the lower of
two-thirds of specified minimum yield strength at room
302.2.5 Ratings at Junction of Different Services.
When two services that operate at different pressure–
temperature conditions are connected, the valve segregating the two services shall be rated for the more severe
service condition. Where multiple valves are used (e.g.,
in a double block and bleed arrangement), all of the
valves shall be rated for the more severe service condition. If the valve(s) will operate at a different temperature due to remoteness from a header or piece of
equipment, the valve(s) (and any mating flanges) may
be selected on the basis of the different temperature. For
piping on either side of the valve, however, each system
shall be designed for the conditions of the service to
which it is connected.
1
If a component is made of castings joined by longitudinal welds,
both a casting and a weld joint quality factor shall be applied. The
equivalent quality factor E is the product of Ec , Table A-1A, and
Ej , Table A-1B.
2
These bases are the same as those for BPV Code, Section III,
Class 1 materials, given in Section II, Part D. Stress values in B31.3,
Appendix A, at temperatures below the creep range generally are
the same as those listed in Section II, Part D, Tables 2A and 2B,
and in Table 3 for bolting, corresponding to those bases. They have
been adjusted as necessary to exclude casting quality factors and
longitudinal weld joint quality factors. Stress values at temperatures in the creep range generally are the same as those in Section II,
Part D, Tables 1A and 1B, corresponding to the bases for
Section VIII, Division 1.
302.3 Allowable Stresses and Other Stress Limits
302.3.1 General. The allowable stresses defined in
paras. 302.3.1(a), (b), and (c) shall be used in design
13
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
temperature (SY) and two-thirds of yield strength at
temperature
(3) at temperatures below the creep range, for bolting materials whose strength has been enhanced by heat
treatment or strain hardening, the least of one-fifth of
ST, one-fourth of the tensile strength at temperature,
one-fourth of SY, and two-thirds of the yield strength at
temperature (unless these values are lower than corresponding values for annealed material, in which case the
annealed values shall be used)
(4) two-thirds of the yield strength at temperature
[see para. 302.3.2(f)]
(5) 100% of the average stress for a creep rate of
0.01% per 1 000 h
(6) 67% of the average stress for rupture at the end
of 100 000 h
(7) 80% of minimum stress for rupture at the end
of 100 000 h
(b) Gray Iron. Basic allowable stress values at temperature for gray iron shall not exceed the lower of the
following:
(1) one-tenth of the specified minimum tensile
strength at room temperature
(2) one-tenth of the tensile strength at temperature
[see para. 302.3.2(f)]
(c) Malleable Iron. Basic allowable stress values at temperature for malleable iron shall not exceed the lower
of the following:
(1) one-fifth of the specified minimum tensile
strength at room temperature
(2) one-fifth of the tensile strength at temperature
[see para. 302.3.2(f)]
(d) Other Materials. Basic allowable stress values at
temperature for materials other than bolting materials,
gray iron, and malleable iron shall not exceed the lowest
of the following:
(1) the lower of one-third of ST and one-third of
tensile strength at temperature
(2) except as provided in (3) below, the lower of
two-thirds of S Y and two-thirds of yield strength at
temperature
(3) for austenitic stainless steels and nickel alloys
having similar stress–strain behavior, the lower of twothirds of SY and 90% of yield strength at temperature
[see (e) below]
(4) 100% of the average stress for a creep rate of
0.01% per 1 000 h
(5) 67% of the average stress for rupture at the end
of 100 000 h
(6) 80% of the minimum stress for rupture at the
end of 100 000 h
(7) for structural grade materials, the basic allowable stress shall be 0.92 times the lowest value determined in paras. 302.3.2(d)(1) through (6)
In the application of these criteria, the yield strength
at temperature is considered to be S Y RY; the tensile
strength at temperature is considered to be 1.1STRT.
(e) Application Limits. Application of stress values
determined in accordance with para. 302.3.2(d)(3) is not
recommended for flanged joints and other components
in which slight deformation can cause leakage or malfunction. [These values are shown in italics or boldface
in Table A-1, as explained in Note (4) to Appendix A
Tables.] Instead, either 75% of the stress value in
Table A-1 or two-thirds of the yield strength at temperature listed in the BPV Code, Section II, Part D, Table Y-1
should be used.
(f) Unlisted Materials. For a material that conforms to
para. 323.1.2, the tensile (yield) strength at temperature
shall be derived by multiplying the average expected
tensile (yield) strength at temperature by the ratio of
ST (SY) divided by the average expected tensile (yield)
strength at room temperature.
302.3.3 Casting Quality Factor, Ec
(a) General. The casting quality factors, Ec, defined
herein shall be used for cast components not having
pressure–temperature ratings established by standards
in Table 326.1.
(b) Basic Quality Factors. Castings of gray and malleable iron, conforming to listed specifications, are assigned
a basic casting quality factor, Ec, of 1.00 (due to their
conservative allowable stress basis). For most other metals, static castings that conform to the material specification and have been visually examined as required by
MSS SP-55, Quality Standard for Steel Castings for
Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping
Components — Visual Method, are assigned a basic
casting quality factor, Ec, of 0.80. Centrifugal castings
that meet specification requirements only for chemical
analysis, tensile, hydrostatic, and flattening tests, and
visual examination are assigned a basic casting quality
factor of 0.80. Basic casting quality factors are tabulated
for listed specifications in Table A-1A.
(c) Increased Quality Factors. Casting quality factors
may be increased when supplementary examinations
are performed on each casting. Table 302.3.3C states the
increased casting quality factors, Ec, that may be used for
various combinations of supplementary examination.
Table 302.3.3D states the acceptance criteria for the
examination methods specified in the Notes to
Table 302.3.3C. Quality factors higher than those shown
in Table 302.3.3C do not result from combining tests
(2)(a) and (2)(b), or (3)(a) and (3)(b). In no case shall the
quality factor exceed 1.00.
Several of the specifications in Appendix A require
machining of all surfaces and/or one or more of these
supplementary examinations. In such cases, the appropriate increased quality factor is shown in Table A-1A.
14
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table 302.3.3C Increased Casting
Quality Factors, Ec
Table 302.3.3D Acceptance Levels for Castings
Supplementary Examination
in Accordance With Note(s)
Factor,
Ec
(1)
(2)(a) or (2)(b)
(3)(a) or (3)(b)
(1) and (2)(a) or (2)(b)
(1) and (3)(a) or (3)(b)
(2)(a) or (2)(b) and (3)(a) or (3)(b)
0.85
0.85
0.95
0.90
1.00
1.00
GENERAL NOTE: Titles of standards referenced in this Table’s Notes
are as follows:
ASME B46.1 Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness
and Lay)
ASTM E94
Guide for Radiographic Examination
ASTM E114
Practice for Ultrasonic Pulse-Echo Straight-Beam
Contact Testing
ASTM E125
Reference Photographs for Magnetic Particle
Indications on Ferrous Castings
ASTM E165
Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for
General Industry
ASTM E709
Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing
MSS SP-53
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings
for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping
Components — Magnetic Particle Examination
Method
MSS SP-93
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings
for Valves, Flanges, Fittings, and Other Piping
Components — Liquid Penetrant Examination
Method
Material Examined
Thickness, T
Applicable
Standard
Acceptance
Level
(or Class)
Acceptable
Discontinuities
Steel
T ≤ 25 mm
(1 in.)
ASTM E446
1
Types A, B, C
Steel
T > 25 mm,
≤ 51 mm
(2 in.)
ASTM E446
2
Types A, B, C
Steel
T > 51 mm,
≤ 114 mm
(41⁄2 in.)
ASTM E186
2
Categories A, B, C
Steel
T > 114 mm,
≤ 305 mm
(12 in.)
ASTM E280
2
Categories A, B, C
Aluminum &
magnesium
ASTM E155
...
Shown in reference
radiographs
Copper, Ni–Cu
Bronze
ASTM E272
ASTM E310
2
2
Codes A, Ba, Bb
Codes A and B
GENERAL NOTE: Titles of ASTM standards referenced in this Table
are as follows:
E155 Reference Radiographs for Inspection of Aluminum and
Magnesium Castings
E186 Reference Radiographs for Heavy-Walled (2 to 4-1⁄2-in. [51
to 114-mm]) Steel Castings
E272 Reference Radiographs for High-Strength Copper-Base
and Nickel-Copper Castings
E280 Reference Radiographs for Heavy-Walled (4-1⁄2 to 12-in.
[114 to 305-mm]) Steel Castings
E310 Reference Radiographs for Tin Bronze Castings
E446 Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings Up to 2 in.
(51 mm) in Thickness
NOTES:
(1) Machine all surfaces to a finish of 6.3 m Ra (250 in. Ra in
accordance with ASME B46.1), thus increasing the effectiveness of surface examination.
(2)
(a) Examine all surfaces of each casting (ferromagnetic material only) by the magnetic particle method in accordance with
ASTM E709. Judge acceptability in accordance with MSS SP-53,
Table 1.
(b) Examine all surfaces of each casting by the liquid penetrant method, in accordance with ASTM E165. Judge acceptability in accordance with SP-93, Table 1.
(3)
(a) Fully examine each casting ultrasonically in accordance
with ASTM E114, accepting a casting only if there is no evidence of depth of defects in excess of 5% of wall thickness.
(b) Fully radiograph each casting in accordance with
ASTM E94. Judge in accordance with the stated acceptance levels in Table 302.3.3D.
302.3.5 Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to
Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains
(a) Internal Pressure Stresses. Stresses due to internal
pressure shall be considered safe when the wall thickness of the piping component, including any reinforcement, meets the requirements of para. 304.
(b) External Pressure Stresses. Stresses due to external
pressure shall be considered safe when the wall thickness of the piping component, and its means of stiffening, meet the requirements of para. 304.
(c) Stresses Due to Sustained Loads, SL. The sum of the
longitudinal stresses due to sustained loads, SL , e.g.,
the pressure and weight in any component in a piping
system (see para. 320), shall not exceed Sh, where Sh is
taken from Table A-1 at the metal temperature of the
operating condition being considered.
(d) Allowable Displacement Stress Range, SA. The computed displacement stress range, SE, in a piping system
302.3.4 Weld Joint Quality Factor, Ej
(a) Basic Quality Factors. The weld joint quality factors, Ej, tabulated in Table A-1B are basic factors for
straight or spiral (helical seam) welded joints for
pressure-containing components as shown in
Table 302.3.4.
(b) Increased Quality Factors. Table 302.3.4 also indicates higher joint quality factors that may be substituted
for those in Table A-1B for certain kinds of welds if
additional examination is performed beyond that
required by the product specification.
15
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 302.3.4 Longitudinal Weld Joint Quality Factor, Ej
No.
Type of
Seam
Type of Joint
Examination
Factor,
Ej
1
Furnace butt weld,
continuous weld
Straight
As required by
listed specification
0.60
[Note (1)]
2
Electric resistance
weld
Straight or
spiral
(helical seam)
As required by
listed specification
0.85
[Note (1)]
3
Electric fusion weld
Straight or
spiral
(helical seam)
As required by
listed specification
or this Code
0.80
Additionally spot
radiographed in
accordance with
para. 341.5.1
0.90
Additionally 100%
radiographed in
accordance with
para. 344.5.1 and
Table 341.3.2
1.00
As required by
listed specification
or this Code
0.85
Additionally spot
radiographed in
accordance with
para. 341.5.1
0.90
Additionally 100%
radiographed in
accordance with
para. 344.5.1 and
Table 341.3.2
1.00
As required by
specification
0.95
Additionally 100%
radiographed in
accordance with
para. 344.5.1 and
Table 341.3.2
1.00
(a) Single butt weld
(with or without filler
metal)
(b) Double butt weld
Straight or spiral
(helical seam)
[except as
provided in 4
below]
(with or without filler
metal)
4
Specific specification
API 5L
Submerged arc weld (SAW)
Gas metal arc weld (GMAW)
Straight with
one or two
seams
Combined GMAW, SAW
Spiral (helical seam)
NOTE:
(1) It is not permitted to increase the joint quality factor by additional examination for joint 1 or 2.
16
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 302.3.5 Stress Range Factor, f
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
f
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
N (cycles)
Ferrous materials, specified minimum tensile strength ⱕ517 MPa (75 ksi),
and at design metal temperatures ⱕ371⬚C (700⬚F)
All other materials
N p equivalent number of full displacement cycles
during the expected service life of the piping
system5
Sc p basic allowable stress6 at minimum metal temperature expected during the displacement
cycle under analysis
p 138 MPa (20 ksi) maximum
Sh p basic allowable stress6 at maximum metal temperature expected during the displacement
cycle under analysis
p 138 MPa (20 ksi) maximum
SL p stress due to sustained loads; in systems where
supports may be active in some conditions and
inactive in others, the maximum value of sustained stress, considering all support conditions, shall be used
(see para. 319.4.4) shall not exceed the allowable displacement stress range, S A (see paras. 319.2.3 and
319.3.4), calculated by eq. (1a)
SA p f 共1.25Sc + 0.25Sh兲
(1a)
When Sh is greater than SL , the difference between
them may be added to the term 0.25Sh in eq. (1a). In
that case, the allowable stress range is calculated by
eq. (1b)
SA p f 关 1.25共Sc + Sh兲 − SL 兴
(1b)
For eqs. (1a) and (1b)
f p stress range factor,3 calculated by eq. (1c)4
f (see Fig. 302.3.5) p 6.0 共 N 兲−0.2 ≤ fm
(1c)
When the computed stress range varies, whether from
thermal expansion or other conditions, SE is defined as
the greatest computed displacement stress range. The
value of N in such cases can be calculated by eq. (1d)
fm p maximum value of stress range factor; 1.2 for
ferrous materials with specified minimum tensile strengths ≤ 517 MPa (75 ksi) and at metal
temperatures ≤ 371°C (700°F); otherwise fm p
1.0
N p NE +
兺共ri5Ni 兲 for i p 1, 2, . . ., n
(1d)
3
Applies to essentially noncorroded piping. Corrosion can
sharply decrease cyclic life; therefore, corrosion resistant materials
should be considered where a large number of major stress cycles
is anticipated.
4
The minimum value for f is 0.15, which results in an allowable
displacement stress range, SA, for an indefinitely large number
of cycles.
5
The designer is cautioned that the fatigue life of materials operated at elevated temperature may be reduced.
6
For castings, the basic allowable stress shall be multiplied by
the applicable casting quality factor, Ec . For longitudinal welds,
the basic allowable stress need not be multiplied by the weld
quality factor, Ej .
17
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
where
NE p number of cycles of maximum computed displacement stress range, SE
Ni p number of cycles associated with displacement
stress range, Si
ri p Si /SE
Si p any computed displacement stress range
smaller than SE
and welding process under equivalent, or more severe,
sustained operating conditions.
302.3.6 Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to
Occasional Loads
(a) Operation. The sum of the longitudinal stresses,
SL, due to sustained loads, such as pressure and weight,
and of the stresses produced by occasional loads, such
as wind or earthquake, may be as much as 1.33 times
the basic allowable stress given in Appendix A. Wind
and earthquake forces need not be considered as acting
concurrently. When detailed analysis is performed, the
stresses shall be computed and combined using eqs.
(23a) through (23d) with the applicable loads for the
condition being evaluated.
For Elevated Temperature Fluid Service (see definition
in para. 300.2), as an alternative to the use of 1.33 times
the basic allowable stress provided in Table A-1, the
allowable stress for occasional loads of short duration,
such as surge, extreme wind, or earthquake, may be
taken as the strength reduction factor times 90% of the
yield strength at temperature for materials other than
those with nonductile behavior. This yield strength shall
be as listed in the BPV Code, Section II, Part D, Table Y-1,
or determined in accordance with para. 302.3.2(f). The
strength reduction factor represents the reduction in
yield strength with long-term exposure of the material
to elevated temperatures and, in the absence of more
applicable data, shall be taken as 1.0 for austenitic stainless steel and 0.8 for other materials.
For castings, the basic allowable stress shall be
multiplied by the casting quality factor, Ec . Where the
allowable stress value exceeds two-thirds of yield
strength at temperature, the allowable stress value must
be reduced as specified in para. 302.3.2(e).
(b) Test. Stresses due to test conditions are not subject
to the limitations in para. 302.3. It is not necessary to
consider other occasional loads, such as wind and earthquake, as occurring concurrently with test loads.
(e) Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W. At elevated
temperatures, the long-term strength of weld joints may
be lower than the long-term strength of the base material. For longitudinal or spiral (helical seam) welded
piping components, the product of the allowable stress
and the applicable weld quality factor, SE, shall be
multiplied by the weld joint strength reduction factor,
W, when determining the required wall thickness for
internal pressure in accordance with para. 304. The
designer is responsible for the application of weld joint
strength reduction factors to welds other than longitudinal and spiral (helical seam) (e.g., circumferential). The
weld joint strength reduction factor, W, is equal to 1.0
when evaluating occasional loads such as wind and
earthquake, or when evaluating permissible variations
in accordance with para. 302.2.4. The pressure rating
or allowable stress for the occasional load or variation
condition is not required to be reduced by the weld joint
strength reduction factor. It is also not required when
calculating the allowable stress range for displacement
stresses, SA, in para. 302.3.5(d). The weld joint strength
reduction factor only applies at weld locations. The weld
joint strength reduction factor is the ratio of the nominal
stress to cause failure of the weld joint to that of the
base material for the same duration. Except as provided
in (f) below, the weld joint strength reduction factor, W,
shall be in accordance with Table 302.3.5.
(f) Unlisted Weld Strength Reduction Factors. A weld
strength reduction factor other than that listed in
Table 302.3.5 may be used in accordance with one of the
following criteria:
(1) Creep test data may be used to determine the
weld joint strength reduction factor, W. However, the
use of creep test data to increase the factor W above that
shown in Table 302.3.5 is not permitted for the CrMo
and Creep Strength Enhanced Ferritic (CSEF) steels
materials, as defined in Table 302.3.5. Creep testing of
weld joints to determine weld joint strength reduction
factors, when permitted, should be full thickness crossweld specimens with test durations of at least 1 000 h.
Full thickness tests shall be used unless the designer
otherwise considers effects such as stress redistribution
across the weld.
(2) With the owner’s approval, extensive successful
experience may be used to justify the factor W above
that shown in Table 302.3.5. Successful experience must
include same or like material, weld metal composition,
302.4 Allowances
In determining the minimum required thickness of
a piping component, allowances shall be included for
corrosion, erosion, and thread depth or groove depth.
See definition for c in para. 304.1.1(b).
302.5 Mechanical Strength
(a) Designs shall be checked for adequacy of mechanical strength under applicable loadings. When necessary,
the wall thickness shall be increased to prevent overstress, damage, collapse, or buckling due to superimposed loads from supports, ice formation, backfill,
transportation, handling, or other loads enumerated in
para. 301.
(b) Where increasing the thickness would excessively
increase local stresses or the risk of brittle fracture, or
is otherwise impracticable, the impact of applied loads
18
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 302.3.5 Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W
Component Temperature, Ti, °C (°F)
427 454 482 510
538
566
593
621
649
677
704
732
760
788
816
(800) (850) (900) (950) (1,000) (1,050) (1,100) (1,150) (1,200) (1,250) (1,300) (1,350) (1,400) (1,450) (1,500)
Steel Group
CrMo
[Notes (1)–(3)]
CSEF (N + T)
[Notes (3)–(5)]
CSEF
[Notes (3) and (4)]
(Subcritical PWHT)
Autogenous welds in austenitic stainless grade
3xx, and N088xx and
N066xx nickel alloys
[Note (6)]
Austenitic stainless grade
3xx and N088xx nickel
alloys [Notes (7) and
(8)]
Other materials [Note (9)]
1
0.95 0.91
0.86
0.82
0.77
0.73
0.68
0.64
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
0.95
0.91
0.86
0.82
0.77
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
...
...
...
1
0.95
0.91
0.86
0.82
0.77
0.73
0.68
0.64
0.59
0.55
0.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Weld joint strength reduction factors at temperatures above the upper temperature limit listed in Appendix A for the base metal or outside of the applicable range in Table 302.3.5 are the responsibility of the designer. At temperatures below those where weld joint
strength reduction factors are tabulated, a value of 1.0 shall be used for the factor W where required; however, the additional rules of
this Table and Notes do not apply.
(b) Tcr p temperature 25°C (50°F) below the temperature identifying the start of time-dependent properties listed under
"NOTES – TIME-DEPENDENT PROPERTIES" (Txx) in the Notes to Tables 1A and 1B of the BPV Code Section II, Part D for the base metals
joined by welding. For materials not listed in the BPV Code Section II, Part D, Tcr shall be the temperature where the creep rate or
stress rupture criteria in paras. 302.3.2(d)(4), (5), and (6) governs the basic allowable stress value of the metals joined by welding.
When the base metals differ, the lower value of Tcr shall be used for the weld joint.
(c) Ti p temperature, °C (°F), of the component for the coincident operating pressure–temperature condition, i, under consideration.
(d) CAUTIONARY NOTE: There are many factors that may affect the life of a welded joint at elevated temperature and all of those factors
cannot be addressed in a table of weld strength reduction factors. For example, fabrication issues such as the deviation from a true circular form in pipe (e.g., "peaking" at longitudinal weld seams) or offset at the weld joint can cause an increase in stress that may
result in reduced service life and control of these deviations is recommended.
(e) The weld joint strength reduction factor, W, may be determined using linear interpolation for intermediate temperature values.
NOTES:
(1) The Cr–Mo Steels include: 1⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo, 1Cr–1⁄2Mo, 11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–Si, 21⁄4Cr–1Mo, 3Cr–1Mo, 5Cr–1⁄2Mo, 9Cr–1Mo. Longitudinal and spiral
(helical seam) welds shall be normalized, normalized and tempered, or subjected to proper subcritical postweld heat treatment (PWHT)
for the alloy. Required examination is in accordance with para. 341.4.4 or 305.2.4.
(2) Longitudinal and spiral (helical seam) seam fusion welded construction is not permitted for C–1⁄2Mo steel above 850°F.
(3) The required carbon content of the weld filler metal shall be ≥0.05 C wt. %. See para. 341.4.4(b) for examination requirements. Basicity index of SAW flux ≥1.0.
(4) The CSEF (Creep Strength Enhanced Ferritic) steels include grades 91, 92, 911, 122, and 23.
(5) N + T p Normalizing + Tempering PWHT.
(6) Autogenous welds without filler metal in austenitic stainless steel (grade 3xx) and austenitic nickel alloys UNS Nos. N066xx and
N088xx. A solution anneal after welding is required for use of the factors in the Table. See para. 341.4.3(b) for examination
requirements.
(7) Alternatively, the 100,000 hr Stress Rupture Factors listed in ASME Section III, Division 1, Subsection NH, Tables I-14.10 A-xx, B-xx,
and C-xx may be used as the weld joint strength reduction factor for the materials and welding consumables specified.
(8) Certain heats of the austenitic stainless steels, particularly for those grades whose creep strength is enhanced by the precipitation of
temper-resistant carbides and carbonitrides, can suffer from an embrittlement condition in the weld heat affected zone that can lead to
premature failure of welded components operating at elevated temperatures. A solution annealing heat treatment of the weld area mitigates this susceptibility.
(9) For carbon steel, W p 1.0 for all temperatures. For materials other than carbon steel, CrMo, CSEF, and the austenitic alloys listed in
Table 302.3.5, W shall be as follows: For Ti ≤ Tcr, W p 1.0. For Tcr < Ti ≤ 1,500°F, W p 1 − 0.000909(Ti − Tcr). If Ti exceeds the upper
temperature for which an allowable stress value is listed in Appendix A for the base metal, the value for W is the responsibility of the
designer.
19
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
t p pressure design thickness, as calculated in
accordance with para. 304.1.2 for internal pressure or as determined in accordance with
para. 304.1.3 for external pressure
tm p minimum required thickness, including
mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowances
W p weld joint strength reduction factor in accordance with para. 302.3.5(e)
Y p coefficient from Table 304.1.1, valid for t < D/6
and for materials shown. The value of Y may
be interpolated for intermediate temperatures.
For t ≥ D/6,
may be mitigated through additional supports, braces,
or other means without requiring an increased wall
thickness. Particular consideration should be given to
the mechanical strength of small pipe connections to
piping or equipment.
PART 2
PRESSURE DESIGN OF PIPING COMPONENTS
303 GENERAL
Components manufactured in accordance with standards listed in Table 326.1 shall be considered suitable
for use at pressure–temperature ratings in accordance
with para. 302.2.1 or para. 302.2.2, as applicable. The
rules in para. 304 are intended for pressure design of
components not covered in Table 326.1, but may be used
for a special or more-rigorous design of such components, or to satisfy requirements of para. 302.2.2. Designs
shall be checked for adequacy of mechanical strength
as described in para. 302.5.
Yp
304.1.2 Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
(a) For t < D/6, the internal pressure design thickness
for straight pipe shall be not less than that calculated
in accordance with either eq. (3a) or eq. (3b)
PD
2共SEW + PY 兲
(3a)
P 共d + 2c兲
2关SEW − P 共1 − Y 兲兴
(3b)
tp
304 PRESSURE DESIGN OF COMPONENTS
tp
304.1 Straight Pipe
(b) For t ≥ D/6 or for P/SE > 0.385, calculation of
pressure design thickness for straight pipe requires special consideration of factors such as theory of failure,
effects of fatigue, and thermal stress.
304.1.1 General
(a) The required thickness of straight sections of pipe
shall be determined in accordance with eq. (2)
tm p t + c
d + 2c
D + d + 2c
304.1.3 Straight Pipe Under External Pressure. To
determine wall thickness and stiffening requirements
for straight pipe under external pressure, the procedure
outlined in the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, UG-28
through UG-30 shall be followed, using as the design
length, L, the running centerline length between any
two sections stiffened in accordance with UG-29. As an
exception, for pipe with Do /t < 10, the value of S to be
used in determining Pa2 shall be the lesser of the following values for pipe material at design temperature:
(a) 1.5 times the stress value from Table A-1 of this
Code, or
(b) 0.9 times the yield strength tabulated in Section II,
Part D, Table Y-1 for materials listed therein
(The symbol Do in Section VIII is equivalent to D in this
Code.)
(2)
The minimum thickness, T, for the pipe selected, considering manufacturer’s minus tolerance, shall be not
less than tm .
(b) The following nomenclature is used in the equations for pressure design of straight pipe:
c p sum of the mechanical allowances (thread or
groove depth) plus corrosion and erosion
allowances. For threaded components, the
nominal thread depth (dimension h of
ASME B1.20.1, or equivalent) shall apply. For
machined surfaces or grooves where the tolerance is not specified, the tolerance shall be
assumed to be 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) in addition to
the specified depth of the cut.
D p outside diameter of pipe as listed in tables of
standards or specifications or as measured
d p inside diameter of pipe. For pressure design
calculation, the inside diameter of the pipe is
the maximum value allowable under the purchase specification.
E p quality factor from Table A-1A or A-1B
P p internal design gage pressure
S p stress value for material from Table A-1
T p pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in
accordance with the purchase specification)
304.2 Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
304.2.1 Pipe Bends. The minimum required thickness, tm, of a bend, after bending, in its finished form,
shall be determined in accordance with eqs. (2) and (3c)
tp
PD
2[(SEW/I) + PY]
(3c)
where at the intrados (inside bend radius)
Ip
4(R1/D) − 1
4(R1/D) − 2
20
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(3d)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 304.1.1 Values of Coefficient Y for t < D/6
(14)
Temperature, °C (°F)
482 (900)
and Below
510
(950)
538
(1,000)
566
(1,050)
593
(1,100)
621
(1,150)
649
(1,200)
677 (1,250)
and Above
Ferritic steels
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
Austenitic steels
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
Nickel alloys
UNS Nos. N06617,
N08800, N08810,
and N08825
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.7
Gray iron
0.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Other ductile metals
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
Material
Fig. 304.2.1 Nomenclature for Pipe Bends
Fig. 304.2.3 Nomenclature for Miter Bends
R1
Intrados
Extrados
and at the extrados (outside bend radius)
Ip
4(R1/D) + 1
4(R1/D) + 2
(3e)
and at the sidewall on the bend centerline radius,
I p 1.0, and where
R1 p bend radius of welding elbow or pipe bend
Thickness variations from the intrados to the extrados
and along the length of the bend shall be gradual. The
thickness requirements apply at the mid-span of the
bend, ␥/2, at the intrados, extrados, and bend centerline
radius. The minimum thickness at the end tangents shall
not be less than the requirements of para. 304.1 for
straight pipe (see Fig. 304.2.1).
eqs. (4a) and (4b). These equations are not applicable
when exceeds 22.5 deg.
Pm p
SEW 共T − c 兲
T−c
r2
共T − c兲 + 0.643 tan冪r2共T − c 兲
冢
Pm p
304.2.2 Elbows. Manufactured elbows not in accordance with para. 303 shall be qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2 or designed in accordance with
para. 304.2.1, except as provided in para. 328.4.2(b)(6).
SEW 共T − c 兲 R1 − r2
r2
R1 − 0.5r2
冢
冣
冣
(4a)
(4b)
(b) Single Miter Bends
(1) The maximum allowable internal pressure for
a single miter bend with angle not greater than 22.5 deg
shall be calculated by eq. (4a).
(2) The maximum allowable internal pressure for
a single miter bend with angle greater than 22.5 deg
shall be calculated by eq. (4c)
304.2.3 Miter Bends. An angular offset of 3 deg or
less (angle ␣ in Fig. 304.2.3) does not require design
consideration as a miter bend. Acceptable methods for
pressure design of multiple and single miter bends are
given in (a) and (b) below.
(a) Multiple Miter Bends. The maximum allowable
internal pressure shall be the lesser value calculated from
Pm p
SEW 共T − c 兲
T−c
r2
共T − c 兲 + 1.25 tan冪r2共T − c兲
冢
21
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
冣
(4c)
ASME B31.3-2014
(c) The miter pipe wall thickness, T, used in eqs. (4a),
(4b), and (4c) shall extend a distance not less than M
from the inside crotch of the end miter welds where
M p the larger of 2.5(r 2T)0.5 or tan (R1 − r2 )
connections made in accordance with the following
methods:
(1) fittings (tees, extruded outlets, branch outlet fittings in accordance with MSS SP-97, laterals, crosses)
(2) unlisted cast or forged branch connection fittings (see para. 300.2), and couplings not over DN 80
(NPS 3), attached to the run pipe by welding
(3) welding the branch pipe directly to the run pipe,
with or without added reinforcement, as covered in
para. 328.5.4
(b) The rules in paras. 304.3.2 through 304.3.4 are minimum requirements, valid only for branch connections
in which (using the nomenclature of Fig. 304.3.3)
(1) the run pipe diameter-to-thickness ratio (Dh /Th )
is less than 100 and the branch-to-run diameter ratio
(Db /Dh) is not greater than 1.0
(2) for run pipe with Dh /Th ≥ 100, the branch diameter, Db, is less than one-half the run diameter, Dh
(3) angle  is at least 45 deg
(4) the axis of the branch intersects the axis of
the run
(c) Where the provisions of (a) and (b) above are not
met, pressure design shall be qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
(d) Other design considerations relating to branch
connections are stated in para. 304.3.5.
The length of taper at the end of the miter pipe may be
included in the distance, M.
(d) The following nomenclature is used in eqs. (4a),
(4b), and (4c) for the pressure design of miter bends:
c p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
E p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
Pm p maximum allowable internal pressure for
miter bends
R1 p effective radius of miter bend, defined as the
shortest distance from the pipe centerline to
the intersection of the planes of adjacent
miter joints
r2 p mean radius of pipe using nominal wall T
S p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
T p miter pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in accordance with the purchase
specification)
W p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
␣ p angle of change in direction at miter joint
p 2
p angle of miter cut
304.3.2 Strength of Branch Connections. A pipe
having a branch connection is weakened by the opening
that must be made in it and, unless the wall thickness
of the pipe is sufficiently in excess of that required to
sustain the pressure, it is necessary to provide added
reinforcement. The amount of reinforcement required to
sustain the pressure shall be determined in accordance
with para. 304.3.3 or 304.3.4. There are, however, certain
branch connections that have adequate pressure
strength or reinforcement as constructed. It may be
assumed without calculation that a branch connection
has adequate strength to sustain the internal and external pressure that will be applied to it if
(a) the branch connection is made with a listed branch
type fitting such as an ASME B16.9 or ASME B16.11 tee,
or MSS SP-97 branch connection fitting. See para. 303.
(b) the branch connection is made by welding a listed
threaded or socket welding coupling or listed half coupling directly to the run in accordance with para. 328.5.4,
provided the size of the branch does not exceed DN 50
(NPS 2) nor one-fourth the nominal size of the run. The
minimum wall thickness of the coupling anywhere in
the reinforcement zone (if threads are in the zone, wall
thickness is measured from root of thread to minimum
outside diameter) shall be not less than that of the
unthreaded branch pipe. In no case shall a coupling
or half coupling have a rating less than Class 2000 in
accordance with ASME B16.11.
(c) the branch connection utilizes an unlisted branch
connection fitting (see para. 300.2), provided the fitting
For compliance with this Code, the value of R1 shall
be not less than that given by eq. (5)
R1 p
A
D
+
tan 2
(5)
where A has the following empirical values:
(1) For SI metric units
共T − c兲, mm
≤ 13
13 < 共T − c 兲 < 22
≥ 22
A
25
2 共T − c 兲
关2 共T − c 兲 ⁄3 兴 + 30
(2) For U.S. Customary units
共T − c 兲, in.
≤ 0.5
0.5 < 共T − c 兲 < 0.88
≥ 0.88
A
1.0
2 共T − c 兲
关2 共T − c 兲 ⁄3 兴 + 1.17
304.2.4 Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe Under
External Pressure. The wall thickness of curved and
mitered segments of pipe subjected to external pressure
may be determined as specified for straight pipe in
para. 304.1.3.
304.3 Branch Connections
304.3.1 General
(a) Except as provided in (b) below, the requirements
in paras. 304.3.2 through 304.3.4 are applicable to branch
22
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
is made from materials listed in Table A-1 and provided
that the branch connection is qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
the calculation. The product SEW of the branch
shall be used in calculating tb.
 p smaller angle between axes of branch and run
304.3.3 Reinforcement of Welded Branch
Connections. Added reinforcement is required to meet
the criteria in paras. 304.3.3(b) and (c) when it is not
inherent in the components of the branch connection.
Sample problems illustrating the calculations for branch
reinforcement are shown in Appendix H.
(a) Nomenclature. The nomenclature below is used in
the pressure design of branch connections. It is illustrated in Fig. 304.3.3, which does not indicate details for
construction or welding. Some of the terms defined in
Appendix J are subject to further definitions or variations, as follows:
b p subscript referring to branch
d1 p effective length removed from pipe at branch.
For branch intersections where the branch
opening is a projection of the branch pipe inside
diameter (e.g., pipe-to-pipe fabricated branch),
d1 p 关Db − 2 共Tb − c 兲兴 ⁄sin 
d2 p “half width” of reinforcement zone
p d1 or (Tb − c) + (Th − c) + d1 /2, whichever is
greater, but in any case not more than Dh
h p subscript referring to run or header
L 4 p height of reinforcement zone outside of run
pipe
p 2.5(Th − c) or 2.5(Tb − c) + Tr , whichever is less
Tb p branch pipe thickness (measured or minimum
in accordance with the purchase specification)
except for branch connection fittings (see
para. 300.2). For such connections the value of
Tb for use in calculating L 4, d2, and A3 is the
thickness of the reinforcing barrel (minimum
per purchase specification), provided that the
barrel thickness is uniform (see Fig. K328.5.4)
and extends at least to the L 4 limit (see
Fig. 304.3.3).
Tr p minimum thickness of reinforcing ring or saddle made from pipe (use nominal thickness if
made from plate)
p 0, if there is no reinforcing ring or saddle
t p pressure design thickness of pipe, according
to the appropriate wall thickness equation or
procedure in para. 304.1. For welded pipe,
when the branch does not intersect the longitudinal weld of the run, the basic allowable stress,
S, for the pipe may be used in determining
th for the purpose of reinforcement calculation
only. When the branch does intersect the longitudinal weld of the run, the product SEW (of
the stress value, S; the appropriate weld joint
quality factor, Ej, from Table A-1B; and the weld
joint strength reduction factor, W; see
para. 302.3.5) for the run pipe shall be used in
(b) Required Reinforcement Area. The reinforcement
area, A1, required for a branch connection under internal
pressure is
A1 p th d1 共 2 − sin  兲
(6)
For a branch connection under external pressure, area
A1 is one-half the area calculated by eq. (6), using as th
the thickness required for external pressure.
(c) Available Area. The area available for reinforcement is defined as
A2 + A3 + A4 ≥ A1
(6a)
These areas are all within the reinforcement zone and
are further defined below.
(1) Area A2 is the area resulting from excess thickness in the run pipe wall
A2 p 共 2d2 − d1 兲 共 Th − th − c 兲
(7)
(2) Area A3 is the area resulting from excess thickness in the branch pipe wall
A3 p 2L4 共Tb − tb − c 兲 ⁄sin 
(8)
If the allowable stress for the branch pipe wall is less
than that for the run pipe, its calculated area must be
reduced in the ratio of allowable stress values of the
branch to the run in determining its contributions to
area A3.
(3) Area A 4 is the area of other metal provided by
welds and properly attached reinforcement. [See
para. 304.3.3(f).] Weld areas shall be based on the minimum dimensions specified in para. 328.5.4, except that
larger dimensions may be used if the welder has been
specifically instructed to make the welds to those
dimensions.
(d) Reinforcement Zone. The reinforcement zone is a
parallelogram whose length extends a distance, d2, on
each side of the centerline of the branch pipe and whose
width starts at the inside surface of the run pipe (in its
corroded condition) and extends beyond the outside
surface of the run pipe a perpendicular distance, L4.
(e) Multiple Branches. When two or more branch connections are so closely spaced that their reinforcement
zones overlap, the distance between centers of the openings should be at least 11⁄2 times their average diameter,
and the area of reinforcement between any two openings
shall be not less than 50% of the total that both require.
Each opening shall have adequate reinforcement in
accordance with paras. 304.3.3(b) and (c). No part of the
metal cross section may apply to more than one opening
or be evaluated more than once in any combined area.
23
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
Fig. 304.3.3 Branch Connection Nomenclature
ASME B31.3-2014
24
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(d) Limitations on Radius r x . The external contour
radius, rx, is subject to the following limitations:
(1) minimum rx — the lesser of 0.05Db or 38 mm
(1.50 in.)
(2) maximum rx shall not exceed
(a) for Db < DN 200 (NPS 8), 32 mm (1.25 in.)
(b) for Db ≥ DN 200, 0.1Db + 13 mm (0.50 in.)
(3) for an external contour with multiple radii, the
requirements of (1) and (2) above apply, considering the
best-fit radius over a 45 deg arc as the maximum radius
(4) machining shall not be employed in order to
meet the above requirements
(e) Required Reinforcement Area. The required area of
reinforcement is defined by
(Consult PFI Standard ES-7 for detailed recommendations on spacing of welded nozzles.)
(f) Added Reinforcement
(1) Reinforcement added in the form of a ring or
saddle as part of area A 4 shall be of reasonably constant
width.
(2) Material used for reinforcement may differ from
that of the run pipe provided it is compatible with run
and branch pipes with respect to weldability, heat treatment requirements, galvanic corrosion, thermal expansion, etc.
(3) If the allowable stress for the reinforcement
material is less than that for the run pipe, its calculated
area must be reduced in the ratio of allowable stress
values in determining its contribution to area A 4.
(4) No additional credit may be taken for a material
having higher allowable stress value than the run pipe.
A1 p Kth dx
(9)
where K is determined as follows:
(1) For Db /Dh > 0.60, K p 1.00.
(2) For 0.60 ≥ Db /Dh > 0.15, K p 0.6 + 2⁄3(Db /Dh).
(3) For Db /Dh ≤ 0.15, K p 0.70.
(f) Available Area. The area available for reinforcement
is defined as
304.3.4 Reinforcement of Extruded Outlet Headers
(a) The principles of reinforcement stated in para.
304.3.3 are essentially applicable to extruded outlet
headers. An extruded outlet header is a length of pipe
in which one or more outlets for branch connection have
been formed by extrusion, using a die or dies to control
the radii of the extrusion. The extruded outlet projects
above the surface of the header a distance hx at least
equal to the external radius of the outlet rx (i.e., hx ≥ rx ).
(b) The rules in para. 304.3.4 are minimum requirements, valid only within the limits of geometry shown
in Fig. 304.3.4, and only where the axis of the outlet
intersects and is perpendicular to the axis of the header.
Where these requirements are not met, or where nonintegral material such as a ring, pad, or saddle has been
added to the outlet, pressure design shall be qualified
as required by para. 304.7.2.
(c) Nomenclature. The nomenclature used herein is
illustrated in Fig. 304.3.4. Note the use of subscript x
signifying extruded. Refer to para. 304.3.3(a) for nomenclature not listed here.
dx p the design inside diameter of the extruded outlet, measured at the level of the outside surface
of the header. This dimension is taken after
removal of all mechanical and corrosion allowances, and all thickness tolerances.
d2 p half width of reinforcement zone (equal to dx )
hx p height of the extruded outlet. This must be
equal to or greater than rx [except as shown in
sketch (b) in Fig. 304.3.4].
L 5 p height of reinforcement zone
p 0.7冪Db Tx
rx p radius of curvature of external contoured portion of outlet, measured in the plane containing
the axes of the header and branch
Tx p corroded finished thickness of extruded outlet,
measured at a height equal to rx above the outside surface of the header
A2 + A3 + A4 ≥ A1
(9a)
These areas are all within the reinforcement zone and
are further defined below.
(1) Area A2 is the area resulting from excess thickness in the header wall
A2 p 共 2d2 − dx 兲 共 Th − th − c 兲
(10)
(2) Area A3 is the area resulting from excess thickness in the branch pipe wall
A3 p 2L5 共 Tb − tb − c 兲
(11)
(3) Area A 4 is the area resulting from excess thickness in the extruded outlet lip
A4 p 2rx [Tx − 共Tb − c 兲]
(12)
(g) Reinforcement of Multiple Openings. The rules of
para. 304.3.3(e) shall be followed, except that the
required area and reinforcement area shall be as given
in para. 304.3.4.
(h) Identification. The manufacturer shall establish the
design pressure and temperature for each extruded outlet header and shall mark the header with this information, together with the symbol “B31.3” (indicating the
applicable Code Section) and the manufacturer’s name
or trademark.
304.3.5 Additional Design Considerations. The
requirements of paras. 304.3.1 through 304.3.4 are
intended to ensure satisfactory performance of a branch
25
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 304.3.4 Extruded Outlet Header Nomenclature
This Figure illustrates the nomenclature of para. 304.3.4. It does not indicate complete details or a preferred
method of construction.
26
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 304.3.4 Extruded Outlet Header Nomenclature (Cont’d)
This Figure illustrates the nomenclature of para. 304.3.4. It does not indicate complete details or a preferred
method of construction.
connection subject only to pressure. The designer shall
also consider the following:
(a) In addition to pressure loadings, external forces
and movements are applied to a branch connection by
thermal expansion and contraction, dead and live loads,
and movement of piping terminals and supports. Special
consideration shall be given to the design of a branch
connection to withstand these forces and movements.
(b) Branch connections made by welding the branch
pipe directly to the run pipe should be avoided under
the following circumstances:
(1) when branch size approaches run size, particularly if pipe formed by more than 1.5% cold expansion,
or expanded pipe of a material subject to work hardening, is used as the run pipe
(2) where repetitive stresses may be imposed on
the connection by vibration, pulsating pressure, temperature cycling, etc.
In such cases, it is recommended that the design be
conservative and that consideration be given to the use
of tee fittings or complete encirclement types of
reinforcement.
(c) Adequate flexibility shall be provided in a small
line that branches from a large run, to accommodate
thermal expansion and other movements of the larger
line (see para. 319.6).
(d) If ribs, gussets, or clamps are used to stiffen the
branch connection, their areas cannot be counted as contributing to the reinforcement area determined in
para. 304.3.3(c) or 304.3.4(f). However, ribs or gussets
may be used for pressure-strengthening a branch connection in lieu of reinforcement covered in paras. 304.3.3
and 304.3.4 if the design is qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
(e) For branch connections that do not meet the
requirements of para. 304.3.1(b), integral reinforcement,
complete encirclement reinforcement, or other means of
reinforcement should be considered.
304.3.6 Branch Connections Under External
Pressure. Pressure design for a branch connection subjected to external pressure may be determined in accordance with para. 304.3.1, using the reinforcement area
requirement stated in para. 304.3.3(b).
304.4 Closures
304.4.1 General
(a) Closures not in accordance with para. 303 or
304.4.1(b) shall be qualified as required by para. 304.7.2.
(b) For materials and design conditions covered
therein, closures may be designed in accordance with
the rules in the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, calculated from eq. (13)
tm p t + c
where
c p sum of allowances defined in para. 304.1.1
27
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(13)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 304.4.1 BPV Code References for Closures
Type of Closure
Ellipsoidal
Torispherical
Hemispherical
Conical (no transition
to knuckle)
Toriconical
Flat (pressure on
either side)
GENERAL NOTE:
VIII, Division 1.
Concave to
Pressure
Convex to
Pressure
UG-32(d)
UG-32(e)
UG-32(f)
UG-32(g)
UG-33(d)
UG-33(e)
UG-33(c)
UG-33(f)
UG-32(h)
UG-33(f)
Where the closure is curved, the boundaries of the reinforcement zone shall follow the contour of the closure,
and dimensions of the reinforcement zone shall be measured parallel to and perpendicular to the closure
surface.
(f) If two or more openings are to be located in a
closure, the rules in paras. 304.3.3 and 304.3.4 for the
reinforcement of multiple openings apply.
(g) The additional design considerations for branch
connections discussed in para. 304.3.5 apply equally to
openings in closures.
UG-34
Paragraph numbers are from the BPV Code, Section
304.5 Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
304.5.1 Flanges — General
(a) Flanges not in accordance with para. 303, or
304.5.1(b) or (d), shall be qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
(b) A flange may be designed in accordance with the
BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 2, using
the allowable stresses and temperature limits of the B31.3
Code. Nomenclature shall be as defined in Appendix 2,
except as follows:
P p design gage pressure
Sa p bolt design stress at atmospheric temperature
Sb p bolt design stress at design temperature
Sf p product SEW [of the stress value S, the appropriate quality factor E from Table A-1A or A-1B,
and weld joint strength reduction factor in
accordance with para. 302.3.5(e)] for flange or
pipe material. See para. 302.3.2(e).
t p pressure design thickness, calculated for the
type of closure and direction of loading, shown
in Table 304.4.1, except that the symbols used
to determine t shall be as follows:
E p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
P p design gage pressure
S p S times W, with S and W as defined in
para. 304.1.1
tm p minimum required thickness, including
mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowance
304.4.2 Openings in Closures
(a) The rules in paras. 304.4.2(b) through (g) apply to
openings not larger than one-half the inside diameter
of the closure as defined in Section VIII, Division 1,
UG-36. A closure with a larger opening should be
designed as a reducer in accordance with para. 304.6
or, if the closure is flat, as a flange in accordance with
para. 304.5.
(b) A closure is weakened by an opening and, unless
the thickness of the closure is sufficiently in excess of
that required to sustain pressure, it is necessary to provide added reinforcement. The need for and amount of
reinforcement required shall be determined in accordance with the subparagraphs below except that it shall
be considered that the opening has adequate reinforcement if the outlet connection meets the requirements in
para. 304.3.2(b) or (c).
(c) Reinforcement for an opening in a closure shall
be so distributed that reinforcement area on each side
of an opening (considering any plane through the center
of the opening normal to the surface of the closure) will
equal at least one-half the required area in that plane.
(d) The total cross-sectional area required for reinforcement in any given plane passing through the center
of the opening shall not be less than that defined in
UG-37(b), UG-38, and UG-39.
(e) The reinforcement area and reinforcement zone
shall be calculated in accordance with para. 304.3.3 or
304.3.4, considering the subscript h and other references
to the run or header pipe as applying to the closure.
(c) The rules in (b) above are not applicable to a
flanged joint having a gasket that extends outside the
bolts (usually to the outside diameter of the flange).
(d) For flanges that make solid contact outside the
bolts, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix Y should be
used.
(e) See Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix S, for considerations applicable to bolted joint assembly.
304.5.2 Blind Flanges
(a) Blind flanges not in accordance with para. 303 or
304.5.2(b) shall be qualified as required by para. 304.7.2.
(b) A blind flange may be designed in accordance
with eq. (14). The minimum thickness, considering the
manufacturer’s minus tolerance, shall be not less than tm
tm p t + c
(14)
To calculate t, the rules of Section VIII, Division 1,
UG-34 may be used with the following changes in
nomenclature:
c p sum of allowances defined in para. 304.1.1
P p internal or external design gage pressure
Sf p product SEW [of the stress value, S, and the
appropriate quality factor, E, from Table A-1A
or A-1B and weld joint strength reduction factor
28
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 304.5.3 Blanks
(b) Concentric reducers made in a conical or reversed
curve section, or a combination of such sections, may
be designed in accordance with the rules for conical and
toriconical closures stated in para. 304.4.1.
per para. 302.3.5(e)] for flange material. See
para. 302.3.2(e).
t p pressure design thickness, as calculated for the
given styles of blind flange, using the appropriate equations for bolted flat cover plates in
UG-34
304.6.2 Eccentric Reducers. Eccentric reducers not
in accordance with para. 303 shall be qualified as
required by para. 304.7.2.
304.5.3 Blanks
(a) Blanks not in accordance with para. 303 or
304.5.3(b) shall be qualified as required by para. 304.7.2.
(b) The minimum required thickness of a permanent
blank (representative configurations shown in
Fig. 304.5.3) shall be calculated in accordance with
eq. (15)
tm p dg
冪16SEW + c
3P
304.7 Pressure Design of Other Components
304.7.1 Listed Components. Other pressurecontaining components manufactured in accordance
with standards in Table 326.1 may be utilized in accordance with para. 303.
(15)
304.7.2 Unlisted Components. Pressure design of
unlisted components to which the rules elsewhere in
para. 304 do not apply shall be based on the pressure
design criteria of this Code. The designer shall ensure
that the pressure design has been substantiated through
one or more of the means stated in subparas. (a) through
(d) below. Note that designs are also required to be
checked for adequacy of mechanical strength as
described in para. 302.5. Documentation showing compliance with this paragraph shall be available for the
owner’s approval.
(a) extensive, successful service experience under
comparable conditions with similarly proportioned
components of the same or like material.
(b) experimental stress analysis, such as described in
the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 2, Annex 5.F.
where
c p sum of allowances defined in para. 304.1.1
dg p inside diameter of gasket for raised or flat face
flanges, or the gasket pitch diameter for ring
joint and fully retained gasketed flanges
E p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
P p design gage pressure
S p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
W p same as defined in para. 304.1.1
304.6 Reducers
304.6.1 Concentric Reducers
(a) Concentric reducers not in accordance with
para. 303 or 304.6.1(b) shall be qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
29
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(c) proof test in accordance with ASME B16.9,
MSS SP-97, or Section VIII, Division 1, UG-101.
(d) detailed stress analysis (e.g., finite element
method) with results evaluated as described in
Section VIII, Division 2, Part 5. The basic allowable stress
from Table A-1 shall be used in place of the allowable
stress, S, in Division 2 where applicable. At design temperatures in the creep range, additional considerations
beyond the scope of Division 2 may be necessary.
(e) For any of the above, the designer may interpolate
between sizes, wall thicknesses, and pressure classes,
and may determine analogies among related materials.
ASTM A134 made from other than ASTM A285
plate
305.2.2 Pipe Requiring Safeguarding. When used
for other than Category D Fluid Service, the following
carbon steel pipe shall be safeguarded:
ASTM A134 made from ASTM A285 plate
ASTM A139
305.2.3 Pipe for Severe Cyclic Conditions
(a) Except as limited in subparas. (b) through (d), only
the following pipe may be used under severe cyclic
conditions:
(1) pipe listed in Table A-1A, where Ec ≥ 0.90,7 or
(2) pipe listed in Table A-1B, where Ej ≥ 0.907
(b) For API 5L pipe, only the following materials may
be used:
Grade A or B, seamless
Grade A or B, SAW, str. seam, Ej ≥ 0.95
Grade X42, seamless
Grade X46, seamless
Grade X52, seamless
Grade X56, seamless
Grade X60, seamless
304.7.3 Metallic Components With Nonmetallic
Pressure Parts. Components not covered by standards
listed in Table 326.1, in which both metallic and nonmetallic parts contain the pressure, shall be evaluated by
applicable requirements of para. A304.7.2 as well as
those of para. 304.7.2.
304.7.4 Expansion Joints
(a) Metallic Bellows Expansion Joints. The design of bellows type expansion joints shall be in accordance with
Appendix X. See also Appendix F, para. F304.7.4 for
further design considerations.
(b) Slip Type Expansion Joints
(1) Pressure-containing elements shall be in accordance with para. 318 and other applicable requirements
of this Code.
(2) External piping loads shall not impose excessive
bending on the joint.
(3) The effective pressure thrust area shall be computed using the outside diameter of the pipe.
(c) Other Types of Expansion Joint. The design of other
types of expansion joint shall be qualified as required
by para. 304.7.2.
(c) For copper pipe, only ASTM B42 may be used.
(d) For copper alloy pipe, only ASTM B466 may be
used.
(e) For aluminum alloy pipe, only ASTM B210 and
B241, both in tempers O and H112, may be used.
305.2.4 Elevated Temperature Fluid Service. In
Elevated Temperature Fluid Service, all longitudinal or
spiral (helical seam) welds in P-No. 4 or P-No. 5 materials shall be examined by 100% radiography or 100%
ultrasonic examination. Acceptance criteria are as stated
in para. 341.3.2 and in Table 341.3.2, for Normal Fluid
Service, unless otherwise specified.
PART 3
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING
COMPONENTS
306 FITTINGS, BENDS, MITERS, LAPS, AND
BRANCH CONNECTIONS
Pipe includes components designated as “tube” or
“tubing” in the material specification, when intended
for pressure service.
Fittings, bends, miters, laps, and branch connections
may be used in accordance with paras. 306.1 through
306.5. Pipe and other materials used in such components
shall be suitable for the manufacturing or fabrication
process and the fluid service.
305.1 General
306.1 Pipe Fittings
Listed pipe may be used in Normal Fluid Service
except as stated in paras. 305.2.1 and 305.2.2. Unlisted
pipe may be used only as provided in para. 302.2.3.
306.1.1 Listed Fittings. Listed fittings may be used
in Normal Fluid Service in accordance with para. 303.
305 PIPE
306.1.2 Unlisted Fittings. Unlisted fittings may be
used only in accordance with para. 302.2.3.
305.2 Specific Requirements
305.2.1 Pipe for Category D Fluid Service. The following carbon steel pipe may be used only for
Category D Fluid Service:
API 5L, Furnace Butt-Welded
ASTM A53, Type F
306.1.3 Specific Fittings
(a) Proprietary welding branch outlet fittings that
have been design proof tested successfully as prescribed
7
See paras. 302.3.3 and 302.3.4.
30
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
in ASME B16.9, MSS SP-97, or the BPV Code,
Section VIII, Division 1, UG-101 may be used within
their established ratings.
(b) The lap thickness of a proprietary “Type C” lapjoint stub-end buttwelding fitting shall conform to the
requirements of para. 306.4.2 for flared laps.
conforming to ASME B16.9, nor to laps integrally hotforged on pipe ends, except as noted in paras. 306.4.3
and 306.4.4(a).
306.4.1 Fabricated Laps. A fabricated lap is suitable
for use in Normal Fluid Service, provided that all of the
following requirements are met.
(a) The outside diameter of the lap shall be within
the dimensional tolerances of the corresponding
ASME B16.9 lap-joint stub end.
(b) The lap thickness shall be at least equal to the
nominal wall thickness of the pipe to which it is attached.
(c) The lap material shall have an allowable stress at
least as great as that of the pipe.
(d) Welding shall be in accordance with para. 311.1
and fabrication shall be in accordance with para. 328.5.5.
306.1.4 Fittings for Severe Cyclic Conditions
(a) Only the following fittings may be used under
severe cyclic conditions:
(1) forged
(2) wrought, with factor Ej ≥ 0.90,7 or
(3) cast, with factor Ec ≥ 0.907
(b) Fittings conforming to MSS SP-43, MSS SP-119,
and proprietary “Type C” lap-joint stub-end welding
fittings shall not be used under severe cyclic conditions.
306.4.2 Flared Laps. See para. 308.2.5 for requirements of lapped flanges for use with flared laps. A flared
lap is suitable for use in Normal Fluid Service, provided
that all of the following requirements are met.
(a) The pipe used shall be of a specification and grade
suitable for forming without cracks, surface buckling,
or other defects.
(b) The outside diameter of the lap shall be within
the dimensional tolerances of the corresponding
ASME B16.9 lap-joint stub end.
(c) The radius of fillet shall not exceed 3 mm (1⁄8 in.).
(d) The lap thickness at any point shall be at least
95% of the minimum pipe wall thickness, T, multiplied
by the ratio of the pipe outside diameter to the diameter
at which the lap thickness is measured.
(e) Pressure design shall be qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
306.2 Pipe Bends
306.2.1 General
(a) A pipe bend made in accordance with
paras. 332.2.1 and 332.2.2, and verified for pressure
design in accordance with para. 304.2.1, is suitable for
the same service as the pipe from which it is made.
(b) A pipe bend made in accordance with
para. 332.2.2, but not meeting the flattening limits of
para. 332.2.1, may be qualified for pressure design by
para. 304.7.2 and shall not exceed the rating of the
straight pipe from which it is made.
306.2.2 Corrugated and Other Bends. Bends of other
designs (such as creased or corrugated) shall be qualified
for pressure design as required by para. 304.7.2.
306.2.3 Bends for Severe Cyclic Conditions. A pipe
bend designed as creased or corrugated shall not be
used under severe cyclic conditions.
306.4.3 Forged Laps. A lap integrally hot-forged
on a pipe end is suitable for Normal Fluid Service only
when the requirements of para. 332 are met. Its dimensions shall conform to those for lap-joint stub ends given
in ASME B16.9.
306.3 Miter Bends
306.3.1 General. Except as stated in para. 306.3.2,
a miter bend made in accordance with para. 304.2.3 and
welded in accordance with para. 311.1 is suitable for
use in Normal Fluid Service.
306.3.3 Miter Bends for Severe Cyclic Conditions.
A miter bend to be used under severe cyclic conditions
shall be made in accordance with para. 304.2.3 and
welded in accordance with para. 311.2.2, and shall have
an angle ␣ (see Fig. 304.2.3) ≤ 22.5 deg.
306.4.4 Laps for Severe Cyclic Conditions
(a) A forged lap-joint stub end in accordance with
para. 306.1 or a lap integrally hot-forged on a pipe end
in accordance with para. 306.4.3 may be used under
severe cyclic conditions.
(b) A fabricated lap to be used under severe cyclic
conditions shall conform to the requirements of
para. 306.4.1, except that welding shall be in accordance
with para. 311.2.2. A fabricated lap shall conform to a
detail shown in Fig. 328.5.5, sketch (d) or (e).
(c) A flared lap is not permitted under severe cyclic
conditions.
306.4 Laps
306.5 Fabricated Branch Connections
The following requirements do not apply to fittings
conforming to para. 306.1, specifically lap-joint stub ends
The following requirements do not apply to fittings
conforming to para. 306.1.
306.3.2 Miter Bends for Category D Fluid Service.
A miter bend that makes a change in direction at a single
joint (angle ␣ in Fig. 304.2.3) greater than 45 deg, or is
welded in accordance with para. 311.2.1, may be used
only for Category D Fluid Service.
31
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 308.2.1 Permissible Sizes/Rating Classes
for Slip-On Flanges Used as Lapped Flanges
306.5.1 General. A fabricated branch connection
made and verified for pressure design in accordance
with para. 304.3, and welded in accordance with
para. 311.1, is suitable for use in Normal Fluid Service.
Maximum Flange Size
306.5.2 Fabricated Branch Connections for Severe
Cyclic Conditions. A fabricated branch connection to
be used under severe cyclic conditions shall conform to
the requirements of para. 306.5.1, except that welding
shall be in accordance with para. 311.2.2, with fabrication
limited to a detail equivalent to Fig. 328.5.4D sketch (2)
or (4), or to Fig. 328.5.4E.
(14)
Rating Class
DN
NPS
150
300
300
200
12
8
GENERAL NOTE: Actual thickness of flange at bolt circle shall at
least equal minimum required flange thickness in ASME B16.5.
308.1.2 Unlisted Components. Unlisted flanges,
blanks, and gaskets may be used only in accordance
with para. 302.2.3.
306.6 Thermowells
Thermowells shall comply with ASME PTC 19.3 TW
where applicable.
308.2 Specific Requirements for Flanges
See Appendix F, paras. F308.2 and F312.
307 VALVES AND SPECIALTY COMPONENTS
308.2.1 Slip-On Flanges
(a) A slip-on flange shall be double-welded as shown
in Fig. 328.5.2B when the service is
(1) subject to severe erosion, crevice corrosion, or
cyclic loading
(2) flammable, toxic, or damaging to human tissue
(3) under severe cyclic conditions
(4) at temperatures below −101°C (−150°F)
(b) The use of slip-on flanges should be avoided
where many large temperature cycles are expected, particularly if the flanges are not insulated.
(c) Slip-on Flanges as Lapped Flanges. A slip-on flange
may be used as a lapped flange only as shown in
Table 308.2.1 unless pressure design is qualified in accordance with para. 304.5.1. A corner radius or bevel shall
conform to one of the following as applicable:
(1) For an ASME B16.9 lap joint stub end or a forged
lap (see para. 306.4.3) the corner radius shall be as specified in ASME B16.5, Tables 9 and 12, dimension r.
(2) For a fabricated lap, the corner bevel shall be
at least half the nominal thickness of the pipe to which
the lap is attached (see Fig. 328.5.5).
(3) For a flared lap see para. 308.2.5.
The following requirements for valves shall also be
met as applicable by other pressure-containing piping
components, such as traps, strainers, and separators. See
also Appendix F, paras. F301.4 and F307.
307.1 General
307.1.1 Listed Valves. A listed valve is suitable
for use in Normal Fluid Service, except as stated in
para. 307.2.
307.1.2 Unlisted Valves. Unlisted valves may be
used only in accordance with para. 302.2.3. Unless
pressure–temperature ratings are established by the
method set forth in ASME B16.34, pressure design shall
be qualified as required by para. 304.7.2.
307.2 Specific Requirements
307.2.1 Bonnet Bolting. A bolted bonnet valve
whose bonnet is secured to the body by less than four
bolts, or by a U-bolt, may be used only for Category D
Fluid Service.
307.2.2 Stem Retention. Valves shall be designed
so that the stem seal retaining fasteners (e.g., packing,
gland fasteners) alone do not retain the stem. Specifically, the design shall be such that the stem shall not be
capable of removal from the valve, while the valve is
under pressure, by the removal of the stem seal retainer
(e.g., gland) alone.
308.2.2 Expanded-Joint Flanges. A flange having
an expanded-joint insert is subject to the requirements
for expanded joints in para. 313.
308.2.3 Socket Welding and Threaded Flanges. A
socket welding flange is subject to the requirements for
socket welds in para. 311.2.5. A threaded flange is subject
to the requirements for threaded joints in para. 314.4.
308.2.4 Flanges for Severe Cyclic Conditions. Unless
it is safeguarded, a flange to be used under severe cyclic
conditions shall be welding neck conforming to
ASME B16.5 or ASME B16.47, or a similarly proportioned flange designed in accordance with para. 304.5.1.
308 FLANGES, BLANKS, FLANGE FACINGS, AND
GASKETS
308.1 General
308.1.1 Listed Components. A listed flange, blank,
or gasket is suitable for use in Normal Fluid Service,
except as stated elsewhere in para. 308.
308.2.5 Flanges for Flared Metallic Laps. For a
flange used with a flared metallic lap (para. 306.4.2), the
32
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
intersection of face and bore shall be beveled or rounded
approximately 3 mm (1⁄8 in.). See also para. 308.2.1(c).
the bolting material shall be no stronger than low yield
strength bolting unless
(a) both flanges have flat faces and a full face gasket
is used, or
(b) sequence and torque limits for bolt-up are specified, with consideration of sustained loads, displacement strains, occasional loads (see paras. 302.3.5 and
302.3.6), and strength of the flanges
308.3 Flange Facings
The flange facing shall be suitable for the intended
service and for the gasket and bolting employed.
308.4 Gaskets
309.2.4 Bolting for Severe Cyclic Conditions. Low
yield strength bolting (see para. 309.2.1) shall not be
used for flanged joints under severe cyclic conditions.
Gaskets shall be selected so that the required seating
load is compatible with the flange rating and facing, the
strength of the flange, and its bolting. Materials shall be
suitable for the service conditions. See also Appendix F,
para. F308.4.
309.3 Tapped Holes
Tapped holes for pressure-retaining bolting in metallic
piping components shall be of sufficient depth that the
thread engagement will be at least seven-eighths times
the nominal thread diameter.
309 BOLTING
Bolting includes bolts, bolt studs, studs, cap screws,
nuts, and washers. See also Appendix F, para. F309.
PART 4
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING JOINTS
309.1 General
309.1.1 Listed Bolting. Listed bolting is suitable for
use in Normal Fluid Service, except as stated elsewhere
in para. 309.
310 GENERAL
Piping joints shall be selected to suit the piping material and the fluid service, with consideration of joint
tightness and mechanical strength under expected service and test conditions of pressure, temperature, and
external loading.
309.1.2 Unlisted Bolting. Unlisted bolting may be
used only in accordance with para. 302.2.3.
309.1.3 Bolting for Components. Bolting for components conforming to a listed standard shall be in accordance with that standard if specified therein.
311 WELDED JOINTS
Joints may be made by welding in any material for
which it is possible to qualify welding procedures, welders, and welding operators in conformance with the rules
in Chapter V.
309.1.4 Selection Criteria. Bolting selected shall be
adequate to seat the gasket and maintain joint tightness
under all design conditions.
309.2 Specific Bolting
311.1 General
309.2.1 Low Yield Strength Bolting. Bolting having
not more than 207 MPa (30 ksi) specified minimum yield
strength shall not be used for flanged joints rated
ASME B16.5 Class 400 and higher, nor for flanged joints
using metallic gaskets, unless calculations have been
made showing adequate strength to maintain joint
tightness.
Except as provided in paras. 311.2.1 and 311.2.2, welds
shall conform to the following:
(a) Welding shall be in accordance with para. 328.
(b) Preheating and heat treatment shall be in accordance with paras. 330 and 331, respectively.
(c) Examination shall be in accordance with
para. 341.4.1.
(d) Acceptance criteria shall be those in Table 341.3.2
for Normal Fluid Service.
309.2.2 Carbon Steel Bolting. Except where limited
by other provisions of this Code, carbon steel bolting
may be used with nonmetallic gaskets in flanged joints
rated ASME B16.5 Class 300 and lower for bolt metal
temperatures at −29°C to 204°C (−20°F to 400°F), inclusive. If these bolts are galvanized, heavy hexagon nuts,
threaded to suit, shall be used.
311.2 Specific Requirements
311.2.1 Welds for Category D Fluid Service. Welds
that meet the requirements of para. 311.1, but for which
examination is in accordance with para. 341.4.2, and
acceptance criteria are those in Table 341.3.2 for Category
D Fluid Service, may be used only in that service.
309.2.3 Bolting for Metallic Flange Combinations.
Any bolting that meets the requirements of para. 309
may be used with any combination of flange material
and facing. If either flange is to the ASME B16.1,
ASME B16.24, MSS SP-42, or MSS SP-51 specification,
311.2.2 Welds for Severe Cyclic Conditions. Welds
for use under severe cyclic conditions shall meet the
requirements of para. 311.1 with the exceptions that
33
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
examination shall be in accordance with para. 341.4.3,
and acceptance criteria shall be those in Table 341.3.2
for severe cyclic conditions.
excessive loads will not be imposed on the lower rated
flange in obtaining a tight joint.
312.2 Metal to Nonmetal Flanged Joints
311.2.3 Welds for Elevated Temperature Fluid
Service. Weld joints for Elevated Temperature Fluid
Service shall meet the requirements for Normal Fluid
Service, unless otherwise specified.
Where a metallic flange is bolted to a nonmetallic
flange, both should be flat-faced. A full-faced gasket is
preferred. If a gasket extending only to the inner edge
of the bolts is used, bolting torque shall be limited so
that the nonmetallic flange is not overloaded.
311.2.4 Backing Rings and Consumable Inserts
(a) If a backing ring is used where the resulting crevice
is detrimental (e.g., subject to corrosion, vibration, or
severe cyclic conditions), it should be removed and the
internal joint face ground smooth. When it is impractical
to remove the backing ring in such a case, consideration
shall be given to welding without backing rings or to
the use of consumable inserts or removable nonmetallic
backing rings.
(b) Split backing rings shall not be used under severe
cyclic conditions.
313 EXPANDED JOINTS
(a) Expanded joints shall not be used under severe
cyclic conditions. For other services, adequate means
shall be provided to prevent separation of the joint. If
the fluid is toxic or damaging to human tissue, safeguarding is required.
(b) Consideration shall be given to the tightness of
expanded joints when subjected to vibration, differential
expansion or contraction due to temperature cycling, or
external mechanical loads.
311.2.5 Socket Welds
(a) Socket welded joints (para. 328.5.2) should be
avoided in any service where crevice corrosion or severe
erosion may occur.
(b) Socket welded joints shall conform to the
following:
(1) Socket dimensions shall conform to ASME B16.5
for flanges and ASME B16.11 or MSS SP-119 for other
socket-welding components.
(2) Weld dimensions shall not be less than those
shown in Figs. 328.5.2B and 328.5.2C.
(c) Socket welds larger than DN 50 (NPS 2) shall not
be used under severe cyclic conditions.
(d) A drain or bypass in a component may be attached
by socket welding, provided the socket dimensions conform to Fig. 4 in ASME B16.5.
314 THREADED JOINTS
314.1 General
Threaded joints are suitable for Normal Fluid Service
except as stated elsewhere in para. 314. They may be
used under severe cyclic conditions only as provided in
paras. 314.2.1(c) and 314.2.2.
(a) Threaded joints should be avoided in any service
where crevice corrosion, severe erosion, or cyclic loading
may occur.
(b) When threaded joints are intended to be seal
welded, thread sealing compound shall not be used.
(c) Layout of piping employing threaded joints
should, insofar as possible, minimize stress on joints,
giving special consideration to stresses due to thermal
expansion and operation of valves (particularly a valve
at a free end). Provision should be made to counteract
forces that would tend to unscrew the joints.
(d) Except for specially designed joints employing
lens rings or similar gaskets, threaded flanges in which
the pipe ends project through to serve as the gasket
surface may be used only for Category D Fluid Service.
311.2.6 Fillet Welds
(a) Fillet welds in accordance with para. 328.5.2 may
be used as primary welds to attach socket welding components and slip-on flanges.
(b) Fillet welds may also be used to attach reinforcement and structural attachments, to supplement the
strength or reduce stress concentration of primary welds,
and to prevent disassembly of joints.
311.2.7 Seal Welds. Seal welds (para. 328.5.3) may
be used only to prevent leakage of threaded joints and
shall not be considered as contributing any strength to
the joints.
314.2 Specific Requirements
314.2.1 Taper-Threaded Joints. Requirements in (a)
through (c) below apply to joints in which the threads
of both mating components conform to ASME B1.20.1.
(a) External threaded components may be used in
accordance with Table 314.2.1 and its Notes.
(b) Internal threaded components shall be at least
equivalent in strength and toughness to threaded components listed in Table 326.1 and otherwise suitable for
the service.
312 FLANGED JOINTS
312.1 Joints Using Flanges of Different Ratings
Where flanges of different ratings are bolted together,
the rating of the joint shall not exceed that of the lower
rated flange. Bolting torque shall be limited so that
34
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 314.2.1 Minimum Thickness of
External Threaded Components
NotchSensitive
Material
Fluid
Service
Normal
Yes [Note (3)]
Size Range
[Note (1)]
Min. Wall
Thickness
[Note (2)]
DN
NPS
≤ 40
50
65–150
≤ 11⁄2
2
21⁄2–6
Sch. 80
Sch. 40
Sch. 40
Normal
No [Note (4)]
≤ 50
65–150
≤2
21⁄2–6
Sch. 40S
Sch. 40S
Category D
Either
≤ 300
≤ 12
In accordance
with para.
304.1.1
GENERAL NOTE:
in this Table.
and minimum wall thickness) and are used within the
pressure–temperature limitations of the fitting and the
joint
(b) the joints are safeguarded when used under severe
cyclic conditions
315.3 Joints Not Conforming to Listed Standards
Joints using flared, flareless, or compression type tubing fittings not listed in Table 326.1 may be used in
accordance with para. 315.2 provided that the type of
fitting selected is also adequate for pressure and other
loadings. The design shall be qualified as required by
para. 304.7.2.
316 CAULKED JOINTS
Use the greater of para. 304.1.1 or thickness shown
Caulked joints such as bell type joints shall be limited
to Category D Fluid Service and to a temperature not
over 93°C (200°F). They shall be used within the pressure–temperature limitations of the joint and pipe. Provisions shall be made to prevent disengagement of joints,
to prevent buckling of the piping, and to sustain lateral
reactions produced by branch connections or other
causes.
NOTES:
(1) For sizes > DN 50 (NPS 2), the joint shall be safeguarded (see
Appendix G) for a fluid service that is flammable, toxic, or damaging to human tissue.
(2) Nominal wall thicknesses is listed for Sch. 40 and 80 in
ASME B36.10M and for Sch. 40S in ASME B36.19M.
(3) For example, carbon steel.
(4) For example, austenitic stainless steel.
317 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS
(c) Threaded components of a specialty nature that
are not subject to external moment loading, such as
thermometer wells, may be used under severe cyclic
conditions.
(d) A coupling having straight threads may be used
only for Category D Fluid Service, and only with taperthreaded mating components.
317.1 Soldered Joints
Soldered joints shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of para. 333 and may be used only in
Category D fluid service. Fillet joints made with solder
metal are not permitted. The low melting point of solder
shall be considered where possible exposure to fire or
elevated temperature is involved.
314.2.2 Straight-Threaded Joints. Threaded joints
in which the tightness of the joint is provided by a
seating surface other than the threads (e.g., a union comprising male and female ends joined with a threaded
union nut, or other constructions shown typically in
Fig. 335.3.3) may be used. If such joints are used under
severe cyclic conditions and are subject to external
moment loadings, safeguarding is required.
317.2 Brazed and Braze Welded Joints
(a) Brazed and braze welded joints made in accordance with the provisions in para. 333 are suitable for
Normal Fluid Service. They shall be safeguarded in fluid
services that are flammable, toxic, or damaging to
human tissue. They shall not be used under severe cyclic
conditions. The melting point of brazing alloys shall be
considered where possible exposure to fire is involved.
(b) Fillet joints made with brazing filler metal are not
permitted.
315 TUBING JOINTS
315.1 General
In selecting and applying flared, flareless, and compression type tubing fittings, the designer shall consider
the possible adverse effects on the joints of such factors
as assembly and disassembly, cyclic loading, vibration,
shock, and thermal expansion and contraction.
318 SPECIAL JOINTS
Special joints are those not covered elsewhere in
Chapter II, Part 4, such as bell type and packed gland
type joints.
315.2 Joints Conforming to Listed Standards
Joints using flared, flareless, or compression type tubing fittings covered by listed standards may be used in
Normal Fluid Service provided that
(a) the fittings and joints are suitable for the tubing
with which they are to be used (considering maximum
318.1 General
318.1.1 Listed Joints. Joints using listed components are suitable for Normal Fluid Service.
35
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
318.1.2 Unlisted Joints. For joints that utilize
unlisted components, pressure design shall be qualified
as required by para. 304.7.2.
system, and to resultant axial, bending, and torsional
displacement stress ranges.
319.2.1 Displacement Strains
(a) Thermal Displacements. A piping system will
undergo dimensional changes with any change in temperature. If it is constrained from free expansion or contraction by connected equipment and restraints such
as guides and anchors, it will be displaced from its
unrestrained position.
(b) Restraint Flexibility. If restraints are not considered
rigid, their flexibility may be considered in determining
displacement stress range and reactions.
(c) Externally Imposed Displacements. Externally
caused movement of restraints will impose displacements on the piping in addition to those related to thermal effects. Movements may result from tidal changes
(dock piping), wind sway (e.g., piping supported from a
tall slender tower), or temperature changes in connected
equipment.
Movement due to earth settlement, since it is a single
cycle effect, will not significantly influence fatigue life.
A displacement stress range greater than that permitted
by para. 302.3.5(d) may be allowable if due consideration
is given to avoidance of excessive localized strain and
end reactions.
(d) Total Displacement Strains. Thermal displacements, reaction displacements, and externally imposed
displacements all have equivalent effects on the piping
system, and shall be considered together in determining
the total displacement strains (proportional deformation) in various parts of the piping system.
318.2 Specific Requirements
318.2.1 Joint Integrity. Separation of the joint shall
be prevented by a means that has sufficient strength to
withstand anticipated conditions of service.
318.2.2 Joint Interlocks. Either mechanical or
welded interlocks shall be provided to prevent separation of any joint used for a fluid service that is flammable,
toxic, or damaging to human tissues, of any joint to be
used under severe cyclic conditions, and of any joint
exposed to temperatures in the creep range.
318.2.3 Bell and Gland Type Joints. If not covered
in para. 316, bell type and gland type joints used under
severe cyclic conditions require safeguarding.
PART 5
FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT
319 PIPING FLEXIBILITY
319.1 Requirements
319.1.1 Basic Requirements. Piping systems shall
have sufficient flexibility to prevent thermal expansion
or contraction or movements of piping supports and
terminals from causing
(a) failure of piping or supports from overstress or
fatigue
(b) leakage at joints
(c) detrimental stresses or distortion in piping and
valves or in connected equipment (pumps and turbines,
for example), resulting from excessive thrusts and
moments in the piping
(14)
319.1.2 Specific Requirements. In para. 319, concepts, data, and methods are given for determining the
requirements for flexibility in a piping system and for
assuring that the system meets all of these requirements.
In brief, these requirements are that
(a) the computed stress range at any point due to
displacements in the system shall not exceed the allowable stress range established in para. 302.3.5
(b) reaction forces computed in para. 319.5 shall not
be detrimental to supports or connected equipment
(c) computed movement of the piping shall be within
any prescribed limits, and properly accounted for in the
flexibility calculations
If it is determined that a piping system does not have
adequate inherent flexibility, means for increasing flexibility shall be provided in accordance with para. 319.7.
(14)
319.2 Concepts
Concepts characteristic of piping flexibility analysis
are covered in the following paragraphs. Special consideration is given to displacements (strains) in the piping
319.2.2 Displacement Stresses
(a) Elastic Behavior. Stresses may be considered proportional to the total displacement strains in a piping
system in which the strains are well-distributed and not
excessive at any point (a balanced system). Layout of
systems should aim for such a condition, which is
assumed in flexibility analysis methods provided in this
Code.
(b) Overstrained Behavior. Stresses cannot be considered proportional to displacement strains throughout a
piping system in which an excessive amount of strain
may occur in localized portions of the system (an unbalanced system). Operation of an unbalanced system in
the creep range may aggravate the deleterious effects
due to creep strain accumulation in the most susceptible
regions of the system. Unbalance may result from one
or more of the following:
(1) highly stressed small size pipe runs in series
with large or relatively stiff pipe runs.
(2) a local reduction in size or wall thickness, or
local use of material having reduced yield strength (for
example, girth welds of substantially lower strength
than the base metal).
36
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
319.2.4 Cold Spring. Cold spring is the intentional
deformation of piping during assembly to produce a
desired initial displacement and reaction. Cold spring
is beneficial in that it serves to balance the magnitude
of the reaction under initial and extreme displacement
conditions. When cold spring is properly applied there
is less likelihood of overstrain during initial operation;
hence, it is recommended especially for piping materials
of limited ductility. There is also less deviation from asinstalled dimensions during initial operation, so that
hangers will not be displaced as far from their original
settings.
Inasmuch as the service life of a piping system is
affected more by the range of stress variation than by
the magnitude of stress at a given time, no credit for
cold spring is permitted in stress range calculations.
However, in calculating the thrusts and moments where
actual reactions as well as their range of variations are
significant, credit is given for cold spring.
(3) a line configuration in a system of uniform size
in which the expansion or contraction must be absorbed
largely in a short offset from the major portion of the run.
(4) variation of piping material or temperature in
a line. When differences in the elastic modulus within
a piping system will significantly affect the stress distribution, the resulting displacement stresses shall be computed based on the actual elastic moduli at the respective
operating temperatures for each segment in the system
and then multiplied by the ratio of the elastic modulus
at ambient temperature to the modulus used in the analysis for each segment.
Unbalance should be avoided or minimized by design
and layout of piping systems, particularly those using
materials of low ductility. Many of the effects of unbalance can be mitigated by selective use of cold spring.
If unbalance cannot be avoided, the designer shall use
appropriate analytical methods in accordance with
para. 319.4 to assure adequate flexibility as defined in
para. 319.1.
(14)
319.3 Properties for Flexibility Analysis
The following paragraphs deal with properties of piping materials and their application in piping flexibility
stress analysis.
319.2.3 Displacement Stress Range
(a) In contrast with stresses from sustained loads,
such as internal pressure or weight, displacement
stresses may be permitted to attain sufficient magnitude
to cause local yielding in various portions of a piping
system. When the system is initially operated at the
condition of greatest displacement (highest or lowest
temperature, or greatest imposed movement) from its
installed condition, any yielding or creep brings about
a reduction or relaxation of stress. When the system is
later returned to its original condition (or a condition
of opposite displacement), a reversal and redistribution
of stresses occurs that is referred to as self-springing. It
is similar to cold springing in its effects.
(b) While stresses resulting from displacement strains
diminish with time due to yielding or creep, the algebraic difference between strains in the extreme displacement condition and the original (as-installed) condition
(or any anticipated condition with a greater differential
effect) remains substantially constant during any one
cycle of operation. This difference in strains produces a
corresponding stress differential, the displacement stress
range, that is used as the criterion in the design of piping
for flexibility. In evaluating systems where supports may
be active in some conditions and not others (e.g., pipes
lifting off supports), this difference in strains may be
influenced by the changing distribution of sustained
load. In such cases, the displacement strain range is
based on the algebraic difference between the calculated
positions of the pipe that define the range. In addition
to the displacement strain, each calculated position shall
include the sustained loads present in the condition
under evaluation. See para. 302.3.5(d) for the allowable
stress range, SA, and para. 319.4.4(a) for the computed
displacement stress range, SE.
319.3.1 Thermal Expansion Data
(a) Values for Stress Range. Values of thermal displacements to be used in determining total displacement
strains for computing the stress range shall be determined from Appendix C as the algebraic difference
between the value at maximum metal temperature and
that at the minimum metal temperature for the thermal
cycle under analysis.
(b) Values for Reactions. Values of thermal displacements to be used in determining total displacement
strains for computation of reactions on supports and
connected equipment shall be determined as the algebraic difference between the value at maximum (or minimum) temperature for the thermal cycle under analysis
and the value at the temperature expected during
installation.
319.3.2 Modulus of Elasticity. The reference modulus of elasticity at 21°C (70°F), Ea , and the modulus of
elasticity at maximum or minimum temperature, Em ,
shall be taken as the values shown in Appendix C for
the temperatures determined in para. 319.3.1(a) or (b).
For materials not included in Appendix C, reference
shall be made to authoritative source data, such as
publications of the National Institute of Standards and
Technology.
319.3.3 Poisson’s Ratio. Poisson’s ratio may be
taken as 0.3 at all temperatures for all metals. More
accurate and authoritative data may be used if available.
319.3.4 Allowable Stresses
(a) The allowable displacement stress range, SA, and
permissible additive stresses shall be as specified in
37
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Dy
para. 302.3.5(d) for systems primarily stressed in bending and/or torsion.
(b) The stress intensification factors in Appendix D
have been developed from fatigue tests of representative
piping components and assemblies manufactured from
ductile ferrous materials. The allowable displacement
stress range is based on tests of carbon and austenitic
stainless steels. Caution should be exercised when using
eqs. (1a) and (1b) (para. 302.3.5) for allowable displacement stress range for some nonferrous materials (e.g.,
certain copper and aluminum alloys) for other than low
cycle applications.
共L − U 兲 2
≤ K1
(16)
where
D p outside diameter of pipe, mm (in.)
Ea p reference modulus of elasticity at 21°C (70°F),
MPa (ksi)
K1 p 208 000 SA /Ea, (mm/m)2
p 30 SA /Ea, (in./ft)2
L p developed length of piping between anchors,
m (ft)
SA p allowable displacement stress range in accordance with eq. (1a), MPa (ksi)
U p anchor distance, straight line between anchors,
m (ft)
y p resultant of total displacement strains,
mm (in.), to be absorbed by the piping system
319.3.5 Dimensions. Nominal thicknesses and outside diameters of pipe and fittings shall be used in flexibility calculations.
319.3.6 Flexibility and Stress Intensification
Factors. The flexibility factors, k, and stress intensification factors, i, shall not be less than unity. In the absence
of more directly applicable data, the flexibility factor, k,
and stress intensification factor, i, shown in Appendix D
shall be used for flexibility calculations described in
para. 319.4.
Stress intensification factors may be developed in
accordance with ASME B31J.
For piping components or attachments (such as valves,
strainers, anchor rings, or bands) not covered in
Table D300, suitable stress intensification factors may
be assumed by comparison of their significant geometry
with that of the components shown. The validity of any
assumptions is the responsibility of the designer. If two
or more of the geometries shown in Appendix D are
combined, their combined k and i might be significantly
different from the values shown. Examples include trunnions on elbows and branch connection fittings welded
to anything other than straight pipe.
319.4.2 Formal Analysis Requirements
(a) Any piping system that does not meet the criteria
in para. 319.4.1 shall be analyzed by a simplified, approximate, or comprehensive method of analysis, as
appropriate.
(b) A simplified or approximate method may be
applied only if used within the range of configurations
for which its adequacy has been demonstrated.
(c) Acceptable comprehensive methods of analysis
include analytical and chart methods that provide an
evaluation of the forces, moments, and stresses caused
by displacement strains (see para. 319.2.1).
(d) Comprehensive analysis shall take into account
stress intensification factors for any component other
than straight pipe. Credit may be taken for the extra
flexibility of such a component.
319.4.3 Basic Assumptions and Requirements.
Standard assumptions specified in para. 319.3 shall be
followed in all cases. In calculating the flexibility of a
piping system between anchor points, the system shall
be treated as a whole. The significance of all parts of
the line and of all restraints introduced for the purpose
of reducing moments and forces on equipment or small
branch lines, and also the restraint introduced by support friction, shall be recognized. Consider all displacements, as outlined in para. 319.2.1, over the temperature
range defined by para. 319.3.1.
319.4 Flexibility Analysis
319.4.1 Formal Analysis Not Required. No formal
analysis of adequate flexibility is required for a piping
system that
(a) duplicates, or replaces without significant change,
a system operating with a successful service record
(b) can readily be judged adequate by comparison
with previously analyzed systems
(c) is of uniform size, has no more than two points
of fixation, no intermediate restraints, and falls within
the limitations of empirical eq. (16)8
319.4.4 Flexibility Stresses
(a) The axial, bending, and torsional displacement
stress ranges shall be computed using the reference modulus of elasticity at 21°C (70°F), Ea, except as provided
in para. 319.2.2(b)(4), and then combined in accordance
with eq. (17) to determine the computed displacement
stress range, SE, which shall not exceed the allowable
displacement stress range, SA, in para. 302.3.5(d). See
also eq. (1d) and Appendix S, Example 3 for the greatest
computed displacement stress range.
8
WARNING: No general proof can be offered that this equation
will yield accurate or consistently conservative results. It is not
applicable to systems used under severe cyclic conditions. It should
be used with caution in configurations such as unequal leg U-bends
or near-straight “sawtooth” runs, or for large thin-wall pipe (i ≥ 5),
or where extraneous displacements (not in the direction connecting
anchor points) constitute a large part of the total displacement.
There is no assurance that terminal reactions will be acceptably
low, even if a piping system falls within the limitations of eq. (16).
38
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
SE p 冪(|Sa | + Sb)2 + (2St)2
where
r2 p mean branch cross-sectional radius
T b p thickness of pipe matching branch
T h p thickness of pipe matching run of tee or header
exclusive of reinforcing elements
TS p effective branch wall thickness, lesser of T h and
(ii)(T b)
Ze p effective section modulus of branch
p r22TS; see para. 319.3.5
(17)
where
Ap p cross-sectional area of pipe; see para. 319.3.5
Fa p axial force range between any two conditions
being evaluated
ia p axial stress intensification factor. In the
absence of more applicable data, ia p 1.0 for
elbows, pipe bends, and miter bends (single,
closely spaced, and widely spaced), and ia p
io (or i when listed) in Appendix D for other
components; see also para. 319.3.6.
it p torsional stress intensification factor. In the
absence of more applicable data, it p 1.0; also
see para. 319.3.6.
Mt p torsional moment range between any two conditions being evaluated
Sa p axial stress range due to displacement strains
p iaFa/Ap
Sb p bending stress range due to displacement
strains
St p torsional stress range due to displacement
strains
p itMt/2Z
Z p section modulus of pipe; see para. 319.3.5
319.4.5 Required Weld Quality Assurance. Any
weld at which S E exceeds 0.8S A (as defined in
para. 302.3.5) and the equivalent number of cycles N
exceeds 7 000 shall be fully examined in accordance with
para. 341.4.3.
319.5 Reactions
Reaction forces and moments used to design restraints
and supports for a piping system, and to evaluate the
effects of piping displacement on connected equipment,
shall be based on the maximum load from operating
conditions, including weight, pressure, and other sustained loads; thermal displacement; and, where applicable, occasional loads. The reactions shall be calculated
using the modulus of elasticity at the temperature of
the condition, Em (Ea may be used instead of Em when
it provides a more conservative result). The temperature
of the condition may differ in different locations within
the piping system.
Where cold spring is used in the piping system, experience has shown that it cannot be fully assured. Therefore,
the reactions shall be computed both with the assumption that only two-thirds of the design cold spring is
present, and with four-thirds of the design cold spring
present.
If it is necessary to determine the reactions at ambient
temperature, the designer shall consider loads at that
condition, including the design cold spring and self
springing of piping. Self springing may occur if the
operating stress in the piping system exceeds the yield
strength of the material or if the piping operates at temperatures in the creep range of the material.
(b) The bending stress range, Sb, to be used in eq. (17)
for elbows, miter bends, and full size outlet branch connections (Legs 1, 2, and 3) shall be calculated in accordance with eq. (18), with moments as shown in
Figs. 319.4.4A and 319.4.4B.
Sb p
冪共iiMi 兲2 + 共io Mo 兲2
Z
(18)
where
ii p in-plane stress intensification factor; see
para. 319.3.6
io p out-plane stress intensification factor; see
para. 319.3.6
Mi p in-plane bending moment range between any
two conditions being evaluated
Mo p out-plane bending moment range between any
two conditions being evaluated
(c) The bending stress range, Sb, to be used in eq. (17)
for reducing outlet branch connections shall be calculated in accordance with eqs. (19) and (20), with
moments as shown in Fig. 319.4.4B.
For header (Legs 1 and 2)
Sb p
冪共iiMi 兲2 + 共ioMo 兲2
Z
319.5.1 Maximum Reactions for Simple Systems.
For a two-anchor piping system without intermediate
restraints, the maximum instantaneous values of reaction forces and moments may be estimated from eqs. (21)
and (22).
(a) For Extreme Displacement Conditions, Rm. The temperature for this computation is the maximum or minimum metal temperature defined in para. 319.3.1(b),
whichever produces the larger reaction.
(19)
For branch (Leg 3)
Sb p
冪共iiMi 兲2 + 共ioMo 兲2
Ze
(14)
冢
Rm p R 1 −
(20)
39
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
冣
2C Em
3 Ea
(21)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 319.4.4A Moments in Bends
Fig. 319.4.4B Moments in Branch Connections
40
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
where
C p cold-spring factor varying from zero for no
cold spring to 1.0 for 100% cold spring. (The
factor two-thirds is based on experience showing that specified cold spring cannot be fully
assured, even with elaborate precautions.)
Ea p reference modulus of elasticity at 21°C (70°F)
Em p modulus of elasticity at maximum or minimum metal temperature
R p range of reaction forces or moments (derived
from flexibility analysis) corresponding to the
full displacement stress range and based on Ea
Rm p estimated instantaneous maximum reaction
force or moment at maximum or minimum
metal temperature
Where the piping lacks built-in changes of direction,
or where it is unbalanced [see para. 319.2.2(b)], large
reactions or detrimental overstrain may be encountered.
The designer should consider adding flexibility by one
or more of the following means: bends, loops, or offsets;
swivel joints; corrugated pipe; expansion joints of the
bellows or slip-joint type; or other devices permitting
angular, rotational, or axial movement. Suitable anchors,
ties, or other devices shall be provided as necessary to
resist end forces produced by fluid pressure, frictional
resistance to movement, and other causes. When expansion joints or other similar devices are provided, the
stiffness of the joint or device should be considered in
any flexibility analysis of the piping.
320 ANALYSIS OF SUSTAINED LOADS
(b) For Original Condition, Ra. The temperature for this
computation is the expected temperature at which the
piping is to be assembled.
Ra p CR or C1R, whichever is greater
320.1 Basic Assumptions and Requirements
Sustained conditions may be evaluated by detailed
analysis, approximate methods, or simplified means
such as span tables. When detailed analysis is performed, the stress due to sustained loads, SL , shall be
computed and combined as described in this paragraph
and shall not exceed the allowable described in
para. 302.3.5(c). See Appendix S, Example 2 for guidance
on loading conditions and support scenarios that result
in the greatest SL for each operating condition being
considered. The loads due to weight should be based on
the nominal thickness of all system components unless
otherwise justified in a more rigorous analysis. Section
moduli used to compute the stresses in this paragraph
shall be based on nominal pipe dimensions less allowances, i.e., the sum of mechanical (thread or groove
depth), internal and external corrosion, and erosion
allowances. Areas used to compute the stresses in this
paragraph assume nominal pipe dimensions less allowances affecting the inside diameter of the pipe, i.e., the
sum of mechanical and internal corrosion and erosion
allowances. It is the responsibility of the designer to
determine sustained stress indices, Ia , Ii , Io , and It , when
a piping component is not explicitly addressed in
Appendix D, e.g., base-ells, reducing elbows, crosses,
close proximity findings, etc., as well as elbows, pipe
bends, or miters other than 90 deg or supported by a
trunnion. Sustained stress indices shall not be lower
than 1.00.
where nomenclature is as in para. 319.5.1(a) and
C1 p 1 −
S h Ea
SE Em
(22)
p estimated self-spring or relaxation factor; use
zero if value of C1 is negative
Ra p estimated instantaneous reaction force or
moment at installation temperature
SE p computed displacement stress range (see
para. 319.4.4)
Sh p see definition in para. 302.3.5(d)
319.5.2 Maximum Reactions for Complex Systems.
For multianchor piping systems and for two-anchor systems with intermediate restraints, eqs. (21) and (22) are
not applicable. Each case must be studied to estimate
location, nature, and extent of local overstrain, and its
effect on stress distribution and reactions.
319.6 Calculation of Movements
Calculations of displacements and rotations at specific
locations may be required where clearance problems
are involved. In cases where small-size branch pipes
attached to stiffer run pipes are to be calculated separately, the linear and angular movements of the junction
point must be calculated or estimated for proper analysis
of the branch.
320.2 Stress Due to Sustained Loads
The equation for the stress due to sustained loads,
such as pressure and weight, SL, is provided in eq. (23a).
The equation for the stress due to sustained bending
moments, Sb, is provided in eq. (23b).
319.7 Means of Increasing Flexibility
The layout of piping often provides inherent flexibility
through changes in direction, so that displacements produce chiefly bending and torsional strains within prescribed limits. The amount of axial tension or
compression strain (which produces large reactions)
usually is small.
SL p 冪(|Sa | + Sb)2 + (2St)2
Sb p
冪(IiMi)2 + (IoMo)2
41
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Z
(23a)
(23b)
ASME B31.3-2014
321 PIPING SUPPORT
where
Ii p sustained in-plane moment index. In the
absence of more applicable data, Ii is taken as
the greater of 0.75ii or 1.00.
Io p sustained out-plane moment index. In the
absence of more applicable data, Io is taken as
the greater of 0.75io or 1.00.
Mi p in-plane moment due to sustained loads, e.g.,
pressure and weight
Mo p out-plane moment due to sustained loads, e.g.,
pressure and weight
Z p sustained section modulus. Z in eqs. (23b) and
(23c) is described in para. 319.4.4 but is computed in this paragraph using nominal pipe
dimensions less allowances; see para. 320.1.
321.1 General
The design of support structures (not covered by this
Code) and of supporting elements (see definitions of
piping and pipe supporting elements in para. 300.2)
shall be based on all concurrently acting loads transmitted into such supports. These loads, defined in para. 301,
include weight effects, loads introduced by service pressures and temperatures, vibration, wind, earthquake,
shock, and displacement strain (see para. 319.2.2).
For piping containing gas or vapor, weight calculations
need not include the weight of liquid if the designer has
taken specific precautions against entrance of liquid into
the piping, and if the piping is not to be subjected to
hydrostatic testing at initial construction or subsequent
inspections.
The equation for the stress due to sustained torsional
moment, St, is
St p
ItMt
2Z
321.1.1 Objectives. The layout and design of piping
and its supporting elements shall be directed toward
preventing the following:
(a) piping stresses in excess of those permitted in
this Code
(b) leakage at joints
(c) excessive thrusts and moments on connected
equipment (such as pumps and turbines)
(d) excessive stresses in the supporting (or
restraining) elements
(e) resonance with imposed or fluid-induced
vibrations
(f) excessive interference with thermal expansion and
contraction in piping which is otherwise adequately
flexible
(g) unintentional disengagement of piping from its
supports
(h) excessive piping sag in piping requiring drainage slope
(i) excessive distortion or sag of piping (e.g., thermoplastics) subject to creep under conditions of repeated
thermal cycling
(j) excessive heat flow, exposing supporting elements
to temperature extremes outside their design limits
(23c)
where
It p sustained torsional moment index. In the
absence of more applicable data, It is taken
as 1.00.
Mt p torsional moment due to sustained loads, e.g.,
pressure and weight
The equation for the stress due to sustained longitudinal
force, Sa, is
Sa p
I aF a
Ap
(23d)
where
Ap p cross-sectional area of the pipe, considering
nominal pipe dimensions less allowances; see
para. 320.1
Fa p longitudinal force due to sustained loads, e.g.,
pressure and weight
Ia p sustained longitudinal force index. In the
absence of more applicable data, I a is taken
as 1.00.
321.1.2 Analysis. In general, the location and
design of pipe supporting elements may be based on
simple calculations and engineering judgment. However, when a more refined analysis is required and a
piping analysis, which may include support stiffness, is
made, the stresses, moments, and reactions determined
thereby shall be used in the design of supporting
elements.
The sustained longitudinal force, Fa, includes the sustained force due to pressure, which is Pj Af unless the
piping system includes an expansion joint that is not
designed to carry this force itself, where Pj is the internal
operating pressure for the condition being considered,
Af p d2/4, and d is the pipe inside diameter considering
pipe wall thickness less applicable allowances; see
para. 320.1. For piping systems that contain expansion
joints, it is the responsibility of the designer to determine
the sustained longitudinal force due to pressure in the
piping system.
321.1.3 Stresses for Pipe Supporting Elements.
Allowable stresses for materials used for pipe supporting elements, except springs, shall be in accordance with
para. 302.3.1. Longitudinal weld joint factors, Ej, however, need not be applied to the allowable stresses for
42
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(c) Piping layout, anchors, restraints, guides, and supports for all types of expansion joints shall be designed
in accordance with para. X301.2 of Appendix X.
welded piping components that are to be used for pipe
supporting elements.
(14)
321.1.4 Materials
(a) Permanent supports and restraints shall be of
material suitable for the service conditions. If steel is
cold-formed to a centerline radius less than twice its
thickness, it shall be annealed or normalized after
forming.
(b) Gray, ductile, and malleable iron may be used for
rollers, roller bases, anchor bases, and other supporting
elements subject chiefly to compressive loading. Gray
iron is not recommended if the piping may be subject
to impact-type loading resulting from pulsation or vibration. Ductile and malleable iron may be used for pipe
and beam clamps, hanger flanges, clips, brackets, and
swivel rings.
(c) Steel of an unknown specification may be used for
pipe supporting elements that are not welded directly
to pressure-containing piping components. (Compatible
intermediate materials of known specification may be
welded directly to such components.) Basic allowable
stress in tension or compression shall not exceed 82 MPa
(12 ksi) and the support temperature shall be within the
range of −29°C to 343°C (−20°F to 650°F). For stress
values in shear and bearing, see para. 302.3.1(b).
(d) Wood or other materials may be used for pipe
supporting elements, provided the supporting element
is properly designed, considering temperature, strength,
and durability.
(e) Attachments welded or bonded to the piping shall
be of a material compatible with the piping and service.
For other requirements, see para. 321.3.2.
321.2.2 Inextensible Supports Other Than Anchors
and Guides 9
(a) Supporting elements shall be designed to permit
the free movement of piping caused by thermal expansion and contraction.
(b) Hangers include pipe and beam clamps, clips,
brackets, rods, straps, chains, and other devices. They
shall be proportioned for all required loads. Safe loads
for threaded parts shall be based on the root area of the
threads.
(c) Sliding Supports. Sliding supports (or shoes) and
brackets shall be designed to resist the forces due to
friction in addition to the loads imposed by bearing.
The dimensions of the support shall provide for the
expected movement of the supported piping.
321.2.3 Resilient Supports 9
(a) Spring supports shall be designed to exert a supporting force, at the point of attachment to the pipe,
equal to the load as determined by weight balance calculations. They shall be provided with means to prevent
misalignment, buckling, or eccentric loading of the
springs, and to prevent unintentional disengagement of
the load.
(b) Constant-support spring hangers provide a substantially uniform supporting force throughout the
range of travel. The use of this type of spring hanger is
advantageous at locations subject to appreciable movement with thermal changes. Hangers of this type should
be selected so that their travel range exceeds expected
movements.
(c) Means shall be provided to prevent overstressing
spring hangers due to excessive deflections. It is recommended that all spring hangers be provided with position indicators.
321.1.5 Threads. Screw threads shall conform to
ASME B1.1 unless other threads are required for adjustment under heavy loads. Turnbuckles and adjusting nuts
shall have the full length of internal threads engaged.
Any threaded adjustment shall be provided with a locknut, unless locked by other means.
321.2.4 Counterweight Supports. Counterweights
shall be provided with stops to limit travel. Weights
shall be positively secured. Chains, cables, hangers,
rocker arms, or other devices used to attach the counterweight load to the piping shall be subject to the requirements of para. 321.2.2.
321.2 Fixtures
321.2.1 Anchors and Guides
(a) A supporting element used as an anchor shall be
designed to maintain an essentially fixed position.
(b) To protect terminal equipment or other (weaker)
portions of the system, restraints (such as anchors and
guides) shall be provided where necessary to control
movement or to direct expansion into those portions of
the system that are designed to absorb them. The design,
arrangement, and location of restraints shall ensure that
expansion joint movements occur in the directions for
which the joint is designed. In addition to the other
thermal forces and moments, the effects of friction in
other supports of the system shall be considered in the
design of such anchors and guides.
321.2.5 Hydraulic Supports. An arrangement utilizing a hydraulic cylinder may be used to give a constant
supporting force. Safety devices and stops shall be provided to support the load in case of hydraulic failure.
321.3 Structural Attachments
External and internal attachments to piping shall be
designed so that they will not cause undue flattening of
the pipe, excessive localized bending stresses, or harmful
9
Various types of inextensible (solid) and resilient supports are
illustrated in MSS SP-58.
43
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
thermal gradients in the pipe wall. It is important that
attachments be designed to minimize stress concentration, particularly in cyclic services.
tubing systems furnished with instruments as temperature or pressure responsive devices.
322.3.2 Requirements. Instrument piping shall
meet the applicable requirements of the Code and the
following:
(a) The design pressure and temperature for instrument piping shall be determined in accordance with
para. 301. If more severe conditions are experienced
during blowdown of the piping, they may be treated as
occasional variations in accordance with para. 302.2.4.
(b) Consideration shall be given to the mechanical
strength (including fatigue) of small instrument connections to piping or apparatus (see para. 304.3.5).
(c) Instrument piping containing fluids that are normally static and subject to freezing shall be protected
by heat tracing or other heating methods, and insulation.
(d) If it will be necessary to blow down (or bleed)
instrument piping containing toxic or flammable fluids,
consideration shall be given to safe disposal.
321.3.1 Nonintegral Attachments. Nonintegral
attachments, in which the reaction between the piping
and the attachment is by contact, include clamps, slings,
cradles, U-bolts, saddles, straps, and clevises. If the
weight of a vertical pipe is supported by a clamp, it is
recommended to prevent slippage that the clamp be
located below a flange, fitting, or support lugs welded
to the pipe.
321.3.2 Integral Attachments. Integral attachments
include plugs, ears, shoes, plates, trunnions, stanchions,
structural shapes, and angle clips, cast on or welded to
the piping. The material for integral attachments
attached by welding shall be of good weldable quality.
[See para. 321.1.4(e) for material requirements.] Preheating, welding, and heat treatment requirements shall
be in accordance with Chapter V. Consideration shall
be given to the localized stresses induced in the piping
component by welding the integral attachment, as well
as differential thermal displacement strains between the
attachment and the component to which it is attached.
Welds shall be proportioned so that the shear stresses
meet the requirements of para. 302.3.1(b). If the allowed
stress values differ between the piping component and
the attachment material, the lower of the two values
shall be used.
(a) Integral reinforcement, complete encirclement
reinforcement, or intermediate pads of suitable alloy
and design may be used to reduce contamination or
undesirable heat effects in alloy piping.
(b) Intermediate pads, integral reinforcement, complete encirclement reinforcement, or other means of reinforcement may be used to distribute stresses.
322.6 Pressure-Relieving Systems
Pressure-relieving systems within the scope of this
Code shall conform to the following requirements. See
also Appendix F, para. F322.6.
322.6.1 Stop Valves in Pressure Relief Piping. If
one or more stop valves are installed between the piping
being protected and its protective device or devices, or
between the protective device or devices and the point
of discharge, they shall meet the requirements of (a) and
either (b) or (c), below.
(a) A full-area stop valve may be installed on the inlet
side of a pressure-relieving device. A full area stop valve
may be placed on the discharge side of a pressurerelieving device when its discharge is connected to a
common header with other discharge lines from other
pressure-relieving devices. Stop valves of less than full
area may be used on both the inlet side and discharge
side of pressure-relieving devices as outlined herein if
the stop valves are of such type and size that the increase
in pressure drop will not reduce the relieving capacity
below that required, nor adversely affect the proper
operation of the pressure-relieving device.
(b) Stop valves to be used in pressure relief piping
shall be so constructed or positively controlled that the
closing of the maximum number of block valves possible
at one time will not reduce the pressure-relieving capacity provided by the unaffected relieving devices below
the required relieving capacity.
(c) As an alternative to (b) above, stop valves shall
be so constructed and arranged that they can be locked
or sealed in either the open or closed position. See
Appendix F, para. F322.6.
321.4 Structural Connections
The load from piping and pipe supporting elements
(including restraints and braces) shall be suitably transmitted to a pressure vessel, building, platform, support
structure, foundation, or to other piping capable of
bearing the load without deleterious effects. See
Appendix F, para. F321.4.
PART 6
SYSTEMS
322 SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS
322.3 Instrument Piping
322.3.1 Definition. Instrument piping within the
scope of this Code includes all piping and piping components used to connect instruments to other piping or
equipment, and control piping used to connect air or
hydraulically operated control apparatus. It does not
include instruments, or permanently sealed fluid-filled
322.6.2 Pressure Relief Discharge Piping. Discharge
lines from pressure-relieving safety devices shall be
designed to facilitate drainage. When discharging
44
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) Relief set pressure11 shall be in accordance with
Section VIII, Division 1, with the exceptions stated in
alternatives (1) and (2), below.
(1) With the owner’s approval the set pressure may
exceed the limits in Section VIII, Division 1, provided
that the limit on maximum relieving pressure stated in
(c) below will not be exceeded.
(2) For a liquid thermal expansion relief device that
protects only a blocked-in portion of a piping system,
the set pressure shall not exceed the lesser of the system
test pressure or 120% of design pressure.
(c) The maximum relieving pressure 12 shall be in
accordance with Section VIII, Division 1, with the exception that the allowances in para. 302.2.4(f) are permitted,
provided that all other requirements of para. 302.2.4 are
also met.
directly to the atmosphere, discharge shall not impinge
on other piping or equipment and shall be directed away
from platforms and other areas used by personnel. Reactions on the piping system due to actuation of safety
relief devices shall be considered, and adequate strength
shall be provided to withstand these reactions.
322.6.3 Pressure-Relieving Devices
(a) Pressure-relieving devices required by
para. 301.2.2(a) shall be in accordance with the BPV
Code, Section VIII, Division 1, UG-125(c), UG-126,
UG-127, and UG-132 through UG-136, excluding
UG-135(e) and UG-136(c). The terms design pressure10
and piping system shall be substituted for maximum
allowable working pressure and vessel, respectively, in these
paragraphs. The required relieving capacity of any
pressure-relieving device shall include consideration of
all piping systems that it protects.
11
Set pressure is the pressure at which the device begins to relieve,
e.g., lift pressure of a spring-actuated relief valve, bursting pressure
of a rupture disk, or breaking pressure of a breaking pin device.
12
Maximum relieving pressure is the maximum system pressure
during a pressure relieving event.
10
The design pressure for pressure relief is the maximum design
pressure permitted, considering all components in the piping
system.
45
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter III
Materials
323 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
323.2.1 Upper Temperature Limits, Listed
Materials. A listed material may be used at a temperature above the maximum for which a stress value or
rating is shown, only if
(a) there is no prohibition in Appendix A or elsewhere
in the Code
(b) the designer verifies the serviceability of the material in accordance with para. 323.2.4
Chapter III states limitations and required qualifications for materials based on their inherent properties.
Their use in piping is also subject to requirements and
limitations in other parts of this Code [see para. 300(d)].
See also para. 321.1.4 for support materials, and
Appendix F, para. F323, for precautionary
considerations.
323.2.2 Lower Temperature Limits, Listed (14)
Materials. See Appendix F, para. F323.2.2.
(a) A listed material may be used at any temperature
not lower than the minimum shown in Table A-1, provided that the base metal, weld deposits, and heataffected zone (HAZ) are qualified as required by the
applicable entry in Column A of Table 323.2.2.
(b) For carbon steels with a letter designation in the
Min. Temp. column of Table A-1, the minimum temperature is defined by the applicable curve and Notes in
Fig. 323.2.2A. If a design minimum temperature–
thickness combination is on or above the curve, impact
testing is not required.
(c) A listed material may be used at a temperature
lower than the minimum shown in Table A-1 or
Fig. 323.2.2A (including Notes), unless prohibited in
Table 323.2.2, Table A-1, or elsewhere in the Code, and
provided that the base metal, weld deposits, and HAZ
are qualified as required by the applicable entry in
Column B of Table 323.2.2.
(d) Figure 323.2.2B provides a further basis for the
use of carbon steels covered by paras. 323.2.2(a) and (b),
without impact testing, when all of the following apply:
323.1 Materials and Specifications
323.1.1 Listed Materials. Any material used in pressure containing piping components shall conform to a
listed specification except as provided in para. 323.1.2.
323.1.2 Unlisted Materials. Unlisted materials may
be used provided they conform to a published specification covering chemistry, physical and mechanical properties, method and process of manufacture, heat
treatment, and quality control, and otherwise meet the
requirements of this Code. See also ASME BPV Code
Section II, Part D, Appendix 5. Allowable stresses shall
be determined in accordance with the applicable allowable stress basis of this Code or a more conservative
basis.
323.1.3 Unknown Materials. Materials of unknown
specification shall not be used for pressure-containing
piping components.
• not in elevated temperature service
• not expected to experience shock loading or ther-
323.1.4 Reclaimed Materials. Reclaimed pipe and
other piping components may be used, provided they
are properly identified as conforming to a listed or published specification (para. 323.1.1 or 323.1.2) and otherwise meet the requirements of this Code. Sufficient
cleaning and inspection shall be made to determine minimum wall thickness and freedom from imperfections
that would be unacceptable in the intended service.
mal bowing
• does not contain welds between dissimilar materi-
als (e.g., austenitic welded to ferritic)
• stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than one
(1) For design minimum temperatures of −48°C
(−55°F) and above, the lowest temperature without
impact testing (exemption temperature) determined in
para. 323.2.2(b), for the given material and thickness,
may be reduced by the amount of the temperature reduction provided in Fig. 323.2.2B for the applicable stress
ratio. If the resulting temperature is lower than the
design minimum temperature, impact testing of the
material is not required. Where this is applied, the piping
323.2 Temperature Limitations
The designer shall verify that materials that meet other
requirements of the Code are suitable for service
throughout the operating temperature range.
46
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 323.2.2 Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals
These Toughness Test Requirements Are in Addition to Tests Required by the Material Specification
Unlisted Materials
Listed Materials
Type of Material
Column A
Design Minimum Temperature at or Above Min. Temp. in Table A-1 or
Fig. 323.2.2A
Column B
Design Minimum Temperature Below
Min. Temp. in Table A-1
or Fig. 323.2.2A
1 Gray iron
A-1 No additional requirements
B-1 No additional requirements
2 Malleable and ductile
iron; carbon steel in
accordance with Note (1)
A-2 No additional requirements
B-2 Materials designated in Box 2 shall
not be used.
(a) Base Metal
(b) Weld Metal and Heat Affected
Zone (HAZ) [Note (2)]
3 Other carbon steels, low
and intermediate alloy
steels, high alloy ferritic
steels, duplex stainless
steels
A-3 (a) No additional
requirements
A-3 (b) Weld metal deposits shall be
impact tested in accordance with
para. 323.3 if design min. temp.
< −29°C (−20°F), except as provided in Notes (3) and (5), and
except as follows: for materials
listed for Curves C and D of
Fig. 323.2.2A, where corresponding welding consumables are qualified by impact testing at the
design minimum temperature or
lower in accordance with the applicable AWS specification, additional
testing is not required.
B-3 Except as provided in Notes (3)
and (5), heat treat base metal in
accordance with applicable ASTM
specification listed in para. 323.3.2;
then impact test base metal, weld
deposits, and HAZ in accordance
with para. 323.3 [see Note (2)].
When materials are used at design
min. temp. below the assigned curve
as permitted by Notes (2) and (3) of
Fig. 323.2.2A, weld deposits and
HAZ shall be impact tested [see
Note (2)].
4 Austenitic stainless
steels
A-4 (a) If:
(1) carbon content by analysis
> 0.1%; or
(2) material is not in solution
heat treated condition;
then, impact test in accordance with para. 323.3 for
design min. temp. < −29°C
(−20°F) except as provided
in Notes (3) and (6)
A-4 (b) Weld metal deposits shall be
impact tested in accordance with
para. 323.3 if design min. temp.
< −29°C (−20°F) except as provided in para. 323.2.2 and in
Notes (3) and (6)
B-4 Base metal and weld metal deposits shall be impact tested in accordance with para. 323.3. See Notes
(2), (3), and (6).
5 Austenitic ductile iron,
ASTM A571
A-5 (a) No additional
requirements
A-5 (b) Welding is not permitted
B-5 Base metal shall be impact tested
in accordance with para. 323.3. Do
not use < −196°C (−320°F). Welding
is not permitted.
6 Aluminum, copper,
nickel, and their alloys;
unalloyed titanium
A-6 (a) No additional
requirements
A-6 (b) No additional requirements
unless filler metal composition is
outside the range for base metal
composition; then test in accordance with item B-6
B-6 Designer shall be assured by suitable tests [see Note (4)] that base
metal, weld deposits, and HAZ are
suitable at the design min. temp.
7 An unlisted material shall conform to a published specification. Where composition, heat treatment, and product form are comparable to those of
a listed material, requirements for the corresponding listed material shall be met. Other unlisted materials shall be qualified as required in the
applicable section of column B.
47
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 323.2.2 Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
NOTES:
(1) Carbon steels conforming to the following are subject to the limitations in Box B-2: plates in accordance with ASTM A36, A283, and
A570; pipe in accordance with ASTM A134 when made from these plates; structural shapes in accordance with ASTM A992; and pipe
in accordance with ASTM A53 Type F and API 5L Gr. A25 butt weld.
(2) Impact tests that meet the requirements of Table 323.3.1, which are performed as part of the weld procedure qualification, will satisfy
all requirements of para. 323.2.2, and need not be repeated for production welds.
(3) Impact testing is not required if the design minimum temperature is below −29°C (−20°F) but at or above −104°C (−155°F) and the
stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B does not exceed 0.3.
(4) Tests may include tensile elongation, sharp-notch tensile strength (to be compared with unnotched tensile strength), and/or other
tests, conducted at or below design minimum temperature. See also para. 323.3.4.
(5) Impact tests are not required when the maximum obtainable Charpy specimen has a width along the notch of less than 2.5 mm
(0.098 in.). Under these conditions, and where the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B exceeds 0.3, the design minimum temperature
shall not be less than the lower of −48°C (−55°F) or the minimum temperature for the material in Table A-1.
(6) Impact tests are not required when the maximum obtainable Charpy specimen has a width along the notch of less than 2.5 mm
(0.098 in.).
AWS A5.4, A5.9, A5.11, A5.14, or A5.221 at design minimum temperatures of −48°C (−55°F) and higher
system shall also comply with the following
requirements:
(-a) The piping shall be subjected to a hydrostatic
test at no less than 11⁄2 times the design pressure.
(-b) Except for piping with a nominal wall thickness of 13 mm (1⁄2 in.) or less, the piping system shall
be safeguarded (see Appendix G) from external loads
such as maintenance loads, impact loads, and thermal
shock.
(2) For design minimum temperatures lower than
−48°C (−55°F), impact testing is required for all materials, except as provided by Note (3) of Table 323.2.2.
(e) The allowable stress or component rating at any
temperature below the minimum shown in Table A-1
or Fig. 323.2.2A shall not exceed the stress value or
rating at the minimum temperature in Table A-1 or the
component standard.
(f) Impact testing is not required for the following
combinations of weld metals and design minimum
temperatures:
(1) for austenitic stainless steel base materials having a carbon content not exceeding 0.10%, welded without filler metal, at design minimum temperatures of
−101°C (−150°F) and higher
(2) for austenitic weld metal
(-a) having a carbon content not exceeding 0.10%,
and produced with filler metals conforming to
AWS A5.4, A5.9, A5.11, A5.14, or A5.221 at design minimum temperatures of −101°C (−150°F) and higher, or
(-b) having a carbon content exceeding 0.10%,
and produced with filler metals conforming to
323.2.3 Temperature Limits, Unlisted Materials. An
unlisted material, acceptable under para. 323.1.2, shall
be qualified for service at all temperatures within a
stated range, from design minimum temperature to
design maximum temperature, in accordance with
para. 323.2.4.
323.2.4 Verification of Serviceability
(a) When an unlisted material is to be used, or when
a listed material is to be used above the highest temperature for which stress values appear in Appendix A, the
designer is responsible for demonstrating the validity
of the allowable stresses and other limits used in design
and of the approach taken in using the material, including the derivation of stress data and the establishment
of temperature limits.
(b) Data for the development of design limits shall
be obtained from a sound scientific program carried out
in accordance with recognized technology for both the
material and the intended service conditions. Factors to
be considered include
(1) applicability and reliability of the data, especially for extremes of the temperature range
(2) resistance of the material to deleterious effects
of the fluid service and of the environment throughout
the temperature range
(3) determination of allowable stresses in accordance with para. 302.3
323.3 Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance
Criteria
1
Titles of referenced AWS standards are as follows: AWS A5.4,
Stainless Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding;
AWS A5.9, Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods;
AWS A5.11, Nickel and Nickel Alloy Welding Electrodes for
Shielded Metal Arc Welding; AWS A5.14, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
Bare Welding Electrodes and Rods; and AWS A5.22, Flux Cored
Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Steel
Electrodes.
323.3.1 General. When impact testing is required
by Table 323.2.2, provisions elsewhere in this Code, or
the engineering design, it shall be done in accordance
with Table 323.3.1 using the testing methods and acceptance criteria described in paras. 323.3.2 through 323.3.5.
48
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 323.2.2A Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
(See Table A-1 for Designated Curve for a Listed Material; see Table 323.2.2A for Tabular Values)
NOTES:
(1) Any carbon steel material may be used to a minimum temperature of −29°C (−20°F) for Category D Fluid Service.
(2) X Grades of API 5L, and ASTM A381 materials, may be used in accordance with Curve B if normalized or quenched and tempered.
(3) The following materials may be used in accordance with Curve D if normalized:
(a) ASTM A516 plate, all grades
(b) ASTM A671 pipe made from A516 plate, all grades
(c) ASTM A672 pipe made from A516 plate, all grades
(4) A welding procedure for the manufacture of pipe or components shall include impact testing of welds and HAZ for any design
minimum temperature below −29°C (−20°F), except as provided in Table 323.2.2, A-3(b).
(5) Impact testing in accordance with para. 323.3 is required for any design minimum temperature below −48°C (−55°F), except as
permitted by Note (3) in Table 323.2.2.
—
(6) For blind flanges and blanks, T shall be 1⁄4 of the flange thickness.
49
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table 323.2.2A Tabular Values for Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel
Materials (See Fig. 323.2.2A for Curves and Applicable Notes)
Lowest Exemption Temperature
Nominal
Thickness, T
[Note (6)]
mm
in.
6.4
7.9
9.5
Curve A
[Note (2)]
Curve B
[Note (3)]
°C
°F
0.25
0.3125
0.375
−9.4
−9.4
−9.4
10.0
11.1
12.7
14.3
15.9
0.394
0.4375
0.5
0.5625
0.625
17.5
19.1
20.6
22.2
23.8
Curve C
[Note (3)]
Curve D
°C
°F
°C
°F
°C
15
15
15
−28.9
−28.9
−28.9
−20
−20
−20
−48.3
−48.3
−48.3
−55
−55
−55
−48.3
−48.3
−48.3
−55
−55
−55
−9.4
−6.7
−1.1
2.8
6.1
15
20
30
37
43
−28.9
−28.9
−28.9
−21.7
−16.7
−20
−20
−20
−7
2
−48.3
−41.7
−37.8
−35.0
−32.2
−55
−43
−36
−31
−26
−48.3
−48.3
−48.3
−45.6
−43.9
−55
−55
−55
−50
−47
0.6875
0.75
0.8125
0.875
0.9375
8.9
11.7
14.4
16.7
18.3
48
53
58
62
65
−12.8
−9.4
−6.7
−3.9
−1.7
9
15
20
25
29
−29.4
−27.2
−25.0
−23.3
−21.7
−21
−17
−13
−10
−7
−41.7
−40.0
−38.3
−36.7
−35.6
−43
−40
−37
−34
−32
25.4
27.0
28.6
30.2
31.8
1.0
1.0625
1.125
1.1875
1.25
20.0
22.2
23.9
25.0
26.7
68
72
75
77
80
0.6
2.2
3.9
5.6
6.7
33
36
39
42
44
−19.4
−18.3
−16.7
−15.6
−14.4
−3
−1
2
4
6
−34.4
−33.3
−32.2
−30.6
−29.4
−30
−28
−26
−23
−21
33.3
34.9
36.5
38.1
1.3125
1.375
1.4375
1.5
27.8
28.9
30.0
31.1
82
84
86
88
7.8
8.9
9.4
10.6
46
48
49
51
−13.3
−12.2
−11.1
−10.0
8
10
12
14
−28.3
−27.8
−26.7
−25.6
−19
−18
−16
−14
39.7
41.3
42.9
44.5
46.0
1.5625
1.625
1.6875
1.75
1.8125
32.2
33.3
33.9
34.4
35.6
90
92
93
94
96
11.7
12.8
13.9
14.4
15.0
53
55
57
58
59
−8.9
−8.3
−7.2
−6.7
−5.6
16
17
19
20
22
−25.0
−23.9
−23.3
−22.2
−21.7
−13
−11
−10
−8
−7
47.6
49.2
50.8
51.6
1.875
1.9375
2.0
2.0325
36.1
36.7
37.2
37.8
97
98
99
100
16.1
16.7
17.2
17.8
61
62
63
64
−5.0
−4.4
−3.3
−2.8
23
24
26
27
−21.1
−20.6
−20.0
−19.4
−6
−5
−4
−3
54.0
55.6
57.2
58.7
60.3
2.125
2.1875
2.25
2.3125
2.375
38.3
38.9
38.9
39.4
40.0
101
102
102
103
104
18.3
18.9
19.4
20.0
20.6
65
66
67
68
69
−2.2
−1.7
−1.1
−0.6
0.0
28
29
30
31
32
−18.9
−18.3
−17.8
−17.2
−16.7
−2
−1
0
1
2
61.9
63.5
65.1
66.7
2.4375
2.5
2.5625
2.625
40.6
40.6
41.1
41.7
105
105
106
107
21.1
21.7
21.7
22.8
70
71
71
73
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.2
33
34
35
36
−16.1
−15.6
−15.0
−14.4
3
4
5
6
68.3
69.9
71.4
73.0
74.6
76.2
2.6875
2.75
2.8125
2.875
2.9375
3.0
41.7
42.2
42.2
42.8
42.8
43.3
107
108
108
109
109
110
22.8
23.3
23.9
24.4
25.0
25.0
73
74
75
76
77
77
2.8
3.3
3.9
4.4
4.4
5.0
37
38
39
40
40
41
−13.9
−13.3
−13.3
−12.8
−12.2
−11.7
7
8
8
9
10
11
50
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
°F
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 323.2.2B Reduction in Lowest Exemption Temperature Without Impact Testing
(14)
Temperature Reduction, ⬚F
20
1
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
217
110
120
0.9
0.8
0.7
Stress Ratio
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Temperature Reduction, ⬚C
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) The stress ratio is defined as the maximum of the following:
(1) circumferential pressure stress for the condition under consideration (based on minimum pipe wall thickness less allowances)
divided by the basic allowable stress at the condition under consideration.
(2) for piping components with pressure ratings, the pressure for the condition under consideration divided by the pressure rating at
the condition under consideration.
(3) combined stress due to pressure, dead loads, live loads, and displacement strain for the condition under consideration divided
by the basic allowable stress at the condition under consideration. In calculating this combined stress, the forces and moments
in the piping system for these combined sustained loads and displacement strains shall be calculated using nominal dimensions,
and the stresses shall be calculated using eqs. (23a) through (23d) with all of the stress indices taken as 1.0 (Ia p Ii p Io p
It p 1.0) and using section properties based on the nominal dimensions less corrosion, erosion, and mechanical allowances.
Also see Appendix F, para. F323.2.2.
(b) The stress ratio may be interpolated within the range 0.3 to 1.0.
51
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 323.3.1
(14)
Column A
Materials Tested by the Manufacturer [Note (1)]
or Those in Table 323.2.2 Requiring Impact Tests
Only on Welds
Tests on Materials
Test
Characteristics
Tests on Welds in Fabrication or Assembly
Impact Testing Requirements for Metals
Column B
Materials Not Tested by the Manufacturer or
Those Tested But Heat Treated During or After
Fabrication
Number of
tests
A-1 The greater of the number required by
(a) the material specification or
(b) the applicable specification listed in
para. 323.3.2 [Note (2)]
B-1 The number required by the applicable
specification listed in para. 323.3.2 [Note (2)]
Location and orientation
of specimens
2 As required by the applicable specification listed in para. 323.3.2.
Tests by
A-3 The manufacturer
Test piece for preparation of impact
specimens
4 One required for each welding procedure, for each type of filler metal (i.e., AWS E-XXXX classification),
and for each flux to be used. Test pieces shall be subjected to essentially the same heat treatment
(including time at temperature or temperatures and cooling rate) as the erected piping will have
received.
Number of test pieces
[Note (3)]
A-5
(a) One piece, thickness T, for each range of
material thickness from T/2 to T + 6 mm
(1⁄4 in.)
(b) Unless required by the engineering design,
pieces need not be made from each lot, nor
from material for each job, provided that
welds have been tested as required by Section 4 above, for the same type and grade
of material (or for the same P-Number and
Group Number in BPV Code, Section IX),
and of the same thickness range, and that
records of the tests are made available
Location and orientation
of specimens
6
Tests by
7 The fabricator or erector
B-3 The fabricator or erector
B-5
(a) One piece from each lot of material in each
specification and grade including heat treatment [Note (4)] unless
(b) Materials are qualified by the fabricator or
erector as specified in items B-1 and 2
above, in which case the requirements of
item A-5 apply
(a) Weld metal: across the weld, with notch in the weld metal; notch axis shall be normal to material
surface, with one face of specimen ≤ 1.5 mm (1⁄16 in.) from the material surface.
(b) Heat affected zone (HAZ): across the weld and long enough to locate notch in the HAZ after etching; notch axis shall be approximately normal to material surface and shall include as much as
possible of the HAZ in the fracture.
NOTES:
(1) A certified report of impact tests performed (after being appropriately heat treated as required by Table 323.2.2, item B-3) by the manufacturer shall be obtained as evidence that the material (including any welds used in its manufacture) meets the requirements of this
Code and that
(a) the tests were conducted on specimens representative of the material delivered to and used by the fabricator or erector, or
(b) the tests were conducted on specimens removed from test pieces of the material which received heat treatment separately in
the same manner as the material (including heat treatment by the manufacturer) so as to be representative of the finished piping
(2) If welding is used in manufacture, fabrication, or erection, tests of the HAZ will suffice for the tests of the base material.
(3) The test piece shall be large enough to permit preparing three specimens from the weld metal and three from the HAZ (if required) in
accordance with para. 323.3. If this is not possible, preparation of additional test pieces is required.
(4) For purposes of this requirement, “lot” means the quantity of material described under the “Number of tests” provision of the specification applicable to the product term (i.e., plate, pipe, etc.) listed in para. 323.3.2.
52
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 323.3.4 Charpy Impact Test
Temperature Reduction
323.3.2 Procedure. Impact testing of each product
form of material for any specification (including welds
in the components) shall be done using procedures and
apparatus in accordance with ASTM A370. For material
forms that are represented by the ASTM specifications
listed below, impact tests shall be conducted in conformance with those requirements as well. When conflicts
exist between the specific requirements of this Code and
the requirements of those specifications, the requirements of this Code shall take precedence.
Product Form
ASTM Spec. No.
Pipe
Tube
Fittings
Forgings
Castings
Bolting
Plate
A333
A334
A420
A350
A352
A320
A20
Actual
Material Thickness
[See Para. 323.3.4(b)]
or Charpy Impact
Specimen Width
Along the Notch
[Note (1)]
mm
in.
°C
0.394
0
0
9
8
0.354
0.315
0
0
0
0
7.5 (3⁄4 size bar)
7
6.67 (2⁄3 size bar)
0.295
0.276
0.262
2.8
4.4
5.6
5
8
10
6
5 (1⁄2 size bar)
4
0.236
0.197
0.157
8.3
11.1
16.7
15
20
30
3.33 (1⁄3 size bar)
3
2.5 (1⁄4 size bar)
0.131
0.118
0.098
19.4
22.2
27.8
35
40
50
10 (full size
standard bar)
GENERAL NOTE: Titles of referenced standards not listed in the
Specifications Index for Appendix A are A20 General Requirements
for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels and A370 Test Methods and
Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.
323.3.3 Test Specimens. Each set of impact test
specimens shall consist of three specimen bars. All
impact tests shall be made using standard 10 mm
(0.394 in.) square cross section Charpy V-notch specimen
bars, except when the material shape or thickness does
not permit. Charpy impact tests may be performed on
specimens of full material thickness, which may be
machined to remove surface irregularities. Alternatively,
such material may be reduced in thickness to produce
the largest possible Charpy subsize specimen. See
Table 323.3.4.
Temperature
Reduction
Below Design
Minimum
Temperature
°F
GENERAL NOTE: These temperature reduction criteria do not apply
when Table 323.3.5 specifies lateral expansion for minimum required
values.
NOTE:
(1) Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
be conducted at a temperature lower than the design
minimum temperature by an amount equal to the difference (referring to Table 323.3.4) between the temperature
reduction corresponding to the actual material thickness
and the temperature reduction corresponding to the
Charpy specimen width actually tested.
323.3.4 Test Temperatures. For all Charpy impact
tests, the test temperature criteria in para. 323.3.4(a) or
(b) shall be observed. The test specimens, as well as the
handling tongs, shall be cooled for a sufficient length of
time to reach the test temperature.
(a) For Materials of Thickness Equal to or Greater Than
10 mm (0.394 in.). Where the largest attainable Charpy
V-notch specimen has a width along the notch of at least
8 mm (0.315 in.), the Charpy test using such a specimen
shall be conducted at a temperature not higher than
the design minimum temperature. Where the largest
possible test specimen has a width along the notch less
than 8 mm, the test shall be conducted at a temperature
lower than the design minimum temperature by the
amount shown in Table 323.3.4 for that specimen width.
(b) For Materials With Thickness Less Than 10 mm
(0.394 in.). Where the largest attainable Charpy V-notch
specimen has a width along the notch of at least 80%
of the material thickness, the Charpy test of such a specimen shall be conducted at a temperature not higher than
the design minimum temperature. Where the largest
possible test specimen has a width along the notch of
less than 80% of the material thickness, the test shall
323.3.5 Acceptance Criteria
(a) Minimum Energy Requirements. Except for bolting
materials, the applicable minimum energy requirement
for carbon and low alloy steels with specified minimum
tensile strengths less than 656 MPa (95 ksi) shall be those
shown in Table 323.3.5.
(b) Lateral Expansion Requirements. Other carbon and
low alloy steels having specified minimum tensile
strengths equal to or greater than 656 MPa (95 ksi), all
bolting materials, and all high alloy steels (P-Nos. 6, 7,
and 8) shall have a lateral expansion opposite the notch
of not less than 0.38 mm (0.015 in.) for all specimen
sizes. The lateral expansion is the increase in width of
the broken impact specimen over that of the unbroken
specimen measured on the compression side, parallel to
the line constituting the bottom of the V-notch (see
ASTM A370).
(c) Weld Impact Test Requirements. Where two base
metals having different required impact energy values
53
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 323.3.5 Minimum Required Charpy V-Notch Impact Values
Energy [Note (2)]
Specified Minimum
Tensile Strength
Fully Deoxidized
Steels
No. of Specimens
[Note (1)]
Other Than Fully
Deoxidized Steels
Joules
ft-lbf
Joules
ft-lbf
(a) Carbon and Low Alloy Steels
448 MPa (65 ksi) and less
Average for 3 specimens
Minimum for 1 specimen
18
14
13
10
14
10
10
7
Over 448 to 517 MPa (75 ksi)
Average for 3 specimens
Minimum for 1 specimen
20
16
15
12
18
14
13
10
Over 517 but not incl. 656 MPa (95 ksi)
Average for 3 specimens
Minimum for 1 specimen
27
20
20
15
...
...
...
...
Lateral Expansion
656 MPa and over [Note (3)]
Minimum for 3 specimens
0.38 mm (0.015 in.)
(b) Steels in P-Nos. 6, 7, and 8
Minimum for 3 specimens
0.38 mm (0.015 in.)
NOTES:
(1) See para. 323.3.5(d) for permissible retests.
(2) Energy values in this Table are for standard size specimens. For subsize specimens, these values shall be multiplied by the ratio of the
actual specimen width to that of a full-size specimen, 10 mm (0.394 in.).
(3) For bolting of this strength level in nominal sizes M 52 (2 in.) and under, the impact requirements of ASTM A320 may be applied. For
bolting over M 52, requirements of this Table shall apply.
are joined by welding, the impact test energy requirements shall conform to the requirements of the base
material having a specified minimum tensile strength
most closely matching the specified minimum tensile
strength of the weld metal.
(d) Retests
(1) For Absorbed Energy Criteria. When the average
value of the three specimens equals or exceeds the minimum value permitted for a single specimen and the
value for more than one specimen is below the required
average value, or when the value for one specimen is
below the minimum value permitted for a single specimen, a retest of three additional specimens shall be
made. The value for each of these retest specimens shall
equal or exceed the required average value.
(2) For Lateral Expansion Criterion. If the value of
lateral expansion for one specimen in a group of three
is below 0.38 mm (0.015 in.) but not below 0.25 mm
(0.01 in.), and if the average value for three specimens
equals or exceeds 0.38 mm (0.015 in.), a retest of three
additional specimens may be made, each of which must
equal or exceed the specified minimum value of 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.). In the case of heat treated materials, if the
required values are not obtained in the retest or if the
values in the initial test are below the minimum allowed
for retest, the material may be reheat treated and
retested. After reheat treatment, a set of three specimens
shall be made. For acceptance, the lateral expansion of
each of the specimens must equal or exceed the specified
minimum value of 0.38 mm (0.015 in.).
(3) For Erratic Test Results. When an erratic result
is caused by a defective specimen or there is uncertainty
in the test procedure, a retest will be allowed.
323.4 Fluid Service Requirements for Materials
323.4.1 General. Requirements in para. 323.4 apply
to pressure-containing parts. They do not apply to materials used for supports, gaskets, packing, or bolting. See
also Appendix F, para. F323.4.
323.4.2 Specific Requirements
(a) Ductile Iron. Ductile iron shall not be used for pressure containing parts at temperatures below −29°C
(−20°F) (except austenitic ductile iron) or above 343°C
(650°F). Austenitic ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A571 may be used at temperatures below −29°C
(−20°F) down to the temperature of the impact test conducted in accordance with that specification but not
below −196°C (−320°F).
Valves having bodies and bonnets or covers made of
materials conforming to ASTM A395 and meeting the
requirements of ASME B16.42 and additional requirements of ASME B16.34 Standard Class, API 594, API 599,
or API 609 may be used within the pressure–temperature
ratings given in ASME B16.42.
54
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Welding shall not be performed in the fabrication or
repair of ductile iron components nor in assembly of
such components in a piping system.
(b) Other Cast Irons. The following shall not be used
under severe cyclic conditions. If safeguarding is provided against excessive heat and thermal shock and
mechanical shock and abuse, they may be used in other
services subject to the following requirements.
(1) Gray iron shall not be used above ground within
process unit limits in hydrocarbon or other flammable
fluid service at temperatures above 149°C (300°F) nor
at gage pressures above 1 035 kPa (150 psi). In other
locations the pressure limit shall be 2 760 kPa (400 psi).
(2) Malleable iron shall not be used in any fluid
service at temperatures below −29°C (−20°F) or above
343°C (650°F) and shall not be used in flammable fluid
service at temperatures above 149°C (300°F) nor at gage
pressures above 2 760 kPa (400 psi).
(3) High silicon iron (14.5% Si) shall not be used in
flammable fluid service. The manufacturer should be
consulted for pressure–temperature ratings and for precautionary measures when using this material.
(c) Other Materials
(1) If welding or thermal cutting is performed on
aluminum castings, the stress values in Appendix A and
component ratings listed in Table 326.1 are not applicable. It is the designer’s responsibility to establish such
stresses and ratings consistent with the requirements of
this Code.
(2) Lead and tin and their alloys shall not be used
in flammable fluid services.
been shear tested and meets all shear test requirements
of the applicable ASTM specification. The allowable
stress for each material (base and cladding) shall be
taken from Appendix A, or determined in accordance
with the rules in para. 302.3, provided, however, that
the allowable stress used for the cladding portion of the
design thickness shall never be greater than the allowable stress used for the base portion.
(b) For all other metallic clad or lined piping components, the base metal shall be an acceptable Code material as defined in para. 323.1 and the thickness used in
pressure design in accordance with para. 304 shall not
include the thickness of the cladding or lining. The
allowable stress used shall be that for the base metal
at the design temperature. For such components, the
cladding or lining may be any material that, in the judgment of the user, is suitable for the intended service and
for the method of manufacture and assembly of the
piping component.
(c) Except for components designed in accordance
with provisions of para. 323 4.3(a), fluid service requirements for materials stated in this Code shall not restrict
their use as cladding or lining in pipe or other components. Fluid service requirements for the outer material
(including those for components and joints) shall govern,
except that temperature limitations of both inner and
outer materials, and of any bond between them, shall
be considered.
(d) Fabrication by welding of clad or lined piping
components and the inspection and testing of such components shall be done in accordance with applicable
provisions of the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1,
UCL-30 through UCL-52, or the provisions of Chapters V
and VI of this Code, whichever are more stringent.
323.4.3 Cladding and Lining Materials. Materials
with metallic cladding or metallic lining may be used
in accordance with the following provisions:
(a) If piping components are made from integrally
clad plate conforming to
(1) ASTM A263, Corrosion-Resisting Chromium
Steel Clad Plate, Sheet, and Strip
(2) ASTM A264, Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel
Clad Plate, Sheet, and Strip
(3) ASTM A265, Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy Clad
Plate, Sheet, and Strip
323.5 Deterioration of Materials in Service
Selection of material to resist deterioration in service
is not within the scope of this Code. See para. 300(c)(6).
Recommendations based on experience are presented
for guidance in Appendix F, para. F323.
325 MATERIALS — MISCELLANEOUS
325.1 Joining and Auxiliary Materials
Then pressure design in accordance with rules in
para. 304 may be based upon the total thickness of base
metal and cladding after any allowance for corrosion
has been deducted, provided that both the base metal
and the cladding metal are acceptable for Code use
under para. 323.1, and provided that the clad plate has
When selecting materials such as adhesives, cements,
solvents, solders, brazing materials, packing, and
O-rings for making or sealing joints, the designer shall
consider their suitability for the fluid service. (Consideration should also be given to the possible effects of the
joining or auxiliary materials on the fluid handled.)
55
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter IV
Standards for Piping Components
326 DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS OF
COMPONENTS
requirements of applicable standards listed in
Table 326.1 or Appendix A.
326.1 Dimensional Requirements
326.2 Ratings of Components
326.1.1 Listed Piping Components. Dimensional
standards 1 for piping components are listed in
Table 326.1. Dimensional requirements contained in
specifications listed in Appendix A shall also be considered requirements of this Code.
326.2.1 Listed Components. The pressure–
temperature ratings of components listed in Table 326.1
are accepted for pressure design in accordance with
para. 303.
326.2.2 Unlisted Components. The pressure–
temperature ratings of unlisted piping components shall
conform to the applicable provisions of para. 304.
326.1.2 Unlisted Piping Components. Piping components not listed in Table 326.1 or Appendix A shall
meet the pressure design requirements described in
para. 302.2.3 and the mechanical strength requirements
described in para. 302.5.
326.3 Reference Documents
The documents listed in Table 326.1 contain references
to codes, standards, and specifications not listed in
Table 326.1. Such unlisted codes, standards, and specifications shall be used only in the context of the listed
documents in which they appear.
The design, materials, fabrication, assembly, examination, inspection, and testing requirements of this Code
are not applicable to components manufactured in accordance with the documents listed in Table 326.1, unless
specifically stated in this Code, or the listed document.
326.1.3 Threads. The dimensions of piping connection threads not otherwise covered by a governing component standard or specification shall conform to the
1
It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard
throughout the Code text. Instead, the approved edition references,
along with the names and address of sponsoring organizations,
are shown in Appendix E.
56
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 326.1 Component Standards
(14)
Standard or Specification
Designation
Bolting
Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASME B18.2.1
ASME B18.2.2
Metallic Fittings, Valves, and Flanges
Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gray Iron Threaded Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Face-to-Face and End-To-End Dimensions of Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts With Pipe Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250 [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, 600, 900,
Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orifice Flanges, Class 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions, Class 150, 250, and 300 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300. . . . . . . . . . .
Large Diameter Steel Flanges, NPS 26 Through NPS 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel Line Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brazing Joints for Copper and Copper Alloy Pressure Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bioprocessing Equipment [Note (2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
1500, and 2500 .
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASME B16.1
ASME B16.3
ASME B16.4
ASME B16.5
ASME B16.9
ASME B16.10
ASME B16.11
ASME B16.14
ASME B16.15
ASME B16.18
ASME B16.22
ASME B16.24
ASME B16.26
ASME B16.34
ASME B16.36
ASME B16.39
ASME B16.42
ASME B16.47
ASME B16.48
ASME B16.50
ASME BPE
Pipeline Valves [Note (3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Steel Pressure-Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Plug Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries.
Corrosion-Resistant, Bolted Bonnet Gate Valves — Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Ball Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Butterfly Valves: Double-flanged, Lug- and Wafer-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
API 6D
API 526
API 594
API 599
API 600
API 602
API 603
API 608
API 609
Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 Inch Through 48 Inch (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other
Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4 inch Through 144 inch (100 mm Through 3,600 mm) . . .
Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings . . . . . . . .
Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Class 150 (PN 20) Corrosion Resistant Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves With Flanged and Butt Weld Ends . . .
Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings Including Reference to Other Corrosion Resistant Materials [Note (4)]
Steel Pipeline Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bypass and Drain Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Class 150LW Corrosion Resistant Flanges and Cast Flanged Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Pressure Chemical Industry Flanges and Threaded Stubs for Use with Lens Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ball Valves With Flanged or Buttwelding Ends for General Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications for High Test Wrought Buttwelding Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gray Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Socket-Welding Reducer Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
57
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
C110
C115
C207
C208
C500
C504
MSS SP-6
MSS SP-9
MSS SP-25
MSS SP-42
MSS SP-43
MSS SP-44
MSS SP-45
MSS SP-51
MSS SP-65
MSS SP-70
MSS SP-71
MSS SP-72
MSS SP-75
MSS SP-78
MSS SP-79
MSS SP-80
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 326.1 Component Standards (Cont‘d)
(14)
Standard or Specification
Designation
Metallic Fittings, Valves, and Flanges (Cont’d)
Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged, Knife Gate Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Class 3000 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and Threaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diaphragm Type Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swage(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings — Socket Welding, Threaded, and Buttwelding
Instrument Valves for Code Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cast Copper Alloy Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 125, 150, and 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory-Made Wrought Belled End Socket Welding Fittings [Note (5)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....
....
....
....
....
Ends.
....
....
....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
MSS SP-81
MSS SP-83
MSS SP-85
MSS SP-88
MSS SP-95
MSS SP-97
MSS SP-105
MSS SP-106
MSS SP-119
Refrigeration Tube Fittings — General Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Tube Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Flanged Tube, Pipe, and Hose Connections, Four-Bolt Split Flanged Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SAE J513
SAE J514
SAE J518
Metallic Pipe and Tubes [Note (6)]
Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges
Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel Water Pipe 6 inches (150 mm) and Larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASME B36.10M
ASME B36.19M
AWWA C115
AWWA C150
AWWA C151
AWWA C200
Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hose Coupling Screw Threads (Inch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges — Ring: Joint, Spiral Wound, and Jacketed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buttwelding Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness, and Lay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermowells [Note (7)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Threading, Gaging and Thread Inspection of Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASME B1.1
.
ASME B1.20.1
.
ASME B1.20.3
.
ASME B1.20.7
.
ASME B16.20
.
ASME B16.21
.
ASME B16.25
.
ASME B46.1
. ASME PTC 19.3 TW
.
API 5B
Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. . .
Grooved and Shouldered Joints [Note (8)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Metal Hose [Notes (9) and (10)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Hangers and Supports — Materials, Design, and Manufacture.
Standard for Fire Hose Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Miscellaneous
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
AWWA C111
AWWA C606
BS 6501, Part 1
MSS SP-58
NFPA 1963
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code text. Instead, the approved edition references,
along with the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown in Appendix E.
(b) Many of the listed standards allow the use of unlisted materials; see para. 323.1.2.
NOTES:
(1) This standard allows straight pipe threads in sizes ≤ DN 15 (NPS 1⁄2); see para. 314.2.1(d).
(2) Part DT of ASME BPE covers dimensions and tolerances for stainless steel automatic welding and hygienic clamp tube fittings and
process components.
(3) API 6D allows design and calculations for pressure-containing elements to be in accordance with various internationally recognized
design codes or standards. Only API 6D valves with design and calculations for pressure-containing elements in accordance with
ASME B16.34 are considered a “listed component” for the purpose of this Code.
(4) Cautionary Note: See MSS SP-43 (Section 3) for specific pressure–temperature ratings of available thicknesses of Class CR fittings.
The ratings for MSS SP-43 fittings cannot be calculated based on straight seamless pipe such as is done, for example, for
ASME B16.9 buttwelding fittings.
58
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 326.1 Component Standards (Cont‘d)
NOTES (Cont‘d):
(5) MSS SP-119 includes three classes of fittings: MP, MARINE, and CR. Only the MP class fittings are considered a “Listed Component”
for the purpose of this Code. Cautionary Note: See MSS SP-119 (Section 6) for special provisions concerning ratings. (In accordance
with MSS SP-119, the pressure ratings for MP class fittings are 87.5% of those calculated for straight seamless pipe of minimum
wall thickness.)
(6) See also Appendix A.
(7) ASME PTC 19.3 TW allows mechanical design of thermowells to be in accordance with various design codes. Only PTC 19.3 TW
thermowells with design and calculations for pressure-containing elements in accordance with ASME B31.3 are considered a “listed
component” for the purpose of this Code.
(8) For use with this Code, the rated pressure of components covered by this standard shall be based on no greater than one-third the
hydrostatic test failure pressure (the pressure at fracture or leakage), rather than one-half the hydrostatic test failure pressure
specified in AWWA C606.
(9) Welding and brazing to be in accordance with paras. 328 and 333, respectively in lieu of the referenced specifications in this
standard.
(10) This standard contains recommended materials of construction for certain chemical services; the responsibility for the ultimate
selection of material is the responsibility of the Owner and is, therefore, not within the scope of this Code.
59
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter V
Fabrication, Assembly, and Erection
327 GENERAL
(b) The employer has qualified at least one welder,
brazer, or operator following each WPS or BPS.
(c) The employer’s business name shall be shown on
each WPS and BPS, and on each qualification record. In
addition, qualification records shall be signed and dated
by the employer, thereby accepting responsibility for the
qualifications performed by others.
Metallic piping materials and components are prepared for assembly and erection by one or more of the
fabrication processes covered in paras. 328, 330, 331, 332,
and 333. When any of these processes is used in assembly
or erection, requirements are the same as for fabrication.
328.2.3 Performance Qualification by Others. In
order to avoid duplication of effort and subject to the
approval of the owner, an employer may accept the
performance qualification of a welder, brazer, or operator made by a previous employer. This acceptance is
limited to performance qualifications that were made
on pipe or tube test coupons. The new employer shall
have the WPS or BPS that was followed during qualification or an equivalent WPS or BPS that is within the
limits of the essential variables set forth in Section IX.
An employer accepting such qualification tests shall
obtain a copy of the performance qualification test
record from the previous employer. The record shall
show the name of the employer by whom the welder,
brazer, or operator was qualified and the date of that
qualification. Evidence shall also be provided that the
welder, brazer, or operator has maintained qualification
in accordance with QW-322 and QB-322 of Section IX,
except that this evidence may be provided by an
employer responsible for the individual’s welding or
brazing performance even if not the original qualifying
employer. The new employer’s business name shall be
shown on the qualification record, and it shall be signed
and dated by the employer, thereby accepting responsibility for the qualifications performed by others.
328 WELDING AND BRAZING
Welding and brazing shall conform to the requirements of this Chapter and the applicable requirements
of para. 311.2.
328.1 Responsibility
Each employer is responsible for
(a) the welding and brazing performed by personnel
of its organization
(b) conducting the qualification tests required to qualify the welding or brazing procedure specifications used
by personnel in its organization, except as provided in
paras. 328.2.1 and 328.2.2
(c) conducting the qualification tests required to qualify the welders, brazers, and operators, except as provided in para. 328.2.3
328.2 Welding and Brazing Qualification
Welding and brazing procedure specifications (WPSs
and BPSs) to be followed in production welding shall
be prepared and qualified, and welders, brazers, and
operators shall be qualified as required by the
ASME BPV Code, Section IX except as modified by
para. 333 for brazing of Category D Fluid Service piping
and by the following subparagraphs.
328.2.4 Qualification Records. The employer shall
maintain copies of the procedure and performance qualification records specified by Section IX that shall be
available to the Inspector at the location where welding
is being done.
328.2.1 Standard
Welding
Procedure
Specifications. Standard welding procedure specifications published by the American Welding Society and
listed in Mandatory Appendix E of Section IX are permitted for Code construction within the limitations
established by Article V of Section IX.
328.3 Welding Materials
328.2.2 Procedure Qualification by Others. In order
to avoid duplication of effort and subject to the approval
of the owner, WPSs and BPSs qualified by a technically
competent group or agency may be used provided the
following are met:
(a) The procedures meet the requirements of
Section IX and any additional qualification requirements
of this Code.
328.3.1 Electrodes and Filler Metal. Welding electrodes and filler metal, including consumable inserts,
shall conform to the requirements of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code, Section II, Part C. An electrode
or filler metal not conforming to the above may be used
provided the WPS and the welders who will follow the
WPS have been qualified as required by
ASME Section IX. Unless otherwise specified by the
60
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
328.4.2 End Preparation
(a) General
(1) End preparation is acceptable only if the surface
is reasonably smooth and true, and slag from oxygen
or arc cutting is cleaned from thermally cut surfaces.
Discoloration remaining on a thermally cut surface is
not considered detrimental oxidation.
(2) End preparation for groove welds specified in
ASME B16.25, or any other that meets the WPS, is acceptable. [For convenience, the basic bevel angles of
ASME B16.25 and some additional J-bevel angles are
shown in Fig. 328.4.2, illustrations (a) and (b).]
(b) Circumferential Welds
(1) If component ends are trimmed as shown in
Fig. 328.3.2, illustration (a) or (b) to fit backing rings or
consumable inserts, or as shown in Fig. 328.4.3, illustration (a) or (b) to correct internal misalignment, such
trimming shall not reduce the finished wall thickness
below the required minimum wall thickness, tm.
(2) Component ends may be bored to allow for a
completely recessed backing ring, provided the
remaining net thickness of the finished ends is not less
than tm.
(3) It is permissible to size pipe ends of the same
nominal size to improve alignment if wall thickness
requirements are maintained.
(4) Where necessary, weld metal may be deposited
inside or outside of the component to permit alignment
or provide for machining to ensure satisfactory seating
of rings or inserts.
(5) When a girth or miter groove weld joins components of unequal wall thickness and one is more than
11⁄2 times the thickness of the other, end preparation and
geometry shall be in accordance with acceptable designs
for unequal wall thickness in ASME B16.25.
(6) Buttweld fittings manufactured in accordance
with ASME B16.9 may be trimmed to produce an angular
joint offset in their connections to pipe or to other buttweld fittings without being subject to design qualifications in accordance with para. 304.7.2 provided the total
angular offset produced between the two jointed parts
does not exceed 3 deg.
Designer, welding electrodes and filler metals used shall
produce weld metal that complies with the following:
(a) The nominal tensile strength of the weld metal
shall equal or exceed the minimum specified tensile
strength of the base metals being joined, or the weaker
of the two if base metals of two different strengths are
being joined.
(b) The nominal chemical analysis of the weld metal
shall be similar to the nominal chemical analysis of the
major alloying elements of the base metal (e.g., 21⁄4% Cr,
1% Mo steels should be joined using 21⁄4% Cr, 1% Mo
filler metals).
(c) If base metals of different chemical analysis are
being joined, the nominal chemical analysis of the weld
metal shall be similar to either base metal or an intermediate composition, except as specified below for austenitic steels joined to ferritic steels.
(d) When austenitic steels are joined to ferritic steels,
the weld metal shall have a predominantly austenitic
microstructure.
(e) For nonferrous metals, the weld metal shall be that
recommended by the manufacturer of the nonferrous
base metal or by industry associations for that metal.
328.3.2 Weld Backing Material. When backing rings
are used, they shall conform to the following:
(a) Ferrous Metal Backing Rings. These shall be of
weldable quality. Sulfur content shall not exceed 0.05%.
(b) If two abutting surfaces are to be welded to a third
member used as a backing ring and one or two of the
three members are ferritic and the other member or
members are austenitic, the satisfactory use of such
materials shall be demonstrated by welding procedure
qualified as required by para. 328.2.
Backing rings may be of the continuous machined or
split-band type. Some commonly used types are shown
in Fig. 328.3.2.
(c) Nonferrous and Nonmetallic Backing Rings. Backing
rings of nonferrous or nonmetallic material may be used,
provided the designer approves their use and the welding procedure using them is qualified as required by
para. 328.2.
328.3.3 Consumable Inserts. Consumable inserts
may be used, provided they are of the same nominal
composition as the filler metal, will not cause detrimental alloying of the weld metal, and the welding procedure
using them is qualified as required by para. 328.2. Some
commonly used types are shown in Fig. 328.3.2.
328.4.3 Alignment
(a) Circumferential Welds
(1) Inside surfaces of components at ends to be
joined in girth or miter groove welds shall be aligned
within the dimensional limits in the WPS and the engineering design.
(2) If the external surfaces of the components are
not aligned, the weld shall be tapered between them.
(b) Longitudinal Welds. Alignment of longitudinal
groove welds (not made in accordance with a standard
listed in Table A-1 or Table 326.1) shall conform to the
requirements of para. 328.4.3(a).
328.4 Preparation for Welding
328.4.1 Cleaning. Internal and external surfaces to
be thermally cut or welded shall be clean and free from
paint, oil, rust, scale, and other material that would be
detrimental to either the weld or the base metal when
heat is applied.
61
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 328.3.2 Typical Backing Rings and Consumable Inserts
NOTE:
(1) Refer to ASME B16.25 for detailed dimensional information on welding ends.
Fig. 328.4.2 Typical Butt Weld End Preparation
Fig. 328.4.3 Trimming and Permitted Misalignment
62
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 328.4.4 Preparation for Branch Connections
(c) Branch Connection Welds
(1) Branch connections that abut the outside surface
of the run pipe shall be contoured for groove welds that
meet the WPS requirements [see Fig. 328.4.4, illustrations
(a) and (b)].
(2) Branch connections that are inserted through a
run opening shall be inserted at least as far as the inside
surface of the run pipe at all points [see Fig. 328.4.4,
illustration (c)] and shall otherwise conform to
para. 328.4.3(c)(1).
(3) Run openings for branch connections shall not
deviate from the required contour more than the dimension m in Fig. 328.4.4. In no case shall deviations of the
shape of the opening cause the root spacing tolerance
limits in the WPS to be exceeded. Weld metal may be
added and refinished if necessary for compliance.
(d) Spacing. The root opening of the joint shall be
within the tolerance limits in the WPS.
(d) Peening is prohibited on the root pass and final
pass of a weld.
(e) No welding shall be done if there is impingement
on the weld area of rain, snow, sleet, or excessive wind,
or if the weld area is frosted or wet.
(f) Welding End Valves. The welding sequence and
procedure and any heat treatment for a welding end
valve shall be such as to preserve the seat tightness of
the valve.
328.5.2 Fillet and Socket Welds. Fillet welds
(including socket welds) may vary from convex to concave. The size of a fillet weld is determined as shown
in Fig. 328.5.2A.
(a) Typical weld details for slip-on and socket welding
flanges are shown in Fig. 328.5.2B; minimum welding
dimensions for other socket welding components are
shown in Fig. 328.5.2C or MSS SP-119.
(b) If slip-on flanges are single welded, the weld shall
be at the hub.
328.5 Welding Requirements
328.5.1 General
(a) Welds, including addition of weld metal for alignment [paras. 328.4.2(b)(4) and 328.4.3(c)(3)], shall be
made in accordance with a qualified procedure and by
qualified welders or welding operators.
(b) Each qualified welder and welding operator shall
be assigned an identification symbol. Unless otherwise
specified in the engineering design, each pressurecontaining weld or adjacent area shall be marked with
the identification symbol of the welder or welding operator. In lieu of marking the weld, appropriate records
shall be filed.
(c) Tack welds at the root of the joint shall be made
with filler metal equivalent to that used in the root pass.
Tack welds shall be made by a qualified welder or welding operator. Tack welds shall be fused with the root
pass weld, except that those that have cracked shall be
removed. Bridge tacks (above the weld) shall be
removed.
328.5.3 Seal Welds. Seal welding shall be done by
a qualified welder. Seal welds shall cover all exposed
threads.
328.5.4 Welded Branch Connections
(a) Figures 328.5.4A through 328.5.4F show acceptable details of branch connections with and without
added reinforcement, in which the branch pipe is connected directly to the run pipe. The illustrations are
typical and are not intended to exclude acceptable types
of construction not shown.
(b) Figure 328.5.4D shows basic types of weld attachments used in the fabrication of branch connections. The
location and minimum size of attachment welds shall
conform to the requirements herein. Welds shall be calculated in accordance with para. 304.3.3 but shall be not
less than the sizes shown in Fig. 328.5.4D. Figure 328.5.4F
shows the basic types of attachment welds used with
integrally reinforced branch connection fittings. The
63
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 328.5.2A Fillet Weld Size
GENERAL NOTE: The size of an equal leg fillet weld is the leg
length of the largest inscribed isosceles right triangle (theoretical
throat p 0.707 ⴛ size).
GENERAL NOTE: The size of unequal leg fillet weld is the leg
lengths of the largest right triangle which can be inscribed
within the weld cross section [e.g., 13 mm ⴛ 19 mm (1⁄2 in.
ⴛ 3⁄4 in.)].
Fig. 328.5.2B Typical Details for Double-Welded Slip-On and Socket Welding Flange Attachment Welds
Fig. 328.5.2C Minimum Welding Dimensions for Socket Welding Components Other Than Flanges
Tw = nominal pipe wall thickness
Cx
Cx
Cx (min.) = 1.09 Tw or the thickness
of the socket wall,
whichever is smaller
Approximately 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) gap
before welding
Socket wall thickness
64
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Figs. 328.5.4A, B, C Typical Welded Branch Connections
Fig. 328.5.4D Acceptable Details for Branch Attachment Welds
GENERAL NOTE:
These sketches show minimum acceptable welds. Welds may be larger than those shown here.
Fig. 328.5.4E Acceptable Details for Branch Attachment Suitable for 100% Radiography
65
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 328.5.4F Acceptable Details for Integrally Reinforced Branch Connections
(14)
Manufacturer’s weld
line (if applicable)
Note (1)
Manufacturer’s weld
line (if applicable)
Note (1)
Note (2)
(a) Transverse
(b) Longitudinal
Manufacturer’s weld
line (if applicable)
Manufacturer’s weld
line (if applicable)
Note (3)
Crotch
Heel
Note (3)
Note (3)
Note (2)
(c) Transverse
(d) Longitudinal
Crotch
Manufacturer’s weld
line (if applicable)
Note (3)
Manufacturer’s weld
line (if applicable)
Note (1)
Note (2)
Heel
Note (3)
Note (3)
(e) Transverse
GENERAL NOTE:
(f) Longitudinal
Welds shall be in accordance with para. 328.5.4(i).
NOTES:
(1) Cover fillet weld shall provide a smooth transition to the run pipe with an equal leg fillet at the longitudinal section to an equal leg
fillet, unequal (oblique) leg fillet, or groove butt joint at the transverse section (depending on branch connection size).
(2) Heat treatment requirements shall be in accordance with para. 331.1.3(a).
(3) Cover fillet weld shall provide a smooth transition to the run pipe with an equal leg fillet at the crotch in the longitudinal section to an
equal leg filet, unequal (oblique) leg fillet, or groove butt joint at the transverse section (depending on branch connection size) to
nothing at the heel of the branch connection fitting in the longitudinal section.
66
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
cover fillets having a throat dimension not less than tc.
The cover fillet weld shall fill and smoothly transition
to the attachment weld and run pipe or fitting.
location and the minimum size of the attachment welds
shall conform to the requirements of subpara. (i) below.
(c) The nomenclature and symbols used herein, in
Fig. 328.5.4D, and in Fig. 328.5.4F are
T b p nominal thickness of branch
T h p nominal thickness of header
T m p nominal thickness of the branch weld for integrally reinforced branch connection fittings,
either
(1) as specified by the manufacturer of the
branch connection fitting
(2) the full depth of the resultant weld
groove, after fit-up, if no manufacturer’s weld
thickness is specified
(3) as documented and specified in the engineering design in accordance with
para. 300(c)(3), or
(4) calculated and documented in accordance with the requirements of para. 304.7.2
T r p nominal thickness of reinforcing pad or saddle
tc p lesser of 0.7T b or 6 mm (1⁄4 in.)
t min p lesser of T b or T r
328.5.5 Fabricated Laps. Figure 328.5.5 shows typical fabricated laps. Fabrication shall be in accordance
with the applicable requirements of para. 328.5.4.
328.5.6 Welding for Severe Cyclic Conditions. A
welding procedure shall be employed that provides a
smooth, regular, fully penetrated inner surface.
328.6 Weld Repair
A weld defect to be repaired shall be removed to sound
metal. Repair welds shall be made using a welding procedure qualified in accordance with para. 328.2.1, recognizing that the cavity to be repaired may differ in contour
and dimensions from the original joint. Repair welds
shall be made by welders or welding operators qualified
in accordance with para. 328.2.1. Preheating and heat
treatment shall be as required for the original welding.
See also para. 341.3.3.
328.7 Attachment Welds
(d) Branch connections, including branch connection
fittings (see paras. 300.2 and 304.3.2), that abut the outside of the run or that are inserted in an opening in the
run shall be attached by fully penetrated groove welds.
The welds shall be finished with cover fillet welds having
a throat dimension not less than tc. See Fig. 328.5.4D,
illustrations (1) and (2).
(e) A reinforcing pad or saddle shall be attached to
the branch pipe by either
(1) a fully penetrated groove weld finished with a
cover fillet weld having a throat dimension not less than
tc, or
(2) a fillet weld having a throat dimension not less
than 0.7t min . See Fig. 328.5.4D, illustration (5).
(f) The outer edge of a reinforcing pad or saddle shall
be attached to the run pipe by a fillet weld having a
throat dimension not less than 0.5T r . See Fig. 328.5.4D,
illustrations (3), (4), and (5).
(g) Reinforcing pads and saddles shall have a good
fit with the parts to which they are attached. A vent
hole shall be provided at the side (not at the crotch) of
any pad or saddle to reveal leakage in the weld between
branch and run and to allow venting during welding
and heat treatment. A pad or saddle may be made in
more than one piece if joints between pieces have
strength equivalent to pad or saddle parent metal, and
if each piece has a vent hole.
(h) Examination and any necessary repairs of the
completed weld between branch and run shall be made
before adding a pad or saddle.
(i) Figure 328.5.4F shows additional integrally reinforced branch connections typical of MSS SP-97 fittings
that abut the outside of the run attached by a full penetration groove weld. The welds shall be finished with
(14)
Structural attachments may be made by complete penetration, partial penetration, or fillet welds.
Low energy capacitor discharge welding may be used
for welding temporary attachments (e.g., thermocouples) and permanent nonstructural attachments without
preheat above 10°C (50°F) or subsequent postweld heat
treatment on P-No. 1 through P-No. 5B and P-No. 15E
materials, provided
(a) a Welding Procedure Specification is prepared,
describing the low energy capacitor discharge equipment, the combination of materials to be joined, and the
technique of application; qualification of the welding
procedure is not required
(b) the energy output of the welding process is limited
to 125 W-sec
(c) for P-No. 5A, P-No. 5B, and P-No. 15E materials,
the maximum carbon content of the material is 0.15%
(d) after thermocouples are removed, the areas shall
be visually examined for evidence of defects to be
repaired
330 PREHEATING
330.1 General
The preheat requirements herein apply to all types of
welding, including tack welds, repair welds, and seal
welds on threaded joints.
330.1.1 Requirements. Unless specified otherwise
in the engineering design, the minimum preheat temperatures for materials of various P-Numbers are given in
Table 330.1.1. The thickness intended in Table 330.1.1 is
that of the nominal thickness of the thicker component
[as defined in para. 331.1.3(c)]. Higher minimum preheat
67
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 328.5.5 Typical Fabricated Laps
GENERAL NOTE: Laps shall be machined (front and back) or trued after welding. Plate flanges in accordance with para. 304.5 or lap joint
flanges in accordance with ASME B16.5 may be used. Welds may be machined to radius, as in sketch (e), if necessary to match ASME B16.5
lap joint flanges.
Table 330.1.1 Preheat Temperatures
(14)
Base
Metal
P-No.
[Note (1)]
Greater
Material
Thickness
Base Metal Group
mm
Additional Limits
[Note (2)]
in.
Required Minimum Temperature
°C
°F
1
Carbon steel
≤25
>25
>25
≤1
>1
>1
%C > 0.30 [Note (3)]
%C ≤ 0.30 [Note (3)]
%C > 0.30 [Note (3)]
10
10
95
50
50
200
3
Alloy steel, Cr ≤ 1⁄2%
≤13
>13
All
≤1⁄2
>1⁄2
All
SMTS ≤ 450 MPa (65 ksi)
SMTS ≤ 450 MPa (65 ksi)
SMTS > 450 MPa (65 ksi)
10
95
95
50
200
200
4
Alloy steel, 1⁄2% < Cr ≤ 2%
All
All
None
120
250
5A
Alloy steel
All
All
All
All
SMTS ≤ 414 MPa (60 ksi)
SMTS > 414 MPa (60 ksi)
150
200
300
400
5B
Alloy steel
All
All
≤13
All
All
≤1⁄2
SMTS ≤ 414 MPa (60 ksi)
SMTS > 414 MPa (60 ksi)
%Cr > 6.0 [Note (3)]
150
200
200
300
400
400
6
Martensitic stainless steel
All
All
None
200 [Note (4)]
400 [Note (4)]
9A
Nickel alloy steel
All
All
None
120
250
9B
Nickel alloy steel
All
All
None
150
300
10I
27Cr steel
All
All
None
150 [Note (5)]
300 [Note (5)]
15E
9Cr–1Mo–V CSEF steel
All
All
None
200
400
...
All other materials
...
...
None
10
50
NOTES:
(1) P-Nos. and Group Nos. from BPV Code, Section IX, QW/QB-422.
(2) SMTS p Specified Minimum Tensile Strength.
(3) Composition may be based on ladle or product analysis or in accordance with specification limits.
(4) Maximum interpass temperature 315°C (600°F).
(5) Maintain interpass temperature between 150°C and 230°C (300°F and 450°F).
68
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
temperatures may be required by the WPS or by the
engineering design.
procedures to avoid contamination by hydrogenproducing sources. The surface of the base metal prepared for welding shall be free of contaminants.
(d) After cooling and before welding is resumed,
visual examination of the weld shall be performed to
assure that no cracks have formed.
(e) Required preheat shall be applied before welding
is resumed.
330.1.2 Unlisted Materials. Preheat requirements
for an unlisted material shall be specified in the WPS.
330.1.3 Preheat Temperature Verification
(a) Preheat temperature shall be checked by use of
temperature indicating crayons, thermocouple pyrometers, or other suitable means to ensure that the temperature specified in the WPS is obtained prior to and
maintained during welding.
(b) Thermocouples may be temporarily attached
directly to pressure-containing parts using the low
energy capacitor discharge method of welding in accordance with para. 328.7.
331 HEAT TREATMENT
(14)
331.1 General
(14)
331.1.1 Postweld Heat Treatment Requirements
(a) PWHT shall be in accordance with the material
groupings (P-Nos. and Group Nos.) and ranges in
Table 331.1.1 except as provided in Table 331.1.2 and
Table 331.1.3. The P-Numbers and Group Numbers are
defined in ASME BPV Code, Section IX,
Table QW/QB-422. (Note that the P-Nos. are also listed
in Appendix A.)
(b) The PWHT to be used after production welding
shall be specified in the WPS and shall be used in qualifying the welding procedure.
(c) The engineering design shall specify the examination and/or other production quality control (not less
than the requirements of this Code) to ensure that the
final welds are of adequate quality.
330.1.4 Preheat Zone. The preheat zone shall be
at or above the specified minimum temperature in all
directions from the point of welding for a distance of the
larger of 75 mm (3 in.) or 1.5 times the greater nominal
thickness.
The base metal temperature for tack welds shall be
at or above the specified minimum temperature for a
distance not less than 25 mm (1 in.) in all directions
from the point of welding.
330.2 Specific Requirements
330.2.1 Different P-No. Materials. When welding
two different P-No. materials, the preheat temperature
shall be the higher temperature for the material being
welded as shown in Table 330.1.1.
331.1.2 Other Heat Treatments
(a) Heat treatment for bending and forming shall be
in accordance with para. 332.4.
(b) See Table 302.3.5 for special heat treatment requirements for longitudinal or spiral (helical seam) welds in
Elevated Temperature Fluid Service.
330.2.2 Interruption of Welding. After welding
commences, the minimum preheat temperature shall be
maintained until any required PWHT is performed on
P-Nos. 3, 4, 5A, 5B, 6, and 15E, except when all of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(a) A minimum of at least 10 mm (3⁄8 in.) thickness of
weld is deposited or 25% of the welding groove is filled,
whichever is less (the weld shall be sufficiently supported to prevent overstressing the weld if the weldment
is to be moved or otherwise loaded). Caution is advised
that the surface condition prior to cooling should be
smooth and free of sharp discontinuities.
(b) For P-Nos. 3, 4, and 5A materials, the weld is
allowed to cool slowly to room temperature.
(c) For P-Nos. 5B, 6, and 15E materials, the weld is
subjected to an adequate intermediate heat treatment
with a controlled rate of cooling. The preheat temperature may be reduced to 95°C (200°F) (minimum) for
the purpose of root examination without performing an
intermediate heat treatment. Intermediate heat treatment for P-No. 5B or P-No. 15E materials may be omitted
when using low-hydrogen electrodes and filler metals
classified by the filler metal specification with an
optional supplemental diffusible-hydrogen designator
of H4 or lower and suitably controlled by maintenance
331.1.3 Definition of Thicknesses Governing PWHT
(a) The term control thickness as used in Table 331.1.1
and Table 331.1.3 is the lesser of
(1) the thickness of the weld
(2) the thickness of the materials being joined at
the weld or the thickness of the pressure-containing
material if the weld is attaching a nonpressurecontaining material to a pressure-containing material.
(b) Thickness of the weld, which is a factor in
determining the control thickness, is defined as follows:
(1) groove welds (girth and longitudinal) — the
thicker of the two abutting ends after weld preparation,
including I.D. machining
(2) fillet welds — the throat thickness of the weld
(3) partial penetration welds — the depth of the
weld groove
(4) material repair welds — the depth of the cavity
to be repaired
(5) branch welds — the dimension existing in the
plane intersecting the longitudinal axes, calculated as
indicated for each detail using the thickness through
the weld for the details shown in Fig. 328.5.4D and
69
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 331.1.1 Postweld Heat Treatment
(14)
P-No. and Group No.
(BPV Code Section IX, QW/QB-420)
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
P-No.
1, Group Nos. 1–3
3, Group Nos. 1 and 2
4, Group Nos. 1 and 2
5A, Group No. 1
5B, Group No. 1
6, Group Nos. 1–3
7, Group Nos. 1 and 2 [Note (3)]
8, Group Nos. 1–4
9A, Group No. 1
9B, Group No. 1
10H, Group No. 1
Holding Temperature Range,
°C (°F) [Note (1)]
Minimum Holding Time at Temperature for
Control Thickness [Note (2)]
Up to 50 mm (2 in.)
Over 50 mm (2 in.)
595 to 650 (1,100 to 1,200)
595 to 650 (1,100 to 1,200)
650 to 705 (1,200 to 1,300)
675 to 760 (1,250 to 1,400)
675 to 760 (1,250 to 1,400)
760 to 800 (1,400 to 1,475)
730 to 775 (1,350 to 1,425)
PWHT not required unless required by WPS
595 to 650 (1,100 to 1,200)
595 to 650 (1,100 to 1,200)
PWHT not required unless required by
WPS. If done, see Note (4).
730 to 815 (1,350 to 1,500)
550 to 585 (1,025 to 1,085) [Note (5)]
1 h/25 mm (1 hr/in.);
15 min min.
2 hr plus 15 min for each
additional 25 mm (in.)
over 50 mm (2 in.)
P-No. 15E, Group No. 1
730 to 775 (1,350 to 1,425)
[Notes (6) and (7)]
1 h/25 mm (1 hr/in.);
30 min min.
1 h/25 mm (1 hr/in.) up
to 125 mm (5 in.) plus
15 min for each additional 25 mm (in.) over
125 mm (5 in.)
P-No. 62
540 to 595 (1,000 to 1,100)
All other materials
PWHT as required by WPS
P-No. 10I, Group No. 1 [Note (3)]
P-No. 11A
GENERAL NOTE:
...
In accordance with WPS
See Note (8)
In accordance with WPS
The exemptions for mandatory PWHT are defined in Table 331.1.3.
NOTES:
(1) The holding temperature range is further defined in para. 331.1.6(c) and Table 331.1.2.
(2) The control thickness is defined in para. 331.1.3.
(3) Cooling rate shall not be greater than 55°C (100°F) per hour in the range above 650°C (1,200°F), after which the cooling rate shall be
sufficiently rapid to prevent embrittlement.
(4) If PWHT is performed after welding, it shall be within the following temperature ranges for the specific alloy, followed by rapid cooling:
Alloys S31803 and S32205 — 1 020°C to 1 100°C (1,870°F to 2,010°F)
Alloy S32550 — 1 040°C to 1 120°C (1,900°F to 2,050°F)
Alloy S32750 — 1 025°C to 1 125°C (1,880°F to 2,060°F)
All others — 980°C to 1 040°C (1,800°F to 1,900°F).
(5) Cooling rate shall be >165°C (300°F)/h to 315°C (600°F)/h.
(6) The minimum PWHT holding temperature may be 720°C (1,325°F) for nominal material thicknesses [see para. 331.1.3(c)]
≤1⁄2 in. (13 mm).
(7) The Ni + Mn content of the filler metal shall not exceed 1.2% unless specified by the designer, in which case the maximum temperature to be reached during PWHT shall be the A1 (lower transformation or lower critical temperature) of the filler metal, as determined by
analysis and calculation or by test, but not exceeding 800°C (1,470°F). If the 800°C (1,470°F) limit was not exceeded but the A1 of the
filler metal was exceeded or if the composition of the filler metal is unknown, the weld must be removed and replaced. It shall then be
rewelded with compliant filler metal and subjected to a compliant PWHT. If the 800°C (1,470°F) limit was exceeded, the weld and the
entire area affected by the PWHT will be removed and, if reused, shall be renormalized and tempered prior to reinstallation.
(8) Heat treat within 14 days after welding. Hold time shall be increased by 1.2 h for each 25 mm (1 in.) over 25 mm (1 in.) thickness.
Cool to 425°C (800°F) at a rate ≤280°C (500°F).
70
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table 331.1.2 Alternate Postweld Heat Treatment
Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy Steels,
P-Nos. 1 and 3
Decrease in Specified Minimum
Temperature, °C (°F)
30
55
85
110
(b) Any required PWHT shall be as required by the
qualified WPS.
(c) For welds that require PWHT in accordance with
Table 331.1.1, the temperature of the material during
PWHT shall be within the range specified. However, if
specified by the designer, the range may be extended
as permitted by Table 331.1.2, provided the lower critical
temperature of the material is not exceeded.
Minimum Holding Time at
Decreased Temperature,
h [Note (1)]
(50)
(100)
(150) [Note (2)]
(200) [Note (2)]
2
4
10
20
331.2 Specific Requirements
Where warranted by experience or knowledge of service conditions, alternative methods of heat treatment
or exceptions to the basic heat treatment provisions of
para. 331.1 may be adopted as provided in paras. 331.2.1
and 331.2.2.
NOTES:
(1) Times shown apply to thicknesses ≤25 mm (1 in.). Add
15 min/25 mm (15 min/in.) of thickness for control thicknesses >25 mm (1 in.) (see para. 331.1.3).
(2) A decrease >55°C (100°F) below the minimum specified
temperature is allowable only for P-No. 1, Group Nos. 1 and 2
materials.
331.2.1 Alternative Heat Treatment. Normalizing,
or normalizing and tempering, or annealing may be
applied in lieu of the required heat treatment after welding, bending, or forming, provided that the mechanical
properties of any affected weld and base metal meet
specification requirements after such treatment and that
the substitution is approved by the designer.
Fig. 328.5.4F. This thickness shall be computed using
the following formulas:
(-a) for Fig. 328.5.4D use
illustration (1) p T b + tc
331.2.2 Exceptions to Basic Requirements. As indicated in para. 331, the basic practices therein may require
modification to suit service conditions in some cases.
In such cases, the designer may specify more stringent
requirements in the engineering design, including heat
treatment and hardness limitations for lesser thickness,
or may specify less stringent heat treatment and hardness requirements, including none.
When provisions less stringent than those in para.
331 are specified, the designer must demonstrate to the
owner’s satisfaction the adequacy of those provisions
by comparable service experience, considering service
temperature and its effects, frequency and intensity of
thermal cycling, flexibility stress levels, probability of
brittle failure, and other pertinent factors. In addition,
appropriate tests shall be conducted, including WPS
qualification tests.
illustration (2) p T h + tc
illustration (3) p greater of T b + tc or T r + tc
illustration (4) p T h + T r + tc
illustration (5) p T b + tc
(-b) for Fig. 328.5.4F use T m + tc for all illustrations
(c) The term nominal material thickness as used in
Table 331.1.3 is the thicker of the materials being joined
at the weld.
331.1.4 Heating and Cooling. The heating method
shall provide the required metal temperature, metal temperature uniformity, and temperature control, and may
include an enclosed furnace, local flame heating, electric
resistance, electric induction, or exothermic chemical
reaction. Above 315°C (600°F), the rate of heating and
cooling shall not exceed 335°C/h (600°F/hr) divided by
one-half the maximum material thickness in inches at
the weld, but in no case shall the rate exceed 335°C/h
(600°F/hr). See Table 331.1.1 for cooling rate requirements for P-Nos. 7, 10I, 11A, and 62 materials.
331.2.3 Dissimilar Materials
(a) Heat treatment of welded joints between dissimilar ferritic metals or between ferritic metals using dissimilar ferritic filler metal shall be at the higher of the
temperature ranges in Table 331.1.1 for the materials in
the joint. This may require the use of material transition
joint designs.
(b) Heat treatment of welded joints including both
ferritic and austenitic components and filler metals shall
be as required for the ferritic material or materials unless
otherwise specified in the engineering design.
331.1.6 Temperature Verification. Heat treatment
temperature shall be checked by thermocouple pyrometers or other suitable methods to ensure that the WPS
requirements are met. See para. 328.7 for attachment of
thermocouples by the low energy capacitor discharge
method of welding.
(a) If used, the heat treatment furnace shall be calibrated such that the PWHT can be controlled within the
required temperature range.
331.2.4 Delayed Heat Treatment. If a weldment is
allowed to cool prior to heat treatment, the rate of cooling shall be controlled or other means shall be used to
prevent detrimental effects in the piping.
71
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 331.1.3 Exemptions to Mandatory Postweld Heat Treatment
(14)
P-No. and Group No.
(BPV Code Section IX,
QW/QB-420) [Note (1)]
Control Thickness,
in. (mm) [Note (2)]
Type of Weld
Additional Limitations Required for
Exemption From PWHT [Notes (3)–(5)]
P-No. 1, all Group Nos.
All
All
A preheat of 95°C (200°F) is applied
prior to welding on any nominal material thickness >25 mm (1 in.)
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
P-No. 3, Group Nos. 1 and 2
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
All
A preheat of 95°C (200°F) is applied
prior to welding on any nominal material thickness >16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
A specified carbon content of the base
materials ≤0.25%
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
P-No. 4, Group No. 1
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
Groove
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.) except
the thickness of a
socket weld fitting or
flange need not be
considered
Socket and fillet welds
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
Seal welds and non-load-carrying
attachments [Note (7)]
Mandatory preheat has been applied
Specified carbon content of the base
materials ≤0.15%
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
Mandatory preheat has been applied
Throat thickness of the fillet weld or the
socket weld ≤13 mm ( 1⁄2 in.)
Specified carbon content of the pipe
material ≤0.15%
Nominal material thickness of the pipe
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
Mandatory preheat has been applied
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
Groove
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.) except
the thickness of a
socket weld fitting or
flange need not be
considered
Socket and fillet welds
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.)
Seal welds and non-load-carrying
attachments [Note (7)]
...
...
P-No. 5A, Group No. 1
P-No. 5B, Group No. 1
Mandatory preheat has been applied
Specified carbon content of the base
materials ≤0.15%
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
Mandatory preheat has been applied
Throat thickness of the fillet weld or the
socket weld ≤13 mm ( 1⁄2 in.)
Specified carbon content of the pipe
material ≤0.15%
Nominal thickness of the pipe
≤5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.)
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
Mandatory preheat has been applied
Multiple layer welds are used when the
nominal material thickness
>5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) [Note (6)]
No exemptions from PWHT
72
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table 331.1.3 Exemptions to Mandatory Postweld Heat Treatment (Cont’d)
P-No. and Group No.
(BPV Code Section IX,
QW/QB-420) [Note (1)]
Control Thickness,
in. (mm) [Note (2)]
Type of Weld
Additional Limitations Required for
Exemption From PWHT [Notes (3)–(5)]
P-No. 6, Group Nos. 1–3
All
All
Specified carbon content of the base
materials ≤0.08%
Nominal material thickness
≤10 mm ( 3⁄8 in.)
Weld filler metal is A-No. 8, A-No. 9, or
F-No. 43 composition [Note (8)]
P-No. 7, Group No. 1
All
All
Specified carbon content of the base
materials ≤0.08%
Nominal material thickness
≤10 mm ( 3⁄8 in.)
Weld filler metal is A-No. 8, A-No. 9, or
F-No. 43 composition [Note (8)]
P-No. 7, Group No. 2
...
...
No exemptions from PWHT
P-No. 8, all Group Nos.
All
All
PWHT neither required nor prohibited
P-No. 9A, Group No. 1
All
All
Specified carbon content of the pipe
material ≤0.15%
Nominal material thickness
≤13 mm ( 1⁄2 in.)
Mandatory preheat has been applied
P-No. 9B, Group No. 1
All
All
Nominal material thickness
≤16 mm ( 5⁄8 in.) and the WPS has
been qualified using a material of
equal or greater thickness than used
in the production weld
P-No. 10H, Group No. 1
All
All
PWHT neither required nor prohibited
P-No. 10I, Group No. 1
All
All
PWHT neither required nor prohibited for
nominal material thickness
≤13 mm ( 1⁄2 in.)
P-No. 11A
≤50 mm (2 in.)
All
...
P-No. 15E
...
...
No exemptions from PWHT
P-No. 62
...
...
No exemptions from PWHT
NOTES:
(1) If differences with the P-No. listed in Appendix A are found, the P-No. listed in ASME BPV Code Section IX, Table QW/QB-422 applies.
(2) The control thickness is defined in para. 331.1.3.
(3) The nominal material thickness is defined in para. 331.1.3(c).
(4) No exemptions are permitted for PWHTs required by the designer or the WPS.
(5) Additional exemptions for welds made in accordance with para. 328.7 may be taken for the materials addressed.
(6) Single-layer or single-pass welds may be exempted from PWHT, provided the WPS has been qualified using single-pass welds with
±10% heat input and that all other conditions for exemption are met.
(7) Non-load-carrying attachments are defined as items where no pressure loads or significant mechanical loads are transmitted through
the attachment to the pipe or pressure-containing material.
(8) The A-Nos. and the F-Nos. are found in ASME BPV Code Section IX, Tables QW-442 and QW-432, respectively.
73
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
331.2.5 Partial Heat Treatment. When an entire piping assembly to be heat treated cannot be fitted into the
furnace, it is permissible to heat treat in more than one
heat, provided there is at least 300 mm (1 ft) overlap
between successive heats, and that parts of the assembly
outside the furnace are protected from harmful temperature gradients.
332.2.2 Bending Temperature
(a) Cold bending of ferritic materials shall be done at
a temperature below the transformation range.
(b) Hot bending shall be done at a temperature above
the transformation range and in any case within a temperature range consistent with the material and the
intended service.
331.2.6 Local Heat Treatment. Welds may be locally
postweld heat treated by heating a circumferential band
around the entire component with the weld located in
the center of the band. The width of the band heated to
the specified temperature range shall be at least three
times the wall thickness at the weld of the thickest part
being joined. For nozzle and attachment welds, the
width of the band heated to the specified temperature
range shall extend beyond the nozzle weld or attachment weld on each side at least two times the run pipe
thickness, and shall extend completely around the run
pipe. Guidance for the placement of thermocouples on
circumferential butt welds is provided in AWS D10.10,
Sections 5, 6, and 8. Special consideration shall be given
to the placement of thermocouples when heating welds
adjacent to large heat sinks such as valves or fittings,
or when joining parts of different thicknesses. No part
of the materials subjected to the heat source shall exceed
the lower critical temperature of the material except
as permitted by para. 331.2.1. Particular care must be
exercised when the applicable PWHT temperature is
close to the material’s lower critical temperature, such
as for P-No. 15E materials or when materials of different
P-Nos. are being joined. This method may not be used
for austenitizing heat treatments.
332.2.3 Corrugated and Other Bends. Dimensions
and configuration shall conform to the design qualified
in accordance with para. 306.2.2.
332.3 Forming
The temperature range for forming shall be consistent
with material, intended service, and specified heat
treatment.
332.4 Required Heat Treatment
Heat treatment shall be performed in accordance with
para. 331.1.1 when required by the following.
332.4.1 Hot Bending and Forming. After hot bending and forming, heat treatment is required for P-Nos.
3, 4, 5, 6, and 10A materials in all thicknesses. Durations
and temperatures shall be in accordance with para. 331.
332.4.2 Cold Bending and Forming. After cold bending and forming, heat treatment is required (for all thicknesses, and with temperature and duration as given in
Table 331.1.1) when any of the following conditions exist:
(a) for P-Nos. 1 through 6 materials, where the maximum calculated fiber elongation after bending or forming exceeds 50% of specified basic minimum elongation
(in the direction of severest forming) for the applicable
specification, grade, and thickness. This requirement
may be waived if it can be demonstrated that the
selection of pipe and the choice of bending or forming
process provide assurance that, in the finished condition,
the most severely strained material retains at least 10%
elongation.
(b) for any material requiring impact testing, where
the maximum calculated fiber elongation after bending
or forming will exceed 5%.
(c) when specified in the engineering design.
332 BENDING AND FORMING
(14)
332.1 General
Pipe may be bent and components may be formed by
any hot or cold method that is suitable for the material,
the fluid service, and the severity of the bending or
forming process.1 The finished surface shall be free of
cracks and substantially free from buckling. Thickness
after bending or forming shall be not less than that
required by the design.
333 BRAZING AND SOLDERING
332.2 Bending
333.1 Qualification
332.2.1 Bend Flattening. Flattening of a bend, the
difference between maximum and minimum diameters
at any cross section, shall not exceed 8% of nominal
outside diameter for internal pressure and 3% for external pressure. Removal of metal shall not be used to
achieve these requirements.
333.1.1 Brazing Qualification. The qualification of
brazing procedures, brazers, and brazing operators shall
be in accordance with para. 328.2. For Category D Fluid
Service at design temperature not over 93°C (200°F),
such qualification is not required unless specified in the
engineering design.
333.1.2 Soldering Qualification. The qualification
of solderers shall be in accordance with the requirements
of ASTM B828, Standard Practice for Making Capillary
1
For pipe bending, PFI Standard ES-24, Pipe Bending Method,
Tolerances, Process and Material Requirements, may be used as
a guide.
74
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube
and Fittings.
(3) Flange bolt holes shall be aligned within 3 mm
(1⁄8 in.) maximum offset.
333.2 Brazing and Soldering Materials
335.2 Flanged Joints
333.2.1 Brazing Filler Metal and Flux. Brazing filler
metal and flux shall comply with AWS A5.8,
Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze
Welding, and AWS A5.31, Specification for Fluxes for
Brazing and Braze Welding, respectively, or other filler
metals and fluxes that have been qualified in accordance
with ASME Section IX.
335.2.1 Preparation for Assembly. Any damage to
the gasket seating surface that would prevent gasket
seating shall be repaired, or the flange shall be replaced.
335.2.2 Bolting Torque
(a) In assembling flanged joints, the gasket shall be
uniformly compressed to the proper design loading.
(b) Special care shall be used in assembling flanged
joints in which the flanges have widely differing
mechanical properties. Tightening to a predetermined
torque is recommended.
333.2.2 Soldering Filler Metal and Flux. Soldering
filler metal and flux shall comply with ASTM B32,
Standard Specification for Solder Metal, and
ASTM B813, Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste
Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube,
respectively.
335.2.3 Bolt Length. Bolts should extend completely through their nuts. Any that fail to do so are
considered acceptably engaged if the lack of complete
engagement is not more than one thread.
333.3 Preparation and Cleaning
333.3.1 Surface Preparation. The surfaces to be
brazed or soldered shall be clean and free from grease,
oxides, paint, scale, and dirt of any kind. A suitable
chemical or mechanical cleaning method shall be used
if necessary to provide a clean wettable surface.
335.2.4 Gaskets. No more than one gasket shall be
used between contact faces in assembling a flanged joint.
335.3 Threaded Joints
335.3.1 Thread Compound or Lubricant. Any compound or lubricant used on threads shall be suitable for
the service conditions and shall not react unfavorably
with either the service fluid or the piping material.
333.3.2 Joint Clearance. The clearance between surfaces to be joined by soldering or brazing shall be no
larger than necessary to allow complete capillary distribution of the filler metal.
335.3.2 Joints for Seal Welding. A threaded joint
to be seal welded shall be made up without thread compound. A joint containing thread compound that leaks
during leak testing may be seal welded in accordance
with para. 328.5.3, provided all compound is removed
from exposed threads.
333.3.3 Flux Removal. Residual flux shall be
removed.
335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION
335.1 Alignment
(a) Piping Distortions. Any distortion of piping to
bring it into alignment for joint assembly that introduces
a detrimental strain in equipment or piping components
is prohibited.
(b) Cold Spring. Before assembling any joints to be
cold sprung, guides, supports, and anchors shall be
examined for errors that might interfere with desired
movement or lead to undesired movement. The gap or
overlap of piping prior to assembly shall be checked
against the drawing and corrected if necessary. Heating
shall not be used to help in closing the gap because it
defeats the purpose of cold springing.
(c) Flanged Joints. Unless otherwise specified in the
engineering design, flanged joints shall be aligned as
described in subparas. (1) or (2), and (3).
(1) Before bolting, mating gasket contact surfaces
shall be aligned to each other within 1 mm in 200 mm
(1⁄16 in./ft), measured across any diameter.
(2) The flanged joint shall be capable of being
bolted such that the gasket contact surfaces bear uniformly on the gasket.
335.3.3 Straight Threaded Joints. Typical joints
using straight threads, with sealing at a surface other
than the threads, are shown in Fig. 335.3.3, illustrations
(a), (b), and (c). Care shall be taken to avoid distorting
the seat when incorporating such joints into piping
assemblies by welding, brazing, or bonding.
335.4 Tubing Joints
335.4.1 Flared Tubing Joints. The sealing surface
of the flare shall be examined for imperfections before
assembly and any flare having imperfections shall be
rejected.
335.4.2 Flareless and Compression Tubing Joints.
Where the manufacturer’s instructions call for a specified number of turns of the nut, these shall be counted
from the point at which the nut becomes finger tight.
335.5 Caulked Joints
Caulked joints shall be installed and assembled in
accordance with the manufacturer ’s instructions, as
75
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
modified by the engineering design. Care shall be taken
to ensure adequate engagement of joint members.
provided at the bottom of the socket to permit this
movement.
335.6 Expanded Joints and Special Joints
335.9 Cleaning of Piping
335.6.1 General. Expanded joints and special joints
(as defined in para. 318) shall be installed and assembled
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, as
modified by the engineering design. Care shall be taken
to ensure adequate engagement of joint members.
This Code does not prescribe mandatory procedures
for flushing and cleaning. However, for potential hazards that may result from performing such procedures
refer to Appendix F, para. F335.9 for precautionary
considerations.
335.6.2 Packed Joints. Where a packed joint is used
to absorb thermal expansion, proper clearance shall be
335.10 Identification of Piping
See Appendix F, para. F335.10.
Fig. 335.3.3 Typical Threaded Joints Using Straight Threads
76
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter VI
Inspection, Examination, and Testing
340 INSPECTION
experience in the design, fabrication, or examination of
industrial pressure piping.
(3) be a certified welding inspector or a senior certified welding inspector as defined in AWS QC1, Standard
for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors, or nationally recognized equivalent with at least 5 years of experience in the design, fabrication, or examination of
industrial pressure piping.
(4) be an authorized piping inspector as defined in
API 570, Piping Inspection Code: In-service Inspection,
Rating, Repair, and Alteration of Piping Systems, with
at least 5 years of experience in the design, fabrication,
or examination of industrial pressure piping.
(c) In delegating performance of inspection, the owner’s Inspector is responsible for determining that a person to whom an inspection function is delegated is
qualified to perform that function.
340.1 General
This Code distinguishes between examination (see
para. 341) and inspection. Inspection applies to functions
performed for the owner by the owner ’s Inspector
or the Inspector’s delegates. References in this Code
to the “Inspector” are to the owner’s Inspector or the
Inspector’s delegates.
340.2 Responsibility for Inspection
It is the owner’s responsibility, exercised through the
owner’s Inspector, to verify that all required examinations and testing have been completed and to inspect
the piping to the extent necessary to be satisfied that it
conforms to all applicable examination requirements of
the Code and of the engineering design.
340.3 Rights of the Owner’s Inspector
341 EXAMINATION
The owner’s Inspector and the Inspector’s delegates
shall have access to any place where work concerned
with the piping installation is being performed. This
includes manufacture, fabrication, heat treatment,
assembly, erection, examination, and testing of the piping. They shall have the right to audit any examination,
to inspect the piping using any examination method
specified by the engineering design, and to review all
certifications and records necessary to satisfy the owner’s responsibility stated in para. 340.2.
341.1 General
Examination applies to quality control functions performed by the manufacturer (for components only),
fabricator, or erector. Reference in this Code to an examiner is to a person who performs quality control
examinations.
341.2 Responsibility for Examination
Inspection does not relieve the manufacturer, the fabricator, or the erector of the responsibility for
(a) providing materials, components, and workmanship in accordance with the requirements of this Code
and of the engineering design [see para. 300(b)(3)]
(b) performing all required examinations
(c) preparing suitable records of examinations and
tests for the Inspector’s use
340.4 Qualifications of the Owner’s Inspector
(a) The owner’s Inspector shall be designated by the
owner and shall be the owner, an employee of the owner,
an employee of an engineering or scientific organization,
or of a recognized insurance or inspection company
acting as the owner’s agent. The owner’s Inspector shall
not represent nor be an employee of the piping manufacturer, fabricator, or erector unless the owner is also the
manufacturer, fabricator, or erector.
(b) The owner’s Inspector shall meet one of the following requirements:
(1) have at least 10 years of experience in the design,
fabrication, or examination of industrial pressure piping.
Each 20% of satisfactorily completed work toward an
accredited engineering degree shall be considered
equivalent to 1 year of experience, up to 5 years total.
(2) have a professional engineering registration or
nationally recognized equivalent with at least 5 years of
341.3 Examination Requirements
341.3.1 General. Prior to initial operation each piping installation, including components and workmanship, shall be examined in accordance with the
applicable requirements of para. 341. The type and
extent of any additional examination required by the
engineering design, and the acceptance criteria to be
applied, shall be specified. Joints not included in examinations required by para. 341.4 or by the engineering
design are accepted if they pass the leak test required
by para. 345.
77
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(a) For P-Nos. 3, 4, 5A, 5B, 5C, and 15E materials,
examinations shall be performed after completion of
heat treatment. However, examinations need not be
repeated on welds or portions of welds that are subjected
to additional heat treatments and have not been repaired
by welding.
(b) For a welded branch connection the examination
of and any necessary repairs to the pressure-containing
weld shall be completed before any reinforcing pad or
saddle is added.
(14)
341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Acceptance criteria
shall be as stated in the engineering design and shall at
least meet the applicable requirements stated below.
(a) Welds
(1) For radiography and visual, see Table 341.3.2.
(2) For magnetic particle, see para. 344.3.2.
(3) For liquid penetrant, see para. 344.4.2.
(4) For ultrasonic, see para. 344.6.2.
(b) Castings. Acceptance criteria for castings are specified in para. 302.3.3.
(14)
341.3.3 Defective Components and Workmanship.
Defects (imperfections of a type or magnitude not
acceptable by the criteria specified in para. 341.3.2) shall
be repaired, or the defective item or work shall be
replaced.
Examination shall be as follows:
(a) When the defective item or work is repaired, the
repaired portion of the item or work shall be examined.
The examination shall use the same methods and acceptance criteria employed for the original examination. See
also para. 341.3.1(a).
(b) When the defective item or work is replaced, the
new item or work used to replace the defective item or
work shall be examined. The examination shall use any
method and applicable acceptance criteria that meet the
requirements for the original examination. See also
para. 341.3.1(a).
(d) if all the items examined as required by (c) above
are acceptable, the defective item(s) shall be repaired or
replaced and reexamined as specified in para. 341.3.3,
and all items represented by the additional sampling
shall be accepted, but
(e) if any of the items examined as required by (c)
above reveals a defect, all items represented by the progressive sampling shall be either
(1) repaired or replaced and reexamined as
required, or
(2) fully examined and repaired or replaced as necessary, and reexamined as necessary to meet the requirements of this Code
(f ) If any of the defective items are repaired or
replaced, reexamined, and a defect is again detected in
the repaired or replaced item, continued progressive
sampling in accordance with (a), (c), and (e) is not
required based on the defects found in the repair. The
defective item(s) shall be repaired or replaced and reexamined until acceptance as specified in para. 341.3.3.
Spot or random examination (whichever is applicable)
is then performed on the remaining unexamined joints.
341.4 Extent of Required Examination
341.4.1 Examination — Normal Fluid Service. Piping
in Normal Fluid Service shall be examined to the extent
specified herein or to any greater extent specified in the
engineering design. Acceptance criteria are as stated in
para. 341.3.2 and in Table 341.3.2, for Normal Fluid
Service unless otherwise specified.
(a) Visual Examination. At least the following shall be
examined in accordance with para. 344.2:
(1) sufficient materials and components, selected at
random, to satisfy the examiner that they conform to
specifications and are free from defects.
(2) at least 5% of fabrication. For welds, each welder’s and welding operator’s work shall be represented.
(3) 100% of fabrication for longitudinal welds,
except those in components made in accordance with a
listed specification. See para 341.5.1(a) for examination
of longitudinal welds required to have a joint factor, Ej ,
of 0.90.
(4) random examination of the assembly of
threaded, bolted, and other joints to satisfy the examiner
that they conform to the applicable requirements of
para. 335. When pneumatic testing is to be performed,
all threaded, bolted, and other mechanical joints shall
be examined.
(5) random examination during erection of piping,
including checking of alignment, supports, and cold
spring.
(6) examination of erected piping for evidence of
defects that would require repair or replacement, and
for other evident deviations from the intent of the design.
341.3.4 Progressive Sampling for Examination.
When required spot or random examination reveals a
defect, then
(a) two additional samples of the same kind (if
welded or bonded joints, by the same welder, bonder,
or operator) from the original designated lot shall be
given the same type of examination
(b) if the items examined as required by (a) above
are acceptable, the defective item shall be repaired or
replaced and reexamined as specified in para. 341.3.3,
and all items represented by these two additional samples shall be accepted, but
(c) if any of the items examined as required by (a)
above reveals a defect, two further samples of the same
kind shall be examined for each defective item found
by that sampling
78
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Table 341.3.2
(14)
Acceptance Criteria for Welds — Visual and Radiographic Examination
Examination
Methods
Type of Weld
Visual
Radiography
Longitudinal Groove
[Note (3)]
Fillet [Note (4)]
Longitudinal Groove
[Note (3)]
Fillet [Note (4)]
Longitudinal Groove
[Note (3)]
Fillet [Note (4)]
Type of Weld
Girth and Miter Groove
Type of Weld
Girth, Miter Groove & Branch
Connection [Note (2)]
Category D Fluid Service
Girth, Miter Groove & Branch
Connection [Note (2)]
Severe Cyclic Conditions
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Crack
✓
✓
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
N/A
A
Lack of fusion
✓
✓
B
A
N/A
A
A
N/A
C
A
N/A
B
Incomplete penetration
✓
✓
E
E
N/A
D
D
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rounded Indications
...
✓
...
✓
Weld Imperfection
G
G
N/A
F
F
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Internal slag inclusion, tungsten
inclusion, or elongated
indication
H
A
H
A
A
A
I
A
H
H
Undercutting
✓
✓
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Surface porosity or exposed slag
inclusion [Note (5)]
✓
...
N/A
N/A
N/A
J
J
J
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Surface finish
✓
...
K
K
N/A
K
K
N/A
K
K
N/A
K
Concave surface
✓
✓
L
L
L
L
L
L
M
M
M
M
Weld reinforcement or internal
protrusion
✓
...
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Weld imperfections are evaluated by one or more of the types of examination methods given, as specified in paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.2,
341.4.3, and M341.4, or by the engineering design.
(b) “N/A” indicates the Code does not establish acceptance criteria or does not require evaluation of this kind of imperfection for this type of
weld.
(c) Check (✓) indicates examination method generally used for evaluating this kind of weld imperfection.
(d) Ellipsis (. . .) indicates examination method not generally used for evaluating this kind of weld imperfection.
ASME B31.3-2014
79
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Normal and Category M Fluid
Service
Branch Connection [Note (2)]
Criteria (A to M) for Types of Welds and for Service Conditions [Note (1)]
Criterion Value Notes for Table 341.3.2
(14)
Criterion
Symbol
Measure
Acceptable Value Limits [Note (6)]
Extent of imperfection
Zero (no evident imperfection)
B
Cumulative length of incomplete penetration
≤ 38 mm (1.5 in.) in any 150 mm (6 in.) weld length
or 25% of total weld length, whichever is less
C
Cumulative length of lack of fusion and incomplete
penetration
≤ 38 mm (1.5 in.) in any 150 mm (6 in.) weld length
or 25% of total weld length, whichever is less
D
Size and distribution of rounded indications
See BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 4
E
Size and distribution of rounded indications
For T w ≤ 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.), limit is same as D
For T w > 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.), limit is 1.5 ⴛ D
F
Slag inclusion, tungsten inclusion, or elongated indication
Individual length
Individual width
Cumulative length
≤ T w /3
≤ 2.5 mm ( 3⁄32 in.) and ≤ T w /3
≤ T w in any 12T w weld length
Slag inclusion, tungsten inclusion, or elongated indication
Individual length
Individual width
Cumulative length
≤ 2T w
≤ 3 mm ( 1⁄8 in.) and ≤ T w /2
≤ 4T w in any 150 mm (6 in.) weld length
H
Depth of undercut
≤ 1 mm (1⁄32 in.) and ≤ T w /4
I
Depth of undercut
≤ 1.5 mm ( 1⁄16 in.) and ≤ [T w /4 or 1 mm ( 1⁄32 in.)]
J
Surface roughness
≤ 500 min. Ra in accordance with ASME B46.1
K
Depth of surface concavity
Total joint thickness, incl. weld reinf., ≥ T w [Note (7)]
L
Height of reinforcement or internal protrusion [Note (8)] in
any plane through the weld shall be within limits of
the applicable height value in the tabulation at right,
except as provided in Note (9). Weld metal shall merge
smoothly into the component surfaces.
For T w , mm (in.)
Height of reinforcement or internal protrusion [Note (8)]
as described in L. Note (9) does not apply.
Limit is twice the value applicable for L above
G
M
≤
>
>
>
1
6 ( ⁄4 )
6 ( 1⁄4 ), ≤ 13 ( 1⁄2 )
13 ( 1⁄2 ), ≤ 25 (1)
25 (1)
ASME B31.3-2014
80
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
A
Height, mm (in.)
≤
≤
≤
≤
1.5 (1⁄16 )
3 ( 1⁄8 )
4 ( 5⁄32 )
5 ( 3⁄16 )
Notes follow on next page
Table 341.3.2
Acceptance Criteria for Welds — Visual and Radiographic Examination (Cont’d)
NOTES:
(1) Criteria given are for required examination. More stringent criteria may be specified in the engineering design. See also paras. 341.5 and 341.5.3.
(2) Branch connection weld includes pressure containing welds in branches and fabricated laps.
(3) Longitudinal groove weld includes straight and spiral (helical) seam. Criteria are not intended to apply to welds made in accordance with a standard listed in Table A-1 or
Table 326.1. Alternative Leak Test requires examination of these welds; see para. 345.9.
(4) Fillet weld includes socket and seal welds, and attachment welds for slip-on flanges, branch reinforcement, and supports.
(5) These imperfections are evaluated only for welds ≤ 5 mm ( 3⁄16 in.) in nominal thickness.
(6) Where two limiting values are separated by “and,” the lesser of the values determines acceptance. Where two sets of values are separated by “or,” the larger value is
acceptable. T w is the nominal wall thickness of the thinner of two components joined by a butt weld.
(7) For circumferential groove welded joints in pipe, tube, and headers made entirely without the addition of filler metal, external concavity shall not exceed the lesser of 1 mm
(1⁄32 in.) or 10% of the joint nominal thickness. The contour of the concavity shall blend smoothly with the base metal. The total joint thickness, including any reinforcement,
shall not be less than the minimum wall thickness, tm.
(8) For groove welds, height is the lesser of the measurements made from the surfaces of the adjacent components; both reinforcement and internal protrusion are permitted in a
weld. For fillet welds, height is measured from the theoretical throat, Fig. 328.5.2A; internal protrusion does not apply.
(9) For welds in aluminum alloy only, internal protrusion shall not exceed the following values:
(a) 1.5 mm ( 1⁄16 in.) for thickness ≤ 2 mm ( 5⁄64 in.)
(b) 2.5 mm ( 3⁄32 in.) for thickness > 2 mm and ≤ 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.)
For external reinforcement and for greater thicknesses, see the tabulation for symbol L.
ASME B31.3-2014
81
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. 341.3.2 Typical Weld Imperfections
82
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) Other Examination
(1) Not less than 5% of circumferential butt and
miter groove welds shall be examined fully by random
radiography in accordance with para. 344.5 or by random ultrasonic examination in accordance with
para. 344.6. The welds to be examined in each designated
lot shall include the work product of each welder or
welding operator whose welds are part of the lot. They
shall also be selected to maximize coverage of intersections with longitudinal joints. When a circumferential
weld with an intersecting longitudinal weld(s) is examined, at least the adjacent 38 mm (11⁄2 in.) of each intersecting weld shall be examined. In-process examination
in accordance with para. 344.7 may be substituted for
all or part of the radiographic or ultrasonic examination
on a weld-for-weld basis if specified in the engineering
design or specifically authorized by the Inspector.
(2) Not less than 5% of all brazed joints shall be
examined by in-process examination in accordance with
para. 344.7, the joints to be examined being selected to
ensure that the work of each brazer making the production joints is included.
(c) Certifications and Records. The examiner shall be
assured, by examination of certifications, records, and
other evidence, that the materials and components are of
the specified grades and that they have received required
heat treatment, examination, and testing. The examiner
shall provide the Inspector with a certification that all
the quality control requirements of the Code and of the
engineering design have been carried out.
of the piping under all conditions of startup, operation,
and shutdown will be accommodated without undue
binding or unanticipated constraint.
(b) Other Examination. All circumferential butt and
miter groove welds and all fabricated branch connection
welds comparable to those shown in Fig. 328.5.4E shall
be examined by 100% radiography in accordance with
para. 344.5, or (if specified in the engineering design)
by 100% ultrasonic examination in accordance with
para. 344.6. Socket welds and branch connection welds
that are not radiographed shall be examined by magnetic
particle or liquid penetrant methods in accordance with
para. 344.3 or 344.4.
(c) In-process examination in accordance with
para. 344.7, supplemented by appropriate nondestructive examination, may be substituted for the examination required in (b) above on a weld-for-weld basis if
specified in the engineering design or specifically
authorized by the Inspector.
(d) Certification and Records. The requirements of
para. 341.4.1(c) apply.
341.4.4 Examination — Elevated Temperature Fluid (14)
Service. Piping in Elevated Temperature Fluid Service
shall be examined to the extent specified herein or to
any greater extent specified in the engineering design.
Acceptance criteria are as stated in para. 341.3.2 and
in Table 341.3.2, for Normal Fluid Service, unless the
requirements for severe cyclic conditions apply or otherwise specified.
(a) Visual Examination. The requirements of
para. 341.4.1(a) apply with the following exceptions:
(1) All fabrication shall be examined.
(2) All threaded, bolted, and other joints shall be
examined.
(3) All piping erection shall be examined to verify
dimensions and alignment. Supports, guides, and points
of cold spring shall be checked to ensure that movement
of the piping under all conditions of startup, operation,
and shutdown will be accommodated without undue
binding or unanticipated constraint.
(b) Additional Examination. The examination requirements of para. 341.4.1(b) apply with the following
exceptions:
(1) Fabrication for longitudinal and spiral (helical
seam) welds in P-No. 4 and P-No. 5 materials, except
those in components made in accordance with a listed
specification, shall be examined by 100% radiography
in accordance with para. 344.5, or by 100% ultrasonic
examination in accordance with para. 344.6.
(2) Socket welds and branch connection welds in
P-No. 4 and P-No. 5 materials that are not radiographed
or ultrasonically examined shall be examined by magnetic particle or liquid penetrant methods in accordance
with para. 344.3 or 344.4.
(c) Additional Examination Required for Autogenous
Welds, Without Filler Metal, in Austenitic Stainless Steel
341.4.2 Examination — Category D Fluid Service.
Piping and piping elements for Category D Fluid Service
as designated in the engineering design shall be visually
examined in accordance with para. 344.2 to the extent
necessary to satisfy the examiner that components,
materials, and workmanship conform to the requirements of this Code and the engineering design. Acceptance criteria are as stated in para. 341.3.2 and in
Table 341.3.2, for Category D fluid service, unless otherwise specified.
341.4.3 Examination — Severe Cyclic Conditions.
Piping to be used under severe cyclic conditions shall
be examined to the extent specified herein or to any
greater extent specified in the engineering design.
Acceptance criteria are as stated in para. 341.3.2 and in
Table 341.3.2, for severe cyclic conditions, unless otherwise specified.
(a) Visual Examination. The requirements of
para. 341.4.1(a) apply with the following exceptions:
(1) All fabrication shall be examined.
(2) All threaded, bolted, and other joints shall be
examined.
(3) All piping erection shall be examined to verify
dimensions and alignment. Supports, guides, and points
of cold spring shall be checked to ensure that movement
83
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
and Austenitic High Nickel Alloys. Autogenously welded
pipe shall receive nondestructive examination in accordance with the material specification. Autogenously
welded expansion joint bellows shall be examined in
accordance with para. X302.2.2(c).
(d) Certification and Records. The requirements of
para. 341.4.1(c) apply.
342.2 Specific Requirement
341.5 Supplementary Examination
Any examination shall be performed in accordance
with a written procedure that conforms to one of the
methods specified in para. 344, including special methods (see para. 344.1.2). Procedures shall be written as
required in the BPV Code, Section V, Article 1, T-150.
The employer shall certify records of the examination
procedures employed, showing dates and results of procedure qualifications, and shall maintain them and make
them available to the Inspector.
For in-process examination, the examinations shall be
performed by personnel other than those performing
the production work.
343 EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
Any of the methods of examination described in
para. 344 may be specified by the engineering design to
supplement the examination required by para. 341.4.
The extent of supplementary examination to be performed and any acceptance criteria that differ from those
in para. 341.3.2 shall be specified in the engineering
design.
341.5.1 Spot Radiography
(a) Longitudinal Welds. Spot radiography for longitudinal groove welds required to have a weld joint factor
Ej of 0.90 requires examination by radiography in accordance with para. 344.5 of at least 300 mm (1 ft) in each
30 m (100 ft) of weld for each welder or welding operator.
Acceptance criteria are those stated in Table 341.3.2 for
radiography under Normal Fluid Service.
(b) Circumferential Butt Welds and Other Welds. It is
recommended that the extent of examination be not less
than one shot on one in each 20 welds for each welder
or welding operator. Unless otherwise specified, acceptance criteria are as stated in Table 341.3.2 for radiography under Normal Fluid Service for the type of joint
examined.
(c) Progressive Sampling for Examination. The provisions of para. 341.3.4 are applicable.
(d) Welds to Be Examined. The locations of welds and
the points at which they are to be examined by spot
radiography shall be selected or approved by the
Inspector.
344 TYPES OF EXAMINATION
344.1 General
344.1.1 Methods. Except as provided in
para. 344.1.2, any examination required by this Code,
by the engineering design, or by the Inspector shall
be performed in accordance with one of the methods
specified herein.
344.1.2 Special Methods. If a method not specified
herein is to be used, it and its acceptance criteria shall
be specified in the engineering design in enough detail
to permit qualification of the necessary procedures and
examiners.
344.1.3 Definitions. The following terms apply to
any type of examination:
100% examination: complete examination of all of a specified kind of item in a designated lot of piping1
random examination:2 complete examination of a percentage of a specified kind of item in a designated lot
of piping1
341.5.2 Hardness Tests. The extent of hardness testing required shall be in accordance with para. 331.1.7
except as otherwise specified in the engineering design.
spot examination:2 a specified partial examination of
each of a specified kind of item in a designated lot of
piping,1 e.g., of part of the length of all shop-fabricated
welds in a lot of jacketed piping
341.5.3 Examinations to Resolve Uncertainty. Any
method may be used to resolve doubtful indications.
Acceptance criteria shall be those for the required
examination.
1
A designated lot is that quantity of piping to be considered
in applying the requirements for examination in this Code. The
quantity or extent of a designated lot should be established by
agreement between the contracting parties before the start of work.
More than one kind of designated lot may be established for different kinds of piping work. See Pipe Fabrication Institute Standard
ES-48, Random Examination, for examples of lot selection.
2
Random or spot examination will not ensure a fabrication product of a prescribed quality level throughout. Items not examined
in a lot of piping represented by such examination may contain
defects that further examination could disclose. Specifically, if all
radiographically disclosable weld defects must be eliminated from
a lot of piping, 100% radiographic examination must be specified.
342 EXAMINATION PERSONNEL
(14)
342.1 Personnel Qualification and Certification
Personnel performing nondestructive examination to
the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and
certified for the method to be utilized following a procedure as described in BPV Code, Section V, Article 1,
T-120(e) or (f).
84
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
random spot examination:2 a specified partial examination of a percentage of a specified kind of item in a
designated lot of piping1
(3) four or more relevant rounded indications in a
line separated by 1.5 mm (1⁄16 in.) or less, edge to edge
344.2 Visual Examination
344.4.1 Method. Examination of castings is covered
in para. 302.3.3. Liquid penetrant examination of welds
and of components other than castings shall be performed in accordance with BPV Code, Section V,
Article 6.
344.4 Liquid Penetrant Examination
344.2.1 Definition. Visual examination is observation of the portion of components, joints, and other piping elements that are or can be exposed to view before,
during, or after manufacture, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, or testing. This examination includes
verification of Code and engineering design requirements for materials, components, dimensions, joint
preparation, alignment, welding, bonding, brazing, bolting, threading, or other joining method, supports,
assembly, and erection.
344.4.2 Acceptance Criteria. Liquid penetrant indications are caused by the bleed-out of a visible or fluorescent dye from a surface discontinuity in the area under
test. However, all such indications are not necessarily
imperfections, since excessive roughness, poor surface
preparation, etc., may produce nonrelevant indications.
Inadvertent evidence of penetrant not related to actual
bleed-out is classified as a false indication. Indications
shall be verified as being relevant, nonrelevant, or false.
Additional surface preparation and/or other test methods may be used as needed to verify the relevance of
an indication.
An indication of an imperfection may be larger than
the imperfection that causes it; however, the size of the
indication is the basis for acceptance evaluation. Only
indications that have any dimension greater than 1.5 mm
(1⁄16 in.) shall be considered relevant.
(a) Indications
(1) A linear indication is one having a length greater
than three times its width.
(2) A rounded indication is one of circular or elliptical shape with a length equal to or less than three times
its width.
(b) Examination. All surfaces to be examined shall be
free of
(1) relevant linear indications
(2) relevant rounded indications >5.0 mm (3⁄16 in.)
(3) four or more relevant rounded indications in a
line separated by 1.5 mm (1⁄16 in.) or less, edge to edge
344.2.2 Method. Visual examination shall be performed in accordance with the BPV Code, Section V,
Article 9. Records of individual visual examinations are
not required, except for those of in-process examination
as specified in para. 344.7.
(14)
344.3 Magnetic Particle Examination
344.3.1 Method. Examination of castings is covered
in para. 302.3.3. Magnetic particle examination of welds
and of components other than castings shall be performed in accordance with BPV Code, Section V,
Article 7.
344.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Magnetic particle indications are caused by the attraction of the test media to
surface or near-surface discontinuities in the area under
test. However, all such indications are not necessarily
imperfections, since excessive roughness, magnetic permeability variations, etc., may produce nonrelevant indications. Inadvertent accumulation of particles not
related to magnetic attraction is classified as a false indication. Indications shall be verified as being relevant,
nonrelevant, or false. Additional surface preparation
and/or other test methods may be used as needed to
verify the relevance of an indication.
An indication of an imperfection may be larger than
the imperfection that causes it; however, the size of the
indication is the basis for acceptance evaluation. Only
indications that have any dimension greater than 1.5 mm
(1⁄16 in.) shall be considered relevant.
(a) Indications
(1) A linear indication is one having a length greater
than three times its width.
(2) A rounded indication is one of circular or elliptical shape with a length equal to or less than three times
its width.
(b) Examination. All surfaces to be examined shall be
free of
(1) relevant linear indications
(2) relevant rounded indications >5.0 mm (3⁄16 in.)
344.5 Radiographic Examination
344.5.1 Method. Radiography of castings is covered in para. 302.3.3. Radiography of welds and of components other than castings shall be performed in
accordance with BPV Code, Section V, Article 2.
344.5.2 Extent of Radiography
(a) 100% Radiography. This applies only to girth and
miter groove welds and to fabricated branch connection
welds comparable to Fig. 328.5.4E, unless otherwise
specified in the engineering design.
(b) Random Radiography. This applies only to girth
and miter groove welds.
(c) Spot Radiography. This requires a single exposure
radiograph in accordance with para. 344.5.1 at a point
within a specified extent of welding. For girth, miter,
and branch groove welds the minimum requirement is
85
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(1) for sizes ≤ DN 65 (NPS 21⁄2), a single elliptical
exposure encompassing the entire weld circumference
(2) for sizes > DN 65, the lesser of 25% of the inside
circumference or 152 mm (6 in.)
For longitudinal welds the minimum requirement is
152 mm (6 in.) of weld length.
(c) fit-up, joint clearance, and internal alignment prior
to joining
(d) variables specified by the joining procedure,
including filler material
(1) (for welding) position and electrode
(2) (for brazing) position, flux, brazing temperature, proper wetting, and capillary action
(e) (for welding) condition of the root pass after cleaning — external and, where accessible, internal — aided
by liquid penetrant or magnetic particle examination
when specified in the engineering design
(f) (for welding) slag removal and weld condition
between passes
(g) appearance of the finished joint
344.6 Ultrasonic Examination
344.6.1 Method. Examination of castings is covered
in para. 302.3.3; other product forms are not covered.
Ultrasonic examination of welds shall be performed in
accordance with BPV Code, Section V, Article 4, except
that the alternative specified in (a) and (b) below is
permitted for basic calibration blocks specified in
T-434.2.1 and T-434.3.
(a) When the basic calibration blocks have not
received heat treatment in accordance with T-434.1.5,
transfer methods shall be used to correlate the responses
from the basic calibration block and the component.
Transfer is accomplished by noting the difference
between responses received from the same reference
reflector in the basic calibration block and in the component and correcting for the difference.
(b) The reference reflector may be a V-notch (which
must subsequently be removed), an angle beam search
unit acting as a reflector, or any other reflector that will
aid in accomplishing the transfer.
(c) When the transfer method is chosen as an alternative, it shall be used, at the minimum
(1) for sizes ≤ DN 50 (NPS 2), once in each 10
welded joints examined
(2) for sizes > DN 50 and ≤ DN 450 (NPS 18), once
in each 1.5 m (5 ft) of welding examined
(3) for sizes > DN 450, once for each welded joint
examined
(d) Each type of material and each size and wall thickness shall be considered separately in applying the transfer method. In addition, the transfer method shall be
used at least twice on each type of weld joint.
(e) The reference level for monitoring discontinuities
shall be modified to reflect the transfer correction when
the transfer method is used.
344.7.2 Method. The examination is visual, in
accordance with para. 344.2, unless additional methods
are specified in the engineering design.
345 TESTING
345.1 Required Leak Test
Prior to initial operation, and after completion of the
applicable examinations required by para. 341, each piping system shall be tested to ensure tightness. The test
shall be a hydrostatic leak test in accordance with
para. 345.4 except as provided herein.
(a) At the owner ’s option, a piping system in
Category D fluid service may be subjected to an initial
service leak test in accordance with para. 345.7, in lieu
of the hydrostatic leak test.
(b) Where the owner considers a hydrostatic leak test
impracticable, either a pneumatic test in accordance with
para. 345.5 or a combined hydrostatic-pneumatic test in
accordance with para. 345.6 may be substituted, recognizing the hazard of energy stored in compressed gas.
(c) Where the owner considers both hydrostatic and
pneumatic leak testing impracticable, the alternative
specified in para. 345.9 may be used if both of the following conditions apply:
(1) a hydrostatic test would
(a) damage linings or internal insulation
(b) contaminate a process that would be hazardous, corrosive, or inoperative in the presence of moisture
(c) require significant support modifications for
the hydrostatic test load or
(d) present the danger of brittle fracture due to
low metal temperature during the test
(2) a pneumatic test would
(a) present an undue hazard of possible release
of energy stored in the system or
(b) present the danger of brittle fracture due to
low metal temperature during the test
(d) Unless specified in the engineering design, lines
open to the atmosphere, such as vents or drains downstream of the last shutoff valve, need not be leak tested.
344.6.2 Acceptance Criteria. A linear-type discontinuity is unacceptable if the amplitude of the indication
exceeds the reference level and its length exceeds
(a) 6 mm (1⁄4 in.) for T w ≤ 19 mm (3⁄4 in.)
(b) T w /3 for 19 mm < T w ≤ 57 mm (21⁄4 in.)
(c) 19 mm for T w > 57 mm
344.7 In-Process Examination
344.7.1 Definition. In-process examination comprises examination of the following, as applicable:
(a) joint preparation and cleanliness
(b) preheating
86
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
345.2 General Requirements for Leak Tests
345.2.5 Jacketed Piping
(a) The internal line shall be leak tested on the basis
of the internal or external design pressure, whichever
is critical. This test must be performed before the jacket
is completed if it is necessary to provide visual access
to joints of the internal line as required by para. 345.3.1.
(b) The jacket shall be leak tested in accordance with
para. 345.1 on the basis of the jacket design pressure
unless otherwise specified in the engineering design.
Requirements in para. 345.2 apply to more than one
type of leak test.
(14)
(14)
345.2.1 Limitations on Pressure
(a) Stress Exceeding Yield Strength. If the test pressure
would produce a circumferential pressure or longitudinal stress (based on minimum pipe wall thickness) in
excess of yield strength at test temperature, the test
pressure may be reduced to the maximum pressure that
will not exceed the yield strength at test temperature.
[See paras. 302.3.2(e) and (f).]
(b) Test Fluid Expansion. If a pressure test is to be
maintained for a period of time and the test fluid in the
system is subject to thermal expansion, precautions shall
be taken to avoid excessive pressure.
(c) Preliminary Pneumatic Test. A preliminary test
using air at no more than 170 kPa (25 psi) gage pressure
may be made prior to hydrostatic testing to locate
major leaks.
345.2.6 Repairs or Additions After Leak Testing. If
repairs or additions are made following the leak test, the
affected piping shall be retested, except that for minor
repairs or additions the owner may waive retest requirements when precautionary measures are taken to assure
sound construction.
345.2.7 Test Records. Records shall be made of each
piping system during the testing, including
(a) date of test
(b) identification of piping system tested
(c) test fluid
(d) test pressure
(e) certification of results by examiner
These records need not be retained after completion
of the test if a certification by the Inspector that the
piping has satisfactorily passed pressure testing as
required by this Code is retained.
345.2.2 Other Test Requirements
(a) Examination for Leaks. The leak test pressure shall
be maintained for at least 10 min and then all joints
and connections shall be examined for leaks. The test
pressure may be reduced to not less than the design
pressure while performing this examination.
(b) Heat Treatment. Leak tests shall be conducted after
any heat treatment has been completed.
(c) Low Test Temperature. The possibility of brittle fracture shall be considered when conducting leak tests at
metal temperatures near the ductile-brittle transition
temperature.
345.3 Preparation for Leak Test
345.3.1 Joints Exposed. All joints, welds (including
structural attachment welds to pressure-containing components), and bonds shall be left uninsulated and
exposed for examination during leak testing, except that
joints previously tested in accordance with this Code
may be insulated or covered. All joints may be primed
and painted prior to leak testing unless a sensitive leak
test (para. 345.8) is required.
345.2.3 Special Provisions for Testing
(a) Piping Components and Subassemblies. Piping components and subassemblies may be tested either separately or as assembled piping.
(b) Flanged Joints. Flanged joints used to connect piping components and subassemblies that have previously
been tested, and flanged joints at which a blank or blind
is used to isolate equipment or other piping during a test,
need not be leak tested in accordance with para. 345.1.
(c) Closure Welds. The final weld connecting piping
systems or components that have been successfully
tested in accordance with para. 345 need not be leak
tested provided the weld is examined in-process in
accordance with para. 344.7 and passes with 100% radiographic examination in accordance with para. 344.5 or
100% ultrasonic examination in accordance with
para. 344.6.
345.3.2 Temporary Supports. Piping designed for
vapor or gas shall be provided with additional temporary supports, if necessary, to support the weight of test
liquid.
345.3.3 Piping With Expansion Joints
(a) Unrestrained expansion joints depend on external
main anchors to resist pressure thrust forces. Except as
limited in para. 345.3.3(c), a piping system containing
unrestrained expansion joints shall be leak tested without any temporary restraints in accordance with
para. 345 up to 150% of the expansion joint design pressure. If the required test pressure exceeds 150% of the
expansion joint design pressure and the main anchors
are not designed to resist the pressure thrust forces at
the required test pressure, for that portion of the test
when the pressure exceeds 150% of the expansion joint
design pressure, the expansion joint shall either be temporarily removed or temporary restraints shall be added
to resist the pressure thrust forces.
345.2.4 Externally Pressured Piping. Piping subject
to external pressure shall be tested at an internal gage
pressure 1.5 times the external differential pressure, but
not less than 105 kPa (15 psi).
87
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) Self-restrained metallic bellows expansion joints
(i.e., tied, hinged, pressure balanced, etc.) have restraint
hardware designed to resist the pressure thrust forces.
Except as limited in para. 345.3.3(c), a piping system
containing self-restrained expansion joints shall be leak
tested in accordance with para. 345. A self-restrained
expansion joint previously shop tested by the manufacturer in accordance with Appendix X may be excluded
from the system to be leak tested, except when a sensitive leak test in accordance with para. 345.8 is required.
Restraint hardware for all types of expansion joints shall
be designed for the pressure thrust forces at the test
pressure.
(c) When a metallic bellows expansion joint is
installed in the piping system subject to a leak test and
the leak test pressure determined in accordance with
para. 345 exceeds the pressure of the test performed by
the manufacturer in accordance with Appendix X, the
required leak test pressure shall be reduced to the manufacturer’s test pressure.
system, other than pipe-supporting elements and bolting, may be used to determine the ST/S ratio based on the
applicable allowable stresses obtained from Table A-1. In
those cases where the piping system may be made up
of equivalent lengths of more than one material, the ST/S
ratio shall be based on the minimum calculated ratio of
the included materials.
(d) if the test pressure as defined above would produce a circumferential pressure or longitudinal stress
(based on minimum pipe wall thickness) in excess of
the yield strength at test temperature or a pressure more
than 1.5 times the component rating at test temperature,
the test pressure may be reduced to the maximum pressure that will not exceed the lesser of the yield strength
or 1.5 times the component ratings at test temperature.
[See paras. 302.3.2(e) and (f ).] For metallic bellows
expansion joints, see Appendix X, para. X302.2.3(a).
345.4.3 Hydrostatic Test of Piping With Vessels as a
System 3
(a) Where the test pressure of piping attached to a
vessel is the same as or less than the test pressure for
the vessel, the piping may be tested with the vessel at
the piping test pressure.
(b) Where the test pressure of the piping exceeds the
vessel test pressure, and it is not considered practicable
to isolate the piping from the vessel, the piping and the
vessel may be tested together at the vessel test pressure,
provided the owner approves and the vessel test pressure is not less than 77% of the piping test pressure
calculated in accordance with para. 345.4.2(b).
345.3.4 Limits of Tested Piping. Equipment that is
not to be tested shall be either disconnected from the
piping or isolated by blinds or other means during the
test. A valve may be used provided the valve (including
its closure mechanism) is suitable for the test pressure.
345.4 Hydrostatic Leak Test
345.4.1 Test Fluid. The fluid shall be water unless
there is the possibility of damage due to freezing or to
adverse effects of water on the piping or the process
(see para. F345.4.1). In that case another suitable nontoxic liquid may be used. If the liquid is flammable, its
flash point shall be at least 49°C (120°F), and consideration shall be given to the test environment.
(14)
345.5 Pneumatic Leak Test
345.5.1 Precautions. Pneumatic testing involves
the hazard of released energy stored in compressed gas.
Particular care must therefore be taken to minimize the
chance of brittle failure during a pneumatic leak test.
Test temperature is important in this regard and must
be considered when the designer chooses the material
of construction. See para. 345.2.2(c) and Appendix F,
paras. F323.4 and F345.5.1.
345.4.2 Test Pressure. Except as provided in para.
345.4.3, the hydrostatic test pressure at every point in a
metallic piping system shall be as follows:
(a) not less than 1.5 times the design pressure.
(b) when the design temperature is greater than the
test temperature, the minimum test pressure, at the point
under consideration, shall be calculated using eq. (24).
PT p 1.5 PST/S
345.5.2 Pressure Relief Device. A pressure relief
device shall be provided, having a set pressure not
higher than the test pressure plus the lesser of 345 kPa
(50 psi) or 10% of the test pressure.
(24)
where
P p internal design gage pressure
PT p minimum test gage pressure
S p allowable stress at component design temperature for the prevalent pipe material; see
Table A-1
ST p allowable stress at test temperature for the
prevalent pipe material; see Table A-1
345.5.3 Test Fluid. The gas used as test fluid, if not
air, shall be nonflammable and nontoxic.
(c) in those cases where the piping system may not
include pipe itself, any other component in the piping
3
The provisions of para. 345.4.3 do not affect the pressure test
requirements of any applicable vessel code.
345.5.4 Test Pressure. The test pressure shall be
not less than 1.1 times the design pressure and shall not
exceed the lesser of
(a) 1.33 times the design pressure
(b) the pressure that would produce a circumferential
pressure or longitudinal stress (based on minimum pipe
88
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) the pressure shall be gradually increased until a
gage pressure equal to the lesser of one-half the test
pressure or 170 kPa (25 psi) is attained, at which time
a preliminary check shall be made. Then the pressure
shall be gradually increased in steps until the test pressure is reached, the pressure being held long enough at
each step to equalize piping strains.
wall thickness) in excess of 90% of the yield strength of
any component at the test temperature
345.5.5 Procedure. The pressure shall be gradually
increased until a gage pressure that is the lesser of onehalf the test pressure or 170 kPa (25 psi) is attained, at
which time a preliminary check shall be made, including
examination of joints in accordance with para. 341.4.1(a).
Thereafter, the pressure shall be gradually increased in
steps until the test pressure is reached, holding the pressure at each step long enough to equalize piping strains.
The pressure shall then be reduced to the design pressure
before examining for leakage in accordance with
para. 345.2.2(a).
345.9 Alternative Leak Test
The following procedures and leak test method may be
used only under the conditions stated in para. 345.1(c).
345.9.1 Examination of Welds. Welds, including
those used in the manufacture of welded pipe and fittings, that have not been subjected to hydrostatic or
pneumatic leak tests in accordance with this Code, shall
be examined as follows:
(a) Circumferential, longitudinal, and spiral (helical
seam) groove welds shall be 100% radiographed in
accordance with para. 344.5 or 100% ultrasonically
examined in accordance with para. 344.6.
(b) All welds, including structural attachment welds,
not covered in (a) above, shall be examined using the
liquid penetrant method (para. 344.4) or, for magnetic
materials, the magnetic particle method (para. 344.3).
345.6 Hydrostatic-Pneumatic Leak Test
If a combination hydrostatic-pneumatic leak test is
used, the requirements of para. 345.5 shall be met, and
the pressure in the liquid filled part of the piping shall
not exceed the limits stated in para. 345.4.2.
345.7 Initial Service Leak Test
This test is applicable only to piping in Category D
Fluid Service, at the owner’s option. See para. 345.1(a).
345.7.1 Test Fluid. The test fluid is the service fluid.
345.9.2 Flexibility Analysis. A flexibility analysis
of the piping system shall have been made in accordance
with the requirements of para. 319.4.2 (b), if applicable,
or (c) and (d).
345.7.2 Procedure. During or prior to initial operation, the pressure shall be gradually increased in steps
until the operating pressure is reached, holding the pressure at each step long enough to equalize piping strains.
A preliminary check shall be made as described in
para. 345.5.5 if the service fluid is a gas or vapor.
345.9.3 Test Method. The system shall be subjected
to a sensitive leak test in accordance with para. 345.8.
345.7.3 Examination for Leaks. The examination for
leaks required by para. 345.2.2(a) shall be conducted
while the system is at operating pressure. It is permissible to omit examination for leaks of joints and connections previously tested in accordance with this Code.
346 RECORDS
346.2 Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the piping designer, the manufacturer, the fabricator, and the erector, as applicable, to
prepare the records required by this Code and by the
engineering design.
345.8 Sensitive Leak Test
The test shall be the Bubble Test — Direct Pressure
Technique in accordance with the BPV Code, Section V,
Article 10, Appendix I or another leak test method that
has a demonstrated sensitivity not less than 10−3 std
ml/s under test conditions.
When the Bubble Test — Direct Pressure Technique
is used
(a) the test pressure shall be at least the lesser of
105 kPa (15 psi) gage or 25% of the design pressure.
346.3 Retention of Records
Unless otherwise specified by the engineering design,
the following records shall be retained for at least 5 years
after the record is generated for the project:
(a) examination procedures
(b) examination personnel qualifications
89
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter VII
Nonmetallic Piping and Piping Lined With Nonmetals
A300
GENERAL STATEMENTS
A302.1 General
The designer shall be satisfied as to the adequacy
nonmetallic material and its manufacture, considering
at least the following:
(a) tensile, compressive, flexural, and shear strength,
and modulus of elasticity, at design temperature (long
term and short term)
(b) creep rate at design conditions
(c) design stress and its basis
(d) ductility and plasticity
(e) impact and thermal shock properties
(f) temperature limits
(g) transition temperature — melting and
vaporization
(h) porosity and permeability
(i) testing methods
(j) methods of making joints and their efficiency
(k) possibility of deterioration in service
(a) Chapter VII pertains to nonmetallic piping and to
piping lined with nonmetals.
(b) The organization, content, and paragraph designations of this Chapter correspond to those of the first
six Chapters (the base Code). The prefix A is used.
(c) Provisions and requirements of the base Code
apply only as stated in this Chapter.
(d) Metallic piping that provides the pressure containment for a nonmetallic lining shall conform to the
requirements of Chapters I through VI, and to those in
Chapter VII not limited to nonmetals.
(e) This Chapter makes no provision for piping to be
used under severe cyclic conditions.
(f ) With the exceptions stated above, Chapter I
applies in its entirety.
PART 1
CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA
A301
A302.2 Pressure–Temperature Design Criteria
A302.2.1 Listed Components Having Established
Ratings. Paragraph 302.2.1 applies, except that reference to Table A326.1 replaces reference to Table 326.1.
DESIGN CONDITIONS
Paragraph 301 applies in its entirety, with the
exception of paras. 301.2 and 301.3. See below.
A302.2.2 Listed Components Not Having Specific
Ratings. Nonmetallic piping components for which
design stresses have been developed in accordance with
para. A302.3, but which do not have specific pressure–
temperature ratings, shall be rated by rules for pressure
design in para. A304, within the range of temperatures
for which stresses are shown in Appendix B, modified
as applicable by other rules of this Code.
Piping components that do not have allowable stresses
or pressure–temperature ratings shall be qualified for
pressure design as required by para. A304.7.2.
A301.2 Design Pressure
Paragraph 301.2 applies in its entirety, except that references to paras. A302.2.4 and A304 replace references
to paras. 302.2.4 and 304, respectively.
A301.3 Design Temperature
Paragraph 301.3 applies with the following exceptions.
A301.3.1 Design Minimum Temperature.
Paragraph 301.3.1 applies; but see para. A323.2.2, rather
than para. 323.2.2.
A302.2.3 Unlisted Components. Paragraph 302.2.3
applies, except that references to Table A326.1 and
paras. A304 and A304.7.2 replace references to
Table 326.1 and paras. 304 and 304.7.2, respectively.
A301.3.2 Uninsulated Components. The component
design temperature shall be the fluid temperature,
unless a higher temperature will result from solar radiation or other external heat sources.
A302
A302.2.4 Allowances for Pressure and Temperature
Variations
(a) Nonmetallic Piping. Allowances for variations of
pressure or temperature, or both, above design conditions are not permitted. The most severe conditions of
coincident pressure and temperature shall be used to
determine the design conditions for a piping system.
See paras. 301.2 and 301.3.
DESIGN CRITERIA
Paragraph A302 states pressure–temperature ratings,
stress criteria, design allowances, and minimum design
values, together with permissible variations of these factors as applied to the design of piping.
90
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) Metallic Piping With Nonmetallic Lining. Allowances for pressure and temperature variations provided
in para. 302.2.4 are permitted only if the suitability of
the lining material for the increased conditions is established through prior successful service experience or
tests under comparable conditions.
shall be one-tenth of the minimum tensile strengths specified in Table 1 of ASTM C582 and are valid only in the
temperature range from −29°C (−20°F) through
82°C (180°F).
(c) Reinforced Thermosetting Resin and Reinforced Plastic
Mortar (Filament Wound and Centrifugally Cast). The
hydrostatic design basis stress (HDBS) values for materials listed in Table B-3 shall be obtained by the procedures
in ASTM D2992 and are valid only at 23°C (73°F). HDS
shall be obtained by multiplying the HDBS by a service
(design) factor2 selected for the application, in accordance with procedures described in ASTM D2992,
within the following limits:
(1) When using the cyclic HDBS, the service
(design) factor F shall not exceed 1.0.
(2) When using the static HDBS, the service
(design) factor F shall not exceed 0.5.
(d) Other Materials. Allowable pressures in Tables B-4
and B-5 have been determined conservatively from
physical properties of materials conforming to the listed
specifications, and have been confirmed by extensive
experience. Use of other materials shall be qualified as
required by para. A304.7.2.
A302.2.5 Rating at Junction of Different Services.
When two services that operate at different pressure–
temperature conditions are connected, the valve segregating the two services shall be rated for the more severe
service condition.
A302.3 Allowable Stresses and Other Design Limits
A302.3.1 General
(a) Table B-1 contains hydrostatic design stresses
(HDS). Tables B-2 and B-3 provide listings of specifications that meet the criteria of paras. A302.3.2(b) and
(c), respectively. Tables B-4 and B-5 contain allowable
pressures. These HDS values, allowable stress criteria,
and pressures shall be used in accordance with the Notes
to Appendix B, and may be used in design calculations
(where the allowable stress S means the appropriate
design stress) except as modified by other provisions of
this Code. Use of hydrostatic design stresses for calculations other than pressure design has not been verified.
The bases for determining allowable stresses and pressures are outlined in para. A302.3.2.
(b) The stresses and allowable pressures are grouped
by materials and listed for stated temperatures. Straightline interpolation between temperatures is permissible.
A302.3.3 Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to
Sustained Loads 1
(a) Internal Pressure Stresses. Limits of stress due to
internal pressure are covered in para. A304.
(b) External Pressure Stresses. Stresses due to uniform
external pressure shall be considered safe when the wall
thickness of the component and its means of stiffening
have been qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
(c) External Loading Stresses. Design of piping under
external loading shall be based on the following:
(1) Thermoplastic Piping. ASTM D2321 or
AWWA C900.
(2) Reinforced Thermosetting Resin (RTR) and
Reinforced Plastic Mortar (RPM) Piping. ASTM D3839 or
Appendix A of AWWA C950.
(3) Strain and possible buckling shall be considered
when determining the maximum allowable deflection
in (1) or (2) above, but in no case shall the allowable
diametral deflection exceed 5% of the pipe inside
diameter.
(4) Nonmetallic piping not covered in (1) or (2)
above shall be subjected to a crushing or three-edge
bearing test in accordance with ASTM C14 or C301;
the allowable load shall be 25% of the minimum value
obtained.
A302.3.2 Bases for Allowable Stresses and
Pressures 1
(a) Thermoplastics. The method of determining HDS
is described in ASTM D2837. HDS values are given in
Table B-1 for those materials and temperatures for which
sufficient data have been compiled to substantiate the
determination of stress.
(b) Reinforced Thermosetting Resin (Laminated). The
design stress (DS) values for materials listed in Table B-2
1
Titles of ASTM Specifications and AWWA Standards referenced
herein are as follows:
ASTM C14, Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe
ASTM C301, Method of Testing Vitrified Clay Pipe
ASTM C582, Contact-Molded Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic
(RTP) Laminates for Corrosion Resistant Equipment
ASTM D2321, Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow
Applications
ASTM D2837, Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis
for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Pressure Design Basis for
Thermoplastic Pipe Products
ASTM D2992, Practice for Obtaining Hydrostatic or Pressure
Design Basis for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-RTR) Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D3839, Underground Installation of Fiberglass Pipe
AWWA C900, PVC Pressure Pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, for Water
AWWA C950, Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin
Pressure Pipe
2
The service (design) factor, F, should be selected by the designer
after evaluating fully the service conditions and the engineering
properties of the specific material under consideration. Aside from
the limits in paras. A302.3.2(c)(1) and (2), it is not the intent of this
Code to specify service (design) factors.
91
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A302.3.4 Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to
Occasional Loads
(a) Operation. The sum of the stresses in any component in a piping system due to sustained loads, such as
pressure and weight, and of the stresses produced by
occasional loads, such as wind or earthquake, shall not
exceed the limits in the applicable part of para. A302.3.3.
Wind and earthquake forces need not be considered as
acting concurrently.
(b) Test. Stresses due to test conditions are not subject
to the limitations in para. A302.3.3. It is not necessary
to consider other occasional loads, such as wind and
earthquake, as occurring concurrently with test loads.
T p pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in
accordance with the purchase specification)
t p pressure design thickness, as calculated in
accordance with para. A304.1.2 for internal
pressure or as determined in accordance with
para. A304.1.3 for external pressure
tm p minimum required thickness, including
mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowances
A304.1.2 Straight Nonmetallic Pipe Under Internal
Pressure. The internal pressure design thickness, t,
shall be not less than that calculated by one of the following equations, using stress values listed in or derived
from the appropriate table in Appendix B:
(a) Thermoplastic Pipe [See Para. A302.3.2(a)]
A302.4 Allowances
Paragraph 302.4 applies in its entirety.
tp
PART 2
PRESSURE DESIGN OF PIPING COMPONENTS
A303
tp
GENERAL
PD
共Table B-2兲
2S + P
(26b)3
(c) RTR (Filament Wound) and RPM (Centrifugally Cast)
Pipe [See Para. A302.3.2(c)]
tp
PD
共Table B-3兲
2SF + P
(26c)3
A304.1.3 Straight Pipe Under External Pressure
(a) Nonmetallic Pipe. The external pressure design
thickness, t, shall be qualified as required by
para. A304.7.2.
(b) Metallic Pipe Lined With Nonmetals
(1) The external pressure design thickness, t, for the
base (outer) material shall be determined in accordance
with para. 304.1.3.
(2) The external pressure design thickness, t, for
the lining material shall be qualified as required by
para. A304.7.2.
PRESSURE DESIGN OF PIPING
COMPONENTS
A304.1 Straight Pipe
A304.1.1 General
(a) The required thickness of straight sections of pipe
shall be determined by eq. (25).
tm p t + c
(26a)
(b) RTR (Laminated) Pipe [See Para. A302.3.2(b)]
Paragraph 303 applies, except that references to
Table A326.1 and para. A302.2.1 replace references to
Table 326.1 and para. 302.2.1. For nonmetallic components, reference to para. A304 replaces reference to
para. 304.
A304
PD
共Table B-1兲
2S + P
(25)
The minimum thickness T for the pipe selected, considering manufacturer’s minus tolerance, shall be not
less than tm .
(b) The following nomenclature is used in the equations for pressure design of straight pipe:
c p the sum of mechanical allowances (thread or
groove depth) plus corrosion and erosion
allowance. For threaded components, the nominal thread depth (dimension h of ASME B1.20.1
or equivalent) shall apply. For machined surfaces or grooves where the tolerance is not specified, the tolerance shall be assumed to be
0.5 mm (0.02 in.) in addition to the specified
depth of the cut.
D p outside diameter of pipe
F p service (design) factor. See para. A302.3.2(c).
P p internal design gage pressure
S p design stress from applicable Table in
Appendix B
A304.2 Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
A304.2.1 Pipe Bends. The minimum required thickness, t m, of a bend, after bending, shall be determined
as for straight pipe in accordance with para. A304.1.
A304.2.2 Elbows. Manufactured elbows not in
accordance with para. A303 shall be qualified as required
by para. A304.7.2.
A304.2.3 Miter Bends. Miter bends shall be qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
A304.3 Branch Connections
A304.3.1 General. A pipe having a branch connection is weakened by the opening that must be made in
3
The internal design pressure thickness t shall not include any
thickness of the pipe wall reinforced with less than 20% by weight
of reinforcing fibers.
92
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A304.7 Pressure Design of Other Components
it and, unless the wall thickness of the pipe is sufficiently
in excess of that required to sustain the pressure, it is
necessary to provide added reinforcement. The amount
of reinforcement shall be qualified as required by
para. A304.7.2 except as provided in para. A304.3.2.
A304.7.1 Listed Components. Other pressure containing components, manufactured in accordance with
standards in Table A326.1 but not covered elsewhere in
para. A304, may be utilized in accordance with
para. A303.
A304.3.2 Branch Connections Using Fittings. It may
be assumed without calculation that a branch connection
has adequate strength to sustain the internal and external pressure that will be applied to it if it utilizes a fitting
(a tee, lateral, or cross) in accordance with para. A303.
A304.7.2 Unlisted Components. Pressure design of
unlisted components and joints, to which the rules elsewhere in para. A304 do not apply, shall be based on
calculations consistent with the design criteria of this
Code. Calculations shall be substantiated by one or both
of the means stated in (a) and (b) below, considering
applicable ambient and dynamic effects in paras. 301.4
through 301.11.
(a) extensive, successful service experience under
comparable design conditions with similarly proportioned components made of the same or like material
(b) performance test under design conditions including applicable dynamic and creep effects, continued for
a time period sufficient to determine the acceptability
of the component or joint for its design life
For (a) or (b) above, the designer may interpolate
between sizes, wall thicknesses, and pressure classes,
and may determine analogies among related materials.
A304.3.3 Additional Design Considerations. The
requirements of paras. A304.3.1 and A304.3.2 are
intended to assure satisfactory performance of a branch
connection subjected only to internal or external pressure. The designer shall also consider paras. 304.3.5(a),
(c), and (d).
A304.4 Closures
Closures not in accordance with para. A303 shall be
qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
A304.5 Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Flanges
A304.5.1 General
(a) Flanges not in accordance with para. A303, or
A304.5.1(b) or (d) shall be qualified as required by
para. A304.7.2.
(b) Flanges for use with flat ring gaskets may be
designed in accordance with the BPV Code, Section VIII,
Division 1, Appendix 2, except that the allowable
stresses and temperature limits of this Code shall govern. Nomenclature shall be as defined in the BPV Code,
except for the following:
P p design gage pressure
Sa p bolt design stress at atmospheric temperature4
Sb p bolt design stress at design temperature4
Sf p allowable stress for flange material from
Table B-1, B-2, or B-3
A304.7.3 Nonmetallic Components With Metallic
Pressure Parts. Components not covered by standards
in Table A326.1, in which both nonmetallic and metallic
parts contain the pressure, shall be evaluated by applicable requirements of para. 304.7.2 as well as those of
para. A304.7.2.
PART 3
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING
COMPONENTS
A305
Listed pipe may be used in Normal Fluid Service,
subject to the limitations of the pressure-containing
material and para. A323.4. Unlisted pipe may be used
only in accordance with para. A302.2.3.
(c) The rules in (b) above are not applicable to a
flanged joint having a gasket that extends outside the
bolts (usually to the outside diameter of the flange).
(d) For flanges that make solid contact outside the
bolts, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix Y should be
used.
A306
A304.5.2 Blind Flanges. Blind flanges not in accordance with para. A303 may be designed in accordance
with para. 304.5.2, except that allowable stress S shall
be taken from Tables in Appendix B. Otherwise, they
shall be qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
FITTINGS, BENDS, MITERS, LAPS, AND
BRANCH CONNECTIONS
General. Fittings, bends, miters, laps, and branch connections may be used in accordance with paras. A306.1
through A306.5. Pipe and other materials used in such
components shall be suitable for the manufacturing process and the fluid service.
A304.6 Reducers
A306.1 Pipe Fittings
Reducers not in accordance with para. A303 shall be
qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
4
PIPE
A306.1.1 Listed Fittings. Listed fittings may be used
in Normal Fluid Service subject to limitations on
materials.
Bolt design stresses shall not exceed those in Table A-2.
93
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A308.2 Nonmetallic Flanges
A306.1.2 Unlisted Fittings. Unlisted fittings may be
used only in accordance with para. A302.2.3.
A308.2.1 General
(a) Flanges shall be adequate, with suitable facing,
gasketing, and bolting, to develop the full rating of the
joint and to withstand expected external loadings.
(b) The designer should consult the manufacturer for
ratings of flanges.
A306.2 Pipe Bends
A306.2.1 General. A bend made in accordance with
para. A332 and verified for pressure design in accordance with para. A304.2.1 shall be suitable for the same
service as the pipe from which it is made.
A308.2.2 Threaded Flanges. Threaded flanges are
subject to the requirements for threaded joints in
para. A314.
A306.2.2 Corrugated and Other Bends. Bends of
other designs (such as creased or corrugated) shall be
qualified for pressure design as required by
para. A304.7.2.
A308.3 Flange Facings
A306.3 Miter Bends
Except as specified in para. 306.3.2, a miter bend that
conforms to para. A304.2.3 may be used in Normal Fluid
Service.
Paragraph 308.3 applies in its entirety.
A308.4 Limitations on Gaskets
See also Appendix F, para. F308.4.
A306.4 Fabricated or Flared Laps
The following requirements do not apply to fittings
conforming to para. A306.1.
A308.4.1 Lining Used as Facing or Gasket. Lining
material extended over the flange face and used as a
gasket shall conform to para. 308.4.
A306.4.1 Fabricated Laps
(a) The requirements in paras. 306.4.1(a) and (b) shall
be met.
(b) Lap material shall be suitable for the service conditions. Pressure design shall be qualified as required by
para. A304.7.2.
A309
Bolting includes bolts, bolt studs, studs, cap screws,
nuts, and washers. See Appendix F, para. F309.
A309.1 General
A306.4.2 Flared Laps. Flared laps shall not be used
in nonmetallic piping.
Paragraph 309.1 applies in its entirety.
A306.5 Fabricated Branch Connections
The following requirements do not apply to fittings
conforming to para. A306.1.
A309.2 Specific Bolting
Any bolting that meets the requirements of para. 309.1
may be used with any combination of flange materials
and flange facings. Joint assembly shall conform to the
requirements of para. A335.2.
A306.5.1 General. A fabricated branch connection
made by bonding the branch pipe directly to the header
pipe, with or without added reinforcement as stated in
para. 328.5.4, and shown in Fig. 328.5.4, may be used in
Normal Fluid Service, provided that pressure design is
qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
A309.3 Tapped Holes in Nonmetallic Components
Tapped holes for pressure-retaining bolting in piping
components may be used provided pressure design is
qualified as required by para. A304.7.2.
A306.5.2 Specific Requirements. Fabricated branch
connections shall be made as specified in para. A328.5.
A307
BOLTING
PART 4
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING JOINTS
VALVES AND SPECIALTY COMPONENTS
Paragraph 307 applies in its entirety, except that in
para. 307.1.2 reference to paras. A302.2.3 and A304.7.2
replaces reference to paras. 302.2.3 and 304.7.2,
respectively.
A310
GENERAL
Paragraph 310 applies in its entirety.
A311
A308
FLANGES, BLANKS, FLANGE FACINGS, AND
GASKETS
A308.1 General
BONDED JOINTS IN PLASTICS
A311.1 General
Bonding shall be in accordance with para. A328 and
examination shall be in accordance with para. A341.4.1
for use in Normal Fluid Service, subject to the limitations
of the material.
Paragraph 308.1 applies, except that in para. 308.1.2
reference to para. A302.2.3 replaces reference to
para. 302.2.3.
94
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A311.2 Specific Requirements
factory cut or molded in the bottom portions of fittings
with deep sockets.
(d) Factory cut or molded threaded nipples, couplings, or adapters, bonded to plain-end RTR pipe and
fittings, may be used where it is necessary to provide
connections to threaded metallic piping.
A311.2.1 Fillet Bonds. A fillet bond may be used
only in conjunction with a qualified hot gas welding
procedure for bonding (see para. A328.5.2).
A311.2.2 Seal Bonds. A seal bond may be used
only to prevent leakage of a threaded joint and only if it
has been demonstrated that there will be no deleterious
effect on the materials bonded.
A314.2.3 Reinforced Plastic Mortar Piping.
Threaded joints are not permitted in reinforced plastic
mortar (RPM) piping.
A311.2.3 Joints Limited to Category D Fluid Service.
Joints that have been examined in accordance with
para. 341.4.2 may be used only for Category D Fluid
Service.
A312
A315
Paragraph 315 applies in its entirety, subject to material
limitations, exclusion of 315.2(b) regarding severe cyclic
conditions, and replacement of reference to Table 326.1
and para. 304.7.2 with reference to Table A326.1 and
para. A304.7.2, respectively.
FLANGED JOINTS
The designer should consult the manufacturer for ratings of flanged joints in nonmetallic piping and in piping
lined with nonmetals.
A313
A316
EXPANDED JOINTS
CAULKED JOINTS
Paragraph 316 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph 313 applies in its entirety.
A314
TUBING JOINTS
THREADED JOINTS
A318
A314.1 General
SPECIAL JOINTS
Special joints are those not covered elsewhere in
Chapter VII, Part 4, such as bell type and packed gland
type joints.
A threaded joint is suitable for use in Normal Fluid
Service, subject to the limitations of the material and
requirements elsewhere in para. A314. A joint conforming to para. 314.1(d) shall not be used.
A318.1 General
Paragraph 318.1 applies in its entirety, except that, in
para. 318.1.2, reference to para. A304.7.2 replaces reference to para. 304.7.2.
A314.2 Specific Requirements
A314.2.1 Thermoplastic Piping
(a) Polyethylene (PE) pipe and tubing shall not be
joined by threaded joints.
(b) Threaded joints in other thermoplastic piping shall
conform to all of the following:
(1) The pipe wall shall be at least as thick as
Schedule 80 as defined in ASTM D1785.
(2) Threads shall be NPT, and shall conform to
ASME B1.20.1 or ASTM F1498.
(3) Threads shall conform to applicable standards
in Table A326.1.
(4) A suitable thread sealant shall be used.
A318.2 Specific Requirements
Paragraph 318.2 applies with the exception of
para. 318.2.3.
A318.3 Piping Lined With Nonmetals
A318.3.1 Welding of Metallic Piping
(a) General. Joints made in accordance with the rules
in para. A329.1 may be used in Normal Fluid Service,
subject to material limitations.
(b) Specific Requirements. Welds shall be limited to
those that do not affect the serviceability of the lining.
A314.2.2 Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Piping.
Threaded joints in reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR)
piping shall conform to the following:
(a) External threads shall be factory cut or molded on
special thick-walled pipe ends.
(b) Matching internal threads shall be factory cut or
molded in the fittings.
(c) Threading of plain ends of RTR pipe is not permitted, except where such threads are limited to the function of a mechanical lock to matching internal threads
A318.3.2 Flared Linings
(a) General. Flared ends of linings made in accordance
with the rules in para. A329.2 may be used in Normal
Fluid Service, subject to material limitations.
(b) Specific Requirements. Flaring shall be limited to
applications that do not affect the serviceability of the
lining.
95
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A318.4 Flexible Elastomeric Sealed Joints
may occur upon repeated thermal cycling or on prolonged exposure to elevated temperature.
(b) In brittle piping (such as porcelain, glass, etc.) and
some RTR and RPM piping, the materials show rigid
behavior and develop high displacement stresses up to
the point of sudden breakage due to overstrain.
Flexible elastomeric seals conforming to the following
may be used in Normal Fluid Service, subject to material
limitations:
(a) Seals for joints in thermoplastic piping shall conform to ASTM D3139.
(b) Seals for joints in RTR and RPM piping shall conform to ASTM D4161.
A319.2.2 Displacement Stresses
(a) Elastic Behavior. The assumption that displacement strains will produce proportional stress over a sufficiently wide range to justify an elastic stress analysis
often is not valid for nonmetals. In brittle piping, strains
initially will produce relatively large elastic stresses. The
total displacement strain must be kept small, however,
since overstrain results in failure rather than plastic
deformation. In thermoplastic and thermosetting resin
piping, strains generally will produce stresses of the
overstrained (plastic) type, even at relatively low values
of total displacement strain. If a method of flexibility
analysis that assumes elastic behavior is selected, the
designer must be able to demonstrate its validity for the
piping system under consideration, and shall establish
safe limits for computed stresses.
(b) Overstrained Behavior. Stresses cannot be considered proportional to displacement strains throughout a
piping system in which an excessive amount of strain
may occur in localized portions of the piping [an unbalanced system; see para. 319.2.2(b)] or in which elastic
behavior of the piping material cannot be assumed.
Overstrain shall be minimized by system layout and
excessive displacements shall be minimized by special
joints or expansion devices (see para. A319.7).
PART 5
FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT
A319
FLEXIBILITY OF NONMETALLIC PIPING
A319.1 Requirements
A319.1.1 Basic Requirements. Piping systems shall
be designed to prevent thermal expansion or contraction, pressure expansion, or movement of piping supports and terminals from causing
(a) failure of piping or supports from overstrain or
fatigue
(b) leakage at joints
(c) detrimental stresses or distortion in piping or in
connected equipment (pumps, for example), resulting
from excessive thrusts and moments in the piping
A319.1.2 Specific Requirements
(a) In para. A319, guidance, concepts, and data are
given to assist the designer in assuring adequate flexibility in piping systems. No specific stress-limiting criteria
or methods of stress analysis are presented since stress–
strain behavior of most nonmetals differs considerably
from that of metals covered by para. 319 and is less well
defined for mathematical analysis.
(b) Piping systems should be designed and laid out
so that flexural stresses resulting from displacement due
to expansion, contraction, and other movement are minimized. This concept requires special attention to supports, terminals, and other restraints, as well as to the
techniques outlined in para. A319.7. See also
para. A319.2.2(b).
(c) Further information on design of thermoplastic
piping can be found in PPI Technical Report TR-21.
A319.2.3 Cold Spring. Cold spring is the intentional
deformation of piping during assembly to produce a
desired initial displacement or reaction. Cold spring may
be beneficial in serving to balance the magnitude of the
reaction under initial and extreme displacement conditions. When cold spring is properly applied, there is less
likelihood of overstrain during initial operation. There is
also less deviation from as-installed dimensions during
initial operation, so that hangers will not be displaced
as far from their original settings. No credit for cold
spring is permitted in stress range calculations, or in
calculating thrusts and moments.
A319.2 Concepts
A319.2.1 Displacement Strains. The concepts of
strain imposed by restraint of thermal expansion or contraction, and by external movement, described in
para. 319.2.1, apply in principle to nonmetals. Nevertheless, the assumption that stresses throughout the piping
system can be predicted from these strains because of
fully elastic behavior of the piping materials is not generally valid.
(a) In thermoplastics and some RTR and RPM piping,
displacement strains are not likely to produce immediate
failure but may result in detrimental distortion. Especially in thermoplastic piping, progressive deformation
A319.3 Properties for Flexibility Analysis
A319.3.1 Thermal Expansion Data. Appendix C lists
coefficients of thermal expansion for several nonmetals.
More precise values in some instances may be obtainable
from manufacturers of components. If these values are
to be used in stress analysis, the thermal displacements
shall be determined as stated in para. 319.3.1.
A319.3.2 Modulus of Elasticity. Appendix C lists
representative data on the tensile modulus of elasticity,
E, for several nonmetals as obtained under typical laboratory rate of strain (loading) conditions. Because of
96
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
their viscoelasticity, the effective moduli of plastics
under actual conditions of use will depend on both the
specific course of the strain (or load) with time and the
specific characteristics of the plastic. More precise values
of the short term and working estimates of effective
moduli of elasticity for given conditions of loading and
temperature may be obtainable from the manufacturer.
The modulus may also vary with the orientation of the
specimen, especially for resins with filament-wound
reinforcement. For materials and temperatures not
listed, refer to ASTM or PPI documents, or to manufacturer’s data.
low magnitude. The amount of tension or compression
strain (which can produce larger reactions) usually is
small.
Where piping lacks inherent flexibility or is unbalanced, additional flexibility shall be provided by one or
more of the following means: bends, loops, or offsets;
swivel or flexible joints; corrugated, bellows, or slip-joint
expansion joints; or other devices permitting angular,
rotational, or axial movement. Suitable anchors, ties, or
other devices shall be provided as necessary to resist end
forces produced by fluid pressure, frictional resistance to
movement, and other causes.
A319.3.3 Poisson’s Ratio. Poisson’s ratio varies
widely depending upon material and temperature. For
that reason simplified formulas used in stress analysis
for metals may not be valid for nonmetals.
A321
PIPING SUPPORT
Paragraph 321 applies in its entirety.
A321.5 Supports for Nonmetallic Piping
A319.3.4 Dimensions. Nominal thicknesses and
outside diameters of pipe and fittings shall be used in
flexibility calculations.
A321.5.1 General. In addition to other applicable
requirements of para. 321, supports, guides, and anchors
shall be selected and applied to comply with the principles and requirements of para. A319 and the following:
(a) Piping shall be supported, guided, and anchored
in such a manner as to prevent damage to the piping.
Point loads and narrow areas of contact between piping
and supports shall be avoided. Suitable padding shall
be placed between piping and supports where damage
to piping may occur.
(b) Valves and equipment that would transmit excessive loads to the piping shall be independently supported to prevent such loads.
(c) Consideration shall be given to mechanical guarding in traffic areas.
(d) Manufacturers’ recommendations for support
shall be considered.
A319.4 Analysis
A319.4.1 Formal Analysis Not Required. No formal
analysis is required for a piping system that
(a) duplicates, or replaces without significant change,
a system operating with a successful service record
(b) can readily be judged adequate by comparison
with previously analyzed systems, or
(c) is laid out with a conservative margin of inherent
flexibility, or employs joining methods or expansion joint
devices, or a combination of these methods, in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions
A319.4.2 Formal Analysis Requirements. For a piping system that does not meet the above criteria, the
designer shall demonstrate adequate flexibility by simplified, approximate, or comprehensive stress analysis,
using a method that can be shown to be valid for the
specific case. If substantially elastic behavior can be demonstrated for the piping system [see para. A319.2.2(a)],
methods outlined in para. 319.4 may be applicable.
A321.5.2 Supports for Thermoplastic, RTR, and RPM
Piping. Supports shall be spaced to avoid excessive sag
or deformation at the design temperature and within
the design life of the piping system. Decreases in the
modulus of elasticity with increasing temperature and
creep of material with time shall be considered when
applicable. The coefficient of thermal expansion shall be
considered in the design and location of supports.
A319.5 Reactions
Paragraph 319.5 may be applicable if a formal stress
analysis can be shown to be valid for the specific case.
A321.5.3 Supports for Brittle Piping. Brittle piping,
such as glass, shall be well supported but free of hindrance to expansion or other movement. Not more than
one anchor shall be provided in any straight run without
an expansion joint.
A319.6 Movements
Special attention shall be given to movement (displacement or rotation) of piping with respect to supports and
points of close clearance. Movements of the run pipe
at the junction of a small branch connection shall be
considered in determining the need for flexibility in the
branch pipe.
PART 6
SYSTEMS
A322 SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS
A319.7 Means of Increasing Flexibility
Piping layout often provides adequate inherent flexibility through changes in direction, wherein displacements produce chiefly bending and torsional strains of
A322.3 Instrument Piping
Paragraph 322.3 applies in its entirety, except that references to paras. A301 and A302.2.4 replace references
to paras. 301 and 302.2.4, respectively.
97
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A322.6 Pressure-Relieving Systems
(b) When materials are qualified for use at temperatures below the minimum temperature listed in
Appendix B, the allowable stresses or pressures shall not
exceed the values for the lowest temperatures shown.
(c) See also the recommended limits in
Table A323.4.2C for reinforced thermosetting resin pipe
and in Table A323.4.3 for thermoplastics used as linings.
Paragraph 322.6 applies in its entirety, except for
para. 322.6.3. See para. A322.6.3.
A322.6.3 Overpressure Protection. Paragraph
322.6.3 applies, except that maximum relieving pressure
shall be in accordance with para. A302.2.4.
A323.2.3 Temperature Limits, Unlisted Materials.
Paragraph 323.2.3 applies.
PART 7
MATERIALS
A323
A323.2.4 Verification of Serviceability. When an
unlisted material is to be used, or when a listed material
is to be used above or below the limits in Appendix B
or Table A323.4.2C or Table A323.4.3, the designer shall
comply with the requirements of para. 323.2.4.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A323.1 Materials and Specifications
Paragraph 323.1 applies except for para. 323.1.4. See
para. A323.1.4.
A323.4 Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic
Materials
A323.1.4 Reclaimed Materials. Reclaimed piping
components may be used, provided they are properly
identified as conforming to a listed or published specification (see para. 323.1.1) and otherwise meet the requirements of this Code. The user shall verify that
components are suitable for the intended service. Sufficient cleaning, examination, and testing shall be performed to determine the minimum available wall
thickness and freedom from any of the following to
an extent that would be unacceptable in the intended
service:
(a) imperfections
(b) reduction of mechanical properties, or
(c) absorption of deleterious substances
A323.4.1 General
(a) Nonmetallic materials shall be safeguarded
against excessive temperature, shock, vibration, pulsation, and mechanical abuse in all fluid services.
(b) Requirements in para. A323.4 apply to pressurecontaining parts. They do not apply to materials used
for supports, gaskets, or packing. See also Appendix F,
para. FA323.4.
A323.4.2 Specific Requirements
(a) Thermoplastics
(1) They shall not be used in flammable fluid service above ground, unless all of the following are met:
(a) The size of the piping does not exceed DN 25
(NPS 1).
(b) Owner’s approval is obtained.
(c) Safeguarding in accordance with Appendix G
is provided.
(d) The precautions of Appendix F, paras.
F323.1(a) through (c) are considered.
(2) They shall be safeguarded when used in other
than Category D Fluid Service.
(3) PVC and CPVC shall not be used in compressed
air or other compressed gas service.
(b) Reinforced Plastic Mortars (RPM) Piping. This piping shall be safeguarded when used in other than
Category D Fluid Service.
(c) Reinforced Thermosetting Resins (RTR) Piping. This
piping shall be safeguarded when used in toxic or flammable fluid services. Table A323.4.2C gives the recommended temperature limits for reinforced thermosetting
resins.
(d) Borosilicate Glass and Porcelain
(1) They shall be safeguarded when used in toxic
or flammable fluid services.
(2) They shall be safeguarded against large, rapid
temperature changes in fluid services.
A323.2 Temperature Limitations
The designer shall verify that materials that meet other
requirements of the Code are suitable for service
throughout the operating temperature range. Also see
the Notes for Tables B-1 through B-5 in Appendix B.
A323.2.1 Upper Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
(a) Except as provided in (b) below, a listed material
shall not be used at a design temperature higher than
the maximum for which a stress value or rating is shown,
or higher than the maximum recommended temperature
in Table A323.4.2C for RTR materials and in
Table A323.4.3 for thermoplastics used as linings.
(b) A listed material may be used at a temperature
higher than the maximum stated in (a) above if there is
no prohibition in Appendix B or elsewhere in the Code,
and if the designer verifies the serviceability of the material in accordance with para. 323.2.4.
A323.2.2 Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
(a) Materials for use at design minimum temperatures below certain limits must usually be tested
to determine that they have suitable toughness for use
in Code piping. Table A323.2.2 sets forth those
requirements.
98
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A323.2.2 Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Nonmetals
Type of
Material
Column A
At or Above Listed
Minimum Temperature
Listed nonmetallic No added requirement
materials
Column B
Below Listed Minimum
Temperature
The designer shall have test results at or below the lowest expected service temperature,
which assure that the materials and bonds will have adequate toughness and are suitable
at the design minimum temperature.
Unlisted materials An unlisted material shall conform to a published specification. Where composition, properties, and product form are
comparable to those of a listed material, requirements for the corresponding listed material shall be met. Other
unlisted materials shall be qualified as required in Column B.
GENERAL NOTE:
These requirements are in addition to the requirements of the material specification.
Table A323.4.2C Recommended Temperature Limits for
Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe
Recommended Temperature Limits
Materials
Minimum
Maximum
Resin
Reinforcing
°C
°F
°C
°F
Epoxy
Phenolic
Furan
Furan
Polyester
Vinyl ester
Glass fiber
Glass fiber
Carbon
Glass fiber
Glass fiber
Glass fiber
−29
−29
−29
−29
−29
−29
−20
−20
−20
−20
−20
−20
149
149
93
93
93
93
300
300
200
200
200
200
GENERAL NOTE: These temperature limits apply only to materials listed and do not reflect evidence of successful use in specific fluid services
at these temperatures. The designer should consult the manufacturer for specific applications, particularly as the temperature limits are
approached.
99
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A323.4.3 Recommended Temperature Limits for
Thermoplastics Used as Linings
Minimum
Materials
[Note (1)]
Maximum
°C
°F
°C
°F
PFA
PTFE
−198
−198
−325
−325
260
260
500
500
FEP
ECTFE
ETFE
−198
−198
−198
−325
−325
−325
204
171
149
400
340
300
PVDF
PP
PVDC
−18
−18
−18
0
0
0
135
107
79
275
225
175
GENERAL NOTE: These temperature limits are based on material tests and do not necessarily reflect
evidence of successful use as piping component linings in specific fluid services at these temperatures.
The designer should consult the manufacturer for specific applications, particularly as temperature limits
are approached.
NOTE:
(1) See para. A326.4 for definitions of materials.
A326.4 Abbreviations in Table A326.1 and
Appendix B
The abbreviations tabulated below are used in this
Chapter to replace lengthy phrases in the text, in the
titles of standards in Table A326.1, and in the
Specification Index for Appendix B. Those marked with
an asterisk (*) are in accordance with ASTM D1600,
Standard Terminology for Abbreviated Terms Relating
to Plastics. Those items marked with a dagger (†) are
in accordance with ASTM F412, Standard Terminology
Relating to Plastic Piping Systems.
A323.4.3 Piping Lined With Nonmetals
(a) Metallic Piping Lined With Nonmetals. Fluid service
requirements for the base (outer) material in para. 323.4
govern except as stated in (d) below.
(b) Nonmetallic Piping Lined With Nonmetals. Fluid service requirements for the base (outer) material in
para. A323.4.2 govern, except as stated in (d) below.
(c) Nonmetallic Lining Materials. The lining may be
any material that, in the judgment of the user, is suitable
for the intended service and for the method of manufacture and assembly of the piping. Fluid service requirements in para. A323.4.2 do not apply to materials used
as linings.
(d) Properties of both the base and lining materials,
and of any bond between them, shall be considered
in establishing temperature limitations. Table A323.4.3
gives recommended temperature limits for thermoplastic materials used as linings.
A323.5 Deterioration of Materials in Service
Paragraph 323.5 applies in its entirety.
A325 MATERIALS — MISCELLANEOUS
Paragraph 325 applies in its entirety.
PART 8
STANDARDS FOR PIPING COMPONENTS
A326
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS OF
COMPONENTS
A326.1 Requirements
Paragraph 326 applies in its entirety except that references to Table A326.1 and Appendix B replace references
to Table 326.1 and Appendix A, respectively.
Abbreviation
Term
ABS*†
BPS
CPVC*†
DR†
DS
E-CTFE*
ETFE*
FEP*
HDBS
HDS†
PB*†
PE*†
PFA*
PP*†
PQR
PR†
PTFE*
PVC*†
PVDC*
PVDF*
RPM
RTP
RTR
SDR†
SIDR†
WPS
Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastics
Bonding Procedure Specification
Chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) plastics
Dimension ratio
Design stress
Ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene
Ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer
Perfluoro (ethylene-propylene) copolymer
Hydrostatic Design Basis Stress
Hydrostatic Design Stress
Polybutylene-1
Polyethylene
Perfluoro (alkoxyalkane)
Polypropylene
Procedure Qualification Record
Pressure rating
Polytetrafluoroethylene
Poly(vinyl chloride)
Poly(vinylidene chloride)
Poly(vinylidene fluoride)
Reinforced plastic mortar
Reinforced thermosetting plastic
Reinforced thermosetting resin
Standard dimension ratios
Standard inside diameter dimension ratio
Welding Procedure Specification
100
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A326.1 Component Standards
Standard or Specification
Designation
Nonmetallic Fittings, Valves, and Flanges
Process Glass Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sch 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM C599
ASTM D2464
PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sch 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sch 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Socket-Type ABS Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sch 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM D2466
ASTM D2467
ASTM D2468
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings . . . . .
Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings . . . . .
Plastic Insert Fittings for PE Plastic Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Socket-Type PE Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled PE Pipe
CPVC Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
and Tubing
. . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM D2513
ASTM D2517
ASTM D2609
ASTM D2683
ASTM D2846/D2846M
Butt Heat Fusion PE Plastic Fittings for PE Plastic Pipe and Tubing. . . . . . . . .
PB Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass RTR Pipe Fittings for Nonpressure Applications [Note (1)] . . . . . . . .
Machine Made “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Flanges
Contact Molded Fiberglass RTR Flanges [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass Pressure Pipe Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PTFE Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . . . . .
Threaded CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sch 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Socket-Type CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sch 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PVDF Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . . . .
Propylene and PP Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings [Notes (2) and (3)]
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FEP Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . . . . .
PVDC Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . . . .
PFA Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . . . . .
Electrofusion Type PE Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled PE Pipe and Tubing.
Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe, Fittings, and Flanges [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . .
Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plastic Industrial Ball Valves [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM F546
ASTM F599
ASTM F781
ASTM F1055
ASTM F1545
ASTM F2389
MSS SP-122
API 15LE
API 15LR
ASTM C361
ASTM C599
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
D3261
D3309
D3840
D4024
D5421
D5685
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
F423
F437
F438
F439
F491
F492
Nonmetallic Pipes and Tubes
PE Line Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe . . . . . .
Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe
Process Glass Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ABS Plastic Pipe, Sch 40 and 80 . . . . . . . . . . .
PVC Plastic Pipe, Sch 40, 80 and 120 . . . . . . . .
PE Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside
PVC Plastic Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) . . . .
ABS Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classification for Machine-Made RTR Pipe . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
Diameter.
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
D1527
D1785
D2239
D2241
D2282
D2310
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
D2447
D2513
D2517
D2662
D2666
D2672
PE Plastic Pipe, Sch 40 & 80, Based on Outside Diameter
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings . .
Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings . .
PB Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PB Plastic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
101
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A326.1 Component Standards (Cont’d)
(14)
Standard or Specification
Designation
Nonmetallic Pipes and Tubes (Cont’d)
PE Plastic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPVC Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution System
Filament-Wound Fiberglass RTR Pipe [Note (1)]. . . . .
Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass RTR Pipe . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM D2737
ASTM D2846/D2846M
ASTM D2996
ASTM D2997
PB Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter . . . . . .
PE Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter.
PB Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems . . . . . .
Fiberglass RTR Pressure Pipe [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass RTR Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe [Note (1)] . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
CPVC Plastic Pipe, Sch 40 and 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPVC Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe
Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure Pipe . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM F441/F441M
ASTM F442/F442M
ASTM F1281
ASTM F1282
Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems [Notes (2) and
Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe, Fittings, and Flanges [Notes (2) and (3)] . . . .
PVDF Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D3000
D3035
D3309
D3517
D3754
(3)] .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
F1412
F1545
F1673
F2389
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids .
Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids .
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Noncylinder Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PVC Pressure Pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, for Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass Pressure Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
AWWA
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM C582
ASTM D1694
ASTM D2235
ASTM D2564
ASTM D3139
ASTM D4161
Design and Construction of Nonmetallic Enveloped Gaskets for Corrosive Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solvent Cements for CPVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taper Pipe Threads 60° for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Insert Fittings for Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/
Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM F336
ASTM F493
ASTM F1498
C300
C301
C302
C900
C950
Miscellaneous
Contact-Molded RTP Laminates for Corrosion Resistant Equipment . .
Threads for Fiberglass RTR Pipe (60 deg stub) [Note (1)] . . . . . . .
Solvent Cements for ABS Plastic Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . .
Solvent Cements for PVC Plastic Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . .
Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals . .
Fiberglass RTR Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals [Note (1)]
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASTM F1974
GENERAL NOTE: It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code text. Instead, the approved edition
references, along with the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown in Appendix E.
NOTES:
(1) The term fiberglass RTR takes the place of the ASTM designation fiberglass (glass-fiber-reinforced thermosetting resin).
(2) This Standard allows the use of unlisted materials; see para. 323.1.2.
(3) This Standard contains no pressure–temperature ratings.
102
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
PART 9
FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION
A327
by a responsible recognized organization with expertise
in the field of bonding
(b) by signature, the employer accepts both the BPS
and procedure qualification record (PQR) as his own
(c) the employer has at least one currently employed
bonder who, while in his employ, has satisfactorily
passed a performance qualification test using the proposed qualified BPS
GENERAL
Piping materials and components are prepared for
assembly and erection by one or more of the fabrication
processes in paras. A328, A329, A332, and A334. When
any of these processes is used in assembly and erection,
requirements are the same as for fabrication.
A328
A328.2.3 Performance Qualification by Others.
Without the Inspector’s specific approval, an employer
shall not accept a performance qualification test made
by a bonder or bonding operator for another employer.
If approval is given, it is limited to work on piping using
the same or equivalent BPS. An employer accepting such
performance qualification tests shall obtain a copy of the
performance qualification test record from the previous
employer showing the name of the employer by whom
the bonder or bonding operator was qualified, the date
of such qualification, and the date the bonder or bonding
operator last bonded pressure piping under such performance qualification.
BONDING OF PLASTICS
Paragraph A328 applies only to joints in thermoplastic,
RTR, and RPM piping. Bonding shall conform to
paras. A328.1 through A328.7 and the applicable requirements of para. A311.
A328.1 Bonding Responsibility
Each employer is responsible for the bonding done by
personnel of his organization and, except as provided in
paras. A328.2.2 and A328.2.3, shall conduct the required
performance qualification tests to qualify bonding procedure specifications (BPS) and bonders or bonding
operators.
A328.2.4 Qualification Records. The employer shall
maintain a self-certified record, available to the owner
or owner’s agent and to the Inspector, of the BPS used
and the bonders or bonding operators employed by
him/her, and showing the dates and results of BPS qualifications and bonding performance qualifications.
A328.2 Bonding Qualifications
A328.2.1 Qualification Requirements
(a) Qualification of the BPS to be used, and of the
performance of bonders and bonding operators, is
required. To qualify a BPS, all tests and examinations
specified therein and in para. A328.2.5 shall be completed successfully.
(b) In addition to the procedure for making the bonds,
the BPS shall specify at least the following:
(1) all materials and supplies (including storage
requirements)
(2) tools and fixtures (including proper care and
handling)
(3) environmental requirements (e.g., temperature,
humidity, and methods of measurement)
(4) joint preparation
(5) dimensional requirements and tolerances
(6) cure time
(7) protection of work
(8) tests and examinations other than those
required by para. A328.2.5
(9) acceptance criteria for the completed test
assembly
A328.2.5 Qualification Tests. Tests, as specified in
para. A328.2.1(a), shall be performed to qualify each
BPS and the performance of each bonder and bonding
operator. Test assemblies shall conform to (a) below and
the test method shall be in accordance with either (b)
or (c).
(a) Test Assembly. The assembly shall be fabricated in
one pipe size in accordance with the BPS and shall contain at least one of each different type of joint identified
in the BPS. More than one test assembly may be prepared
if necessary to accommodate all of the joint types or to
assure that at least one of each joint type is loaded in
both circumferential and longitudinal directions. The
size of pipe and fittings in the assembly shall be as
follows:
(1) When the largest size to be qualified is DN 100
(NPS 4) or smaller, the test assembly shall be the largest
size qualified.
(2) When the largest size to be qualified is greater
than DN 100 (NPS 4), the size of the test assembly shall
be between 25% and 100% of the largest piping size
qualified, but shall be a minimum of DN 100 (NPS 4).
(b) Burst Test Method. The test assembly shall be subjected to a burst test in accordance with the applicable
A328.2.2 Procedure Qualification by Others. Subject
to the specific approval of the Inspector, a BPS qualified
by others may be used provided that
(a) the Inspector satisfies him/herself that the
proposed qualified BPS has been prepared and executed
103
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
sections of ASTM D1599.5 The time to burst in this standard may be extended. The test is successful if failure
initiates outside of any bonded joint.
(c) Hydrostatic Test Method. The test assembly shall be
subjected to hydrostatic pressure of at least PT for not
less than 1 hr with no leakage or separation of joints.
(1) For thermoplastics, PT shall be determined in
accordance with eq. (27)
PT p 0.80T
冢D−T 冣
SS + S H
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
cleaning
preheat
end preparation
fit-up
A328.5 Bonding Requirements
A328.5.1 General
(a) Production joints shall be made only in accordance
with a written bonding procedure specification (BPS)
that has been qualified in accordance with para. A328.2.
Manufacturers of piping materials, bonding materials,
and bonding equipment should be consulted in the preparation of the BPS.
(b) Production joints shall be made only by qualified
bonders or bonding operators who have appropriate
training or experience in the use of the applicable BPS
and have satisfactorily passed a performance qualification test that was performed in accordance with a qualified BPS.
(c) Each qualified bonder and bonding operator shall
be assigned an identification symbol. Unless otherwise
specified in the engineering design, each pressurecontaining bond or adjacent area shall be stenciled or
otherwise suitably marked with the identification symbol of the bonder or bonding operator. Identification
stamping shall not be used and any marking paint or
ink shall not be detrimental to the piping material. In lieu
of marking the bond, appropriate records may be filed.
(d) Qualification in one BPS does not qualify a bonder
or bonding operator for any other bonding procedure.
(e) Longitudinal joints are not covered in para. A328.
(27)
where
D p outside diameter of pipe
SH p mean long term hydrostatic strength (LTHS)
in accordance with ASTM D2837. Use twice the
23°C (73°F) HDB design stress from Table B-1 if
listed, or use manufacturer’s data.
SS p mean short term burst stress in accordance
with ASTM D1599,5 from Table B-1 if listed,
otherwise from manufacturer’s data
T p nominal thickness of pipe
(2) For RTR (laminated and filament-wound) and
RPM, PT shall be three times the manufacturer’s allowable pressure for the components being joined.
(3) The test shall be conducted so that the joint
is loaded in both the circumferential and longitudinal
directions.
A328.2.6 Performance Requalification. Renewal of
a bonding performance qualification is required when
(a) a bonder or bonding operator has not used the
specific bonding process for a period of 6 mo or more, or
(b) there is specific reason to question the individual’s
ability to make bonds that meet the BPS
A328.5.2 Hot Gas Welded Joints in Thermoplastic
Piping 5
(a) Preparation. Surfaces to be hot gas welded
together shall be cleaned of any foreign material. For
butt welds, the joining edges should be beveled at 20 deg
to 40 deg with 1 mm (1⁄32 in.) root face and root gap.
(b) Procedure. Joints shall be made in accordance with
the qualified BPS.
(c) Branch Connections. A fabricated branch connection shall be made by inserting the branch pipe in the
hole in the run pipe. Dimensions of the joint shall conform to Fig. 328.4.4 sketch (c). The hole in the run pipe
shall be beveled at 45 deg. Alternatively, a fabricated
branch connection shall be made using a manufactured
full reinforcement saddle with integral socket.
A328.3 Bonding Materials and Equipment
A328.3.1 Materials. Bonding materials that have
deteriorated by exposure to air or prolonged storage, or
will not spread smoothly, shall not be used in making
joints.
A328.3.2 Equipment. Fixtures and tools used in
making joints shall be in such condition as to perform
their functions satisfactorily.
A328.4 Preparation for Bonding
Preparation shall be defined in the BPS and shall specify such requirements as
(a) cutting
A328.5.3 Solvent Cemented Joints in Thermoplastic
Piping 5
(a) Preparation. Thermoplastic pipe and fitting surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D2855
for PVC, ASTM F493 for CPVC, and ASTM D2235 for
ABS. A dry fit test of each joint is required before solvent
cementing. The pipe shall enter the fitting socket
between one-third and two-thirds of the full socket
depth when assembled by hand.
5
Titles of referenced standards and specifications are listed in
Table A326.1, except ASTM D1599, Test Method for Resistance to
Short-Time Hydraulic Pressure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings;
ASTM D2657, Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe
and Fittings; ASTM D2855, Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented
Joints with PVC Pipe and Fittings; and ASTM F1290, Practice for
Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings.
104
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) Procedure. Joints shall be made in accordance with
the qualified BPS. ASTM D2855 provides a suitable basis
for development of such a procedure. Solvent cements
for PVC, CPVC, and ABS shall conform to ASTM D2564,
D2846, and D2235, respectively. Application of cement
to both surfaces to be joined and assembly of these
surfaces shall produce a continuous bond between them
with visual evidence of cement at least flush with the
outer end of the fitting bore around the entire joint
perimeter. See Fig. A328.5.3.
(c) Branch Connections. A fabricated branch connection shall be made using a manufactured full reinforcement saddle with integral branch socket. The
reinforcement saddle shall be solvent cemented to the
run pipe over its entire contact surface.
of the hole shall be sealed with adhesive at the time the
saddle is bonded to the run pipe.
A328.5.7 Butt-and-Wrapped Joints in RTR and RPM
Piping 5
(a) Procedure. Joints shall be made in accordance with
the qualified BPS. Application of plies of reinforcement
saturated with catalyzed resin to the surfaces to be joined
shall produce a continuous structure with them. Cuts
shall be sealed to protect the reinforcement from the
service fluid. See Fig. A328.5.7.
(b) Branch Connections. For a fabricated branch connection made by inserting the branch pipe into a hole
in the run pipe, the hole shall be made with a hole saw.
A328.6 Bonding Repair
Defective material, joints, and other workmanship that
fails to meet the requirements of this Code and of the
engineering design shall be repaired or replaced. See
also para. 341.3.3.
A328.5.4 Heat Fusion Joints in Thermoplastic Piping 5
(a) Preparation. Surfaces to be heat fused together
shall be cleaned of all foreign material.
(b) Procedure. Joints shall be made in accordance with
the qualified BPS. The general procedures in
ASTM D2657, Techniques I — Socket Fusion, II — Butt
Fusion, and III — Saddle Fusion, provide a suitable basis
for development of such a procedure. Uniform heating
of both surfaces to be joined and assembly of these
surfaces shall produce a continuous homogeneous bond
between them and shall produce a small fillet of fused
material at the outer limits of the joint. See Fig. A328.5.4
for typical heat fusion joints. Fixtures shall be used to
align components when joints are made.
(c) Branch Connections. A fabricated branch connection is permitted only where molded fittings are
unavailable.
A328.7 Seal Bonds
If threaded joints are to be seal bonded in accordance
with para. A311.2.2, the work shall be done by qualified
bonders and all exposed threads shall be covered by the
seal bond.
A329
FABRICATION OF PIPING LINED WITH
NONMETALS
A329.1 Welding of Metallic Piping
A329.1.1 General
(a) Paragraph A329.1 applies only to welding subassemblies of metallic piping that have previously been
lined with nonmetals.
(b) Welding that conforms to para. A329.1 may be
used in accordance with para. A318.3.1.
A328.5.5 Electrofusion Joints in Thermoplastic
Piping 5
(a) Preparation. Surfaces to be heat fused together
shall be cleaned of all foreign material.
(b) Procedure. Joints shall be made in accordance with
the qualified BPS. The general procedures in
ASTM F1290, Technique I — Coupling Procedure and
Technique II — Saddle Procedure provide a suitable
basis for the development of such a procedure. See
Fig. A328.5.5.
A329.1.2 Specific Welding Requirements. Welding
shall conform to the requirements of para. 328 and the
following additional requirements:
(a) Modifications made in preparation for welding to
suit manufacturer’s recommendations shall be specified
in the engineering design.
(b) Welding shall be performed so as to maintain the
continuity of the lining and its serviceability.
(c) If a lining has been damaged, it shall be repaired
or replaced.
(d) Qualification to one WPS for a specific lining
material does not qualify a welder or welding operator
for any other welding procedure involving different lining materials.
A328.5.6 Adhesive Joints in RTR and RPM Piping
(a) Procedure. Joints shall be made in accordance with
the qualified BPS. Application of adhesive to the surfaces
to be joined and assembly of these surfaces shall produce
a continuous bond between them and shall seal over all
cuts to protect the reinforcement from the service fluid.
See Fig. A328.5.6.
(b) Branch Connections. A fabricated branch connection shall be made using a manufactured full reinforcement saddle having a socket or integral length of branch
pipe suitable for a nozzle or coupling. The hole in the
run pipe shall be made with a hole saw; the cut edges
A329.2 Flaring of Nonmetallic Linings
A329.2.1 General
(a) Paragraph A329.2 applies only to the flaring of linings in pipe that has previously been lined with
nonmetals.
105
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. A328.5 Typical Plastic Piping Joints
Socket Joint
Socket Joint
Butt Joint
FIG. A328.5.3 THERMOPLASTIC
SOLVENT CEMENTED JOINT
Saddle Joint
FIG. A328.5.4 THERMOPLASTIC
HEAT FUSION JOINTS
Coupling
Wire
coils
Wire
coils
Saddle
tapping tee
Wire
mat
Coupling
Butt
Saddle
FIG. A328.5.5 THERMOPLASTIC ELECTROFUSION JOINTS
Overwrapped
Bell and Spigot Joint
FIG. A328.5.6 FULLY TAPERED
THERMOSETTING ADHESIVE JOINT
Butt and Wrapped
Joint
FIG. A328.5.7 THERMOSETTING WRAPPED JOINTS
106
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) Flaring that conforms to para. A329.2 may be used
in accordance with para. A318.3.2.
(c) Flaring shall be performed only in accordance with
a written flaring procedure specification, and only by
qualified operators who have appropriate training or
experience in the use of the applicable flaring procedure
specification.
A332
(c) Flat washers shall be used under bolt heads and
nuts.
A335.2.6 Metallic Piping Lined With Nonmetals. In
assembling mechanical joints in metallic piping lined
with nonmetals, consideration shall be given to means
for maintaining electrical continuity between pipe sections, where static sparking could cause ignition of flammable vapors. See Appendix F, para. FA323.4(a).
BENDING AND FORMING
A335.3 Threaded Joints
A332.1 General
Paragraph 335.3 applies except for para. 335.3.2. See
para. A335.3.2.
Paragraph 332.1 applies in its entirety.
A335.3.2 Joints for Seal Bonding. A threaded joint
to be seal bonded shall be made up without thread
compound. A joint containing thread compound that
leaks during leak testing may be seal bonded in accordance with para. A328.6, provided all compound is
removed from exposed threads.
A332.2 Bending
Paragraph 332.2 applies, except para. 332.2.2.
A332.3 Forming
Paragraph 332.3 applies, except for heat treatment.
A334
A335.3.4 Tools, Nonmetallic Piping. Either strap
wrenches or other full circumference wrenches shall be
used to tighten threaded pipe joints. Tools and other
devices used to hold or apply forces to the pipe shall
be such that the pipe surface is not scored or deeply
scratched.
JOINING NONPLASTIC PIPING
A334.1 Borosilicate Glass Piping
Short unflanged pieces used to correct for differences
between fabrication drawings and field dimensions may
be cut to length and finished in the field.
A335.3.5 RTR and RPM Piping. In assembling
threaded joints in RTR and RPM piping, where threads
may be exposed to fluids that can attack the reinforcing
material, threads shall be coated with sufficient resin
to cover the threads and completely fill the clearance
between the pipe and the fitting.
A334.2 Repair of Defects
Defective material, joints, and other workmanship in
nonplastic piping that fail to meet the requirements of
para. A334 or of the engineering design shall be repaired
or replaced.
Completed repairs and replacements shall be examined, subject to the same limitations on imperfections
as the original work.
A335
A335.4 Tubing Joints
A335.4.1 Flared Joints in Thermoplastic Tubing. In
addition to preparation in accordance with para. 335.4.1,
the end of the tubing shall be cut perpendicular to the
tube centerline, preferably with a tubing cutter specially
made for thermoplastic tubing. No cuts, scratches, dirt,
or surface damage to either inside or outside diameter
are permitted on the pipe end to be flared.
ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION
A335.1 Alignment
Paragraph 335.1 applies in its entirety.
A335.2 Flanged and Mechanical Joints
A335.4.2 Flareless and Compression Tubing Joints.
Paragraph 335.4.2 applies.
Paragraph 335.2 applies in its entirety.
A335.2.5 Nonmetallic Bolted Joints
(a) Bolted joints in nonmetallic piping may be assembled with any combination of flange material and flange
facings, except that the following apply when other than
flat face flanges and full face gaskets are used:
(1) consideration shall be given to the strength of
the flanges, and to sustained loads, displacement strains,
and occasional loads described in paras. A302.3.4 and
A302.3.5, and
(2) an appropriate bolt-up sequence shall be
specified
(b) Appropriate limits shall be specified for bolt-up
torque, and those limits shall not be exceeded.
A335.5 Caulked Joints
Paragraph 335.5 applies.
A335.6 Special Joints
Paragraph 335.6 applies, except that expanded joints
are not permitted.
A335.6.3 Flexible Elastomeric Sealed Joints. Assembly of flexible elastomeric sealed joints shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and
the following:
(a) Seal and bearing surfaces shall be free from injurious imperfections.
107
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
A341.3.4 Progressive Sampling for Examination.
Paragraph 341.3.4 applies in its entirety.
(b) Any lubricant used to facilitate joint assembly
shall be compatible with the joint components and the
intended service.
(c) Proper joint clearances and piping restraints (if not
integral in the joint design) shall be provided to prevent
joint separation when expansion can occur due to thermal and/or pressure effects.
A341.4 Extent of Required Examination
A341.4.1 Examination Normally Required. Piping in
Normal Fluid Service shall be examined to the extent
specified herein or to any greater extent specified in the
engineering design. Acceptance criteria are as stated in
para. A341.3.2 unless otherwise specified.
(a) Visual Examination. At least the following shall be
examined in accordance with para. 344.2:
(1) materials and components in accordance with
para. 341.4.1(a)(1).
(2) at least 5% of fabrication. For bonds, each type
of bond made by each bonder and bonding operator
shall be represented.
(3) 100% of fabrication for bonds other than circumferential, except those in components made in accordance with a listed specification.
(4) assembly and erection of piping in accordance
with paras. 341.4.1(a)(4), (5), and (6).
(b) Other Examination. Not less than 5% of all bonded
joints shall be examined by in-process examination in
accordance with para. 344.7, the joints to be examined
being selected to ensure that the work of each bonder
and bonding operator making the production joints is
examined.
(c) Certifications and Records. Paragraph 341.4.1(c)
applies.
A335.8 Assembly of Brittle Piping
A335.8.1 General. Care shall be used to avoid
scratching of brittle nonmetallic piping in handling and
supporting. Any scratched or chipped components shall
be replaced. Care shall be used in handling glass-lined
and cement-lined metal pipe because the lining can be
injured or broken by blows that do not dent or break
the pipe.
A335.8.2 Borosilicate Glass Piping. In addition to
the precaution in para. A335.8.1, borosilicate glass piping components shall be protected from weld spatter.
Any component so damaged shall be replaced. Flanges
and cushion inserts shall be carefully fitted and aligned
to pipe, fittings, and valve ends. Gaskets shall be of the
construction recommended for the joint. Installation and
torquing of bolts shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
A335.9 Cleaning of Piping
See Appendix F, para. F335.9.
A341.4.2 Examination — Category D Fluid Service.
Piping and piping elements for Category D Fluid Service
as designated in the engineering design shall be visually
examined to the extent necessary to satisfy the examiner
that components, materials, and workmanship conform
to the requirements of this Code and the engineering
design.
PART 10
INSPECTION, EXAMINATION, AND TESTING
A340
INSPECTION
Paragraph 340 applies in its entirety.
A341
A341.5 Supplementary Examination
EXAMINATION
A341.5.1 General. Any applicable method of examination described in para. 344 may be specified by the
engineering design to supplement the examination
required by para. A341.4. The extent of supplementary
examination to be performed and any acceptance criteria
that differ from those in para. A341.3.2 shall be specified
in the engineering design.
A341.1 General
Paragraph 341.1 applies.
A341.2 Responsibility for Examination
Paragraph 341.2 applies in its entirety.
A341.3 Examination Requirements
A341.3.1 Responsibility for Examination.
Paragraph 341.3.1 applies, except for (a) and (b), which
apply only for metals.
A341.5.2 Examinations to Resolve Uncertainty.
Paragraph 341.5.3 applies.
A341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Acceptance criteria
shall be as stated in the engineering design and shall
at least meet the applicable requirements for bonds in
Table A341.3.2 and requirements elsewhere in the Code.
A342
EXAMINATION PERSONNEL
Paragraph 342 applies in its entirety.
A343
A341.3.3 Defective Components and Workmanship.
Paragraph 341.3.3 applies in its entirety.
EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
Paragraph 343 applies in its entirety.
108
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria for Bonds
Kind
of
Imperfection
Cracks
Unfilled areas in joint
Unbonded areas in
joint
Inclusions of charred
material
Unfused filler material
inclusions
Protrusion of material
into pipe bore, %
of pipe wall
thickness
RTR and RPM
[Note (1)]
Thermoplastic
Hot Gas
Welded
Solvent
Cemented
Heat
Fusion
Adhesive
Cemented
None permitted
None permitted
Not applicable
Not applicable
None permitted
None permitted
Not applicable
None permitted
None permitted
Not applicable
None permitted
None permitted
None permitted
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
None permitted
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Cement, 50%
Fused material, 25%
Adhesive, 25%
NOTE:
(1) RTR p reinforced thermosetting resin; RPM p reinforced plastic mortar.
A344
TYPES OF EXAMINATION
A345.2.2 Other Test Requirements
(a) Paragraph 345.2.2(a) applies.
(b) The possibility of brittle fracture shall be considered when conducting leak tests on brittle materials or
at low temperature.
(c) Paragraphs 345.2.3 through 345.2.7 apply.
A344.1 General
Paragraph 344.1 applies in its entirety.
A344.2 Visual Examination
Paragraph 344.2 applies in its entirety.
A345.3 Preparation for Leak Test
A344.5 Radiographic Examination
Paragraph 345.3 applies in its entirety, considering
bonds in place of welds, and excluding expansion joints.
Radiographic examination may be used in accordance
with para. 344.1.2.
A345.4 Hydrostatic Leak Test
A344.6 Ultrasonic Examination
A345.4.1 Test Fluid. Paragraph 345.4.1 applies.
Ultrasonic examination may be used in accordance
with para. 344.1.2.
A345.4.2 Test Pressure
(a) Nonmetallic Piping. Except as provided in
para. A345.4.3, the hydrostatic test pressure at any point
in a nonmetallic piping system shall be not less than
1.5 times the design pressure, but shall not exceed
1.5 times the maximum rated pressure of the lowestrated component in the system.
(b) Thermoplastic Piping. For piping systems in which
the design temperature is above the test temperature,
para. 345.4.2(b) applies, except that S and ST shall be
from Table B-1 instead of A-1.
(c) Metallic Piping with Nonmetallic Lining. Paragraph
345.4.2 applies.
A344.7 In-Process Examination
Paragraph 344.7 applies in its entirety.
A345
TESTING
A345.1 Required Leak Test
(a) Prior to initial operation, each piping system shall
be tested to ensure tightness. The test shall be a hydrostatic leak test in accordance with para. A345.4, except
as provided herein.
(b) Paragraphs 345.1(a) and (b) apply.
A345.4.3 Hydrostatic Test of Piping With Vessels as
a System. Paragraph 345.4.3 applies.
A345.2 General Requirements for Leak Test
A345.5 Pneumatic Leak Test
Requirements in para. A345.2 apply to more than one
type of leak test.
A345.5.1 Precautions. In addition to the requirements of para. 345.5.1, a pneumatic test of nonmetallic
piping is permitted only with the owner’s approval,
A345.2.1 Limitations on Pressure. Paragraphs
345.2.1(b) and (c) apply.
109
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
and precautions in Appendix F, para. FA323.4 should
be considered.
exceed the values calculated in accordance with
para. A345.4.2 or 345.4.2, as applicable.
A345.5.2 Other Requirements
(a) Paragraphs 345.5.2 through 345.5.5 apply.
(b) PVC and CPVC piping shall not be pneumatically
tested.
A345.7 Initial Service Leak Test
Paragraph 345.7 applies in its entirety for Category D
Fluid Service only.
A345.8 Sensitive Leak Test
Paragraph 345.8 applies.
A345.6 Hydrostatic-Pneumatic Leak Test
If a combined hydrostatic-pneumatic leak test is used,
the requirements of para. A345.5 shall be met, and the
pressure in the liquid-filled part of the piping shall not
A346
RECORDS
Paragraph 346 applies in its entirety.
110
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter VIII
Piping for Category M Fluid Service
(14)
M300 GENERAL STATEMENTS
M302 DESIGN CRITERIA
(a) Chapter VIII pertains to piping designated by the
owner as being in Category M Fluid Service. See
para. 300(b)(1) and Appendix M.
(b) The organization, content, and paragraph designations of this Chapter correspond to those of the base
Code (Chapters I through VI) and Chapter VII. The
prefix M is used.
(c) Provisions and requirements of the base Code and
Chapter VII apply only as stated in this Chapter.
(d) Consideration shall be given to the possible need
for engineered safeguards as described in Appendix G,
para. G300.3, in addition to the inherent safeguards
described in paras. G300.1 and G300.2.
(e) This Chapter makes no provision for piping to be
used under severe cyclic conditions. If it is not feasible
to eliminate the severe cyclic conditions, the engineering
design shall specify any necessary provisions in accordance with para. 300(c)(5).
(f) Chapter I applies in its entirety.
M302.1 General
Paragraph M302 pertains to pressure–temperature ratings, stress criteria, design allowances, and minimum
design values, together with permissible variations of
these factors as applied to piping design. Paragraph 302
applies in its entirety, with the exception of para. 302.2.4.
See para. M302.2.4.
M302.2.4 Allowance for Pressure and Temperature
Variations, Metallic Piping. Use of allowances in
para. 302.2.4 is not permitted.
PART 2
PRESSURE DESIGN OF METALLIC PIPING
COMPONENTS
M303 GENERAL
Paragraph 303 applies in its entirety.
M304 PRESSURE DESIGN OF METALLIC
COMPONENTS
PART 1
CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA
M301 DESIGN CONDITIONS
Paragraph 304 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph 301 applies in its entirety, with the exceptions of paras. 301.3 and 301.5. See paras. M301.3 and
M301.5.
PART 3
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR METALLIC
PIPING COMPONENTS
M301.3 Design Temperature, Metallic Piping
Use of any temperature other than the fluid temperature as the design temperature shall be substantiated
by heat transfer calculations confirmed by tests or by
experimental measurements.
M305 PIPE
M305.1 General
Listed pipe may be used in accordance with
para. M305.2. Unlisted pipe may be used only as provided in para. 302.2.3.
M301.5 Dynamic Effects
Paragraph 301.5 applies with the exception of
paras. 301.5.1 and 301.5.4. See paras. M301.5.1 and
M301.5.4.
M305.2 Specific Requirements for Metallic Pipe
Pipe listed in para. 305.2.2 shall not be used. The provision for severe cyclic conditions in para. 305.2.3 does
not apply [see para. M300(e)].
M301.5.1 Impact. Design, layout, and operation of
piping shall be conducted so as to minimize impact
and shock loads. In the event that such loadings are
unavoidable, para. 301.5.1 applies.
M306 METALLIC FITTINGS, BENDS, MITERS,
LAPS, AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS
M301.5.4 Vibration. Suitable dynamic analysis,
such as computer simulation, shall be made where necessary to avoid or minimize conditions that lead to detrimental vibration, pulsation, or resonance effects in the
piping.
General. Fittings, bends, miters, laps, and branch connections may be used in accordance with paras. M306.1
through M306.6. Pipe and other materials used in such
111
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
components shall be suitable for the manufacturing process and the fluid service.
(14)
M306.5 apply to openings in closures [see also
para. 304.4.2(b)].
M306.1 Pipe Fittings
M307 METALLIC VALVES AND SPECIALTY
COMPONENTS
Paragraph 306.1 applies in its entirety, with the exception of paras. 306.1.3 and 306.1.4. See para. M306.1.3.
The following requirements for valves shall also be
met as applicable by other pressure-containing piping
components, e.g., traps, strainers, and separators. See
also Appendix F, paras. F301.4 and F307.
M306.1.3 Specific Fittings
(a) Proprietary welding branch outlet fittings that
have been design proof tested successfully as prescribed
in ASME B16.9, MSS SP-97, or the BPV Code,
Section VIII, Division 1, UG-101 may be used within
their established ratings.
(b) Fittings conforming to MSS SP-43 and MSS SP-119
shall not be used.
(c) Proprietary “Type C” lap-joint stub-end buttwelding fittings shall not be used.
(14)
M307.1 General
Paragraph 307.1 applies, subject to the requirements
in para. M307.2.
M307.2 Specific Requirements
(a) Paragraph 307.2.2 applies.
(b) Valves having threaded bonnet joints (other than
union joints) shall not be used.
(c) Only metallic valves conforming to the following
requirements may be used:
(1) Special consideration shall be given to valve
design to prevent stem leakage to the environment.
(2) Bonnet or cover plate closures and body joints
shall be flanged, secured by at least four bolts with
gasketing conforming to para. 308.4; or proprietary,
attached by bolts, lugs, or other substantial means, and
having a gasket design that increases gasket compression as fluid pressure increases; or secured with a full
penetration weld made in accordance with para. M311;
or secured by a straight thread sufficient for mechanical
strength, a metal-to-metal seat, and a seal weld made
in accordance with para. M311, all acting in series.
M306.2 Pipe Bends
Paragraph 306.2 applies, except that bends designed
as creased or corrugated shall not be used.
M306.3 Miter Bends
A miter bend shall conform to para. 306.3.1 and shall
not make a change in direction at a single joint (angle ␣
in Fig. 304.2.3) greater than 22.5 deg. Paragraph 306.3.3
does not apply [see para. M300(e)].
M306.4 Fabricated or Flared Laps
M306.4.1 General. The following requirements do
not apply to fittings conforming to para. M306.1, nor to
laps integrally forged on pipe ends. Paragraph 306.4.1
applies.
(14)
(14)
M306.4.2 Flared Laps. Flared laps shall not be used.
M308 FLANGES, BLANKS, FLANGE FACINGS, AND
GASKETS
M306.5 Fabricated Branch Connections
The following requirements do not apply to fittings
conforming to para. M306.1. Paragraph 306.5.1 applies,
with the following exceptions:
(a) Of the methods listed in para. 304.3.1(a), the one
in subpara. (3) may be used only if those in (1) and (2)
are unavailable.
(b) Of the branch connections described in
paras. 304.3.2(b) and (c), those having threaded outlets
are permitted only in accordance with para. M314 and
those having socket welding outlets are permitted only
in accordance with para. M311.2.
Paragraph 308.1 applies in its entirety.
M308.2 Specific Requirements for Metallic Flanges
Paragraph 308.2.4 does not apply [see para. M300(e)].
The following shall not be used:
(a) single-welded slip-on flanges
(b) expanded-joint flanges
(c) slip-on flanges used as lapped flanges unless the
requirements in para. 308.2.1(c) are met
(d) threaded metallic flanges, except those employing
lens rings or similar gaskets and those used in lined
pipe where the liner extends over the gasket face
M306.6 Closures
The following requirements do not apply to blind
flanges or to fittings conforming to para. M306.1. Of
the closures described in para. 304.4, flat closures in
accordance with the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1,
UG-34 and UW-13, and conical closures without transition knuckles [UG-32(g) and UG-33(f)], may be used
only if others are not available. The requirements in
M308.3 Flange Facings
(14)
Paragraph 308.3 applies in its entirety.
M308.4 Gaskets
Paragraph 308.4 applies in its entirety.
112
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
M308.5 Blanks
All blanks shall be marked with material, rating,
and size.
confined seating surface not subject to relative rotation
as or after the joint is tightened. [See Fig. 335.3.3 sketches
(b) and (c) for acceptable construction.]
M309 BOLTING
M315 TUBING JOINTS IN METALLIC PIPING
Paragraph 315 applies, except for para. 315.2(b).
Paragraph 309 applies, except for para. 309.2.4 [see
para. M300(e)].
M316 CAULKED JOINTS
PART 4
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR METALLIC
PIPING JOINTS
Caulked joints shall not be used.
M317 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS
M310 METALLIC PIPING, GENERAL
Soldered, brazed, and braze welded joints shall not
be used.
Paragraph 310 applies in its entirety.
M311 WELDED JOINTS IN METALLIC PIPING
M318 SPECIAL JOINTS IN METALLIC PIPING
Welded joints may be made in any metal for which it
is possible to qualify welding procedures, welders, and
welding operators in accordance with para. M328.
Paragraph 318 applies, with the exception that adhesive joints and bell type joints shall not be used.
M311.1 General
PART 5
FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT OF METALLIC PIPING
Paragraph 311.1 applies with the following exceptions:
(a) Split backing rings shall not be used.
(b) Socket welded joints greater than DN 50 (NPS 2)
are not permitted.
(c) Examination shall be in accordance with
para. M341.4.
(14)
M319 FLEXIBILITY OF METALLIC PIPING
Paragraph 319 applies, with the exception that the
simplified rules in para. 319.4.1(c) do not apply.
M320 ANALYSIS OF SUSTAINED LOADS
M311.2 Specific Requirements
(14)
Paragraph 320 applies.
Paragraphs 311.2.4(a); 311.2.5(a), (b), and (d); 311.2.6;
and 311.2.7 apply.
M321 PIPING SUPPORT
M312 FLANGED JOINTS IN METALLIC PIPING
(14)
Paragraph 321 applies, except that supporting elements welded to the piping shall be of listed material.
Paragraph 312 applies in its entirety.
PART 6
SYSTEMS
M313 EXPANDED JOINTS IN METALLIC PIPING
Expanded joints shall not be used.
M322 SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS
M314 THREADED JOINTS IN METALLIC PIPING
M322.3 Instrument Piping
M314.1 General
Paragraph 322.3 applies, with the exception that for
signal tubing in contact with process fluids and process
temperature–pressure conditions
(a) tubing shall be not larger than 16 mm (5⁄8 in.) O.D.
and shall be suitable for the service
(b) an accessible block valve shall be provided to isolate the tubing from the pipeline
(c) joining methods shall conform to the requirements
of para. M315
Paragraphs 314.1(a), (b), and (c) apply.
M314.2 Specific Requirements
M314.2.1 Taper-Threaded Joints. Paragraph 314.2.1
applies except that only components suitable for Normal
Fluid Service in sizes 8 ≤ DN ≤ 25 (1⁄4 ≤ NPS ≤ 1) are
permitted (see Table 314.2.1). Sizes smaller than DN 20
(NPS 3⁄4) shall be safeguarded (see Appendix G).
M322.6 Pressure-Relieving Systems
M314.2.2 Straight-Threaded Joints. Paragraph
314.2.2 applies. In addition, components shall have adequate mechanical strength and the joint shall have a
Paragraph 322.6 applies, except for para. 322.6.3. See
para. M322.6.3.
113
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
M325 MATERIALS — MISCELLANEOUS
M322.6.3 Overpressure Protection
(a) Paragraph 322.6.3(a) applies.
(b) Relief set pressure shall be in accordance with
BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
(c) The maximum relieving pressure shall be in accordance with Section VIII, Division 1.
M325.1 Joining and Auxiliary Materials
In applying para. 325, materials such as solvents,
brazes, and solders shall not be used. Nonmetallic materials used as gaskets and packing materials shall be
suitable for the fluid service.
PART 7
METALLIC MATERIALS
PART 8
STANDARDS FOR PIPING COMPONENTS
M323 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(14)
M326 DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS OF
COMPONENTS
M323.1 Materials and Specifications
Paragraph 323.1.1 applies. See paras. M323.1.2,
M323.1.3, and M323.1.4.
(14)
Paragraph 326.1.3 applies.
M326.1 Dimensional Requirements
M323.1.2 Unlisted Materials. Paragraph 323.1.2
applies, with the additional requirement that the
designer shall fully document the determination of
allowable stresses as part of the engineering design.
M326.1.1 Listed Piping Components. Except for
prohibitions and restrictions stated elsewhere in
Chapter VIII, components made in accordance with
standards and specifications listed in Table 326.1 may
be used in Category M service.
M323.1.3 Unknown Materials. Materials of
unknown specification shall not be used.
M326.1.2 Unlisted Piping Components.
Paragraph 326.1.2 applies, except that dimensions of
unlisted components shall be governed by requirements
in paras. 303 and 304.
M323.1.4 Reclaimed Metallic Materials. Reclaimed
materials may be used when the material certification
records are available for the specific materials employed,
and the designer is assured that the material is sound
and free from harmful defects.
M326.2 Ratings of Components
Paragraph 326.2 applies in its entirety.
M323.2 Temperature Limitations
Paragraph 323.2 applies with the exception that, in
regard to lower temperature limits, the relaxation of
minimum temperature limits stated in Note (3) of
Table 323.2.2 is not permitted.
M326.3 Reference Documents
Paragraph 326.3 applies in its entirety.
PART 9
FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION OF
METALLIC PIPING
M323.3 Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance
Criteria
Paragraph 323.3 applies in its entirety.
M327 GENERAL
M323.4 Fluid Service Requirements for Metallic
Materials
Metallic piping materials and components are prepared for assembly and erection by one or more of
the fabrication processes in paras. M328, M330, M331,
and M332. When any of these processes is used in assembly and erection, requirements are the same as for
fabrication.
Paragraph 323.4.1 applies.
M323.4.2 Specific Requirements. Paragraph 323.4.2
applies, except that cast irons other than ductile iron
shall not be used for pressure-containing parts, and lead
and tin shall be used only as linings.
M328 WELDING OF METALS
M323.4.3 Metallic Cladding and Lining Materials.
In addition to the requirements of para. 323.4.3, where
materials covered in paras. 323.4.2(c)(2) and 323.4.3 are
used as cladding or lining in which the cladding or
lining also serves as a gasket or as part of the flange
facing, consideration shall be given to the design of the
flanged joint to prevent leakage to the environment.
Welding shall be in accordance with paras. M311.1
and 328, except see para. M328.3.
M328.3 Welding Materials
Paragraph 328.3 applies in its entirety, except that split
backing rings shall not be used, and removable backing
rings and consumable inserts may be used only where
their suitability has been demonstrated by procedure
qualification.
M323.5 Deterioration of Materials in Service
Paragraph 323.5 applies in its entirety.
114
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
M330 PREHEATING OF METALS
M335.10 Identification of Piping
See Appendix F, para. F335.10.
Paragraph 330 applies in its entirety.
(14)
PART 10
INSPECTION, EXAMINATION, TESTING, AND
RECORDS OF METALLIC PIPING
M340 INSPECTION
M331 HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS
Paragraph 331 applies in its entirety, with the exception that no requirements less stringent than those of
Table 331.1.1 shall be specified.
Paragraph 340 applies in its entirety.
M332 BENDING AND FORMING OF METALS
M341 EXAMINATION
Paragraph 332 applies in its entirety, except that bending that conforms to para. 332.2.3 is not permitted.
Paragraphs 341.1, 341.2, 341.3, and 341.5 apply in their
entirety. See para. M341.4.
M341.4 Extent of Required Examination
Paragraph 341.4.1 applies with the following
exceptions:
(a) Visual Examination
(1) All fabrication shall be examined.
(2) All threaded, bolted, and other mechanical
joints shall be examined.
(b) Other Examination. The random radiography/
ultrasonic
examination
requirements
of
para. 341.4.1(b)(1) apply, except that at least 20% of circumferential butt and miter welds and of fabricated
lap and branch connection welds comparable to those
shown in Fig. 328.5.4E and Fig. 328.5.5, illustrations (d)
and (e), shall be examined.
M335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION OF METALLIC
PIPING
M335.1 General
M335.1.1 Alignment. In addition to the requirements of para. 335.1.1, any bending or forming required
for alignment and fit-up shall be heat treated if required
by para. 332.4.
M335.2 Flanged Joints
Paragraph 335.2 applies in its entirety.
M335.3 Threaded Joints
Paragraphs 335.3.1 and 335.3.2 apply. See
paras. M335.3.3 and M335.3.4.
M335.3.3 Straight-Threaded Joints. The requirements of para. 335.3.3 are subject to the limitations in
para. M322.
M342 EXAMINATION PERSONNEL
M335.3.4 Condition of Threads. Taper-threaded
components and threaded ends permitted under para.
M314.2.1 shall be examined before assembly for cleanliness and continuity of threads and shall be rejected if not
in conformance with ASME B1.20.1 or other applicable
standards.
M343 EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
(14)
Paragraph 342 applies.
Paragraph 343 applies.
M344 TYPES OF EXAMINATION
Paragraph 344 applies in its entirety.
M335.4 Tubing Joints
M345 TESTING
M335.4.1 Flared Tubing Joints. The requirements of
para. 335.4.1 apply; however, see para. M322 for limitations associated with specific piping systems.
Paragraph 345 applies, except that
(a) a sensitive leak test in accordance with para. 345.8
shall be included in the required leak test (para. 345.1)
(b) the initial service leak test (para. 345.7) does not
apply
M335.4.2 Flareless and Compression Tubing Joints.
The requirements of para. 335.4.2 apply; however, see
para. M322 for limitations associated with specific piping systems.
M346 RECORDS
M335.6 Special Joints
Paragraph 346 applies in its entirety.
Special joints shall be in accordance with paras. M318
and 335.6.1.
PARTS 11 THROUGH 20,
CORRESPONDING TO CHAPTER VII
M335.9 Cleaning of Piping
See Appendix F, para. F335.9.
See para. M300(b).
115
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
MA300 GENERAL STATEMENTS
MA306.3 Miter Bends
Paragraphs MA300 through MA346 apply to nonmetallic piping and piping lined with nonmetals, based on
Chapter VII. Paragraph A300(d) applies.
Miter bends not designated as fittings conforming to
para. A306.1 shall not be used.
MA306.4 Fabricated Laps
Fabricated laps shall not be used.
PART 11
CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA
MA306.5 Fabricated Branch Connections
MA301 DESIGN CONDITIONS
Nonmetallic fabricated branch connections shall not
be used.
Paragraph A301 applies in its entirety.
MA302 DESIGN CRITERIA
Paragraphs A302.1 and
paras. MA302.2 and MA302.3.
MA307 VALVES AND SPECIALTY COMPONENTS
A302.4
apply.
See
Paragraph A307 applies, except that nonmetallic
valves and specialty components shall not be used.
Paragraph A302.2 applies, with the exception of
para. A302.2.4. See para. MA302.2.4.
MA308 FLANGES, BLANKS, FLANGE FACINGS, AND
GASKETS
MA302.2.4 Allowances for Pressure and Temperature
Variation. Paragraph A302.2.4(a) applies to both nonmetallic piping and to metallic piping with nonmetallic
lining.
Paragraphs A308.1, 308.3, and A308.4 apply in their
entirety. See para. MA308.2.
(14)
MA302.2 Pressure–Temperature Design Criteria
(14)
MA308.2 Nonmetallic Flanges
Threaded nonmetallic flanges shall not be used.
MA302.3 Allowable Stresses and Other Design
Limits
MA309 BOLTING
Paragraph A302.3 applies.
Paragraph A309 applies in its entirety.
MA302.4 Allowances
Paragraph 302.4 applies in its entirety.
PART 14
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR NONMETALLIC
PIPING JOINTS
PART 12
PRESSURE DESIGN OF NONMETALLIC PIPING
COMPONENTS
(14)
MA310 GENERAL
MA303 GENERAL
Paragraph 310 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph A303 applies in its entirety.
MA311 BONDED JOINTS
MA304 PRESSURE DESIGN OF NONMETALLIC
COMPONENTS
MA311.1 General
Paragraph A311.1 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph A304 applies in its entirety.
MA311.2 Specific Requirements
PART 13
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR NONMETALLIC
PIPING COMPONENTS
(14)
Hot gas welded, heat fusion, solvent cemented, and
adhesive bonded joints are not permitted except in
linings.
MA305 PIPE
MA312 FLANGED JOINTS
Paragraph A305 applies in its entirety.
(14)
Paragraph 312 applies in its entirety.
MA306 NONMETALLIC FITTINGS, BENDS, MITERS,
LAPS, AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS
Paragraphs A306.1
para. MA306.3.
and
A306.2
apply.
(14)
MA313 EXPANDED JOINTS
See
Expanded joints shall not be used.
116
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
MA314 THREADED JOINTS
(14)
MA323.4.3 Nonmetallic Lining Materials.
Paragraph A323.4.3 applies with the additional requirement that where a material in para. A323.4.2 is used as
a lining that also serves as a gasket or as part of the
flange facing, consideration shall be given to design of
the flanged joint to prevent leakage to the environment.
MA314.1 General
Threaded joints shall not be used.
MA315 TUBING JOINTS IN NONMETALLIC PIPING
Paragraph A315 applies in its entirety.
PART 18
STANDARDS FOR NONMETALLIC AND
NONMETALLIC LINED PIPING COMPONENTS
MA316 CAULKED JOINTS
Caulked joints shall not be used.
MA326 DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS OF
COMPONENTS
MA318 SPECIAL JOINTS
Paragraph A326 applies in its entirety. Table A326.1
applies, except for components and systems prohibited
or restricted elsewhere in this Chapter.
Paragraph A318 applies in its entirety.
PART 15
FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT OF NONMETALLIC
PIPING
PART 19
FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION OF
NONMETALLIC AND NONMETALLIC LINED PIPING
MA319 PIPING FLEXIBILITY
MA327 GENERAL
Paragraph A319 applies in its entirety.
MA328 BONDING OF PLASTICS
Paragraph A321 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph A328 applies in its entirety.
PART 16
NONMETALLIC AND NONMETALLIC LINED SYSTEMS
MA329 FABRICATION OF PIPING LINED WITH
NONMETALS
MA322 SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS
Paragraph A329 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph A322 applies in its entirety.
MA332 BENDING AND FORMING
PART 17
NONMETALLIC MATERIALS
Paragraph A332 applies in its entirety.
MA323 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
MA334 JOINING NONPLASTIC PIPING
Paragraph A323.1 applies with the additional requirement described in para. MA323.1.2. Paragraph A323.2
applies in its entirety. See para. MA323.4.
(14)
(14)
Paragraph A327 applies in its entirety.
MA321 PIPING SUPPORT
(14)
(14)
Paragraph A334 applies in its entirety.
MA335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION
MA323.1.2 Unlisted Materials. Paragraph 323.1.2
applies with the additional requirement that the
designer shall fully document the determination of
allowable stresses as part of the engineering design.
Paragraph A335 applies in its entirety.
PART 20
INSPECTION, EXAMINATION, TESTING, AND
RECORDS OF NONMETALLIC AND NONMETALLIC
LINED PIPING
MA323.4 Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic
Materials
Paragraph A323.4.1 applies. See paras. MA323.4.2 and
MA323.4.3.
MA340 INSPECTION
MA323.4.2 Specific Requirements. Paragraph
A323.4.2 applies, except that materials listed under
paras. A323.4.2(a), (b), and (d) may be used only as
linings. Thermoplastics may be used as gaskets in accordance with paras. M325.1 and MA323.4.3.
Paragraph 340 applies in its entirety.
MA341 EXAMINATION
Paragraph A341 applies in its entirety.
117
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
(14)
(14)
MA344 TYPES OF EXAMINATION
MA341.1 General
Paragraphs 341.1, 341.2, A341.3, and A341.5 apply in
their entirety. See para. MA341.4.
Paragraph A344 applies in its entirety.
MA341.4 Extent of Required Examination
Paragraph A341.4.1 applies, except as follows:
(a) Visual Examination
(1) All fabrication shall be visually examined.
(2) All bolted and other mechanical joints shall be
examined.
MA345 TESTING
Paragraph A345 applies except that
(a) a sensitive leak test in accordance with para. 345.8
shall be included in the required leak test (para. A345.1)
(b) the initial service leak test (para. A345.7) does not
apply
MA342 EXAMINATION PERSONNEL
Paragraph 342 applies in its entirety.
(14)
MA346 RECORDS
MA343 EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
Paragraph 343 applies in its entirety.
Paragraph 346 applies in its entirety.
118
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter IX
High Pressure Piping
K300 GENERAL STATEMENTS
K300.2 Definitions
(a) Applicability. This Chapter pertains to piping designated by the owner as being in High Pressure Fluid
Service. Its requirements are to be applied in full to
piping so designated. High pressure is considered herein
to be pressure in excess of that allowed by the
ASME B16.5 Class 2500 rating for the specified design
temperature and material group. However, there are
no specified pressure limitations for the application of
these rules.
(b) Responsibilities. In addition to the responsibilities
stated in para. 300(b),
(1) for each piping system designated as being in
High Pressure Fluid Service, the owner shall provide
all information necessary to perform the analyses and
testing required by this Chapter
(2) the designer shall make a written report to the
owner summarizing the design calculations and certifying that the design has been performed in accordance
with this Chapter
(c) The identification, intent, and Code requirements
in paras. 300(a), (c), (d), (e), and (f) apply.
(d) The organization, content, and, wherever possible,
paragraph designations of this Chapter correspond to
those of the first six Chapters (the base Code). The
prefix K is used.
(e) Provisions and requirements of the base Code
apply only as stated in this Chapter.
Paragraph 300.2 applies except for terms relating only
to nonmetals and severe cyclic conditions.
The term allowable stress is used in lieu of basic allowable stress.
The term safeguarding and other terms characterizing
hazardous fluid services are not used in this Chapter
but should be taken into account in design.
K300.3 Nomenclature
Paragraph 300.3 applies.
K300.4 Status of Appendices
Paragraph 300.4 and Table 300.4 apply, except for
Appendices A, B, H, L, V, and X.
PART 1
CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA
K301 DESIGN CONDITIONS
Paragraph 301 applies with the exceptions of
paras. 301.1, 301.2, 301.3, and 301.5.
K301.1 General
Paragraph 301.1 applies but refer to para. K301 instead
of para. 301.
K301.2 Design Pressure
K301.2.1 General. Paragraph 301.2.1(a) applies
except that reference to para. 302.2.4 is not applicable.
Paragraphs 301.2.1(b) and (c) apply, but refer to
para. K304 instead of para. 304.
K300.1 Scope
K300.1.1 Content and Coverage. Paragraph 300.1.1
applies with the exceptions stated in paras. K300.1.3 and
K300.1.4.
K301.2.2 Required Pressure Containment or Relief.
Paragraphs 301.2.2(a) and (b) apply, but refer to
para. K322.6.3 instead of para. 322.6.3. Paragraph
301.2.2(c) is not applicable.
K300.1.2 Packaged Equipment Piping. Interconnecting piping as described in para. 300.1.2 shall conform to the requirements of this Chapter.
K301.3 Design Temperature
K300.1.3 Exclusions. In addition to the exclusions
stated in para. 300.1.3, this Chapter excludes nonmetallic
and nonmetallic-lined piping.
Paragraph 301.3 applies with the exceptions of
paras. 301.3.1 and 301.3.2 and the following exceptions
in the text:
(a) Refer to para. K301.2 instead of para. 301.2.
(b) Refer to para. K301.3.2 instead of para. 301.3.2.
K300.1.4 Category M Fluid Service. This Chapter
makes no provision for piping in Category M Fluid
Service. If such piping is required by the owner, the
engineering design shall be developed as provided in
para. 300(c)(5).
K301.3.1 Design Minimum Temperature. Paragraph
301.3.1 applies, but refer to para. K323.2.2 instead of
para. 323.2.2.
119
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K301.3.2 Uninsulated Components. The fluid temperature shall be used as the component temperature.
within the range of temperatures for which stresses are
shown in Table K-1, modified as applicable by other
rules of this Chapter.
(b) Piping components that do not have allowable
stresses or pressure–temperature ratings shall be qualified for pressure design as required by para. K304.7.2.
K301.5 Dynamic Effects
Paragraph 301.5 applies with the exception of
para. 301.5.4.
K302.2.3 Unlisted Components
(a) Piping components not listed in Table K326.1 or
Table K-1, but that conform to a published specification
or standard, may be used subject to the following
requirements:
(1) The designer shall determine that composition,
mechanical properties, method of manufacture, and
quality control are comparable to the corresponding
characteristics of listed components.
(2) Pressure design shall be verified in accordance
with para. K304, including the fatigue analysis required
by para. K304.8.
(b) Other unlisted components shall be qualified for
pressure design as required by para. K304.7.2.
K301.5.4 Vibration. Suitable dynamic analysis shall
be made where necessary, to avoid or minimize conditions that lead to detrimental vibration, pulsation, or
resonance effects in the piping.
K302 DESIGN CRITERIA
K302.1 General
In para. K302, pressure–temperature ratings, stress criteria, design allowances, and minimum design values
are stated, and permissible variations of these factors as
applied to design of high pressure piping systems are
formulated.
The designer shall be satisfied as to the adequacy of
the design, and of materials and their manufacture, considering at least the following:
(a) tensile, compressive, flexural, and shear strength
at design temperature
(b) fatigue strength
(c) design stress and its basis
(d) ductility and toughness
(e) possible deterioration of mechanical properties in
service
(f) thermal properties
(g) temperature limits
(h) resistance to corrosion and erosion
(i) fabrication methods
(j) examination and testing methods
(k) hydrostatic test conditions
(l) bore imperfections
K302.2.4 Allowance for Pressure and Temperature
Variations. Variations in pressure above the design
pressure at the coincident temperature, except for accumulation during pressure relieving (see para. K322.6.3),
are not permitted for any piping system.
K302.2.5 Ratings at Junction of Different Services.
Paragraph 302.2.5 applies.
K302.3 Allowable Stresses and Other Design Limits
K302.3.1 General. The allowable stresses defined
below shall be used in design calculations unless modified by other provisions of this Chapter.
(a) Tension. Allowable stresses in tension for use in
design in accordance with this Chapter are listed in
Table K-1, except that maximum allowable stress values
and design stress intensity values for bolting, respectively, are listed in the BPV Code, Section II, Part D,
Tables 3 and 4.
The tabulated stress values in Table K-1 are grouped
by materials and product form and are for stated temperatures up to the limit provided for the materials in
para. K323.2.1. Straight line interpolation between temperatures to determine the allowable stress for a specific
design temperature is permissible. Extrapolation is not
permitted.
(b) Shear and Bearing. Allowable stress in shear shall
be 0.80 times the allowable stress in tension tabulated
in Table K-1. Allowable stress in bearing shall be 1.60
times the allowable stress in tension.
(c) Compression. Allowable stress in compression
shall be no greater than the allowable stress in tension
tabulated in Table K-1. Consideration shall be given to
structural stability.
(d) Fatigue. Allowable values of stress amplitude,
which are provided as a function of design life in the
K302.2 Pressure–Temperature Design Criteria
K302.2.1 Listed Components Having Established
Ratings. Pressure–temperature ratings for certain piping components have been established and are contained
in some of the standards in Table K326.1. Unless limited
elsewhere in this Chapter, those ratings are acceptable
for design pressures and temperatures under this
Chapter. With the owner’s approval, the rules and limits
of this Chapter may be used to extend the pressure–
temperature ratings of a component beyond the ratings
of the listed standard, but not beyond the limits stated
in para. K323.2.
K302.2.2 Listed Components Not Having Specific
Ratings
(a) Piping components for which design stresses have
been developed in accordance with para. K302.3, but
that do not have specific pressure–temperature ratings,
shall be rated by rules for pressure design in para. K304,
120
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(d) Cyclic Stresses. Allowable values of alternating
stress or equipment alternating stress, as applicable,
shall be in accordance with Section VIII, Division 2,
Part 3, para. 3.15 and Part 5; or Division 3, Article KD-3;
respectively.
BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 2, Part 3, para. 3.15;
or Division 3, Article KD-3; as applicable, may be used
in fatigue analysis in accordance with para. K304.8.
K302.3.2 Bases for Allowable Stresses. The bases
for establishing allowable stress values for materials in
this Chapter are as follows:
(a) Bolting Materials. The criteria of Section II, Part D,
Appendix 2, para. 2-120 or 2-130, or Section VIII,
Division 3, Article KD-6, para. KD-620, as applicable,
apply.
(b) Other Materials. For materials other than bolting
materials, the following rules apply:
(1) Except as provided in (b)(2) below, allowable
stress values at design temperature for materials shall
not exceed the lower of two-thirds of SY and two-thirds
of Syt. Syt is determined in accordance with eq. (31)
Syt p SYRY
K302.3.3 Casting Quality Factor.1 The casting quality (14)
factor, Ec, shall be 1.00 by conformance to all of the
following supplementary requirements:
(a) All surfaces shall have a roughness average, Ra,
not greater than 6.3 m Ra (250 in. Ra); see ASME B46.1
for a definition of Ra.
(b) All nonferromagnetic surfaces shall be examined
using the liquid penetrant method in accordance with
ASTM E165, with acceptability judged in accordance
with MSS SP-93, Table 1. All ferromagnetic surfaces shall
be examined using either the liquid penetrant method
or the magnetic particle method, in accordance with
ASTM E165 or ASTM E709, respectively. Acceptability
of imperfections, including those in weld repairs, shall
be judged in accordance with MSS SP-93, Table 1 or
MSS SP-53, Table 1, respectively.
(c) Each casting shall be fully examined either ultrasonically in accordance with ASTM E114 or radiographically in accordance with ASTM E94. Cracks and hot tears
(Category D and E discontinuities in accordance with the
standards listed in Table K302.3.3D) and imperfections
whose depths exceed 3% of nominal wall thickness are
not permitted. Acceptable severity levels for radiographic examination of castings shall be in accordance
with Table K302.3.3D.
(31)
where
RY p ratio of the average temperature dependent
trend curve value of yield strength to the room
temperature yield strength
SY p specified minimum yield strength at room
temperature
Syt p yield strength at temperature
K302.3.4 Weld Joint Quality Factor. Piping components containing welds shall have a weld joint quality
factor Ej p 1.00 (see Table 302.3.4), except that the acceptance criteria for these welds shall be in accordance with
para. K341.3.2. Spiral (helical seam) welds are not
permitted.
(2) For solution heat treated austenitic stainless
steels and certain nickel alloys with similar stress-strain
behavior, allowable stress values shall not exceed the
lower of two-thirds of SY and 90% of Syt.
Application of stress values so determined is not recommended for flanged joints and other components in
which slight deformation can cause leakage or malfunction. [These values are shown in italics or boldface in
Table K-1, as explained in Note (5) to Appendix K
Tables.] Instead, either 75% of the stress value in
Table K-1 or two-thirds of the yield strength at temperature listed in Section II, Part D, Table Y-1, as applicable,
should be used.
(c) Unlisted Materials. For a material that conforms to
para. K323.1.2, allowable stress values at design temperature shall not exceed the lower of two-thirds of SY and
two-thirds of Syt.
(1) Except as provided in (c)(2) below, Syt shall be
determined in accordance with eq. (31).
(2) If the yield strength at temperature for an
unlisted material is contained in Section II, Part D,
Table Y-1, that yield strength at temperature value may
be used directly in the determination of allowable stress.
K302.3.5 Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to
Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains
(a) Internal Pressure Stresses. Stresses due to internal
pressure shall be considered safe when the wall thickness of the piping component, and its means of stiffening, meet the requirements of para. K304.
(b) External Pressure Stresses. Stresses due to external
pressure shall be considered safe when the wall thickness of the piping component, and its means of stiffening, meet the requirements of para. K304.
(c) Longitudinal Stresses, SL. The sum of the longitudinal stresses SL in any component in a piping system due
to sustained loads, such as pressure and weight, shall
not exceed Sh in (d) below. The thickness of pipe used
in calculating SL shall be the nominal thickness minus
mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowance, c.
1
See Notes to Tables 302.3.3C and 302.3.3D for titles of standards
referenced herein.
121
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K302.3.3D
Acceptable Severity Levels for Steel Castings
Thickness
Examined, mm (in.)
Applicable
Standards
Acceptable
Severity
Level
Acceptable
Discontinuity
Categories
T ≤ 51 (2)
51 < T ≤ 114 (4.5)
114 < T ≤ 305 (12)
ASTM E446
ASTM E186
ASTM E280
1
1
1
A, B, C
A, B, C
A, B, C
PART 2
PRESSURE DESIGN OF PIPING COMPONENTS
(d) Allowable Displacement Stress Range, SA. The computed displacement stress range, SE, in a piping system
(see para. 319.4.4) shall not exceed the allowable displacement stress range, SA (see para. 319.2.3), calculated by
SA p 1.25Sc + 0.25Sh
K303 GENERAL
Components manufactured in accordance with standards listed in Table K326.1 shall be considered suitable
for use at pressure–temperature ratings in accordance
with para. K302.2.
(32)
where
Sc p allowable stress from Table K-1 at minimum
metal temperature expected during the displacement cycle under analysis
Sh p allowable stress from Table K-1 at maximum
metal temperature expected during the displacement cycle under analysis
K304 PRESSURE DESIGN OF HIGH PRESSURE
COMPONENTS
K304.1 Straight Pipe
K304.1.1 General
(a) The required wall thickness of straight sections of
pipe shall be determined in accordance with eq. (33).
K302.3.6 Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to
Occasional Loads
(a) Operation. The sum of the longitudinal stresses,
SL , due to sustained loads, such as pressure and weight,
and of the stresses produced by occasional loads, such
as wind or earthquake, may be as much as 1.2 times the
allowable stress given in Table K-1. Where the allowable
stress value in Table K-1 exceeds two-thirds of Syt, SL
shall not exceed 90% of Syt listed in the BPV Code,
Section II, Part D, Table Y-1. Wind and earthquake forces
need not be considered as acting concurrently.
(b) Test. Stresses due to test conditions are not subject
to the limitations in para. K302.3. It is not necessary
to consider other occasional loads, such as wind and
earthquake, as occurring concurrently with test loads.
tm p t + c
(33)
The minimum wall thickness, T, for the pipe selected,
considering manufacturer’s minus tolerance, shall be not
less than tm.
(b) The following nomenclature is used in the equation for pressure design of straight pipe:
c p ci + co
p the sum of mechanical allowances2 (thread or
groove depth) plus corrosion and erosion
allowances (where c i p the sum of internal
allowances and co p the sum of external allowances). For threaded components, the nominal
thread depth (dimension h of ASME B1.20.1 or
equivalent) shall apply, except that for straight
threaded connections, the external thread
groove depth need not be considered provided
(a) it does not exceed 20% of the wall
thickness;
(b) the ratio of outside to inside diameter,
D/d, is greater than 1.1;
(c) the internally threaded attachment provides adequate reinforcement; and
K302.4 Allowances
In determining the minimum required thickness of
a piping component, allowances shall be included for
corrosion, erosion, and thread or groove depth. See the
definition of c in para. K304.1.1(b).
K302.5 Mechanical Strength
Paragraph 302.5 applies. In addition, a fatigue analysis
in accordance with para. K304.8 shall be performed for
any means used to increase the strength of a piping
component.
2
For machined surfaces or grooves where the tolerance is not
specified, the tolerance shall be assumed to be 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
in addition to the specified depth of the cut.
122
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(d) the thread plus the undercut area, if any,
does not extend beyond the reinforcement for
a distance more than the nominal wall thickness
of the pipe.
t p pressure design wall thickness, as calculated
in para. K304.1.2 for internal pressure, or in
accordance with the procedure listed in
para. K304.1.3 for external pressure
tm p minimum required wall thickness, including
mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowances
D p outside diameter of pipe. For design calculations in accordance with this Chapter, the outside diameter of the pipe is the maximum value
allowable under the specifications.
d p inside diameter of pipe. For design calculations
in accordance with this Chapter, the inside
diameter of the pipe is the maximum value
allowable under the specifications.
P p internal design gage pressure
S p allowable stress from Table K-1
T p pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in
accordance with the purchase specification)
Adequate reinforcement by the attachment is defined
as that necessary to ensure that the static burst pressure
of the connection will equal or exceed that of the
unthreaded portion of the pipe. The adequacy of the
reinforcement shall be substantiated as required by
para. K304.7.2.
(b) At design temperatures where allowable stress, S,
values in Table K-1 are in boldface (solution heat treated
austenitic stainless steels and certain nickel alloys with
similar stress–strain behavior only), the internal pressure
design wall thickness, t, shall be not less than that calculated in accordance with eq. (34c) for pipe with a specified outside diameter and minimum wall thickness, or
eq. (34d) for pipe with a specified inside diameter and
minimum wall thickness.
K304.1.2 Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
(a) Except as provided in (b) below for solution heat
treated austenitic stainless steels and certain nickel
alloys with similar stress–strain behavior, the internal
pressure design wall thickness, t, shall be not less than
that calculated in accordance with eq. (34a) for pipe
with a specified outside diameter and minimum wall
thickness, or eq. (34b) for pipe with a specified inside
diameter and minimum wall thickness.
tp
冤
冢 冣冥
D − 2co
−P
1 − exp
2
S
tp
冤 冢冣 冥
d + 2ci
P
exp
−1
2
S
(34a)3, 4, 5
tp
冤 D − 2 共T − c 兲 冥
D − 2co
d + 2 共T − c o 兲
d + 2ci
冥
冣 冥
(34d)4, 5
冤
冥
(35c)4, 5
冥
(35d)4, 5
Pp
D − 2co
S
ln
1.155
D − 2 共T − c i 兲
Pp
d + 2 共T − c o 兲
S
ln
1.155
d + 2ci
or
(35a)4, 5
冤
K304.1.3 Straight Pipe Under External Pressure.
The pressure design thickness for straight pipe under
external pressure shall be determined in accordance with
para. K304.1.2 for pipe where D/t < 3.33, if at least one
end of the pipe is exposed to full external pressure,
producing a compressive axial stress. For D/t ≥ 3.33, and
for D/t < 3.33 where external pressure is not applied to
at least one end of the pipe, the pressure design wall
thickness shall be determined in accordance with
para. 304.1.3 except that the stress values shall be taken
from Table K-1.
or
冤
冤 冢
d + 2ci
1.155P
exp
−1
2
S
(34b)3, 4, 5
i
P p S ⴛ ln
(34c)4, 5
Alternatively, the internal design gage pressure, P, may
be calculated by eq. (35c) or (35d).
Alternatively, the internal design gage pressure, P, may
be calculated by eq. (35a) or (35b).
P p S ⴛ ln
冣冥
or
or
tp
冢
冤
D − 2co
−1.155P
1 − exp
2
S
(35b)4, 5
where
3
An exponential [e.g., the term exp (−P/S)] represents the base
of natural logarithms e raised to the stated power (i.e., −P/S).
4
The intent of this equation is to provide a factor of not less than
1.732 (or 冪3) on the pressure required, according to the von Mises
theory, to initiate yielding on the outside surface of a cylinder
made from an elastic-perfectly plastic material. For solution heat
treated austenitic stainless steels and certain nickel alloys with
similar stress–strain behavior, this factor is as low as approximately
1.5 at elevated temperatures.
5
Any mechanical, corrosion, or erosion allowance, c, not specified
as internal, ci, or external, co, shall be assumed to be internal, i.e.,
c p ci and co p 0.
K304.2 Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
K304.2.1 Pipe Bends. The minimum required wall
thickness tm of a bend, after bending, may be determined
as for straight pipe in accordance with para. K304.1,
provided that the bend radius of the pipe centerline is
123
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K304.5.2 Blind Flanges
(a) Blind flanges not in accordance with para. K303
or (b) or (c) below shall be qualified as required by
para. K304.7.2.
(b) A blind flange may be designed in accordance
with eq. (36). The thickness of the flange selected shall
be not less than tm (see para. K304.1.1 for nomenclature),
considering manufacturing tolerance
equal to or greater than ten times the nominal pipe
outside diameter and the tolerances and strain limits
of para. K332 are met. Otherwise the design shall be
qualified as required by para. K304.7.2.
K304.2.2 Elbows. Manufactured elbows not in
accordance with para. K303 and pipe bends not in accordance with para. K304.2.1 shall be qualified as required
by para. K304.7.2.
K304.2.3 Miter Bends.
permitted.
tm p t + c
Miter bends are not
(36)
The methods, allowable stresses, and temperature limits of Section VIII, Division 2, Part 4, para. 4.6 may be
used, with the following changes in nomenclature, to
calculate tm:
c p sum of mechanical allowances, defined in
para. K304.1.1
t p pressure design thickness as calculated for the
given style of blind flange using the appropriate
equation of Part 4, para. 4.6
K304.2.4 Curved Segments of Pipe Under External
Pressure. The wall thickness of curved segments of
pipe subjected to external pressure may be determined
as specified for straight pipe in para. K304.1.3 provided
the design length L is the running centerline length
between any two sections that are stiffened in accordance with para. 304.1.3.
K304.3 Branch Connections
(c) A blind flange may be designed in accordance
with the rules, allowable stresses, and temperature limits
of Section VIII, Division 3, Article KD-6 and Section II,
Part D.
K304.3.1 General. Acceptable branch connections
include a fitting in accordance with para. K303, an
extruded outlet in accordance with para. 304.3.4, or a
branch connection fitting (see para. 300.2) similar to that
shown in Fig. K328.5.4.
K304.5.3 Blanks. Design of blanks shall be in accordance with para. 304.5.3(b), except that E shall be 1.00
and the definitions of S and c shall be in accordance
with para. K304.1.1.
K304.3.2 Strength of Branch Connections
(a) The opening made for a branch connection reduces
both static and fatigue strength of the run pipe. There
shall be sufficient material in the branch connection to
contain pressure and meet reinforcement requirements.
(b) Static pressure design of a branch connection not
in accordance with para. K303 shall conform to
para. 304.3.4 for an extruded outlet or shall be qualified
as required by para. K304.7.2.
K304.6 Reducers
Reducers not in accordance with para. K303 shall be
qualified as required by para. K304.7.2.
K304.7 Pressure Design of Other Components
K304.3.3 Reinforcement of Welded Branch
Connections. Branch connections made as provided in
para. 304.3.3 are not permitted.
K304.7.1 Listed Components. Other pressurecontaining components manufactured in accordance
with standards in Table K326.1 may be utilized in accordance with para. K303.
K304.4 Closures
K304.7.2 Unlisted Components. Pressure design of
unlisted components to which the rules elsewhere in
para. K304 do not apply shall be based on the pressure
design criteria of this Chapter. The designer shall ensure
that the pressure design has been substantiated through
one or more of the means stated in (a), (b), and (c) below.
Note that designs are also required to be checked for
adequacy of mechanical strength as described in
para. K302.5.
(a) extensive, successful service experience under
comparable design conditions with similarly proportioned components made of the same or like material.
(b) performance testing sufficient to substantiate both
the static pressure design and fatigue life at the intended
operating conditions. Static pressure design may be substantiated by demonstrating that failure or excessive
(a) Closures not in accordance with para. K303 or (b)
below shall be qualified as required by para. K304.7.2.
(b) Closures may be designed in accordance with the
methods, allowable stresses, and temperature limits of
the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 2 or Division 3,
and Section II, Part D.
K304.5 Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
K304.5.1 Flanges — General
(a) Flanges not in accordance with para. K303 or (b)
below shall be qualified as required by para. K304.7.2.
(b) A flange may be designed in accordance with the
methods, allowable stresses, and temperature limits of
Section VIII, Division 2, Part 4, para. 4.16, or Part 5, or
Division 3, Article KD-6, and Section II, Part D.
124
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(b) can readily be judged adequate by comparison
with previously analyzed systems
plastic deformation does not occur at a pressure equivalent to two times the internal design pressure, P. The
test pressure shall be two times the design pressure
multiplied by the ratio of allowable stress at test temperature to the allowable stress at design temperature, and
by the ratio of actual yield strength to the specified
minimum yield strength at room temperature from
Table K-1.
(c) detailed stress analysis (e.g., finite element
method) with results evaluated as described in
Section VIII, Division 3, Article KD-2, except that for
linear elastic analyses
(1) Sy/1.5 in Division 3 shall be replaced by S from
Table K-1, and
(2) the Division 3 stress intensity limits due to sustained loads may be increased by the same factor applied
in para. K302.3.6(a) when wind or earthquake loads are
included. However, this limit shall not exceed 90% of
Syt listed in the BPV Code, Section II, Part D, Table Y-1.
(d) for (a), (b), and (c) above, interpolations supported
by analysis are permitted between sizes, wall thicknesses, and pressure classes, as well as analogies among
related materials with supporting material property
data. Extrapolation is not permitted.
K304.8.2 Amplitude of Alternating Stress
(a) Fatigue Analysis Based Upon Section VIII, Division 2.
The value of the alternating stress amplitude for comparison with design fatigue curves shall be determined in
accordance with Part 5. The allowable amplitude of
alternating stress shall be determined from the applicable design fatigue curve in Part 3, para. 3.15.
(b) Fatigue Analysis Based Upon Section VIII, Division 3
(1) The values of the alternating stress intensity, the
associated mean stress, and the equivalent alternating
stress intensity shall be determined in accordance with
Articles KD-2 and KD-3. The allowable amplitude of the
equivalent alternating stress shall be determined from
the applicable design fatigue curve in Article KD-3.
(2) If it can be shown that the piping component
will fail in a leak-before-burst mode, the number of
design cycles (design fatigue life) may be calculated in
accordance with either Article KD-3 or Article KD-4. If
a leak-before-burst mode of failure cannot be shown, the
fracture mechanics evaluation outlined in Article KD-4
shall be used to determine the number of design cycles
of the component.
(c) Additional Considerations. The designer is cautioned that the considerations listed in para. K302.1 may
reduce the fatigue life of the component below the value
predicted by para. (a) or (b) above.
K304.7.3 Components With Nonmetallic Parts.
Except for gaskets and packing, nonmetallic parts are
not permitted.
K304.7.4 Bellows Type Expansion Joints.
type expansion joints are not permitted.
Bellows
K304.8.3 Pressure Stress Evaluation for Fatigue
Analysis
(a) For fatigue analysis of straight pipe, eq. (37) may
be used to calculate the stress intensity9 at the inside
surface due only to internal pressure.
K304.8 Fatigue Analysis
(14)
K304.8.1 General. A fatigue analysis shall be performed on each piping system, including all components6 and joints therein, and considering the stresses
resulting from attachments, to determine its suitability
for the cyclic operating conditions7 specified in the engineering design. Except as permitted in (a) and (b) below,
or in paras. K304.8.4 and K304.8.5, this analysis shall be
in accordance with the BPV Code, Section VIII,
Division 2 or Division 3.8 The cyclic conditions shall
include pressure variations as well as thermal variations
or displacement stresses. The requirements of
para. K304.8 are in addition to the requirements for a
flexibility analysis stated in para. K319. No formal
fatigue analysis is required in systems that
(a) are duplicates of successfully operating installations or replacements without significant change of systems with a satisfactory service record or
Sp
PD2
2共T − c 兲 关D − 共T − c 兲兴
(37)
(b) For fatigue analysis of curved pipe, eq. (37) may
be used, with the dimensions of the straight pipe from
which it was formed, to calculate the maximum stress
intensity at the inside surface due only to internal pressure, provided that the centerline bend radius is not less
than ten times the nominal outside diameter of the pipe,
and that the tolerance and strain limits of para. K332
are met. Bends of smaller radius shall be qualified as
required by para. K304.7.2.
(c) If the value of S calculated by eq. (37) exceeds
three times the allowable stress from Table K-1 at the
average temperature during the loading cycle, an inelastic analysis is required.
6
Bore imperfections may reduce fatigue life.
If the range of temperature change varies, equivalent full temperature cycles N may be computed as provided in footnote 5 to
para. 302.3.5.
8
Fatigue analysis in accordance with Section VIII, Division 2 or
Division 3, requires that stress concentration factors be used in
computing the cyclic stresses.
K304.8.4 Fatigue Evaluation by Test. With the owner’s approval, the design fatigue life of a component
may be established by destructive testing in accordance
7
9
The term stress intensity is defined in Section VIII, Division 3.
125
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K305.1.2 Required Ultrasonic or Eddy
Current Examination of Pipe and Tubing for
Longitudinal Defects
Diameter,
mm (in.)
Examination
Required
None
3.2 ( 1⁄8 ) ≤ d ≤ 17.5 ( 11⁄16 )
and 6.4 ( 1⁄4 ) ≤ D ≤ 25.4 (1)
Eddy current (ET)
[Note (1)] or
ultrasonic (UT)
K344.8 or
K344.6
Ultrasonic (UT)
K344.6
d > 17.5 ( ⁄16 ) or D > 25.4 (1)
K305.1.4 Unlisted Pipe and Tubing. Unlisted pipe
and tubing may be used only in accordance with
para. K302.2.3.
Paragraph
Reference
d < 3.2 (1⁄8 ) or
D < 6.4 (1⁄4 )
11
K305.1.3 Heat Treatment. Heat treatment, if
required, shall be in accordance with para. K331.
...
K306 FITTINGS, BENDS, AND BRANCH
CONNECTIONS
Pipe and other materials used in fittings, bends, and
branch connections shall be suitable for the manufacturing or fabrication process and otherwise suitable for the
service.
NOTE:
(1) This examination is limited to cold drawn austenitic stainless
steel pipe and tubing.
K306.1 Pipe Fittings
K306.1.1 General. All castings shall have a casting
quality factor Ec p 1.00, with examination and acceptance criteria in accordance with para. K302.3.3. All welds
shall have a weld quality factor Ej p 1.00, with examination and acceptance criteria in accordance with paras.
K341 through K344. Spiral (helical seam) welds are not
permitted. Listed fittings may be used in accordance
with para. K303. Unlisted fittings may be used only in
accordance with para. K302.2.3.
with para. K304.7.2 in lieu of the above analysis
requirements.
K304.8.5 Extended Fatigue Life. The design fatigue
life of piping components may be extended beyond that
determined by Section VIII, Division 2, Part 3, para. 3.15
and Part 5; or Division 3, Article KD-3; as applicable,
by the use of one of the following methods, provided
that the component is qualified in accordance with
para. K304.7.2:
(a) surface treatments, such as improved surface
finish
(b) prestressing methods, such as autofrettage, shot
peening, or shrink fit
The designer is cautioned that the benefits of prestress
may be reduced due to thermal, strain softening, or other
effects.
K306.1.2 Specific Fittings
(a) Socket welding fittings are not permitted.
(b) Threaded fittings are permitted only in accordance
with para. K314.
(c) Branch connection fittings (see para. 300.2) whose
design has been performance tested successfully as
required by para. K304.7.2(b) may be used within their
established ratings.
K306.2 Pipe Bends
PART 3
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING
COMPONENTS
K306.2.1 General. A bend made in accordance with
para. K332.2 and verified for pressure design in accordance with para. K304.2.1 shall be suitable for the same
service as the pipe from which it is made.
K305 PIPE
Pipe includes components designated as “tube” or
“tubing” in the material specification, when intended
for pressure service.
K306.2.2 Corrugated and Other Bends. Bends of
other design (such as creased or corrugated) are not
permitted.
K305.1 Requirements
K306.3 Miter Bends
K305.1.1 General. Pipe and tubing shall be either
seamless or longitudinally welded with straight seam
and a joint quality factor Ej p 1.00, examined in accordance with Note (2) of Table K341.3.2. Spiral (helical
seam) welds are not permitted.
Miter bends are not permitted.
K306.4 Fabricated or Flared Laps
Only forged laps are permitted.
K305.1.2 Additional Examination. Pipe and tubing
shall have passed a 100% examination for longitudinal
defects in accordance with Table K305.1.2. This examination is in addition to acceptance tests required by the
material specification.
K306.5 Fabricated Branch Connections
Fabricated branch connections constructed by welding
shall be fabricated in accordance with para. K328.5.4
and examined in accordance with para. K341.4.
126
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K307 VALVES AND SPECIALTY COMPONENTS
Factors such as assembly and disassembly (if applicable), cyclic loading, vibration, shock, bending, and thermal expansion and contraction of joints shall be
considered in the engineering design.
The following requirements for valves shall also be
met, as applicable, by other pressure-containing piping
components, such as traps, strainers, and separators.
K307.1 General
Pressure design of unlisted valves shall be qualified
as required by para. K304.7.2.
K311 WELDED JOINTS
K311.1 General
Welds shall conform to the following:
(a) Welding shall be in accordance with para. K328.
(b) Preheating and heat treatment shall be in accordance with paras. K330 and K331, respectively.
(c) Examination shall be in accordance with
para. K341.4, with acceptance criteria as shown in
Table K341.3.2.
K308 FLANGES, BLANKS, FLANGE FACINGS, AND
GASKETS
K308.1 General
Pressure design of unlisted flanges shall be verified
in accordance with para. K304.5.1 or qualified as
required by para. K304.7.2.
K311.2 Specific Requirements
K308.2 Specific Flanges
K311.2.1 Backing Rings and Consumable Inserts.
Backing rings shall not be used. Consumable inserts
shall not be used in butt welded joints except when
specified by the engineering design.
K308.2.1 Threaded Flanges. Threaded flanges may
be used only within the limitations on threaded joints
in para. K314.
K308.2.2 Other Flange Types. Slip-on, socket welding, and expanded joint flanges, and flanges for flared
laps, are not permitted.
K311.2.2 Fillet Welds. Fillet welds may be used
only for structural attachments in accordance with the
requirements of paras. K321 and K328.5.2.
K308.3 Flange Facings
The flange facing shall be suitable for the service and
for the gasket and bolting employed.
K311.2.3 Other Weld Types. Socket welds and seal
welds are not permitted.
K308.4 Gaskets
Gaskets shall be selected so that the required seating
load is compatible with the flange rating and facing, the
strength of the flange, and its bolting. Materials shall
be suitable for the service conditions. Mode of gasket
failure shall be considered in gasket selection and joint
design.
K312 FLANGED JOINTS
Flanged joints shall be selected for leak tightness, considering the requirements of para. K308, flange facing
finish, and method of attachment. See also para. F312.
K312.1 Joints Using Flanges of Different Ratings
Paragraph 312.1 applies.
K308.5 Blanks
Blanks shall have a marking, identifying material,
pressure–temperature rating, and size, that is visible
after installation.
K313 EXPANDED JOINTS
Expanded joints are not permitted.
K314 THREADED JOINTS
K309 BOLTING
K314.1 General
Bolting, including bolts, bolt studs, studs, cap screws,
nuts, and washers, shall meet the requirements of the
BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 2, Part 3, para. 3.7;
Part 4, para. 4.16; and Part 5, para. 5.7. See also Appendix
F, para. F309, of this Code.
Except as provided in paras. K314.2 and K314.3,
threaded joints are not permitted.
(a) Layout of piping shall be such as to minimize
strain on threaded joints that could adversely affect
sealing.
(b) Supports shall be designed to control or minimize
strain and vibration on threaded joints and seals.
PART 4
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING JOINTS
K310 GENERAL
K314.2 Taper-Threaded Joints
Joints shall be suitable for the fluid handled, and for
the pressure–temperature and other mechanical loadings expected in service.
(a) Taper-threaded joints shall be used only for instrumentation, vents, drains, and similar purposes, and shall
be not larger than DN 15 (NPS 1⁄2).
127
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K315.3 Flareless Joints Using Components Not
Conforming to Listed Standards
(b) External-threaded components shall be at least
Schedule 160 in nominal wall thickness. The nominal
thickness of Schedule 160 piping is listed in
ASME B36.10M for DN 15 (NPS 1⁄2) and in ASME B16.11
for sizes smaller than DN 15 (NPS 1⁄2).
Joints made up using flareless type fittings not listed
in Table K326.1 may be used, provided that the type of
fitting selected is adequate for the design pressure, other
loadings, and the design temperature, and does not rely
on friction to restrain the axial load. The design shall
also be qualified by performance testing in accordance
with para. K304.7.2(b). Testing shall be conducted for
each material type/grade and heat treatment condition,
component configuration (e.g., elbow), size (e.g., NPS),
and pressure rating.
K314.3 Straight-Threaded Joints
K314.3.1 Joints With Seal Formed by Projecting
Pipe. Threaded joints where the threads are used to
attach flanges or fittings, and in which the pipe end
projects through the flange or fitting and is machined
to form the sealing surface with a lens ring, cone ring,
the mating pipe end, or other similar sealing device,
may be used. Such joints shall be qualified in accordance
with para. K304.7.2(a) or (b).
K316 CAULKED JOINTS
Caulked joints are not permitted.
K314.3.2 Other Straight-Threaded Joints
(a) Other Joints Using Components Conforming to Listed
Standards. Joints made up using straight-threaded fittings covered by standards listed in Table K326.1 may
be used, provided the fittings and joints are suitable for
the pipe with which they are to be used (considering
piping tolerances and other characteristics), are used
within the pressure–temperature limitations of the fitting, and comply with para. K302.2.1.
(b) Other Joints Using Components Not Conforming to
Listed Standards. Other straight-threaded joints (e.g., a
union comprising external and internal ends joined with
a threaded union nut, or other constructions shown typically in Fig. 335.3.3) may be used. Such joints shall be
qualified by performance testing in accordance with
para. K304.7.2(b). Testing shall be conducted for each
material type/grade and heat treatment condition, component configuration (e.g., elbow), size (e.g., NPS), and
pressure rating. Performance testing of joints in which
the process of making up the joint involves significant
uncontrolled loads (e.g., hammer unions) shall include
testing designed to simulate actual loads.
K317 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS
K317.1 Soldered Joints
Soldered joints are not permitted.
K317.2 Brazed Joints
(a) Braze welded joints and fillet joints made with
brazing filler metal are not permitted.
(b) Brazed joints shall be made in accordance with
para. K333 and shall be qualified as required by
para. K304.7.2. Such application is the owner’s responsibility. The melting point of brazing alloys shall be considered when exposure to fire is possible.
K318 SPECIAL JOINTS
Special joints include coupling, mechanical, and gland
nut and collar types of joints.
K318.1 General
K315 TUBING JOINTS
Joints may be used in accordance with para. 318.2 and
the requirements for materials and components in this
Chapter.
K315.1 Flared Type Joints
K318.2 Specific Requirements
Joints of the flared type are not permitted.
K318.2.1 Prototype Tests. A prototype joint shall
have been subjected to performance tests in accordance
with para. K304.7.2(b) to determine the safety of the joint
under test conditions simulating all expected service
conditions. Testing shall include cyclic simulation.
K315.2 Flareless Joints Using Components
Conforming to Listed Standards
Joints made up using flareless type fittings covered
by listed standards in Table K326.1 may be used, provided that the fittings
(a) do not rely on friction to carry loads from the
tubing to the fitting
(b) are suitable for the tubing or pipe with which they
are to be used (considering piping tolerances and other
characteristics)
(c) are used within the pressure–temperature limitations of the fitting and the joint
(d) comply with para. K302.2.1
K318.2.2 Prohibited Joints. Bell type and adhesive
joints are not permitted.
PART 5
FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT
K319 FLEXIBILITY
Flexibility analysis shall be performed for each piping
system. Paragraphs 319.1 through 319.7 apply, except
128
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K322.6 Pressure-Relieving Systems
for paras. 319.4.1(c) and 319.4.5. The computed displacement stress range shall be within the allowable displacement stress range in para. K302.3.5 and shall also be
included in the fatigue analysis in accordance with
para. K304.8.
Paragraph 322.6 applies, except for para. 322.6.3.
K322.6.3 Overpressure Protection. Overpressure
protection for high pressure piping systems shall conform to the following:
(a) The cumulative capacity of the pressure-relieving
devices shall be sufficient to prevent the pressure from
rising more than 10% above the piping design pressure
at the operating temperature during the relieving condition for a single relieving device or more than 16% above
the design pressure when more than one device is provided, except as provided in (c) below.
(b) System protection must include one relief device
set at or below the design pressure at the operating
temperature for the relieving condition, with no device
set to operate at a pressure greater than 105% of the
design pressure, except as provided in (c) below.
(c) Supplementary pressure-relieving devices provided for protection against overpressure due to fire or
other unexpected sources of external heat shall be set
to operate at a pressure not greater than 110% of the
design pressure of the piping system and shall be capable of limiting the maximum pressure during relief to
no more than 121% of the design pressure.
K321 PIPING SUPPORT
Piping supports and methods of attachment shall be
in accordance with para. 321 except as modified below,
and shall be detailed in the engineering design.
K321.1 General
K321.1.1 Objectives. Paragraph 321.1.1 applies, but
substitute “Chapter” for “Code” in (a).
K321.1.4 Materials. Paragraph 321.1.4 applies, but
replace (e) with the following:
(e) Attachments welded to the piping shall be of a
material compatible with the piping and the service.
Other requirements are specified in paras. K321.3.2 and
K323.4.2(b).
K321.3 Structural Attachments
K321.3.2 Integral Attachments. Paragraph 321.3.2
applies, but substitute “K321.1.4(e)” for “321.1.4(e)” and
“Chapter IX” for “Chapter V.”
PART 7
MATERIALS
K323 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Paragraph K323 states limitations and required
qualifications for materials based on their inherent properties. Their use is also subject to requirements elsewhere
in Chapter IX and in Table K-1.
(b) Specific attention should be given to the manufacturing process to ensure uniformity of properties
throughout each piping component.
(c) See para. K321.1.4 for support materials.
PART 6
SYSTEMS
K322 SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS
K322.3 Instrument Piping
K322.3.1 Definition. Instrument piping within the
scope of this Chapter includes all piping and piping
components used to connect instruments to high pressure piping or equipment. Instruments, permanently
sealed fluid-filled tubing systems furnished with instruments as temperature- or pressure-responsive devices,
and control piping for air or hydraulically operated control apparatus (not connected directly to the high pressure piping or equipment) are not within the scope of
this Chapter.
K323.1 Materials and Specifications
K323.1.1 Listed Materials
(a) Any material used in a pressure-containing piping
component shall conform to a listed specification, except
as provided in (b) below or in para. K323.1.2.
(b) Materials manufactured to specification editions
different from those listed in Appendix E may be used,
provided
(1) the requirements for chemical composition and
heat-treatment condition in the edition of the specification to which the material was manufactured meet the
requirements of the listed edition
(2) the specified minimum tensile and yield
strengths, and, if applicable, the specified maximum tensile and yield strengths, required by the two editions of
the specification are the same, and
K322.3.2 Requirements. Instrument piping within
the scope of this Chapter shall be in accordance with
para. 322.3.2 except that the design pressure and temperature shall be determined in accordance with para. K301,
and the requirements of para. K310 shall apply. Instruments, and control piping not within the scope of this
Chapter, shall be designed in accordance with
para. 322.3.
129
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K323.2.2 Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
(a) The lowest permitted service temperature for a
component or weld shall be the impact test temperature
determined in accordance with para. K323.3.4(a), except
as provided in (b) or (c) below.
(b) For a component or weld subjected to a longitudinal or circumferential stress ≤ 41 MPa (6 ksi), the lowest
service temperature shall be the lower of −46°C (−50°F)
or the impact test temperature determined in
para. K323.3.4(a).
(c) For materials exempted from Charpy testing by
Note (6) of Table K323.3.1, the service temperature shall
not be lower than −46°C (−50°F).
(3) the material has been tested and examined in
accordance with the requirements of the listed edition
of the specification
A material that does not meet the requirements of
paras. K323.1.1(b)(1), (2), and (3) may be evaluated as
an unlisted material in accordance with para. K323.1.2.
K323.1.2 Unlisted Materials. An unlisted material
may be used, provided it conforms to a published specification covering chemistry, physical and mechanical
properties, method and process of manufacture, heat
treatment, and quality control, and otherwise meets the
requirements of this Chapter. Allowable stresses shall be
determined in accordance with the applicable allowable
stress basis of this Chapter or a more conservative basis.
K323.1.3 Unknown Materials. Materials of
unknown specification, type, or grade are not permitted.
K323.1.4 Reclaimed Materials. Reclaimed pipe and
other piping components may be used provided they
are properly identified as conforming to a listed specification, have documented service history for the material
and fatigue life evaluation, and otherwise meet the
requirements of this Chapter. Sufficient cleaning and
inspection shall be made to determine minimum wall
thickness and freedom from defects that would be unacceptable in the intended service.
K323.1.5 Product Analysis. Conformance of materials to the product analysis chemical requirements of the
applicable specification shall be verified, and certification shall be supplied. Requirements for product analysis
are defined in the applicable materials specification.
K323.1.6 Repair of Materials by Welding. A material
defect may be repaired by welding, provided that all of
the following criteria are met:
(a) The material specification provides for weld
repair.
(b) The welding procedure and welders or welding
operators are qualified as required by para. K328.2.
(c) The repair and its examination are performed in
accordance with the material specification and with the
owner’s approval.
(14)
K323.2.4 Verification of Serviceability
(a) When an unlisted material is used, or when otherwise required by Appendix K, Table K-1, Note (9), the
designer is responsible for demonstrating the validity
of the allowable stresses and other design limits, and of
the approach taken in using the material, including the
derivation of stress data and the establishment of temperature limits.
(b) Paragraph 323.2.4(b) applies except that allowable
stress values shall be determined in accordance with
para. K302.3.
(14)
K323.3 Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance
Criteria
K323.3.1 General. Except as provided in
Table K323.3.1, Note (6), piping components used in
High Pressure Fluid Service shall be subjected to Charpy
V-notch impact testing. The testing shall be performed
in accordance with Table K323.3.1 on representative
samples using the testing methods described in
paras. K323.3.2, K323.3.3, and K323.3.4. Acceptance criteria are described in para. K323.3.5.
K323.2 Temperature Limitations
The designer shall verify that materials that meet other
requirements of this Chapter are suitable for service
throughout the operating temperature range. Attention
is directed to Note (4) in Appendix K, and para. K323.2.1
following.
(14)
K323.2.3 Temperature Limits, Unlisted Materials.
An unlisted material acceptable under para. K323.1.2
shall be qualified for service at all temperatures within
a stated range from design minimum temperature to
design (maximum) temperature, in accordance with
para. K323.2.4. However, the upper temperature limit
shall be less than the temperature for which an allowable
stress, determined in accordance with para. 302.3.2, is
governed by the creep or stress rupture provisions of
that paragraph.
K323.3.2 Procedure. Paragraph 323.3.2 applies.
K323.3.3 Test Specimens
(a) Each set of impact test specimens shall consist of
three specimen bars. Impact tests shall be made using
standard 10 mm (0.394 in.) square cross section Charpy
V-notch specimen bars oriented in the transverse
direction.
(b) Where component size and/or shape does not permit specimens as specified in (a) above, standard 10 mm
K323.2.1 Upper Temperature Limits, Listed
Materials. A listed material shall not be used at a temperature above the maximum for which a stress value
is shown in Appendix K, Table K-1, except as provided
in Note (9) of that table.
130
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K323.3.1 Impact Testing Requirements
Column A
Pipe, Tubes, and Components
Made From Pipe or Tubes
Test
Characteristics
Column C
Bolts
Number of tests
As required by the material specification, or one test set per lot [see Note (1)], whichever is greater, except as
permitted by Note (2).
Location and
orientation
of specimens
[see Note (3)]
(a) Transverse to the longitudinal
axis, with notch parallel to
axis. [See Note (4).]
(b) Where component size and/
or shape does not permit
specimens as specified in (a)
above, paras. K323.3.3(b),
(c), and (d) apply as needed.
Test pieces
[see Note (5)]
Test pieces for preparation of impact specimens shall be made for each welding procedure, type of electrode,
or filler metal (i.e., AWS E-XXXX classification) and each flux to be used. All test pieces shall be subject to
heat treatment, including cooling rates and aggregate time at temperature or temperatures, essentially the
same as the heat treatment which the finished component will have received.
Number of test
pieces [see
Note (6)]
(1) One test piece with a thickness T for each range of material thicknesses which can vary from 1⁄2T to T +
6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).
(2) Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter [see Note (4)] or the engineering design, test pieces need not
be made from individual material lots, or from material for each job, provided welds in other certified
material of the same thickness ranges and to the same specification (type and grade, not heat or lot)
have been tested as required and the records of those tests are made available.
Location and
orientation
of specimens
(1) Weld metal impact specimens shall be taken across the weld with the notch in the weld metal. Each specimen shall be oriented so that the notch axis is normal to the surface of the material and one face of the
specimen shall be within 1.5 mm (1⁄16 in.) of the surface of the material.
(2) Heat affected zone impact specimens shall be taken across the weld and have sufficient length to locate
the notch in the heat affected zone, after etching. The notch shall be cut approximately normal to the
material surface in such a manner as to include as much heat affected zone material as possible in the
resulting fracture.
(3) The impact values obtained from both the weld metal and heat affected zone specimens shall be compared to the transverse values in Table K323.3.5 for the determination of acceptance criteria.
Tests on Materials
Tests on Welds in Fabrication or Assembly
Column B
Other Components, Fittings, Etc.
(a) Transverse to the direction of
maximum elongation during
rolling or to direction of
major working during forging.
Notch shall be oriented parallel to direction of maximum
elongation or major working.
(b) If there is no single identifiable axis, e.g., for castings or
triaxial forgings, specimens
shall either meet the longitudinal values of Table
K323.3.5, or three sets of
orthogonal specimens shall
be prepared, and the lowest
impact values obtained from
any set shall meet the transverse values of Table
K323.3.5.
(c) Where component size and/
or shape does not permit
specimens as specified in (a)
or (b) above, paras.
K323.3.3(c) and (d) apply as
needed.
(a) Bolts ≤ 52 mm (2 in.) nominal
size made in accordance with
ASTM A 320 shall meet the
impact requirements of that
specification.
(b) For all other bolts, longitudinal
specimens shall be taken. The
impact values obtained shall
meet the transverse values of
Table K323.3.5.
131
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K323.3.1 Impact Testing Requirements (Cont’d)
NOTES:
(1) A lot shall consist of pipe or components of the same nominal size, made from the same heat of material, and heat treated together. If
a continuous type furnace is used, pipe or components may be considered to have been heat treated together if they are processed
during a single continuous time period at the same furnace conditions.
(2) Impact tests are not required when the maximum obtainable longitudinal Charpy specimen has a width along the notch less than
2.5 mm (0.098 in.). See para. K323.2.2(c).
(3) Impact tests shall be performed on a representative sample of material after completion of all heat treatment and forming operations
involving plastic deformation, except that cold bends made in accordance with para. K304.2.1 need not be tested after bending.
(4) For longitudinally welded pipe, specimens shall be taken from the base metal, weld metal, and the heat affected zone.
(5) For welds in the fabrication or assembly of piping or components, including repair welds.
(6) The test piece shall be large enough to permit preparing the number of specimens required by para. K323.3. If this is not possible,
additional test pieces shall be prepared.
Fig. K323.3.3 Example of an Acceptable
Impact Test Specimen
GENERAL NOTE: This Figure illustrates how an acceptable transverse
Charpy specimen can be obtained from a tubing or component shape
too small for a full length standard specimen in accordance with
ASTM A370. The corners of a longitudinal specimen parallel to and
on the side opposite the notch may be as shown.
NOTE:
(1) Corners of the Charpy specimen [see para. K323.3.3(d)] may
follow the contour of the component within the dimension
limits shown.
(a) Charpy impact tests shall be conducted at a temperature no higher than the lower of the following:
(1) 20°C (70°F)
(2) the lowest metal temperature at which a piping
component or weld will be subjected to a stress greater
than 41 MPa (6 ksi). In specifying the lowest metal temperature, the following shall be considered:
(a) range of operating conditions
(b) upset conditions
(c) ambient temperature extremes
(d) required leak test temperature
(b) Where the largest possible test specimen has a
width along the notch less than the lesser of 80% of the
square cross-section longitudinal Charpy specimens
may be prepared.
(c) Where component size and/or shape does not permit specimens as specified in (a) or (b) above, subsize
longitudinal Charpy specimens may be prepared. Test
temperature shall be reduced in accordance with
Table 323.3.4. See also Table K323.3.1, Note (6).
(d) If necessary in (a), (b), or (c) above, corners of
specimens parallel to and on the side opposite the notch
may be as shown in Fig. K323.3.3.
K323.3.4 Test Temperatures. For all Charpy impact
tests, the test temperature criteria in (a) or (b) below
shall be observed.
132
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K323.3.5 Minimum Required Charpy V-Notch Impact Values
Energy, J (ft-lbf) [Note (2)]
Specimen
Orientation
Transverse
Longitudinal
Pipe Wall
or Component
Thickness, mm (in.)
Specified Minimum Yield
Strength, MPa (ksi)
No. of
Specimens
[Note (1)]
≤ 932 (≤ 135)
> 932 (> 135)
≤ 25 (≤ 1)
Average for 3
Minimum for 1
27 (20)
20 (15)
34 (25)
27 (20)
> 25 and ≤ 51
(> 1 and ≤ 2)
Average for 3
Minimum for 1
34 (25)
27 (20)
41 (30)
33 (24)
> 51 (> 2)
Average for 3
Minimum for 1
41 (30)
33 (24)
47 (35)
38 (28)
≤ 25 (≤ 1)
Average for 3
Minimum for 1
54 (40)
41 (30)
68 (50)
54 (40)
> 25 and ≤ 51
(> 1 and ≤ 2)
Average for 3
Minimum for 1
68 (50)
54 (40)
81 (60)
65 (48)
> 51 (> 2)
Average for 3
Minimum for 1
81 (60)
65 (48)
95 (70)
76 (56)
NOTES:
(1) See para. K323.3.5(c) for permissible retests.
(2) Energy values in this Table are for standard size specimens. For subsize specimens, these values
shall be multiplied by the ratio of the actual specimen width to that of a full-size specimen,
10 mm (0.394 in.).
material thickness or 8 mm (0.315 in.), the test shall be
conducted at a reduced temperature in accordance with
Table 323.3.4, considering the temperature as reduced
below the test temperature required by (a) above.
single specimen, a retest of three additional specimens
shall be made. The value for each of these retest specimens shall equal or exceed the required average value.
(2) Retest for Erratic Test Results. When an erratic
result is caused by a defective specimen or uncertainty
in the test, a retest will be allowed. The report giving test
results shall specifically state why the original specimen
was considered defective or which step of the test procedure was carried out incorrectly.
K323.3.5 Acceptance Criteria
(a) Minimum Energy Requirements for Materials Other
Than Bolting. The applicable minimum impact energy
requirements for materials shall be those shown in
Table K323.3.5. Lateral expansion shall be measured in
accordance with ASTM A370 (for title see para. 323.3.2).
The results shall be included in the impact test report.
(b) Minimum Energy Requirements for Bolting Materials.
The applicable minimum energy requirements shall be
those shown in Table K323.3.5 except as provided in
Table K323.3.1.
(c) Weld Impact Test Requirements. Where two base
metals having different required impact energy values
are joined by welding, the impact test energy requirements shall equal or exceed the requirements of the base
material having the lower required impact energy.
(d) Retests
(1) Retest for Absorbed Energy Criteria. When the
average value of the three specimens equals or exceeds
the minimum value permitted for a single specimen,
and the value for more than one specimen is below
the required average value, or when the value for one
specimen is below the minimum value permitted for a
K323.4 Requirements for Materials
K323.4.1 General. Requirements in para. K323.4
apply to pressure-containing parts, not to materials used
as supports, gaskets, packing, or bolting. See also
Appendix F, para. F323.4.
K323.4.2 Specific Requirements
(a) Ductile iron and other cast irons are not permitted.
(b) Zinc-coated materials are not permitted for pressure containing components and may not be attached
to pressure-containing components by welding.
K323.4.3 Metallic Clad and Lined Materials. Materials with metallic cladding or lining may be used in
accordance with the following provisions:
(a) For metallic clad or lined piping components, the
base metal shall be an acceptable material as defined in
para. K323, and the thickness used in pressure design
133
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K326.3 Reference Documents
in accordance with para. K304 shall not include the thickness of the cladding or lining. The allowable stress used
shall be that for the base metal at the design temperature.
For such components, the cladding or lining may be any
material that, in the judgment of the user, is suitable for
the intended service and for the method of manufacture
and assembly of the piping component.
(b) Fabrication by welding of clad or lined piping
components and the inspection and testing of such components shall be done in accordance with applicable
provisions of the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1,
UCL-30 through UCL-52, and the provisions of this
Chapter.
(c) If a metallic liner also serves as a gasket or as part
of the flange facing, the requirements and limitations in
para. K308.4 apply.
The documents listed in Table K326.1 contain references to codes, standards, and specifications not listed
in Table K326.1. Such unlisted codes, standards, and
specifications shall be used only in the context of the
listed documents in which they appear.
The design, materials, fabrication, assembly, examination, inspection, and testing requirements of this
Chapter are not applicable to components manufactured
in accordance with the documents listed in Table K326.1,
unless specifically stated in this Chapter or in the listed
document.
K326.4 Repair of Piping Components by Welding
A defect in a component listed in Table K326.1 or in an
unlisted component in accordance with para. K302.2.3(a)
may be repaired by welding, provided that all of the
following criteria are met:
(a) The component specification provides for weld
repair.
(b) The welding procedure and welders or welding
operators are qualified as required by para. K328.2.
(c) The repair and its examination are performed in
accordance with the component specification and with
the owner’s approval.
K323.5 Deterioration of Materials in Service
Paragraph 323.5 applies.
K325 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Paragraph 325 applies.
PART 8
STANDARDS FOR PIPING COMPONENTS
PART 9
FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION
K326 REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPONENTS
K326.1 Dimensional Requirements
K327 GENERAL
K326.1.1 Listed Piping Components. Dimensional
standards for piping components are listed in
Table K326.1. Dimensional requirements contained in
specifications listed in Appendix K shall also be considered requirements of this Code.
Piping materials and components are prepared for
assembly and erection by one or more of the fabrication
processes covered in paras. K328, K330, K331, K332, and
K333. When any of these processes is used in assembly
or erection, requirements are the same as for fabrication.
K326.1.2 Unlisted Piping Components. Piping components not listed in Table K326.1 or Appendix K shall
meet the pressure design requirements described in
para. K302.2.3 and the mechanical strength requirements
described in para. K303.
K328 WELDING
Welding that conforms to the requirements of
para. K328 may be used in accordance with para. K311.
K328.1 Welding Responsibility
K326.1.3 Threads. The dimensions of piping connection threads not otherwise covered by a governing
component standard or specification shall conform to
the requirements of applicable standards listed in
Table K326.1 or Appendix K.
Each employer is responsible for the welding done by
the personnel of his organization and shall conduct the
tests required to qualify welding procedures, and to
qualify and as necessary requalify welders and welding
operators.
K326.2 Ratings of Components
K328.2 Welding Qualifications
K326.2.1 Listed Components. The pressure–
temperature ratings of components listed in Table K326.1
are accepted for pressure design in accordance with
para. K303.
K328.2.1 Qualification Requirements. Qualification
of the welding procedures to be used and of the performance of welders and welding operators shall comply
with the requirements of the BPV Code, Section IX,
except as modified herein.
(a) Impact tests shall be performed for all procedure
qualifications in accordance with para. K323.3.
K326.2.2 Unlisted Components. The pressure–
temperature ratings of unlisted piping components shall
conform to the applicable provisions of para. K304.
134
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K326.1 Component Standards
Standard or Specification
Designation
Bolting
Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Inch Series; Including Hex Cap Screws and Lag Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASME B18.2.1
ASME B18.2.2
Metallic Fittings, Valves, and Flanges
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End [Note (1)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Blanks [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Pressure Chemical Industry Flanges and Threaded Stubs for Use with Lens Gaskets .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ASME B16.5
ASME B16.9
ASME B16.11
ASME B16.34
ASME B16.48
MSS SP-25
MSS SP-65
Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel Pipe [Note (1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASME B36.10M
ASME B36.19M
Metallic Pipe and Tubes
Miscellaneous
Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of Casing, Tubing, and
Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form) . . . . . .
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buttwelding Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness, and Lay) . . . . . .
Line Pipe Threads .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
API 5B
ASME B1.1
ASME B1.20.1
ASME B16.20
ASME B16.25
ASME B46.1
GENERAL NOTE: It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code text. Instead, the approved edition
references, along with the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown in Appendix E.
NOTE:
(1) The use of components made in accordance with these standards is permissible provided they meet all of the requirements of this
Chapter.
(b) Test weldments shall be made using the same specification and type or grade of base metal(s), and the
same specification and classification of filler metal(s) as
will be used in production welding.
(c) Test weldments shall be subjected to essentially
the same heat treatment, including cooling rate and
cumulative time at temperature, as the production
welds.
(d) When tensile specimens are required by
Section IX, the yield strength shall also be determined,
using the method required for the base metal. The yield
strength of each test specimen shall be not less than the
specified minimum yield strength at room temperature
(SY) for the base metals joined. Where two base metals
having different SY values are joined by welding, the
yield strength of each test specimen shall be not less
than the lower of the two SY values.
(e) Mechanical testing is required for all performance
qualification tests.
(f) Qualification on pipe or tubing shall also qualify
for plate, but qualification on plate does not qualify for
pipe or tubing.
(g) For thickness greater than 51 mm (2 in.), the procedure test coupon shall be at least 75% as thick as the
thickest joint to be welded in production.
K328.2.2 Procedure Qualification by Others. Qualification of welding procedures by others is not
permitted.
K328.2.3 Performance Qualification by Others.
Welding performance qualification by others is not
permitted.
K328.2.4 Qualification Records. Paragraph 328.2.4
applies.
K328.3 Materials
K328.3.1 Filler Metal. Filler metal shall be specified
in the engineering design and shall conform to the
135
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
requirements of the BPV Code, Section IX. A filler metal
not yet incorporated in Section IX may be used with
the owner’s approval if a procedure qualification test,
including an all-weld-metal test, is first successfully
made.
listed in Table K-1 or Table K326.1) shall conform to the
requirements of para. K328.4.3(a).
(c) Branch Connection Welds
(1) The dimension m in Fig. K328.5.4 shall not
exceed ±1.5 mm (1⁄16 in.).
(2) The dimension g in Fig. K328.5.4 shall be specified in the engineering design and the welding
procedure.
K328.3.2 Weld Backing Material. Backing rings
shall not be used.
K328.3.3 Consumable Inserts. Paragraph 328.3.3
applies, except that procedures shall be qualified as
required by para. K328.2.
K328.5 Welding Requirements
K328.5.1 General. The requirements of paras.
328.5.1(b), (d), (e), and (f ) apply in addition to the
requirements specified below.
(a) All welds, including tack welds, repair welds, and
the addition of weld metal for alignment
[paras. K328.4.2(b)(3) and K328.4.3(c)(1)], shall be made
by qualified welders or welding operators, in accordance
with a qualified procedure.
(b) Tack welds at the root of the joint shall be made
with filler metal equivalent to that used for the root
pass. Tack welds shall be fused with the root pass weld,
except that those that have cracked shall be removed.
Bridge tacks (above the root) shall be removed.
K328.4 Preparation for Welding
K328.4.1 Cleaning. Paragraph 328.4.1 applies.
K328.4.2 End Preparation
(a) General
(1) Butt weld end preparation is acceptable only if
the surface is machined or ground to bright metal.
(2) Butt welding end preparation contained in
ASME B16.25 or any other end preparation that meets
the procedure qualification is acceptable. [For convenience, the basic bevel angles taken from B16.25, with
some additional J-bevel angles, are shown in Fig. 328.4.2
sketches (a) and (b).]
(b) Circumferential Welds
(1) If components ends are trimmed as shown in
Fig. 328.4.2 sketch (a) or (b) to accommodate consumable
inserts, or as shown in Fig. K328.4.3 to correct internal
misalignment, such trimming shall not result in a finished wall thickness before welding less than the
required minimum wall thickness, tm .
(2) It is permissible to size pipe ends of the same
nominal size to improve alignment, if wall thickness
requirements are maintained.
(3) Where necessary, weld metal may be deposited
on the inside or outside of the component to permit
alignment or provide for machining to ensure satisfactory seating of inserts.
(4) When a butt weld joins sections of unequal wall
thickness and the thicker wall is more than 11⁄2 times
the thickness of the other, end preparation and geometry
shall be in accordance with acceptable designs for
unequal wall thickness in ASME B16.5.
K328.5.2 Fillet Welds. Fillet welds, where permitted
(see para. K311.2.2), shall be fused with and shall merge
smoothly into the component surfaces.
K328.5.3 Seal Welds. Seal welds are not permitted.
K328.5.4 Welded Branch Connections. Branch connection fittings (see para. 300.2), attached by smoothly
contoured full penetration groove welds of a design that
permits 100% interpretable radiographic examination
are the only types acceptable.
Figure K328.5.4 shows acceptable details of welded
branch connections. The illustrations are typical and are
not intended to exclude acceptable types of construction
not shown.
K328.5.5 Fabricated Laps. Fabricated laps are not
permitted.
K328.6 Weld Repair
K328.4.3 Alignment
(a) Girth Butt Welds
(1) Inside diameters of components at the ends to
be joined shall be aligned within the dimensional limits
in the welding procedure and the engineering design,
except that no more than 1.5 mm (1⁄16 in.) misalignment
is permitted as shown in Fig. K328.4.3.
(2) If the external surfaces of the two components
are not aligned, the weld shall be tapered between the
two surfaces with a slope not steeper than 1:4.
(b) Longitudinal Butt Joints. Preparation for longitudinal butt welds (not made in accordance with a standard
Paragraph 328.6 applies, except that procedures and
performance shall be qualified as required by
para. K328.2.1. See also para. K341.3.3.
K330 PREHEATING
K330.1 General
Paragraph 330.1 applies, except that seal welds are not
permitted in this Chapter.
K330.1.1 Requirements. Paragraph 330.1.1 applies.
136
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. K328.4.3 Pipe Bored for Alignment: Trimming and Permitted Misalignment
Fig. K328.5.4 Some Acceptable Welded Branch Connections Suitable for 100% Radiography
K331.1 General
K330.1.2 Unlisted Materials. Paragraph 330.1.2
applies.
K331.1.1 Heat Treatment Requirements. The provisions of para. 331 and Table 331.1.1 apply, except as
specified below.
(a) Heat treatment is required for all thicknesses of
P-Nos. 4 and 5 materials.
(b) For welds other than longitudinal in quenched
and tempered materials, when heat treatment is required
by the engineering design, the temperature shall not be
higher than 28°C (50°F) below the tempering temperature of the material.
(c) Longitudinal welds in quenched and tempered
material shall be heat treated in accordance with the
applicable material specification.
K330.1.3 Temperature Verification. Paragraph
330.1.3(a) applies. Temperature-indicating materials and
techniques shall not be detrimental to the base metals.
K330.1.4 Preheat Zone. Paragraph 330.1.4 applies.
K330.2 Specific Requirements
Paragraph 330.2 applies in its entirety.
K331 HEAT TREATMENT
The text introducing para. 331 applies.
137
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K331.1.3 Governing Thickness. When components
are joined by welding, the thickness to be used in
applying the heat treatment provisions of Table 331.1.1
shall be that of the thicker component measured at the
joint, except as follows:
In the case of fillet welds used for attachment of external nonpressure parts, such as lugs or other pipesupporting elements, heat treatment is required when
the thickness through the weld and base metal in any
plane is more than twice the minimum material thickness requiring heat treatment (even though the thickness
of the components at the joint is less than that minimum
thickness) except as follows:
(a) not required for P-No. 1 materials when weld
throat thickness is 16 mm (5⁄8 in.) or less, regardless of
base metal thickness.
(b) not required for P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 10A, and 10B materials when weld throat thickness is 6 mm (1⁄4 in.) or less,
regardless of base metal thickness, provided that not
less than the recommended minimum preheat is applied
and the specified minimum tensile strength of the base
metal is less than 490 MPa (71 ksi).
(c) not required for ferritic materials when welds are
made with filler metal that does not air harden. Austenitic welding materials may be used for welds to ferritic
materials when the effects of service conditions, such
as differential thermal expansion due to elevated temperature, or corrosion, will not adversely affect the
weldment.
K331.1.4 Heating and Cooling.
applies.
(d) method of heating and maximum hold time
(e) description of bending apparatus and procedure
to be used
(f) mandrels or material and procedure used to fill
the bore
(g) method for protection of thread and machined
surfaces
(h) examination to be performed
(i) required heat treatment
(j) postheat treatment dimensional adjustment
technique
K332.2 Bending
K332.2.1 Bend Flattening. The difference between
the maximum and the minimum diameters at any cross
section of a bend shall not exceed 8% of nominal outside
diameter for internal pressure and 3% for external
pressure.
K332.2.2 Bending Temperature. Paragraph 332.2.2
applies, except that in cold bending of quenched and
tempered ferritic materials, the temperature shall be at
least 28°C (50°F) below the tempering temperature.
K332.3 Forming
Piping components shall be formed in accordance with
a written procedure. The temperature range shall be
consistent with material characteristics, end use, and
specified heat treatment. The thickness after forming
shall be not less than required by design. The procedure
shall address at least the following, as applicable:
(a) material specification and range of size and
thickness
(b) maximum fiber elongation expected during
forming
(c) minimum and maximum metal temperature during bending
(d) method of heating and maximum hold time
(e) description of forming apparatus and procedure
to be used
(f) materials and procedures used to provide internal
support during forming
(g) examination to be performed
(h) required heat treatment
Paragraph 331.1.4
K331.1.6 Temperature Verification. Heat treatment
temperature shall be checked by thermocouple pyrometers or other suitable methods to ensure that the WPS
requirements are met. Temperature-indicating materials
and techniques shall not be detrimental to the base
metals.
K331.1.7 Hardness Tests.
applies.
Paragraph 331.1.7
K331.2 Specific Requirements
Paragraph 331.2 applies in its entirety.
K332 BENDING AND FORMING
K332.4 Required Heat Treatment
K332.1 General
K332.4.1 Hot Bending and Forming. After hot bending and forming, heat treatment is required for all thicknesses of P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, 10A, and 10B materials that
are not quenched and tempered. Times and temperatures shall be in accordance with para. 331. Quenched
and tempered materials shall be reheat treated to the
original material specification.
Pipe shall be hot or cold bent in accordance with a
written procedure to any radius that will result in surfaces free of cracks and free of buckles. The procedure
shall address at least the following, as applicable:
(a) material specification and range of size and
thickness
(b) range of bend radii and fiber elongation
(c) minimum and maximum metal temperature during bending
K332.4.2 Cold Bending and Forming
(a) After cold bending and forming, heat treatment
in accordance with (b) below is required, regardless of
138
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K341.3 Examination Requirements
thickness, when specified in the engineering design or
when the maximum calculated fiber elongation exceeds
5% strain or 50% of the basic minimum specified longitudinal elongation for the applicable specification, grade,
and thickness for P-Nos. 1 through 6 materials (unless
it has been demonstrated that the selection of the pipe
and the procedure for making the components provide
assurance that the most severely formed portion of the
material has retained an elongation of not less than 10%).
(b) Heat treatment is required regardless of thickness
and shall conform to the temperatures and durations
given in Table 331.1.1, except that for quenched and
tempered materials, the stress relieving temperature
shall not exceed a temperature 28°C (50°F) below the
tempering temperature of the material.
K341.3.1 General. Prior to initial operation, each
piping installation, including components and workmanship, shall be examined in accordance with
para. K341.4 and the engineering design. If heat treatment is performed, examination shall be conducted after
its completion.
K341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Acceptance criteria
shall be as stated in the engineering design and shall at
least meet the applicable requirements stated in (a) and
(b) below, and elsewhere in this Chapter.
(a) Table K341.3.2 states acceptance criteria (limits on
imperfections) for welds. See Fig. 341.3.2 for typical weld
imperfections.
(b) Acceptance criteria for castings are specified in
para. K302.3.3.
K333 BRAZING AND SOLDERING
Brazing shall be in accordance with para. 333. The
owner shall specify examination requirements for
brazed joints.
K341.3.3 Defective Components and Workmanship.
Defects (imperfections of a type or magnitude not
acceptable by the criteria specified in para. K341.3.2)
shall be repaired, or the defective item or work shall be
replaced.
Examination shall be as follows:
(a) When the defective item or work is repaired, the
repaired portion of the item or work shall be examined.
The examination shall use the same methods and acceptance criteria employed for the original examination. See
also para. K341.3.1(a).
(b) When the defective item or work is replaced, the
new item or work used to replace the defective item or
work shall be examined. The examination shall use any
method and applicable acceptance criteria that meet the
requirements for the original examination. See also
para. K341.3.1(a).
K335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION
K335.1 General
Paragraph 335.1 applies.
K335.2 Flanged Joints
Paragraph 335.2 applies, except that bolts shall extend
completely through their nuts.
K335.3 Threaded Joints
Paragraph 335.3 applies, except that threaded joints
shall not be seal welded.
K335.4 Special Joints
Special joints (as defined in para. K318) shall be
installed and assembled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, as modified by the engineering
design. Care shall be taken to ensure full engagement
of joint members.
K341.4 Extent of Required Examination
K335.5 Cleaning of Piping
K341.4.1 Visual Examination
(a) The requirements of para. 341.4.1(a) apply with the
following exceptions in regard to extent of examination:
(1) Materials and Components. 100%.
(2) Fabrication. 100%.
(3) Threaded, Bolted, and Other Joints. 100%.
(4) Piping Erection. All piping erection shall be
examined to verify dimensions and alignment. Supports,
guides, and points of cold spring shall be checked to
ensure that movement of the piping under all conditions
of startup, operation, and shutdown will be accommodated without undue binding or unanticipated
constraint.
Piping shall be examined to the extent specified herein
or to any greater extent specified in the engineering
design.
See Appendix F, para. F335.9.
PART 10
INSPECTION, EXAMINATION, AND TESTING
K340 INSPECTION
Paragraphs 340.1 through 340.4 apply.
K341 EXAMINATION
Paragraphs 341.1 and 341.2 apply.
139
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria for Welds
(14)
Criteria (A–E) for Types of Welds, and for Required Examination Methods [Note (1)]
Type of Weld
Methods
Type of
Imperfection
Crack
Lack of fusion
Incomplete penetration
Internal porosity
Slag inclusion or elongated indication
Undercutting
Surface porosity or exposed slag inclusion
Concave root surface (suck-up)
Surface finish
Reinforcement or internal protrusion
GENERAL NOTE:
Visual
Ultrasonics or
Radiography
Girth
Groove
Longitudinal
Groove
[Note (2)]
X
X
X
...
...
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
...
X
...
...
A
A
A
B
C
A
A
D
E
F
A
A
A
B
C
A
A
D
E
F
Fillet
[Note (3)]
Branch
Connection
[Note (4)]
A
A
A
NA
NA
A
A
NA
E
F
A
A
A
B
C
A
A
D
E
F
X p required examination; NA p not applicable; . . . p not required.
Criterion Value Notes for Table K341.3.2
Criterion
Symbol
Measure
Acceptable Value Limits [Note (5)]
A
Extent of imperfection
Zero (no evident imperfection)
B
C
Size and distribution of internal porosity
Slag inclusion or elongated indication. Indications are
unacceptable if the amplitude exceeds the reference
level, or indications have lengths that exceed
Individual length
See BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 4
D
Cumulative length
Depth of surface concavity
6 mm (1⁄4 in.) for T w ≤ 19 mm (3⁄4 in.)
T w /3 for 19 mm (3⁄4 in.) < T w ≤ 57 mm (21⁄4 in.)
19 mm (3⁄4 in.) for T w > 57 mm (21⁄4 in.)
≤ T w in any 12 T w weld length
Wall Thickness,
Depth of Surface Concavity,
T w , mm (in.)
mm (in.)
≤ 13 ( 1⁄2 )
≤ 1.5 ( 1⁄16 )
> 13 ( 1⁄2 ) and ≤ 51 (2)
≤ 3 ( 1⁄8 )
> 51 (2)
≤ 4 ( 5⁄32 )
and total joint thickness including weld reinforcement
≥ Tw
≤ 12.5 m (500 in.) Ra (see ASME B46.1 for definition of
roughness average, Ra )
E
Surface roughness
F
Height of reinforcement or internal protrusion [Note (6)]
in any plane through the weld shall be within the
limits of the applicable height value in the tabulation at the right. Weld metal shall be fused with and
merge smoothly into the component surfaces.
Wall Thickness,
T w , mm (in.)
External Weld Reinforcement
or Internal Weld Protrusion,
mm (in.)
≤ 13 ( 1⁄2 )
> 13 ( 1⁄2 ) and ≤ 51 (2)
> 51 (2)
≤ 1.5 ( 1⁄16)
≤ 3 (1⁄8 )
≤ 4 ( 5⁄32 )
NOTES:
(1) Criteria given are for required examination. More stringent criteria may be specified in the engineering design.
(2) Longitudinal welds include only those permitted in paras. K302.3.4 and K305. The criteria shall be met by all welds, including those
made in accordance with a standard listed in Table K326.1 or in Appendix K.
(3) Fillet welds include only those permitted in para. K311.2.2.
(4) Branch connection welds include only those permitted in para. K328.5.4.
(5) Where two limiting values are given, the lesser measured value governs acceptance. T w is the nominal wall thickness of the thinner of
two components joined by a butt weld.
(6) For groove welds, height is the lesser of the measurements made from the surfaces of the adjacent components. For fillet welds,
height is measured from the theoretical throat; internal protrusion does not apply. Required thickness tm shall not include reinforcement or internal protrusion.
140
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K344.2 Visual Examination
(b) Pressure-Containing Threads. 100% examination for
finish and fit is required. Items with visible imperfections in thread finish and/or the following defects shall
be rejected:
(1) Tapered Threads. Failure to meet gaging requirements in API Spec 5B or ASME B1.20.1, as applicable.
(2) Straight Threads. Excessively loose or tight fit
when gaged for light interference fit.
Paragraph 344.2 applies in its entirety.
K344.3 Magnetic Particle Examination
The method for magnetic particle examination shall
be as specified in
(a) paragraph K302.3.3(b) for castings
(b) BPV Code, Section V, Article 7 for welds and other
components
K341.4.2 Radiographic and Ultrasonic Examination
(a) All girth, longitudinal, and branch connection
welds shall be 100% radiographically examined, except
as permitted in (b) below.
(b) When specified in the engineering design and with
the owner’s approval, ultrasonic examination of welds
may be substituted for radiographic examination where
T w ≥ 13 mm (1⁄2 in.).
(c) In-process examination (see para. 344.7) shall not
be substituted for radiographic or ultrasonic examination of welds.
K344.4 Liquid Penetrant Examination
The method for liquid penetrant examination shall be
as specified in
(a) paragraph K302.3.3(b) for castings
(b) BPV Code, Section V, Article 6 for welds and other
components
K344.5 Radiographic Examination
The method for radiographic examination shall be as
specified in
(a) paragraph K302.3.3(c) for castings
(b) BPV Code, Section V, Article 2 for welds and other
components
K341.4.3 Certifications and Records. Paragraph
341.4.1(c) applies.
K341.5 Supplementary Examination
Any of the examination methods described in para.
K344 may be specified by the engineering design to
supplement the examination required by para. K341.4.
The extent of supplementary examination to be performed and any acceptance criteria that differ from those
specified in para. K341.3.2 shall be specified in the engineering design.
K341.5.1 Hardness Tests.
applies.
K344.6 Ultrasonic Examination
K344.6.1 Castings. The method for ultrasonic
examination of castings shall be as specified in
para. K302.3.3(c).
K344.6.2 Pipe and Tubing
(a) Method. Pipe and tubing, required or selected in
accordance with Table K305.1.2 to undergo ultrasonic
examination, shall pass a 100% examination for longitudinal defects in accordance with ASTM E213, Ultrasonic
Testing of Metal Pipe and Tubing. Longitudinal (axial)
reference notches shall be introduced on the outer and
inner surfaces of the calibration (reference) standard in
accordance with Fig. 3(c) of ASTM E213 to a depth not
greater than the larger of 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) or 4% of
specimen thickness and a length not more than 10 times
the notch depth.
(b) Acceptance Criteria. Any indication greater than
that produced by the calibration notch represents a
defect; defective pipe and tubing shall be rejected.
(c) Records. For pipe and tubing that passes this
examination, a report shall be prepared that contains at
least the information specified in 15.2.1 through 15.2.6
of ASTM E213.
Paragraph 341.5.2
K341.5.2 Examinations to Resolve Uncertainty.
Paragraph 341.5.3 applies.
K342 EXAMINATION PERSONNEL
Paragraph 342 applies, except that personnel performing and evaluating results of ultrasonic examination of welds shall be qualified and certified UT Level II
or III in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A, ACCP
(ASNT Central Certification Program), or CP-189
(Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive
Testing Personnel). Qualification of these personnel shall
also be by written examination.
K343 EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
Paragraph 343 applies. See also para. 344.6.1.
K344.6.3 Welds. The method for ultrasonic examination of welds shall be as specified in the
ASME BPV Code, Section V, Article 4 and Section VIII,
Division 3, KE-301 and KE-302, except that
(a) Performance demonstration shall be required.
(b) The employer’s written practice for UT personnel
qualification shall meet ASNT SNT-TC-1A, ACCP, or
K344 TYPES OF EXAMINATION
K344.1 General
Paragraphs 344.1.1 and 344.1.2 apply. In para. 344.1.3,
terms other than “100% examination” apply only to
supplementary examinations.
141
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
CP-189. The recommended guidelines in SNT-TC-1A,
ACCP, or CP-189 shall be required.
(c) Written procedure in accordance with Section V,
T-421.1 shall be required.
(d) Procedure qualification in accordance with
Section V, T-421.1 shall be required.
missile fragments, shock waves, or other consequences
of any failure that might occur in the pressurized system.
(b) In addition to the requirements of (a) above, a leak
test of the installed piping system, excluding pressurerelieving devices to be used during operation, shall be
conducted at a pressure not less than 110% of the design
pressure to ensure tightness, except as provided in (c)
or (d) below.
(c) If the leak test required in (a) above is conducted
on the installed piping system, the additional test in (b)
above is not required.
(d) With the owner ’s approval, pressure-relieving
devices to be used during operation may be included
in the leak test required in (b) above. The leak test pressure may be reduced to prevent the operation of, or
damage to, the pressure-relieving devices, but shall not
be less than 90% of the lowest set pressure of the
pressure-relieving devices in the system.
(e) For closure welds, examination in accordance with
para. K345.2.3(c) may be substituted for the leak test
required in (a) above.
(f) None of the following leak tests may be used in
lieu of the leak tests required in para. K345.1:
(1) initial service leak test (para. 345.7)
(2) sensitive leak test (para. 345.8)
(3) alternative leak test (para. 345.9)
K344.7 In-Process Examination
Paragraph 344.7 applies in its entirety.
K344.8 Eddy Current Examination
K344.8.1 Method. The method for eddy current
examination of pipe and tubing shall follow the general
guidelines of the ASME BPV Code, Section V, Article 8,
subject to the following specific requirements:
(a) Cold drawn austenitic stainless steel pipe and tubing, selected in accordance with Table K305.1.2 for eddy
current examination, shall pass a 100% examination for
longitudinal defects.
(b) A calibration (reference) standard shall be prepared from a representative sample. A longitudinal
(axial) reference notch shall be introduced on the inner
surface of the standard to a depth not greater than the
larger of 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) or 5% of specimen thickness
and a length not more than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.).
K344.8.2 Acceptance Criteria. Any indication
greater than that produced by the calibration notch represents a defect; defective pipe or tubing shall be
rejected.
K345.2 General Requirements for Leak Tests
Paragraphs 345.2.4 through 345.2.7 apply. See below
for paras. K345.2.1, K345.2.2, and K345.2.3.
K344.8.3 Records. For pipe and tubing that passes
this examination, a report shall be prepared that includes
at least the following information:
(a) material identification by type, size, lot, heat, etc.
(b) listing of examination equipment and accessories
(c) details of examination technique (including examination speed and frequency) and end effects, if any
(d) description of the calibration standard, including
dimensions of the notch, as measured
(e) examination results
K345.2.1 Limitations on Pressure
(a) Through-Thickness Yielding. If the test pressure
would produce stress (exclusive of stress intensification)
in excess of Syt at the outside surface of a component10
at test temperature, as determined by calculation or by
testing in accordance with para. K304.7.2(b), the test
pressure may be reduced to the maximum pressure that
will result in a stress (exclusive of stress intensification)
at the outside surface that will not exceed Syt.
(b) The provisions of paras. 345.2.1(b) and (c) apply.
K345.2.2 Other Test Requirements. Paragraph
345.2.2 applies. In addition, the minimum metal temperature during testing shall be not less than the impact
test temperature (see para. K323.3.4).
K345 LEAK TESTING
K345.1 Required Leak Test
Prior to initial operation, each piping system shall be
leak tested.
(a) Each weld and each piping component, except
bolting and individual gaskets to be used during final
system assembly and pressure-relieving devices to be
used during operation, shall be hydrostatically or pneumatically leak tested in accordance with para. K345.4 or
K345.5, respectively. The organization conducting the
test shall ensure that during the required leak testing of
components and welds, adequate protection is provided
to prevent injury to people and damage to property from
K345.2.3 Special Provisions for Leak Testing. Paragraphs K345.2.3(a), (b), and (c) below apply only to the
leak test specified in para. K345.1(a). They are not applicable to the installed piping system leak test specified
in para. K345.1(b).
(a) Piping Components and Subassemblies. Piping components and subassemblies may be leak tested either
separately or as assembled piping.
10
See para. K304.1.2, footnote 4.
142
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
K345.5 Pneumatic Leak Test
(b) Flanged Joints. Flanged joints used to connect piping components that have previously been leak tested,
and flanged joints at which a blank or blind flange is
used to isolate equipment or other piping during the
leak test, need not be leak tested.
(c) Closure Welds. Leak testing of the final weld connecting piping systems or components that have been
successfully leak tested is not required, provided the
weld is examined in-process in accordance with
para. 344.7 and passes the required 100% radiographic
examination in accordance with para. K341.4.2.
Paragraph 345.5 applies, except para. 345.5.4. See
para. K345.5.4 below.
K345.5.4 Test Pressure. The pneumatic test pressure for components and welds shall be identical to
that required for the hydrostatic test in accordance with
para. K345.4.2.
K345.6 Hydrostatic-Pneumatic Leak Test for
Components and Welds
K345.4 Hydrostatic Leak Test
If a combination hydrostatic-pneumatic leak test is
used, the requirements of para. K345.5 shall be met, and
the pressure in the liquid-filled part of the piping shall
not exceed the limits stated in para. K345.4.2.
Paragraph 345.4.1 applies. See paras. K345.4.2 and
K345.4.3 below.
K346 RECORDS
K345.3 Preparation for Leak Test
Paragraph 345.3 applies in its entirety.
(14)
K345.4.2 Test Pressure for Components and Welds.
Except as provided in para. K345.4.3, the hydrostatic
test pressure at every point in a metallic piping system
shall be as follows:
(a) not less than 1.25 times the design pressure.
(b) when the design temperature is greater than the
test temperature, the minimum test pressure, at the point
under consideration, shall be calculated by eq. (38)
PT p 1.25PST/S
K346.1 Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the piping designer, the manufacturer, the fabricator, and the erector, as applicable, to
prepare the records required by this Chapter and by the
engineering design.
K346.2 Required Records
At least the following records, as applicable, shall be
provided to the owner or the Inspector by the person
responsible for their preparation:
(a) the engineering design
(b) material certifications
(c) procedures used for fabrication, welding, heat
treatment, examination, and testing
(d) repair records of materials and piping components
listed in Table K326.1 or unlisted components in accordance with para. K302.2.3(a), including the welding procedure used for each, and location of repairs
(e) performance qualifications for welders and welding operators
(f) qualifications of examination personnel
(g) records of examination of pipe and tubing for longitudinal defects as specified in paras. K344.6.2(c) and
K344.8.3, as applicable
(38)
where
P p internal design gage pressure
PT p minimum test gage pressure
S p allowable stress at component design temperature for the prevalent pipe material; see
Appendix K, Table K-1
ST p allowable stress at test temperature for the
prevalent pipe material; see Table K-1
(c) in those cases where the piping system may not
include pipe itself, any other component in the piping
system, other than pipe-supporting elements and bolting, may be used to determine the ST/S ratio based on the
applicable allowable stresses obtained from Table K-1. In
those cases where the piping system may be made up
of equivalent lengths of more than one material, the ST/S
ratio shall be based on the minimum calculated ratio of
the included materials.
K346.3 Retention of Records
K345.4.3 Hydrostatic Test of Piping With Vessels as
a System. Paragraph 345.4.3(a) applies.
The owner shall retain one set of the required records
for at least 5 years after they are received.
143
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Chapter X
High Purity Piping
PART 3
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING
COMPONENTS
U300 GENERAL STATEMENTS
(a) Chapter X pertains to piping designated by the
owner as being in High Purity Fluid Service. See also
Appendix M.
(b) The organization, content, and paragraph designations of this Chapter correspond to those of the base
Code (Chapters I through VI), Chapter VII, and
Chapter VIII. The prefix U is used to designate Chapter X
requirements.
(c) Provisions and requirements of the base Code,
Chapter VII, and Chapter VIII apply only as stated in
this Chapter.
(d) For piping not in High Purity Fluid Service, Code
requirements are found in Chapters I through IX.
(e) High Purity Piping. Chapter X provides alternative
rules for design and construction of piping designated
by the owner as being High Purity Fluid Service.
(1) These rules apply only when specified by the
owner, and only as a whole, not in part.
(2) Chapter X rules do not provide for High
Pressure Fluid Service.
(3) Chapter VII applies to nonmetallic piping and
piping lined with nonmetals in High Purity Fluid
Service.
(f) Chapter I applies.
Chapter II, Part 3 applies. See paras. U306.6, U307.3,
and U308.
U306 FITTINGS, BENDS, MITERS, LAPS, AND
BRANCH CONNECTIONS
U306.6 Tube Fittings
(a) Tube fittings not listed in Table 326.1 or
Appendix A shall meet the pressure design requirements
described in para. 302.2.3 and the mechanical strength
requirements described in para. 303.
(b) Compression-type tube fittings may be used in
accordance with para. U315.2 provided that the type of
fitting selected complies with the following:
(1) The gripping action of the fitting shall provide
vibration resistance as demonstrated by exhibiting a
stress intensity factor equal to or less than 1.5.
(2) Intermixing of components from different manufacturers is permitted only when specified in the engineering design.
(c) Face seal or hygienic clamped-type fittings in
which the tightness of the joint is provided by a seating
surface other than the threads (e.g., a metal face-seal
fitting comprising internal and external threaded components, glands, and gasket or other constructions
shown typically in Fig. U335.7.1) may be used.
PART 1
CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA
Chapter II, Part 1 applies. See para. U301.3.2(b)(5).
U307 VALVES AND SPECIALTY COMPONENTS
U307.3 High Purity Fluid Service Valves
U301 DESIGN CONDITIONS
Valves such as ball, bellows, and diaphragm valves
designed for High Purity Fluid Service that are not listed
in Table 326.1 shall meet the pressure design requirements described in para. 302.2.2 and the mechanical
strength requirements described in para. 303.
U301.3 Design Temperature
U301.3.2 Uninsulated Components
(b)(5) compression, face seal, and hygienic clamped
fittings and joints — 100% of the fluid temperature
U308 FLANGES, BLANKS, FLANGE FACINGS, AND
GASKETS
PART 2
PRESSURE DESIGN OF PIPING COMPONENTS
Flanges should be avoided whenever possible. When
flanges are utilized, para. 308 applies, except expanded
joint flanges described in para. 308.2.2 are not permitted.
Chapter II, Part 2 applies. See Fig. U304.5.3 for representative configuration for metal face seal blanks.
144
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. U304.5.3 Blanks
tm
dg
tm
dg
(b) Metal Face Seal
(a) Hygenic Clamp-Type Fitting
PART 4
FLUID SERVICE REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING JOINTS
U315.2 Joints Conforming to Listed Standards
(c) Joints using compression, face seal, hygienic
clamp, and automatic welding tube fittings covered by
listed standards may be used.
Chapter II, Part 4 applies, except expanded joints,
flared tube fittings, and caulked joints, described in
paras. 313, 315, and 316, respectively, are not permitted.
See paras. U311, U311.1(c), U314, and U315.
U315.3 Joints Not Conforming to Listed Standards
(a) Compression-type tube fitting joints shall be fully
gaugeable on initial installation to ensure sufficient
tightening.
(b) Safeguarding is required for face seal or hygienic
clamped-type joints used under severe cyclic conditions.
U311 WELDED JOINTS
Paragraph 311 applies, except for para. 311.1(c). See
para. U311.1(c).
PART 5
FLEXIBILITY AND SUPPORT
U311.1 General
(c) Examination shall be in accordance with
para. U341.4.1.
Chapter II, Part 5 applies. See para. U319.3.6.
U319 PIPING FLEXIBILITY
U319.3 Properties for Flexibility Analysis
U314 THREADED JOINTS
U319.3.6 Flexibility and Stress Intensification
Factors. Paragraph 319.3.6 applies; however, piping
components used in high-purity applications, e.g.,
multiport block valves, hygienic unions, crosses, and
point-of-use and adaptor fittings, often do not have
geometries similar to those in Table D300.
Threaded joints should be avoided whenever possible.
When threaded joints are utilized, para. 314 applies.
U315 TUBING JOINTS
Paragraph 315 applies. See paras. U315.1, U315.2(c),
and U315.3.
(14)
PART 6
SYSTEMS
U315.1 General
Chapter II, Part 6 applies.
In selecting and applying compression, face seal, and
hygienic clamp-type tube fittings, the designer shall consider the possible adverse effects on the joints of such
factors as assembly and disassembly, cyclic loading,
vibration, shock, and thermal expansion and contraction. See para. FU315.
PART 7
METALLIC MATERIALS
The provisions and requirements in Chapter III for
materials apply. Materials commonly used in high
145
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
purity process piping systems include austenitic, ferritic,
and duplex stainless steels, and nickel and nickel alloys.
shall be welded together in a square groove weld on a
butt joint.
(2) Production weld coupons may be made in
accordance with para. U328.4.4(b)(1) or, at the owner’s
discretion, may be cut from actual production welds.
The weld coupons shall be selected to ensure that the
work product of each welding operator doing the production welding is represented.
PART 8
STANDARDS FOR PIPING COMPONENTS
Chapter IV applies.
PART 9
FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION
U328.5 Welding Requirements
U328.5.1 General
(g) Tack welds shall be fully consumed after completion of the weld. Tack welds shall be made by a qualified
welder or welding operator.
U327 GENERAL
Metallic piping materials and components are prepared for assembly and erection by one or more of the
fabrication processes covered in paras. U328, U330,
U331, and U332. When any of these processes is used
in assembly or erection, requirements are the same as
for fabrication.
(14)
U330 PREHEATING
Paragraph 330 applies.
U331 HEAT TREATMENT
U328 WELDING
Paragraph 331 applies.
Paragraph 328 applies, except for paras. 328.3.2,
328.5.4, and 328.5.5. See paras. U328.2.1(g) and (h),
U328.4, U328.4.4, and U328.5.1(g) for additional
requirements.
U332 BENDING AND FORMING
Paragraph 332 applies in its entirety.
U328.2 Welding and Brazing Qualification
U333 BRAZING AND SOLDERING
U328.2.1 Qualification Requirements
(g) A change in the type or nominal composition of
the backing (purge) gas shall require requalification.
(h) The welding process shall be orbital GTAW, except
for tack welds. Tack welds made prior to orbital welding
may be manual GTAW.
Brazing and soldering are not permitted.
U335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION
Paragraph 335 applies, except for paras. 335.4.1, 335.5,
and 335.6. See paras. U335.7 and U335.8.
U328.4 Preparation for Welding
Paragraph 328.4.1 applies. Additionally, when weld
coupon examination is specified in the engineering
design, primary weld coupons shall be made in accordance with para. U328.4.4(b)(1) and examined in accordance with para. U344.8 prior to the start of production
welding. This will demonstrate that the orbital welding
equipment is set up properly and the weld program is
sufficient to make repeatable welds in accordance with
the qualified welding procedure specification (WPS).
U335.7 Face Seal Joints
U335.7.1 Metal Face Seal. Metal face seal joints
shall be installed and assembled in accordance with
manufacturer ’s instructions. See Fig. U335.7.1,
drawing (a).
U335.7.2 Nonmetallic Face Seal. Nonmetallic face
seal joints shall be installed and assembled in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions. Care shall be taken to
avoid distorting the seal when incorporating such joints
into piping assemblies by welding. See Fig. U335.7.1,
drawing (b).
U328.4.4 Preparation of Weld Coupons
(a) Weld coupons shall be made by qualified welding
operators using the same qualified WPS and the same
variables used for production welds.
(b) Methods
(1) Primary weld coupons shall be made from two
short sections of tubing selected from the same diameter,
wall thickness, and alloy as the material used for production. Sections shall be of sufficient length for fit up in the
weld head allowing for attachment of inside diameter
purge apparatus outside of the weld head. The sections
U335.8 Hygienic Clamp Joint Assembly
Hygienic clamp joint assembly components, e.g., those
shown in Figs. U335.8A, U335.8B, and U335.8C, shall be
installed and assembled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Care shall be taken to avoid distorting the seal when incorporating such joints into
piping assemblies by welding.
146
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. U335.7.1 Face Seal Joints
(a) Metal Face Seal
(b) Nonmetallic Face Seal
Fig. U335.8A Hygienic Clamp Joint Assembly
147
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. U335.8B Hygienic Clamp Types
(14)
(1) Two-Piece
Single Pin With
Wing Nut
(2) Two-Piece
Double Pin With
Wing Nut
(4) Two-Bolt
Heavy Duty
(3) Three-Piece
Double Pin With
Wing Nut
Fig. U335.8C Hygienic Ferrules
(14)
Groove
detail
Groove
detail
Groove Detail
Groove Detail
(2) Type B:
O.D. Tube Sizes 1 in. and Above
(1) Type A:
O.D. Tube Sizes 1/4 in. Through 1 in.
PART 10
INSPECTION, EXAMINATION, AND TESTING
of the 5% random radiography/ultrasonic examination
required in para. 341.4.1(b)(1) when the following are
employed in fabrication:
(a) autogenous automatic orbital welding
(b) automatic orbital welding with the use of consumable insert rings
U340 INSPECTION
Paragraph 340 applies in its entirety.
U341 EXAMINATION
U341.4.5 Weld Coupon Examination. Weld coupons
shall be made and examined in accordance with
para. U344.8 when any of the following conditions exist:
(a) beginning of shift
(b) change of purge source
(c) change of power supply
(d) change of equipment, e.g., weld head, weld-head
extensions, tungsten
(e) anytime there is a weld defect
Paragraph 341 applies. See paras. U341.3.2 and
U341.4.1.
U341.3 Examination Requirements
U341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Where weld coupon
examination is specified in the engineering design,
acceptance criteria shall be as stated in the referencing
Code or standard (e.g., ASME BPE or SEMI) and shall
at least meet the applicable requirements in para. 341.3.2.
U341.4 Extent of Required Examination
U342 EXAMINATION PERSONNEL
U341.4.1 Examination. A weld coupon examination
in accordance with para. U344.8 may be used in lieu
Paragraph 342 applies in its entirety. See
para. U342.2(a).
148
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
U342.2 Specific Requirement
U345 TESTING
(a) For weld coupon examination
(1) the examinations shall be performed by personnel other than those performing the production work or
(2) with the owner’s approval, the personnel performing the production work shall be permitted to perform the examination, provided the personnel meet the
personnel qualification and certification requirements
in para. 342.1
Paragraph 345 applies in its entirety. See paras. U345.1
and U345.8.
U345.1 Required Leak Test
Paragraph 345.1 applies, except the preferred test
method is pneumatic.
(a) At the owner’s option, a helium mass spectrometer
test in accordance with para. U345.8.1 may be used in
lieu of the pneumatic leak test described in para. 345.5.
U343 EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
U345.8 Sensitive Leak Test
Paragraph 345.8 applies, except the helium mass spectrometer test described in para. U345.8.1 is also an
acceptable method.
Paragraph 343 applies.
U344 TYPES OF EXAMINATION
U345.8.1 Helium Mass Spectrometer Test. The test
shall be one of the following methods and performed
in accordance with the following:
(a) For pressurized systems, the test shall be in accordance with BPV Code Section V, Article 10, Appendix IV
(Helium Mass Spectrometer — Detector Probe
Technique).
(1) The test pressure shall be the lesser of 105 kPa
(15 psig) gage, or 25% of the design pressure.
(2) Prior to testing, the test pressure shall be held
a minimum of 30 min.
(3) Unless otherwise specified in the engineering
design, the system tested is acceptable when no leakage
is detected that exceeds the allowable leakage rate of
1 ⴛ 10−4 std cc/s.
(b) For evacuated systems, the test shall be in accordance with BPV Code Section V, Article 10, Appendix V
(Helium Mass Spectrometer Test — Tracer Probe
Technique).
(1) The piping system shall be evacuated to an
absolute pressure sufficient for connection of the helium
mass spectrometer to the system.
(2) Unless otherwise specified in the engineering
design, the system tested is acceptable when no leakage
is detected that exceeds the allowable leakage rate of
1 ⴛ 10−5 std cc/s.
Paragraph 344 applies. See paras. U344.2 and U344.8.
U344.2 Visual Examination
Paragraph 344.2 applies, except in addition to the
method described in para. 344.2.2, borescopic examination shall be acceptable.
(14)
U344.8 Weld Coupon Examination
U344.8.1 Requirements. Weld coupon examination
comprises examination of weld coupons for the following, as applicable:
(a) prior to welding of coupons made in accordance
with para. U328.4.4(b)(1)
(1) joint preparation and cleanliness
(2) fit-up, collet or clamp grip, and alignment in
the weld head
(3) variables in the orbital welding machine specified in the WPS
(b) after welding of coupons made in accordance with
para. U328.4.4(b)(1), and for weld coupons made in
accordance with para. U328.4.4(b)(2), for compliance
with para. U341.3.2
(1) alignment
(2) weld penetration
(3) weld bead width variation
(4) weld bead meander
(5) discoloration
(6) weld defects, e.g., cracks, porosity, or sulfur
stringers
To allow direct visual examination of the inside surfaces, the weld coupon may be cut or a suitable indirect
visual examination method (e.g., borescopic examination) may be used.
U345.9 Alternative Leak Test
Paragraph 345.9 applies, except welds may be examined by weld coupon examination method in accordance
with para. U341.4.5 and the test method may be helium
mass spectrometer test in accordance with
para. U345.8.1.
U346 RECORDS
U344.8.2 Method. A weld coupon shall be made
to allow visual examination in accordance with para.
U344.2, unless otherwise specified in the engineering
design.
U346.2 Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the piping designer, the manufacturer, the fabricator, and the erector, as applicable, to
149
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
UM322.3 Instrument Piping
prepare the records required by this Code, ASME BPE,
SEMI, or other industry standard as specified in the
engineering design.
(c) joining methods shall conform to the requirements
of para. U315
U346.3 Retention of Records
UM328 WELDING OF MATERIALS
Paragraph 346.3 applies.
Welding shall be in accordance with paras. M311.1
and U328, except examination shall be in accordance
with UM341.
PART 11
HIGH PURITY PIPING IN CATEGORY M
FLUID SERVICE
UM335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION OF METALLIC
PIPING
UM300 GENERAL STATEMENTS
(a) Chapter X, Part 11 pertains to piping designated
by the owner as being high purity piping in Category M
Fluid Service. See also Appendix M.
(b) The organization, content, and paragraph designations of these Parts correspond to those of
Chapter VIII. The prefix UM is used.
(c) Paragraphs M300(d), (e), and (f) apply.
(d) Provisions and requirements of Chapter VIII apply
with the additional requirements in paras. UM307,
UM307.2, UM322, UM322.3, UM328, UM335,
UM335.3.3, UM341, UM341.4(b)(1) and (2), and
UM345(b).
Paragraph M335 applies, except for para. M335.3.3.
See para. UM335.3.3.
UM335.3.3 Straight-Threaded Joints. The requirements of para. M335.3.3 are subject to the limitations in
para. UM322.
UM341 EXAMINATION
Paragraph M341 applies. See paras. UM341.4(b)(1)
and (2).
UM341.4 Extent of Required Examination
(b) Other Examination
(1) The 20% random radiography/ultrasonic
examination required in para. M341.4(b)(1) applies.
(2) The in-process examination alternative permitted in M341.4(b)(2) applies, except a weld coupon examination in accordance with para. U344.8 is also an
acceptable substitute when specified in the engineering
design or by the Inspector.
UM307 METALLIC VALVES AND SPECIALTY
COMPONENTS
Paragraph M307 applies in its entirety. See
para. UM307.2(c).
UM307.2 Specific Requirements
(c) Bellows or diaphragm sealed type valves shall
be used.
UM345 TESTING
Paragraph M345(a) applies. See para. UM345(b).
(b) A sensitive leak test in accordance with
para. U345.8 shall be included in the required leak test
(para. U345.1).
UM322 SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS
Paragraph M322 applies, except for para. M322.3(c).
See para. UM322.3(c).
150
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX A
ALLOWABLE STRESSES AND QUALITY FACTORS FOR METALLIC
PIPING AND BOLTING MATERIALS
Begins on the next page.
151
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Specification Index for Appendix A
(14)
Spec.
No.
Spec.
No.
Title
ASTM
ASTM (Cont’d)
A36
A47
A48
A53
Carbon Structural Steel
Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings
Gray Iron Castings
Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated,
Welded and Seamless
A105
A106
Carbon Steel Forgings, for Piping Applications
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature
Service
Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe
Fittings
Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes
NPS 16 and Over)
Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe
Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and
Over)
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel
Plate, Sheet and Strip
Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel HeatExchanger and Condenser Tubes
Carbon Steel Forgings for General Purpose Piping
Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe
Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for
High Temperature Service
Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and
Other Special Purpose Applications
Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High
Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
Cupola Malleable Iron
A299
Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, ManganeseSilicon
A302
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, ManganeseMolybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel
Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile
Strength
Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe
Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
Low-Temperature Service
Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi
Minimum Tensile Strength
Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for LowTemperature Service
Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes
for Low-Temperature Service
Seamless Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service
Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch
Toughness Testing for Piping Components
Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts
Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for PressureContaining Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature
Service
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel,
Double Normalized and Tempered
Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs,
and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners
Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel
Alloy Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature
Service and General Applications
Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored
Pipe for High-Temperature Service
Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature
Central-Station Service
Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use with HighPressure Transmission Systems
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, ChromiumMolybdenum
Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for
Use at Elevated Temperatures
A307
A126
A134
A135
A139
A167
A179
A181
A182
A193/A193M
A194/A194M
A197
A202
A203
A204
A213
A216
A217
A234
A240
A268
A269
A278
A283
A285
Title
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, ChromiumManganese-Silicon
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum
Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler,
Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes
Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding
for High-Temperature Service
Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for
Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for HighTemperature Service
Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy
Steel for Moderate and High Temperatures
Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel
Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels
Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic
Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service
Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel
Tubing for General Service
Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for
Temperatures Up to 650°F (350°C)
Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel
Plates
Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and
Intermediate-Tensile Strength
A312
A320
A325
A333
A334
A335
A350
A351
A352
A353
A354
A358
A369
A376
A381
A387
A395
A403
A409
A420
A426
A437
A451
A453
Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings
Welded Large Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe for
Corrosive or High-Temperature Service
Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy
Steel for Low-Temperature Service
Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service
Alloy-Steel Turbine-Type Bolting Material Specifically
Heat Treated for High-Temperature Service
Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service
High Temperature Bolting Materials, with Expansion
Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless
Steels
152
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Specification Index for Appendix A (Cont’d)
Spec.
No.
Spec.
No.
Title
Title
ASTM (Cont’d)
ASTM (Cont’d)
A479
B62
B68
B75
B88
B96
A487
A494
A515
A516
A524
A537
A553
A563
A570
A571
A587
A645
A671
A672
A675
A691
A696
Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers
and Other Pressure Vessels
Steel Castings Suitable for Pressure Service
Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for
Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service
Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderateand Lower-Temperature Service
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and
Lower Temperatures
Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, CarbonManganese-Silicon Steel
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and
Tempered 8 and 9 Percent Nickel
Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
Steel Sheet and Strip, Carbon Hot-Rolled
Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings for PressureContaining Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature
Service
Electric-Resistance-Welded Low-Carbon Steel Pipe for
the Chemical Industry
B98
B127
B133
B148
B150
B152
B160
B161
B162
B164
B165
B166
Pressure Vessel Plates, Five Percent Nickel Alloy
Steel, Specially Heat Treated
Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric
and Lower Temperatures
Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure
Service at Moderate Temperatures
Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality,
Mechanical Properties
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric Fusion-Welded
for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures
Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought or Cold-Finished,
Special Quality, for Pressure Piping Components
B167
B168
B169
B171
B187
A789
A790
A813
A814
A815
Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless
Steel Tubing for General Service
Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless
Steel Pipe
B209
B210
Structural Steel Shapes
A1010
A1053
Higher Strength Martensitic Stainless Steel Plate,
Sheet, and Strip
Welded Ferritic-Martensitic Stainless Steel Pipe
B21
B26
B42
B43
B61
Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes
Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings
Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes
Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes
Steam or Valve Bronze Castings
Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and
Strip
Copper Rod, Bar and Shapes
Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings
Aluminum-Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes
Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate and Rolled Bar
Nickel Rod and Bar
Nickel Seamless Pipe and Tube
Nickel Plate, Sheet and Strip
Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar and Wire
Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Seamless Pipe
and Tube
Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045)
and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N06617) Rod, Bar, and Wire
Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045)
and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N06617) Seamless Pipe and Tube
Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045)
and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N06617) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Aluminum-Bronze Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar
Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels,
Condensers, and Heat Exchangers
Copper, Bus Bar, Rod, and Shapes and General
Purpose Rod, Bar, and Shapes
B283
B333
B335
Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Rod
B241
B247
A992
Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings
Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed
Seamless Copper Tube
Seamless Copper Water Tube
Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar for General Purposes and Pressure Vessels
Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless
Tubes
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bars, Rods, and Wire
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,
Wire, Profiles, and Tubes
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and
Seamless Extruded Tube
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand
Forgings, and Rolled Ring Forgings
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate
Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and
Refrigeration Field Service
Copper and Copper-Alloy Die Forgings (Hot-Pressed)
B211
B221
Single- or Double-Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel
Pipe
Cold-Worked Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe
Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic/Austenitic, and Martensitic
Stainless Steel Piping Fittings
(14)
B265
B280
153
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Specification Index for Appendix A (Cont’d)
(14)
Spec.
No.
Spec.
No.
Title
Title
ASTM (Cont’d)
ASTM (Cont’d)
B338
B514
B517
B345
B361
B363
B366
B371
B381
B407
B409
B423
B424
B425
B435
B443
B444
B446
B462
B463
B464
B466
B467
B491
B493
Seamless and Welded Titanium and Titanium Alloy
Tubes for Condensers and Heat Exchangers
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and
Seamless Extruded Tube for Gas and Oil
Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
Factory-Made Wrought Aluminum and AluminumAlloy Welding Fittings
Seamless and Welded Unalloyed Titanium and
Titanium Alloy Welding Fittings
Factory-Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings
Copper-Zinc-Silicon Alloy Rod
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Forgings
B523
B547
B550
B551
B564
B574
B575
Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube
Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy
(UNS N08825 and N08221) Seamless Pipe and
Tube
Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy
(UNS N08825 and N08221) Plate, Sheet and Strip
Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy
(UNS N08825 and N08221) Rod and Bar
UNS N06022, UNS N06230, and UNS R30556 Plate,
Sheet, and Strip
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy
(UNS N06625) and Nickel-Chromium-MolybdenumSilicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys
(UNS N06625 and UNS N06852) and NickelChromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy
(UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy
(UNS N06625), Nickel-Chromium-MolybdenumSilicon Alloy (UNS N06219), and Nickel-ChromiumMolybdenum-Tungsten Alloy (UNS N06650) Rod
and Bar
Forged or Rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022,
UNS N06035, UNS N06200, UNS N06059,
UNS N06686, UNS N08020, UNS N08024.
UNS N08026, UNS N08367, UNS N10276,
UNS N10665, UNS N10675, UNS N10629,
UNS N08031, UNS N06045, UNS N06025, and
UNS R20033 Alloy Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings,
and Valves and Parts for Corrosive HighTemperature Service
UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024 Alloy
Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Welded UNS N08020, N08024, and N08026 Alloy
Pipe
Seamless Copper-Nickel Pipe and Tube
Welded Copper-Nickel Pipe
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Round
Tubes for General-Purpose Applications
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Forgings
B581
B582
B584
B619
B620
B621
B622
B625
B626
B649
B658
B668
B675
B688
B690
B705
B709
B725
B729
Welded Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Pipe
Welded Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600,
UNS N06603, UNS N06025, and UNS N06045)
Pipe
Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Tubes
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Formed and ArcWelded Round Tube
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Bar and Wire
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and
Plate
Nickel Alloy Forgings
Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium Alloy Rod
Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium Alloy
Plate, Sheet and Strip
Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Rod
Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy
Plate, Sheet and Strip
Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications
Welded Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe
Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N08320) Plate, Sheet and Strip
Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N08320) Rod
Seamless Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe and
Tube
Nickel Alloy Plate and Sheet
Welded Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Tube
Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Low Carbon Alloy (UNS N08904) and
Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu-N Low Carbon Alloy UNS N08925,
UNS N08031, and UNS N08926) Bar and Wire
Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Pipe
UNS N08028 Seamless Pipe and Tube
UNS N08366 and UNS N08367 Welded Pipe
Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Iron (UNS N08366
and UNS N08367) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (UNS
N08366 and UNS N08367) Seamless Pipe and
Tube
Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625 and N08825) Welded Pipe
Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS
N08028) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Welded Nickel (UNS N02200/UNS N02201) and
Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Pipe
Seamless UNS N08020, UNS N08026, UNS N08024
Nickel-Alloy Pipe and Tube
B804
B861
B862
UNS N08367 Welded Pipe
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Seamless Pipe
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Welded Pipe
E112
Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
API
5L
Line Pipe
GENERAL NOTE: It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code text. Instead, the approved edition
references, along with the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown in Appendix E.
154
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
NOTES FOR TABLES A-1, A-1M, A-1A, A-1B, A-2, AND A-2M
(4a) *In Table A-1, stress values printed in italics exceed twothirds of the expected yield strength at temperature. Stress
values in boldface are equal to 90% of expected yield
strength at temperature. See paras. 302.3.2(d)(3) and (e).
(4b) *In Table A-1M, stress values printed in italics are tensilecontrolled values. Yield-controlled stress values are in normal
font and time-dependent stress values are in boldface.
(5) *See para. 328.2.1(f) for description of P-Number groupings.
P-Numbers are indicated by number or by a number followed
by a letter (e.g., 8, 5B, or 11A).
(6) *The minimum temperature shown is that design minimum
temperature for which the material is normally suitable
without impact testing other than that required by the
material specification. However, the use of a material at a
design minimum temperature below −29°C (−20°F) is
established by rules elsewhere in this Code, including para.
323.2.2(a) and other impact test requirements. For carbon
steels with a letter designation in the Min. Temp. column,
see para. 323.2.2(b) and the applicable curve and Notes in
Fig. 323.2.2A.
(7) The letter “a” indicates alloys that are not recommended for
welding and that, if welded, must be individually qualified.
The letter “b” indicates copper base alloys that must be
individually qualified.
(8) *There are restrictions on the use of this material in the text
of the Code as follows:
(a) See para. 305.2.1; temperature limits are −29°C to
186°C (−20°F to 366°F).
(b) See para. 305.2.2; pipe shall be safeguarded when
used outside the temperature limits in Note (8a).
(c) See Table 323.2.2, Section B-2.
(d) See para. 323.4.2(a).
(e) See para. 323.4.2(b).
(f) See para. 309.2.1.
(g) See para. 309.2.2.
(9) *For pressure-temperature ratings of components made in
accordance with standards listed in Table 326.1, see para.
326.2.1. Stress values in Table A-1 may be used to calculate
ratings for unlisted components, and special ratings for
listed components, as permitted by para. 303.
(9a) Component standards listed in Table 326.1 impose the following restrictions on this material when used as a forging:
composition, properties, heat treatment, and grain size shall
conform to this specification: manufacturing procedures, tolerances, tests, certification, and markings shall be in accordance with ASTM B564.
(10) *This casting quality factor is applicable only when proper
supplementary examination has been performed (see para.
302.3.3).
(11) *For use under this Code, radiography shall be performed
after heat treatment.
(12) *Certain forms of this material, as stated in Table 323.2.2,
must be impact tested to qualify for service below −29°C
(−20°F). Alternatively, if provisions for impact testing are
included in the material specification as supplementary
requirements and are invoked, the material may be used
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) The allowable stress values, P-Number assignments, weld
joint and casting quality factors, and minimum temperatures
in Tables A-1, A-1A, A-1B, and A-2, together with the
referenced Notes in the stress tables, are requirements of
this Code.
(b) Notes (1) through (7) are referenced in column headings and
in body headings for material type and product form; Notes
(8) and following are referenced in the Notes column for
specific materials. Notes marked with an asterisk (*) restate
requirements found in the text of the Code.
(c) At this time, metric equivalents are partly provided in
Tables A-1M and A-2M. For this Edition, the metric values in
Tables A-1M and A-2M are for information only. The values in
Tables A-1 and A-2 are the required values. To convert stress
values in Tables A-1 and A-2 to MPa at a given temperature
in °C, determine the equivalent temperature in °F and
interpolate to calculate the stress value in ksi at the given
temperature. Multiply that value by 6.895 to determine basic
allowable stress, S, in MPa at the given temperature.
(d) For copper and copper alloys, the following symbols are
used in the Temper column: H p drawn; H01 p quarter
hard; H02 p half hard; H06 p extra hard; H55 p light
drawn; H58 p drawn, general purpose; H80 p hard drawn;
HR50 p drawn, stress relieved; M20 p hot rolled; O25 p
hot rolled, annealed; O50 p light annealed; O60 p soft
annealed; O61 p annealed; WO50 p welded, annealed;
and WO61 p welded, fully finished, annealed.
(e) For nickel and nickel alloys, the following abbreviations are
used in the Class column: ann., annealed; C.D., cold worked;
forg., forged; H.F., hot finished; H.R., hot rolled; H.W., hot
worked; plt., plate; R., rolled; rel., relieved; sol., solution;
str., stress; and tr., treated.
(f)
In Table A-1M, the following abbreviations are used in the
Product Form column: forg., forgings; ftg., fittings; pl., plate;
shps., shapes; sht., sheet; smls., seamless; and wld.,
welded.
NOTES:
(1) *The stress values in Tables A-1 and A-1M, and the design
stress values in Tables A-2 and A-2M, are basic allowable
stresses in tension in accordance with para. 302.3.1(a). For
pressure design, the stress values from Tables A-1 and A-1M
are multiplied by the appropriate quality factor E (Ec from
Table A-1A or Ej from Table A-1B). Stress values in shear and
bearing are stated in para. 302.3.1(b); those in compression
in para. 302.3.1(c).
(2) *The quality factors for castings Ec in Table A-1A are basic
factors in accordance with para. 302.3.3(b). The quality
factors for longitudinal weld joints Ej in Table A-1B are basic
factors in accordance with para. 302.3.4(a). See paras.
302.3.3(c) and 302.3.4(b) for enhancement of quality
factors. See also para. 302.3.1(a), footnote 1.
(3) The stress values for austenitic stainless steels in these
Tables may not be applicable if the material has been given
a final heat treatment other than that required by the
material specification or by reference to Note (30) or (31).
155
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
down to the temperature at which the test was conducted in
accordance with the specification.
(13) Properties of this material vary with thickness or size. Stress
values are based on minimum properties for the thickness
listed.
(14) For use in Code piping at the stated stress values, the
required minimum tensile and yield properties must be verified by tensile test. If such tests are not required by the
material specification, they shall be specified in the purchase order.
(15) These stress values are established from a consideration of
strength only and will be satisfactory for average service. For
bolted joints where freedom from leakage over a long period
of time without retightening is required, lower stress values
may be necessary as determined from the flexibility of the
flange and bolts and corresponding relaxation properties.
(16) An Ej factor of 1.00 may be applied only if all welds, including welds in the base material, have passed 100% radiographic examination. Substitution of ultrasonic examination
for radiography is not permitted for the purpose of obtaining
an Ej of 1.00.
(17) Filler metal shall not be used in the manufacture of this pipe
or tube.
(18) DELETED.
(19) *This specification includes requirements for random radiographic inspection for mill quality control. If the 0.90 joint
factor is to be used, the welds shall meet the requirements
of Table 341.3.2 for longitudinal butt welds with spot radiography in accordance with Table 302.3.4. This shall be a matter of special agreement between purchaser and
manufacturer.
(20) For pipe sizes ≥ DN 200 (NPS 8) with wall thicknesses ≥ Sch
140, the specified minimum tensile strength is 483 MPa
(70 ksi).
(21) For material thickness > 127 mm (5 in.), the specified minimum tensile strength is 483 MPa (70 ksi).
(21a) For material thickness > 127 mm (5 in.), the specified minimum tensile strength is 448 MPa (65 ksi).
(22) The minimum tensile strength for weld (qualification) and
stress values shown shall be multiplied by 0.90 for pipe having an outside diameter less than 51 mm (2 in.) and a D/t
value less than 15. This requirement may be waived if it can
be shown that the welding procedure to be used will consistently produce welds that meet the listed minimum tensile
strength of 165 MPa (24 ksi).
(23) DELETED.
(24) Yield strength is not stated in the material specification. The
value shown is based on yield strengths of materials with
similar characteristics.
(25) This steel may develop embrittlement after service at approximately 316°C (600°F) and higher temperature.
(26) This unstabilized grade of stainless steel increasingly tends
to precipitate intergranular carbides as the carbon content
increases above 0.03%. See also para. F323.4(c)(2).
(27) For temperatures above 427°C (800 °F), these stress values
apply only when the carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
(28) For temperatures above 538°C (1,000°F), these stress values
apply only when the carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
(29) The stress values above 538°C (1,000°F) listed here shall be
used only when the steel’s austenitic micrograin size, as
defined in ASTM E112, is No. 6 or less (coarser grain). Otherwise, the lower stress values listed for the same material,
specification, and grade shall be used.
(30) For temperatures above 538°C (1,000°F), these stress values
may be used only if the material has been heat treated at a
temperature of 1 093°C (2,000°F) minimum.
(31) For temperatures above 538°C (1,000°F), these stress values
may be used only if the material has been heat treated by
heating to a minimum temperature of 1 038°C (1,900°F) and
quenching in water or rapidly cooling by other means.
(32) Stress values shown are for the lowest strength base material permitted by the specification to be used in the manufacture of this grade of fitting. If a higher strength base material
is used, the higher stress values for that material may be
used in design.
(33) For welded construction with work hardened grades, use the
stress values for annealed material; for welded construction
with precipitation hardened grades, use the special stress
values for welded construction given in the Tables.
(34) If material is welded, brazed, or soldered, the allowable
stress values for the annealed condition shall be used.
(35) This steel is intended for use at high temperatures; it may
have low ductility and/or low impact properties at room temperature after being used above the temperature indicated
by para. F323.4(c)(4).
(36) The specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution
heat treatment. When the material has not been solution
heat treated, the minimum temperature shall be −29°C
(−20°F) unless the material is impact tested in accordance
with para. 323.3.
(37) Impact requirements for seamless fittings shall be governed
by those listed in this Table for the particular base material
specification in the grades permitted (A312, A240, and
A182). When A276 materials are used in the manufacture of
these fittings, the Notes, minimum temperatures, and allowable stresses for comparable grades of A240 materials shall
apply.
(38) DELETED.
(39) This material when used below −29°C (−20°F) shall be
impact tested if the carbon content is above 0.10%.
(40) *This casting quality factor can be enhanced by supplementary examination in accordance with para. 302.3.3(c) and
Table 302.3.3C. The higher factor from Table 302.3.3C may
be substituted for this factor in pressure design equations.
(41) Design stresses for the cold drawn temper are based on hot
rolled properties until required data on cold drawn are submitted.
(42) This is a product specification. No design stresses are necessary. Limitations on metal temperature for materials covered
by this specification are as follows:
Grade(s)
Metal Temperature,
°C (°F)
1
2, 2H, and 2HM
3
4
4L
6
7
7L
7M
7ML
8FA [see Note (39)]
8MA and 8TA
8, 8A, and 8CA
−29 to 482 (−20 to 900)
−48 to 593 (−55 to 1,100)
−29 to 593 (−20 to 1,100)
−48 to 593 (−55 to 1,100)
−101 to 593 (−150 to 1,100)
−29 to 427 (−20 to 800)
−48 to 593 (−55 to 1,100)
−101 to 593 (−150 to 1,100)
−48 to 593 (−55 to 1,100)
−73 to 593 (−100 to 1,100)
−29 to 427 (−20 to 800)
−198 to 816 (−325 to 1,500)
−254 to 816 (−425 to 1,500)
156
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(42a) DELETED.
(42b) This is a product specification. No design stresses are necessary. For limitations on usage, see paras. 309.2.1 and
309.2.2.
(43) *The stress values given for this material are not applicable
when either welding or thermal cutting is employed [see
para. 323.4.2(c)].
(44) This material shall not be welded.
(45) Stress values shown are applicable for “die” forgings only.
(46) Lines of allowable stresses in Table A-1 for all materials in
A312 include heavily cold worked (HCW) material as defined
in A312 para. 6.1.4.
(47) If no welding is employed in fabrication of piping from these
materials, the stress values may be increased to 230 MPa
(33.3 ksi).
(48) The stress value to be used for this gray iron material at its
upper temperature limit of 232°C (450°F) is the same as that
shown in the 204°C (400°F) column.
(49) If the chemical composition of this Grade is such as to render it hardenable, qualification under P-No. 6 is required.
(50) This material is grouped in P-No. 7 because its hardenability
is low.
(51) This material may require special consideration for welding
qualification. See the BPV Code, Section IX, QW/QB-422. For
use in this Code, a qualified WPS is required for each
strength level of material.
(52) Copper-silicon alloys are not always suitable when exposed
to certain media and high temperature, particularly above
100°C (212°F). The user should satisfy himself that the alloy
selected is satisfactory for the service for which it is to be
used.
(53) Stress relief heat treatment is required for service above
232°C (450°F).
(54) The maximum operating temperature is arbitrarily set at
260°C (500°F) because hard temper adversely affects design
stress in the creep rupture temperature ranges.
(55) Pipe produced to this specification is not intended for high
temperature service. The stress values apply to either nonexpanded or cold expanded material in the as-rolled, normalized, or normalized and tempered condition.
(56) Because of thermal instability, this material is not recommended for service above 427°C (800°F).
(57) Conversion of carbides to graphite may occur after prolonged
exposure to temperatures over 427°C (800°F). See para.
F323.4(b)(2).
(58) Conversion of carbides to graphite may occur after prolonged
exposure to temperatures over 468°C (875°F). See para.
F323.4(b)(3).
(59) For temperatures above 482°C (900°F), consider the advantages of killed steel. See para. F323.4(b)(4).
(60) For all design temperatures, the maximum hardness shall be
Rockwell C35 immediately under the thread roots. The hardness shall be taken on a flat area at least 3 mm (1⁄8 in.)
across, prepared by removing threads. No more material than
necessary shall be removed to prepare the area. Hardness
determination shall be made at the same frequency as tensile tests.
(61) Annealed at approximately 982°C (1,800°F).
(62) Annealed at approximately 1 121°C (2,050°F).
(63) For stress relieved tempers (T351, T3510, T3511, T451,
T4510, T4511, T651, T6510, T6511), stress values for material in the listed temper shall be used.
(64) The minimum tensile strength of the reduced section tensile
specimen in accordance with the BPV Code, Section IX,
QW-462.1, shall not be less than 758 MPa (110.0 ksi).
(65) The minimum temperature shown is for the heaviest wall permissible by the specification. The minimum temperature for
lighter walls shall be as shown in the following tabulation:
Impact Test Temperature (°C) for Plate
Thicknesses Shown
Spec. No.
and
Grade
A203
A203
A203
A203
51 mm
Max.
Over
51 mm to
76 mm
−68
−68
−101
−101
−59
−59
−87
−87
A
B
D
E
Impact Test Temperature (°F) for Plate
Thicknesses Shown
Spec. No.
and
Grade
A203
A203
A203
A203
A
B
D
E
2 in.
Max.
Over 2 in.
to 3 in.
−90
−90
−150
−150
−75
−75
−125
−125
(66) Stress values shown are 90% of those for the corresponding
core material.
(67) For use under this Code, the heat treatment requirements for
pipe manufactured to A671, A672, and A691 shall be as
required by para. 331 for the particular material being used.
(68) The tension test specimen from plate 12.7 mm (1⁄2 in.) and
thicker is machined from the core and does not include the
cladding alloy; therefore, the stress values listed are those
for materials less than 12.7 mm.
(69) This material may be used only in nonpressure applications.
(70) Alloy 625 (UNS N06625) in the annealed condition is subject
to severe loss of impact strength at room temperature after
exposure in the range of 538°C to 760°C (1,000°F to
1,400°F).
(71) These materials are normally microalloyed with Cb, V, and/or
Ti. Supplemental specifications agreed to by manufacturer
and purchaser commonly establish chemistry more restrictive
than the base specification, as well as plate rolling specifications and requirements for weldability (i.e., C-equivalent) and
toughness.
(72) For service temperature > 454°C (850°F), weld metal shall
have a carbon content > 0.05%.
(73) Heat treatment is required after welding for all products of
zirconium Grade R60705. See Table 331.1.1.
(74) Mechanical properties of fittings made from forging stock
shall meet the minimum tensile requirements of one of the
bar, forging, or rod specifications listed in Table 2 of B366
for which tensile testing is required.
(75) Stress values shown are for materials in the normalized and
tempered condition, or when the heat treatment is unknown.
If material is annealed, use the following values above
510°C (950°F):
Temp., °C
538
566
593
621
649
S, MPa
55.1
39.3
26.2
16.5
9.6
Temp., °F
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
S, ksi
8.0
5.7
3.8
2.4
1.4
157
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(76) DELETED.
(77) The pipe grades listed below, produced in accordance with
CSA (Canadian Standards Association) Z245.1, shall be
considered as equivalents to API 5L and treated as listed
materials.
Grade Equivalents
API 5L
CSA Z245.1
A25
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
172
207
241
290
317
359
386
414
448
483
550
(78) Not permitted for the P4 and P5 materials in Table 302.3.5
for Elevated Temperature Fluid Service.
158
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi,
at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Material
Spec. No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650
Iron
Castings (2)
Gray
Gray
Gray
A48
A278
A126
20
20
A
F11401
F11401
F11501
...
...
...
(8e)(48)
(8e)(48)
(8e)(9)(48)
−20
−20
−20
20
20
21
...
...
...
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Gray
Gray
A48
A278
25
25
F11701
F11701
...
...
(8e)(48)
(8e)(48)
−20
−20
25
25
...
...
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
Gray
Gray
Gray
A48
A278
A126
30
30
B
F12101
F12101
F12102
...
...
...
(8e)(48)
(8e)(48)
(8e)(9)(48)
−20
−20
−20
30
30
31
...
...
...
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Gray
Gray
A48
A278
35
35
F12401
F12401
...
...
(8e)(48)
(8e)(48)
−20
−20
35
35
...
...
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
Gray
Gray
Gray
A48
A126
A278
40
C
40
F12801
F12802
F12803
...
...
...
(8e)(9)(48)
(8e)(9)(48)
(8e)(9)(53)
−20
−20
−20
40
41
40
...
...
...
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
...
...
4.0
...
...
4.0
...
...
4.0
Gray
A48
45
F13101
...
(8e)(48)
−20
45
...
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
...
...
...
Gray
Gray
A48
A278
50
50
F13501
F13502
...
...
(8e)(48)
(8e)(53)
−20
−20
50
50
...
...
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
...
5.0
...
5.0
...
5.0
Gray
A48
55
F13801
...
(8e)(48)
−20
55
...
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
...
...
...
Gray
Gray
A48
A278
60
60
F14101
F14102
...
...
(8e)(48)
(8e)(53)
−20
−20
60
60
...
...
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
...
6.0
...
6.0
...
6.0
Cupola
malleable
A197
...
F22000
...
(8e)(9)
−20
40
30
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
Malleable
A47
32510
F22200
...
(8e)(9)
−20
50
32.5
10.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Ferritic ductile
A395
60-40-18 F32800
...
(8d)(9)
−20
60
40
20.0
19.0 17.9 16.9 15.9 14.9 14.1
Austenitic
ductile
A571
D-2M
1
(8d)
−20
65
30
20.0
F43010
...
159
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
...
...
...
...
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Type/
Spec. No. Grade
Specified
Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength,
ksi
Temp.,
Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
...
K01700
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8b)(57)
(57)(59)(67)
B
B
45
45
24
24
15.0
15.0
14.7 14.2
14.7 14.2
Size, in. P-No. (5)
Notes
300
Carbon Steel
Pipes and Tubes (2)
A285 Gr. A
A285 Gr. A
A134
A672
Butt weld
Smls & ERW
API 5L A25
API 5L A25
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8a)(77)
(57)(59)(77)
−20
B
45
45
25
25
15.0
15.0
15.0 14.7
15.0 14.7
...
A179
...
K01200
...
...
1
(57)(59)
−20
47
26
15.7
15.7 15.3
Type F
...
...
A53
A139
A587
A
A
...
K02504
...
K11500
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
(8a)
(8b)
(57)(59)
20
A
−20
48
48
48
30
30
30
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0 16.0
16.0 16.0
16.0 16.0
...
...
...
...
...
A53
A106
A135
A369
API 5L
A
A
A
FPA
A
K02504
K02501
...
K02501
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
1
(57)(59)
(57)
(57)(59)
(57)
(57)(59)(77)
B
B
B
B
B
48
48
48
48
48
30
30
30
30
30
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
A285 Gr. B
A285 Gr. B
A134
A672
...
A50
...
K02200
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8b)(57)
(57)(59)(67)
B
B
50
50
27
27
16.7
16.7
16.5 15.9
16.5 15.9
A285
...
...
...
A285
A285
A516
Gr. C
Gr. C
Gr. C
Gr. 55
A134
A524
A333
A334
A671
A672
A672
...
II
1
1
CA55
A55
C55
...
K02104
K03008
K03008
K02801
K02801
K01800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(8b)(57)
(57)
(57)(59)
(57)(59)
(59)(67)
(57)(59)(67)
(57)(67)
A
−20
−50
−50
A
A
C
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
A516
A515
A515
A516
Gr.
Gr.
Gr.
Gr.
A671
A671
A672
A672
CC60
CB60
B60
C60
K02100
K02401
K02401
K02100
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
C
B
B
C
60
60
60
60
32
32
32
32
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
18.9
18.9
18.9
18.9
...
A139
B
K03003
...
...
1
(8b)
A
60
35
20.0
20.0 20.0
...
...
A135
A524
B
I
K03018
K02104
...
...
...
...
1
1
(57)(59)
(57)
B
−20
60
60
35
35
20.0
20.0
20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A53
A106
A333
A334
A369
A381
API 5L
B
B
6
6
FPB
Y35
B
K03005
K03006
K03006
K03006
K03006
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(57)(59)
(57)
(57)
(57)
(57)
...
(57)(59)(77)
B
B
−50
−50
−20
A
B
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
60
60
60
60
...
A45
160
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
Type/
Grade
1,100
Spec. No.
Carbon Steel
Pipes and Tubes (2)
13.7
13.7
13.0
13.0
12.3
12.3
11.9
11.9
11.5
11.5
10.7
10.7
9.2
9.2
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
...
4.0
...
2.5
...
1.6
...
1.0
...
A45
A134
A672
14.2
14.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A25
A25
API 5L
API 5L
14.8
14.1
13.3
12.8
12.4
10.7
9.2
7.9
5.9
4.0
2.5
1.6
1.0
...
A179
16.0
...
16.0
...
...
16.0
...
...
15.3
...
...
14.6
...
...
12.5
...
...
10.7
...
...
9.2
...
...
7.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A
A
...
A53
A139
A587
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
A
A
A
FPA
A
A53
A106
A135
A369
API 5L
15.4
15.4
14.7
14.7
13.8
13.8
13.3
13.3
12.5
12.5
10.7
10.7
9.2
9.2
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
...
4.0
...
2.5
...
1.6
...
1.0
...
A50
A134
A672
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
...
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
...
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
...
...
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
...
...
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
...
II
1
1
CA55
A55
C55
A134
A524
A333
A334
A671
A672
A672
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
...
1.6
1.6
1.6
...
1.0
1.0
1.0
CC60
CB60
B60
C60
A671
A671
A672
A672
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B
A139
19.9
19.9
19.0
19.0
17.9
17.9
17.3
17.3
16.7
16.7
13.9
13.9
11.4
11.4
8.7
8.7
5.9
5.9
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
...
...
...
...
B
I
A135
A524
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
B
B
6
6
FPB
Y35
B
A53
A106
A333
A334
A369
A381
API 5L
...
...
161
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Type/
Spec. No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size, in. P-No. (5)
Notes
Specified
Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength,
ksi
Temp.,
Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
300
Carbon Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
...
...
...
...
A139
A139
API 5L
A381
C
D
X42
Y42
K03004
K03010
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
(8b)
(8b)
(55)(77)
...
A
A
A
A
60
60
60
60
42
46
42
42
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
A381
Y48
...
...
...
1
...
A
62
48
20.7
20.7 20.7
...
...
API 5L X46
A381 Y46
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
(55)(77)
...
A
A
63
63
46
46
21.0
21.0
21.0 21.0
21.0 21.0
...
A381
Y50
...
...
...
1
...
A
64
50
21.3
21.3 21.3
A671
A671
A672
A672
CC65
CB65
B65
C65
K02403
K02800
K02800
K02403
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
B
A
A
B
65
65
65
65
35
35
35
35
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.4
21.4
21.4
21.4
K03012
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
(8b)
(55)(77)
...
A
A
A
66
66
66
52
52
52
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0 22.0
22.0 22.0
22.0 22.0
CC70
K02700
CB70
K03101
B70
K03101
C70
K02700
C
K03501
CD70
K12437
D70
K12437
CMSH-70 K12437
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
≤ 21⁄2 thk.
≤ 21⁄2 thk.
≤ 21⁄2 thk.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)
(67)
(67)
(67)
B
A
A
B
B
D
D
D
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
38
38
38
38
40
50
50
50
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.2
23.2
23.2
23.2
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
A516
A515
A515
A516
Gr.
Gr.
Gr.
Gr.
65
65
65
65
...
...
...
A516
A515
A515
A516
...
A537
A537
A537
A139 E
API 5L X52
A381 Y52
Gr.
Gr.
Gr.
Gr.
70
70
70
70
Cl. 1
Cl. 1
Cl. 1
A671
A671
A672
A672
A106
A671
A672
A691
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.6
20.6
20.6
20.6
22.4
22.4
22.4
22.4
23.3
22.8
22.8
22.8
...
API 5L X56
...
...
...
1
(51)(55)(71)(77)
A
71
56
23.7
23.7 23.7
...
A299 Gr. A
A299 Gr. A
A299 Gr. A
A381
A671
A672
A691
Y56
CK75
N75
CMS-75
...
K02803
K02803
K02803
...
...
...
...
...
> 1 thk.
> 1 thk.
> 1 thk.
1
1
1
1
(51)(55)(71)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
A
A
A
A
71
75
75
75
56
40
40
40
23.7
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.7
24.4
24.4
24.4
A299 Gr. A
A299 Gr. A
A299 Gr. A
A671
A672
A691
CK75
K02803
N75
K02803
CMS-75 K02803
...
...
...
≤ 1 thk.
≤ 1 thk.
≤ 1 thk.
1
1
1
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
(57)(67)
A
A
A
75
75
75
42
42
42
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0 24.8
25.0 24.8
25.0 24.8
162
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
23.7
23.6
23.6
23.6
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
Type/
Grade
Spec. No.
Carbon Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C
D
X42
Y42
A139
A139
API 5L
A381
20.7
20.7
20.7
18.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Y48
A381
21.0
21.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
X46
Y46
API 5L
A381
21.3
21.3
21.3
18.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Y50
A381
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
...
1.6
1.6
1.6
...
1.0
1.0
1.0
CC65
CB65
B65
C65
A671
A671
A672
A672
...
22.0
22.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
E
X52
Y52
A139
API 5L
A381
21.6
21.6
21.6
21.6
22.8
22.7
22.7
22.7
20.6
20.6
20.6
20.6
21.7
22.7
22.7
22.7
19.4
19.4
19.4
19.4
20.4
22.4
22.4
22.4
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
19.8
21.9
21.9
21.9
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
...
...
...
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
...
...
...
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
...
...
...
...
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
...
...
...
...
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
...
...
...
...
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
1.6
1.6
1.6
...
...
...
...
...
1.0
1.0
1.0
...
...
...
...
CC70
CB70
B70
C70
C
CD70
D70
CMSH-70
A671
A671
A672
A672
A106
A671
A672
A691
23.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
X56
API 5L
23.7
22.8
22.8
22.8
...
21.7
21.7
21.7
...
20.4
20.4
20.4
...
19.8
19.8
19.8
...
19.1
19.1
19.1
...
15.7
15.7
15.7
...
12.6
12.6
12.6
...
9.3
9.3
9.3
...
6.7
6.7
6.7
...
4.0
4.0
4.0
...
2.5
2.5
2.5
...
1.6
1.6
1.6
...
1.0
1.0
1.0
Y56
CK75
N75
CMS-75
A381
A671
A672
A691
23.9
23.9
23.9
22.8
22.8
22.8
21.5
21.5
21.5
20.8
20.8
20.8
19.6
19.6
19.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CK75
N75
CMS-75
A671
A672
A691
163
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Specified
Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength,
ksi
Temp.,
Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
X60
X65
X70
X80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
(51)(55)(71)(77)
(51)(55)(71)(77)
(51)(55)(71)(77)
(51)(55)(71)(77)
A
A
A
A
75
77
82
90
60
65
70
80
25.0
25.7
27.3
30.0
25.0
25.7
27.3
30.0
Y60
...
...
...
1
(51)(71)
A
75
60
25.0
25.0 25.0
Type/
Spec. No. Grade
Size, in. P-No. (5)
Notes
300
Carbon Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
...
...
...
...
API
API
API
API
5L
5L
5L
5L
...
A381
25.0
25.7
27.3
30.0
Pipes (Structural Grade) (2)
A283 Gr. A
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
45
24
15.0
14.7 14.2
A1011 Gr. 30
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
49
30
16.3
16.3 16.3
A283 Gr. B
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
50
27
16.7
16.5 15.9
A1011 Gr. 33
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
52
33
17.3
17.3 17.3
A1011 Gr. 36
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
53
36
17.7
17.7 17.7
A1011 Gr. 40
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
55
40
18.3
18.3 18.3
A36
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
58
36
19.3
19.3 19.3
A283 Gr. D
A1011 Gr. 45
A134
A134
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8a)(8c)
(8a)(8c)
−20
−20
60
60
33
45
20.0
20.0
20.0 19.5
20.0 20.0
A1011 Gr. 50
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(8a)(8c)
−20
65
50
21.7
21.7 21.7
Plates, Bars, Shapes, and Sheets
...
A285
A
K01700
...
...
1
(57)(59)
B
45
24
15.0
14.7 14.2
...
A285
B
K02200
...
...
1
(57)(59)
B
50
27
16.7
16.5 15.9
...
A516
55
K01800
...
...
1
(57)
C
55
30
18.3
18.3 17.7
...
A285
C
K02801
...
...
1
(57)(59)
A
55
30
18.3
18.3 17.7
...
...
...
A516
A515
A696
60
60
B
K02100
K02401
K03200
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
(57)
(57)
(57)
C
B
A
60
60
60
32
32
35
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.5 18.9
19.5 18.9
20.0 20.0
...
...
A516
A515
65
65
K02403
K02800
...
...
...
...
1
1
(57)
(57)
B
A
65
65
35
35
21.7
21.7
21.4 20.6
21.4 20.6
...
...
...
...
A516
A515
A696
A537
70
70
C
...
K02700
K03101
K03200
K12437
...
...
...
1
...
...
...
≤ 21⁄2 thk.
1
1
1
1
(57)
(57)
(57)
...
B
A
A
D
70
70
70
70
38
38
40
50
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.2
23.2
23.3
23.3
...
...
A299
A299
A
A
K02803
K02803
...
...
> 1 thk.
≤ 1 thk.
1
1
(57)
(57)
A
A
75
75
40
42
25.0
25.0
24.4 23.6
25.0 24.8
164
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
22.4
22.4
23.3
22.8
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
Type/
Grade
1,100
Spec. No.
Carbon Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
25.0
25.7
27.3
30.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
X60
X65
X70
X80
API
API
API
API
5L
5L
5L
5L
25.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Y60
A381
Pipes (Structural Grade) (2)
13.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
16.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
17.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
17.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
18.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
19.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
...
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
A134
21.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A134
13.7
13.0
12.3
11.9
11.5
10.7
9.2
7.9
5.9
4.0
2.5
1.6
1.0
A
A285
15.4
14.7
13.8
13.3
12.5
10.7
9.2
7.9
5.9
4.0
2.5
1.6
1.0
B
A285
17.1
16.3
15.3
14.8
14.3
13.0
10.8
8.7
...
...
...
...
...
55
A516
17.1
16.3
15.3
14.8
14.3
13.0
10.8
8.7
5.9
4.0
2.5
1.6
1.0
C
A285
18.2
18.2
19.9
17.4
17.4
19.0
16.4
16.4
17.9
15.8
15.8
17.3
15.3
15.3
15.6
13.9
13.9
...
11.4
11.4
...
8.7
8.7
...
...
5.9
...
...
4.0
...
...
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
60
60
B
A516
A515
A696
19.9
19.9
19.0
19.0
17.9
17.9
17.3
17.3
16.7
16.7
13.9
13.9
11.4
11.4
9.0
9.0
...
6.3
...
4.0
...
2.5
...
...
...
...
65
65
A516
A515
21.6
21.6
22.8
22.7
20.6
20.6
21.7
22.7
19.4
19.4
20.5
22.4
18.8
18.8
19.7
21.9
18.1
18.1
18.3
18.3
14.8
14.8
...
...
12.0
12.0
...
...
9.3
9.3
...
...
...
6.7
...
...
...
4.0
...
...
...
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
70
70
C
Cl. 1
A516
A515
A696
A537
22.8
23.9
21.7
22.8
20.4
21.5
19.8
20.8
19.1
19.6
15.7
15.7
12.6
12.6
9.3
9.3
6.7
6.7
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.0
A
A
A299
A299
Plates, Bars, Shapes, and Sheets
165
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Type/
Spec. No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size, in. P-No. (5)
Notes
Specified
Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength,
ksi
Temp.,
Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
300
Carbon Steel (Cont’d)
Plates, Bars, Shapes, and Sheets (Structural)
...
A283
...
...
...
A
K01400
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
45
24
15.0
14.7 14.2
A1011 30
A283 B
A1011 33
K02502
K01702
K02502
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
1
(8c)(57)
(8c)(57)
(8c)(57)
A
A
A
49
50
52
30
27
33
16.3
16.7
17.3
16.3 16.3
16.5 15.9
17.3 17.3
...
A1011 36
K02502
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
53
36
17.7
17.7 17.7
...
...
A283 C
A1011 40
K02401
K02502
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8c)(57)
(8c)(57)
A
A
55
55
30
40
18.3
18.3
18.3 17.7
18.3 18.3
...
A36
...
K02600
...
...
1
(8c)
A
58
36
19.3
19.3 19.3
...
...
A283 D
A1011 45
K02702
K02507
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8c)(57)
(8c)(57)
A
A
60
60
33
45
20.0
20.0
20.0 19.5
20.0 20.0
...
...
A1011 50
A992 . . .
K02507
...
...
...
...
...
1
1
(8c)(57)
(8c)(57)
A
A
65
65
50
50
21.7
19.9
21.7 21.7
19.9 19.9
Forgings and Fittings (2)
...
...
A350
A181
LF1
...
K03009
K03502
...
60
...
...
1
1
(9)(57)(59)
(9)(57)(59)
−20
A
60
60
30
30
20.0
20.0
18.3 17.7
18.3 17.7
...
A420
WPL6
K03006
...
...
1
(57)
−50
60
35
20.0
20.0 20.0
...
A234
WPB
K03006
...
...
1
(57)(59)
B
60
35
20.0
20.0 20.0
...
...
A350
A350
LF2
LF2
K03011
K03011
1
2
...
...
1
1
(9)(57)
(9)(57)
−50
0
70
70
36
36
23.3
23.3
22.0 21.2
22.0 21.2
...
...
A105
A181
...
...
K03504
K03502
...
70
...
...
1
1
(9)(57)(59)
(9)(57)(59)
−20
A
70
70
36
36
23.3
23.3
22.0 21.2
22.0 21.2
...
A234
WPC
K03501
...
...
1
(57)(59)
B
70
40
23.3
23.3 23.3
...
A216
WCA
J02502
...
...
1
(57)
−20
60
30
20.0
18.3 17.7
...
...
A352
A352
LCB
LCC
J03003
J02505
...
...
...
...
1
1
(9)(57)
(9)
−50
−50
65
70
35
40
21.7
23.3
21.4 20.6
23.3 23.3
...
...
A216
A216
WCB
WCC
J03002
J02503
...
...
...
...
1
1
(9)(57)
(9)(57)
−20
−20
70
70
36
40
23.3
23.3
22.0 21.2
23.3 23.3
Castings (2)
166
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
Type/
Grade
1,100
Spec. No.
Carbon Steel (Cont’d)
Plates, Bars, Shapes, and Sheets (Structural)
13.7
13.0
12.3
11.9
11.5
10.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A
A283
16.3
15.4
17.3
16.3
14.7
17.3
15.3
13.8
16.9
14.6
13.3
14.6
12.5
12.5
12.5
10.7
10.7
10.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30
B
33
A1011
A283
A1011
17.7
17.7
17.7
14.6
12.5
10.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
36
A1011
17.1
18.3
16.3
18.3
15.3
18.3
14.8
18.3
14.3
15.6
13.0
13.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C
40
A283
A1011
19.3
19.3
18.4
17.8
15.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A36
18.8
20.0
17.9
20.0
16.9
20.0
16.3
20.0
15.8
16.9
13.9
13.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D
45
A283
A1011
21.7
19.9
21.7
19.9
21.7
19.9
20.5
18.9
16.9
15.5
13.9
12.8
...
10.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50
...
A1011
A992
...
...
...
Forgings and Fittings (2)
17.1
17.1
16.3
16.3
15.3
15.3
14.8
14.8
14.3
14.3
13.8
13.8
11.4
11.4
8.7
8.7
5.9
5.9
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
...
1.6
...
1.0
LF1
Cl. 60
A350
A181
19.9
19.0
17.9
17.3
16.7
13.9
11.4
8.7
5.9
4.0
2.5
...
...
WPL6
A420
19.9
19.0
17.9
17.3
16.7
13.9
11.4
8.7
5.9
4.0
2.5
1.0
WPB
A234
20.5
20.5
19.6
19.6
18.4
18.4
17.8
17.8
17.2
17.2
14.8
14.8
12.0
12.0
9.3
9.3
6.7
6.7
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
...
...
LF2 Cl. 1
LF2 Cl. 2
A350
A350
20.5
20.5
19.6
19.6
18.4
18.4
17.8
17.8
17.2
17.2
14.8
14.8
12.0
12.0
9.3
9.3
6.7
6.7
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
...
Cl. 70
A105
A181
22.8
21.7
20.4
19.8
18.3
14.8
12.0
...
...
...
...
WPC
A234
1.6
...
...
1.6
1.6
...
1.0
1.0
...
Castings (2)
17.1
16.3
15.3
14.8
14.3
13.8
11.4
8.7
5.9
4.0
2.5
1.6
1.0
WCA
A216
19.9
22.8
19.0
21.7
17.9
20.4
17.3
19.8
16.7
19.2
13.9
...
11.4
...
9.0
...
6.3
...
4.0
...
2.5
...
1.6
...
1.0
...
LCB
LCC
A352
A352
20.5
22.8
19.6
21.7
18.4
20.4
17.8
19.8
17.2
18.3
14.8
14.8
12.0
12.0
9.3
9.3
6.7
6.7
4.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
1.6
...
1.0
...
WCB
WCC
A216
A216
167
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal
Composition
Spec. No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
in.
P-No. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
Pipes (2)
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
A387 Gr. 2 Cl. 1
A335
A691
P2
1
⁄2CR
K11547
K12143
...
...
...
...
3
3
...
(11)(67)
−20
−20
55
55
30
33
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
C–1⁄2Mo
C–1⁄2Mo
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
A387 Gr. 12 Cl. 1
A335
A369
A369
A691
P1
FP1
FP2
1CR
K11522
K11522
K11547
K11757
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
3
3
4
(58)
(58)
...
(11)(67)
−20
−20
−20
−20
55
55
55
55
30
30
30
33
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄2Si–1⁄2Mo
11⁄2Si–1⁄2Mo
A426
A335
A426
CP2
P15
CP15
J11547
K11578
J11522
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
3
3
(10)
...
(10)
−20
−20
−20
60
60
60
30
30
30
18.4
18.8
18.8
17.7
18.2
18.2
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
A426
CP12
J11562
...
...
4
(10)
−20
60
30
18.8
18.3
5Cr–1⁄2Mo–11⁄2Si
3Cr–Mo
A426
A426
CP5b
CP21
J51545
J31545
...
...
...
...
5B
5A
(10)
(10)
−20
−20
60
60
30
30
18.8
18.8
17.9
18.1
3
⁄4Cr–3⁄4Ni–Cu–Al
2Cr–1⁄2Mo
A333
A369
4
FP3b
K11267
K21509
...
...
...
...
4
4
...
...
−150
−20
60
60
35
30
20.0
20.0
19.1
18.5
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
A335
A369
P12
FP12
K11562
K11562
...
...
...
...
4
4
...
...
−20
−20
60
60
32
32
20.0
20.0
18.7
18.7
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
A335
A369
P11
FP11
K11597
K11597
...
...
...
...
4
4
...
...
−20
−20
60
60
30
30
20.0
20.0
18.7
18.7
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
A387 Gr. 11 Cl. 1
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
A387 Gr. 5 Cl. 1
A691
11⁄4CR
K11789
...
...
4
(11)(67)
−20
60
35
20.0
20.0
A691
5CR
K41545
...
...
5B
(11)(67)
−20
60
30
20.0
18.1
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
5Cr–1⁄2Mo–Si
5Cr–1⁄2Mo–Ti
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
A335
A335
A335
A369
P5
P5b
P5c
FP5
K41545
K51545
K41245
K41545
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5B
5B
5B
5B
...
...
...
...
−20
−20
−20
−20
60
60
60
60
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
9Cr–1Mo
9Cr–1Mo
9Cr–1Mo
A387 Gr. 9 Cl. 1
A335
A369
A691
P9
FP9
9CR
K90941
K90941
K90941
...
...
...
...
...
...
5B
5B
5B
...
...
...
−20
−20
−20
60
60
60
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.1
18.1
18.1
3Cr–1Mo
3Cr–1Mo
A335
A369
P21
FP21
K31545
K31545
...
...
...
...
5A
5A
...
...
−20
−20
60
60
30
30
20.0
20.0
18.7
18.7
3Cr–1Mo
A387 Gr. 21 Cl. 1
A691
3CR
K31545
...
...
5A
(11)(67)
−20
60
30
20.0
18.5
1
168
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
Type/
Grade
Spec. No.
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
Pipes (2)
17.5 16.9 16.3 15.7 15.4 15.1 13.8 13.5 13.2 12.8
18.3 18.3 17.9 17.3 16.9 16.6 13.8 13.8 13.4 12.8
9.2
9.2
5.9
5.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
P2
1
⁄2CR
A335
A691
12.7
8.2
12.7
8.2
12.8
9.2
14.0 11.3
4.8
4.8
5.9
7.2
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.8
...
...
...
1.8
...
...
...
1.1
P1
FP1
FP2
1CR
A335
A369
A369
A691
17.0 16.3 15.6 14.9 14.6 14.2 13.9 13.5 13.2 12.5 10.0
17.6 17.0 16.5 15.9 15.6 15.3 15.0 14.4 13.8 12.5 10.0
17.6 17.0 16.5 15.9 15.6 15.3 15.0 14.4 13.8 12.5 10.0
6.3
6.3
6.3
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.4
2.4
2.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
CP2
P15
CP15
A426
A335
A426
17.6 17.1 16.5 15.9 15.7 15.4 15.1 14.8 14.2 13.1 11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
1.8
1.1
CP12
A426
17.1 16.2 15.4 14.5 14.1 13.7 13.3 12.8 12.4 10.9
17.4 16.8 16.1 15.5 15.2 14.8 14.5 13.9 13.2 12.0
9.0
9.0
5.5
7.0
3.5
5.5
2.5
4.0
1.8
2.7
1.2
1.5
CP5b
CP21
A426
A426
18.2 17.3 16.4 15.5 15.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
17.5 16.4 16.3 15.7 15.4 15.1 13.9 13.5 13.1 12.5 10.0
...
6.2
...
4.2
...
2.6
...
1.4
...
1.0
4
FP3b
A333
A369
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8 11.3
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8 11.3
7.2
7.2
4.5
4.5
2.8
2.8
1.8
1.8
1.1
1.1
P12
FP12
A335
A369
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8
9.3
9.3
6.3
6.3
4.2
4.2
2.8
2.8
1.9
1.9
1.2
1.2
P11
FP11
A335
A369
20.0 19.7 18.9 18.3 18.0 17.6 17.3 16.8 16.3 15.0
9.9
6.3
4.2
2.8
1.9
1.2
11⁄4CR
A691
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.8
2.0
1.3
5CR
A691
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
5.8
5.8
5.8
5.8
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
P5
P5b
P5c
FP5
A335
A335
A335
A369
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.6
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.6
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.6
7.4
7.4
7.4
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.3
3.3
3.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
P9
FP9
9CR
A335
A369
A691
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.0 12.0
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.0 12.0
9.0
9.0
7.0
7.0
5.5
5.5
4.0
4.0
2.7
2.7
1.5
1.5
P21
FP21
A335
A369
18.1 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.0 12.0
9.0
7.0
5.5
4.0
2.7
1.5
3CR
A691
17.5
17.5
17.5
18.3
16.9
16.9
16.9
18.3
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
16.3
16.3
16.3
17.9
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
15.7
15.7
15.7
17.3
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
15.4
15.4
15.4
16.9
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
15.1
15.1
15.1
16.6
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
13.8
13.8
13.8
16.3
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.5
13.5
13.5
15.9
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
13.2
13.2
13.2
15.4
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
169
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal
Composition
Type/
Spec. No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
in.
P-No. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes (2) (Cont’d)
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A387 Gr. 22 Cl. 1
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A691
21⁄4CR
K21590
...
...
5A
(11)(67)(72)(75)
−20
60
30
20.0
18.5
A369
A335
FP22
P22
K21590
K21590
...
...
...
...
5A
5A
(72)(75)
(72)(75)
−20
−20
60
60
30
30
20.0
20.0
18.5
18.5
2Ni–1Cu
2Ni–1Cu
A333
A334
9
9
K22035
K22035
...
...
...
...
9A
9A
...
...
−100
−100
63
63
46
46
21.0
21.0
...
...
21⁄4Ni
21⁄4Ni
A333
A334
7
7
K21903
K21903
...
...
...
...
9A
9A
...
...
−100
−100
65
65
35
35
21.7
21.7
19.6
19.6
31⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni
A333
A334
3
3
K31918
K31918
...
...
...
...
9B
9B
...
...
−150
−150
65
65
35
35
21.7
21.7
19.6
19.6
C–1⁄2Mo
A426
CP1
J12521
...
...
3
(10)(58)
−20
65
35
21.7
21.7
C–Mo A204 Gr. A
C–Mo A204 Gr. A
A672
A691
L65
CM65
K11820
K11820
...
...
...
...
3
3
(11)(58)(67)
(11)(58)(67)
−20
−20
65
65
37
37
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21⁄4Ni A203 Gr. B
31⁄2Ni A203 Gr. E
A671
A671
CF70
CF71
K22103
K32018
...
...
...
...
9A
9B
(11)(65)(67)
(11)(65)(67)
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
...
...
C–Mo A204 Gr. B
C–Mo A204 Gr. B
A672
A691
L70
CM70
K12020
K12020
...
...
...
...
3
3
(11)(58)(67)
(11)(58)(67)
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A426
A426
CP11
CP22
J12072
J21890
...
...
...
...
4
5A
(10)
(10)(72)
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
C–Mo A204 Gr. C
C–Mo A204 Gr. C
A672
A691
L75
CM75
K12320
K12320
...
...
...
...
3
3
(11)(58)(67)
(11)(58)(67)
−20
−20
75
75
43
43
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
9Cr–1Mo–V
9Cr–1Mo–V
A335
A691
P91
P91
K90901
K90901
...
...
≤ 3 thk.
≤ 3 thk.
15E
15E
...
...
−20
−20
85
85
60
60
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
9Cr–1Mo
A426
A426
CP5
CP9
J42045
J82090
...
...
...
...
5B
5B
(10)
(10)
−20
−20
90
90
60
60
30.0
30.0
28.0
22.5
9Ni
9Ni
A333
A334
8
8
K81340
K81340
...
...
...
...
11A
11A
(47)
...
−320
−320
100
100
75
75
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
A387
A387
A387
2
12
9
K12143
K11757
K90941
1
1
1
...
...
...
3
4
5
...
...
...
−20
−20
−20
55
55
60
33
33
30
18.3
18.3
20.0
18.3
18.3
18.1
Plates
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
9Cr–1Mo
170
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
Type/
Grade
1,200
Spec. No.
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes (2) (Cont’d)
18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8
7.8
5.1
3.2
2.0
1.6
21⁄4CR
A691
18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8
18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8
7.8
7.8
5.1
5.1
3.2
3.2
2.0
2.0
1.6
1.6
FP22
P22
A369
A335
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9
9
A333
A334
19.6 18.7 17.6 16.8 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
19.6 18.7 17.6 16.8 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
9.0
9.0
6.5
6.5
4.5
4.5
2.5
2.5
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.0
...
...
...
...
7
7
A333
A334
19.6 18.7 17.8 16.8 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
19.6 18.7 17.8 16.8 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
9.0
9.0
6.5
6.5
4.5
4.5
2.5
2.5
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.0
...
...
...
...
3
3
A333
A334
21.7 21.7 21.3 20.7 20.4 20.0 16.3 15.7 14.4 12.5 10.0
6.3
4.0
2.4
...
...
CP1
A426
21.7 20.7 20.0 19.3 19.0 18.6 16.3 15.8 15.3 13.7
21.7 20.7 20.0 19.3 19.0 18.6 16.3 15.8 15.3 13.7
8.2
8.2
4.8
4.8
4.0
4.0
2.4
2.4
...
...
...
...
L65
CM65
A672
A691
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CF70
CF71
A671
A671
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 17.5 17.5 17.1 13.7
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 17.5 17.5 17.1 13.7
8.2
8.2
4.8
4.8
4.0
4.0
2.4
2.4
...
...
...
...
L70
CM70
A672
A691
23.3 23.3 22.9 22.3 21.6 20.9 15.5 15.0 14.4 13.7
9.3
23.3 23.3 22.9 22.3 21.6 20.9 17.5 17.5 16.0 14.0 11.0
6.3
7.8
4.2
5.1
2.8
3.2
1.9
2.0
1.2
1.2
CP11
CP22
A426
A426
25.0 24.1 23.3 22.5 22.1 21.7 18.8 18.8 18.3 13.7
25.0 24.1 23.3 22.5 22.1 21.7 18.8 18.8 18.3 13.7
8.2
8.2
4.8
4.8
4.0
4.0
2.4
2.4
...
...
...
...
L75
CM75
A672
A691
28.3 28.2 28.1 27.7 27.3 26.7 25.9 24.9 23.7 22.3 20.7
28.3 28.2 28.1 27.7 27.3 26.7 25.9 24.9 23.7 22.3 20.7
18.0
18.0
14.0
14.0
10.3
10.3
7.0
7.0
4.3
4.3
P91
P91
A335
A691
26.1 24.1 22.1 20.1 19.0 17.5 16.0 14.5 12.8 10.4
7.6
22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.0 21.0 19.4 17.3 15.0 10.7
5.6
8.5
4.2
5.5
3.1
3.3
1.8
2.2
1.0
1.5
CP5
CP9
A426
A426
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
A333
A334
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Plates
18.3 18.3 17.9 17.3 16.9 16.6 13.8 13.8 13.4 12.8
9.2
18.3 18.3 17.9 17.3 16.9 16.6 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.0 11.3
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.6
5.9
7.2
7.4
...
4.5
5.0
...
2.8
3.3
...
1.8
2.2
171
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
1.1
1.5
2 Cl. 1
12 Cl. 1
9 Cl. 1
A387
A387
A387
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal
Composition
Type/
Spec. No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
in.
P-No. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Plates (Cont’d)
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
3Cr–1Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A387
A387
A387
A387
11
5
21
22
K11789
K41545
K31545
K21590
1
1
1
1
...
...
...
...
4
5B
5A
5A
...
...
...
(72)
−20
−20
−20
−20
60
60
60
60
35
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.1
18.5
18.5
21⁄4Ni
31⁄2Ni
A203
A203
A
D
K21703
K31718
...
...
...
...
9A
9B
(12)(65)
(12)(65)
−20
−20
65
65
37
37
21.7
21.7
19.6
19.6
C–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
A204
A387
A
12
K11820
K11757
...
2
...
...
3
4
(58)
...
−20
−20
65
65
37
40
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21⁄4Ni
31⁄2Ni
A203
A203
B
E
K22103
K32018
...
...
...
...
9A
9B
(12)(65)
(12)(65)
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
21.1
21.1
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
C–1⁄2Mo
A387
A204
2
B
K12143
K12020
2
...
...
...
3
3
...
(58)
−20
−20
70
70
45
40
23.3
23.3
17.5
23.3
Cr–Mn–Si
Mn–Mo
C–1⁄2Mo
A202
A302
A204
A
A
C
K11742
K12021
K12320
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
3
3
...
...
(58)
−20
−20
−20
75
75
75
45
45
43
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.9
25.0
25.0
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
3Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A387
A387
A387
A387
11
5
21
22
K11789
K41545
K31545
K21590
2
2
2
2
...
...
...
...
4
5B
5A
5A
...
...
...
(72)
−20
−20
−20
−20
75
75
75
75
45
45
45
45
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
24.9
25.0
25.0
Mn–Mo
Mn–Mo–Ni
Mn–Mo–Ni
A302
A302
A302
B
C
D
K12022
K12039
K12054
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
3
3
...
...
...
−20
−20
−20
80
80
80
50
50
50
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
Cr–Mn–Si
9Cr–1Mo–V
A202
A387
B
91
K12542
K90901
...
2
...
≤ 3 thk.
4
15E
...
...
−20
−20
85
85
47
60
28.4
28.3
27.1
28.3
8Ni
5Ni
A553
A645
II
A
K71340
K41583
...
...
...
...
11A
11A
(47)
...
−275
−275
100
95
85
65
31.7
31.7
...
31.6
9Ni
9Ni
A553
A353
I
...
K81340
K81340
...
...
...
...
11A
11A
(47)
(47)
−320
−320
100
100
85
75
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
Forgings and Fittings (2)
C–1⁄2Mo
A234
WP1
K12821
...
...
3
(58)
−20
55
30
18.3
18.3
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
A182
A234
F12
WP12
K11562
K12062
1
1
...
...
4
4
(9)
...
−20
−20
60
60
32
32
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
A182
A234
F11
WP11
K11597
K11597
1
1
...
...
4
4
(9)
...
−20
−20
60
60
30
30
20.0
20.0
18.7
18.7
172
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
Type/
Grade
1,200
Spec. No.
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Plates (Cont’d)
20.0
17.4
18.1
18.0
16.8
12.8
17.8
17.8
16.3
12.1
14.0
14.5
6.3
5.8
7.0
8.0
4.2
4.2
5.5
5.7
2.8
2.9
4.0
3.8
1.9
1.8
2.7
2.4
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.4
11 Cl. 1
5 Cl. 1
21 Cl. 1
22 Cl. 1
A387
A387
A387
A387
19.6 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
19.6 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
9.0
9.0
4.5
4.5
2.5
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A
D
A203
A203
21.7 20.7 20.0 19.3 19.0 18.6 16.3 15.8 15.3 13.7
8.2
21.7 21.7 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 19.7 19.2 18.7 18.0 11.3
4.8
7.2
4.0
4.5
2.4
2.8
...
1.8
...
1.1
A
12 Cl. 2
A204
A387
21.1 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
21.1 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
4.5
4.5
2.5
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B
E
A203
A203
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 16.8 14.5 10.0
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 17.5 17.5 17.1 13.7
8.2
6.3
4.8
...
4.0
...
2.4
...
...
...
...
2 Cl. 2
B
A387
A204
22.8 21.6 20.5 19.3 18.8 17.7 15.7 12.0
7.8
5.0
25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 18.3 17.7 16.8 13.7
25.0 24.1 23.3 22.5 22.1 21.7 18.8 18.8 18.3 13.7
3.0
8.2
8.2
1.5
4.8
4.8
...
...
4.0
...
...
2.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
A
A
C
A202
A302
A204
13.7
9.3
10.9
8.0
13.1
9.5
17.0 11.4
6.3
5.8
6.8
7.8
4.2
4.2
4.9
5.1
2.8
2.9
3.2
3.2
1.9
1.8
2.4
2.0
1.2
1.0
1.3
1.2
11 Cl. 2
5 Cl. 2
21 Cl. 2
22 Cl. 2
A387
A387
A387
A387
8.2
8.2
8.2
4.8
4.8
4.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B
C
D
A302
A302
A302
25.8 24.5 23.2 21.9 21.3 19.8 17.7 12.0
7.8
5.0
3.0
28.3 28.2 28.1 27.7 27.3 26.7 25.9 24.9 23.7 22.3 20.7
1.5
18.0
...
14.0
...
10.3
...
7.0
...
4.3
B
91 Cl. 2
A202
A387
25.0
24.2
24.5
24.5
19.7
17.2
17.9
17.9
25.0
24.1
24.1
24.1
18.9
17.1
17.9
17.9
24.3
23.9
23.9
23.9
18.3
16.8
17.9
17.9
23.5
23.6
23.8
23.8
18.0
16.6
17.9
17.9
23.1
23.2
23.6
23.6
17.6
16.3
17.9
17.9
22.7
22.8
23.4
23.4
17.3
13.2
17.9
17.9
22.2
16.5
23.0
23.0
21.6
16.0
22.5
22.5
9.3
9.3
21.1
15.1
19.0
21.8
13.7
9.3
10.9
8.0
12.0
9.0
12.8 10.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 19.6 18.8 17.9 13.7
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 19.6 18.8 17.9 13.7
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 19.6 18.8 17.9 13.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
II
A
A553
A645
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
I
...
A553
A353
Forgings and Fittings (2)
17.5 16.9 16.3 15.7 15.4 15.1 13.8 13.5 13.2 12.7
8.2
4.8
4.0
2.4
...
...
WP1
A234
18.1 17.3 16.7 16.3 16.0 15.8 15.5 15.3 14.9 14.5 11.3
18.1 17.3 16.7 16.3 16.0 15.8 15.5 15.3 14.9 14.5 11.3
7.2
7.2
4.5
4.5
2.8
2.8
1.8
1.8
1.1
1.1
F12 Cl. 1
WP12 Cl. 1
A182
A234
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8
18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7 16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8
6.3
6.3
4.2
4.2
2.8
2.8
1.9
1.9
1.2
1.2
F11 Cl. 1
WP11 Cl. 1
A182
A234
9.3
9.3
173
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal
Composition
Type/
Grade
Spec. No.
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
in.
P-No. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A182
A234
F22
WP22
K21590
K21590
1
1
...
...
5A
5A
(9)(72)(75)
(72)
−20
−20
60
60
30
30
20.0
20.0
18.5
18.5
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
A234
WP5
K41545
...
...
5B
...
−20
60
30
20.0
18.1
9Cr–1Mo
A234
WP9
K90941
...
...
5B
...
−20
60
30
20.0
18.1
31⁄2Ni
A420
WPL3
K31918
...
...
9B
...
−150
65
35
21.7
...
31⁄2Ni
A350
LF3
K32025
...
...
9B
(9)
−150
70
37.5
23.3
...
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
C–1⁄2Mo
A182
A182
F2
F1
K12122
K12822
...
...
...
...
3
3
(9)
(9)(58)
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
A182
A234
F12
WP12
K11564
K12062
2
2
...
...
4
4
(9)
...
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
A182
A234
F11
WP11
K11572
K11572
2
2
...
...
4
4
(9)
...
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
A182
F5
K41545
...
...
5B
(9)
−20
70
40
23.3
23.3
3Cr–1Mo
A182
F21
K31545
...
...
5A
(9)
−20
75
45
25.0
25.0
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A182
A234
F22
WP22
K21590
K21590
3
3
...
...
5A
5A
(9)(72)
(72)
−20
−20
75
75
45
45
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
9Cr–1Mo
9Cr–1Mo–V
9Cr–1Mo–V
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
9Ni
A182
A182
A234
A182
A420
F9
F91
WP91
F5a
WPL8
K90941
K90901
K90901
K42544
K81340
...
...
...
...
...
...
≤ 3 thk.
≤ 3 thk.
...
...
5B
15E
15E
5B
11A
(9)
...
...
(9)
(47)
−20
−20
−20
−20
−320
85
85
85
90
100
55
60
60
65
75
28.3
28.3
28.3
30.0
33.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
29.9
33.3
C–1⁄2Mo
C–1⁄2Mo
A352
A217
LC1
WC1
J12522
J12524
...
...
...
...
3
3
(9)(58)
(9)(58)
−75
−20
65
65
35
35
21.7
21.7
21.5
21.5
21⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni
A352
A352
LC2
LC3
J22500
J31550
...
...
...
...
9A
9B
(9)
(9)
−100
−150
70
70
40
40
23.3
23.3
17.5
17.5
Ni–Cr–1⁄2Mo
Ni–Cr–1Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A217
A217
A217
A217
WC4
WC5
WC6
WC9
J12082
J22000
J12072
J21890
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
4
4
5A
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
−20
−20
−20
−20
70
70
70
70
40
40
40
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
9Cr–1Mo
A217
A217
C5
C12
J42045
J82090
...
...
...
...
5B
5B
(9)
(9)
−20
−20
90
90
60
60
30.0
30.0
29.9
29.9
Castings (2)
174
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
Type/
Grade
1,200
Spec. No.
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8
18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8
7.8
7.8
5.1
5.1
3.2
3.2
2.0
2.0
1.2
1.2
F22 Cl. 1
WP22 Cl. 1
A182
A234
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
WP5
A234
17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8 16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.6
7.4
5.0
3.3
2.2
1.5
WP9
A234
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
WPL3
A420
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
LF3
A350
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 17.5 17.5 17.1 15.0
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 17.5 17.5 17.1 13.7
9.2
8.2
5.9
4.8
...
4.0
...
2.4
...
...
...
...
F2
F1
A182
A182
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 19.7 19.2 18.7 18.0 11.3
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 19.7 19.2 18.7 18.0 11.3
7.2
7.2
4.5
4.5
2.8
2.8
1.8
1.8
1.1
1.1
F12 Cl. 2
WP12 Cl. 2
A182
A234
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 19.7 19.2 18.7 13.7
23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9 20.5 20.1 19.7 19.2 18.7 13.7
9.3
9.3
6.3
6.3
4.2
4.2
2.8
2.8
1.9
1.9
1.2
1.2
F11 Cl. 2
WP11 Cl. 2
A182
A234
22.6 22.4 22.4 22.0 21.7 21.3 15.4 14.8 14.1 10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
F5
A182
24.5 24.1 23.9 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.0 22.5 19.0 13.1
9.5
6.8
4.9
3.2
2.4
1.3
F21
A182
24.5 24.1 23.9 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.0 22.5 21.8 17.0 11.4
24.5 24.1 23.9 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.0 22.5 21.8 17.0 11.4
7.8
7.8
5.1
5.1
3.2
3.2
2.0
2.0
1.2
1.2
F22 Cl. 3
WP22 Cl. 3
A182
A234
7.4
18.0
18.0
5.8
...
5.0
14.0
14.0
4.2
...
3.3
10.3
10.3
2.9
...
2.2
7.0
7.0
1.8
...
1.5
4.3
4.3
1.0
...
F9
F91
WP91
F5a
WPL8
A182
A182
A234
A182
A420
27.5
28.3
28.3
29.1
...
27.2
28.2
28.2
28.9
...
27.1
28.1
28.1
28.7
...
26.8
27.7
27.7
28.3
...
26.3
27.3
27.3
27.9
...
25.8
26.7
26.7
27.3
...
18.7
25.9
25.9
19.8
...
18.1
24.9
24.9
19.1
...
17.1
23.7
23.7
14.3
...
16.2 11.0
22.3 20.7
22.3 20.7
10.9
8.0
...
...
Castings (2)
20.5 19.7 18.9 18.3 18.0 17.6 . . .
...
...
...
20.5 19.7 18.9 18.3 18.0 17.6 16.2 15.8 15.3 13.7
...
8.2
...
4.8
...
4.0
...
2.4
...
...
...
...
LC1
WC1
A352
A217
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
LC2
LC3
A352
A352
15.0
9.2
16.3 11.0
14.5 11.0
17.0 11.4
5.9
6.9
6.9
7.8
...
4.6
4.6
5.1
...
2.8
2.8
3.2
...
...
2.5
2.0
...
...
1.3
1.2
WC4
WC5
WC6
WC9
A217
A217
A217
A217
29.1 28.9 28.7 28.3 27.9 27.3 19.8 19.1 14.3 10.9
8.0
29.1 28.9 28.7 28.3 27.9 27.3 19.8 19.1 18.2 16.5 11.0
5.8
7.4
4.2
5.0
2.9
3.3
1.8
2.2
1.0
1.5
C5
C12
A217
A217
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.1
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
21.7
21.7
21.7
22.4
20.9
20.9
20.9
22.4
20.5
20.5
20.5
22.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20.1
20.1
20.1
21.9
17.5
17.5
19.7
21.5
17.5
17.5
19.2
21.0
17.1
17.1
18.7
19.8
...
...
175
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
P-No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a)
Pipes and Tubes (2)
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. pipe A312 TP321
Pipe
A376 TP321
S32100
S32100
...
...
> 3⁄8 thk. 8
> 3⁄8 thk. 8
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
−425
−425
70
70
25
25
16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7
16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
A240 Type 304L
Tube
Tube
Pipe
Pipe
A213
A269
A312
A358
TP304L
TP304L
TP304L
304L
S30403
S30403
S30403
S30403
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
(14)(36)
(14)(36)
...
(36)
−425
−425
−425
−425
70
70
70
70
25
25
25
25
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
A240 Type 316L
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–Ti
Tube
Tube
Pipe
Pipe
Tube
A213
A269
A312
A358
A213
TP316L
TP316L
TP316L
316L
TP316Ti
S31603
S31603
S31603
S31603
S31635
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
(14)(36)
(14)(36)
...
(36)
(30)
−425
−425
−425
−425
−325
70
70
70
70
75
25
25
25
25
30
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
20.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
20.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
20.0
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
19.3
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. pipe
Pipe
Smls. pipe
Pipe
A312
A376
A312
A376
TP321
TP321
TP321H
TP321H
S32100
S32100
S32109
S32109
...
...
...
...
> 3⁄8 thk.
> 3⁄8 thk.
> 3⁄8 thk.
> 3⁄8 thk.
8
8
8
8
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(30)(36)
...
−425
−425
−325
−325
70
70
70
70
25
25
25
25
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
23Cr–13Ni
25Cr–20Ni
...
...
A451 CPH8
A451 CPK20
J93400
J94202
...
...
...
...
8
8
(26)(28)(35)
(12)(28)(35)(39)
−325
−325
65
65
28
28
18.7 18.7 18.5 18.0
18.7 18.7 18.5 18.0
11Cr–Ti
18Cr–Ti
15Cr–13Ni–2Mo–Cb
16Cr–8Ni–2Mo
Tube
Tube
...
Pipe
A268
A268
A451
A376
S40900
S43036
...
S16800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7
7
8
8
(35)
(35)(49)
(28)
(26)(31)(35)
−20
−20
−325
−325
60
60
70
75
30
40
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
12Cr–Al
13Cr
16Cr
Tube
Tube
Tube
A268 TP405
A268 TP410
A268 TP430
S40500
S41000
S43000
...
...
...
...
...
...
7
6
7
(35)
(35)
(35)(49)
−20
−20
−20
60
60
60
30
30
35
20.0 20.0 19.6 19.3
20.0 20.0 19.6 19.3
20.0 20.0 19.6 19.3
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Pipe
A312 TP317L
S31703
...
...
8
...
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.9
25Cr–20Ni
A240 Type 310S
25Cr–20Ni
Pipe
...
Pipe
A312 TP310
A358 310S
A409 TP310
...
S31008
S31000
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
(28)(35)(39)
(28)(31)(35)(36)
(28)(31)(35)(36)(39)
−325
−325
−325
75
75
75
30
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
A312 TP321
S32100
...
≤ 3⁄8 thk. 8
(30)
−425
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. &
wld. pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
A358 321
A376 TP321
A409 TP321
S32100
S32100
S32100
...
...
...
...
8
≤ 3⁄8 thk. 8
...
8
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
−425
−425
−425
75
75
75
30
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
23Cr–12Ni
A240 Type 309S
23Cr–12Ni
Pipe
...
Pipe
A312 TP309
A358 309S
A409 TP309
...
S30908
S30900
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
(28)(35)(39)
(28)(31)(35)(36)
(28)(31)(35)(36)(39)
−325
−325
−325
75
75
75
30
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–8Ni
...
A451 CPF8
J92600
...
...
8
(26)(28)
−425
70
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
TP409
TP430Ti
CPF10MC
16-8-2H
176
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a)
Pipes and Tubes (2)
16.1 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3 14.1 13.9 13.8 13.6
16.1 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3 14.1 13.9 13.8 13.6
13.5
13.5
9.6
9.6
6.9
6.9
5.0
5.0
3.6
3.6
2.6
2.6
1.7
1.7
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
TP321
TP321
A312
A376
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.3
13.3
13.3
13.3
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
TP304L
TP304L
TP304L
304L
A213
A269
A312
A358
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
17.8
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
16.8
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
16.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
16.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
16.1
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.9
15.9
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.8
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
15.7
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
15.5
11.8
11.8
11.8
11.8
15.3
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
15.1
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
12.3
8.8
8.8
8.8
8.8
9.8
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
7.4
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
5.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.1
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.1
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.7
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.3
TP316L
TP316L
TP316L
316L
TP316Ti
A213
A269
A312
A358
A213
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
TP321
TP321
TP321H
TP321H
A312
A376
A312
A376
17.7 17.1 16.7 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 13.9
17.7 17.1 16.7 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 13.9
11.1
11.3
8.5
9.8
6.5
8.5
5.0
7.3
3.8
6.0
2.9
4.8
2.3
3.5
1.8
2.4
1.3
1.6
0.9
1.1
0.8
0.8
CPH8
CPK20
A451
A451
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
TP409
TP430Ti
CPF10MC
16-8-2H
A268
A268
A451
A376
19.0 18.5 18.1 17.7 17.1 16.4 15.6 14.3
19.0 18.5 18.1 17.7 17.1 16.4 15.6 12.3
19.0 18.5 18.1 17.7 17.1 16.4 15.6 12.0
8.4
8.8
9.2
4.0
6.4
6.5
...
4.4
4.5
...
2.9
3.2
...
1.8
2.4
...
1.0
1.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
TP405
TP410
TP430
A268
A268
A268
17.7 16.9 16.5 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
TP317L
A312
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
9.9
9.9
9.9
7.1
7.1
7.1
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
TP310
310S
TP310
A312
A358
A409
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
16.2
9.6
6.9
5.0
3.6
2.6
1.7
1.1
0.8
0.5
0.3
TP321
A312
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
16.2
16.2
16.2
9.6
9.6
9.6
6.9
6.9
6.9
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.1
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.3
321
TP321
TP321
A358
A376
A409
19.4 18.8 18.5 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9
19.4 18.8 18.5 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9
19.4 18.8 18.5 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9
13.8
13.8
13.8
10.3
10.3
10.3
7.6
7.6
7.6
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.8
0.8
0.8
TP309
309S
TP309
A312
A358
A409
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
12.2
9.5
7.5
6.0
4.8
3.9
3.3
2.7
2.3
2.0
1.7
CPF8
A451
...
177
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
P-No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
A240 Type 347
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
A240 Type 348
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
A312
A358
A376
A409
A312
A358
A376
A409
TP347
347
TP347
TP347
TP348
348
TP348
TP348
S34700
S34700
S34700
S34700
S34800
S34800
S34800
S34800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
...
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
...
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
(30)(36)
−425
−425
−425
−425
−325
−325
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
23Cr–13Ni
23Cr–13Ni
...
...
A451 CPH10
A451 CPH20
J93402
J93402
...
...
...
...
8
8
(12)(14)(28)(35)(39)
(12)(14)(28)(35)(39)
−325
−325
70
70
30
30
20.0 20.0 19.9 19.4
20.0 20.0 19.9 19.4
25Cr–20Ni
A240 Type 310S
Pipe
Pipe
A312 TP310
A358 310S
...
S31008
...
...
...
...
8
8
(28)(29)(35)(39)
(28)(29)(31)(35)(36)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
A451 CPF8C
J92710
...
...
8
(28)
−325
70
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
A240 Type 321
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. &
wld. pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Smls. &
wld. pipe
3
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
A312 TP321
S32100
...
≤ ⁄8 thk. 8
(28)(30)
−425
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
A358
A376
A409
A376
A312
S32100
S32100
S32100
S32109
S32109
...
...
...
...
...
...
≤ 3⁄8 thk.
...
≤ 3⁄8 thk.
≤ 3⁄8 thk.
8
8
8
8
8
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(30)(36)
...
−425
−425
−425
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
321
TP321
TP321
TP321H
TP321H
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–Mo
Tube
Tube
A213 TP316
A269 TP316
S31600
S31600
...
...
...
...
8
8
(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−425
−425
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
A240 Type 316
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–3Ni–3Mo
18Cr–3Ni–3Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
A312
A358
A376
A409
A312
A409
A376
TP316
316
TP316
TP316
TP317
TP317
TP316H
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31700
S31700
S31609
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
(26)(28)
(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)(28)
(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)(31)(36)
−425
−425
−425
−425
−325
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A312 TP316H
S31609
...
...
8
(26)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
A240 Type 347
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
A240 Type 348
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
A376
A312
A358
A376
A409
A312
A358
A376
A409
TP347H
TP347
347
TP347
TP347
TP348
348
TP348
TP348
S34709
S34700
S34700
S34700
S34700
S34800
S34800
S34800
S34800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
(30)(36)
(28)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
−325
−425
−425
−425
−425
−325
−325
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
Pipe
A312 TP347H
A312 TP348H
S34709
S34809
...
...
...
...
8
8
...
...
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
178
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
TP347
347
TP347
TP347
TP348
348
TP348
TP348
A312
A358
A376
A409
A312
A358
A376
A409
18.9 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.0 16.5 16.0 15.4 14.9
18.9 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.0 16.5 16.0 15.4 14.9
11.1
11.1
8.5
8.5
6.5
6.5
5.0
5.0
3.8
3.8
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
CPH10
CPH20
A451
A451
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 16.7
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 16.7
13.8
13.8
10.3
10.3
7.6
7.6
5.5
5.5
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
2.2
2.2
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
0.8
0.8
TP310
310S
A312
A358
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
14.0
12.1
9.1
6.1
4.4
3.3
2.2
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.8
CPF8C
A451
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
16.2
12.3
9.1
6.9
5.4
4.1
3.2
2.5
1.9
1.5
1.1
TP321
A312
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
321
TP321
TP321
TP321H
TP321H
A358
A376
A409
A376
A312
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
15.3
15.3
15.1
15.1
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
7.4
7.4
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
3.1
3.1
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
TP316
TP316
A213
A269
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.4
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
TP316
316
TP316
TP316
TP317
TP317
TP316H
A312
A358
A376
A409
A312
A409
A376
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
15.3
15.1
12.4
9.8
7.4
5.5
4.1
3.1
2.3
1.7
1.3
TP316H
A312
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
TP347H
TP347
347
TP347
TP347
TP348
348
TP348
TP348
A376
A312
A358
A376
A409
A312
A358
A376
A409
20.0 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1
20.0 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1
18.1
18.1
17.4
17.4
14.1
14.1
10.5
10.5
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
4.4
4.4
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
TP347H
TP348H
A312
A312
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
179
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
TP304
TP304
TP304
304
TP304
TP304H
TP304
TP304H
CPF8M
Class/
UNS Condition/
P-No.
No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
A240 Type 304
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Mo
Tube
Tube
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
...
A213
A269
A312
A358
A376
A376
A409
A312
A451
44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
Tube
Pipe
20Cr–Cu
27Cr
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)(28)
(26)(28)(31)(36)
(20)(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)(31)(36)
(26)(28)(31)(36)
(26)
(26)(28)
−425
−425
−425
−425
−425
−325
−425
−325
−425
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
70
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
A249 904L
A312 904L
N08904
N08904
...
...
...
...
45
45
...
...
−325
−325
71
71
31
31
20.7 20.7 20.4 18.7
20.7 20.7 20.4 18.7
Tube
Tube
A268 TP443
A268 TP446
S44300
S44600
...
...
...
...
10 (35)
10I (35)
−20
−20
70
70
40
40
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
23.3 23.3 22.5 21.9
12Cr
24Cr–9Ni–N
Wld. pipe
...
A1053 50
S41003
A451 CPE20N
...
...
...
...
...
7
8
−20
−325
70
80
50
40
23.3 23.3 23.3 22.8
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7
23Cr–4Ni–N
23Cr–4Ni–N
...
...
A789 . . .
A790 . . .
S32304
S32304
...
...
...
...
10H (25)
10H (25)
−60
−60
87
87
58
58
29.0 27.9 26.1 24.7
29.0 27.9 26.1 24.7
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
Pipe
Pipe
A813 . . .
A814 . . .
S31254
S31254
...
...
...
...
8
8
(8)
(8)
−325
−325
94
94
44
44
29.3 29.3 28.9 26.7
29.3 29.3 28.9 26.7
123⁄4Cr
...
A426 CPCA-15 J91150
...
...
6
(10)(35)
22Cr–5Ni–3Mo
22Cr–5Ni–3Mo
...
...
A789 . . .
A790 . . .
S31803
S31803
...
...
...
...
10H (25)
10H (25)
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
Tube
Tube
Pipe
Pipe
A249
A249
A312
A312
...
...
...
...
S31254
S31254
S31254
S31254
...
...
...
...
>3⁄16 thk.
≤3⁄16 thk.
>3⁄16 thk.
≤3⁄16 thk.
26Cr–4Ni–Mo
26Cr–4Ni–Mo
...
...
A789 . . .
A790 . . .
S32900
S32900
...
...
...
...
10H (25)
10H (25)
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Smls. &
wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Smls. &
wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Wld. pipe
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Wld. pipe
A312 . . .
N08367
...
>3⁄16
45
A358
A813
A814
A312
...
...
...
...
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
...
...
...
...
>3⁄16
>3⁄16
>3⁄16
≤3⁄16
A358 . . .
A813 . . .
A814 . . .
N08367
N08367
N08367
...
...
...
21Cr–5Mn–15Ni–Cu–N
21Cr–5Mn–15Ni–Cu–N
22Cr–5.5Ni–3Mo–N
22Cr–5.5Ni–3Mo–N
21Cr–5Mn–15Ni–Cu–N
21Cr–5Mn–15Ni–Cu–N
Tube
Pipe
Tube
Pipe
Tube
Pipe
A789
A790
A789
A790
A789
A790
S32101
S32101
S32205
S32205
S32101
S32101
21Cr–3Ni–Mo
21Cr–3Ni–Mo
...
...
A790 . . .
A789 . . .
S32003
S32003
...
...
2205
2205
...
...
...
(35)(39)
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.9
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
17.0
S30400
S30400
S30400
S30400
S30400
S30409
S30400
S30409
J92900
−20
90
65
30.0 . . . . . . . . .
−60
−60
90
90
65
65
30.0 30.0 28.9 27.8
30.0 30.0 28.9 27.8
−325
−325
−325
−325
95
98
95
98
45
45
45
45
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
−20
−20
90
90
70
70
30.0 . . . . . . . . .
30.0 . . . . . . . . .
(26)
−325
95
45
30.0 30.0 29.9 28.6
45
45
45
45
(26)
(26)
(26)
(26)
−325
−325
−325
−325
95
95
95
100
45
45
45
45
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
≤3⁄16
≤3⁄16
≤3⁄16
45
45
45
(26)
(26)
(26)
−325
−325
−325
100 45
100 45
100 45
30.0 30.0 30.0 29.6
30.0 30.0 30.0 29.6
30.0 30.0 30.0 29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
>3⁄16
>3⁄16
...
...
≤3⁄16
≤3⁄16
10H
10H
10H
10H
10H
10H
(25)
(25)
(25)
(25)
(25)
(25)
−20
−20
−60
−60
−20
−20
94
94
95
95
101
101
31.3
31.3
31.7
31.7
33.7
33.7
...
...
> 3⁄16
≤ 3⁄16
10H (25)
10H (25)
−60
−60
95 65
100 70
8
8
8
8
(8)
(8)
(8)
(8)
180
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
65
65
70
70
77
77
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
31.3
31.3
31.7
31.7
33.7
33.7
29.5
29.5
29.5
29.5
29.9
29.9
29.9
30.0
29.8
29.8
30.6
30.6
32.1
32.1
27.3
27.3
27.3
27.3
28.6
28.6
28.6
29.6
28.5
28.5
29.4
29.4
31.0
31.0
31.7 30.7 28.9 28.6
33.3 32.3 30.4 30.1
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
15.8
17.1
17.1
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
15.0
...
...
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
14.7
...
...
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
14.4
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
14.2
...
...
...
...
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
14.1
...
...
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.9
14.9
13.9
...
...
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
13.7
...
...
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
13.4
...
...
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
13.1
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
11.5
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
8.9
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
6.9
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
5.4
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.3
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.4
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.8
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.6
TP304
TP304
TP304
304
TP304
TP304H
TP304
TP304H
CPF8M
A213
A269
A312
A358
A376
A376
A409
A312
A451
... ...
... ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
904L
904L
A249
A312
23.3 23.3 14.6 12.5 10.7 9.2 7.9 5.9 4.0
21.5 20.9 20.6 20.2 19.7 19.1 18.4 17.5 16.4
2.5
15.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
TP443
TP446
A268
A268
22.1 21.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50
CPE20N
A1053
A451
22.9 19.2
22.9 19.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
A790
25.2 24.1 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.2 23.0
25.2 24.1 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.2 23.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A813
A814
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CPCA-15
A426
27.2 26.9
27.2 26.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
A790
25.8
25.8
25.8
25.8
24.7
24.7
24.7
24.7
24.3
24.3
24.3
24.3
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.7
23.7
23.7
23.7
23.6
23.6
23.6
23.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A249
A249
A312
A312
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
A790
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A312
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
24.3
24.3
24.3
24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A358
A813
A814
A312
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A358
A813
A814
28.5
28.5
28.7
28.7
30.9
30.9
26.2
26.2
26.2
26.2
28.5
28.5
28.4
28.4
30.9
30.9
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.1
25.1
25.1
25.1
24.7
24.7
24.7
24.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2205
2205
...
...
A789
A790
A789
A790
A789
A790
28.6 28.6 28.6
30.1 30.1 30.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A790
A789
181
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
Class/
UNS Condition/
P-No.
No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–
W–Cu–N
25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–
W–Cu–N
...
A789 . . .
S32760
...
...
10H (25)
−60
109 80
36.3 35.9 34.4 34.0
...
A790 . . .
S32760
...
...
10H (25)
−60
109 80
36.3 35.9 34.4 34.0
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
Tube
Pipe
A789 . . .
A790 . . .
S32906
S32906
...
...
≥0.40 thk. 10H (25)
≥0.40 thk. 10H (25)
−60
−60
109 80
109 80
36.3 36.3 34.0 33.5
36.3 36.3 34.0 33.5
24Cr–17Ni–6Mn–
41⁄2Mo–N
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
...
A358 . . .
S34565
...
...
8
(36)
−325
115 60
38.3 38.1 35.8 34.5
Smls. &
A789 . . .
wld. tube
Smls. &
A790 2507
wld. pipe
S32750
...
...
10H (25)
−60
116 80
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
S32750
...
...
10H (25)
−60
116 80
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
Tube
Pipe
A789 . . .
A790 . . .
S32906
S32906
...
...
<0.40 thk. 10H (25)
<0.40 thk. 10H (25)
−60
−60
116 94
116 94
38.7 38.6 36.8 35.6
38.7 38.6 36.8 35.6
18Cr–10Ni
...
A240 305
S30500
...
...
8
(26)(36)(39)
12Cr–Al
...
A240 405
S40500
...
...
7
18Cr–8Ni
...
A240 304L
S30403
...
...
8
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
...
A240 316L
S31603
...
...
8
18Cr–Ti–Al
...
A240 X8M
...
...
...
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
Plates and Sheets
−325
70
25
16.7
... ... ...
(35)
−20
60
25
16.7 15.3 14.8 14.5
(36)
−425
70
25
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.8
(36)
−425
70
25
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.7
. . . (35)
−20
65
30
20.0
... ... ...
18Cr–8Ni
...
A167 302B
S30215
...
...
8
(26)(28)(31)(36)(39)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
18Cr–Ni
...
A240 302
S30200
...
...
8
(26)(36)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
12Cr
12Cr
...
...
A1010 40
A1010 50
S41003
S41003
...
...
...
...
7
7
...
...
−20
−20
66
70
40
50
22.0 22.0 22.0 21.5
23.3 23.3 23.3 22.8
13Cr
13Cr
15Cr
17Cr
...
...
...
...
A240
A240
A240
A240
S41008
S41000
S42900
S43000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7
6
6
7
(35)(50)
(35)
(35)
(35)
−20
−20
−20
−20
60
65
65
65
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
410S
410
429
430
18.4
18.4
18.4
18.4
17.8
17.8
17.8
17.8
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
...
A240 317L
S31703
...
...
8
(36)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.9
25Cr–20Ni
25Cr–20Ni
...
...
A167 310
A240 310S
S31000
S31008
...
...
...
...
8
8
(28)(35)(36)(39)
(28)(35)(36)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
...
A240 321
S32100
...
...
8
(30)(36)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20Cr–10Ni
...
A167 308
S30800
...
...
8
(6)(26)(31)(39)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
23Cr–12Ni
...
A167 309
S30900
...
...
8
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
23Cr–12Ni
...
A240 309S
S30908
...
...
8
(12)(28)(31)(35)
(36)(39)
(28)(35)(36)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
...
A240 347
A240 348
S34700
S34800
...
...
...
...
8
8
(36)
(36)
−425
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
25Cr–20Ni
25Cr–20Ni
...
...
A167 310
A240 310S
S31000
S31008
...
...
...
...
8
8
(28)(29)(35)(36)(39)
(28)(29)(35)(36)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
...
...
A240 321
A240 321H
S32100
S32109
...
...
...
...
8
8
(28)(30)(36)
(36)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
...
...
A240 316
A240 317
S31600
S31700
...
...
...
...
8
8
(26)(28)(36)
(26)(28)(36)
−425
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
182
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
34.0 34.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
34.0 34.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A790
33.0 33.0
33.0 33.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
A790
33.8 33.2 33.1 32.7 32.4 32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A358
34.5 34.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
34.5 34.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2507
A790
35.2 35.2
35.2 35.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A789
A790
Plates and Sheets
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
305
14.3 14.0 13.8 13.5 13.1 12.6 12.0 11.3
...
...
8.4
4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
405
A240
14.7 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.3 13.0 12.8 12.6 12.3
12.0
6.3
5.1
4.0
3.2
2.6
2.1
1.7
1.1
1.0
0.9
304L
A240
14.8 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.2 12.9 12.7 12.4 12.1
11.8
10.8
10.2
8.8
6.4
4.7
3.5
2.5
1.8
1.3
1.0
316L
A240
...
A240
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A240
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
X8M
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
302B
A167
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
14.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
302
A240
20.8 20.0
22.1 21.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40
50
A1010
A1010
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
12.3
12.3
12.0
12.0
8.8
8.8
9.2
9.2
6.4
6.4
6.5
6.5
4.4
4.4
4.5
4.5
2.9
2.9
3.2
3.2
1.8
1.8
2.4
2.4
1.0
1.0
1.8
1.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
410S
410
429
430
A240
A240
A240
A240
17.7 16.9 16.5 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2
...
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
317L
A240
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
9.9
9.9
7.1
7.1
5.0
5.0
3.6
3.6
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
310
310S
A167
A240
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
16.2
9.6
6.9
5.0
3.6
2.6
1.7
1.1
0.8
0.5
0.3
321
A240
17.5 16.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
308
A167
19.4 18.8 18.5 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9
13.8
10.3
7.6
5.5
4.0
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.3
1.0
0.8
309
A167
19.4 18.8 18.5 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9
13.8
10.3
7.6
5.5
4.0
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.3
1.0
0.8
309S
A240
20.0 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1
20.0 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1
16.0
16.0
12.1
12.1
9.1
9.1
6.1
6.1
4.4
4.4
3.3
3.3
2.2
2.2
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.2
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
347
348
A240
A240
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 16.7
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 16.7
13.8
13.8
10.3
10.3
7.6
7.6
5.5
5.5
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
2.2
2.2
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
0.8
0.8
310
310S
A167
A240
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
16.2
16.2
12.3
12.3
9.1
9.1
6.9
6.9
5.4
5.4
4.1
4.1
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
1.9
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.1
1.1
321
321H
A240
A240
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
15.3
15.3
15.1
15.1
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
7.4
7.4
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
3.1
3.1
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
316
317
A240
A240
...
...
...
...
...
...
183
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
P-No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
...
...
...
A167
A240
A167
A240
347
347
348
348
...
S34700
...
S34800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(36)
(28)(30)(36)
(28)(36)
−425
−425
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18Cr–8Ni
...
A240 304
S30400
...
...
8
(26)(28)(36)
−425
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
16Cr–4Ni–6Mn–N
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–
Cu–N
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–
Cu–N
...
...
...
...
Plate
A240
A240
A240
A240
A240
N08904
S20153
S31254
S31254
N08367
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
>3⁄16 thk.
≤3⁄16 thk.
>3⁄16
45
8
8
8
45
...
...
...
...
(26)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
71
95
95
98
95
31
45
45
45
45
20.7
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
Sheet &
strip
A240 . . .
N08367
...
≤3⁄16
45
(26)
−325
100
45
30.0 30.0 30.0 29.6
21Cr–5Mo–15Ni–Cu–N . . .
21Cr–5Mo–15Ni–Cu–N . . .
22Cr–5.5Ni–3Mo–N
...
A240 . . .
A240 . . .
A240 2205
S32101
S32101
S32205
...
...
...
>3⁄16 thk. 10H (25)
≤3⁄16 thk. 10H (25)
...
10H (25)
−20
−20
−60
94
101
95
65
77
65
31.3 31.3 29.8 28.5
33.7 33.7 32.1 31.0
31.7 31.7 30.6 29.4
21Cr–3Ni–Mo
21Cr–3Ni–Mo
...
...
A240 . . .
A240 . . .
S32003
S32003
...
...
> 3⁄16
≤ 3⁄16
10H (25)
10H (25)
−60
−60
95
100
65
70
31.7 30.7 28.9 28.6
33.3 32.3 30.4 30.1
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
...
A240 . . .
S32906
...
10H (25)
−60
109
80
36.3 36.3 34.5 33.5
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
...
A240 . . .
S32906
...
≥0.40
thk.
<0.40
thk.
10H (25)
−60
116
94
38.7 38.6 36.8 35.6
25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N . . .
A240 . . .
S32760
...
...
10H (25)
−60
109
80
36.3 36.3 34.8 34.0
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
A240 2507
S32750
...
...
10H (25)
−60
116
80
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
...
904L
201LN
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.7
27.6
30.0
30.0
30.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.4
24.7
29.5
29.5
29.9
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.7
23.4
27.3
27.3
28.6
Forgings and Fittings (2)
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
...
A182 F317L
S31703
...
≤ 5 thk.
8
(9)(21a)
−325
70
25
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.7
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
...
...
A182 F304L
S30403
A403 WP304L S30403
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(21a)
(32)(37)
−425
−425
70
70
25
25
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.8
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.8
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
...
...
A182 F316L
S31603
A403 WP316L S31603
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(21a)
(32)(37)
−425
−425
70
70
25
25
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.7
16.7 16.7 16.7 15.7
20Ni–8Cr
...
A182 F10
S33100
...
...
8
(26)(28)(39)
−325
80
30
20.0
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
...
A403 WP317L S31703
...
...
8
(32)(37)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.9
25Cr–20Ni
25Cr–20Ni
...
...
A182 F310
A403 WP310
S31000
S31008
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(21)(28)(35)(39)
(28)(32)(35)(37)(39)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
...
...
A182 F321
A403 WP321
S32100
S32100
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(21)
(32)(37)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
23Cr–12Ni
...
A403 WP309
S30900
...
...
8
(28)(32)(35)(37)(39)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
25Cr–20Ni
...
A182 F310
S31000
...
...
8
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
25Cr–20Ni
...
A403 WP310
S31008
...
...
8
(9)(21)(28)(29)
(35)(39)
(28)(29)(32)(35)
(37)(39)
−325
75
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
...
...
...
A182
A403
A182
A403
S34700
S34700
S34800
S34800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
(9)(21)
(32)(37)
(9)(21)
(32)(37)
−425
−425
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
F347
WP347
F348
WP348
184
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
... ... ...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
347
347
348
348
A167
A240
A167
A240
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
14.0
12.4
9.8
7.7
6.1
4.7
3.7
2.9
2.3
1.8
1.4
304
A240
17.1
23.0
25.8
25.8
27.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
...
22.9
24.7
24.7
26.2
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
...
22.8
24.3
24.3
25.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
...
22.6
24.1
24.1
25.1
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
...
22.3
23.9
23.9
24.7
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
... ...
21.8 21.5
23.7 23.6
23.7 23.6
24.3 . . .
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
904L
201LN
...
...
...
A240
A240
A240
A240
A240
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A240
28.5 28.5
30.9 30.9
28.7 28.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2205
A240
A240
A240
28.6 28.6 28.6
30.1 30.1 30.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A240
A240
33.0 33.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A240
35.2 35.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A240
33.9 33.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A240
34.5 34.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2507
A240
Forgings and Fittings (2)
14.8 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.2 12.9 12.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F317L
A182
14.7 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.3 13.0 12.8 12.6 12.3
14.7 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.3 13.0 12.8 12.6 12.3
12.0
12.0
6.3
6.3
5.1
5.1
4.0
4.0
3.2
3.2
2.6
2.6
2.1
2.1
1.7
1.7
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9
F304L
WP304L
A182
A403
14.8 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.2 12.9 12.7 12.4 12.1
14.8 14.0 13.7 13.5 13.2 12.9 12.7 12.4 12.1
11.8
11.8
10.8
10.8
10.2
10.2
8.8
8.8
6.4
6.4
4.7
4.7
3.5
3.5
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
F316L
WP316L
A182
A403
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F10
A182
17.7 16.9 16.5 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
WP317L
A403
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 15.9
9.9
9.9
7.1
7.1
5.0
5.0
3.6
3.6
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
F310
WP310
A182
A403
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
19.3 18.3 17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.5 16.4
16.2
16.2
9.6
9.6
6.9
6.9
5.0
5.0
3.6
3.6
2.6
2.6
1.7
1.7
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
F321
WP321
A182
A403
19.4 18.8 18.5 18.2 18.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9
13.8
10.3
7.6
5.5
4.0
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.3
1.0
0.8
WP309
A403
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 16.7
13.8
10.3
7.6
5.5
4.0
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.3
1.0
0.8
F310
A182
19.3 18.5 18.2 17.9 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.9 16.7
13.8
10.3
7.6
5.5
4.0
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.3
1.0
0.8
WP310
A403
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
F347
WP347
F348
WP348
A182
A403
A182
A403
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
...
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
...
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
...
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
...
...
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
185
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
P-No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
...
...
...
...
A182
A182
A403
A403
F321
F321H
WP321
WP321H
S32100
S32109
S32100
S32109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
(9)(21)(28)(30)
(9)(21)
(28)(30)(32)(37)
(32)(37)
−325
−325
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
...
...
A403 WP316H
A182 F316H
S31609
S31609
...
...
...
...
8
8
(26)(32)(37)
(9)(21)(26)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
...
...
...
...
A403
A182
A403
A182
A403
S34709
S34700
S34700
S34800
S34800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
(32)(37)
(9)(21)(28)
(28)(32)(37)
(9)(21)(28)
(28)(32)(37)
−325
−425
−425
−325
−325
75
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
...
A182 F347H
A182 F348H
S34709
S34809
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(21)
(9)(21)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
...
...
...
A182 F316
A403 WP316
A403 WP317
S31600
S31600
S31700
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
(9)(21)(26)(28)
(26)(28)(32)(37)
(26)(28)(32)
−325
−425
−325
75
75
75
30
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
...
...
A182 F304
A403 WP304
S30400
S30400
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(21)(26)(28)
(26)(28)(32)(37)
−425
−425
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
...
...
A403 WP304H
A182 F304H
S30409
S30409
...
...
...
...
8
8
(26)(32)(37)
(9)(21)(26)
−325
−325
75
75
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
...
A182 F904L
N08904
...
...
45
...
−325
71
31
20.7 20.7 20.4 18.7
13Cr
13Cr
...
...
A182 F6a
A182 F6a
S41000
S41000
1
2
...
...
6
6
(35)
(35)
−20
−20
70
85
40
55
23.3 23.3 22.9 22.5
28.3 28.3 27.8 27.3
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
...
...
...
A182 F44
S31254
A403 WPS31254 S31254
A403 CRS31254 S31254
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
94
94
94
44
44
44
29.3 29.3 28.9 26.7
29.3 29.3 28.9 26.7
29.3 29.3 28.9 26.7
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–
Cu–N
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–
Cu–N
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–
Cu–N
21Cr–5Mn–1.5Ni–Cu–N
22Cr–5.5Ni–3Mo–N
22Cr–5.5Ni–3Mo–N
Forgings
A182 F62
N08367
...
...
45
(26)
−325
95
45
30.0 30.0 29.9 28.6
Fittings
A403 WP6XN
N08367
...
...
45
(26)
−325
95
45
30.0 30.0 29.9 28.6
Fittings
A403 CR6XN
N08367
...
...
45
(26)
−325
95
45
30.0 30.0 29.9 28.6
...
...
...
A815 . . .
A182 2205
A815 2205
S32101
S32205
S32205
...
...
...
...
...
...
10H (25)
10H (25)
10H (25)
−20
−60
−60
94
95
95
65
65
65
31.3 31.3 29.8 28.5
31.7 31.7 30.6 29.4
31.7 31.7 30.6 29.4
25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N. . .
25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N. . .
13Cr
...
13Cr–1⁄2Mo
...
A182
A815
A182
A182
S32760
S32760
S41000
S41026
...
...
3
...
...
...
...
...
10H
10H
6
6
−60
109
−60
109
−20
110
. . . 110–135
80
80
85
90
36.3 36.3 34.8 34.0
36.3 36.3 34.8 34.0
36.7 . . . . . . . . .
36.7 . . . . . . . . .
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Forgings
Fittings
Fittings
A182 F53
S32750
A815 WPS32750 S32750
A815 CRS32750 S32750
...
...
...
...
...
...
10H (25)
10H (25)
10H (25)
−60
−60
−60
116
116
116
80
80
80
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
13Cr
...
A182 F6a
4
...
6
−20
130 110
WP347H
F347
WP347
F348
WP348
...
...
F6a
F6b
S41000
(25)
(25)
(35)
(35)
(35)
186
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
43.3
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
... ... ...
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.4
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.1
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
F321
F321H
WP321
WP321H
A182
A182
A403
A403
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
15.3
15.3
15.1
15.1
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
7.4
7.4
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
3.1
3.1
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
WP316H
F316H
A403
A182
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
WP347H
F347
WP347
F348
WP348
A403
A182
A403
A182
A403
20.0 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1
20.0 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1
18.1
18.1
17.4
17.4
14.1
14.1
10.5
10.5
7.9
7.9
5.9
5.9
4.4
4.4
3.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
F347H
F348H
A182
A182
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
18.0 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.6 15.4
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.1
15.1
15.1
12.4
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
9.8
7.4
7.4
7.4
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
2.3
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.3
F316
WP316
WP317
A182
A403
A403
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
14.0
14.0
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
7.7
7.7
6.1
6.1
4.7
4.7
3.7
3.7
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.4
1.4
F304
WP304
A182
A403
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
14.0
14.0
12.4
12.4
9.8
9.8
7.7
7.7
6.1
6.1
4.7
4.7
3.7
3.7
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.4
1.4
WP304H
F304H
A403
A182
17.1
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
...
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
...
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
...
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
...
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
...
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
18.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F904L
A182
22.1 21.6 21.2 20.6 20.0 19.2 17.2 12.3
26.9 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.3 23.3 17.2 12.3
8.8
8.8
6.4
6.4
...
4.4
...
2.9
...
1.8
...
1.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F6a Cl. 1
F6a Cl. 2
A182
A182
25.2 24.1 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.2 23.0
25.2 24.1 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.2 23.0
25.2 24.1 23.8 23.6 23.4 23.2 23.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F44
A182
WPS31254 A403
CRS31254 A403
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F62
A182
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
WP6XN
A403
27.7 26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CR6XN
A403
28.5 28.5
28.7 28.4
28.7 28.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2205
2205
A815
A182
A815
33.9 33.9
33.9 33.9
... ...
... ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F6a Cl. 3
F6b
A182
A815
A182
A182
34.5 34.3
34.5 34.3
34.5 34.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F53
A182
WPS32750 A815
CRS32750 A815
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F6a Cl. 4
...
...
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
187
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
A182
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
P-No.
Temper Size, in. (5)
Notes
Min. Specified Min. Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi Temp.
°F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Bar
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
...
...
...
...
...
...
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
304
304H
304L
316
316H
316L
S30400
S30409
S30403
S31600
S31609
S31603
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
8
(26)(28)(31)
(26)(31)
(31)
(26)(28)(31)
(26)(31)
(31)
−425
−325
−425
−325
−325
−425
75
75
70
75
75
70
30
30
25
30
30
25
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.0
20.0
16.7
18.6
18.7
15.8
19.3
19.3
15.5
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
...
...
...
...
...
...
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
321
321
321H
347
347
347H
S32100
S32100
S32109
S34700
S34700
S34709
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
8
8
8
...
(28)(30)
...
...
(28)(30)
...
−325
−325
−325
−425
−425
−325
75
75
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
30
30
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
20Cr–18Ni–6Mo
46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
21Cr–5Mn–1.5Ni–Cu–N
22Cr–5.5Ni–3Mo–N
...
...
...
...
...
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
904L
...
...
...
2205
N08904
S31254
N08367
S32101
S32205
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
8
45
10H
10H
...
...
(26)
(25)
(25)
−325
−325
−325
−20
−60
71
95
95
94
95
31
45
45
65
65
20.7
30.0
30.0
31.3
31.7
20.7
30.0
30.0
31.3
31.7
20.4
29.5
29.9
29.8
30.6
18.7
27.3
28.6
28.5
29.4
22Cr–13Ni–5Mn
...
A479 XM-19
S20910
...
...
8
...
−20
100
55
33.3 33.1 31.4 30.4
29Cr–6.5Ni–2Mo–N
25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
...
...
A479 . . .
A479 . . .
S32906
S32750
...
...
...
≤2 thk.
10H (25)
10H (25)
−60
−60
109
116
80
80
36.3 36.3 34.5 33.5
38.7 38.5 36.4 35.1
28Ni–20Cr–2Mo–3Cb
35Ni–15Cr–Mo
25Cr–13Ni
25Cr–20Ni
...
...
...
...
A351
A351
A351
A351
J95150
N08603
J93400
J94202
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
45
8
8
(9)(30)
(36)(39)
(9)(31)
(9)(27)(31)(35)(39)
−325
−325
−325
−325
62
65
65
65
25
28
28
28
16.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
15Cr–15Ni–2Mo–Cb
18Cr–8Ni
17Cr–10Ni–2Mo
...
...
...
A351 CF10MC . . .
A351 CF3
J92500
A351 CF3M
J92800
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
(30)
(9)
(9)
−325
−425
−425
70
70
70
30
30
30
20.0 . . . . . . . . .
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
20.0 20.0 20.0 19.2
18Cr–8Ni
...
A351 CF8
J92600
...
...
8
(9)(26)(27)(31)
−425
70
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
25Cr–13Ni
25Cr–13Ni
...
...
A351 CH10
A351 CH20
J93401
J93402
...
...
...
...
8
8
(27)(31)(35)
(9)(27)(31)(35)(39)
−325
−325
70
70
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–2Mo
...
...
A351 CF8C
A351 CF8M
J92710
J92900
...
...
...
...
8
8
(9)(27)(30)
(9)(26)(27)(30)
−325
−425
70
70
30
30
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.6
25Cr–20Ni
...
A351 HK40
J94204
...
...
8
(35)(36)(39)
−325
62
35
20.7 . . . . . . . . .
25Cr–20Ni
...
A351 HK30
J94203
...
...
8
(35)(39)
−325
65
35
21.7 . . . . . . . . .
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
25Cr–10Ni–N
...
...
...
A351 CF3A
A351 CF8A
A351 CE20N
J92500
J92600
J92802
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8
8
(9)(56)
(9)(26)(56)
(35)(39)
−425
−425
−325
77
77
80
35
35
40
23.3 23.3 22.7 21.7
23.3 23.3 22.7 21.7
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7
12Cr
24Cr–10Ni–Mo–N
25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
...
...
...
A217 CA15
J91150
A351 CE8MN . . .
A351 CD3M- . . .
WCuN
...
...
...
...
...
...
6
(35)
10H (9)
10H (9)(25)
−20
−60
−60
90
95
100
65
65
65
30.0 30.0 29.4 28.9
31.7 31.6 29.3 28.2
33.3 33.2 31.4 30.3
13Cr–4Ni
...
A487 CA6NM
A
...
6
−20
110
80
36.7 36.7 35.9 35.3
Castings (2)
CN7M
HT30
CH8
CK20
J91540
(9)(35)
188
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
...
18.7
18.7
...
...
18.5
18.5
...
...
18.0
18.0
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
Stainless Steel (3)(4a) (Cont’d)
Bar
17.5
17.5
14.8
17.9
17.9
14.4
16.6
16.4
14.0
17.0
17.0
13.5
16.2
16.2
13.7
16.7
16.7
13.2
15.8
16.0
13.5
16.3
16.3
12.9
15.5
15.6
13.3
16.1
16.1
12.6
15.2
15.2
13.0
15.9
15.9
12.4
14.9
14.9
12.8
15.7
15.7
12.1
14.6
14.6
11.9
15.5
15.5
11.8
14.3
14.4
9.9
15.4
15.4
11.5
14.0
13.8
7.8
15.3
15.3
11.2
12.4
12.2
6.3
14.5
14.5
10.8
9.8
9.7
5.1
12.4
12.4
10.2
7.7
7.7
4.0
9.8
9.8
8.8
6.1
6.0
3.2
7.4
7.4
6.4
4.7
4.7
2.6
5.5
5.5
4.7
3.7
3.7
2.1
4.1
4.1
3.5
2.9
2.9
1.7
3.1
3.1
2.5
2.3
2.3
1.1
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.0
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.4
1.4
0.9
1.3
1.3
1.0
304
304H
304L
316
316H
316L
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
19.3
19.3
19.3
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.3
18.3
18.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
17.9
17.9
17.9
19.0
19.0
19.0
17.5
17.5
17.5
18.7
18.7
18.7
17.2
17.2
17.2
18.5
18.5
18.5
16.9
16.9
16.9
18.3
18.3
18.3
16.7
16.7
16.7
18.2
18.2
18.2
16.5
16.5
16.5
18.1
18.1
18.1
16.4
16.4
16.4
18.1
18.1
18.1
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.0
18.1
18.1
9.6
12.3
12.3
12.1
17.4
17.4
6.9
9.1
9.1
9.1
14.1
14.1
5.0
6.9
6.9
6.1
10.5
10.5
3.6
5.4
5.4
4.4
7.9
7.9
2.6
4.1
4.1
3.3
5.9
5.9
1.7
3.2
3.2
2.2
4.4
4.4
1.1
2.5
2.5
1.5
3.2
3.2
0.8
1.9
1.9
1.2
2.5
2.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
1.8
1.8
0.3
1.1
1.1
0.8
1.3
1.3
321
321
321H
347
347
347H
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
17.1
25.8
27.7
28.5
28.7
... ...
... ... ... ...
24.7 24.3 24.1 23.9 23.7 23.6
26.2 25.7 25.1 24.7 24.3 . . .
28.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
904L
...
...
...
2205
A479
A479
A479
A479
A479
29.7 29.2 29.0 28.8 28.6 28.3 27.9 27.5 27.0
26.3
25.5
20.4
13.0
33.0 33.0
34.5 34.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
XM-19
A479
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A479
A479
Castings (2)
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
17.7 17.1 16.7 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 13.9
17.7 17.1 16.7 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 13.9
...
...
11.1
11.3
...
...
8.5
9.8
...
...
6.5
8.5
...
...
5.0
7.3
...
...
3.8
6.0
...
...
2.9
4.8
...
...
2.3
3.5
...
...
1.8
2.4
...
...
1.3
1.6
...
...
0.9
1.1
...
...
0.8
0.8
CN7M
HT30
CH8
CK20
A351
A351
A351
A351
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 . . .
17.9 17.0 16.6 16.3 16.0 15.8 15.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CF10MC
CF3
CF3M
A351
A351
A351
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
12.2
9.5
7.5
6.0
4.8
3.9
3.3
2.7
2.3
2.0
1.7
CF8
A351
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
11.1
11.1
8.5
8.5
6.5
6.5
5.0
5.0
3.8
3.8
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.3
1.3
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
CH10
CH20
A351
A351
20.0 20.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.5 16.6 16.2 15.8 15.5 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3
...
14.0
...
12.1
...
9.1
...
6.1
...
4.4
...
3.3
...
2.2
...
1.5
...
1.2
...
0.9
...
0.8
CF8C
CF8M
A351
A351
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
HK40
A351
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
HK30
A351
20.4 19.3 18.9 18.5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.4 19.3 18.9 18.5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CF3A
CF8A
CE20N
A351
A351
A351
28.4 27.7 27.2 26.5 17.5 16.8 14.9 11.0
28.2 28.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29.8 29.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6
...
...
5.0
...
...
3.3
...
...
2.3
...
...
1.5
...
...
1.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CA15
CE8MN
CD3MWCuN
A217
A351
A351
34.8 33.9 33.3 32.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CA6NM
Cl. A
A487
...
...
...
...
189
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal Composition
Product
Form
Spec. No.
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size Range, in.
P-No. (5)(7)
Notes
Specified
Min.
Min.
Strength,
ksi
Temp.,
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Copper and Copper Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (2)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
B42
B42
B42
B75
B75
B75
B75
B75
B75
B68
B68
B88
B88
B280
C10200
C12000
C12200
C10200
C10200
C12000
C12000
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
O61
O61
O61
O50
O60
O50
O60
O50
O60
O50
O60
O50
O60
O60
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(24)
(24)
(24)
(24)
(24)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Red brass
Pipe
B43
C23000
O61
...
32
...
−452
40
12
90Cu–10Ni
90Cu–10Ni
90Cu–10Ni
90Cu–10Ni
90Cu–10Ni
70Cu–30Ni
70Cu–30Ni
80Cu–20Ni
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B467
B467
B466
B467
B467
B467
B467
B466
C70600
C70600
C70600
C70600
C70600
C71500
C71500
C71000
WO50
WO61
Annealed
WO50
WO61
WO50
WO61
Annealed
> 4.5
> 4.5
...
≤ 4.5
≤ 4.5
> 4.5
> 4.5
≤ 4.5
O.D.
O.D.
O.D.
O.D.
O.D.
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
(14)
(14)
(14)
(14)
(14)
(14)
(14)
(14)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
38
38
38
40
40
45
45
45
13
13
13
15
15
15
15
16
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
B42
B42
B42
B75
B75
B75
B88
C10200
C12000
C12200
C10200
C12000
C12200
C12200
H55
H55
H55
H58
H58
H58
H58
NPS 21⁄2 thru 12
NPS 21⁄2 thru 12
NPS 21⁄2 thru 12
...
...
...
...
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(24)(34)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
70Cu–30Ni
70Cu–30Ni
70Cu–30Ni
...
...
...
B466
B467
B467
C71500
C71500
C71500
O60
WO50
WO61
...
≤ 4.5 O.D.
≤ 4.5 O.D.
34
34
34
(14)
(14)
(14)
−452
−452
−452
52
50
50
18
20
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Tube
Tube
Tube
B42
B42
B42
B75
B75
B75
C10200
C12000
C12200
C10200
C12000
C12200
H80
H80
H80
H80
H80
H80
NPS 1⁄8 thru 2
NPS 1⁄8 thru 2
NPS 1⁄8 thru 2
...
...
...
31
31
31
31
31
31
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
(14)(34)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
45
45
45
45
45
45
40
40
40
40
40
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
B152
B152
B152
B152
B152
B152
C10200
C10400
C10500
C10700
C12200
C12300
O25
O25
O25
O25
O25
O25
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
31
31
31
31
31
(14)(24)
(14)(24)
(14)(24)
(14)(24)
(14)(24)
(14)(24)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
30
30
30
30
30
30
10
10
10
10
10
10
O.D.
O.D.
Plates and Sheets
...
...
...
...
...
...
190
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
UNS
No.
Spec. No.
Copper and Copper Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (2)
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C10200
C12000
C12200
C10200
C10200
C12000
C12000
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
C12200
B42
B42
B42
B75
B75
B75
B75
B75
B75
B68
B68
B88
B88
B280
8.0
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.0
5.0
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
C23000 B43
8.7
8.7
8.7
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.7
8.4
8.4
8.4
9.7
9.7
9.6
9.6
10.6
8.2
8.2
8.2
9.5
9.5
9.4
9.4
10.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
9.3
9.3
9.2
9.2
10.4
7.8
7.8
7.8
9.1
9.1
9.0
9.0
10.2
7.7
7.7
7.7
8.9
8.9
8.8
8.8
10.1
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.7
8.7
8.6
8.6
9.9
7.4
7.4
7.4
8.5
8.5
8.4
8.4
9.6
7.3
7.3
7.3
8.0
8.0
8.2
8.2
9.3
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
8.1
8.1
8.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
8.4
...
...
...
...
...
7.9
7.9
7.7
...
...
...
...
...
7.8
7.8
7.0
C70600
C70600
C70600
C70600
C70600
C71500
C71500
C71000
B467
B467
B466
B467
B467
B467
B467
B466
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.4
10.4
10.4
10.4
10.4
10.4
10.4
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C10200
C12000
C12200
C10200
C12000
C12200
C12200
B42
B42
B42
B75
B75
B75
B88
12.0
13.3
13.3
11.6
12.9
12.9
11.3
12.6
12.6
11.0
12.3
12.3
10.8
12.0
12.0
10.6
11.7
11.7
10.3
11.5
11.5
10.1
11.2
11.2
9.9
11.0
11.0
9.8
10.8
10.8
9.6
10.7
10.7
9.5
10.5
10.5
9.4
10.4
10.4
C71500 B466
C71500 B467
C71500 B467
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.2
12.2
12.2
12.2
12.2
12.2
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C10200
C12000
C12200
C10200
C12000
C12200
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B42
B42
B42
B75
B75
B75
Plates and Sheets
191
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
C10200
C10400
C10500
C10700
C12200
C12300
B152
B152
B152
B152
B152
B152
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal Composition
Product
Form
Spec. No.
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size Range, in.
P-No. (5)(7)
Notes
Specified
Min.
Min.
Strength,
ksi
Temp.,
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Copper and Copper Alloy (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
90Cu–10Ni
Cu–Si
70Cu–30Ni
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
...
...
...
...
...
B171
B96
B171
B169
B169
C70600
C65500
C71500
C61400
C61400
...
O61
...
O25
O60
≤ 2.5
...
≤ 2.5
≤ 2.0
≤ 2.0
Cu
High Si–bronze (A)
Forging brass
...
...
...
B283
B283
B283
C11000
C65500
C37700
...
...
...
Leaded naval brass
Naval brass
Mn–bronze (A)
...
...
...
B283
B283
B283
C48500
C46400
C67500
Composition bronze
Leaded Ni–bronze
Leaded Ni–bronze
Leaded Sn–bronze
...
...
...
...
B62
B584
B584
B584
Leaded Sn–bronze
Steam bronze
Sn–bronze
Sn–bronze
...
...
...
...
Leaded Mn–bronze
Leaded Ni–bronze
No. 1 Mn–bronze
thk.
34
33
34
35
35
(14)
...
(14)
(13)
(13)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
40
52
50
70
70
15
18
20
30
30
...
...
...
31
33
a
(14)
(14)
(14)
−452
−452
−325
33
52
58
11
18
23
...
...
...
...
...
...
a
32
32
(14)
(14)
(14)
−325
−425
−325
62
64
72
24
26
34
C83600
C97300
C97600
C92300
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
a
a
a
a
(9)
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
30
30
40
36
14
15
17
16
B584
B61
B584
B584
C92200
C92200
C90300
C90500
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
a
a
b
b
...
(9)
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
34
34
40
40
16
16
18
18
...
...
...
B584
B584
B584
C86400
C97800
C86500
...
...
...
...
...
...
a
a
b
(9)
...
...
−325
−325
−325
60
50
65
20
22
25
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
Si–Al–bronze
Al–bronze
...
...
...
...
B148
B148
B148
B148
C95200
C95300
C95600
C95400
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35
35
35
35
(9)
(9)
...
...
−425
−425
−325
−325
65
65
60
75
25
25
28
30
Mn–bronze
Al–bronze
High strength
Mn–bronze
High strength
Mn–bronze
...
...
...
B584
B148
B584
C86700
C95500
C86200
...
...
...
...
...
...
a
35
b
...
...
...
−325
−452
−325
80
90
90
32
40
45
...
B584
C86300
...
...
b
...
−325
110
60
...
...
...
B371
B371
B371
C69300
C69300
C69300
H02
H02
H02
≤ 1⁄2
> 1⁄2, ≤ 1
> 1, ≤ 2
a
a
a
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
85
75
70
45
35
30
thk.
thk.
thk.
Forgings
Castings (2)
Rod
Si–brass
Si–brass
Si–brass
192
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
UNS
No.
Spec. No.
Copper and Copper Alloy (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
10.0
12.0
13.3
20.0
20.0
9.7
11.9
12.9
19.9
19.9
9.5
11.9
12.6
19.8
19.8
9.3
11.7
12.3
19.7
19.7
9.1
11.6
12.0
19.5
19.5
8.9
10.0
11.7
19.4
19.4
8.7
...
11.5
19.2
19.2
8.5
...
11.2
19.0
19.0
8.0
...
11.0
18.8
18.8
7.0
...
10.8
...
...
6.0
...
10.7
...
...
...
...
10.5
...
...
...
...
10.4
...
...
C70600
C65500
C71500
C61400
C61400
B171
B96
B171
B169
B169
7.3
12.0
15.3
6.2
11.9
14.5
6.0
11.9
13.9
5.8
11.7
13.3
5.0
11.6
10.5
4.0
10.0
7.5
3.0
6.7
2.0
2.3
...
...
1.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C11000
C65500
C37700
B283
B283
B283
16.0
17.3
22.7
16.0
17.3
22.7
16.0
17.3
22.7
16.0
17.3
22.7
16.0
17.1
22.7
16.0
6.3
22.7
16.0
2.5
22.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C48500
C46400
C67500
B283
B283
B283
Forgings
Castings (2)
9.3
10.0
11.3
10.7
9.3
...
10.1
10.7
9.2
...
9.5
10.7
8.6
...
9.1
10.7
8.1
...
8.7
10.7
7.7
...
...
10.7
7.4
...
...
10.7
7.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C83600
C97300
C97600
C92300
B62
B584
B584
B584
10.7
10.7
12.0
12.0
9.6
9.6
12.0
12.0
9.5
9.5
12.0
12.0
9.4
9.4
12.0
12.0
9.2
9.2
12.0
12.0
8.9
8.9
12.0
12.0
8.6
8.6
12.0
12.0
...
8.4
...
...
...
8.3
...
...
...
8.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C92200
C92200
C90300
C90500
B584
B61
B584
B584
13.3
14.7
16.7
13.3
14.7
16.7
13.3
14.7
16.7
13.3
14.7
16.7
13.3
14.7
16.7
13.3
14.7
16.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C86400
C97800
C86500
B584
B584
B584
16.7
16.7
18.7
20.0
15.7
16.7
...
19.0
15.2
16.7
...
18.7
14.8
16.7
...
18.5
14.5
16.7
...
18.5
14.3
16.7
...
18.5
14.2
16.7
...
18.5
14.1
16.7
...
16.0
14.1
16.7
...
13.9
11.7
16.7
...
...
7.4
16.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C95200
C95300
C95600
C95400
B148
B148
B148
B148
21.3
26.7
30.0
21.3
26.7
30.0
21.3
26.7
30.0
21.3
26.7
30.0
21.3
26.7
30.0
21.3
26.7
30.0
...
26.7
...
...
26.7
...
...
26.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C86700
C95500
C86200
B584
B148
B584
36.7
36.7
36.7
36.7
36.7
36.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C86300
B584
Rod
28.3
23.3
20.0
25.9
20.2
17.3
25.4
19.8
17.0
25.4
19.8
17.0
25.4
19.8
17.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
193
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
...
...
C69300
C69300
C69300
B371
B371
B371
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal
Composition
Spec.
No.
UNS
No.
Class/Condition/
Temper
Size
Range,
in.
P-No.
(5)
Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Tensile
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a)
Pipes and Tubes (2)
Low C–Ni
Low C–Ni
Ni
Ni
Low C–Ni
Low C–Ni
Ni
Ni
B161
B725
B161
B725
B161
B725
B161
B725
N02201
N02201
N02200
N02200
N02201
N02201
N02200
N02200
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
> 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
≤ 5 O.D.
≤ 5 O.D.
≤ 5 O.D.
≤ 5 O.D.
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
50
50
55
55
50
50
55
55
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
6.7
6.7
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
10.0
6.4
6.4
8.0
8.0
7.7
7.7
10.0
10.0
6.3
6.3
8.0
8.0
7.5
7.5
10.0
10.0
6.3
6.3
8.0
8.0
7.5
7.5
10.0
10.0
6.3
6.3
8.0
8.0
7.5
7.5
10.0
10.0
6.3
6.3
8.0
8.0
7.5
7.5
10.0
10.0
6.2
6.2
...
...
7.5
7.5
...
...
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Fe–Cr
B165
B725
B407
B167
B407
N04400
N04400
N08800
N06600
N08810
> 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
...
> 5 O.D.
...
42
42
45
43
45
...
...
...
...
(62)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
70
70
65
75
65
25
25
25
25
25
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
14.6
14.6
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.6
13.6
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.2
13.2
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.1
13.1
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.1
13.1
16.7
16.7
16.5
13.1
13.1
16.7
16.7
16.1
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
B514
B407
N08810
N08811
Annealed
Annealed
H.F. or H.F. ann.
H.F. or H.F. ann.
C.D. sol. ann. or
H.F. ann.
Annealed
C.D. sol. ann. or
H.F. ann.
...
...
45
45
(62)
(62)
−325
−325
65
65
25
25
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.5
16.5
16.1
16.1
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni
Low C–Ni
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
B165
B725
B619
B622
B161
B725
B514
B167
B167
N04400
N04400
N08320
N08320
N02201
N02201
N08800
N06600
N06600
Annealed
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Str. rel.
Str. rel.
Annealed
H.F. or H.F. ann.
C.D. ann.
≤ 5 O.D.
≤ 5 O.D.
...
...
...
...
...
≤ 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
42
42
45
45
41
41
45
43
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
70
70
75
75
60
60
75
80
80
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
30
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
16.4
16.4
18.7
18.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
15.2
15.2
18.7
18.7
19.8
19.8
20.0
20.0
20.0
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
19.8
19.8
20.0
20.0
20.0
14.7
14.7
18.7
18.7
19.7
19.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
14.7
14.7
18.6
18.6
19.0
19.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
14.7
14.7
18.2
18.2
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Ni
Ni
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
B407
B668
B161
B725
B464
B729
N08800
N08028
N02200
N02200
N08020
N08020
C.D. ann.
Sol. ann.
Str. rel.
Str. rel.
Annealed
Annealed
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
45
41
41
45
45
(61)
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
75
73
65
65
80
80
30
31
40
40
35
35
20.0
20.7
21.7
21.7
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.7
21.7
21.7
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.7
21.6
21.6
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.7
21.6
21.6
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.7
21.4
21.4
23.3
23.3
20.0
19.5
20.6
20.6
23.3
23.3
20.0
18.9
...
...
23.3
23.3
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Mo–Cr
B423
B705
B619
B622
B619
B622
B626
B167
B517
B619
N08825
N08825
N06007
N06007
N06030
N06030
N06030
N06600
N06600
N06455
C.D. ann.
...
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
C.D. ann.
C.D. ann.
Sol. ann.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
≤ 5 O.D.
...
...
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
43
43
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
85
85
90
90
85
85
85
80
80
100
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
26.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
26.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
26.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.2
23.2
23.2
23.3
23.3
26.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.1
22.1
22.1
23.3
23.3
26.7
23.3
23.3
22.7
22.7
21.3
21.3
21.3
23.3
23.3
26.7
23.3
23.3
22.4
22.4
20.9
20.9
20.9
23.3
23.3
26.7
194
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
700
750
800
850
900
950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600 1,650
UNS
No.
Spec.
No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a)
Pipes and Tubes (2)
6.2
6.2
...
...
7.4
7.4
...
...
6.1
6.1
...
...
7.3
7.3
...
...
6.0
6.0
...
...
7.2
7.2
...
...
5.8
5.8
...
...
5.8
5.8
...
...
4.5
4.5
...
...
4.5
4.5
...
...
3.7
3.7
...
...
3.7
3.7
...
...
3.0
3.0
...
...
3.0
3.0
...
...
2.4
2.4
...
...
2.4
2.4
...
...
2.0
2.0
...
...
2.0
2.0
...
...
1.5
1.5
...
...
1.5
1.5
...
...
1.2
1.2
...
...
1.2
1.2
...
...
...
..
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02201
N02201
N02200
N02200
N02201
N02201
N02200
N02200
B161
B725
B161
B725
B161
B725
B161
B725
13.0
13.0
16.7
16.7
15.7
12.9
12.9
16.7
16.7
15.3
12.7
12.7
16.7
16.7
15.0
11.0 8.0 . . .
11.0 8.0 . . .
16.7 16.7 16.7
16.7 16.0 10.6
14.7 14.5 14.2
...
...
16.6
7.0
14.0
...
...
16.3
4.5
13.8
...
...
13.0
3.0
11.6
...
...
9.8
2.2
9.3
...
...
6.6
2.0
7.4
...
...
4.2
...
5.9
...
...
2.0
...
4.7
...
...
1.6
...
3.8
...
...
1.1
...
3.0
...
...
1.0
...
2.4
...
...
0.8
...
1.9
...
...
...
...
1.4
...
...
...
...
1.1
...
...
...
...
0.86
N04400
N04400
N08800
N06600
N08810
B165
B725
B407
B167
B407
15.7 15.3 15.0 14.7 14.5 14.2
15.7 15.3 15.0 14.7 14.5 14.2
14.0
14.0
13.8
13.8
11.6
12.9
9.3
10.4
7.4
8.3
5.9
6.7
4.7
5.4
3.8
4.3
3.0
3.4
2.4
2.7
1.9
2.2
1.4
1.6
1.1
1.2
0.86
0.91
N08810 B514
N08811 B407
14.6
14.6
17.8
17.8
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
14.5
14.5
17.5
17.5
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
14.3
14.3
17.2
17.2
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
11.0
11.0
...
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
8.0
8.0
...
...
...
...
20.0
16.0
16.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
20.0
10.6
10.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
19.9
7.0
7.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
17.0
4.5
4.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.0
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
9.8
2.2
2.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.6
2.0
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
4.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N04400
N04400
N08320
N08320
N02201
N02201
N08800
N06600
N06600
B165
B725
B619
B622
B161
B725
B514
B167
B167
20.0
18.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
20.0
17.7
...
...
23.2
23.2
20.0
17.2
...
...
22.7
22.7
20.0
16.7
...
...
...
...
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
19.9
...
...
...
...
...
17.0
...
...
...
...
...
13.0
...
...
...
...
...
9.8
...
...
...
...
...
6.6
...
...
...
...
...
4.2
...
...
...
...
...
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
1.6
...
...
...
...
...
1.1
...
...
...
...
...
1.0
...
...
...
...
...
0.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08800
N08028
N02200
N02200
N08020
N08020
B407
B668
B161
B725
B464
B729
23.3
23.3
22.2
22.2
20.5
20.5
20.5
23.3
23.3
26.5
23.2
23.2
22.0
22.0
20.1
20.1
20.1
23.3
23.3
26.2
23.0
23.0
21.8
21.8
19.7
19.7
19.7
23.3
23.3
25.8
22.9
22.9
21.7
...
...
...
...
23.3
23.3
...
22.8
22.8
20.0
...
...
...
...
16.0
16.0
...
22.6
22.6
19.5
...
...
...
...
10.6
10.6
...
22.3
22.3
18.9
...
...
...
...
7.0
7.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4.5
4.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.2
2.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.0
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08825
N08825
N06007
N06007
N06030
N06030
N06030
N06600
N06600
N06455
B423
B705
B619
B622
B619
B622
B626
B167
B517
B619
195
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Specified Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength, ksi
Size Range, P-No.
Temp.,
Temp.
in.
(5) Notes °F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400 500
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
Ni–Cr–Mo–Fe
Ni–Cr–Mo–Fe
Low C-Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
Low C-Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
...
...
...
...
...
...
B619
B622
B619
B622
B622
B619
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
...
...
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06002
N06002
N08031
N08031
N06455
N10276
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Annealed
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
...
...
...
...
...
...
43
43
45
45
43
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
100
100
94
94
100
100
40
40
40
40
40
41
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
27.3
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
27.3
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
27.3
26.7
26.7
24.7
24.7
26.7
27.3
25.5
25.5
23.3
23.3
26.7
26.9
B622 . . .
B626 . . .
N10276 Sol. ann.
N10276 Sol. ann.
...
...
43
43
...
...
−325
−325
100
100
41
41
27.3
27.3
27.3 27.3 27.3 26.9
27.3 27.3 27.3 26.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B165
B725
B675
B690
B804
B675
B690
B804
B619
B622
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B619
B622
B619
B622
B626
B444
B619
B622
B626
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N04400
N04400
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
N06022
N06022
N06035
N06035
N06035
N06059
N06059
N06059
N06200
N06200
N06200
N10362
N10362
N10362
N10001
N10001
N10665
N10665
N10675
N10675
N10675
N06625
N06230
N06230
N06230
Str. rel.
Str. rel.
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
...
...
> 3⁄16
> 3⁄16
> 3⁄16
≤ 3⁄16
≤ 3⁄16
≤ 3⁄16
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
42
42
45
45
45
45
45
45
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
43
43
43
43
(54)
(54)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(64)(70)
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
85
85
95
95
95
100
100
100
100
100
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
105
105
105
100
100
110
110
110
110
110
120
110
110
110
55
55
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
51
51
51
51
51
60
45
45
45
28.3
28.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
40.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
28.3
28.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
40.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
28.3
28.3
29.9
29.9
29.9
30.0
30.0
29.9
30.0
30.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
39.6
30.0
30.0
30.0
28.3
28.3
28.6
28.6
28.6
29.6
29.6
28.6
30.0
30.0
22.2
22.2
22.2
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
39.2
30.0
30.0
30.0
28.3
28.3
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
29.0
29.0
20.6
20.6
20.6
29.7
29.7
29.7
28.6
28.6
28.6
28.9
28.9
28.9
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
38.6
30.0
30.0
30.0
Plate
Plate
Plate
Plate
...
...
B162
B162
B162
B162
B409
B409
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02201
N02201
N02200
N02200
N08810
N08811
H.R. ann.
H.R. as R.
H.R. ann.
H.R. as R.
Annealed
Annealed
...
...
...
...
All
All
41
41
41
41
45
45
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
50
50
55
55
65
65
12
12
15
20
25
25
8.0
8.0
10.0
13.3
16.7
16.7
7.7
7.7
10.0
13.3
16.7
16.7
7.5
7.5
10.0
13.3
16.7
16.7
7.5
7.5
10.0
13.3
16.7
16.7
7.5
7.5
10.0
13.3
16.7
16.7
Plates and Sheets
Low C–Ni
Low C–Ni
Ni
Ni
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
196
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
UNS No.
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600 1,650 or Grade
Spec.
No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (2) (Cont’d)
24.2
24.2
22.2
22.2
26.7
25.2
23.7
23.7
21.7
21.7
26.7
24.6
19.3
19.3
...
...
...
22.3
19.3
19.3
...
...
...
18.5
17.5
17.5
...
...
...
15.0
14.1
14.1
...
...
...
12.2
11.3
11.3
...
...
...
9.8
9.3
9.3
...
...
...
7.8
7.7
7.7
...
...
...
...
6.1
6.1
...
...
...
...
4.8
4.8
...
...
...
...
3.8
3.8
...
...
...
...
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06002
N06002
N08031
N08031
N06455
N10276
B619
B622
B619
B622
B622
B619
25.2 24.6 24.0 23.5 23.1 22.8 22.6 22.4 22.3
25.2 24.6 24.0 23.5 23.1 22.8 22.6 22.4 22.3
18.5
18.5
15.0
15.0
12.2
12.2
9.8
9.8
7.8
7.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N10276
N10276
B622
B626
...
...
26.2
26.2
26.2
26.2
26.2
26.2
27.6
27.6
19.7
19.7
19.7
28.2
28.2
28.2
26.9
26.9
26.9
27.7
27.7
27.7
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
37.8
29.6
29.6
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31.2
28.2
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23.1
23.2
23.2
23.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.2
15.6
15.6
15.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.9
12.9
12.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10.6
10.6
10.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.5
8.5
8.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.7
6.7
6.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.3
5.3
5.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4.1
4.1
4.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.9
2.9
2.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.1
2.1
2.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.5
1.5
1.5
N04400
N04400
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
N08367
N06022
N06022
N06035
N06035
N06035
N06059
N06059
N06059
N06200
N06200
N06200
N10362
N10362
N10362
N10001
N10001
N10665
N10665
N10675
N10675
N10675
N06625
N06230
N06230
N06230
B165
B725
B675
B690
B804
B675
B690
B804
B619
B622
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B626
B619
B622
B619
B622
B619
B622
B626
B444
B619
B622
B626
...
...
25.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
25.6
27.0
27.0
19.4
19.4
19.4
27.5
27.5
27.5
26.2
26.2
26.2
27.3
27.3
27.3
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
37.4
29.1
29.1
29.1
23.3
23.3
11.1
11.1
26.5
24.0
...
...
25.1
25.1
25.1
25.1
25.1
25.1
26.5
26.5
19.2
19.2
19.2
26.8
26.8
26.8
25.7
25.7
25.7
27.0
27.0
27.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
37.0
28.7
28.7
28.7
22.9
22.9
8.9
8.9
26.1
23.5
...
...
24.7
24.7
24.7
24.7
24.7
24.7
26.1
26.1
19.0
19.0
19.0
26.1
26.1
26.1
25.4
25.4
25.4
26.7
26.7
26.7
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
33.9
33.9
33.9
36.6
28.4
28.4
28.4
22.7
22.7
7.2
7.2
25.8
23.1
...
...
24.3
24.3
24.3
24.3
24.3
24.3
25.7
25.7
18.8
18.8
18.8
25.5
25.5
25.5
25.2
25.2
25.2
26.4
26.4
26.4
29.9
29.9
34.0
34.0
33.5
33.5
33.5
36.3
28.2
28.2
28.2
22.5
22.5
...
...
...
22.8
...
...
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
36.1
28.2
28.2
28.2
19.6
19.6
...
...
...
22.6
...
...
23.6
23.6
23.6
23.6
23.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35.8
28.2
28.2
28.2
19.5
19.5
...
...
...
22.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35.4
28.2
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31.2
28.2
28.2
28.2
Plates and Sheets
7.5
7.5
10.0
13.3
16.6
16.5
7.5
7.5
...
...
16.2
16.1
7.4
7.4
...
...
15.8
15.7
7.4
7.4
...
...
15.5
15.3
7.2
7.2
...
...
15.1
15.0
5.8
5.8
...
...
14.9
14.7
4.5
4.5
...
...
14.6
14.5
3.7
3.7
...
...
14.3
14.2
3.0
3.0
...
...
14.0
14.0
2.4
2.4
...
...
13.8
13.7
2.0
2.0
...
...
11.6
12.9
1.5
1.5
...
...
9.3
10.4
1.2
1.2
...
...
7.4
8.3
...
...
...
...
5.9
6.7
...
...
...
...
4.7
5.4
...
...
...
...
3.8
4.3
...
...
...
...
3.0
3.4
...
...
...
...
2.4
2.7
...
...
...
...
1.9
2.2
197
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
...
...
...
1.4
1.6
...
...
...
...
1.1
1.2
...
...
...
...
0.86
0.91
N02201
N02201
N02200
N02200
N08810
N08811
B162
B162
B162
B162
B409
B409
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Specified Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength, ksi
Size Range, P-No.
Temp.,
Temp.
in.
(5) Notes °F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400 500
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo
...
Plate
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B620
B127
B582
B409
B709
B424
B463
B582
B582
B435
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08320
N04400
N06007
N08800
N08028
N08825
N08020
N06030
N06007
N06002
Sol. ann.
H.R. ann.
Sol. ann.
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Annealed
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
H.R. sol. ann.
All
...
> 3⁄4
All
...
...
All
All
≤ 3⁄4
All
45
42
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
75
70
85
75
73
85
80
85
90
95
28
28
30
30
31
35
35
35
35
35
18.7
18.7
20.0
20.0
20.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
18.7
16.4
20.0
20.0
20.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
18.7
15.2
20.0
20.0
20.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
18.7
14.7
20.0
20.0
20.7
23.3
23.3
23.2
23.3
23.3
18.7
14.7
20.0
20.0
20.7
23.3
23.3
22.1
23.3
22.3
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cu
Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Low C–Ni–Mo–Cr
Low C–Ni–Mo–Cr
Plate
Plate
Plate
...
...
...
B168
B168
B127
B625
B575
B575
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06600
N06600
N04400
N08031
N06455
N10276
H.R. ann.
H.R. as R.
H.R. as R.
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
...
...
...
All
All
All
43
43
42
45
43
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
80
85
75
94
100
100
35
35
40
40
40
41
23.3
23.3
25.0
26.7
26.7
27.3
23.3
23.3
25.0
26.7
26.7
27.3
23.3
23.3
24.7
26.7
26.7
27.3
23.3
23.3
23.9
24.7
26.7
27.3
23.3
23.3
23.4
23.3
26.7
26.9
Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Ni–Cr–Mo
Plate
...
Sheet
...
B443
B435
B575
B575
...
...
...
...
N06625
N06230
N06022
N06035
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
All
All
< 3⁄16
All
43
43
43
43
(64)(70)
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
110
110
100
85
55
45
45
35
36.7
30.0
30.0
23.3
36.7
30.0
30.0
23.3
36.3
30.0
30.0
23.3
35.9
30.0
30.0
22.2
35.4
30.0
29.0
20.6
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
...
...
...
...
...
Plate
Sheet
...
...
B688
B688
B575
B575
B575
B333
B333
B333
B333
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08367
N08367
N06059
N06200
N10362
N10001
N10001
N10665
N10675
Annealed
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
> 3⁄16
≤ 3⁄16
All
All
All
≥ 3⁄16, ≤ 21⁄2
< 3⁄16
All
All
45
45
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
...
...
...
...
(9)
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
95
100
100
100
105
100
115
110
110
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
51
51
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
29.9
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
28.6
29.6
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
27.7
27.7
29.6
28.6
28.9
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
Forgings and Fittings (2)
Low C–Ni
Low C–Ni
...
...
B160 . . .
B366 . . .
N02201 Annealed
N02201 Annealed
All
All
41
41
(9)(9a) −325
(32)(74) −325
50
50
10
10
6.7
6.7
6.4
6.4
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
Ni
Ni
...
...
B366 . . .
B564 . . .
N02200 Annealed
N02200 . . .
All
...
41
41
(32)(74) −325
(32)
−325
55
55
12
12
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
198
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
UNS No.
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600 1,650 or Grade
Spec.
No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
18.6
14.7
19.5
20.0
19.5
23.3
23.3
21.3
22.7
21.2
18.2
14.7
19.2
20.0
18.9
23.3
23.3
20.9
22.4
20.7
17.8
14.6
19.0
20.0
18.3
23.3
23.3
20.5
22.2
20.3
17.5
14.5
18.8
20.0
17.7
23.2
23.2
20.1
22.0
20.1
17.2
14.3
18.7
20.0
17.2
23.0
22.7
19.7
21.8
19.9
...
11.0
18.6
20.0
16.7
22.9
...
...
21.7
...
...
8.0
18.5
20.0
...
22.8
...
...
20.0
...
...
...
18.4
20.0
...
22.6
...
...
19.5
...
...
...
18.3
19.9
...
22.3
...
...
18.9
...
...
...
...
17.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08320
N04400
N06007
N08800
N08028
N08825
N08020
N06030
N06007
N06002
B620
B127
B582
B409
B709
B424
B463
B582
B582
B435
23.3
23.3
23.1
22.2
26.7
25.2
23.3
23.3
22.9
21.7
26.7
24.6
23.3
23.3
22.7
21.3
26.5
24.0
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.9
26.1
23.5
23.3
23.3
14.5
20.5
25.8
23.1
23.3
23.3
8.5
...
...
22.8
16.0
16.0
4.0
...
...
22.6
10.6
10.6
...
...
...
22.4
7.0
7.0
...
...
...
22.3
4.5
4.5
...
...
...
18.5
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
15.0
2.2
2.2
...
...
...
12.2
2.0
2.0
...
...
...
9.8
...
...
...
...
...
7.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06600
N06600
N04400
N08031
N06455
N10276
B168
B168
B127
B625
B575
B575
34.7
29.6
27.6
19.7
34.3
29.1
27.0
19.4
33.9
28.7
26.5
19.2
33.6
28.4
26.1
19.0
33.3
28.2
25.7
18.8
33.1
28.2
...
...
32.8
28.2
...
...
32.5
28.2
...
...
31.2
28.2
...
...
31.2
28.2
...
...
23.1
23.2
...
...
21.0
19.0
...
...
13.2
15.6
...
...
...
12.9
...
...
...
10.6
...
...
...
8.5
...
...
...
6.7
...
...
...
5.3
...
...
...
4.1
...
...
...
2.9
...
...
...
2.1
...
...
...
1.5
...
...
N06625
N06230
N06022
N06035
B443
B435
B575
B575
26.2
26.2
28.1
26.9
27.7
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
25.6
25.6
27.5
26.2
27.3
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
25.1
25.1
26.7
25.7
27.0
30.0
33.3
34.0
34.0
24.7
24.7
26.1
25.4
26.7
30.0
33.3
34.0
33.9
24.3
24.3
25.6
25.2
26.4
29.8
33.2
34.0
33.5
23.9
23.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23.6
23.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08367
N08367
N06059
N06200
N10362
N10001
N10001
N10665
N10675
B688
B688
B575
B575
B575
B333
B333
B333
B333
Forgings and Fittings (2)
6.3
6.3
8.0
8.0
6.2
6.2
...
...
6.2
6.2
...
...
6.1
6.1
...
...
6.0
6.0
...
...
5.8
5.8
...
...
4.5
4.5
...
...
3.7
3.7
...
...
3.0
3.0
...
...
2.4
2.4
...
...
2.0
2.0
...
...
1.5
1.5
...
...
1.2
1.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02201
N02201
B160
B366
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02200
N02200
B366
B564
199
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Specified Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength, ksi
Size Range, P-No.
Temp.,
Temp.
in.
(5) Notes °F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400 500
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
Ni
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B564
B564
B564
B366
B366
B564
B366
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02200
N08810
N08811
N08810
N08811
N04400
N04400
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
All
...
...
All
All
...
All
41
45
45
45
45
42
42
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)(74)
(9)(74)
(9)
(32)(74)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
55
65
65
65
65
70
70
15
25
25
25
25
25
25
10.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
10.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
14.6
14.6
10.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.6
13.6
10.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.2
13.2
10.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.1
13.1
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
...
...
...
...
...
B366
B366
B462
B366
B564
...
...
...
...
...
N06600
N06030
N06030
N08800
N08800
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
C.D. ann.
Annealed
All
All
All
All
...
43
45
45
45
45
(32)(74)
(74)
...
(74)
(9)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
75
85
85
75
75
25
35
35
30
30
16.7
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.0
16.7
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.0
16.7
23.3
23.3
20.0
20.0
16.7
23.2
23.2
20.0
20.0
16.7
22.1
22.1
20.0
20.0
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Ni–Cr–Fe
...
...
...
B366 . . .
B462 . . .
B564 . . .
N08020 Annealed
N08020 Annealed
N06600 Annealed
All
...
All
45
45
43
(74)
(9)
(9)
−325
−325
−325
80
80
80
35
35
35
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu
Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu
...
...
B366 . . .
B564 . . .
N08825 C.D. ann.
N08825 Annealed
All
...
45
45
(74)
...
−325
−325
85
85
35
35
23.3
23.3
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
Ni–Cr–Mo–Fe
...
Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu . . .
Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu . . .
B366 . . .
B366 . . .
B564 . . .
N06002 Sol. ann.
All
N08031 Sol. ann.
All
N08031 Annealed H.W. All
43
45
45
(32)
(74)
...
−325
−325
−325
100
94
94
40
40
40
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7 26.7 26.7 25.5
26.7 26.7 24.7 23.3
26.7 26.7 24.7 23.3
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
...
...
B366 . . .
B564 . . .
N10276 Sol. ann.
N10276 Sol. ann.
43
43
(74)
(9)
−325
−325
100
100
41
41
27.3
27.3
27.3 27.3 27.3 26.9
27.3 27.3 27.3 26.9
Ni–Mo
...
B366 . . .
N10001 Sol. ann.
All
44
(32)
−325
100
45
30.0
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B366
B564
B366
B462
B564
B366
B564
B366
B462
B564
B366
B462
B564
B564
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06022
N06022
N06035
N06035
N06035
N06059
N06059
N06200
N06200
N06200
N10362
N10362
N10362
N06625
Sol. ann.
...
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
H.W. sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Annealed
All
...
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
≤4
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
(32)(74)
...
(32)(74)
(9)
(9)
(74)
...
(74)
...
...
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)(64)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
100
100
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
105
105
105
120
45
45
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
60
30.0
30.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
40.0
30.0
30.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
40.0
30.0
30.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
39.6
30.0
30.0
22.2
22.2
22.2
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
39.2
29.0
29.0
20.6
20.6
20.6
29.7
29.7
28.6
28.6
28.6
28.9
28.9
28.9
38.6
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Mo
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
...
...
...
...
...
...
B366
B366
B462
B564
B564
B366
...
...
...
...
...
...
N10665
N10675
N10675
N10675
N06230
N06230
Sol.
Sol.
Sol.
Sol.
Sol.
Sol.
All
All
All
All
All
All
44
44
44
44
43
43
(74)
(74)
...
...
...
(74)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
110
110
110
110
110
110
51
51
51
51
45
45
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
30.0
30.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
30.0
30.0
ann.
ann.
ann.
ann.
ann.
ann.
All
All
200
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
UNS No.
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600 1,650 or Grade
Spec.
No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
10.0
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
13.1
13.1
...
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
13.1
13.1
...
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
13.0
13.0
...
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
12.9
12.9
...
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
12.7
12.7
...
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
11.0
11.0
...
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
8.0
8.0
...
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
...
...
...
14.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
...
...
...
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
...
...
...
11.6
12.9
11.6
12.9
...
...
...
9.3
10.4
9.3
10.4
...
...
...
7.4
8.3
7.4
8.3
...
...
...
5.9
6.7
5.9
6.7
...
...
...
4.7
5.4
4.7
5.4
...
...
...
3.8
4.3
3.8
4.3
...
...
...
3.0
3.4
3.0
3.4
...
...
...
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.7
...
...
...
1.9
2.2
1.9
2.2
...
...
...
1.4
1.6
1.4
1.6
...
...
...
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.2
...
...
...
0.86
0.91
0.86
0.91
...
...
N02200
N08810
N08811
N08810
N08811
N04400
N04400
B564
B564
B564
B366
B366
B564
B366
16.7
21.3
21.3
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.9
20.9
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.5
20.5
20.0
20.0
16.7
20.1
20.1
20.0
20.0
16.7
19.7
19.7
20.0
20.0
16.5
...
...
20.0
20.0
15.9
...
...
20.0
20.0
10.6
...
...
20.0
20.0
7.0
...
...
19.9
19.9
4.5
...
...
17.0
17.0
3.0
...
...
13.0
13.0
2.2
...
...
9.8
9.8
2.0
...
...
6.6
6.6
...
...
...
4.2
4.2
...
...
...
2.0
2.0
...
...
...
1.6
1.6
...
...
...
1.1
1.1
...
...
...
1.0
1.0
...
...
...
0.8
0.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06600
N06030
N06030
N08800
N08800
B366
B366
B462
B366
B564
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.2 22.7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.2 22.7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 16.0 10.6 7.0
...
...
4.5
...
...
3.0
...
...
2.2
...
...
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08020
N08020
N06600
B366
B462
B564
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.2 23.0 22.9 22.8 22.6 22.3
23.3 23.3 23.3 23.2 23.0 22.9 22.8 22.6 22.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08825
N08825
B366
B564
24.2 23.7 23.3 22.9 22.7 22.5 19.6 19.5 19.3
22.2 21.7 21.3 20.9 20.5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
22.2 21.7 21.3 20.9 20.5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3
...
...
17.5
...
...
14.1
...
...
11.3
...
...
9.3
...
...
7.7
...
...
6.1
...
...
4.8
...
...
3.8
...
...
3.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06002
N08031
N08031
B366
B366
B564
25.2 24.6 24.0 23.5 23.1 22.8 22.6 22.4 22.3
25.2 24.6 24.0 23.5 23.1 22.8 22.6 22.4 22.3
18.5
18.5
15.0
15.0
12.2
12.2
9.8
9.8
7.8
7.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N10276
N10276
B366
B564
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 29.9 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N10001
B366
27.6
27.6
19.7
19.7
19.7
28.2
28.2
26.9
26.9
26.9
27.7
27.7
27.7
37.8
27.0
27.0
19.4
19.4
19.4
27.5
27.5
26.2
26.2
26.2
27.3
27.3
27.3
37.4
26.5
26.5
19.2
19.2
19.2
26.8
26.8
25.7
25.7
25.7
27.0
27.0
27.0
37.0
26.1
26.1
19.0
19.0
19.0
26.1
26.1
25.4
25.4
25.4
26.7
26.7
26.7
36.6
25.7
25.7
18.8
18.8
18.8
25.5
25.5
25.2
25.2
25.2
26.4
26.4
26.4
36.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
36.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06022
N06022
N06035
N06035
N06035
N06059
N06059
N06200
N06200
N06200
N10362
N10362
N10362
N06625
B366
B564
B366
B462
B564
B366
B564
B366
B462
B564
B366
B462
B564
B564
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
29.6
29.6
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
29.1
29.1
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
28.7
28.7
34.0
33.9
33.9
33.9
28.4
28.4
34.0
33.5
33.5
33.5
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
28.2
28.2
...
...
...
...
23.2
23.2
...
...
...
...
19.0
19.0
...
...
...
...
15.6
15.6
...
...
...
...
12.9
12.9
...
...
...
...
10.6
10.6
...
...
...
...
8.5
8.5
...
...
...
...
6.7
6.7
...
...
...
...
5.3
5.3
...
...
...
...
4.1
4.1
...
...
...
...
2.9
2.9
...
...
...
...
2.1
2.1
...
...
...
...
1.5
1.5
N10665
N10675
N10675
N10675
N06230
N06230
B366
B366
B462
B564
B564
B366
201
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Specified Min.
Min.
Min.
Strength, ksi
Size Range, P-No.
Temp.,
Temp.
in.
(5) Notes °F (6) Tensile Yield to 100 200 300 400 500
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Rod and Bar
Ni
Ni
...
...
B160 . . .
B160 . . .
N02200 H.W.
N02200 Annealed
All
All
41
41
(9)
(9)
−325
−325
60
55
15
15
10.0
10.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Ni–Cu
...
B164 . . .
N04400 Ann. forg.
All
42
(13)
−325
70
25
16.7
14.6 13.6 13.2 13.1
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
Ni–Fe–Cr
Bar
Bar
Bar
B408 . . .
B408 . . .
B408 . . .
N08810 Sol. tr. or ann. . . .
N08811 Sol. tr. or ann. . . .
N08800 H.F.
...
45
45
45
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
65
65
75
25
25
30
16.7
16.7
20.0
16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7
16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
...
B621 . . .
N08320 Sol. ann.
All
45
...
−325
75
28
18.7
18.7 18.7 18.7 18.7
3
> ⁄4
...
≤ 3⁄4
All
45
45
45
45
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
85
85
90
85
30
35
35
35
20.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
20.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
All
All except
hex. > 21⁄8
All
All
All
All
> 4 to 10
45
42
...
...
−325
−325
94
80
40
40
26.7
26.7
26.7 26.7 24.7 23.3
25.8 24.8 23.9 23.4
43
43
43
43
43
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
85
100
100
105
110
35
40
41
45
50
23.3
26.7
27.3
30.0
33.3
23.3
26.7
27.3
30.0
33.3
−325
120
60
40.0
40.0 40.0 40.0 38.3
−325
110
45
30.0
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
...
...
...
...
B581
B425
B581
B581
...
...
...
...
N06007
N08825
N06007
N06030
Sol. ann.
Annealed
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
20.0
23.3
23.3
23.3
20.0
23.3
23.3
23.2
20.0
23.3
23.3
22.1
Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu . . .
Ni–Cu
...
B649 . . .
B164 . . .
N08031 Annealed
N04400 H.W.
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
...
...
...
...
...
B574
B574
B574
B574
B446
N06035
N06455
N10276
N10362
N06625
Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
...
B446 . . .
N06625 Annealed
≤4
43
Ni–Cr–W–Mo
...
B572 . . .
N06230 Sol. ann.
All
43
(9)
(9)
...
(9)
(9)(64)
(70)
(9)(64)
(70)
...
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Mo
...
...
...
B574 . . .
B574 . . .
B335 . . .
N06059 Sol. ann.
N06200 Sol. ann.
N10675 Sol. ann.
All
All
All
43
43
44
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
100
100
110
45
45
51
30.0
30.0
34.0
30.0 30.0 30.0 29.7
30.0 30.0 30.0 28.6
34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0
...
...
...
A494 CW-12MW . . .
A494 CW-6M
...
A494 CX-2MW . . .
...
...
...
. . . (9)(46) −325
. . . (9)
−325
43 (9)
−325
72
72
80
40
40
45
24.0
24.0
26.7
24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7
...
...
...
...
...
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Sol. ann.
Annealed
23.3
26.7
27.3
30.0
33.3
22.2
26.7
27.3
30.0
33.3
20.6
26.7
26.9
28.9
33.3
Castings (2)
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Cr–Mo
...
...
Sol. ann.
202
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
UNS No.
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 1,050 1,100 1,150 1,200 1,250 1,300 1,350 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600 1,650 or Grade
Spec.
No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (4a) (Cont’d)
Rod and Bar
10.0 . . .
10.0 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02200
N02200
B160
B160
8.0 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N04400
B164
16.5 16.1 15.7 15.3 15.0 14.7 14.5 14.2 14.0
16.5 16.1 15.7 15.3 15.0 14.7 14.5 14.2 14.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.9
13.8
13.7
17.0
11.6
12.9
13.0
9.3
10.4
9.8
7.4
8.3
6.6
5.9
6.7
4.2
4.7
5.4
2.0
3.8
4.3
1.6
3.0
3.4
1.1
2.4
2.7
1.0
1.9
2.2
0.8
1.4
1.6
...
1.1
1.2
...
0.86 N08810
0.91 N08811
. . . N08800
B408
B408
B408
18.6 18.2 17.8 17.5 17.2 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08320
B621
19.5
23.3
22.7
21.3
18.5
22.8
20.0
...
18.4
22.6
19.5
...
18.3
22.3
18.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06007
N08825
N06007
N06030
B581
B425
B581
B581
22.2 21.7 21.3 20.9 20.5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.1 22.9 22.7 20.0 14.5 8.5 4.0 1.9 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N08031
N04400
B649
B164
19.7
26.7
25.2
27.7
33.3
...
...
22.3
...
31.2
...
...
18.5
...
31.2
...
...
15.0
...
23.1
...
...
12.2
...
21.0
...
...
9.8
...
13.2
...
...
7.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06035
N06455
N10276
N10362
N06625
B574
B574
B574
B574
B446
38.0 37.7 37.4 37.4 37.4 37.4 37.4 37.4 37.4
37.4
37.4
27.7
21.0
13.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06625
B446
29.6 29.1 28.7 28.4 28.2 28.2 28.2 28.2 28.2
28.2
23.2
19.0
15.6
12.9
10.6
8.5
6.7
5.3
4.1
2.9
2.1
1.5
N06230
B572
28.2 27.5 26.8 26.1 25.5 . . .
26.9 26.2 25.7 25.4 25.2 . . .
34.0 34.0 34.0 33.9 33.5 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N06059
N06200
N10675
B574
B574
B335
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CW-12MW A494
CW-6M
A494
CX-2MW A494
13.1 13.1 13.0 12.9 12.7 11.0
19.2
23.3
22.4
20.9
19.4
26.7
24.6
27.3
33.3
19.0
23.3
22.2
20.5
19.2
26.5
24.0
27.0
33.3
18.8
23.2
22.0
20.1
19.0
26.1
23.5
26.7
33.3
18.7
23.0
21.8
19.7
18.8
25.8
23.1
26.4
33.3
18.6
22.9
21.7
...
...
...
22.8
...
33.1
...
...
...
...
22.6
...
32.8
...
...
...
...
...
22.4
...
32.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
Castings (2)
24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 22.8
24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 22.8
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
203
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Nominal
Composition
Type/
Grade
Spec. No.
UNS
No.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Tensile
Yield
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at
Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Min. Temp.
to 100
150
200
Titanium and Titanium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (2)
Ti
Ti
B861
B862
1
1
R50250
R50250
51
51
...
...
−75
−75
35
35
20
20
11.7
11.7
10.7
10.7
9.3
9.3
Ti
Ti
B861
B862
2
2
R50400
R50400
51
51
...
...
−75
−75
50
50
40
40
16.7
16.7
16.0
16.0
14.5
14.5
Ti–0.2Pd
Ti–0.2Pd
B861
B862
7
7
R52400
R52400
51
51
...
...
−75
−75
50
50
40
40
16.7
16.7
16.0
16.0
14.5
14.5
Ti
Ti
B861
B862
3
3
R50550
R50550
52
52
...
...
−75
−75
65
65
55
55
21.7
21.7
20.4
20.4
18.4
18.4
B265
B265
B265
1
2
3
R50250
R50400
R50550
51
51
52
...
...
...
−75
−75
−75
35
50
65
25
40
55
11.7
16.7
21.7
10.9
16.0
20.4
9.6
14.5
18.4
B381
B381
B381
F1
F2
F3
R50250
R50400
R50550
51
51
52
...
...
...
−75
−75
−75
35
50
65
25
40
55
11.7
16.7
21.7
10.9
16.0
20.4
9.6
14.5
18.4
Plates and Sheets
Ti
Ti
Ti
Forgings
Ti
Ti
Ti
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (2)
Zr
Zr
B523
B658
...
...
R60702
R60702
61
61
...
...
−75
−75
55
55
30
30
18.3
18.3
17.2
17.2
15.4
15.4
Zr + Cb
Zr + Cb
B523
B658
...
...
R60705
R60705
62
62
(73)
(73)
−75
−75
80
80
55
55
26.7
26.7
24.4
24.4
22.1
22.1
...
...
R60702
R60705
61
62
...
(73)
−75
−75
55
80
30
55
18.3
26.7
17.2
24.4
15.4
22.1
Plates and Sheets
Zr
Zr + Cb
B551
B551
Forgings and Bar
Zr
Zr
B493
B550
...
...
R60702
R60702
61
61
...
...
−75
−75
55
55
30
30
18.3
18.3
17.2
17.2
15.4
15.4
Zr + Cb
Zr + Cb
B493
B550
...
...
R60705
R60705
62
62
(73)
(73)
−75
−75
70
80
55
55
26.7
26.7
24.4
24.4
22.1
22.1
204
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi,
at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
UNS
No.
Spec. No.
Titanium and Titanium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (2)
8.2
8.2
7.2
7.2
6.3
6.3
5.5
5.5
4.8
4.8
4.2
4.2
3.8
3.8
3.5
3.5
...
...
...
...
R50250
R50250
B861
B862
13.2
13.2
12.1
12.1
11.1
11.1
10.3
10.3
9.6
9.6
8.9
8.9
8.2
8.2
7.6
7.6
...
...
...
...
R50400
R50400
B861
B862
13.2
13.2
12.1
12.1
11.1
11.1
10.3
10.3
9.6
9.6
8.9
8.9
8.2
8.2
7.6
7.6
...
...
...
...
R52400
R52400
B861
B862
16.6
16.6
14.9
14.9
13.4
13.4
12.1
12.1
10.9
10.9
9.9
9.9
9.2
9.2
8.6
8.6
...
...
...
...
R50550
R50550
B861
B862
8.6
13.2
16.6
7.7
12.1
14.9
7.0
11.1
13.4
6.4
10.3
12.1
5.9
9.6
10.9
5.2
8.9
9.9
4.7
8.2
9.2
4.2
7.6
8.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
R50250
R50400
R50550
Plates and Sheets
B265
B265
B265
Forgings
8.6
13.2
16.6
7.7
12.1
14.9
7.0
11.1
13.4
6.4
10.3
12.1
5.9
9.6
10.9
5.2
8.9
9.9
4.7
8.2
9.2
4.2
7.6
8.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
R50250
R50400
R50550
B381
B381
B381
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (2)
13.6
13.6
12.0
12.0
10.6
10.6
9.3
9.3
8.3
8.3
7.4
7.4
6.6
6.6
6.0
6.0
5.6
5.6
5.2
5.2
R60702
R60702
B523
B658
20.4
20.4
18.9
18.9
17.7
17.7
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
15.0
15.0
14.4
14.4
13.9
13.9
13.5
13.5
13.2
13.2
R60705
R60705
B523
B658
Plates and Sheets
13.6
20.4
12.0
18.9
10.6
17.7
9.3
16.7
8.3
15.8
7.4
15.0
6.6
14.4
6.0
13.9
5.6
13.5
5.2
13.2
R60702
R60705
B551
B551
Forgings and Bar
13.6
13.6
12.0
12.0
10.6
10.6
9.3
9.3
8.3
8.3
7.4
7.4
6.6
6.6
6.0
6.0
5.6
5.6
5.2
5.2
R60702
R60702
B493
B550
20.4
20.4
18.9
18.9
17.7
17.7
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
15.0
15.0
14.4
14.4
13.9
13.9
13.5
13.5
13.2
13.2
R60705
R60705
B493
B550
205
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal
Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Spec. No.
Type/Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size or
Thickness
Range, in.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Specified Min.
Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Aluminum Alloy
Seamless Pipes and Tubes
B210
B210
B210
B241
B241
B241
B345
B345
B345
B210
1060
1060
1060
1060
1060
1060
1060
1060
1060
1060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
O
H112
H113
O
H112
H113
O
H112
H113
H14
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
12
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
10
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
4.0
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
4.0
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
4.0
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
4.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.7
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.1
B241
B241
1100
1100
A91100 O
A91100 H112
...
...
21
21
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
11
11
3
3
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.9
1.9
1.7
1.7
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
B210
B210
1100
1100
A91100 H113
A91100 H14
...
...
21
21
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
11
16
3.5
14
2.3
5.3
2.3
5.3
2.3
5.3
2.3
4.9
1.7
2.8
1.3
1.9
1.0
1.1
B210
B210
B241
B241
B345
B345
B491
B491
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
O
H112
O
H112
O
H112
O
H112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
B210
B210
B241
B345
3003
3003
3003
3003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
H14
H18
H18
H18
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
20
27
27
27
17
24
24
24
6.7
9.0
9.0
9.0
6.7
9.0
9.0
9.0
6.5
8.7
8.7
8.7
4.8
8.0
8.0
8.0
4.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
2.3
2.5
2.5
2.5
B210
B210
B241
B241
B345
B345
B210
B210
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
O
H112
O
H112
O
H112
H14
H18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
13
13
13
13
13
13
19
26
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
16
23
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.3
8.7
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
6.3
8.7
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
6.3
8.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
6.1
8.4
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.3
4.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.3
2.3
B210
B241
B210
B210
5052
5052
5052
5052
A95052
A95052
A95052
A95052
O
O
H32
H34
...
...
...
...
22
22
22
22
(14)
(14)
(14)(33)
(14)(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
25
25
31
34
10
10
23
26
6.7
6.7
10.3
11.3
6.7 6.7 6.6
6.7 6.7 6.6
10.3 10.3 10.3
11.3 11.3 11.3
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
B241
B241
B210
B210
B345
B345
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
A95083
A95083
A95083
A95083
A95083
A95083
O
H112
O
H112
O
H112
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
25
25
25
25
25
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
39
39
39
39
39
39
16
16
16
16
16
16
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
206
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal
Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Spec. No.
Type/Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size or
Thickness
Range, in.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Specified Min.
Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Aluminum Alloy (Cont’d)
Seamless Pipes and Tubes (Cont’d)
B241
B241
B210
B210
B345
B345
B210
B210
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
A95086
A95086
A95086
A95086
A95086
A95086
A95086
A95086
B210
B210
5154
5154
B241
B241
O
H112
O
H112
O
H112
H32
H34
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
44
14
14
14
14
14
14
28
34
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
13.3
14.7
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
13.3
14.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A95154 O
A95154 H34
...
...
22
22
...
(33)
−452
−452
30
39
11
29
7.3
13.3
7.3 . . .
13.0 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5454
5454
A95454 O
A95454 H112
...
...
22
22
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
31
31
12
12
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.4
7.4
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
3.0
3.0
B210
B210
B241
B241
B210
B241
B345
5456
5456
5456
5456
6061
6061
6061
A95456
A95456
A95456
A95456
A96061
A96061
A96061
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
25
25
25
23
23
23
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)(63)
(33)(63)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
41
41
41
41
30
26
26
19
19
19
19
16
16
16
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
10.0
8.7
8.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
10.0
8.7
8.7
...
...
...
...
10.0
8.7
8.7
...
...
...
...
9.9
8.7
8.7
...
...
...
...
9.5
8.3
8.3
...
...
...
...
8.4
7.4
7.4
...
...
...
...
5.2
5.2
5.2
B210
6061
A96061 T6
...
23
(33)
−452
42
35
14.0
14.0 14.0 13.6 11.7
8.9
5.2
B241
B345
6061
6061
A96061 T6
A96061 T6
...
...
23
23
(33)(63)
(33)(63)
−452
−452
38
38
35
35
12.7
12.7
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.5
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.5
8.1
8.1
5.2
5.2
B210
B210
B241
B241
B345
B345
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
A96061
A96061
A96061
A96061
A96061
A96061
T4 wld.
T6 wld.
T4 wld.
T6 wld.
T4 wld.
T6 wld.
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
23
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
24
24
24
24
24
24
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
B210
B241
B345
B241
B345
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
T4
T4
T4
T5
T5
...
≤ 0.500
≤ 0.500
≤ 0.500
≤ 0.500
23
23
23
23
23
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
22
19
19
22
22
10
10
10
16
16
6.7
6.3
6.3
7.3
7.3
6.5
6.3
6.3
7.3
7.3
6.5
6.3
6.3
7.3
7.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
7.3
7.3
6.3
5.8
5.8
7.1
7.1
4.5
3.9
3.9
3.8
3.8
1.7
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
B210
B241
B345
6063
6063
6063
A96063 T6
A96063 T6
A96063 T6
...
...
...
23
23
23
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
33
30
30
28
25
25
11.0
10.0
10.0
11.0 11.0
10.0 10.0
10.0 10.0
9.6
9.1
9.1
7.3
7.2
7.2
3.8
3.4
3.4
2.0
2.0
2.0
O
H112
O
H112
T4
T4
T4
207
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal
Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Spec. No.
Type/Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size or
Thickness
Range, in.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Specified Min.
Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Aluminum Alloy (Cont’d)
Seamless Pipes and Tubes (Cont’d)
B210
B210
B210
B241
B241
B241
B345
B345
B345
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
T4 wld.
T5 wld.
T6 wld.
T4 wld.
T5 wld.
T6 wld.
T4 wld.
T5 wld.
T6 wld.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
A95083 O
...
25
...
−452
40
18
12.0
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
12.0 . . .
...
...
...
...
Welded Pipes and Tubes
B547
5083
Structural Tubes
B221
B221
B221
B221
1060
1060
1100
1100
A91060
A91060
A91100
A91100
O
H112
O
H112
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
(33)(69)
(33)(69)
(33)(69)
(33)(69)
−452
−452
−452
−452
8.5
8.5
11
11
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.7
1.7
2.0
2.0
1.7
1.7
2.0
2.0
1.6
1.6
2.0
2.0
1.4
1.4
1.9
1.9
1.2
1.2
1.7
1.7
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.3
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
B221
B221
B221
B221
3003
3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
A93003
A93003
A83003
A83003
O
H112
O
H112
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
(33)(69)
(33)(69)
(33)(69)
(33)(69)
−452
−452
−452
−452
14
14
13
13
5
5
4.5
4.5
3.3
3.3
3.0
3.0
3.2
3.2
2.9
2.9
3.1
3.1
2.8
2.8
3.0
3.0
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.5
2.5
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
B221
B221
B221
B221
5052
5083
5086
5154
A95052
A95083
A95086
A95154
O
O
O
O
...
...
...
...
22
25
25
22
(69)
(69)
(69)
(69)
−452
−452
−452
−452
25
39
35
30
10
16
14
11
6.7
10.7
9.3
7.3
6.7
10.7
9.3
7.3
6.7
...
...
...
6.6
...
...
...
6.1
...
...
...
4.1
...
...
...
2.3
...
...
...
B221
B221
5454
5456
A95454 O
A95456 O
...
...
22
25
(69)
(69)
−452
−452
31
41
12
19
8.0
12.7
8.0
12.7
8.0
...
7.4
...
5.5
...
4.1 3.0
... ...
B221
B221
B221
B221
6061
6061
6061
6061
A96061
A96061
A96061
A96061
T4
T6
T4 wld.
T6 wld.
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
(33)(63)(69)
(33)(63)(69)
(22)(63)(69)
(22)(63)(69)
−452
−452
−452
−452
26
38
24
24
16
35
...
...
8.7
12.7
8.0
8.0
8.7 8.7 8.7 8.3
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.5
8.0 8.0 8.0 7.7
8.0 8.0 8.0 7.7
7.4
8.1
6.9
6.9
5.2
5.2
5.1
5.1
B221
B221
B221
B221
B221
B221
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
6063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
A96063
T4
T5
T6
T4 wld.
T5 wld.
T6 wld.
≤ 0.500
≤ 0.500
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
23
(13)(33)(69)
(13)(33)(69)
(33)(69)
(69)
(69)
(69)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
19
22
30
17
17
17
10
16
25
...
...
...
6.3
7.3
10.0
5.7
5.7
5.7
6.3 6.3
7.3 7.3
10.0 10.0
5.7 5.6
5.7 5.6
5.7 5.6
3.9
3.8
3.4
3.8
3.8
3.8
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
208
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
6.3
7.3
9.1
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.8
7.1
7.2
4.8
4.8
4.8
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal
Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Spec. No.
UNS
No.
Type/Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size or
Thickness
Range, in.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Specified Min.
Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Aluminum Alloy (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets
B209
B209
B209
B209
1060
1060
1060
1060
A91060
A91060
A91060
A91060
O
H112
H12
H14
...
0.500–1.000
...
...
21
21
21
21
...
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
8
10
11
12
2.5
5
9
10
1.7
3.3
3.7
4.0
1.6
3.2
3.7
4.0
1.6
2.9
3.4
4.0
1.4
2.5
3.1
4.0
1.2
2.0
2.7
2.7
1.1
1.5
1.8
1.8
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.1
B209
B209
B209
B209
1100
1100
1100
1100
A91100
A91100
A91100
A91100
O
H112
H12
H14
...
0.500–2.000
...
...
21
21
21
21
...
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
11
12
14
16
3.5
5
11
14
2.3
3.3
4.7
5.3
2.3
3.3
4.7
5.3
2.3
3.3
4.6
5.3
2.3
3.2
3.8
4.9
1.7
2.4
2.8
2.8
1.3
1.7
1.9
1.9
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
B209
B209
B209
B209
3003
3003
3003
3003
A93003
A93003
A93003
A93003
O
H112
H12
H14
...
0.500–2.000
...
...
21
21
21
21
...
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
14
15
17
20
5
6
12
17
3.3
4.0
5.7
6.7
3.2
3.9
5.7
6.7
3.1
3.7
5.6
6.7
3.0
3.6
5.2
6.5
2.7
2.7
4.3
4.3
1.9
1.9
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
2.3
2.3
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
Alclad 3003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
A83003
O
O
H112
H12
H12
H14
H14
0.006–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.500–2.000
0.017–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.499
0.500–1.000
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
(66)
(68)
(33)(66)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
13
14
15
16
17
19
20
4.5
5
6
11
12
16
17
3.0
3.3
4.0
5.3
5.7
6.3
6.7
2.9
3.2
3.9
5.3
5.7
6.3
6.7
2.8
3.1
3.7
5.2
5.7
6.3
6.7
2.7
3.0
3.6
4.9
5.7
6.1
6.5
2.5
2.7
2.7
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
B209
B209
B209
B209
3004
3004
3004
3004
A93004
A93004
A93004
A93004
O
H112
H32
H34
...
...
...
...
22
22
22
22
...
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
22
23
28
32
8.5
9
21
25
5.7
6.0
9.3
10.7
5.7 5.7 5.7
6.0 6.0 6.0
9.3 9.3 9.3
10.7 10.7 10.7
5.7
5.8
5.7
5.7
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
Alclad 3004
A83004
A83004
A83004
A83004
A83004
A83004
A83004
A83004
O
O
H112
H112
H32
H32
H34
H34
0.006–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.250–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.017–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.499
0.500–1.000
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
(66)
(68)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
21
22
22
23
27
28
31
32
8
8.5
8.5
9
20
21
24
25
5.3
5.7
5.7
6.0
9.0
9.3
10.3
10.7
5.3 5.3 5.3
5.6 5.6 5.6
5.6 5.6 5.6
6.0 6.0 6.0
9.0 9.0 9.0
9.3 9.3 9.3
10.3 10.3 10.3
10.7 10.7 10.7
5.3
5.6
5.6
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
B209
B209
B209
B209
5050
5050
5050
5050
A95050
A95050
A95050
A95050
O
H112
H32
H34
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
...
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
18
20
22
25
6
8
16
20
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
5052
5652
5052
5652
5052
5652
5052
5652
A95052
A95652
A95052
A95652
A95052
A95652
A95052
A95652
O
O
H112
H112
H32
H32
H34
H34
...
...
0.500–3.000
0.500–3.000
...
...
...
...
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
...
...
(13)(33)
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
25
25
25
25
31
31
34
34
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
23
23
26
26
4.0
5.3
7.3
8.3
4.0
5.3
7.3
8.3
4.0
5.3
7.3
8.3
4.0
5.2
7.3
7.8
4.0
5.2
5.3
5.3
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
10.3
10.3
11.3
11.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
10.3
10.3
11.3
11.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
10.3
10.3
11.3
11.3
6.2
6.2
6.3
6.3
10.3
10.3
11.3
11.3
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
6.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
209
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal
Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Spec. No.
Type/Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size or
Thickness
Range, in.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Specified Min.
Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Aluminum Alloy (Cont’d)
Plates and Sheets (Cont’d)
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
5083
5083
5086
5086
5086
5086
A95083
A95083
A95086
A95086
A95086
A95086
O
H32
O
H112
H32
H34
0.051–1.500
0.188–1.500
...
0.500–1.000
...
...
25
25
25
25
25
25
(13)
(13)(33)
...
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
40
44
35
35
40
44
18
31
14
16
28
34
12.0
14.7
9.3
9.3
13.3
14.7
12.0
14.7
9.3
9.3
13.3
14.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
5154
5254
5154
5254
5154
5254
5154
5254
A95154
A95254
A95154
A95254
A95154
A95254
A95154
A95254
O
O
H112
H112
H32
H32
H34
H34
...
...
0.500–3.000
0.500–3.000
...
...
...
...
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
...
...
(13)(33)
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
30
30
30
30
36
36
39
39
11
11
11
11
26
26
29
29
7.3
7.3
7.3
7.3
12.0
12.0
13.0
13.0
7.3
7.3
7.3
7.3
12.0
12.0
13.0
13.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B209
B209
B209
B209
5454
5454
5454
5454
A95454
A95454
A95454
A95454
O
H112
H32
H34
...
0.500–3.000
...
...
22
22
22
22
...
(13)(33)
(33)
(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
31
31
36
39
12
12
26
29
8.0
8.0
12.0
13.0
8.0 8.0
8.0 8.0
12.0 12.0
13.0 13.0
7.4
7.4
7.5
7.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
B209
B209
5456
5456
A95456 O
A95456 H32
0.051–1.500
0.188–0.499
25
25
(13)
(13)(33)
−452
−452
42
46
19
33
12.7
15.3
12.7
15.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
A96061
A96061
A96061
A96061
A96061
...
...
0.250–4.000
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
(33)(63)
(33)
(13)(33)
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
30
42
42
24
24
16
35
35
...
...
10.0
14.0
14.0
8.0
8.0
10.0 10.0 9.9 9.5
14.0 14.0 13.6 11.7
14.0 14.0 13.6 11.7
8.0 8.0 8.0 7.7
8.0 8.0 8.0 7.7
8.4
8.9
8.9
6.9
6.9
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.1
5.1
B209
B209
B209
Alclad 6061
Alclad 6061
Alclad 6061
A86061 T4
A86061 T451
A86061 T451
...
0.250–0.499
0.500–3.000
23
23
23
(33)(66)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
−452
−452
−452
27
27
30
14
14
16
9.0
9.0
9.0
8.6
8.6
8.5
7.6
7.6
8.4
5.2
5.2
5.2
B209
B209
B209
B209
B209
Alclad 6061
Alclad 6061
Alclad 6061
Alclad 6061
Alclad 6061
A86061
A86061
A86061
A86061
A86061
T6
T651
T651
T4 wld.
T6 wld.
...
0.250–0.499
0.500–4.000
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
(33)(66)
(33)(66)
(33)(68)
(22)(63)
(22)(63)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
38
38
42
24
24
32
32
35
...
...
12.7
12.7
14.0
8.0
8.0
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.6
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.6
14.0 14.0 13.6 11.7
8.0 8.0 8.0 7.7
8.0 8.0 8.0 7.7
8.1
8.1
8.9
6.9
6.9
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.1
5.1
H112
H112 wld.
O
H112
H112 wld.
...
...
...
...
...
21
21
25
25
25
(9)(45)
(9)(45)
(9)(32)(33)
(9)(32)(33)
(9)(32)(33)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
14
14
39
39
39
5
5
16
16
16
3.3
3.3
10.7
10.7
10.7
3.2
3.2
10.7
10.7
10.7
2.7
2.7
...
...
...
1.9
1.9
...
...
...
1.5
1.5
...
...
...
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.5
8.1
5.2
6.9
5.1
T4
T6
T651
T4 wld.
T6 wld.
9.0
9.0
9.0
...
...
9.0
9.0
9.0
8.9
8.9
8.9
Forgings and Fittings (2)
B247
B247
B247
B247
B247
3003
3003
5083
5083
5083
A93003
A93003
A95083
A95083
A95083
B247
6061
A96061 T6
...
23
(9)(33)
−452
38
35
12.7
B247
6061
A96061 T6 wld.
...
23
(9)(22)
−452
24
...
8.0
8.0
210
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
3.1
3.1
...
...
...
8.0
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
8.0
7.7
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1 Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, ksi, at Metal
Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Spec. No.
UNS
No.
Type/Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size or
Thickness
Range, in.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Specified Min.
Min.
Temp., Strength, ksi
°F (6) Tensile Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Aluminum Alloy (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (2) (Cont’d)
B361
B361
WP1060
WP1060
A91060 O
A91060 H112
...
...
21
21
(13)(14)(32)(33)
(13)(14)(32)(33)
−452
−452
8
8
2.5
2.5
1.7
1.7
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.4
1.4
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
B361
B361
B361
B361
B361
B361
WP1100
WP1100
WP3003
WP3003
WP Alclad 3003
WP Alclad 3003
A91100
A91100
A93003
A93003
A83003
A83003
O
H112
O
H112
O
H112
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
21
21
(13)(14)(32)(33)
(13)(14)(32)(33)
(13)(14)(32)(33)
(13)(14)(32)(33)
(13)(14)(32)(33)(66)
(13)(14)(32)(33)(66)
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
−452
11
11
14
14
13
13
3
3
5
5
4.5
4.5
2.0
2.0
3.3
3.3
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
3.2
3.2
2.9
2.9
2.0
2.0
3.1
3.1
2.8
2.8
1.9
1.9
3.0
3.0
2.7
2.7
1.7
1.7
2.7
2.7
2.5
2.5
1.3
1.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
B361
B361
WP5083
WP5083
A95083 O
A95083 H112
...
...
25
25
(13)(32)(33)
(13)(32)(33)
−452
−452
39
39
16
16
10.7
10.7
10.7 . . .
10.7 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B361
B361
WP5154
WP5154
A95154 O
A95154 H112
...
...
22
22
(32)(33)
(32)(33)
−452
−452
30
30
11
11
7.3
7.3
7.3 . . .
7.3 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B361
WP6061
A96061 T4
...
23
(13)(32)(33)(63)
−452
26
16
8.7
8.7
B361
WP6061
A96061 T6
...
23
(13)(32)(33)(63)
−452
38
35
12.7
B361
B361
WP6061
WP6061
A96061 T4 wld.
A96061 T6 wld.
...
...
23
23
(22)(32)(63)
(22)(32)(63)
−452
−452
24
24
...
...
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
B361
WP6063
A96063 T4
...
23
(13)(32)(33)
−452
18
9
6.0
5.9
5.8
B361
WP6063
A96063 T6
...
23
(13)(32)(33)
−452
30
25
10.0
10.0 10.0
B361
B361
WP6063
WP6063
A96063 T4 wld.
A96063 T6 wld.
...
...
23
23
(32)
(32)
−452
−452
17
17
A04430 F
A03560 T6
A03560 T71
...
...
...
...
...
...
(9)(43)
(9)(43)
(9)(43)
−452
−452
−452
17
30
25
...
...
5.7
5.7
8.3
7.4
5.2
12.7 12.7 12.3 10.5
8.1
5.2
7.7
7.7
6.9
6.9
5.1
5.1
5.7
5.5
3.7
1.4
9.1
7.2
3.4
2.0
5.7
5.7
5.5
5.5
3.8
3.8
2.0
2.0
5.7
5.7
8.7
5.7
5.7
8.7
Castings (2)
B26
B26
B26
443.0
356.0
356.0
7
20
18
4.7
4.7 4.7
10.0 10.0 10.0
8.3
8.3 8.3
211
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
4.7 4.7 4.7 3.5
8.4 . . . . . . . . .
8.1 7.3 5.5 2.4
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
Nominal
No. Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
UNS No.
Notes
Min. Temp., Min. Tensile
°C (6)
Strgth., MPa
Min. Yield
Strgth., Max. Use
MPa
Temp., °C
1 Fe
Castings
A48
20
F11401
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
138
...
204
2 Fe
Castings
A278
20
F11401
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
138
...
204
3 Fe
Castings
A126
A
F11501
...
(2)(8e)(9)(48)
−30
145
...
204
4 Fe
Castings
A48
25
F11701
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
172
...
204
5 Fe
Castings
A278
25
F11701
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
172
...
204
6 Fe
Castings
A48
30
F12101
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
207
...
204
7 Fe
Castings
A278
30
F12101
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
207
...
204
8 Fe
Castings
A126
B
F12102
...
(2)(8e)(9)(48)
−30
214
...
204
9 Fe
Castings
A48
35
F12401
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
241
...
204
10 Fe
Castings
A278
35
F12401
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
241
...
204
11 Fe
Castings
A48
40
F12801
...
(2)(8e)(9)(48)
−30
276
...
204
12 Fe
Castings
A126
C
F12802
...
(2)(8e)(9)(48)
−30
283
...
204
13 Fe
Castings
A278
40
F12803
...
(2)(8e)(9)(53)
−30
276
...
343
14 Fe
Castings
A48
45
F13101
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
310
...
204
15 Fe
Castings
A48
50
F13501
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
345
...
204
16 Fe
Castings
A278
50
F13502
...
(2)(8e)(53)
−30
345
...
343
17 Fe
Castings
A48
55
F13801
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
379
...
204
18 Fe
Castings
A48
60
F14101
...
(2)(8e)(48)
−30
414
...
204
19 Fe
Castings
A278
60
F14102
...
(2)(8e)(53)
−30
414
...
343
20 Fe
Castings
A197
...
F22000
...
(2)(8e)(9)
−30
276
207
343
21 Fe
Castings
A47
32510
F22200
...
(2)(8e)(9)
−30
345
224
343
22 Fe
Castings
A395
60-40-18
F32800
...
(2)(8d)(9)
−30
414
276
343
23 Fe
Castings
A571
D-2M
F43010
1
(2)(8d)
−30
448
207
40
212
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp. to
40
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
24.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
14
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
...
...
...
...
...
15
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
...
...
...
...
...
16
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
17
37.9
37.9
37.9
37.9
37.9
37.9
37.9
37.9
...
...
...
...
...
18
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
...
...
...
...
...
19
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
20
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
21
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
22
137
133
128
125
122
119
116
112
109
106
103
98.0
93.5
23
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Line
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
213
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
Class/
Cond./ Size, P-No.
UNS No. Temper mm (5)
Notes
Min.
Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa
MPa
°C (6)
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
1 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8b)(57)
B
310
165
482
2 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
A45
K01700
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)(67)
B
310
165
593
−30
310
172
204
B
310
172
204
−30
324
179
593
204
3 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L A25
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(77)
4 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L A25
...
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)(77)
5 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A179
...
K01200
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
6 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A53
A
K02504
...
...
1
(2)(8a)
−5
331
207
7 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A139
A
...
...
...
1
(2)(8b)
A
331
207
149
8 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A587
...
K11500
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
−30
331
207
454
9 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A53
A
K02504
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
B
331
207
593
10 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A106
A
K02501
...
...
1
(2)(57)
B
331
207
593
11 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A135
A
12 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A369
FPA
13 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L A
...
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
B
331
207
593
K02501
...
...
1
(2)(57)
B
331
207
593
...
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)(77)
B
331
207
593
14 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8b)(57)
B
345
186
482
15 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
A50
K02200
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)(67)
B
345
186
593
16 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8b)(57)
A
379
207
482
17 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A524
II
K02104
...
...
1
(2)(57)
−30
379
207
538
18 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A333
1
K03008
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
−45
379
207
593
19 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A334
1
K03008
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
−45
379
207
593
20 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CA55
K02801
...
...
1
(2)(59)(67)
A
379
207
593
21 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
A55
K02801
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)(67)
A
379
207
593
22 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
C55
K01800
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
C
379
207
593
538
23 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CC60
K02100
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
C
414
221
24 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CB60
K02401
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
B
414
221
593
25 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
B60
K02401
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
B
414
221
593
26 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
C60
K02100
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
C
414
221
593
27 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A139
B
K03003
...
...
1
(2)(8b)
A
414
241
149
28 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A135
B
K03018
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
29 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A524
I
K02104
...
...
1
(2)(57)
214
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
B
414
241
538
−30
414
241
538
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40
65
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
1
103
103
101
97.5
94.6
90.8
86.1
83.6
81.1
78.6
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
40.7
...
...
...
...
2
103
103
101
97.5
94.6
90.8
86.1
83.6
81.1
78.6
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
3
103
103
103
102
98.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
103
103
103
102
98.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5
108
108
108
106
102
98.3
93.3
90.6
87.8
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
6
110
110
110
110
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7
110
110
110
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
110
110
110
110
110
110
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
54.5
...
...
...
...
...
9
110
110
110
110
110
110
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
10
110
110
110
110
110
110
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
11
110
110
110
110
110
110
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
12
110
110
110
110
110
110
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
13
110
110
110
110
110
110
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
14
115
115
113
110
106
102
96.9
94.1
91.2
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
40.7
...
...
...
...
15
115
115
113
110
106
102
96.9
94.1
91.2
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
16
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
40.7
...
...
...
...
17
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
18
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
19
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
20
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
21
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
22
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
23
138
138
134
130
126
121
115
111
108
105
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
24
138
138
134
130
126
121
115
111
108
105
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
25
138
138
134
130
126
121
115
111
108
105
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
26
138
138
134
130
126
121
115
111
108
105
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
27
138
138
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
28
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
29
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
215
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
Class/
Cond./ Size, P-No.
UNS No. Temper mm (5)
Notes
Min.
Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa
MPa
°C (6)
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
30 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A53
B
K03005
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
B
414
241
593
31 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A106
B
K03006
...
...
1
(2)(57)
B
414
241
593
32 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A333
6
K03006
...
...
1
(2)(57)
−45
414
241
593
33 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A334
6
K03006
...
...
1
(2)(57)
−45
414
241
593
34 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A369
FPB
K03006
...
...
1
(2)(57)
−30
414
241
593
35 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y35
...
...
...
1
(2)
A
414
241
593
36 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L B
...
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)(77)
B
414
241
593
37 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A139
C
K03004
...
...
1
(2)(8b)
A
414
290
149
38 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A139
D
K03010
...
...
1
(2)(8b)
A
414
317
149
39 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X42
...
...
...
1
(2)(55)(77)
A
414
290
204
40 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y42
...
...
...
1
(2)
A
414
290
204
41 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y48
...
...
...
1
(2)
A
427
331
343
42 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X46
...
...
...
1
(2)(55)(77)
A
434
317
204
43 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y46
...
...
...
1
(2)
A
434
317
204
44 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y50
...
...
...
1
(2)
A
441
345
343
45 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CC65
K02403
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
B
448
241
538
46 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CB65
K02800
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
448
241
593
47 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
B65
K02800
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
448
241
593
48 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
C65
K02403
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
B
448
241
593
E
49 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A139
K03012
...
...
1
(2)(8b)
A
455
359
149
50 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X52
...
...
...
1
(2)(55)(77)
A
455
359
204
51 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y52
...
...
...
1
(2)
A
455
359
204
52 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CC70
K02700
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
B
483
262
538
53 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CB70
K03101
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
483
262
593
54 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
B70
K03101
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
483
262
593
55 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
C70
K02700
...
...
1
(2)(57)(67)
B
483
262
593
56 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A106
C
K03501
...
...
1
(2)(57)
B
483
276
427
57 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CD70
K12437
...
≤ 64
1
(2)(67)
D
483
345
371
58 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
D70
K12437
...
≤ 64
1
(2)(67)
D
483
345
371
59 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A691
CMSH-70 K12437
...
≤ 64
1
(2)(67)
D
483
345
371
216
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40
65
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
30
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
31
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
32
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
33
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
34
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
35
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
36
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
...
37
138
138
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
38
138
138
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
39
138
138
138
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40
138
138
138
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
41
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
129
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
42
145
145
145
145
145
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
43
145
145
145
145
145
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
44
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
129
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
17.2
...
...
46
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
47
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
48
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
49
152
152
152
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50
152
152
152
152
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
51
152
152
152
152
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
52
161
161
159
154
150
144
136
132
128
122
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
17.2
...
...
53
161
161
159
154
150
144
136
132
128
122
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
54
161
161
159
154
150
144
136
132
128
122
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
55
161
161
159
154
150
144
136
132
128
122
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
56
161
161
161
161
158
151
144
139
135
122
101
83.8
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
57
161
161
161
157
156
156
156
154
148
126
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
58
161
161
161
157
156
156
156
154
148
126
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
59
161
161
161
157
156
156
156
154
148
126
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
217
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
60 Carbon steel
Product Form
Pipe & tube
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
API 5L X56
Class/
Cond./ Size, P-No.
UNS No. Temper mm (5)
...
...
...
1
Notes
(2)(51)(55)(71)(77)
Min.
Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa
MPa
°C (6)
A
490
386
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
204
61 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y56
...
...
...
1
(2)(51)(55)(71)
A
490
386
204
62 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CK75
K02803
...
> 25
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
517
276
593
63 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
N75
K02803
...
64 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A691
CMS-75
K02803
...
> 25
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
517
276
593
> 25
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
517
276
593
65 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A671
CK75
K02803
...
≤ 25
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
517
290
371
66 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A672
N75
K02803
...
≤ 25
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
517
290
371
67 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A691
CMS-75
K02803
...
≤ 25
1
(2)(57)(67)
A
517
290
371
68 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X60
...
...
...
1
(2)(51)(55)(71)(77)
A
517
414
204
69 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X65
...
...
...
1
(2)(51)(55)(71)(77)
A
531
448
204
70 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X70
...
...
...
1
(2)(51)(55)(71)(77)
A
565
483
204
71 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
API 5L X80
...
...
...
1
(2)(51)(55)(71)(77)
A
621
552
204
72 Carbon steel
Pipe & tube
A381
Y60
...
...
...
1
(2)(51)(71)
A
517
414
204
73 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
311
165
204
74 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
338
207
204
75 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
345
186
149
76 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
359
228
204
77 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
365
248
204
78 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
379
276
204
79 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
400
248
204
80 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
414
228
149
81 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
414
310
204
82 Carbon steel
Pipe
A134
...
...
...
...
1
(2)(8a)(8c)
−30
448
345
204
83 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A285
A
K01700
...
...
1
(57)(59)
B
310
165
593
84 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A285
B
K02200
...
...
1
(57)(59)
B
345
186
593
85 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A516
55
K01800
...
...
1
(57)
C
379
207
454
218
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40
65
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
60
163
163
163
163
163
61
163
163
163
163
163
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
62
172
172
168
163
158
151
144
139
135
131
107
88.0
67.3
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
63
172
172
168
163
158
151
144
139
135
131
107
88.0
67.3
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
64
172
172
168
163
158
151
144
139
135
131
107
88.0
67.3
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
65
172
172
172
171
165
159
151
146
142
131
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
66
172
172
172
171
165
159
151
146
142
131
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
67
172
172
172
171
165
159
151
146
142
131
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
68
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
69
177
177
177
177
177
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
70
188
188
188
188
188
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
71
207
207
207
207
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
72
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
73
103
103
101
97.5
94.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
74
113
113
113
113
113
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
75
115
115
113
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
76
120
120
120
120
120
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
77
122
122
122
122
122
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
78
126
126
126
126
126
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
79
133
133
133
133
133
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
80
138
138
138
134
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
81
138
138
138
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
82
149
149
149
149
149
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
83
103
103
101
97.5
94.6
90.8
86.1
83.6
81.1
78.6
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
84
115
115
113
110
106
102
96.9
94.1
91.2
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
85
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
60.0
...
...
...
...
...
219
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
86 Carbon steel
Product Form
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
Spec.
No.
A285
Type/
Grade
C
Class/
Cond./ Size, P-No.
UNS No. Temper mm (5)
K02801
...
...
1
Notes
(57)(59)
Min.
Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa
MPa
°C (6)
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
A
379
207
593
454
87 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A516
60
K02100
...
...
1
(57)
C
414
221
88 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A515
60
K02401
...
...
1
(57)
B
414
221
538
89 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A696
B
K03200
...
...
1
(57)
A
415
240
371
90 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A516
65
K02403
...
...
1
(57)
B
448
241
454
91 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A515
65
K02800
...
...
1
(57)
A
448
241
538
92 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A516
70
K02700
...
...
1
(57)
B
483
262
454
93 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A515
70
K03101
...
...
1
(57)
A
483
262
538
94 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A696
C
K03200
...
...
1
(57)
A
485
275
371
95 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A537
...
K12437
1
≤ 64
1
...
D
483
345
371
> 25
96 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A299
A
K02803
...
1
(57)
A
517
276
593
97 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A299
A
K02803
...
≤ 25
1
(57)
A
517
290
593
98 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A283
A
K01400
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
310
165
399
99 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A1011 30
K02502
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
338
207
399
100 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A283
K01702
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
345
186
399
101 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A1011 33
K02502
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
359
228
399
102 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A1011 36
K02502
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
365
248
399
B
103 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A283
K02401
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
379
207
399
104 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A1011 40
K02502
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
379
276
399
105 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A36
...
K02600
...
...
1
(8c)
A
400
248
371
D
C
106 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A283
K02702
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
414
228
399
107 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A1011 45
K02507
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
414
310
399
K02507
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
448
344
399
...
...
...
1
(8c)(57)
A
448
344
427
108 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A1011 50
109 Carbon steel
Plate, bar, shps., sheet
A992
...
110 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A350
LF1
K03009
...
...
1
(2)(9)(57)(59)
−30
414
207
538
111 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A181
...
K03502
60
...
1
(2)(9)(57)(59)
A
414
207
593
112 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A420
WPL6
K03006
...
...
1
(2)(57)
−45
414
241
538
113 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A234
WPB
K03006
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
B
414
241
593
220
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40
65
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
...
86
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.0
75.3
62.1
45.0
87
138
138
134
130
126
121
115
111
108
105
95.1
79.5
62.6
60.0
...
...
...
...
88
138
138
134
130
126
121
115
111
108
105
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
89
138
138
138
138
138
132
125
122
118
115
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
90
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
62.1
...
...
...
...
...
91
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
17.2
...
...
92
161
161
159
154
150
144
136
132
128
122
101
83.8
66.8
64.1
...
...
...
...
...
93
161
161
159
154
150
144
136
132
128
122
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
17.2
...
...
94
161
161
161
161
158
151
144
139
135
131
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
95
161
161
161
157
156
156
156
154
148
126
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
96
172
172
168
163
158
151
144
139
135
131
107
88.0
67.3
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
97
172
172
172
171
165
159
151
146
142
131
107
88.0
67.3
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
98
103
103
101
97.5
94.6
90.8
86.1
83.6
81.1
78.6
73.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
99
113
113
113
113
113
113
108
105
97.0
84.3
73.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
100
115
115
113
110
106
102
96.9
94.1
91.2
84.3
73.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
101
120
120
120
120
120
120
118
115
97.0
84.3
73.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
102
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
97.0
84.3
73.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
103
126
126
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
89.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
104
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
124
105
89.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
105
133
133
133
133
133
133
129
125
122
108
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
106
138
138
138
134
130
125
118
115
111
108
95.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
107
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
135
113
95.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
108
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
135
113
95.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
109
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
121
108
90.3
75.6
59.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
110
138
130
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
111
138
130
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
112
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
17.2
...
...
113
138
138
138
138
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
221
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
Class/
Cond./ Size, P-No.
UNS No. Temper mm (5)
Notes
Min.
Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa
MPa
°C (6)
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
114 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A350
LF2
K03011
1
...
1
(2)(9)(57)
−45
483
248
538
115 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A350
LF2
K03011
2
...
1
(2)(9)(57)
−20
483
248
538
116 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A105
...
K03504
...
...
1
(2)(9)(57)(59)
−30
483
248
593
117 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A181
...
K03502
70
...
1
(2)(9)(57)(59)
A
483
248
593
118 Carbon steel
Forgings & fittings
A234
WPC
K03501
...
...
1
(2)(57)(59)
B
483
276
427
119 Carbon steel
Castings
A216
WCA
J02502
...
...
1
(2)(57)
−30
414
207
593
120 Carbon steel
Castings
A352
LCB
J03003
...
...
1
(2)(9)(57)
−45
448
241
593
121 Carbon steel
Castings
A352
LCC
J02505
...
...
1
(2)(9)
−45
483
276
371
122 Carbon steel
Castings
A216
WCB
J03002
...
...
1
(2)(9)(57)
−30
483
248
593
123 Carbon steel
Castings
A216
WCC
J02503
...
...
1
(2)(9)(57)
−30
483
276
538
222
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40
65
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
114
161
156
151
146
142
136
129
125
122
118
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
17.2
...
...
115
161
156
151
146
142
136
129
125
122
118
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
17.2
...
...
116
161
156
151
146
142
136
129
125
122
118
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
117
161
156
151
146
142
136
129
125
122
118
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
118
161
161
161
161
158
151
144
139
135
122
101
83.8
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
119
138
130
126
122
118
113
108
105
101
98.3
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
120
149
149
147
142
138
132
126
122
118
113
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
121
161
161
161
161
158
151
139
137
136
132
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
122
161
156
151
146
142
136
129
125
122
118
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
14.2
9.40
6.89
123
161
161
161
161
158
151
144
139
135
122
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
17.2
...
...
223
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. Type/
No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/ Size, P-No.
Temper
mm
(5)
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
1 ½Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A335 P2
K11547
...
...
3
(2)
−30
379
207
538
2 ½Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A691 ½CR
K12143
...
...
3
(2)(11)(67)
−30
379
228
538
3 C–½Mo
Pipe
A335 P1
K11522
...
...
3
(2)(58)
−30
379
207
593
4 C–½Mo
Pipe
A369 FP1
K11522
...
...
3
(2)(58)
−30
379
207
593
5 ½Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A369 FP2
K11547
...
...
3
(2)
−30
379
207
593
6 1Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A691 1CR
K11757
...
...
4
(2)(11)(67)
−30
379
228
649
7 ½Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A426 CP2
J11547
...
...
3
(2)(10)
−30
414
207
593
8 1½Si–½Mo
Pipe
A335 P15
K11578
...
...
3
(2)
−30
414
207
593
9 1½Si–½Mo
Pipe
A426 CP15
J11522
...
...
3
(2)(10)
−30
414
207
593
10 1Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A426 CP12
J11562
...
...
4
(2)(10)
−30
414
207
649
11 5Cr–½Mo–1½Si
Pipe
A426 CP5b
J51545
...
...
5B
(2)(10)
−30
414
207
649
12 3Cr–Mo
Pipe
A426 CP21
J31545
...
...
5A
(2)(10)
−30
414
207
649
13 ¾Cr–¾Ni–Cu–Al
Pipe
A333 4
K11267
...
...
4
(2)
−100
414
241
40
14 2Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A369 FP3b
K21509
...
...
4
(2)
−30
414
207
649
15 1Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A335 P12
K11562
...
...
4
(2)
−30
414
221
649
16 1Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A369 FP12
K11562
...
...
4
(2)
−30
414
221
649
17 1¼Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A335 P11
K11597
...
...
4
(2)
−30
414
207
649
18 1¼Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A369 FP11
K11597
...
...
4
(2)
−30
414
207
649
19 1¼Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A691 1¼CR K11789
...
...
4
(2)(11)(67)
−30
414
241
649
20 5Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A691 5CR
K41545
...
...
5B
(2)(11)(67)
−30
414
207
649
21 5Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A335 P5
K41545
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
22 5Cr–½Mo–Si
Pipe
A335 P5b
K51545
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
23 5Cr–½Mo–Ti
Pipe
A335 P5c
K41245
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
24 5Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A369 FP5
K41545
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
25 9Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A335 P9
K90941
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
26 9Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A369 FP9
K90941
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
27 9Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A691 9CR
K90941
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
28 3Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A335 P21
K31545
...
...
5A
(2)
−30
414
207
649
29 3Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A369 FP21
K31545
...
...
5A
(2)
−30
414
207
649
30 3Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A691 3CR
K31545
...
...
5A
(2)(11)(67)
−30
414
207
649
224
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40 65 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
550
575
600
625
650
1 126
126 126 126 124 122 120 119 117 115 114 112 110 108 106 103 100 97.1 74.4 49.9 40.7
475
500
525
...
...
...
...
2 126
126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 121 119 116 114 110 107 74.4 49.9 40.7
...
...
...
...
3 126
126 126 126 124 122 120 119 117 115 114 112 110 108 106 103 100 97.1 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
4 126
126 126 126 124 122 120 119 117 115 114 112 110 108 106 103 100 97.1 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
5 126
126 126 126 124 122 120 119 117 115 114 112 110 108 106 103 100 97.1 93.5 49.9 34.7 23.9 17.2
...
...
6 126
126 123 122 122 122 122 121 120 118 116 115 114 112 110 109 106 104 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
7 138
133 129 126 124 122 120 119 117 115 114 112 110 108 106 103 100 97.1 74.4 49.9 34.3 23.2 16.5
...
...
8 138
133 129 127 125 124 122 121 120 118 117 115 114 112 110 107 103 88.4 74.7 53.7 35.6 23.2 16.5
...
...
9 138
133 129 127 125 124 122 121 120 118 117 115 114 112 110 107 103 88.4 74.7 53.7 35.6 23.2 16.5
...
...
10 138
129 124 120 117 115 112 110 109 107 106 105 103 102 100 98.7 96.8 94.6 92.0 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
11 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
12 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 89.2 68.8 54.2 43.4 34.0 25.1 17.1 10.3
13 138
...
14 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
118 74.7 53.3 36.0 24.6 15.5 9.21 6.89
15 138
138 132 128 125 122 120 118 116 114 113 112 110 109 107 105 103 101 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
16 138
138 132 128 125 122 120 118 116 114 113 112 110 109 107 105 103 101 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
17 138
131 126 124 121 119 116 115 113 111 109 107 106 104 102 99.6 97.2 94.5 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
18 138
131 126 124 121 119 116 115 113 111 109 107 106 104 102 99.6 97.2 94.5 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
19 138
138 138 138 138 138 136 134 131 129 127 125 123 121 119 116 113 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
20 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
21 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
22 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
23 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
24 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
25 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 98.3 83.2 60.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
26 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 98.3 83.2 60.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
27 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 98.3 83.2 60.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
28 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 89.2 68.8 54.2 43.4 34.0 25.1 17.1 10.3
29 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 89.2 68.8 54.2 43.4 34.0 25.1 17.1 10.3
30 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 89.2 68.8 54.2 43.4 34.0 25.1 17.1 10.3
225
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Class/
Condition/ Size, P-No.
Temper
mm
(5)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
31 2¼Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A691 2¼CR K21590
...
...
5A
(2)(11)(67)(72)(75)
−30
414
207
649
32 2¼Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A369 FP22
K21590
...
...
5A
(2)(72)(75)
−30
414
207
649
33 2¼Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A335 P22
K21590
...
...
5A
(2)(72)(75)
−30
414
207
649
34 2Ni–1Cu
Pipe
A333 9
K22035
...
...
9A
(2)
−75
434
317
40
35 2Ni–1Cu
Pipe
A334 9
K22035
...
...
9A
(2)
−75
434
317
40
36 2¼Ni
Pipe
A333 7
K21903
...
...
9A
(2)
−75
448
241
593
37 2¼Ni
Pipe
A334 7
K21903
...
...
9A
(2)
−75
448
241
593
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. Type/
No. Grade
UNS
No.
38 3½Ni
Pipe
A333 3
K31918
...
...
9B
(2)
−100
448
241
593
39 3½Ni
Pipe
A334 3
K31918
...
...
9B
(2)
−100
448
241
593
40 C–½Mo
Pipe
A426 CP1
J12521
...
...
3
(2)(10)(58)
−30
448
241
593
41 C–Mo
Pipe
A672 L65
K11820
...
...
3
(2)(11)(58)(67)
−30
448
255
593
42 C–Mo
Pipe
A691 CM65
K11820
...
...
3
(2)(11)(58)(67)
−30
448
255
593
43 2¼Ni
Pipe
A671 CF70
K22103
...
...
9A
(2)(11)(65)(67)
−30
483
276
40
44 3½Ni
Pipe
A671 CF71
K32018
...
...
9B
(2)(11)(65)(67)
−30
483
276
40
45 C–Mo
Pipe
A672 L70
K12020
...
...
3
(2)(11)(58)(67)
−30
483
276
593
46 C–Mo
Pipe
A691 CM70
K12020
...
...
3
(2)(11)(58)(67)
−30
483
276
593
47 1¼Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A426 CP11
J12072
...
...
4
(2)(10)
−30
483
276
649
48 2¼Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A426 CP22
J21890
...
...
5A
(2)(10)(72)
−30
483
276
649
49 C–Mo
Pipe
A672 L75
K12320
...
...
3
(2)(11)(58)(67)
−30
517
296
593
50 C–Mo
Pipe
A691 CM75
K12320
...
...
3
(2)(11)(58)(67)
−30
517
296
593
51 9Cr–1Mo–V
Pipe
A335 P91
K90901
...
≤ 75
15E (2)
−30
586
414
649
52 9Cr–1Mo–V
Pipe
A691 P91
K90901
...
≤ 75
15E (2)
−30
586
414
649
53 5Cr–½Mo
Pipe
A426 CP5
J42045
...
...
5B
(2)(10)
−30
621
414
649
54 9Cr–1Mo
Pipe
A426 CP9
J82090
...
...
5B
(2)(10)
−30
621
414
649
55 9Ni
Pipe
A333 8
K81340
...
...
11A (2)(47)
−195
689
517
93
56 9Ni
Pipe
A334 8
K81340
...
...
11A (2)
−195
689
517
93
57 ½Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 2
K12143
1
...
3
...
−30
379
228
538
58 1Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 12
K11757
1
...
4
...
−30
379
228
649
59 9Cr–1Mo
Plate
A387 9
K90941
1
...
5
...
−30
414
207
649
226
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40 65 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
475
500
525
550
575
600
625
650
31 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 99.6 80.9 63.3 47.5 34.2 23.5 15.3 9.65
32 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 99.6 80.9 63.3 47.5 34.2 23.5 15.3 9.65
33 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 99.6 80.9 63.3 47.5 34.2 23.5 15.3 9.65
34 145
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35 145
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
36 149
149 147 144 142 140 138 135 132 128 124 119 113 107 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 14.2 9.40 6.89
...
...
37 149
149 147 144 142 140 138 135 132 128 124 119 113 107 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 14.2 9.40 6.89
...
...
38 149
149 147 144 142 140 138 135 132 128 124 119 113 107 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 14.2 9.48 7.06
...
...
39 149
149 147 144 142 140 138 135 132 128 124 119 113 107 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 14.2 9.48 7.06
...
...
40 149
149 149 148 145 143 140 138 137 135 133 131 129 126 123 120 117 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
41 149
149 149 149 149 149 148 146 144 142 140 138 136 133 131 127 124 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
42 149
149 149 149 149 149 148 146 144 142 140 138 136 133 131 127 124 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
43 161
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
44 161
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 158 156 154 152 149 147 144 141 138 134 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
46 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 158 156 154 152 149 147 144 141 138 134 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
47 161
161 161 161 161 158 155 153 150 148 146 143 141 138 136 133 130 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
48 161
161 160 157 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156
119 88.4 64.0 44.6 30.0 19.7 12.8 8.27
49 172
172 172 172 172 172 172 170 168 165 163 161 158 155 152 148 144 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
50 172
172 172 172 172 172 172 170 168 165 163 161 158 155 152 148 144 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
51 195
195 195 195 195 195 195 195 194 193 192 190 187 183 178 172 165 156 147 137
115 87.0 64.7 45.1 29.6
52 195
195 195 195 195 195 195 195 194 193 192 190 187 183 178 172 165 156 147 137
115 87.0 64.7 45.1 29.6
53 207
207 205 202 200 199 199 199 198 198 196 194 191 187 182 176 169 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
54 207
207 205 202 200 199 199 199 198 198 196 194 191 187 182 176 169 160 87.5 61.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
55 230
230 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
56 230
230 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
57 126
126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 125 123 121 119 116 114 110 107 74.4 49.9 40.7
58 126
126 123 122 122 122 122 121 120 118 116 115 114 112 110 109 106 104 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
59 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 98.3 83.2 60.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
227
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. Type/
No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/ Size, P-No.
Temper
mm
(5)
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
60 1¼Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 11
K11789
1
...
4
...
−30
414
241
649
61 5Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 5
K41545
1
...
5B
...
−30
414
207
649
62 3Cr–1Mo
Plate
A387 21
K31545
1
...
5A
...
−30
414
207
649
63 2¼Cr–1Mo
Plate
A387 22
K21590
1
...
5A
(72)
−30
414
207
649
64 2¼Ni
Plate
A203 A
K21703
...
...
9A
(12)(65)
−30
448
255
538
65 3½Ni
Plate
A203 D
K31718
...
...
9B
(12)(65)
−30
448
255
538
66 C–½Mo
Plate
A204 A
K11820
...
...
3
(58)
−30
448
255
593
67 1Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 12
K11757
2
...
4
...
−30
448
276
649
68 2¼Ni
Plate
A203 B
K22103
...
...
9A
(12)(65)
−30
483
276
538
69 3½Ni
Plate
A203 E
K32018
...
...
9B
(12)(65)
−30
483
276
538
70 ½Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 2
K12143
2
...
3
...
−30
483
310
538
71 C–½Mo
Plate
A204 B
K12020
...
...
3
(58)
−30
483
276
593
72 Cr–Mn–Si
Plate
A202 A
K11742
...
...
4
...
−30
517
310
538
73 Mn–Mo
Plate
A302 A
K12021
...
...
3
...
−30
517
310
538
74 C–½Mo
Plate
A204 C
K12320
...
...
3
(58)
−30
517
296
593
75 1¼Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 11
K11789
2
...
4
...
−30
517
310
649
76 5Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 5
K41545
2
...
5B
...
−30
517
310
649
77 3Cr–½Mo
Plate
A387 21
K31545
2
...
5A
...
−30
517
310
649
78 2¼Cr–1Mo
Plate
A387 22
K21590
2
...
5A
(72)
−30
517
310
649
79 Mn–Mo
Plate
A302 B
K12022
...
...
3
...
−30
552
345
538
80 Mn–Mo–Ni
Plate
A302 C
K12039
...
...
3
...
−30
552
345
538
81 Mn–Mo–Ni
Plate
A302 D
K12054
...
...
3
...
−30
552
345
538
82 Cr–Mn–Si
Plate
A202 B
K12542
...
...
4
...
−30
586
324
538
83 9Cr–1Mo–V
Plate
A387 91
K90901
2
≤ 75
15E . . .
−30
586
414
649
84 8Ni
Plate
A553 II
K71340
...
...
11A (47)
−170
689
586
40
85 5Ni
Plate
A645 A
K41583
...
...
11A . . .
−170
655
448
93
86 9Ni
Plate
A553 I
K81340
...
...
11A (47)
−195
689
586
93
87 9Ni
Plate
A353 . . .
K81340
...
...
11A (47)
−195
689
517
93
88 C–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP1
K12821
...
...
3
(2)(58)
−30
379
207
593
89 1Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F12
K11562
1
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
414
221
649
90 1Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP12
K12062
1
...
4
(2)
−30
414
221
649
228
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40 65 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
475
500
525
550
575
600
625
650
60 138
138 138 138 138 138 136 134 131 129 127 125 123 121 119 116 113 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
61 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
62 138
130 126 123 121 119 117 116 115 114 112 111 110 109 107 105 103 89.2 68.8 54.2 43.4 34.0 25.1 17.1 10.3
63 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 99.6 80.9 63.3 47.5 34.2 23.5 15.3 9.65
64 149
149 149 149 149 148 146 143 140 136 131 126 120 113 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 17.2
...
...
...
...
65 149
149 149 149 149 148 146 143 140 136 131 126 120 113 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 17.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
66 149
149 149 149 149 149 148 146 144 142 140 138 136 133 131 127 124 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
67 149
149 146 144 144 144 144 144 144 143 141 139 138 136 134 132 129 126 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
68 161
161 161 161 161 160 158 155 151 147 142 136 130 113 95.1 79.5 64.4 48.8 35.4 22.6 17.2
...
...
...
...
69 161
161 161 161 161 160 158 155 151 147 142 136 130 122 101 83.8 66.8 49.2 35.4 22.6 17.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
70 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 159 155 151 146 93.5 49.9 40.7
...
...
71 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 158 156 154 152 149 147 144 141 138 134 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
72 172
172 172 172 172 172 172 172 170 165 159 153 146 138 107 84.1 57.6 38.7 24.9 14.2 10.3
...
...
...
...
73 172
172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 171 168 165 160 154 104 68.0 42.3 33.1
...
...
...
...
74 172
172 172 172 172 172 172 170 168 165 163 161 158 155 152 148 144 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
75 172
172 172 172 172 172 172 172 169 166 164 161 159 156 153 149 146 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
76 172
172 171 169 167 166 165 165 165 164 164 162 159 156 130 126 104 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
77 172
172 171 168 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 98.2 73.5 54.7 40.6 29.2 20.6 15.2 8.96
78 172
172 171 168 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167
119 88.4 64.0 44.6 30.0 19.7 12.8 8.27
79 184
184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 183 178 172 104 68.0 42.3 33.1
...
...
...
...
80 184
184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 183 178 172 104 68.0 42.3 33.1
...
...
...
...
81 184
184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 183 178 172 104 68.0 42.3 33.1
...
...
...
...
82 195
195 195 194 191 188 185 182 177 172 166 160 152 144 120 84.7 57.6 38.7 24.9 14.2 10.3
...
...
...
...
83 195
195 195 195 195 195 195 195 194 193 192 190 187 183 178 172 165 156 147 137
84 230
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
218 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86 230
230 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87 230
230 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
88 126
126 126 126 124 122 120 119 117 115 114 112 110 108 106 103 100 97.1 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
85 218
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115 87.0 64.7 45.1 29.6
89 138
129 124 120 117 115 112 110 109 107 106 105 103 102 100 98.7 96.8 94.6 92.0 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
90 138
138 132 128 125 122 120 118 116 114 113 112 110 109 107 105 103 101 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
229
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. Type/
No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/ Size, P-No.
Temper
mm
(5)
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
91 1¼Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F11
K11597
1
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
414
207
649
92 1¼Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP11
K11597
1
...
4
(2)
−30
414
207
649
93 2¼Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F22
K21590
1
...
5A
(2)(9)(72)(75)
−30
414
207
649
94 2¼Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP22
K21590
1
...
5A
(2)(72)
−30
414
207
649
95 5Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP5
K41545
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
96 9Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP9
K90941
...
...
5B
(2)
−30
414
207
649
97 3½Ni
Forg. & ftg.
A420 WPL3
K31918
...
...
9B
(2)
−100
448
241
93
98 3½Ni
Forg. & ftg.
A350 LF3
K32025
...
...
9B
(2)(9)
−100
483
259
93
99 ½Cr–½Mo
100 C–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F2
K12122
...
...
3
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
538
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F1
K12822
...
...
3
(2)(9)(58)
−30
483
276
593
101 1Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F12
K11564
2
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
649
102 1Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP12
K12062
2
...
4
(2)
−30
483
276
649
103 1¼Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F11
K11572
2
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
649
104 1¼Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP11
K11572
2
...
4
(2)
−30
483
276
649
105 5Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F5
K41545
...
...
5B
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
649
106 3Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F21
K31545
...
...
5A
(2)(9)
−30
517
310
649
107 2¼Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F22
K21590
3
...
5A
(2)(9)(72)
−30
517
310
649
108 2¼Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP22
K21590
3
...
5A
(2)(72)
−30
517
310
649
5B
(2)(9)
109 9Cr–1Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F9
K90941
...
...
110 9Cr–1Mo–V
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F91
K90901
...
≤ 75
15E (2)
−30
586
379
649
−30
586
414
649
111 9Cr–1Mo–V
Forg. & ftg.
A234 WP91
K90901
...
≤ 75
15E (2)
−30
586
414
649
112 5Cr–½Mo
Forg. & ftg.
A182 F5a
K42544
...
...
5B
−30
621
448
649
113 9Ni
Forg. & ftg.
A420 WPL8
K81340
...
...
11A (2)(47)
−195
689
517
93
(2)(9)
114 C–½Mo
Castings
A352 LC1
J12522
...
...
3
(2)(9)(58)
−60
448
241
371
115 C–½Mo
Castings
A217 WC1
J12524
...
...
3
(2)(9)(58)
−30
448
241
593
116 2½Ni
Castings
A352 LC2
J22500
...
...
9A
(2)(9)
−75
483
276
343
117 3½Ni
Castings
A352 LC3
J31550
...
...
9B
(2)(9)
−100
483
276
343
230
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40 65 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
475
500
525
550
575
600
625
650
91 138
131 126 124 121 119 116 115 113 111 109 107 106 104 102 99.6 97.2 94.5 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
92 138
131 126 124 121 119 116 115 113 111 109 107 106 104 102 99.6 97.2 94.5 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
93 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 99.6 80.9 63.3 47.5 34.2 23.5 15.3 9.65
94 138
132 128 126 125 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 122 121 99.6 80.9 63.3 47.5 34.2 23.5 15.3 9.65
95 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
96 138
129 124 122 120 119 119 118 118 117 117 116 114 112 110 106 103 98.3 87.5 61.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
97 149
149 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
98 161
161 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
99 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 158 156 154 152 149 147 144 141 138 134 129 93.5 49.9 40.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
100 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 158 156 154 152 149 147 144 141 138 134 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
101 161
161 157 155 155 153 150 147 145 143 141 139 138 136 134 132 129 126 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
102 161
161 157 155 155 153 150 147 145 143 141 139 138 136 134 132 129 126 92.1 61.1 40.4 26.4 17.4 11.6 7.58
103 161
161 161 161 161 158 155 153 150 148 146 143 141 138 136 133 130 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
104 161
161 161 161 161 158 155 153 150 148 146 143 141 138 136 133 130 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
105 161
161 160 157 156 155 155 155 154 154 153 151 149 146 142 137 131 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
106 172
172 172 169 168 167 166 166 165 165 164 164 162 161 158 155 152 98.2 73.5 54.7 40.6 29.2 20.6 15.2 8.96
107 172
172 171 168 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167
119 88.4 64.0 44.6 30.0 19.7 12.8 8.27
108 172
172 171 168 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167
119 88.4 64.0 44.6 30.0 19.7 12.8 8.27
109 195
195 194 191 189 188 188 188 187 187 186 184 181 177 172 166 159 151 83.2 60.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
110 195
195 195 195 195 195 195 195 194 193 192 190 187 183 178 172 165 156 147 137
115 87.0 64.7 45.1 29.6
111 195
195 195 195 195 195 195 195 194 193 192 190 187 183 178 172 165 156 147 137
115 87.0 64.7 45.1 29.6
112 207
207 205 202 200 199 199 199 198 198 196 194 191 187 182 176 169 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
113 230
230 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
114 149
149 149 148 145 143 140 138 137 135 133 131 129 127
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115 149
149 149 148 145 143 140 138 137 135 133 131 129 126 123 120 117 109 68.0 42.3 30.5 23.2 16.5
...
...
116 161
161 161 161 161 160 158 155 151 147 142 136 131 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
117 161
161 161 161 161 160 158 155 151 147 142 136 131 . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
231
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. Type/
No. Grade
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/ Size, P-No.
Temper
mm
(5)
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
118 Ni–Cr–½Mo
Castings
A217 WC4
J12082
...
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
538
119 Ni–Cr–1Mo
Castings
A217 WC5
J22000
...
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
593
120 1¼Cr–½Mo
Castings
A217 WC6
J12072
...
...
4
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
649
121 2¼Cr–1Mo
Castings
A217 WC9
J21890
...
...
5A
(2)(9)
−30
483
276
649
122 5Cr–½Mo
Castings
A217 C5
J42045
...
...
5B
(2)(9)
−30
621
414
649
123 9Cr–1Mo
Castings
A217 C12
J82090
...
...
5B
(2)(9)
−30
621
414
649
232
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Line Temp.
No. to 40 65 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
550
575
600
625
650
118 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 161 159 158 156 154 152 149 146 142 137 131 74.4 49.9 40.7
475
500
525
...
...
...
...
119 161
161 161 161 161 161 161 161 159 158 156 154 152 149 146 142 137 131 74.4 49.9 34.3 23.2 16.5
...
...
120 161
161 161 161 161 158 155 153 150 148 146 143 141 138 136 133 130 104 73.7 52.0 36.3 25.2 17.6 12.3 8.27
121 161
161 160 157 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156
119 88.4 64.0 44.6 30.0 19.7 12.8 8.27
122 207
207 205 202 200 199 199 199 198 198 196 194 191 187 182 176 169 80.6 61.7 46.4 34.7 25.5 17.8 11.4 6.89
123 207
207 205 202 200 199 199 199 198 198 196 194 191 187 182 176 169 160 83.2 60.2 42.9 29.9 20.6 14.4 10.3
233
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
1 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. pipe
A312
TP321
S32100
...
2 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A376
TP321
S32100
...
3 18Cr–8Ni
Tube
A213
TP304L
S30403
...
4 18Cr–8Ni
Tube
A269
TP304L
S30403
5 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A312
TP304L
S30403
6 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A358
304L
7 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Tube
A213
8 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Tube
A269
9 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
10 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
11 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–Ti
Size,
mm
> 10
> 10
P-No.
(5)
8
8
...
8
...
...
8
...
...
8
S30403
...
...
8
TP316L
S31603
...
...
8
TP316L
S31603
...
...
8
A312
TP316L
S31603
...
...
8
Pipe
A358
316L
S31603
...
...
8
Tube
A213
TP316Ti
S31635
...
...
8
12 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. pipe
A312
TP321
S32100
...
13 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A376
TP321
S32100
...
14 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. pipe
A312
TP321H
S32109
...
> 10
> 10
> 10
> 10
8
8
8
15 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A376
TP321H
S32109
...
8
16 23Cr–13Ni
Pipe & tube
A451
CPH8
J93400
...
17 25Cr–20Ni
Pipe & tube
A451
CPK20
J94202
...
18 11Cr–Ti
Tube
A268
TP409
S40900
...
...
7
19 18Cr–Ti
Tube
A268
TP430Ti
S43036
...
...
7
...
8
...
8
20 15Cr–13Ni–2Mo–Cb
Pipe & tube
A451
CPF10MC
...
...
...
8
21 16Cr–8Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A376
16-8-2H
S16800
...
...
8
22 12Cr–Al
Tube
A268
TP405
S40500
...
...
7
23 13Cr
Tube
A268
TP410
S41000
...
...
6
24 16Cr
Tube
A268
TP430
S43000
...
...
7
25 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Pipe
A312
TP317L
S31703
...
...
8
26 25Cr–20Ni
Pipe
A312
TP310
...
...
...
8
27 25Cr–20Ni
Pipe & tube
A358
310S
S31008
...
...
8
28 25Cr–20Ni
Pipe
A409
TP310
S31000
...
...
8
29 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. & wld. pipe
A312
TP321
S32100
...
≤ 10
8
30 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A358
321
S32100
...
...
8
31 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A376
TP321
S32100
...
≤ 10
8
32 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A409
TP321
S32100
...
...
8
33 23Cr–12Ni
Pipe
A312
TP309
...
...
...
8
34 23Cr–12Ni
Pipe & tube
A358
309S
S30908
...
...
8
35 23Cr–12Ni
Pipe
A409
TP309
S30900
...
...
8
234
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
1 (2)(30)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
2 (2)(30)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
3 (2)(14)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
4 (2)(14)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
5 (2)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
6 (2)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
7 (2)(14)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
8 (2)(14)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
9 (2)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
10 (2)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
11 (30)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
12 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
13 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
14 (2)(30)(36)
−200
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
15 (2)
−200
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
127
127
125
125
124
124
16 (2)(26)(28)(35)
−200
448
193
816
129
129
129
129
17 (2)(12)(28)(35)(39)
−200
448
193
816
129
129
129
129
18 (2)(35)
−30
414
207
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
19 (2)(35)(49)
−30
414
276
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
20 (2)(28)
−200
483
207
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
21 (2)(26)(31)(35)
−200
517
207
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
22 (2)(35)
−30
414
207
538
138
138
138
23 (2)(35)
−30
414
207
649
138
138
138
24 (2)(35)(49)
−30
414
241
649
138
138
138
137
137
137
135
135
135
134
134
134
133
133
133
25 (2)
−200
517
207
454
138
138
138
138
138
136
131
26 (2)(28)(35)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
27 (2)(28)(31)(35)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
28 (2)(28)(31)(35)(36)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
29 (2)(30)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
30 (2)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
31 (2)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
32 (2)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
33 (2)(28)(35)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
34 (2)(28)(31)(35)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
35 (2)(28)(31)(35)(36)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
235
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
1
115
112
109
107
104
102
100
98.8
97.5
96.3
95.3
94.4
93.6
2
115
112
109
107
104
102
100
98.8
97.5
96.3
95.3
94.4
93.6
3
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
4
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
5
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
6
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
7
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
8
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
9
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
10
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
11
129
124
120
117
115
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
12
115
112
109
107
104
102
100
98.8
97.5
96.3
95.3
94.4
93.6
13
115
112
109
107
104
102
100
98.8
97.5
96.3
95.3
94.4
93.6
14
115
112
109
107
104
102
100
98.8
97.5
96.3
95.3
94.4
93.6
15
115
112
109
107
104
102
100
98.8
97.5
96.3
95.3
94.4
93.6
16
124
124
123
121
119
117
115
112
109
106
103
100
96.9
93.7
17
123
121
119
117
115
112
109
106
103
100
96.9
93.7
18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
22
131
131
131
130
130
130
129
129
129
127
127
127
124
124
124
121
121
121
118
118
118
114
114
114
109
109
109
103
70.1
38.8
92.5
68.4
51.1
24
132
132
132
88.7
69.8
52.6
25
127
123
120
118
115
113
111
109
107
105
103
...
...
26
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
27
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
28
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
29
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
30
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
31
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
32
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
33
138
135
133
131
129
127
125
124
122
121
119
117
108
34
138
135
133
131
129
127
125
124
122
121
119
117
108
35
138
135
133
131
129
127
125
124
122
121
119
117
108
23
236
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
1
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
2
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
3
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
4
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
5
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
6
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
7
80.8
79.3
77.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
8
80.8
79.3
77.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
9
80.8
79.3
77.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
10
80.8
73.0
67.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
11
106
101
80.3
65.5
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.7
13.4
10.4
8.05
12
92.7
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
13
92.7
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
14
92.7
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
15
92.7
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
16
68.1
53.5
42.1
33.2
25.9
20.3
16.5
13.2
10.1
7.35
5.89
5.52
17
73.2
64.4
56.5
49.0
41.0
33.5
25.4
18.3
12.8
9.01
6.59
5.52
18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
22
27.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
37.4
26.3
17.8
11.4
6.89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
24
38.1
27.6
20.6
15.9
12.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
26
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
27
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
28
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
29
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
30
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
31
89.9
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
32
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
33
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
34
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
35
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
237
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
36 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe & tube
A451
CPF8
J92600
...
...
8
37 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A312
TP347
S34700
...
...
8
38 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A358
347
S34700
...
...
8
39 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A376
TP347
S34700
...
...
8
40 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A409
TP347
S34700
...
...
8
41 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A312
TP348
S34800
...
...
8
42 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A358
348
S34800
...
...
8
43 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A376
TP348
S34800
...
...
8
44 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A409
TP348
S34800
...
...
8
45 23Cr–13Ni
Pipe & tube
A451
CPH10
J93402
...
...
8
46 23Cr–13Ni
Pipe & tube
A451
CPH20
J93402
...
...
8
47 25Cr–20Ni
Pipe
A312
TP310
...
...
...
8
48 25Cr–20Ni
Pipe
A358
310S
S31008
...
...
8
49 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe & tube
A451
CPF8C
J92710
...
...
8
50 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. & wld. pipe
A312
TP321
S32100
...
≤ 10
8
51 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A358
321
S32100
...
...
8
52 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A376
TP321
S32100
...
≤ 10
8
53 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A409
TP321
S32100
...
...
8
54 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Pipe
A376
TP321H
S32109
...
≤ 10
8
55 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Smls. & wld. pipe
A312
TP321H
S32109
...
≤ 10
8
56 16Cr–12Ni–Mo
Tube
A213
TP316
S31600
...
...
8
57 16Cr–12Ni–Mo
Tube
A269
TP316
S31600
...
...
8
58 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A312
TP316
S31600
...
...
8
59 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A358
316
S31600
...
...
8
60 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A376
TP316
S31600
...
...
8
61 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A409
TP316
S31600
...
...
8
62 18Cr–3Ni–3Mo
Pipe
A312
TP317
S31700
...
...
8
63 18Cr–3Ni–3Mo
Pipe
A409
TP317
S31700
...
...
8
64 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A376
TP316H
S31609
...
...
8
65 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Pipe
A312
TP316H
S31609
...
...
8
238
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
−255
36 (2)(26)(28)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
483
207
816
138
65
100
125
150
175
200
138
138
138
138
134
129
37 (2)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
38 (2)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
39 (2)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
40 (2)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
41 (2)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
42 (2)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
43 (2)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
44 (2)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
45 (2)(12)(14)(28)(35)(39)
−200
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
46 (2)(12)(14)(28)(35)(39)
−200
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
137
137
135
135
134
134
47 (2)(28)(29)(35)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
48 (2)(28)(29)(31)(35)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
49 (2)(28)
−200
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
50 (2)(28)(30)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
51 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
52 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
53 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
54 (2)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
55 (2)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
56 (2)(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
57 (2)(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
58 (2)(26)(28)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
59 (2)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
60 (2)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
61 (2)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
62 (2)(26)(28)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
63 (2)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
64 (2)(26)(31)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
65 (2)(26)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
239
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
36
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
94.4
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
37
138
138
38
138
138
39
138
138
40
138
138
41
138
138
42
138
138
43
138
138
44
138
138
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
45
133
131
129
128
125
123
120
117
114
111
107
104
100
46
133
131
129
128
125
123
120
117
114
111
107
104
100
47
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
108
48
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
108
49
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
50
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
51
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
52
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
53
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
54
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
55
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
56
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
57
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
58
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
59
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
60
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
61
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
62
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
63
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
64
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
65
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
240
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
36
75.3
60.4
49.0
40.1
32.8
27.2
23.4
19.6
16.8
14.7
12.8
11.7
37
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
38
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
39
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
40
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
41
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
42
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
43
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
44
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
45
68.1
53.5
42.1
33.2
25.9
20.3
16.5
13.2
10.1
7.35
5.89
5.52
46
68.1
53.5
42.1
33.2
25.9
20.3
16.5
13.2
10.1
7.35
5.89
5.52
47
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
48
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
49
95.5
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
50
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
51
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
52
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
53
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
54
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
55
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
56
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
57
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
58
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
59
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
60
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
61
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
62
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
63
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
64
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
65
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
241
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
66 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A376
TP347H
S34709
...
...
8
67 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A312
TP347
S34700
...
...
8
68 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A358
347
S34700
...
...
8
69 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A376
TP347
S34700
...
...
8
70 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A409
TP347
S34700
...
...
8
71 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A312
TP348
S34800
...
...
8
72 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A358
348
S34800
...
...
8
73 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A376
TP348
S34800
...
...
8
74 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A409
TP348
S34800
...
...
8
75 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A312
TP347H
S34709
...
...
8
76 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Pipe
A312
TP348H
S34809
...
...
8
77 18Cr–8Ni
Tube
A213
TP304
S30400
...
...
8
78 18Cr–8Ni
Tube
A269
TP304
S30400
...
...
8
79 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A312
TP304
S30400
...
...
8
80 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A358
304
S30400
...
...
8
81 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A376
TP304
S30400
...
...
8
82 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A376
TP304H
S30409
...
...
8
83 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A409
TP304
S30400
...
...
8
84 18Cr–8Ni
Pipe
A312
TP304H
S30409
...
...
8
85 18Cr–10Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
A451
CPF8M
J92900
...
...
8
86 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
Wld. tube
A249
904L
N08904
...
...
45
87 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
Smls. & wld. pipe
A312
904L
N08904
...
...
45
88 20Cr–Cu
Tube
A268
TP443
S44300
...
...
10
89 27Cr
Tube
A268
TP446
S44600
...
...
10I
90 12Cr
Wld. pipe
A1053
50
S41003
...
...
7
91 24Cr–9Ni–N
Pipe & tube
A451
CPE20N
...
...
...
8
92 23Cr–4Ni–N
Pipe & tube
A789
...
S32304
...
...
10H
93 23Cr–4Ni–N
Pipe & tube
A790
...
S32304
...
...
10H
94 12¾Cr
Pipe & tube
A426
CPCA-15
J91150
...
...
6
95 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo
Pipe & tube
A789
...
S31803
...
...
10H
96 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo
Pipe & tube
A790
...
S31803
...
...
10H
97 26Cr–4Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
A789
...
S32900
...
...
10H
98 26Cr–4Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
A790
...
S32900
...
...
10H
242
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
66 (2)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
67 (2)(28)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
68 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
69 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
70 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
71 (2)(28)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
72 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
73 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
74 (2)(28)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
75 (2)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
76 (2)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
77 (2)(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
78 (2)(14)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
79 (2)(26)(28)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
80 (2)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
81 (2)(20)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
82 (2)(26)(31)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
83 (2)(26)(28)(31)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
84 (2)(26)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
85 (2)(26)(28)
−255
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
130
124
118
86 (26)
−200
490
220
260
143
143
143
143
141
135
130
87 (26)
−200
490
220
260
143
143
143
143
141
135
130
88 (2)(35)
−30
483
276
538
89 (2)(35)
−30
483
276
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
158
161
155
161
153
161
152
90 (2)
−30
485
350
316
162
162
162
162
162
161
159
91 (2)(35)(39)
−200
552
276
482
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
92 (2)(25)
−50
600
400
316
93 (2)(25)
−50
600
400
316
200
200
200
200
191
191
185
185
180
180
175
175
171
171
94 (2)(10)(35)
−30
621
448
40
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
95 (2)(25)
−50
621
448
316
96 (2)(25)
−50
621
448
316
207
207
207
207
207
207
204
204
199
199
196
196
193
193
207
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
97 (2)(25)
−30
621
483
40
98 (2)(25)
−30
621
483
40
243
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
135
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
66
138
138
67
138
138
68
138
138
69
138
138
70
138
138
71
138
138
72
138
138
73
138
138
74
138
138
75
138
138
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
138
138
137
137
135
76
135
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
77
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
78
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
79
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
80
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
81
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
82
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
83
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
84
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
85
114
110
107
104
102
101
99.3
98.1
97.0
95.9
94.7
93.3
91.5
86
125
120
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87
125
120
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
88
161
150
161
149
161
147
161
145
161
144
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
89
141
139
136
132
128
122
116
109
90
156
154
152
149
146
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
91
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
...
92
166
166
161
161
153
153
143
143
111
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
93
111
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
94
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
95
190
190
188
188
187
187
186
186
185
185
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
96
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
97
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
244
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
66
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
67
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
68
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
69
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
70
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
71
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
72
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
73
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
74
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
75
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
76
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
77
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
78
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
79
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
80
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
81
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
82
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
83
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
84
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
85
89.1
72.7
57.7
46.0
36.9
30.1
24.3
20.3
17.0
14.3
12.1
11.0
86
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
88
17.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
89
104
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
90
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
91
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
92
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
93
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
94
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
95
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
96
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
97
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
245
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
99 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
100 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Smls. & wld. pipe
A312
...
N08367
...
Wld. pipe
A358
...
N08367
...
101 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Wld. pipe
A813
...
N08367
...
102 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Wld. pipe
A814
...
N08367
...
Size,
mm
> 5.0
> 5.0
> 5.0
> 5.0
P-No.
(5)
45
45
45
45
103 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Smls. & wld. pipe
A312
...
N08367
...
≤ 5.0
45
104 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Wld. pipe
A358
...
N08367
...
≤ 5.0
45
105 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Wld. pipe
A813
...
N08367
...
≤ 5.0
45
106 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Wld. pipe
A814
...
N08367
...
≤ 5.0
45
107 21Cr–3Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
A790
...
S32003
...
108 21Cr–3Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
A789
...
S32003
...
> 5.0
109 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
A789
...
S32760
110 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
A790
...
S32760
111 24Cr–17Ni–6Mn–4½Mo–N
Pipe & tube
A358
...
112 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Pipe & tube
A789
...
113 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Pipe & tube
A790
114 18Cr–10Ni
Plate & sheet
115 12Cr–Al
10H
≤ 5.0
10H
...
...
10H
...
...
10H
S34565
...
...
8
S32750
...
...
10H
2507
S32750
...
...
10H
A240
305
S30500
...
...
8
Plate & sheet
A240
405
S40500
...
...
7
116 18Cr–8Ni
Plate & sheet
A240
304L
S30403
...
...
8
117 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
316L
S31603
...
...
8
118 18Cr–Ti–Al
Plate & sheet
A240
X8M
...
...
...
...
119 18Cr–8Ni
Plate & sheet
A167
302B
S30215
...
...
8
120 18Cr–Ni
Plate & sheet
A240
302
S30200
...
...
8
121 12Cr
Plate, sheet, strip
A1010
40
S41003
...
...
7
122 12Cr
Plate, sheet, strip
A1010
50
S41003
...
...
7
123 13Cr
Plate & sheet
A240
410S
S41008
...
...
7
124 13Cr
Plate & sheet
A240
410
S41000
...
...
6
125 15Cr
Plate & sheet
A240
429
S42900
...
...
6
126 17Cr
Plate & sheet
A240
430
S43000
...
...
7
127 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
317L
S31703
...
...
8
246
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
99 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
100 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
101 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
102 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
103 (26)
−200
690
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
205
104 (26)
−200
690
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
205
105 (26)
−200
690
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
205
106 (26)
−200
690
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
205
107 (2)(25)
−50
655
450
343
218
218
210
203
199
197
197
108 (2)(25)
−50
690
485
343
230
230
221
214
209
207
207
109 (2)(25)
−50
752
552
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
110 (2)(25)
−50
752
552
40
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
111 (2)(36)
−200
793
414
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
112 (2)(25)
−50
800
550
316
113 (2)(25)
−50
800
550
316
267
267
265
265
264
264
257
257
251
251
247
247
243
243
114 (26)(36)(39)
−200
483
172
40
115
...
...
...
...
...
...
115 (35)
−30
414
172
538
115
109
105
103
102
101
100
116 (36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
117 (36)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
118 (35)
−30
448
207
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
119 (26)(28)(31)(36)(39)
−200
517
207
510
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
120 (26)(36)
−200
517
207
538
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
121 . . .
−30
455
275
316
152
152
152
152
152
151
149
122 . . .
−30
485
350
316
162
162
162
162
162
161
159
120
123 (35)(50)
−30
414
207
649
138
130
126
124
122
121
124 (35)
−30
448
207
649
138
130
126
124
122
121
120
125 (35)
−30
448
207
649
138
130
126
124
122
121
120
126 (35)
−30
448
207
649
138
130
126
124
122
121
120
127 (36)
−200
517
207
454
138
138
138
138
138
136
131
247
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
99
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
100
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
101
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
102
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
103
199
194
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
104
199
194
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
105
199
194
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
106
199
194
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
107
197
197
197
197
197
197
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
108
207
207
207
207
207
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
111
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
112
238
238
237
237
237
237
236
236
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
113
241
241
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
114
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115
99.7
99.1
98.4
97.5
96.2
94.7
92.6
90.1
87.0
83.4
79.2
70.1
38.8
116
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
117
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
118
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
119
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
120
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
121
147
145
142
140
137
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
122
156
154
152
149
146
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
123
120
119
118
117
115
114
111
108
104
100
92.5
68.4
51.1
124
120
119
118
117
115
114
111
108
104
100
92.5
68.4
51.1
125
120
119
118
117
115
114
111
108
104
100
88.7
69.8
52.6
126
120
119
118
117
115
114
111
108
104
100
88.7
69.8
52.6
127
127
123
120
118
115
113
111
109
107
105
103
...
...
248
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
99
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
100
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
101
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
102
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
103
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
104
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
105
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
106
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
107
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
108
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
111
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
113
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
114
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115
27.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
116
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
117
80.8
73.0
67.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
118
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
119
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
120
96.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
121
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
122
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
123
37.4
26.3
17.8
11.4
6.89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
124
37.4
26.3
17.8
11.4
6.89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
125
38.1
27.6
20.6
15.9
12.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
126
38.1
27.6
20.6
15.9
12.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
127
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
249
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
128 25Cr–20Ni
Plate & sheet
A167
310
S31000
...
...
8
129 25Cr–20Ni
Plate & sheet
A240
310S
S31008
...
...
8
130 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Plate & sheet
A240
321
S32100
...
...
8
131 20Cr–10Ni
Plate & sheet
A167
308
S30800
...
...
8
132 23Cr–12Ni
Plate & sheet
A167
309
S30900
...
...
8
133 23Cr–12Ni
Plate & sheet
A240
309S
S30908
...
...
8
134 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Plate & sheet
A240
347
S34700
...
...
8
135 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Plate & sheet
A240
348
S34800
...
...
8
136 25Cr–20Ni
Plate & sheet
A167
310
S31000
...
...
8
137 25Cr–20Ni
Plate & sheet
A240
310S
S31008
...
...
8
138 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Plate & sheet
A240
321
S32100
...
...
8
139 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Plate & sheet
A240
321H
S32109
...
...
8
140 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
316
S31600
...
...
8
141 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
317
S31700
...
...
8
142 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Plate & sheet
A167
347
...
...
...
8
143 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Plate & sheet
A240
347
S34700
...
...
8
144 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Plate & sheet
A167
348
...
...
...
8
145 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Plate & sheet
A240
348
S34800
...
...
8
146 18Cr–8Ni
Plate & sheet
A240
304
S30400
...
...
8
147 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
904L
N08904
...
...
45
...
> 5.0
45
148 16Cr–4Ni–6Mn–N
Plate & sheet
A240
201LN
S20153
...
149 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Plates
A240
...
N08367
...
150 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Sheet & strip
A240
...
N08367
...
≤ 5.0
151 21Cr–3Ni–Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
...
S32003
...
152 21Cr–3Ni–Mo
Plate & sheet
A240
...
S32003
...
> 5.0
153 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
Plate & sheet
A240
...
S32760
154 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Plate & sheet
A240
2507
155 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Forgings & fittings
A182
F317L
8
45
10H
≤ 5.0
10H
...
...
10H
S32750
...
...
10H
S31703
...
≤ 125
8
250
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
128 (28)(35)(36)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
129 (28)(35)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
130 (30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
131 (6)(26)(31)(39)
−200
517
207
800
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
132 (12)(28)(31)(35)(36)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
133 (28)(35)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
134 (36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
135 (36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
136 (28)(29)(35)(36)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
137 (28)(29)(35)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138 (28)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
139 (36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
140 (26)(28)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
141 (26)(28)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
142 (28)(30)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
143 (28)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
144 (28)(30)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
145 (28)(36)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
146 (26)(28)(36)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
147 (26)
−200
490
220
260
143
143
143
143
141
135
130
148 . . .
−200
655
310
454
207
206
187
177
170
165
162
149 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
150 (26)
−200
690
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
205
151 (25)
−50
655
450
343
218
218
210
203
199
197
197
152 (25)
−50
690
485
343
230
230
221
214
209
207
207
153 (25)
−50
752
552
316
251
251
249
244
239
237
235
154 (25)
−50
800
550
316
267
265
264
257
251
247
243
155 (2)(9)(21a)
−200
483
172
454
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
251
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
128
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
129
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
130
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
131
125
122
119
116
113
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
132
138
135
133
131
129
127
125
124
122
121
119
117
108
133
138
135
133
131
129
127
125
124
122
121
119
117
108
134
138
138
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
138
138
137
137
135
135
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
136
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
108
137
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
108
138
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
139
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
140
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
141
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
142
138
138
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
144
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
145
138
138
137
137
137
137
135
143
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
146
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
147
125
120
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
148
160
159
158
158
158
157
156
154
152
149
146
...
...
149
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
150
199
194
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
151
197
197
197
197
197
197
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
152
207
207
207
207
207
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
153
234
234
234
234
234
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
154
241
238
237
237
236
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
155
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
...
...
252
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
128
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
129
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
130
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
131
14.2
9.40
6.16
4.03
2.64
1.73
1.13
0.74
0.49
0.32
0.21
...
132
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
133
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
134
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
135
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
136
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
137
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
138
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
139
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
140
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
141
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
142
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
143
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
144
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
145
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
146
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
147
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
148
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
149
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
150
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
151
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
153
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
154
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
155
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
253
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
156 18Cr–8Ni
Forgings & fittings
A182
F304L
S30403
...
...
8
157 18Cr–8Ni
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP304L
S30403
...
...
8
158 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Forgings & fittings
A182
F316L
S31603
...
...
8
159 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP316L
S31603
...
...
8
160 20Ni–8Cr
Forgings & fittings
A182
F10
S33100
...
...
8
161 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP317L
S31703
...
...
8
162 25Cr–20Ni
Forgings & fittings
A182
F310
S31000
...
...
8
163 25Cr–20Ni
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP310
S31008
...
...
8
164 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Forgings & fittings
A182
F321
S32100
...
...
8
165 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP321
S32100
...
...
8
166 23Cr–12Ni
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP309
S30900
...
...
8
167 25Cr–20Ni
Forgings & fittings
A182
F310
S31000
...
...
8
168 25Cr–20Ni
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP310
S31008
...
...
8
169 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A182
F347
S34700
...
...
8
170 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP347
S34700
...
...
8
171 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A182
F348
S34800
...
...
8
172 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP348
S34800
...
...
8
173 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Forgings & fittings
A182
F321
S32100
...
...
8
174 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Forgings & fittings
A182
F321H
S32109
...
...
8
175 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP321
S32100
...
...
8
176 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP321H
S32109
...
...
8
177 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP316H
S31609
...
...
8
178 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Forgings & fittings
A182
F316H
S31609
...
...
8
179 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP347H
S34709
...
...
8
180 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A182
F347
S34700
...
...
8
181 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP347
S34700
...
...
8
182 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A182
F348
S34800
...
...
8
183 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP348
S34800
...
...
8
254
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
156 (2)(9)(21a)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
157 (2)(32)(37)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
158 (2)(9)(21a)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
159 (2)(32)(37)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
160 (2)(26)(28)(39)
−200
552
207
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
161 (2)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
454
138
138
138
138
138
136
131
162 (2)(9)(21)(28)(35)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
163 (2)(28)(32)(35)(37)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
164 (2)(9)(21)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
165 (2)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
166 (2)(28)(32)(35)(37)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
167 (2)(9)(21)(28)(29)(35)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
168 (2)(28)(29)(32)(35)(37)(39)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
169 (2)(9)(21)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
170 (2)(32)(37)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
171 (2)(9)(21)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
172 (2)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
173 (2)(9)(21)(28)(30)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
174 (2)(9)(21)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
175 (2)(28)(30)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
176 (2)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
177 (2)(26)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
178 (2)(9)(21)(26)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
179 (2)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
180 (2)(9)(21)(28)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
181 (2)(28)(32)(37)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
182 (2)(9)(21)(28)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
183 (2)(28)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
255
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
156
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
157
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
158
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
159
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
160
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
161
127
123
120
118
115
113
111
109
107
105
103
...
...
162
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
163
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
84.9
164
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
165
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
166
138
135
133
131
129
127
125
124
122
121
119
117
108
167
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
108
168
137
134
131
129
127
125
123
122
120
119
117
116
108
169
138
138
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
171
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
172
138
138
137
137
137
137
135
170
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
173
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
174
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
175
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
176
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
177
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
178
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
179
138
138
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
181
138
138
135
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
182
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
183
138
138
137
137
137
137
137
135
180
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
256
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
156
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
157
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
158
80.8
73.0
67.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
159
80.8
73.0
67.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
160
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
161
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
162
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
163
59.0
43.5
31.9
23.6
16.9
10.7
6.10
3.90
2.99
2.36
1.73
1.38
164
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
165
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
6.19
4.28
2.75
2.07
166
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
167
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
168
83.7
64.0
48.5
36.3
27.3
21.0
15.9
12.5
9.87
7.65
5.97
5.17
169
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
170
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
171
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
172
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
173
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
174
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
175
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
176
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
177
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
178
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
179
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
180
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
181
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
182
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
183
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
257
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
184 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A182
F347H
S34709
...
...
8
185 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Forgings & fittings
A182
F348H
S34809
...
...
8
186 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Forgings & fittings
A182
F316
S31600
...
...
8
187 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP316
S31600
...
...
8
188 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP317
S31700
...
...
8
189 18Cr–8Ni
Forgings & fittings
A182
F304
S30400
...
...
8
190 18Cr–8Ni
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP304
S30400
...
...
8
191 18Cr–8Ni
Forgings & fittings
A403
WP304H
S30409
...
...
8
192 18Cr–8Ni
Forgings & fittings
A182
F304H
S30409
...
...
8
193 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
Forgings
A182
F904L
N08904
...
...
45
194 13Cr
Forgings & fittings
A182
F6a
S41000
1
...
6
195 13Cr
Forgings & fittings
A182
F6a
S41000
2
...
6
196 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Forgings
A182
F62
N08367
...
...
45
197 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Fittings
A403
WP6XN
N08367
...
...
45
198 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Fittings
A403
CR6XN
N08367
...
...
45
199 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
Forgings & fittings
A182
...
S32760
...
...
10H
200 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
Forgings & fittings
A815
...
S32760
...
...
10H
201 13Cr
Forgings & fittings
A182
F6a
S41000
3
...
6
202 13Cr–½Mo
Forgings & fittings
A182
F6b
S41026
...
...
6
203 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Forgings & fittings
A182
F53
S32750
...
...
10H
204 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Forgings & fittings
A815
WPS32750
S32750
...
...
10H
205 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Forgings & fittings
A815
CRS32750
S32750
...
...
10H
206 13Cr
Forgings & fittings
A182
F6a
S41000
4
...
6
207 18Cr–8Ni
Bar
A479
304
S30400
...
...
8
208 18Cr–8Ni
Bar
A479
304H
S30409
...
...
8
209 18Cr–8Ni
Bar
A479
304L
S30403
...
...
8
210 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bar
A479
316
S31600
...
...
8
211 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bar
A479
316H
S31609
...
...
8
212 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bar
A479
316L
S31603
...
...
8
258
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
184 (2)(9)(21)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
185 (2)(9)(21)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
186 (2)(9)(21)(26)(28)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
187 (2)(26)(28)(32)(37)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
188 (2)(26)(28)(32)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
189 (2)(9)(21)(26)(28)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
190 (2)(26)(28)(32)(37)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
191 (2)(26)(32)(37)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
192 (2)(9)(21)(26)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
193 (26)
−200
490
220
260
143
143
143
143
141
135
130
194 (2)(35)
−30
483
276
538
195 (2)(35)
−30
586
379
649
161
195
161
195
161
195
160
194
158
191
156
190
155
188
196 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
197 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
198 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
199 (2)(25)
−50
752
552
316
200 (2)(25)
−50
752
552
316
251
251
251
251
249
249
244
244
239
239
237
237
235
235
201 (2)(35)
−30
758
586
40
253
...
...
...
...
...
...
202 (2)(35)
...
760–930
620
40
253
...
...
...
...
...
...
265
265
265
264
264
264
257
257
257
251
251
251
247
247
247
243
243
243
...
...
...
...
...
...
203 (25)
−50
800
550
316
204 (25)
−50
800
550
316
205 (25)
−50
800
550
316
267
267
267
206 (2)(35)
−30
896
758
40
299
207 (26)(28)(31)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
208 (26)(31)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
209 (31)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
114
110
210 (26)(28)(31)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
211 (26)(31)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
134
212 (31)
−255
483
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
113
109
259
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
184
138
138
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
138
138
137
137
135
185
135
132
130
129
127
126
126
125
125
125
186
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
187
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
188
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
189
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
190
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
191
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
192
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
193
125
120
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
194
154
187
153
186
152
184
150
182
148
180
145
176
142
172
137
167
133
161
125
92.5
68.4
51.1
195
125
92.5
68.4
51.1
196
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
197
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
198
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
199
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
200
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
201
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
202
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
203
238
238
238
237
237
237
237
237
237
236
236
236
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
205
241
241
241
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
206
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
207
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
208
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
209
106
103
99.9
97.7
95.7
94.1
92.6
91.3
90.0
88.7
87.3
85.6
83.7
210
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
211
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
212
106
103
100
98.1
96.1
94.3
92.6
90.9
89.3
87.6
85.9
84.2
82.5
204
260
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
184
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
185
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
186
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
187
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
188
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
189
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
190
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
191
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
192
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
193
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
194
44.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
195
37.4
26.3
17.8
11.4
6.89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
196
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
197
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
198
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
199
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
200
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
201
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
202
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
203
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
204
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
205
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
206
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
207
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
208
95.5
78.9
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
9.65
209
81.4
40.4
33.2
26.7
21.9
18.2
15.0
12.4
8.87
7.20
6.58
6.21
210
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
211
105
97.8
80.8
65.0
50.4
38.6
29.6
23.0
17.4
13.3
10.4
8.96
212
80.8
73.0
67.9
58.0
43.6
33.0
25.3
18.8
14.0
10.4
7.99
6.89
261
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
213 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bar
A479
321
S32100
...
...
8
214 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bar
A479
321
S32100
...
...
8
215 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bar
A479
321H
S32109
...
...
8
216 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bar
A479
347
S34700
...
...
8
217 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bar
A479
347
S34700
...
...
8
218 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bar
A479
347H
S34709
...
...
8
219 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo
Bar
A479
904L
N08904
...
...
45
220 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N
Bar
A479
...
N08367
...
...
45
221 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn
Bar
A479
XM-19
S20910
...
...
8
222 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N
Bar
A479
...
S32750
...
≤ 50
10H
223 28Ni–20Cr–2Mo–3Cb
Castings
A351
CN7M
J95150
...
...
45
224 35Ni–15Cr–Mo
Castings
A351
HT30
N08603
...
...
45
225 25Cr–13Ni
Castings
A351
CH8
J93400
...
...
8
226 25Cr–20Ni
Castings
A351
CK20
J94202
...
...
8
227 15Cr–15Ni–2Mo–Cb
Castings
A351
CF10MC
...
...
...
8
228 18Cr–8Ni
Castings
A351
CF3
J92500
...
...
8
229 17Cr–10Ni–2Mo
Castings
A351
CF3M
J92800
...
...
8
230 18Cr–8Ni
Castings
A351
CF8
J92600
...
...
8
231 25Cr–13Ni
Castings
A351
CH10
J93401
...
...
8
232 25Cr–13Ni
Castings
A351
CH20
J93402
...
...
8
233 20Cr–10Ni–Cb
Castings
A351
CF8C
J92710
...
...
8
234 18Cr–10Ni–2Mo
Castings
A351
CF8M
J92900
...
...
8
235 25Cr–20Ni
Castings
A351
HK40
J94204
...
...
8
236 25Cr–20Ni
Castings
A351
HK30
J94203
...
...
8
237 18Cr–8Ni
Castings
A351
CF3A
J92500
...
...
8
238 18Cr–8Ni
Castings
A351
CF8A
J92600
...
...
8
239 25Cr–10Ni–N
Castings
A351
CE20N
J92802
...
...
8
240 12Cr
Castings
A217
CA15
J91150
...
...
6
241 24Cr–10Ni–Mo–N
Castings
A351
CE8MN
...
...
...
10H
242 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N
Castings
A351
CD3MWCuN
...
...
...
10H
243 13Cr–4Ni
Castings
A487
CA6NM
J91540
...
...
6
262
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature,
°C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Min. Tensile Min. Yield Max. Use Temp.
to
Strength, Strength, Temp.,
40
°C
MPa
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
213 . . .
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
214 (28)(30)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
215 . . .
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
216 . . .
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
217 (28)(30)
−255
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
218 . . .
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
219 (26)
−200
490
220
260
143
143
143
143
141
135
130
220 (26)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
221 . . .
−30
690
380
649
230
222 (25)
−50
800
550
316
267
230
265
227
264
221
257
217
251
213
247
210
243
223 (2)(9)(30)
−200
427
172
40
115
...
...
...
...
...
...
224 (2)(36)(39)
−200
448
193
40
129
...
...
...
...
...
...
225 (2)(9)(31)
−200
448
193
816
129
129
129
129
226 (2)(9)(27)(31)(35)(39)
−200
448
193
816
129
129
129
129
127
127
125
125
124
124
227 (2)(30)
−200
483
207
40
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
228 (2)(9)
−255
483
207
427
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
229 (2)(9)
−255
483
207
454
138
138
138
138
138
138
133
230 (2)(9)(26)(27)(31)
−255
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
231 (2)(27)(31)(35)
−200
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
232 (2)(9)(27)(31)(35)(39)
−200
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
233 (2)(9)(27)(30)
−200
483
207
800
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
234 (2)(9)(26)(27)(30)
−255
483
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
134
129
235 (2)(35)(36)(39)
−200
427
241
40
142
...
...
...
...
...
...
236 (2)(35)(39)
−200
448
241
40
149
...
...
...
...
...
...
237 (2)(9)(56)
−255
531
241
371
161
161
161
−255
531
241
371
161
161
161
160
160
156
156
153
153
151
238 (2)(9)(26)(56)
239 (2)(35)(39)
−200
552
276
482
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
240 (2)(35)
−30
621
448
649
241 (2)(9)
−50
655
448
316
242 (2)(9)(25)
−50
689
448
316
207
218
230
207
218
230
207
216
227
205
208
221
203
201
216
201
197
212
199
195
209
243 (2)(9)(35)
−30
758
552
371
253
253
253
251
248
245
244
263
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
151
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
213
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
214
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
215
138
135
131
128
125
123
120
119
117
116
114
113
112
216
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
217
138
138
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
218
138
138
137
137
137
135
132
130
128
127
126
126
125
125
125
219
125
120
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
220
195
192
188
184
179
176
173
170
167
166
...
...
...
221
205
238
204
237
202
237
201
236
200
199
197
195
193
191
188
183
222
207
241
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
223
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
224
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
225
124
124
123
121
119
117
115
112
109
106
103
100
96.9
93.7
123
121
119
117
115
112
109
106
103
100
96.9
93.7
226
227
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
228
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
...
...
...
229
129
125
122
119
116
114
112
111
109
108
107
...
...
230
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
94.4
231
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
232
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
233
138
138
138
138
138
97.0
84.3
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
21.4
234
125
122
119
116
113
111
109
107
105
103
101
99.1
97.3
235
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
236
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
237
146
142
138
135
132
130
127
...
...
...
...
...
...
238
146
142
138
135
132
130
127
...
...
...
...
...
...
239
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
...
240
197
194
206
195
194
205
193
194
204
190
194
204
187
182
120
116
105
82.1
59.9
41.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
242
198
194
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
243
242
240
238
236
232
228
224
...
...
...
...
...
...
241
264
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1), (3), and (4b)]
Line No.
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
213
88.7
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.49
214
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
750
775
800
825
6.19
4.28
2.78
2.07
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
215
100
76.5
58.7
46.0
36.8
28.7
23.0
18.4
14.5
11.5
9.02
7.58
216
97.6
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
217
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
218
125
112
90.6
69.6
53.8
41.4
31.8
24.0
18.8
14.6
10.9
8.96
219
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
220
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
221
179
174
132
83.6
56.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
222
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
223
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
224
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
225
68.1
53.5
42.1
33.2
25.9
20.3
16.5
13.2
10.1
7.35
5.89
5.52
226
73.2
64.4
56.5
49.0
41.0
33.5
25.4
18.3
12.8
9.01
6.59
5.52
227
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
228
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
229
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
230
75.3
60.4
49.0
40.1
32.8
27.2
23.4
19.6
16.8
14.7
12.8
11.7
231
68.1
53.5
42.1
33.2
25.9
20.3
16.5
13.2
10.1
7.35
5.89
5.52
232
68.1
53.5
42.1
33.2
25.9
20.3
16.5
13.2
10.1
7.35
5.89
5.52
233
14.2
9.40
6.16
4.03
2.64
1.73
1.13
0.74
0.49
0.32
0.21
...
234
95.5
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
8.97
7.08
5.89
5.52
235
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
236
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
237
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
238
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
239
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
240
28.7
20.1
14.3
9.77
6.89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
241
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
242
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
243
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
265
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)(7)
Notes
Min. Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa MPa
°C (6)
1 Cu
Pipe
B42
C10200 O61
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
2 Cu
Pipe
B42
C12000 O61
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
3 Cu
Pipe
B42
C12200 O61
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
4 Cu
Tube
B75
C10200 O50
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
5 Cu
Tube
B75
C10200 O60
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
6 Cu
Tube
B75
C12000 O50
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
7 Cu
Tube
B75
C12000 O60
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
8 Cu
Tube
B75
C12200 O50
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
9 Cu
Tube
B75
C12200 O60
...
31
(2)
−270
207
62
10 Cu
Tube
B68
C12200 O50
...
31
(2)(24)
−270
207
62
11 Cu
Tube
B68
C12200 O60
...
31
(2)(24)
−270
207
62
12 Cu
Tube
B88
C12200 O50
...
31
(2)(24)
−270
207
62
13 Cu
Tube
B88
C12200 O60
...
31
(2)(24)
−270
207
62
14 Cu
Tube
B280
C12200 O60
...
31
(2)(24)
−270
207
62
15 Red brass
Pipe
B43
C23000 O61
...
32
(2)
−270
276
83
16 90Cu–10Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C70600 WO50
34
(2)(14)
−270
262
90
17 90Cu–10Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C70600 WO61
> 114 O.D.
34
(2)(14)
−270
262
90
18 90Cu–10Ni
Pipe & tube
B466
C70600 Annealed
> 114 O.D.
...
34
(2)(14)
−270
262
90
19 90Cu–10Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C70600 WO50
≤ 114 O.D.
34
(2)(14)
−270
276
103
20 90Cu–10Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C70600 WO61
≤ 114 O.D.
34
(2)(14)
−270
276
103
21 70Cu–30Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C71500 WO50
22 70Cu–30Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C71500 WO61
> 114 O.D.
23 80Cu–20Ni
Pipe & tube
B466
24 Cu
Pipe
25 Cu
Pipe
26 Cu
27 Cu
34
(2)(14)
−270
310
103
34
(2)(14)
−270
310
103
C71000 Annealed
> 114 O.D.
≤ 114 O.D.
34
(2)(14)
−270
310
110
B42
C10200 H55
DN 64 thru 300
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
248
207
B42
C12000 H55
DN 64 thru 300
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
248
207
Pipe
B42
C12200 H55
DN 64 thru 300
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
248
207
Tube
B75
C10200 H58
...
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
248
207
28 Cu
Tube
B75
C12000 H58
...
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
248
207
29 Cu
Tube
B75
C12200 H58
...
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
248
207
30 Cu
Tube
B88
C12200 H58
...
31
(2)(14)(24)(34)
−270
248
207
31 70Cu–30Ni
Pipe & tube
B466
C71500 O60
...
34
(2)(14)
−270
359
124
32 70Cu–30Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C71500 WO50
≤ 114 O.D.
34
(2)(14)
−270
345
138
33 70Cu–30Ni
Pipe & tube
B467
C71500 WO61
≤ 114 O.D.
34
(2)(14)
−270
345
138
266
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
Line
No.
Min.
Temp. to
40
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
1
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
2
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
3
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
4
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
5
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
6
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
7
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
8
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
9
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
10
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
11
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
12
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
13
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
14
260
41.4
34.9
33.5
32.9
32.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
15
232
55.2
54.7
54.7
54.7
54.7
54.7
36.4
17.5
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
16
316
59.8
58.0
56.1
54.9
53.8
52.9
52.0
51.2
50.4
49.7
45.1
39.3
...
...
17
316
59.8
58.0
56.1
54.9
53.8
52.9
52.0
51.2
50.4
49.7
45.1
39.3
...
...
18
316
59.8
58.0
56.1
54.9
53.8
52.9
52.0
51.2
50.4
49.7
45.1
39.3
...
...
19
316
68.9
67.0
65.1
63.7
62.4
61.1
60.0
59.1
58.3
51.3
45.1
39.3
...
...
20
316
68.9
67.0
65.1
63.7
62.4
61.1
60.0
59.1
58.3
51.3
45.1
39.3
...
...
21
371
68.9
66.6
64.6
63.2
61.9
60.7
59.5
58.4
57.4
56.2
55.5
54.9
54.3
53.8
22
371
68.9
66.6
64.6
63.2
61.9
60.7
59.5
58.4
57.4
56.2
55.5
54.9
54.3
53.8
23
371
73.5
72.8
72.1
71.4
70.6
69.6
68.3
66.6
64.7
62.4
60.0
56.2
51.9
48.3
24
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
26
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
27
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
28
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
29
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
30
204
82.7
80.0
74.1
71.3
69.2
67.4
65.7
65.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
371
82.7
79.8
77.5
75.9
74.3
72.9
71.5
70.2
68.9
67.8
66.8
65.9
65.3
64.8
32
371
91.9
88.7
86.1
84.3
82.6
81.0
79.4
78.0
76.6
75.3
74.2
73.2
72.5
71.7
33
371
91.9
88.7
86.1
84.3
82.6
81.0
79.4
78.0
76.6
75.3
74.2
73.2
72.5
71.7
267
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)(7)
Notes
Min. Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa MPa
°C (6)
34 Cu
Pipe
B42
C10200 H80
DN 6 thru 50
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
310
276
35 Cu
Pipe
B42
C12000 H80
DN 6 thru 50
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
310
276
36 Cu
Pipe
B42
C12200 H80
DN 6 thru 50
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
310
276
37 Cu
Tube
B75
C10200 H80
...
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
310
276
38 Cu
Tube
B75
C12000 H80
...
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
310
276
39 Cu
Tube
B75
C12200 H80
...
31
(2)(14)(34)
−270
310
276
40 Cu
Plate & sheet
B152
C10200 O25
...
31
(14)(24)
−270
207
69
41 Cu
Plate & sheet
B152
C10400 O25
...
31
(14)(24)
−270
207
69
42 Cu
Plate & sheet
B152
C10500 O25
...
31
(14)(24)
−270
207
69
43 Cu
Plate & sheet
B152
C10700 O25
...
31
(14)(24)
−270
207
69
44 Cu
Plate & sheet
B152
C12200 O25
...
31
(14)(24)
−270
207
69
45 Cu
Plate & sheet
B152
C12300 O25
...
31
(14)(24)
−270
207
69
46 90Cu–10Ni
Plate & sheet
B171
C70600 . . .
≤ 64 thk.
34
(14)
−270
276
103
47 Cu–Si
Plate & sheet
B96
C65500 O61
...
33
...
−270
359
124
48 70Cu–30Ni
Plate & sheet
B171
C71500 . . .
≤ 64 thk.
34
(14)
−270
345
138
49 Al–bronze
Plate & sheet
B169
C61400 O25
≤ 50 thk.
35
(13)
−270
483
207
50 Al–bronze
Plate & sheet
B169
C61400 O60
≤ 50 thk.
35
(13)
−270
483
207
51 Cu
Forgings
B283
C11000 . . .
...
31
(14)
−270
228
76
52 High Si–bronze (A)
Forgings
B283
C65500 . . .
...
33
(14)
−270
359
124
53 Forging brass
Forgings
B283
C37700 . . .
...
a
(14)
−200
400
159
54 Leaded naval brass
Forgings
B283
C48500 . . .
...
a
(14)
−200
427
165
55 Naval brass
Forgings
B283
C46400 . . .
...
32
(14)
−255
441
179
56 Mn–bronze (A)
Forgings
B283
C67500 . . .
...
32
(14)
−200
496
234
57 Composition bronze
Castings
B62
C83600 . . .
...
a
(2)(9)
−200
207
97
58 Leaded Ni–bronze
Castings
B584
C97300 . . .
...
a
(2)
−200
207
103
59 Leaded Ni–bronze
Castings
B584
C97600 . . .
...
a
(2)
−200
276
117
60 Leaded Sn–bronze
Castings
B584
C92300 . . .
...
a
(2)
−200
248
110
61 Leaded Sn–bronze
Castings
B584
C92200 . . .
...
a
(2)
−200
234
110
62 Steam bronze
Castings
B61
C92200 . . .
...
a
(2)(9)
−200
234
110
63 Sn–bronze
Castings
B584
C90300 . . .
...
b
(2)
−200
276
124
64 Sn–bronze
Castings
B584
C90500 . . .
...
b
(2)
−200
276
124
268
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
Min.
Temp. to
40
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
34
204
103
100
92.6
89.1
86.5
84.3
35.8
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
35
204
103
100
92.6
89.1
86.5
84.3
35.8
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
36
204
103
100
92.6
89.1
86.5
84.3
35.8
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
37
204
103
100
92.6
89.1
86.5
84.3
35.8
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
38
204
103
100
92.6
89.1
86.5
84.3
35.8
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
39
204
103
100
92.6
89.1
86.5
84.3
35.8
29.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
40
260
46.0
39.1
37.1
36.5
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
41
260
46.0
39.1
37.1
36.5
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
42
260
46.0
39.1
37.1
36.5
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
43
260
46.0
39.1
37.1
36.5
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
44
260
46.0
39.1
37.1
36.5
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
45
260
46.0
39.1
37.1
36.5
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
46
316
68.9
67.0
65.1
63.7
62.4
61.1
60.0
59.1
58.3
51.3
45.1
39.3
...
...
47
177
82.7
82.3
81.5
80.8
80.0
70.6
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
48
371
91.9
88.7
86.1
84.3
82.6
81.0
79.4
78.0
76.6
75.3
74.2
73.2
72.5
71.7
49
260
138
137
136
135
135
134
133
131
130
130
...
...
...
...
50
260
138
137
136
135
135
134
133
131
130
130
...
...
...
...
51
260
50.6
42.8
40.8
40.2
34.2
28.0
21.7
16.7
12.9
11.6
...
...
...
...
52
204
82.7
82.3
81.5
80.8
80.0
70.6
49.3
46.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
53
204
106
99.8
94.5
91.1
71.4
52.8
17.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
54
204
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
55
204
120
120
120
120
118
118
20.0
17.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
56
204
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
...
...
...
...
...
...
57
232
64.4
64.4
62.6
59.1
55.7
53.0
51.2
50.3
50.1
...
...
...
...
...
58
40
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
59
149
78.1
69.6
64.9
62.5
60.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
60
204
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
61
204
73.5
66.4
65.3
64.6
63.3
61.5
59.6
58.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
62
288
73.5
66.4
65.3
64.6
63.3
61.5
59.6
58.1
57.5
57.5
57.3
...
...
...
63
204
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
64
204
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
269
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
UNS
No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)(7)
Notes
Min. Min.
Min. Tensile Yield
Str.,
Temp., Str.,
MPa MPa
°C (6)
65 Leaded Mn–bronze
Castings
B584
C86400 . . .
...
a
(2)(9)
−200
414
138
66 Leaded Ni–bronze
Castings
B584
C97800 . . .
...
a
(2)
−200
345
152
67 No. 1 Mn–bronze
Castings
B584
C86500 . . .
...
b
(2)
−200
448
172
68 Al–bronze
Castings
B148
C95200 . . .
...
35
(2)(9)
−255
448
172
69 Al–bronze
Castings
B148
C95300 . . .
...
35
(2)(9)
−255
448
172
70 Si–Al–bronze
Castings
B148
C95600 . . .
...
35
(2)
−200
414
193
71 Al–bronze
Castings
B148
C95400 . . .
...
35
(2)
−200
517
207
72 Mn–bronze
Castings
B584
C86700 . . .
...
a
(2)
−200
552
221
73 Al–bronze
Castings
B148
C95500 . . .
...
35
(2)
−270
621
276
74 High strength Mn–bronze
Castings
B584
C86200 . . .
...
b
(2)
−200
621
310
75 High strength Mn–bronze
Castings
B584
C86300 . . .
...
b
(2)
−200
758
414
76 Si–brass
Rod
B371
C69300 H02
≤ 12
a
...
−200
585
310
77 Si–brass
Rod
B371
C69300 H02
a
...
−200
515
240
78 Si–brass
Rod
B371
C69300 H02
> 12, ≤ 25
a
...
−200
480
205
> 25, ≤ 50
270
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Max.
Use
Temp.,
°C
Min.
Temp. to
40
65
100
125
150
175
200
65
177
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
66
177
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
67
177
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
68
316
115
108
104
102
99.8
98.6
97.8
97.5
97.4
97.4
65.9
43.7
...
...
69
316
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
...
...
Line
No.
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
70
40
129
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
71
260
138
131
128
128
128
128
128
128
101
95.8
...
...
...
...
72
177
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
73
260
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
...
...
...
...
74
177
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
75
177
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
76
149
195
179
176
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
77
149
161
139
137
137
137
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
78
149
138
119
117
117
117
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
271
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
1 Low C–Ni
Pipe & tube
B161
...
N02201 Annealed
2 Low C–Ni
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N02201 Annealed
3 Ni
Pipe & tube
B161
...
N02200 Annealed
4 Ni
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N02200 Annealed
P-No.
(5)
> 125
41
> 125
> 125
41
> 125
41
41
5 Low C–Ni
Pipe & tube
B161
...
N02201 Annealed
≤ 125
41
6 Low C–Ni
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N02201 Annealed
≤ 125
41
7 Ni
Pipe & tube
B161
...
N02200 Annealed
≤ 125
41
8 Ni
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N02200 Annealed
≤ 125
41
9 Ni–Cu
Pipe & tube
B165
...
N04400 Annealed
42
10 Ni–Cu
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N04400 Annealed
> 125
11 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pipe & tube
B407
...
N08800 H.F. or H.F. ann.
...
45
> 125
> 125
42
12 Ni–Cr–Fe
Pipe & tube
B167
...
N06600 H.F. or H.F. ann.
13 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pipe & tube
B407
...
N08810 C.D. sol. ann. or H.F. ann.
...
45
43
14 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pipe & tube
B514
...
N08810 Annealed
...
45
15 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pipe & tube
B407
...
N08811 C.D. sol. ann. or H.F. ann.
...
45
16 Ni–Cu
Pipe & tube
B165
...
N04400 Annealed
≤ 125
42
17 Ni–Cu
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N04400 Annealed
≤ 125
42
18 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N08320 Sol. ann.
...
45
19 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N08320 Sol. ann.
...
45
20 Low C–Ni
Pipe & tube
B161
...
N02201 Str. rel.
...
41
21 Low C–Ni
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N02201 Str. rel.
...
41
22 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pipe & tube
B514
...
N08800 Annealed
...
45
23 Ni–Cr–Fe
Pipe & tube
B167
...
N06600 H.F. or H.F. ann.
≤ 125
43
24 Ni–Cr–Fe
Pipe & tube
B167
...
N06600 C.D. ann.
> 125
43
25 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pipe & tube
B407
...
N08800 C.D. ann.
...
45
26 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B668
...
N08028 Sol. ann.
...
45
27 Ni
Pipe & tube
B161
...
N02200 Str. rel.
...
41
28 Ni
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N02200 Str. rel.
...
41
29 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Pipe & tube
B464
...
N08020 Annealed
...
45
30 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Pipe & tube
B729
...
N08020 Annealed
...
45
272
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
1 (2)
−200
345
69
649
46.0
44.7
43.9
43.6
43.3
43.2
43.2
43.2
43.2
2 (2)
−200
345
69
649
46.0
44.7
43.9
43.6
43.3
43.2
43.2
43.2
43.2
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
3 (2)
−200
379
83
316
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
4 (2)
−200
379
83
316
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
5 (2)
−200
345
83
649
55.2
53.8
52.8
52.3
51.9
51.7
51.6
51.6
51.6
6 (2)
−200
345
83
649
55.2
53.8
52.8
52.3
51.9
51.7
51.6
51.6
51.6
7 (2)
−200
379
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
8 (2)
−200
379
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
9 (2)
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
90.4
10 (2)
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
90.4
11 (2)
−200
448
172
816
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
12 (2)
−200
517
172
649
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
13 (2)(62)
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
14 (2)(62)
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
15 (2)(62)
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
16 (2)
−200
483
193
482
129
119
112
108
105
103
102
101
101
17 (2)
−200
483
193
482
129
119
112
108
105
103
102
101
101
18 (2)
−200
517
193
427
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
19 (2)
−200
517
193
427
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
20 (2)
−200
414
207
316
138
138
138
137
137
137
137
137
136
21 (2)
−200
414
207
316
138
138
138
137
137
137
137
137
136
22 (2)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
23 (2)
−200
552
207
649
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
24 (2)
−200
552
207
649
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
25 (2)(61)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
26 . . .
−200
505
215
454
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
27 (2)
−200
448
276
316
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
148
28 (2)
−200
448
276
316
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
148
29 (2)
−200
552
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
30 (2)
−200
552
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
273
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
1
43.2
43.2
43.1
42.9
42.6
42.1
41.5
40.7
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
2
43.2
43.2
43.1
42.9
42.6
42.1
41.5
40.7
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
3
55.2
55.2
55.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
55.2
55.2
55.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.5
51.2
50.7
49.9
41.4
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
6
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.5
51.2
50.7
49.9
41.4
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
7
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
10
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
11
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
113
107
12
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
13
115
115
113
110
108
106
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.7
91.8
14
115
115
113
110
108
106
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.7
91.8
15
115
115
113
110
108
106
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.7
92.5
16
101
101
101
101
100
99.6
98.6
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
17
101
101
101
101
100
99.6
98.6
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
18
129
129
127
125
122
121
119
119
...
...
...
...
...
19
129
129
127
125
122
121
119
119
...
...
...
...
...
20
135
133
130
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
135
133
130
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
22
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
136
107
23
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
24
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
25
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
136
107
26
140
137
133
130
125
122
119
116
113
...
...
...
...
27
146
144
141
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
28
146
144
141
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
29
161
161
161
161
161
160
157
156
...
...
...
...
...
30
161
161
161
161
161
160
157
156
...
...
...
...
...
274
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
1
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
11
83.8
63.9
44.7
29.8
15.5
11.7
8.68
7.20
6.25
5.11
...
...
...
12
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13
75.7
62.6
50.6
41.2
33.6
27.7
22.6
18.3
15.0
11.9
9.03
7.35
5.86
14
75.7
62.6
50.6
41.2
33.6
27.7
22.6
18.3
15.0
11.9
9.03
7.35
5.86
15
84.5
69.5
56.7
46.8
38.5
31.5
25.5
20.7
17.0
13.9
11.2
9.33
7.58
16
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
17
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
22
83.8
63.9
44.7
29.8
15.5
11.7
8.68
7.20
6.25
5.11
...
...
...
23
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
24
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
83.8
63.9
44.7
29.8
15.5
11.7
8.68
7.20
6.25
5.11
...
...
...
26
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
28
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
29
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
275
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
P-No.
(5)
31 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Pipe & tube
B423
...
N08825 C.D. ann.
...
45
32 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Pipe & tube
B705
...
N08825 Annealed
...
45
33 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06007 Sol. ann.
...
45
34 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06007 Sol. ann.
...
45
35 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
...
45
36 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
...
45
37 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Pipe & tube
B626
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
...
45
38 Ni–Cr–Fe
Pipe & tube
B167
...
N06600 C.D. ann.
≤ 125
43
39 Ni–Cr–Fe
Pipe & tube
B517
...
N06600 C.D. ann.
...
43
40 Ni–Mo–Cr
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06455 Sol. ann.
...
43
41 Ni–Cr–Mo–Fe
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06002 Sol. ann.
...
43
42 Ni–Cr–Mo–Fe
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06002 Sol. ann.
...
43
43 Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N08031 Annealed
...
45
44 Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N08031 Annealed
...
45
45 Ni–Mo–Cr
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06455 Sol. ann.
...
43
46 Ni–Mo–Cr
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
...
43
47 Ni–Mo–Cr
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
...
43
48 Ni–Mo–Cr
Pipe & tube
B626
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
...
43
276
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
31 (2)(9)
−200
585
240
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
32 (2)(9)
−200
585
240
538
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
33 (2)
−200
621
241
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
34 (2)
−200
621
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
35 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
36 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
37 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
38 (2)
−200
552
241
649
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
39 (2)
−200
552
241
649
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
40 (2)
−200
689
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
41 (2)
−200
689
276
816
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
178
42 (2)
−200
689
276
816
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
178
43 (2)
−200
648
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
177
171
166
162
44 (2)
−200
648
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
177
171
166
162
45 (2)
−200
689
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
46 (2)
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
47 (2)
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
48 (2)
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
277
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
31
161
161
161
161
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
153
...
32
137
137
137
137
136
136
135
135
134
133
131
129
...
33
160
158
156
154
153
152
151
150
149
136
132
130
...
34
160
158
156
154
153
152
151
150
...
...
...
...
...
35
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
36
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
37
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
38
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
39
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
40
184
184
184
184
183
180
178
178
...
...
...
...
...
41
173
169
165
162
160
158
157
155
154
135
134
133
129
42
173
169
165
162
160
158
157
155
154
135
134
133
129
43
158
155
152
149
74.2
61.1
50.3
49.6
...
...
...
...
...
44
158
155
152
149
74.2
61.1
50.3
49.6
...
...
...
...
...
45
184
184
184
184
182
180
178
178
...
...
...
...
...
46
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
47
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
48
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
278
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
31
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
32
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
33
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
34
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
36
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
37
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
38
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
39
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
41
115
94.2
77.3
64.9
54.7
44.7
36.1
29.2
23.6
20.7
...
...
...
42
115
94.2
77.3
64.9
54.7
44.7
36.1
29.2
23.6
20.7
...
...
...
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
44
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
46
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
47
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
48
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
279
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
P-No.
(5)
49 Ni–Cu
Pipe & tube
B165
...
N04400 Str. rel.
...
42
50 Ni–Cu
Pipe & tube
B725
...
N04400 Str. rel.
...
42
>5
45
45
51 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
B675
...
N08367 Annealed
52 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
B690
...
N08367 Annealed
53 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
B804
...
N08367 Annealed
>5
54 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
B675
...
N08367 Annealed
>5
≤5
45
55 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
B690
...
N08367 Annealed
≤5
45
56 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pipe & tube
B804
...
N08367 Annealed
≤5
45
57 Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06022 Sol. ann.
...
43
58 Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06022 Sol. ann.
...
43
59 Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
...
43
60 Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
...
43
61 Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B626
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
...
43
62 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06059 Sol. ann.
...
43
63 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06059 Sol. ann.
...
43
64 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
65 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
66 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pipe & tube
B626
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
67 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N10001 Sol. ann.
...
44
68 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N10001 Sol. ann.
...
44
69 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N10665 Sol. ann.
...
44
70 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N10665 Sol. ann.
...
44
71 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
...
44
72 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
...
44
73 Ni–Mo
Pipe & tube
B626
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
...
44
74 Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Pipe & tube
B444
...
N06625 Annealed
...
43
75 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Pipe & tube
B619
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
...
43
76 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Pipe & tube
B622
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
...
43
77 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Pipe & tube
B626
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
...
43
78 Low C–Ni
Plate
B162
...
N02201 H.R. ann.
...
41
79 Low C–Ni
Plate
B162
...
N02201 H.R. as R.
...
41
80 Ni
Plate
B162
...
N02200 H.R. ann.
...
41
81 Ni
Plate
B162
...
N02200 H.R. as R.
...
41
82 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pl. & sht.
B409
...
N08810 Annealed
All
45
83 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pl. & sht.
B409
...
N08811 Annealed
All
45
280
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
45
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
49 (2)(54)
−200
586
379
260
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
50 (2)(54)
−200
586
379
260
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
51 (2)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
52 (2)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
53 (2)
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
54 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
55 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
56 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
57 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
202
58 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
202
59 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
60 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
61 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
62 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
63 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
64 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
65 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
66 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
67 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
68 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
69 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
70 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
71 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
72 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
73 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
74 (2)(64)(70)
−200
827
414
649
276
276
276
274
273
272
270
269
267
75 (2)
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
76 (2)
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
77 (2)
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
78 . . .
−200
345
83
649
55.2
53.8
52.8
52.3
51.9
51.7
51.6
51.6
51.6
79 . . .
−200
345
83
649
55.2
53.8
52.8
52.3
51.9
51.7
51.6
51.6
51.6
80 . . .
−200
379
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
81 . . .
−200
379
138
316
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
91.9
82 . . .
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
83 . . .
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
281
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
49
195
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50
195
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
51
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
52
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
53
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
54
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
55
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
56
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
57
197
193
189
185
182
180
177
177
...
...
...
...
...
58
197
193
189
185
182
180
177
177
...
...
...
...
...
59
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
60
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
61
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
62
202
197
192
188
184
180
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
63
202
197
192
188
184
180
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
64
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
65
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
66
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
67
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
206
...
...
...
...
...
68
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
206
...
...
...
...
...
69
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
...
...
...
...
...
70
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
...
...
...
...
...
71
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
72
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
73
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
74
265
262
260
257
255
252
251
249
247
245
242
215
194
75
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
76
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
77
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
78
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.5
51.2
50.7
49.9
41.4
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
79
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.5
51.2
50.7
49.9
41.4
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
80
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
81
91.9
91.9
91.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
82
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.9
91.8
83
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
96.1
94.1
282
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
49
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
51
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
52
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
53
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
54
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
55
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
56
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
57
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
58
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
59
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
60
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
61
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
62
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
63
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
64
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
65
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
66
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
67
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
68
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
69
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
70
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
71
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
72
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
74
156
136
91.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
75
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
76
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
77
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
78
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
79
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
81
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
82
75.7
62.6
50.6
41.2
33.6
27.7
22.6
18.3
15.0
11.9
9.03
7.35
5.86
83
85.5
69.3
56.8
46.8
38.6
31.5
25.5
20.6
17.1
13.8
10.7
7.98
6.20
283
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
P-No.
(5)
84 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B620
...
N08320 Sol. ann.
All
45
85 Ni–Cu
Plate
B127
...
N04400 H.R. ann.
...
42
> 19
86 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Pl. & sht.
B582
...
N06007 Sol. ann.
87 Ni–Fe–Cr
Pl. & sht.
B409
...
N08800 Annealed
All
45
88 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B709
...
N08028 Sol. ann.
All
45
89 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Plate
B424
...
N08825 Annealed
...
45
90 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Pl. & sht.
B463
...
N08020 Annealed
All
45
91 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Pl. & sht.
B582
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
All
45
92 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Pl. & sht.
B582
...
N06007 Sol. ann.
≤ 19
45
93 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B435
...
N06002 H.R sol. ann.
All
43
94 Ni–Cr–Fe
Plate
B168
...
N06600 H.R. ann.
...
43
95 Ni–Cr–Fe
Plate
B168
...
N06600 H.R. as R.
...
43
96 Ni–Cu
Plate
B127
...
N04400 H.R. as R.
...
42
97 Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Pl. & sht.
B625
...
N08031 Annealed
All
45
98 Low C–Ni–Mo–Cr
Pl. & sht.
B575
...
N06455 Sol. ann.
All
43
99 Low C–Ni–Mo–Cr
Pl. & sht.
B575
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
All
43
100 Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Plate
B443
...
N06625 Annealed
All
43
101 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B435
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
All
43
102 Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Sheet
B575
...
N06022 Sol. ann.
43
103 Ni–Cr–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B575
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
<5
All
43
104 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pl. & sht.
B688
...
N08367 Annealed
45
105 Fe–Ni–Cr–Mo–Cu–N
Pl. & sht.
B688
...
N08367 Annealed
>5
≤5
45
106 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B575
...
N06059 Sol. ann.
All
43
107 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B575
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
108 Ni–Mo
Plate
B333
...
N10001 Sol. ann.
≥ 5, ≤ 64
44
109 Ni–Mo
Sheet
B333
...
N10001 Sol. ann.
≤5
44
110 Ni–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B333
...
N10665 Sol. ann.
All
44
111 Ni–Mo
Pl. & sht.
B333
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
All
44
112 Low C–Ni
Forg. & ftg.
B160
...
N02201 Annealed
All
41
113 Low C–Ni
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N02201 Annealed
All
41
284
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
45
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
84 . . .
−200
517
193
427
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
85 . . .
−200
483
193
482
129
119
112
108
105
103
102
101
101
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
86 . . .
−200
586
207
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
87 . . .
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
88 . . .
−200
505
215
454
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
89 (9)
−200
585
240
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
90 . . .
−200
552
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
91 . . .
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
92 . . .
−200
621
241
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
93 . . .
−200
655
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
156
94 . . .
−200
552
241
649
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
95 . . .
−200
586
241
649
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
96 . . .
−200
517
276
482
172
172
172
171
170
168
165
164
162
97 . . .
−200
648
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
177
171
166
162
98 . . .
−200
689
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
99 . . .
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
100 (64)(70)
−200
758
379
649
253
253
253
251
250
249
248
247
245
101 . . .
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
102 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
202
103 . . .
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
104 . . .
−200
655
310
427
207
207
207
207
206
202
198
195
192
105 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
199
193
106 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
107 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
108 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
109 . . .
−200
793
345
427
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
110 . . .
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
111 . . .
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
112 (2)(9)(9a)
−200
345
69
649
46.0
44.7
43.9
43.6
43.3
43.2
43.2
43.2
43.2
113 (2)(32)(74)
−200
345
69
649
46.0
44.7
43.9
43.6
43.3
43.2
43.2
43.2
43.2
285
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
84
129
129
127
125
122
121
119
119
...
...
...
...
...
85
101
101
101
101
100
99.6
98.6
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
86
138
135
134
132
131
130
129
128
128
127
127
126
...
87
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
136
107
88
140
137
133
130
125
122
119
116
113
...
...
...
...
89
161
161
161
161
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
153
...
90
161
161
161
161
161
160
157
156
...
...
...
...
...
91
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
92
160
158
156
154
153
152
151
150
149
136
132
130
...
93
152
148
145
142
140
138
137
137
...
...
...
...
...
94
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
95
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
96
161
160
159
158
156
136
102
63.8
33.5
27.6
...
...
...
97
158
155
152
149
146
144
141
140
...
...
...
...
...
98
184
184
184
184
182
180
178
176
...
...
...
...
...
99
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
100
243
241
238
236
233
231
230
228
227
225
222
215
194
101
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
102
197
193
189
185
182
180
177
177
...
...
...
...
...
103
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
104
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
105
188
183
179
176
173
170
168
167
...
...
...
...
...
106
202
197
192
188
184
180
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
107
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
108
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
206
...
...
...
...
...
109
230
230
230
230
230
230
229
229
...
...
...
...
...
110
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
...
...
...
...
...
111
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
112
43.2
43.2
43.1
42.9
42.6
42.1
41.5
40.7
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
113
43.2
43.2
43.1
42.9
42.6
42.1
41.5
40.7
33.1
27.4
22.8
18.7
15.6
286
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
84
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
85
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87
83.8
63.9
44.7
29.8
15.5
11.7
8.68
7.20
6.25
5.11
...
...
...
88
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
90
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
91
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
92
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
93
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
94
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
95
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
96
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
97
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
99
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
100
156
136
91.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
101
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
102
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
103
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
104
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
105
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
106
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
107
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
108
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
111
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
112
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
113
12.9
10.0
8.27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
287
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
P-No.
(5)
114 Ni
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N02200 Annealed
All
41
115 Ni
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N02200 . . .
...
41
116 Ni
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N02200 Annealed
All
41
117 Ni–Fe–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N08810 Annealed
...
45
118 Ni–Fe–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N08811 Annealed
...
45
119 Ni–Fe–Cr
Fittings
B366
...
N08810 Annealed
All
45
120 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu
Fittings
B366
...
N08811 Annealed
All
45
121 Ni–Cu
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N04400 Annealed
...
42
122 Ni–Cu
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N04400 Annealed
All
42
123 Ni–Cr–Fe
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06600 Annealed
All
43
124 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
All
45
125 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Forg. & ftg.
B462
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
All
45
126 Ni–Fe–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N08800 C.D. ann.
All
45
127 Ni–Fe–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N08800 Annealed
...
45
128 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N08020 Annealed
All
45
129 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu–Cb
Forg. & ftg.
B462
...
N08020 Annealed
...
45
130 Ni–Cr–Fe
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06600 Annealed
All
43
131 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu
Fittings
B366
...
N08825 C.D. ann.
All
45
132 Cr–Ni–Fe–Mo–Cu
Forgings
B564
...
N08825 Annealed
...
45
133 Ni–Cr–Mo–Fe
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06002 Sol. ann.
All
43
134 Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N08031 Sol. ann.
All
45
135 Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N08031 Annealed H.W.
All
45
136 Ni–Mo–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
All
43
137 Ni–Mo–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
All
43
138 Ni–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N10001 Sol. ann.
All
44
288
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
114 (2)(32)(74)
−200
379
83
260
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
115 (2)(32)
−200
379
83
260
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
55.2
116 (2)(9)
−200
379
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
117 (2)(9)
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
118 (2)(9)
−200
448
172
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
119 (2)(9)(74)
−200
450
170
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
120 (2)(9)(74)
−200
450
170
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
121 (2)(9)
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
90.4
122 (2)(32)(74)
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
90.4
123 (2)(32)(74)
−200
517
172
649
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
124 (2)(74)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
125 (2)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
126 (2)(74)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
127 (2)(9)
−200
517
207
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
128 (2)(74)
−200
552
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
129 (2)(9)
−200
552
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
130 (2)(9)
−200
552
241
649
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
131 (2)(9)(74)
−200
585
240
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
132 (2)(9)
−200
585
240
538
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
133 (2)(32)
−200
689
276
816
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
178
134 (2)(74)
−200
648
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
177
171
166
162
135 (2)
−200
648
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
177
171
166
162
136 (2)(74)
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
137 (2)(9)
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
138 (2)(32)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
289
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
114
55.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115
55.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
116
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
117
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.9
91.8
118
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.7
97.1
96.1
94.1
119
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.9
91.8
120
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.7
97.1
96.1
94.1
121
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
122
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
123
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
124
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
125
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
126
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
136
107
127
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
136
107
128
161
161
161
161
161
160
157
156
...
...
...
...
...
129
161
161
161
161
161
160
157
156
...
...
...
...
...
130
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
84.8
58.4
39.7
27.0
131
161
161
161
161
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
153
...
132
160
160
160
160
160
159
158
157
156
156
154
151
...
133
173
169
165
162
160
158
157
155
154
135
134
133
129
134
158
155
152
149
146
144
141
141
...
...
...
...
...
135
158
155
152
149
146
144
141
141
...
...
...
...
...
136
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
137
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
138
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
206
...
...
...
...
...
290
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
114
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
117
75.7
62.6
50.6
41.2
33.6
27.7
22.6
18.3
15.0
11.9
9.03
7.35
5.86
118
85.5
69.3
56.8
46.8
38.6
31.5
25.5
20.6
17.1
13.8
10.2
7.98
6.20
119
75.7
62.6
50.6
41.2
33.6
27.7
22.6
18.3
15.0
11.9
9.03
7.35
5.86
120
85.5
69.3
56.8
46.8
38.6
31.5
25.5
20.6
17.1
13.8
10.2
7.98
6.20
121
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
122
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
123
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
124
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
125
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
126
83.8
63.9
44.7
29.8
15.5
11.7
8.68
7.20
6.25
5.11
...
...
...
127
83.8
63.9
44.7
29.8
15.5
11.7
8.68
7.20
6.25
5.11
...
...
...
128
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
129
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
130
19.2
15.0
13.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
131
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
132
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
133
115
94.2
77.3
64.9
54.7
44.7
36.1
29.2
23.6
19.1
...
...
...
134
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
135
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
136
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
137
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
291
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
P-No.
(5)
139 Ni–Mo–Cr
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06022 Sol. ann.
All
43
140 Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06022 . . .
...
43
141 Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
All
43
142 Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B462
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
All
43
143 Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
All
43
144 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06059 Sol. ann.
All
43
145 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06059 H.W. sol. ann.
All
43
146 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
147 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B462
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
148 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
149 Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06625 Annealed
≤ 100
43
150 Ni–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N10665 Sol. ann.
All
44
151 Ni–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
All
44
152 Ni–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B462
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
All
44
153 Ni–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
All
44
154 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B564
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
All
43
155 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Forg. & ftg.
B366
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
All
43
156 Ni
Rod & bar
B160
...
N02200 H.W.
All
41
157 Ni
Rod & bar
B160
...
N02200 Annealed
All
41
158 Ni–Cu
Rod & bar
B164
...
N04400 Ann. forg.
All
42
159 Ni–Fe–Cr
Rod & bar
B408
...
N08810 Sol. trt. or ann.
...
45
160 Ni–Fe–Cr
Rod & bar
B408
...
N08811 Annealed
...
45
161 Ni–Fe–Cr
Rod & bar
B408
...
N08800 Annealed
...
45
162 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo
Rod & bar
B621
...
N08320 Sol. ann.
All
45
163 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Rod & bar
B581
...
N06007 Sol. ann.
45
164 Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Rod & bar
B425
...
N08825 Annealed
> 19
...
45
165 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–Cu
Rod & bar
B581
...
N06007 Sol. ann.
≤ 19
45
166 Ni–Cr–Fe–Mo–W
Rod & bar
B581
...
N06030 Sol. ann.
All
45
292
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
139 (2)(32)(74)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
202
140 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
202
141 (2)(32)(74)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
142 (2)(9)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
143 (2)(9)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
144 (2)(74)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
145 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
146 (2)(74)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
147 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
148 (2)
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
149 (2)(9)(64)
−200
827
414
649
276
276
276
274
273
272
270
269
267
150 (2)(74)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
151 (2)(74)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
152 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
153 (2)
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
154 (2)
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
155 (2)(74)
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
156 (9)
−200
414
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
157 (9)
−200
379
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
158 (13)
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
90.4
159 (9)
−200
450
170
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
160 (9)
−200
450
170
899
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
161 (9)
−200
515
205
816
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
162 . . .
−200
517
193
427
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
163 . . .
−200
586
207
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
164 (9)
−200
585
240
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
165 . . .
−200
621
241
538
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
166 . . .
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
157
154
293
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
139
197
193
189
185
182
180
177
177
...
...
...
...
...
140
197
193
189
185
182
180
177
177
...
...
...
...
...
141
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
142
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
143
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
144
202
197
192
188
184
180
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
145
202
197
192
188
184
180
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
146
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
147
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
148
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
149
265
262
260
257
255
252
251
249
247
245
242
215
194
150
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
...
...
...
...
...
151
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
152
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
153
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
154
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
155
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
156
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
157
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
158
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
79.7
59.9
55.2
...
...
...
159
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.6
97.1
95.9
91.8
160
115
115
113
110
108
105
104
102
100
98.7
97.1
96.1
94.1
161
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
137
131
108
162
129
129
127
125
122
121
119
119
...
...
...
...
...
163
138
135
134
132
131
130
129
128
128
127
127
126
...
164
161
161
161
161
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
153
...
165
160
158
156
154
153
152
151
150
149
136
132
130
...
166
151
148
146
143
141
138
136
136
...
...
...
...
...
294
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
139
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
140
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
141
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
142
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
143
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
144
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
145
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
146
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
147
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
148
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
149
156
136
91.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
150
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
151
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
153
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
154
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
155
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
156
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
157
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
158
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
159
75.7
62.6
50.6
41.2
33.6
27.7
22.6
18.3
15.0
11.9
9.03
7.35
5.86
160
85.5
69.3
56.8
46.8
38.6
31.5
25.5
20.6
17.1
13.8
10.2
7.98
6.20
161
85.0
64.4
44.8
30.0
15.5
11.3
8.82
6.98
6.43
5.00
...
...
...
162
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
163
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
164
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
165
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
166
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
295
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Size,
mm
Class/Condition/Temper
P-No.
(5)
167 Low C–Ni–Fe–Cr–Mo–Cu
Rod & bar
B649
...
N08031 Annealed
All
45
168 Ni–Cu
Rod & bar
B164
...
N04400 H.W.
42
169 Ni–Cr–Mo
Rod & bar
B574
...
N06035 Sol. ann.
All except hex > 54
All
43
170 Ni–Mo–Cr
Rod & bar
B574
...
N06455 Sol. ann.
All
43
171 Ni–Mo–Cr
Rod & bar
B574
...
N10276 Sol. ann.
All
43
172 Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Rod & bar
B446
...
N06625 Annealed
43
173 Ni–Cr–Mo–Cb
Rod & bar
B446
...
N06625 Annealed
> 100, ≤ 250
≤ 100
43
174 Ni–Cr–W–Mo
Rod & bar
B572
...
N06230 Sol. ann.
All
43
175 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Rod & bar
B574
...
N06059 Sol. ann.
All
43
176 Low C–Ni–Cr–Mo
Rod & bar
B574
...
N06200 Sol. ann.
All
43
177 Ni–Mo
Rod & bar
B335
...
N10675 Sol. ann.
All
44
178 Ni–Mo–Cr
Castings
A494
CW-12MW
...
...
...
...
179 Ni–Mo–Cr
Castings
A494
CW-6M
...
...
...
...
180 Ni–Cr–Mo
Castings
A494
CX-2MW
...
Sol. ann.
...
43
296
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Tensile
Str.,
MPa
Min.
Yield
Str.,
MPa
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
167 . . .
−200
648
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
177
171
166
162
168 . . .
−200
552
276
510
184
182
177
174
171
168
165
164
162
169 (9)
−200
586
241
427
161
161
161
161
161
161
154
149
144
170 (9)
−200
689
276
427
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
171 . . .
−200
689
283
677
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
187
172 (9)(64)(70)
−200
758
345
649
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Max. Use
Temp., Temp. to
40
°C
173 (9)(64)(70)
−200
827
414
649
276
276
276
274
273
272
270
269
267
174 . . .
−200
758
310
899
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
175 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
176 . . .
−200
689
310
427
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
200
177 . . .
−200
758
352
427
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
178 (2)(9)(46)
−200
496
276
538
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
179 (2)(9)
−200
496
276
538
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
180 (2)(9)
−200
552
310
260
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
297
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
167
158
155
152
149
146
144
141
141
...
...
...
...
...
168
161
160
159
158
156
136
102
63.8
33.5
17.0
13.0
...
...
169
140
137
135
133
132
131
129
128
...
...
...
...
...
170
184
184
184
184
182
180
178
178
...
...
...
...
...
171
182
177
172
168
165
162
159
157
156
155
154
143
119
172
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
228
227
225
222
215
194
173
265
262
260
257
255
252
251
249
247
245
242
215
194
174
207
207
203
199
197
196
195
195
195
195
195
195
183
175
202
197
192
188
184
180
176
176
...
...
...
...
...
176
194
188
184
180
177
175
174
173
...
...
...
...
...
177
234
234
234
234
234
233
231
230
...
...
...
...
...
178
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
157
...
179
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
157
...
180
184
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
298
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
825
850
875
900
167
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
168
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
169
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
170
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
171
98.4
81.6
67.0
54.5
53.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
172
156
136
91.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
173
156
136
91.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
174
153
128
107
89.7
74.7
61.9
50.8
41.1
32.6
25.2
18.9
13.8
10.2
175
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
176
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
177
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
178
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
179
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
180
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
299
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Min. Tensile
Min.
Strength,
Temp., °C
MPa
(6)
Min. Yield
Strength,
MPa
1 Ti
Pipe & tube
B861
1
R50250
51
(2)
−60
241
138
2 Ti
Pipe & tube
B862
1
R50250
51
(2)
−60
241
138
3 Ti
Pipe & tube
B861
2
R50400
51
(2)
−60
345
276
4 Ti
Pipe & tube
B862
2
R50400
51
(2)
−60
345
276
5 Ti–0.2Pd
Pipe & tube
B861
7
R52400
51
(2)
−60
345
276
6 Ti–0.2Pd
Pipe & tube
B862
7
R52400
51
(2)
−60
345
276
7 Ti
Pipe & tube
B861
3
R50550
52
(2)
−60
448
379
8 Ti
Pipe & tube
B862
3
R50550
52
(2)
−60
448
379
9 Ti
Plate & sheet
B265
1
R50250
51
...
−60
241
172
10 Ti
Plate & sheet
B265
2
R50400
51
...
−60
345
276
11 Ti
Plate & sheet
B265
3
R50550
52
...
−60
448
379
12 Ti
Forgings
B381
F1
R50250
51
...
−60
241
172
13 Ti
Forgings
B381
F2
R50400
51
...
−60
345
276
14 Ti
Forgings
B381
F3
R50550
52
...
−60
448
379
300
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Max. Use
Temp.,
°C
Min.
Temp. to
40
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
80.4
80.4
74.0
74.0
62.4
62.4
55.5
55.5
49.2
49.2
43.6
43.6
38.5
38.5
34.0
34.0
30.2
30.2
27.2
27.2
25.2
25.2
24.1
24.1
115
115
111
111
97.8
97.8
89.8
89.8
82.9
82.9
77.0
77.0
71.9
71.9
67.2
67.2
62.9
62.9
58.7
58.7
54.7
54.7
51.3
51.3
115
115
111
111
97.8
97.8
89.8
89.8
82.9
82.9
77.0
77.0
71.9
71.9
67.2
67.2
62.9
62.9
58.7
58.7
54.7
54.7
51.3
51.3
149
149
141
141
124
124
112
112
102
102
92.8
92.8
84.5
84.5
77.1
77.1
70.8
70.8
65.5
65.5
61.3
61.3
58.2
58.2
80.4
115
149
75.0
111
141
64.6
97.8
124
58.3
89.8
112
52.9
82.9
102
48.5
77.0
92.8
44.8
71.9
84.5
41.7
67.2
77.1
37.7
62.9
70.8
34.0
58.7
65.5
31.5
54.7
61.3
26.6
51.3
58.2
80.4
115
149
75.0
111
141
64.6
97.8
124
58.3
89.8
112
52.9
82.9
102
48.5
77.0
92.8
44.8
71.9
84.5
41.7
67.2
77.1
37.7
62.9
70.8
34.0
58.7
65.5
31.5
54.7
61.3
26.6
51.3
58.2
1
316
2
316
3
316
4
316
5
316
6
316
7
316
8
316
9
316
10
316
11
316
12
316
13
316
14
316
301
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
UNS No.
P-No.
(5)
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min. Tensile
Strength,
MPa
Min. Yield
Strength,
MPa
Max. Use
Temp.,
°C
1 Zr
Pipe & tube
B523
R60702
61
(2)
−60
379
207
371
2 Zr
Pipe & tube
B658
R60702
61
(2)
−60
379
207
371
3 Zr + Cb
Pipe & tube
B523
R60705
62
(2)(73)
−60
552
379
371
4 Zr + Cb
Pipe & tube
B658
R60705
62
(2)(73)
−60
552
379
371
5 Zr
Plate & sheet
B551
R60702
61
...
−60
379
207
371
6 Zr + Cb
Plate & sheet
B551
R60705
62
(73)
−60
552
379
371
7 Zr
Forgings & bar
B493
R60702
61
...
−60
379
207
371
8 Zr
Forgings & bar
B550
R60702
61
...
−60
379
207
371
9 Zr + Cb
Forgings & bar
B493
R60705
62
(73)
−60
483
379
371
10 Zr + Cb
Forgings & bar
B550
R60705
62
(73)
−60
552
379
371
302
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Notes (1) and (4b)]
Min.
Temp.
to 40
Line
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
126
126
119
103
92.4
82.5
73.6
65.7
58.8
52.8
47.8
43.7
40.4
37.8
36.1
119
103
92.4
82.5
73.6
65.7
58.8
52.8
47.8
43.7
40.4
37.8
36.1
184
184
169
169
149
149
139
139
130
130
123
123
116
116
111
111
106
106
101
101
97.6
97.6
94.6
94.6
92.4
92.4
91.0
91.0
126
184
119
103
92.4
82.5
73.6
65.7
58.8
52.8
47.8
43.7
40.4
37.8
36.1
169
149
139
130
123
116
111
106
101
97.6
94.6
92.4
91.0
126
126
119
103
92.4
82.5
73.6
65.7
58.8
52.8
47.8
43.7
40.4
37.8
36.1
119
103
92.4
82.5
73.6
65.7
58.8
52.8
47.8
43.7
40.4
37.8
36.1
184
184
169
169
149
149
139
139
130
130
123
123
116
116
111
111
106
106
101
101
97.6
97.6
94.6
94.6
92.4
92.4
91.0
91.0
303
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
1 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
1060
A91060
O
...
21
2 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
1060
A91060
H112
...
21
3 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
1060
A91060
H113
...
21
4 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
1060
A91060
O
...
21
5 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
1060
A91060
H112
...
21
6 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
1060
A91060
H113
...
21
7 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
1060
A91060
O
...
21
8 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
1060
A91060
H112
...
21
9 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
1060
A91060
H113
...
21
10 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
1060
A91060
H14
...
21
11 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
1100
A91100
O
...
21
12 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
1100
A91100
H112
...
21
13 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
1100
A91100
H113
...
21
14 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
1100
A91100
H14
...
21
15 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
3003
A93003
O
...
21
16 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
3003
A93003
H112
...
21
17 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
3003
A93003
O
...
21
18 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
3003
A93003
H112
...
21
19 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
3003
A93003
O
...
21
20 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
3003
A93003
H112
...
21
21 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B491
3003
A93003
O
...
21
22 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B491
3003
A93003
H112
...
21
23 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
3003
A93003
H14
...
21
24 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
3003
A93003
H18
...
21
25 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
3003
A93003
H18
...
21
26 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
3003
A93003
H18
...
21
304
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
1 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
2 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
3 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
4 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
5 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
6 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
7 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
8 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
9 (14)(33)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
10 (14)(33)
−270
83
69
204
27.6
27.6
27.6 26.6
18.1
12.7
8.4
7.8
11 (14)(33)
−270
76
21
204
13.8
13.8
13.7 13.2
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
12 (14)(33)
−270
76
21
204
13.8
13.8
13.7 13.2
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
13 (14)(33)
−270
76
24
204
16.1
16.1
16.0 15.6
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
14 (14)(33)
−270
110
97
204
36.8
36.8
36.1 33.1
19.0
13.6
8.5
7.8
15 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
16 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
17 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
18 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
19 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
20 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
21 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
22 (14)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
23 (14)(33)
−270
138
117
204
46.0
46.0
46.0 43.9
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
24 (14)(33)
−270
186
165
204
62.1
62.1
60.3 52.1
36.1
24.5
18.0
17.0
25 (14)(33)
−270
186
165
204
62.1
62.1
60.3 52.1
36.1
24.5
18.0
17.0
26 (14)(33)
−270
186
165
204
62.1
62.1
60.3 52.1
36.1
24.5
18.0
17.0
305
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
27 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
Alclad 3003
A83003
O
...
21
28 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
Alclad 3003
A83003
H112
...
21
29 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
Alclad 3003
A83003
O
...
21
30 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
Alclad 3003
A83003
H112
...
21
31 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
Alclad 3003
A83003
O
...
21
32 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
Alclad 3003
A83003
H112
...
21
33 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
Alclad 3003
A83003
H14
...
21
34 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
Alclad 3003
A83003
H18
...
21
35 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5052
A95052
O
...
22
36 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5052
A95052
O
...
22
37 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5052
A95052
H32
...
22
38 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5052
A95052
H34
...
22
39 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5083
A95083
O
...
25
40 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5083
A95083
H112
...
25
41 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5083
A95083
O
...
25
42 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5083
A95083
H112
...
25
43 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
5083
A95083
O
...
25
44 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
5083
A95083
H112
...
25
45 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5086
A95086
O
...
25
46 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5086
A95086
H112
...
25
47 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5086
A95086
O
...
25
48 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5086
A95086
H112
...
25
49 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
5086
A95086
O
...
25
50 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
5086
A95086
H112
...
25
51 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5086
A95086
H32
...
25
52 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5086
A95086
H34
...
25
53 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5154
A95154
0
...
22
54 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5154
A95154
H34
...
22
55 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5454
A95454
O
...
22
56 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5454
A95454
H112
...
22
306
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
27 (14)(33)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
28 (14)(33)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
29 (14)(33)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
30 (14)(33)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
31 (14)(33)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
32 (14)(33)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
33 (14)(33)
−270
131
110
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 41.7
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
34 (14)(33)
−270
179
159
204
59.8
59.8
59.8 57.0
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
35 (14)
−270
172
69
204
46.0
46.0
46.0 45.9
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
36 (14)
−270
172
69
204
46.0
46.0
46.0 45.9
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
37 (14)(33)
−270
214
159
204
71.2
71.2
71.2 71.0
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
38 (14)(33)
−270
234
179
204
78.1
78.1
78.1 78.1
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
39 (33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
40 (33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
41 (33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
42 (33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
43 (33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
44 (33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
45 (33)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
46 (33)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
47 (33)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
48 (33)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
49 (33)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
50 (33)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
51 (33)
−270
276
193
65
91.9
91.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
52 (33)
−270
303
234
65
101.1 101.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
53 . . .
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
54 (33)
−270
269
200
65
89.6
89.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
55 (33)
−270
214
83
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 48.9
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
56 (33)
−270
214
83
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 48.9
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
307
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
57 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5456
A95456
O
...
25
58 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
5456
A95456
H112
...
25
59 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5456
A95456
O
...
25
60 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
5456
A95456
H112
...
25
61 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6061
A96061
T4
...
23
62 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6061
A96061
T4
...
23
63 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6061
A96061
T4
...
23
64 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6061
A96061
T6
...
23
65 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6061
A96061
T6
...
23
66 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6061
A96061
T6
...
23
67 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6061
A96061
T4 wld.
...
23
68 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
69 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6061
A96061
T4 wld.
...
23
70 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
71 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6061
A96061
T4 wld.
...
23
72 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
73 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6063
A96063
T4
...
23
74 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6063
A96063
T4
≤ 13
23
75 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6063
A96063
T4
≤ 13
23
76 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6063
A96063
T5
≤ 13
23
77 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6063
A96063
T5
≤ 13
23
78 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6063
A96063
T6
...
23
79 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6063
A96063
T6
...
23
80 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6063
A96063
T6
...
23
308
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
57 (33)
−270
283
131
65
87.3
87.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
58 (33)
−270
283
131
65
87.3
87.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
59 (33)
−270
283
131
65
87.3
87.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
60 (33)
−270
283
131
65
87.3
87.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
61 (33)
−270
207
110
204
68.9
68.9
68.9 67.8
64.8
57.9
40.2
35.9
62 (33)(63)
−270
179
110
204
59.8
59.8
59.8 58.9
56.3
50.2
38.3
35.9
63 (33)(63)
−270
179
110
204
59.8
59.8
59.8 58.9
56.3
50.2
38.3
35.9
64 (33)
−270
290
241
204
96.5
96.5
96.5 92.5
79.9
63.1
40.2
35.9
65 (33)(63)
−270
262
241
204
87.3
87.3
87.3 83.6
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
66 (33)(63)
−270
262
241
204
87.3
87.3
87.3 83.6
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
67 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
68 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
69 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
70 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
71 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
72 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
73 (33)
−270
152
69
204
46.0
45.8
45.8 45.5
45.5
41.5
27.7
12.0
74 (33)
−270
131
69
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.7
43.7
35.8
23.9
10.3
75 (33)
−270
131
69
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.7
43.7
35.8
23.9
10.3
76 (33)
−270
152
110
204
50.6
50.6
48.7 46.6
41.4
27.5
15.3
13.8
77 (33)
−270
152
110
204
50.6
50.6
48.7 46.6
41.4
27.5
15.3
13.8
78 (33)
−270
228
193
204
75.8
75.8
74.8 64.0
49.2
27.5
15.3
13.8
79 (33)
−270
207
172
204
68.9
68.9
67.7 59.0
45.9
27.5
15.3
49.3
80 (33)
−270
207
172
204
68.9
68.9
67.7 59.0
45.9
27.5
15.3
49.3
309
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
81 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6063
A96063
T4 wld.
...
23
82 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6063
A96063
T5 wld.
...
23
83 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B210
6063
A96063
T6 wld.
...
23
84 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6063
A96063
T4 wld.
...
23
85 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6063
A96063
T5 wld.
...
23
86 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B241
6063
A96063
T6 wld.
...
23
87 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6063
A96063
T4 wld.
...
23
88 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6063
A96063
T5 wld.
...
23
89 Aluminum alloy
Smls. pipe & tube
B345
6063
A96063
T6 wld.
...
23
90 Aluminum alloy
Wld. pipe & tube
B547
5083
A95083
O
...
25
91 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
1060
A91060
O
...
21
92 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
1060
A91060
H112
...
21
93 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
1100
A91100
O
...
21
94 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
1100
A91100
H112
...
21
95 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
3003
A93003
O
...
21
96 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
3003
A93003
H112
...
21
97 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
Alclad 3003
A83003
O
...
21
98 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
Alclad 3003
A83003
H112
...
21
99 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
5052
A95052
O
...
22
100 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
5083
A95083
O
...
25
101 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
5086
A95086
O
...
25
102 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
5154
A95154
O
...
22
103 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
5454
A95454
O
...
22
104 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
5456
A95456
O
...
25
105 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6061
A96061
T4
...
23
106 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6061
A96061
T6
...
23
107 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6061
A96061
T4 wld.
...
23
108 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
310
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
81 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
82 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
83 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
84 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
85 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
86 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
87 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
88 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
89 . . .
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
90 . . .
−270
276
124
65
82.7
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
91 (33)(69)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
92 (33)(69)
−270
59
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
93 (33)(69)
−270
76
21
204
13.8
13.8
13.7 13.2
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
94 (33)(69)
−270
76
21
204
13.8
13.8
13.7 13.2
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
95 (33)(69)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
96 (33)(69)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
97 (33)(69)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
98 (33)(69)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
99 (69)
−270
172
69
204
46.0
46.0
46.0 45.9
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
100 (69)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
101 (69)
−270
241
97
65
64.4
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
102 (69)
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
103 (69)
−270
214
83
204
55.2
55.2
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
104 (69)
−270
283
131
65
87.3
87.3
...
...
...
...
...
105 (33)(63)(69)
−270
179
110
204
59.8
59.8
59.8 58.9
56.3
50.2
38.3
35.9
55.2 48.9
...
106 (33)(63)(69)
−270
262
241
204
87.3
87.3
87.3 83.6
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
107 (22)(63)(69)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
108 (22)(63)(69)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
311
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
109 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6063
A96063
T4
≤ 13
23
110 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6063
A96063
T5
≤ 13
23
111 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6063
A96063
T6
...
23
112 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6063
A96063
T4 wld.
...
23
113 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6063
A96063
T5 wld.
...
23
114 Aluminum alloy
Structural tube
B221
6063
A96063
T6 wld.
...
23
115 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1060
A91060
O
...
21
116 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1060
A91060
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 25
21
117 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1060
A91060
H12
...
21
118 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1060
A91060
H14
...
21
119 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1100
A91100
O
...
21
120 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1100
A91100
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 50
21
121 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1100
A91100
H12
...
21
122 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
1100
A91100
H14
...
21
123 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3003
A93003
O
...
21
124 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3003
A93003
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 50
21
125 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3003
A93003
H12
...
21
126 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3003
A93003
H14
...
21
127 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
O
≥ 0.15, < 13
21
128 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
O
≥ 13, ≤ 75
21
129 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 50
21
130 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
H12
≥ 0.43, < 13
21
131 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
H12
≥ 13, ≤ 50
21
132 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
H14
21
133 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3003
A83003
H14
≥ 0.23, < 13
≥ 13, ≤ 25
21
134 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3004
A93004
O
...
22
135 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3004
A93004
H112
...
22
136 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3004
A93004
H32
...
22
137 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
3004
A93004
H34
...
22
312
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
109 (13)(33)(69)
−270
131
69
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.7
43.7
35.8
23.9
10.3
110 (13)(33)(69)
−270
152
110
204
50.6
50.6
48.7 46.6
41.4
27.5
15.3
13.8
111 (33)(69)
−270
207
172
204
68.9
68.9
67.7 59.0
45.9
27.5
15.3
49.3
112 (69)
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
113 (69)
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
114 (69)
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.9 35.9
32.1
25.7
17.6
13.8
115 . . .
−270
55
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
116 (13)(33)
−270
69
34
204
23.0
21.8
19.1 17.0
15.0
11.8
7.5
5.9
117 (33)
−270
76
62
204
25.3
25.3
23.1 21.0
18.1
12.7
8.4
7.8
118 (33)
−270
83
69
204
27.6
27.6
27.6 26.6
18.1
12.7
8.4
7.8
119 . . .
−270
76
24
204
16.1
16.1
16.0 15.6
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
120 (13)(33)
−270
83
34
204
23.0
23.0
22.7 21.6
16.3
11.8
7.5
6.9
121 (33)
−270
97
76
204
32.2
32.2
31.3 25.2
19.0
13.6
8.5
7.8
122 (33)
−270
110
97
204
36.8
36.8
36.1 33.1
19.0
13.6
8.5
7.8
123 . . .
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
124 (13)(33)
−270
103
41
204
27.6
26.6
25.6 24.4
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
125 (33)
−270
117
83
204
39.1
39.1
38.1 35.8
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
126 (33)
−270
138
117
204
46.0
46.0
46.0 43.9
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
127 (66)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
128 (68)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.2
21.3 20.4
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
129 (33)(66)
−270
103
41
204
27.6
26.6
25.6 24.4
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
130 (33)(66)
−270
110
76
204
36.8
36.8
35.9 33.7
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
131 (33)(68)
−270
117
83
204
39.1
39.1
39.1 39.1
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
132 (33)(66)
−270
131
110
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 41.7
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
133 (33)(68)
−270
138
117
204
46.0
46.0
46.0 43.9
29.0
21.1
16.7
16.1
134 . . .
−270
152
59
204
39.1
39.1
39.1 39.0
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
135 (33)
−270
159
62
204
41.4
41.4
41.4 41.4
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
136 (33)
−270
193
145
204
64.4
64.4
64.4 60.4
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
137 (33)
−270
221
172
204
73.5
73.5
73.5 73.5
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
313
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
O
≥ 0.15, < 13
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
≥ 6, < 13
138 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
O
139 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
22
140 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
H112
141 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
22
142 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
H32
143 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
H32
≥ 0.43, < 13
≥ 13, ≤ 50
22
144 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
H34
22
145 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 3004
A83004
H34
≥ 0.23, < 13
≥ 13, ≤ 25
22
146 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5050
A95050
O
...
21
147 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5050
A95050
H112
...
21
148 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5050
A95050
H32
...
21
149 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5050
A95050
H34
...
21
150 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5052
A95052
O
...
22
151 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5652
A95652
O
...
22
152 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5052
A95052
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
153 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5652
A95652
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
154 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5052
A95052
H32
...
22
155 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5652
A95652
H32
...
22
156 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5052
A95052
H34
...
22
157 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5652
A95652
H34
...
22
22
158 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5083
A95083
O
≥ 1.3, ≤ 38
25
159 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5083
A95083
H32
≥ 5, ≤ 38
25
160 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5086
A95086
O
...
25
161 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5086
A95086
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 25
25
162 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5086
A95086
H32
...
25
163 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5086
A95086
H34
...
25
314
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
138 (66)
−270
145
55
204
36.8
36.8
36.8 36.8
36.8
26.9
17.4
16.1
139 (68)
−270
152
59
204
39.1
39.1
39.1 39.1
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
140 (33)(66)
−270
152
59
204
39.1
39.1
39.1 39.1
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
141 (33)(68)
−270
159
62
204
41.4
41.4
41.4 41.4
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
142 (33)(66)
−270
186
138
204
62.1
62.1
62.1 60.4
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
143 (33)(68)
−270
193
145
204
64.4
64.4
64.4 60.4
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
144 (33)(66)
−270
214
165
204
71.2
71.2
71.2 71.2
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
145 (33)(68)
−270
221
172
204
73.5
73.5
73.5 73.5
38.9
26.9
17.4
16.1
146 . . .
−270
124
41
204
27.6
27.6
27.5 27.5
27.5
20.1
10.8
9.7
147 (33)
−270
138
55
204
36.8
36.7
36.7 36.6
35.8
20.1
10.8
9.7
148 (33)
−270
152
110
204
50.6
50.6
50.6 50.6
35.8
20.1
10.8
9.7
149 (33)
−270
172
138
204
57.5
57.5
57.5 57.5
35.8
20.1
10.8
9.7
150 . . .
−270
172
65
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.6
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
151 . . .
−270
172
65
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.6
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
152 (13)(33)
−270
172
65
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.6
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
153 (13)(33)
−270
172
65
204
43.7
43.7
43.7 43.6
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
154 (33)
−270
214
159
204
71.2
71.2
71.2 71.0
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
155 (33)
−270
214
159
204
71.2
71.2
71.2 71.0
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
156 (33)
−270
234
179
204
78.1
78.1
78.1 78.1
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
157 (33)
−270
234
179
204
78.1
78.1
78.1 78.1
41.6
28.8
17.6
16.1
82.7
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
101.1 101.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
64.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
158 (13)
−270
276
124
65
159 (13)(33)
−270
303
214
65
160 . . .
−270
241
97
65
64.4
161 (13)(33)
−270
241
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
162 (33)
−270
276
193
65
91.9
91.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
163 (33)
−270
303
234
65
101.1 101.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
315
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
164 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5154
A95154
O
...
22
165 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5254
A95254
O
...
22
166 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5154
A95154
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
167 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5254
A95254
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
168 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5154
A95154
H32
...
22
169 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5254
A95254
H32
...
22
170 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5154
A95154
H34
...
22
171 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5254
A95254
H34
...
22
172 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5454
A95454
O
...
22
173 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5454
A95454
H112
≥ 13, ≤ 75
22
174 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5454
A95454
H32
...
22
175 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5454
A95454
H34
...
22
176 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5456
A95456
O
≥ 1.3, ≤ 38
25
25
23
177 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
5456
A95456
H32
≥ 5, < 13
178 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
6061
A96061
T4
...
179 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
6061
A96061
T6
...
23
180 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
6061
A96061
T651
≥ 6, ≤ 100
23
181 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
6061
A96061
T4 wld.
...
23
182 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
183 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T4
...
23
184 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T451
23
185 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T451
≥ 6, < 13
≥ 13, ≤ 75
23
186 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T6
...
23
187 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T651
≥ 6, < 13
23
188 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T651
≥ 13, ≤ 100
23
189 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T4 wld.
...
23
190 Aluminum alloy
Plate & sheet
B209
Alclad 6061
A86061
T6 wld.
...
23
316
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
164 . . .
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
165 . . .
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
166 (13)(33)
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
167 (13)(33)
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
168 (33)
−270
248
179
65
82.7
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
169 (33)
−270
248
179
65
82.7
82.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
170 (33)
−270
269
200
65
89.6
89.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
171 (33)
−270
269
200
65
89.6
89.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
172 . . .
−270
214
83
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 48.9
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
173 (13)(33)
−270
214
83
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 48.9
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
174 (33)
−270
248
179
204
82.7
82.7
82.7 49.5
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
175 (33)
−270
269
200
204
89.6
89.6
89.6 49.5
37.5
28.6
21.7
20.7
176 (13)
−270
290
131
65
87.3
87.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
177 (13)(33)
−270
317
228
65
105.7 105.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
178 (33)(63)
−270
207
110
204
68.9
68.9
68.9 67.8
64.8
57.9
40.2
35.9
179 (33)
−270
290
241
204
96.5
96.5
96.5 92.5
79.9
63.1
40.2
35.9
180 (13)(33)
−270
290
241
204
96.5
96.5
96.5 92.5
79.9
63.1
40.2
35.9
181 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
182 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
183 (33)(66)
−270
186
97
204
62.1
62.1
62.1 61.0
58.3
52.1
39.7
35.9
184 (33)(66)
−270
186
97
204
62.1
62.1
62.1 61.0
58.3
52.1
39.7
35.9
185 (33)(68)
−270
207
110
204
68.9
68.9
68.9 67.8
64.8
57.9
40.2
35.9
186 (33)(66)
−270
262
221
204
87.3
87.3
87.3 83.8
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
187 (33)(66)
−270
262
221
204
87.3
87.3
87.3 83.8
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
188 (33)(68)
−270
290
241
204
96.5
96.5
96.5 92.5
79.9
63.1
40.2
35.9
189 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
190 (22)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
317
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
191 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
3003
A93003
H112
...
21
192 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
3003
A93003
H112 wld.
...
21
193 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
5083
A95083
O
...
25
194 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
5083
A95083
H112
...
25
195 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
5083
A95083
H112 wld.
...
25
196 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
6061
A96061
T6
...
23
197 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B247
6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
198 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP1060
A91060
O
...
21
199 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP1060
A91060
H112
...
21
200 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP1100
A91100
O
...
21
201 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP1100
A91100
H112
...
21
202 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP3003
A93003
O
...
21
203 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP3003
A93003
H112
...
21
204 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP Alclad 3003
A83003
O
...
21
205 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP Alclad 3003
A83003
H112
...
21
206 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP5083
A95083
O
...
25
207 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP5083
A95083
H112
...
25
208 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP5154
A95154
O
...
22
209 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP5154
A95154
H112
...
22
210 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6061
A96061
T4
...
23
318
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
191 (2)(9)(45)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
192 (2)(9)(45)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
193 (2)(9)(32)(33)
−270
268
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
194 (2)(9)(32)(33)
−270
268
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
195 (2)(9)(32)(33)
−270
268
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
196 (2)(9)(33)
−270
262
241
204
87.3
87.3
87.3 83.6
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
197 (2)(9)(22)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
198 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)
−270
55
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
199 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)
−270
55
17
204
11.5
11.5
10.9
9.8
8.8
7.5
5.8
5.5
200 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)
−270
76
21
204
13.8
13.8
13.7 13.2
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
201 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)
−270
76
21
204
13.8
13.8
13.7 13.2
11.8
9.3
7.2
6.9
202 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
203 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)
−270
97
34
204
23.0
22.1
21.4 20.5
18.2
13.6
10.9
10.5
204 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)(66)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
205 (2)(13)(14)(32)(33)(66)
−270
90
31
204
20.7
19.9
19.3 18.4
17.3
13.6
10.9
10.5
206 (2)(13)(32)(33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
207 (2)(13)(32)(33)
−270
269
110
65
73.5
73.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
208 (2)(32)(33)
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
209 (2)(32)(33)
−270
207
76
65
50.6
50.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
210 (2)(13)(32)(33)(63)
−270
179
110
204
59.8
59.8
59.8 58.9
56.3
50.2
38.3
35.9
319
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
No.
Nominal
Composition
Product Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
UNS No.
Size,
mm
P-No.
(5)
211 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6061
A96061
T6
...
23
212 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6061
A96061
T4 wld.
...
23
213 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6061
A96061
T6 wld.
...
23
214 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6063
A96063
T4
...
23
215 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6063
A96063
T6
...
23
216 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6063
A96063
T4 wld.
...
23
217 Aluminum alloy
Forgings & fittings
B361
WP6063
A96063
T6 wld.
...
23
218 Aluminum alloy
Castings
B26
443.0
A04430
F
...
...
219 Aluminum alloy
Castings
B26
356.0
A03560
T6
...
...
220 Aluminum alloy
Castings
B26
356.0
A03560
T71
...
...
320
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1M Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Basic Allowable Stress, S, MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C
[Notes (1) and (4b)]
Line
No.
Notes
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Tensile Min. Yield Use
Strength, Strength, Temp., Temp.
MPa
to 40
MPa
°C
65
100
125
150
175
200
225
87.3 83.6
72.3
57.2
40.2
35.9
211 (2)(13)(32)(33)(63)
−270
262
241
204
212 (2)(22)(32)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
213 (2)(22)(32)(63)
−270
165
...
204
55.2
55.2
55.2 54.3
52.0
46.3
35.3
34.8
214 (2)(13)(32)(33)
−270
124
62
204
41.4
41.3
41.3
41.0
41.0
33.9
22.6
9.8
215 (2)(13)(32)(33)
−270
207
172
204
68.9
68.9
67.7 59.0
45.9
27.5
15.3
13.8
216 (2)(32)
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.6 36.0
32.0
24.7
15.3
13.8
217 (2)(32)
−270
117
...
204
39.1
39.1
37.6 36.0
32.0
24.7
15.3
13.8
87.3
87.3
218 (2)(9)(43)
−270
117
48
204
32.0
32.0
32.0 32.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
24.1
219 (2)(9)(43)
−270
207
138
121
68.9
68.9
68.9 57.9
...
...
...
...
220 (2)(9)(43)
−270
172
124
204
57.5
57.5
57.5 55.0
49.8
38.6
18.9
16.5
321
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1A Basic Casting Quality Factors, Ec
These quality factors are determined in accordance with para. 302.3.3(b). See also
para. 302.3.3(c) and Table 302.3.3C for increased quality factors applicable in special
cases. Specifications are ASTM.
Appendix A
Notes
Description
Ec [Note (2)]
Malleable iron castings
Gray iron castings
Gray iron castings
Cupola malleable iron castings
Gray iron castings
Ductile and ferritic ductile iron castings
Austenitic ductile iron castings
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.80
0.80
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9), (40)
(9), (40)
Carbon steel castings
Ferritic steel castings
0.80
0.80
(9), (40)
(9), (40)
Martensitic stainless and alloy castings
Ferritic steel castings
Centrifugally cast pipe
0.80
0.80
1.00
(9), (40)
(9), (40)
(10)
Austenitic steel castings
Centrifugally cast pipe
Steel castings
0.80
0.90
0.80
(9), (40)
(10), (40)
(9), (40)
Steam bronze castings
Composition bronze castings
Al–bronze and Si–Al–bronze castings
Copper alloy castings
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
(9),
(9),
(9),
(9),
Nickel and nickel alloy castings
0.80
(9), (40)
Aluminum alloy castings
Aluminum alloy castings
1.00
0.80
(9), (10)
(9), (40)
Spec. No.
Iron
A47
A48
A126
A197
A278
A395
A571
Carbon Steel
A216
A352
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
A217
A352
A426
Stainless Steel
A351
A451
A487
Copper and Copper Alloy
B61
B62
B148
B584
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
Nickel and Nickel Alloy
A494
Aluminum Alloy
B26, Temper F
B26, Temper T6, T71
322
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1B
Basic Quality Factors for Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes, Tubes, and Fittings, Ej
These quality factors are determined in accordance with para. 302.3.4(a). See also para. 302.3.4(b) and
Table 302.3.4 for increased quality factors applicable in special cases. Specifications, except API, are ASTM.
Spec. No.
Class (or Type)
Description
Ej
[Note (2)]
Appendix A
Notes
Carbon Steel
API 5L
...
Seamless pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, 100% radiographed
Electric resistance welded pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, double butt, straight
or spiral (helical) seam
Furnace butt welded
1.00
1.00
0.85
0.95
...
...
...
...
0.60
...
A53
Type S
Type E
Type F
Seamless pipe
Electric resistance welded pipe
Furnace butt welded pipe
1.00
0.85
0.60
...
...
...
A105
A106
A134
...
...
...
1.00
1.00
0.80
(9)
...
...
A135
A139
...
...
0.85
0.80
...
...
A179
A181
...
...
Forgings and fittings
Seamless pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, single butt, straight
or spiral (helical) seam
Electric resistance welded pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, straight or spiral
(helical) seam
Seamless tube
Forgings and fittings
1.00
1.00
...
(9)
A234
...
Seamless and welded fittings
1.00
(16)
A333
...
A334
A350
A369
A381
...
...
...
...
Seamless pipe
Electric resistance welded pipe
Seamless tube
Forgings and fittings
Seamless pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, 100% radiographed
Electric fusion welded pipe, spot radiographed
Electric fusion welded pipe, as manufactured
1.00
0.85
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.90
0.85
...
...
...
(9)
...
...
(19)
...
A420
...
Welded fittings, 100% radiographed
1.00
(16)
A524
A587
...
...
Seamless pipe
Electric resistance welded pipe
1.00
0.85
...
...
A671
12,
13,
12,
13,
12,
13,
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
1.00
0.85
1.00
0.85
1.00
0.85
...
...
...
...
...
...
A672
A691
22,
23,
22,
23,
22,
23,
32,
33,
32,
33,
32,
33,
42,
43,
42,
43,
42,
43,
52
53
52
53
52
53
fusion
fusion
fusion
fusion
fusion
fusion
welded
welded
welded
welded
welded
welded
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
100% radiographed
double butt seam
100% radiographed
double butt seam
100% radiographed
double butt seam
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
A182
...
Forgings and fittings
1.00
(9)
A234
...
Seamless and welded fittings
1.00
(16)
A333
...
A334
A335
A350
A369
...
...
...
...
Seamless pipe
Electric resistance welded pipe
Seamless tube
Seamless pipe
Forgings and fittings
Seamless pipe
1.00
0.85
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
...
(78)
...
...
...
...
A420
...
A671
12,
13,
12,
13,
12,
13,
A672
A691
22,
23,
22,
23,
22,
23,
32,
33,
32,
33,
32,
33,
42,
43,
42,
43,
42,
43,
52
53
52
53
52
53
Welded fittings, 100% radiographed
1.00
(16)
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
1.00
0.85
1.00
0.85
1.00
0.85
...
(78)
...
(78)
...
(78)
fusion
fusion
fusion
fusion
fusion
fusion
welded
welded
welded
welded
welded
welded
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
pipe,
100% radiographed
double butt seam
100% radiographed
double butt seam
100% radiographed
double butt seam
323
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-1B
Basic Quality Factors for Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes, Tubes, and Fittings, Ej (Cont’d)
These quality factors are determined in accordance with para. 302.3.4(a). See also para. 302.3.4(b) and
Table 302.3.4 for increased quality factors applicable in special cases. Specifications, except API, are ASTM.
Spec. No.
Class (or Type)
Description
Ej
[Note (2)]
Appendix A
Notes
Stainless Steel
A182
...
Forgings and fittings
A249
A268
...
...
Electric fusion welded
Seamless tube
Electric fusion welded
Electric fusion welded
Seamless tube
Electric fusion welded
Electric fusion welded
A269
...
A312
...
A358
A376
1, 3, 4
5
2
...
A403
...
A409
...
A487
...
A789
...
A790
A813
A814
A815
...
DW
SW
DW
SW
...
1.00
...
0.80
1.00
0.85
0.80
1.00
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Seamless tube
Electric fusion welded tube, double butt seam
Electric fusion welded tube, single butt seam
Electric fusion welded, 100% radiographed
Electric fusion welded pipe, 100% radiographed
Electric fusion welded pipe, spot radiographed
Electric fusion welded pipe, double butt seam
Seamless pipe
1.00
0.85
0.80
1.00
1.00
0.90
0.85
1.00
...
...
...
(46)
...
...
...
...
Seamless fittings
Welded fitting, 100% radiographed
Welded fitting, double butt seam
Welded fitting, single butt seam
Electric fusion welded pipe, double butt seam
Electric fusion welded pipe, single butt seam
Steel castings
1.00
1.00
0.85
0.80
0.85
0.80
0.80
...
(16)
...
...
...
...
(9)(40)
Seamless tube
Electric fusion welded,
Electric fusion welded,
Electric fusion welded,
Seamless pipe
Electric fusion welded,
Electric fusion welded,
Electric fusion welded,
1.00
1.00
0.85
0.80
1.00
1.00
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Electric fusion welded, double butt
Electric fusion welded, single butt
Electric fusion welded, double butt
Electric fusion welded, single butt
Seamless fittings
Welded fittings, 100% radiographed
Welded fittings, double butt seam
Welded fittings, single butt seam
0.85
0.80
0.85
0.80
1.00
1.00
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
(16)
...
...
Seamless
Seamless
Seamless
Seamless
Seamless
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
...
...
...
...
...
tube, single butt seam
tube, double butt seam
tube, single butt seam
tube, double butt seam
tube, single butt seam
100% radiographed
double butt
single butt
100% radiographed
double butt
single butt
Copper and Copper Alloy
B42
B43
B68
B75
B88
...
...
...
...
...
pipe
pipe
tube
tube
water tube
B280
...
Seamless tube
1.00
...
B466
B467
...
...
Seamless pipe and tube
Electric resistance welded pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, double butt seam
Electric fusion welded pipe, single butt seam
1.00
0.85
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
...
324
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-1B
Basic Quality Factors for Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes, Tubes, and Fittings, Ej (Cont’d)
These quality factors are determined in accordance with para. 302.3.4(a). See also para. 302.3.4(b) and
Table 302.3.4 for increased quality factors applicable in special cases. Specifications, except API, are ASTM.
Spec. No.
Class (or Type)
Description
Ej
[Note (2)]
Appendix A
Notes
Nickel and Nickel Alloy
B160
B161
B164
B165
B167
...
...
...
...
...
Forgings and fittings
Seamless pipe and tube
Forgings and fittings
Seamless pipe and tube
Seamless pipe and tube
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
(9)
...
(9)
...
...
B366
...
Seamless and welded fittings
1.00
(16)
B407
B444
B464
...
...
...
Seamless pipe and tube
Seamless pipe and tube
Welded pipe
1.00
1.00
0.80
...
...
...
B514
B517
B564
...
...
...
Welded pipe
Welded pipe
Nickel alloy forgings
0.80
0.80
1.00
...
...
(9)
B619
...
B622
...
Electric resistance welded pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, double butt seam
Electric fusion welded pipe, single butt seam
Seamless pipe and tube
0.85
0.85
0.80
1.00
...
...
...
...
B626
All
B668
B675
B690
All
All
...
Electric resistance welded tube
Electric fusion welded tube, double butt seam
Electric fusion welded tube, single butt seam
Seamless pipe and tube
Welded pipe
Seamless pipe
0.85
0.85
0.80
1.00
0.80
1.00
...
...
...
...
...
...
B705
B725
...
...
B729
...
Welded pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe, double butt seam
Electric fusion welded pipe, single butt seam
Seamless pipe and tube
0.80
0.85
0.80
1.00
...
...
...
...
B804
1, 3, 5
2, 4
6
Welded pipe, 100% radiographed
Welded pipe, double fusion welded
Welded pipe, single fusion welded
1.00
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
Seamless pipe
Welded pipe, double butt seam
Welded pipe, single butt seam
1.00
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
Titanium and Titanium Alloy
B861
B862
...
...
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
B523
...
Seamless tube
Electric fusion welded tube
1.00
0.80
...
...
B658
...
Seamless pipe
Electric fusion welded pipe
1.00
0.80
...
...
B210
B241
B247
...
...
...
Seamless tube
Seamless pipe and tube
Forgings and fittings
1.00
1.00
1.00
...
...
(9)
B345
B361
...
...
Seamless pipe and tube
Seamless fittings
Welded fittings, 100% radiographed
1.00
1.00
1.00
...
...
...
B547
...
Welded pipe and tube, 100% radiographed
Welded pipe, double butt seam
Welded pipe, single butt seam
1.00
0.85
0.80
...
...
...
Aluminum Alloy
325
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Nominal
Composition
UNS No.
Size Range,
Dia., in.
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Yield
Min.
Temp.
to 100
200
300
400
500
45
50
55
60
22.5
25
27.5
...
11.3
12.5
13.8
15.0
11.3
12.5
13.8
15.0
11.3
12.5
13.8
15.0
11.3
12.5
13.8
15.0
11.3
12.5
13.8
15.0
−20
−20
−20
−20
−20
60
65
70
105
80
30
32.5
35
81
40
15.0
16.3
17.5
20.3
20.0
15.0
16.3
17.5
20.3
20.0
15.0
16.3
17.5
20.3
20.0
15.0
16.3
17.5
20.3
20.0
15.0
16.3
17.5
20.3
20.0
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42b)
−20
−55
−55
−55
−20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
≤4
≤ 21⁄2
≤4
> 21⁄2 , ≤ 4
...
...
(15)
(15)
−55
−100
−20
−20
100
100
100
110
80
80
80
95
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
> 21⁄2, ≤ 4
≤4
≤ 21⁄2
≤ 21⁄2
≤ 21⁄2
≤ 21⁄2
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
0
−40
−150
−150
−150
−150
−150
115
115
125
125
125
125
125
99
95
105
105
105
105
105
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
G41400
K14072
...
...
...
...
≤ 21⁄2
≤ 21⁄2
≤ 21⁄2
...
(15)
(15)
−55
−20
−20
125
125
150
105
105
130
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
3
4
4L
7
7L
7M
7ML
S50100
K14510
K14510
G41400
G41400
G41400
G41400
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
−20
−55
−150
−55
−150
−55
−100
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B8M
B8M
B8
B8
B8C
B8C
B8T
B8T
B8F
S31600
S31600
S30400
S30400
...
S34700
S32100
S32100
S30300
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
> 11⁄4 , ≤ 11⁄2
...
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(8f)(15)(39)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
30
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
17.3
17.3
16.7
16.7
17.9
17.9
17.8
17.8
16.7
15.6
15.6
15.0
15.0
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
15.0
14.3
14.3
13.8
13.8
15.5
15.5
15.3
15.3
13.8
13.3
13.3
12.9
12.9
15.0
15.0
14.3
14.3
12.9
Type/
Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Tensile
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
...
...
...
...
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A675
A675
A675
A307
45
50
55
B
D40450
D40500
D40550
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(8f)(8g)
(8f)(8g)
(8f)(8g)
(8f)(8g)
−20
−20
−20
−20
...
...
...
...
...
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A675
A675
A675
A325
A675
60
65
70
...
80
D40600
D40650
D40700
...
D40800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(8f)(8g)
(8g)
(8g)
(8g)
(8g)
...
...
...
...
...
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts,
hvy.
hex
A194
A194
A194
A194
A563
1
2
2H
2HM
A
K01503
K04002
K04002
K04002
K05802
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Cr–1⁄5Mo
Cr–1⁄5Mo
5Cr
Cr–Mo–V
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A320
A193
A193
B7M
L7M
B5
B16
G41400
G41400
S50100
K14072
...
...
...
...
...
Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A354
A193
A320
A320
A320
A320
A320
BC
B7
L43
L7
L7A
L7B
L7C
...
G41400
G43400
G41400
G40370
G41370
G87400
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo–V
...
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A193
A354
B7
B16
BD
5Cr
C–Mo
C–Mo
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Cr–Mo
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
A194
A194
A194
A194
A194
A194
A194
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A320
Notes
Carbon Steel
Alloy Steel
Stainless Steel
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–9Ni
326
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Design Stress, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
1,350
1,400
1,450
1,500
11.3
12.5
13.8
...
11.1
12.4
13.6
...
10.7
11.9
13.1
...
10.4
10.7
12.7
...
9.2
9.2
10.8
...
7.9
7.9
8.7
...
5.9
5.9
5.9
...
4.0
4.0
4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
50
55
B
A675
A675
A675
A307
15.0
16.3
17.5
20.3
20.0
14.8
16.1
17.3
20.3
19.8
14.3
15.5
16.7
20.3
19.1
13.8
13.9
14.8
...
...
11.4
11.4
12.0
...
...
8.7
9.0
9.3
...
...
5.9
6.3
6.7
...
...
4.0
4.0
4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
60
65
70
...
80
A675
A675
A675
A325
A675
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
2
2H
2HM
A
A194
A194
A194
A194
A563
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
18.5
18.5
20.0
22.0
16.3
16.3
14.3
21.0
12.5
12.5
10.9
18.5
8.5
8.5
8.0
15.3
4.5
4.5
5.8
11.0
2.4
2.4
4.2
6.3
...
...
2.9
2.8
...
...
1.8
1.2
...
...
1.0
...
...
...
0.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B7M
L7M
B5
B16
A193
A320
A193
A193
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
...
23.0
25.0
25.0
...
...
...
...
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
16.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
4.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
BC
B7
L43
L7
L7A
L7B
L7C
A354
A193
A320
A320
A320
A320
A320
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
25.0
25.0
...
21.0
25.0
...
17.0
23.5
...
12.5
20.5
...
8.5
16.0
...
4.5
11.0
...
2.4
6.3
...
...
2.8
...
...
1.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B7
B16
BD
A193
A193
A354
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
4
4L
7
7L
7M
7ML
A194
A194
A194
A194
A194
A194
A194
12.6
12.6
12.5
12.5
14.3
14.3
13.5
13.5
12.3
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
14.0
14.0
13.2
13.2
12.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.8
13.8
13.0
13.0
11.7
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.7
13.7
12.7
12.7
11.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.6
13.6
12.6
12.6
11.2
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.5
13.5
12.5
12.5
11.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.4
13.4
12.5
12.5
...
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.4
13.4
12.5
12.5
...
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.4
13.4
12.5
12.5
...
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B8M Cl. 2
B8M Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
B8F Cl. 1
Carbon Steel
Alloy Steel
Stainless Steel
327
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A320
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size Range,
Dia., in.
Notes
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Tensile
Yield
Min.
Temp.
to 100
200
300
400
500
Stainless Steel (Cont’d)
19Cr–9Ni
19Cr–9Ni
19Cr–9Ni
19Cr–9Ni
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A453
A453
A453
A453
651B
651B
651A
651A
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
>3
≤3
>3
≤3
(15)(35)
(15)(35)
(15)(35)
(15)(35)
−20
−20
−20
−20
95
95
100
100
50
60
60
70
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.4
23.4
23.4
23.4
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
20.8
20.8
20.8
20.8
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
B8M
B8M
B8C
B8C
B8
B8
B8T
B8T
S31600
S31600
...
S34700
S30400
S30400
S32100
S32100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
> 1, ≤ 11⁄4
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
17.3
17.3
17.9
17.9
16.7
16.7
17.8
17.8
16.3
16.3
16.5
16.5
16.3
16.3
16.5
16.5
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A320
A193
A193
B8T
B8
B8C
B8M
S32100
S30400
...
S31600
1
1
1
1
...
...
...
...
(8f)(15)(28)
(8f)(15)(28)
(8f)(15)(28)
(8f)(15)(28)
−325
−425
−425
−325
75
75
75
75
30
30
30
30
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
17.8
16.7
17.9
17.3
16.5
15.0
16.5
15.6
15.3
13.8
15.5
14.3
14.3
12.9
15.0
13.3
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
B8M
B8M
B8C
B8C
B8
B8
B8T
B8T
S31600
S31600
...
S34700
S30400
S30400
S32100
S32100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
> 3⁄4 , ≤ 1
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
100
100
115
115
115
115
115
115
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
328
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Design Stress, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
1,350
1,400
1,450
1,500
20.5
20.5
20.5
20.5
20.4
20.4
20.4
20.4
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.7
19.7
19.7
19.7
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
18.9
18.9
18.9
18.9
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
651B
651B
651A
651A
A453
A453
A453
A453
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B8M Cl. 2
B8M Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
13.5
12.3
14.3
12.6
13.2
12.0
14.0
12.3
13.0
11.7
13.8
12.1
12.7
11.5
13.7
11.9
12.6
11.2
13.6
11.8
12.4
11.0
13.5
11.6
12.3
10.8
13.4
11.5
12.1
10.6
13.4
11.4
12.0
10.4
13.4
11.3
9.6
10.1
12.1
11.2
6.9
9.8
9.1
11.1
5.0
7.7
6.1
9.8
3.6
6.1
4.4
7.4
2.6
4.7
3.3
5.6
1.7
3.7
2.2
4.2
1.1
2.9
1.5
3.2
0.8
2.3
1.2
2.4
0.5
1.8
0.9
1.8
0.3
1.4
0.8
1.4
B8T Cl. 1
B8 Cl. 1
B8C Cl. 1
B8M Cl. 1
A193
A320
A193
A193
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B8M Cl. 2
B8M Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
Stainless Steel (Cont’d)
329
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec.
No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size Range,
Dia., in.
Notes
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Min.
Temp.
to 100
Tensile
200
300
400
500
−20
115
85
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
−20
−20
−20
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
110
130
130
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
125
85
85
85
95
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
21.3
22.5
22.5
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
22.5
22.5
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
22.5
22.5
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
22.5
22.5
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
22.1
22.1
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
Yield
Stainless Steel (Cont’d)
12Cr
Bolts
A437
B4C
S42200
...
...
(35)
13Cr
14Cr–24Ni
14Cr–24Ni
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
A193
A453
A453
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
B6
660
660
B8M
B8M
B8C
B8C
B8
B8
B8T
B8T
S41000
...
...
S31600
S31600
...
S34700
S30400
S30400
S32100
S32100
...
A
B
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
≤4
...
...
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
≤ 3⁄4
(15)(35)
(15)(35)
(15)(35)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
12Cr
Bolts
A437
B4B
S42225
...
...
(35)
−20
145
105
26.3
26.3
26.3
26.3
26.3
12Cr
18Cr–9Ni
Nuts
Nuts
A194
A194
6
8FA
S41000
S30300
...
...
...
...
(35)(42)
(42)
−20
−20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Nuts
Nuts
A194
A194
8MA
8TA
S31600
S32100
...
...
...
...
(42)
(42)
−325
−325
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Nuts
Nuts
Nuts
A194
A194
A194
8
8A
8CA
S30400
S30400
S34700
...
...
...
...
...
...
(42)
(42)
(42)
−425
−425
−425
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
330
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Design Stress, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
Type/
Grade
Spec.
No.
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
1,350
1,400
1,450
1,500
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B4C
A437
21.3
21.7
21.7
22.0
22.0
24.6
24.6
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
21.5
21.5
22.0
22.0
24.5
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
24.5
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
24.5
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
24.5
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
21.3
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
24.5
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
20.2
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
24.4
24.4
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
18.7
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
24.2
24.2
24.7
24.7
25.0
25.0
...
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
25.0
25.0
...
21.3
21.3
22.0
22.0
23.5
23.5
22.9
22.9
25.0
25.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B6
660 Cl. A
660 Cl. B
B8M Cl. 2
B8M Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8C Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8 Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
B8T Cl. 2
A193
A453
A453
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
A193
A320
26.3
26.3
26.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
B4B
A437
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6
8FA
A194
A194
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8MA
8TA
A194
A194
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
8A
8CA
A194
A194
A194
Stainless Steel (Cont’d)
331
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size Range,
Dia., in.
Notes
Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100
200
300
400
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Tensile
Copper and Copper Alloy
Naval brass
Naval brass
Naval brass
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Cu–Si
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B21
B21
B21
B187
B187
B187
B187
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C46400
C48200
C48500
C10200
C11000
C12000
C12200
C65100
C65500
C66100
C65500
C66100
C65500
C66100
C65100
C65100
O60
O60
O60
O60
O60
O60
O60
O60
O60
O60
H01
H01
H02
H02
H06
H06
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
≤2
≤2
> 1, ≤ 11⁄2
> 1⁄2, ≤ 1
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)(52)
(8f)(52)
(8f)(52)
(8f)
(8f)
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
50
50
50
30
30
30
30
40
52
52
55
55
70
70
75
75
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
12
15
15
24
24
38
38
40
45
12.5
12.5
12.5
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
8.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
11.3
12.5
12.5
12.5
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
8.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
11.3
12.5
12.5
12.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
7.1
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
11.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65100
H06
≤ 1⁄2
...
−325
85
55
13.8
13.8
13.8
.. .
Al–Si–bronze Bolts
Al–Si–bronze Bolts
Al–Si–bronze Bolts
B150
B150
B150
...
...
...
C64200
C64200
C64200
HR50
HR50
HR50
> 1, ≤ 2
> 1⁄2, ≤ 1
≤ 1⁄2
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
80
85
90
42
42
42
16.7
16.7
16.7
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.4
13.4
13.4
10.8
10.8
10.8
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B150
B150
B150
...
...
...
C61400
C61400
C61400
HR50
HR50
HR50
> 1, ≤ 2
> 1⁄2, ≤ 1
≤ 1⁄2
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
70
75
80
32
35
40
17.5
17.5
18.0
17.5
17.5
18.0
17.5
17.5
18.0
17.2
17.2
17.7
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
Al–bronze
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B150
B150
B150
B150
...
...
...
...
C63000
C63000
C63000
C63000
HR50
M20
HR50
HR50
> 2, ≤ 3
> 3, ≤ 4
> 1, ≤ 2
> 1⁄2, ≤ 1
...
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
85
85
90
100
42.5
42.5
45
50
21.3
20.0
22.5
22.5
21.3
19.6
22.5
22.5
21.0
19.1
22.5
22.5
20.7
18.8
22.5
22.5
Nickel and Nickel Alloy
Low C–Ni
Ni
Ni
Ni
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B160
B160
B160
B160
...
...
...
...
N02201
N02200
N02200
N02200
Hot fin./ann.
Hot fin.
Annealed
Cold drawn
...
...
...
...
(8f)
(8f)
(8f)
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
50
60
55
65
10
15
15
40
6.7
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.4
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.3
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.2
10.0
10.0
10.0
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B164
B164
B164
B164
B164
...
...
...
...
...
N04400
N04405
N04400
N04400
N04405
C.D./str. rel.
Cold drawn
Cold drawn
Annealed
Annealed
...
...
...
...
...
(54)
(54)
(54)
(8f)
(8f)
−325
−325
−325
−325
−325
84
85
85
70
70
50
50
55
25
25
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
13.6
13.6
13.8
13.6
13.6
13.2
13.2
13.8
13.2
13.2
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Rod
Hex
All except hex
B164
B164
B164
...
...
...
N04405
N04400
N04400
Hot fin.
Hot fin.
Hot fin.
≤3
≥ 21⁄8, ≤ 4
> 21⁄8
...
(8f)
...
−325
−325
−325
75
75
80
35
30
40
16.7
16.7
16.7
14.6
14.6
14.6
13.6
13.6
13.6
13.2
13.2
13.2
332
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Design Stress, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
UNS No.
Spec.
No.
Copper and Copper Alloy
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C46400
C48200
C48500
C10200
C11000
C12000
C12200
C65100
C65500
C66100
C65500
C66100
C65500
C66100
C65100
C65100
B21
B21
B21
B187
B187
B187
B187
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
B98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C65100
B98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C64200
C64200
C64200
B150
B150
B150
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C61400
C61400
C61400
B150
B150
B150
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C63000
C63000
C63000
C63000
B150
B150
B150
B150
5.2
5.2
5.2
1.7
1.7
1.7
16.0
16.0
16.4
...
...
...
19.4
17.6
21.1
21.1
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
...
...
...
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
Nickel and Nickel Alloy
6.2
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.2
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.2
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.2
...
...
...
6.1
...
...
...
6.0
...
...
...
5.8
...
...
...
4.5
...
...
...
3.7
...
...
...
3.0
...
...
...
2.4
...
...
...
2.0
...
...
...
1.5
...
...
...
1.2
...
...
...
1.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N02201
N02200
N02200
N02200
B160
B160
B160
B160
13.1
13.1
13.8
13.1
13.1
13.1
...
...
13.1
13.1
13.1
...
...
13.1
13.1
...
...
...
13.0
13.0
...
...
...
12.9
12.9
...
...
...
12.7
12.7
...
...
...
12.6
12.6
...
...
...
12.5
12.5
...
...
...
9.2
9.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N04400
N04405
N04400
N04400
N04405
B164
B164
B164
B164
B164
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.0
13.0
13.0
12.9
12.9
12.9
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.5
12.5
12.5
9.2
9.2
9.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N04405
N04400
N04400
B164
B164
B164
333
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Nominal
Composition
Product
Form
Spec. No.
Type/
Grade
UNS No.
Class/
Condition/
Temper
Size Range,
Dia., in.
Notes
Yield
Min.
Temp.
to
100
200
300
400
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Min.
Temp.,
°F (6)
Tensile
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (Cont’d)
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Rod
Rod
Bolts
Rod
B166
B166
B166
B166
...
...
...
...
N06600
N06600
N06600
N06600
Cold drawn
Hot fin.
Annealed
Hot fin.
≤3
≤3
...
>3
(41)(54)
...
...
...
−325
−325
−325
−325
105
90
80
85
80
40
35
35
20.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
20.0
15.9
15.9
15.9
20.0
15.2
15.2
15.2
20.0
14.6
14.6
14.6
Ni–Mo
Bolts
B335
...
N10001
Annealed
...
...
−325
100
46
25.0
25.0
25.0
24.6
Ni–Mo–Cr
Bolts
B574
...
N10276
Sol. ann.
...
...
−325
100
41
25.0
24.9
23.0
21.3
Aluminum Alloy
...
...
...
...
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B211
B211
B211
B211
6061
6061
2024
2024
A96061
A96061
A92024
A92024
T6, T651 wld.
T6, T651
T4
T4
≥ 1⁄8, ≤ 8
≥ 1⁄8, ≤ 8
> 61⁄2, ≤ 8
> 41⁄2, ≤ 61⁄2
(8f)(43)(63)
(43)(63)
(43)(63)
(43)(63)
−452
−452
−452
−452
24
42
58
62
...
35
38
40
4.8
8.4
9.5
10.0
4.8
8.4
9.5
10.0
4.8
8.4
9.5
10.0
3.6
4.8
4.2
4.5
...
...
...
Bolts
Bolts
Bolts
B211
B211
B211
2024
2024
2014
A92024
A92024
A92014
T4
T4
T6, T651
≥ 1⁄2, ≤ 41⁄2
≥ 1⁄8, < 1⁄2
≥ 1⁄8, ≤ 8
(43)(63)
(43)(63)
(43)(63)
−452
−452
−452
62
62
65
42
45
55
10.5
11.3
13.0
10.5
11.3
13.0
10.3
10.3
12.4
4.5
4.5
4.3
334
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2 Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Cont’d)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM
Design Stress, ksi, at Metal Temperature, °F [Note (1)]
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
UNS No.
Spec.
No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (Cont’d)
20.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
...
13.5
13.5
13.5
...
13.3
13.3
13.3
...
13.1
13.1
13.1
...
12.9
12.9
12.9
...
12.7
12.7
12.7
...
12.5
12.5
12.5
...
12.4
12.4
12.4
...
10.0
9.2
9.2
...
7.0
7.0
7.0
...
4.5
4.5
4.5
...
3.0
3.0
3.0
...
2.2
2.2
2.2
...
2.0
2.0
2.0
...
1.8
1.8
1.8
...
...
...
...
N06600
N06600
N06600
N06600
B166
B166
B166
B166
24.3
23.6
23.3
23.0
22.8
22.6
22.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
N10001
B335
19.9
18.7
18.2
17.8
17.4
17.1
16.9
16.7
16.6
16.5
16.5
...
...
...
...
...
N10276
B574
Aluminum Alloy
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A96061
A96061
A92024
A92024
B211
B211
B211
B211
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A92024
A92024
A92014
B211
B211
B211
335
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
Nominal
No.
Composition
1 Carbon steel
Type/
Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
...
Size Range, Dia.,
mm
Notes
...
(8f)(8g)
Product Form
Bolts
Spec.
No.
A675
45
2 Carbon steel
Bolts
A675
50
D40500
...
...
(8f)(8g)
3 Carbon steel
Bolts
A675
55
D40550
...
...
(8f)(8g)
4 Carbon steel
Bolts
A307
B
...
...
...
(8f)(8g)
UNS No.
D40450
5 Carbon steel
Bolts
A675
60
D40600
...
...
(8f)(8g)
6 Carbon steel
Bolts
A675
65
D40650
...
...
(8g)
7 Carbon steel
Bolts
A675
70
D40700
...
...
(8g)
8 Carbon steel
Bolts
A325
...
...
...
...
(8g)
9 Carbon steel
Bolts
A675
80
D40800
...
...
(8g)
10 Carbon steel
Nuts
A194
1
K01503
...
...
(42)
11 Carbon steel
Nuts
A194
2, 2H
K04002
...
...
(42)
12 Carbon steel
Nuts
A194
2HM
K04002
...
...
(42)
13 Carbon steel
Nuts
A563
A, hvy. hex
K05802
...
...
(42b)
14 Cr–0.2Mo
Bolts
A193
B7M
G41400
...
≤ 100
...
15 Cr–0.2Mo
Bolts
A320
L7M
G41400
...
≤ 64
...
≤ 100
> 64, ≤ 100
(15)
≤ 100
(15)
16 5Cr
Bolts
A193
B5
S50100
...
17 Cr–Mo–V
Bolts
A193
B16
K14072
...
18 Alloy steel
Bolts
A354
BC
...
...
19 Cr–Mo
Bolts
A193
B7
G41400
...
20 Ni–Cr–Mo
Bolts
A320
L43
G43400
...
21 Cr–Mo
Bolts
A320
L7
G41400
...
22 Cr–Mo
Bolts
A320
L7A
G40370
...
...
> 64, ≤ 100
(15)
(15)
(15)
≤ 64
(15)
≤ 64
(15)
23 Cr–Mo
Bolts
A320
L7B
G41370
...
≤ 64
(15)
24 Cr–Mo
Bolts
A320
L7C
G87400
...
≤ 64
(15)
25 Cr–Mo
Bolts
A193
B7
G41400
...
≤ 64
...
26 Cr–Mo–V
Bolts
A193
B16
K14072
...
≤ 64
(15)
27 Alloy steel
Bolts
A354
BD
...
...
≤ 64
(15)
28 5Cr
Nuts
A194
3
S50100
...
...
(42)
29 C–Mo
Nuts
A194
4
K14510
...
...
(42)
30 C–Mo
Nuts
A194
4L
K14510
...
...
(42)
31 Cr–Mo
Nuts
A194
7
G41400
...
...
(42)
32 Cr–Mo
Nuts
A194
7L
G41400
...
...
(42)
33 Cr–Mo
Nuts
A194
7M
G41400
...
...
(42)
34 Cr–Mo
Nuts
A194
7ML
G41400
...
...
(42)
336
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
1
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
−30
Min.
Yield
Min. Tensile
Strength, Strength,
MPa
MPa
310
155
Max. Use
Temp.,
°C
482
Min.
Temp. to
40
77.6
65
77.6
100
77.6
125
77.6
150
77.6
175
77.6
200
77.6
225
77.6
2
−30
345
172
482
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
3
−30
379
190
482
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
4
−30
414
414
260
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
5
−30
414
207
482
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
6
−30
448
224
538
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
7
−30
483
241
538
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
8
−30
724
558
343
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
9
−30
552
276
343
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
10
−30
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
11
−50
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
−50
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13
−30
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
−50
689
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
15
−75
689
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
16
−30
689
552
649
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
17
−30
758
655
593
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
18
−20
793
683
343
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
19
−40
793
655
538
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
20
−100
862
724
371
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
21
−100
862
724
371
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
22
−100
862
724
343
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
23
−100
862
724
343
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
24
−100
862
724
343
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
25
−50
862
724
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
26
−30
862
724
593
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
27
−30
1034
896
343
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
...
28
−30
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
29
−48
...
...
593
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30
−101
...
...
593
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
−48
...
...
593
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
32
−101
...
...
593
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
33
−48
...
...
593
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
34
−73
...
...
593
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
337
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
1
250
77.6
275
77.6
300
77.6
325
77.6
350
76.0
375
73.7
400
71.5
425
64.0
450
55.8
475
43.9
500
31.7
525
...
2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
84.5
81.9
73.3
64.0
55.8
43.9
31.7
...
3
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
92.9
90.1
87.4
75.3
62.1
45.0
31.7
...
4
103
103
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5
103
103
103
103
101
98.3
95.1
79.5
62.6
45.0
31.7
...
6
112
112
112
112
110
106
95.1
79.5
64.4
47.7
32.5
21.4
7
121
121
121
121
118
115
101
83.8
66.8
50.3
33.2
21.4
8
140
140
140
140
140
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9
138
138
138
138
135
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
11
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
115
92.3
67.3
41.6
15
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
115
92.3
67.3
41.6
16
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
80.6
61.7
46.4
17
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
148
132
113
88.3
18
159
159
159
159
159
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
116
92.3
67.3
41.6
20
172
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
172
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
22
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
24
172
172
172
172
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
121
93.4
67.3
41.6
26
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
166
146
121
90.1
27
207
207
207
207
207
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
28
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
29
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
32
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
33
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
34
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
338
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
1
550
...
575
...
600
...
625
...
650
...
675
...
700
...
725
...
750
...
775
...
800
...
825
...
2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6
14.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7
14.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
11
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
23.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
15
23.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16
34.7
25.5
17.8
11.4
6.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
17
59.3
33.0
15.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19
23.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
22
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
24
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25
23.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
26
59.3
33.0
15.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
27
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
28
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
29
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
32
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
33
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
34
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
339
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Product Form
Bolts
Spec.
No.
A193
Type/
Grade
B8M
UNS No.
S31600
Class/
Condition/
Temper
2
36 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A320
B8M
S31600
2
37 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A193
B8
S30400
2
38 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A320
B8
S30400
2
39 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A193
B8C
...
2
40 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A320
B8C
S34700
2
41 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A193
B8T
S32100
2
Line
Nominal
No.
Composition
35 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
42 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A320
B8T
S32100
2
43 18Cr–9Ni
Bolts
A320
B8F
S30300
1
44 19Cr–9Ni
Bolts
A453
651B
...
...
45 19Cr–9Ni
Bolts
A453
651B
...
...
46 19Cr–9Ni
Bolts
A453
651A
...
...
47 19Cr–9Ni
Bolts
A453
651A
...
...
48 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A193
B8M
S31600
2
49 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A320
B8M
S31600
2
50 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A193
B8C
...
2
51 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A320
B8C
S34700
2
52 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A193
B8
S30400
2
53 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A320
B8
S30400
2
54 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A193
B8T
S32100
2
55 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A320
B8T
S32100
2
Size Range, Dia.,
mm
Notes
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
> 32, ≤ 38
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
> 32, ≤ 38
(15)(60)
> 75
(15)(35)
...
(8f)(15)(39)
≤ 75
> 75
(15)(35)
≤ 75
(15)(35)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(35)
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
> 25, ≤ 32
(15)(60)
56 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A193
B8T
S32100
1
57 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A320
B8
S30400
1
...
(8f)(15)(28)
58 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A193
B8C
...
1
...
(8f)(15)(28)
59 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A193
B8M
S31600
1
...
(8f)(15)(28)
60 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A193
B8M
S31600
2
61 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A320
B8M
S31600
2
62 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A193
B8C
...
2
> 19, ≤ 25
63 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A320
B8C
S34700
2
64 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A193
B8
S30400
2
65 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A320
B8
S30400
2
66 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A193
B8T
S32100
2
67 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A320
B8T
S32100
2
68 12Cr
Bolts
A437
B4C
S42200
...
340
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
...
> 19, ≤ 25
(8f)(15)(28)
(15)(60)
(15)(60)
> 19, ≤ 25
(15)(60)
> 19, ≤ 25
(15)(60)
> 19, ≤ 25
(15)(60)
> 19, ≤ 25
(15)(60)
> 19, ≤ 25
(15)(60)
> 19, ≤ 25
(15)(60)
...
(35)
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
35
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
−200
Min.
Yield
Min. Tensile
Strength, Strength,
MPa
MPa
621
345
Max. Use
Temp.,
°C
538
Min.
Temp. to
40
129
65
126
100
118
125
112
150
107
175
103
200
99.1
225
95.8
36
−200
621
345
538
129
126
118
112
107
103
99.1
95.8
37
−200
689
345
538
129
123
113
108
103
99.0
95.6
92.7
92.7
38
−200
689
345
538
129
123
113
108
103
99.0
95.6
39
−200
689
345
538
129
129
122
117
113
110
108
105
40
−200
689
345
538
129
129
122
117
113
110
108
105
41
−200
689
345
538
129
129
121
118
114
110
106
103
42
−200
689
345
538
129
129
121
118
114
110
106
103
43
−200
517
207
427
129
123
113
108
103
99.0
95.6
92.7
44
−30
655
345
538
164
164
160
156
152
149
147
145
45
−30
655
414
538
164
164
160
156
152
149
147
145
46
−30
689
414
538
164
164
160
156
152
149
147
145
47
−30
689
483
538
164
164
160
156
152
149
147
145
48
−200
724
448
538
129
126
118
112
112
112
112
112
49
−200
724
448
538
129
126
118
112
112
112
112
112
50
−200
724
448
538
129
129
122
117
113
112
112
112
51
−200
724
448
538
129
129
122
117
113
112
112
112
52
−200
724
448
538
129
123
113
112
112
112
112
112
53
−200
724
448
538
129
123
113
112
112
112
112
112
54
−200
724
448
538
129
129
121
118
114
112
112
112
55
−200
724
448
538
129
129
121
118
114
112
112
112
56
−200
517
207
816
129
129
121
118
114
110
106
103
57
−255
517
207
816
129
123
113
108
103
99.0
95.6
92.7
58
−255
517
207
816
129
129
122
117
113
110
108
105
59
−200
517
207
816
129
126
118
112
107
103
99.1
95.8
60
−200
689
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
61
−200
689
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
62
−200
793
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
63
−200
793
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
64
−200
793
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
65
−200
793
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
66
−200
793
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
67
−200
793
552
538
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
68
−30
793
586
371
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
341
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
35
250
92.8
275
90.3
300
88.1
325
86.2
350
86.2
375
86.2
400
86.2
425
86.2
450
86.2
475
86.2
500
86.2
525
86.2
36
92.8
90.3
88.1
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
37
90.1
87.9
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
38
90.1
87.9
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
39
104
102
99.9
98.0
96.4
95.2
94.2
93.5
93.0
92.7
92.6
92.4
40
104
102
99.9
98.0
96.4
95.2
94.2
93.5
93.0
92.7
92.6
92.4
41
100
97.2
94.7
92.6
90.8
89.2
87.8
86.6
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
42
100
97.2
94.7
92.6
90.8
89.2
87.8
86.6
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
43
90.1
87.9
85.8
84.0
82.3
80.6
79.1
77.6
76.2
...
...
...
44
144
143
142
141
141
140
139
138
136
134
131
128
45
144
143
142
141
141
140
139
138
136
134
131
128
46
144
143
142
141
141
140
139
138
136
134
131
128
47
144
143
142
141
141
140
139
138
136
134
131
128
48
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
49
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
50
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
51
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
52
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
53
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
54
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
55
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
56
99.9
97.2
94.7
92.6
90.8
89.2
87.8
86.6
85.6
84.7
84.0
83.2
57
90.1
87.9
85.8
84.0
82.3
80.6
79.1
77.6
76.2
74.8
73.4
72.1
58
104
102
99.9
98.0
96.4
95.2
94.2
93.5
93.0
92.7
92.6
92.4
59
92.8
90.3
88.1
86.2
84.6
83.3
82.2
81.2
80.4
79.7
79.0
78.4
60
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
61
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
62
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
63
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
64
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
65
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
66
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
67
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
68
147
147
147
147
147
147
...
...
...
...
...
...
342
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
35
550
86.2
575
...
600
...
625
...
650
...
675
...
700
...
725
...
750
...
775
...
800
...
825
...
36
86.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
37
86.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
38
86.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
39
92.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40
92.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
41
86.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
42
86.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
43
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
44
124
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45
124
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
46
124
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
47
124
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
48
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
49
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
51
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
52
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
53
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
54
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
55
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
56
82.4
59.2
44.0
32.9
24.5
18.3
12.5
8.5
6.2
4.3
2.8
1.7
57
70.7
69.4
63.8
51.6
41.6
32.9
26.5
21.3
17.2
14.1
11.2
8.8
58
92.2
75.9
57.2
40.2
30.3
23.2
16.2
11.4
9.0
7.1
5.9
5.3
59
77.7
76.9
75.9
65.0
50.5
39.2
30.4
23.6
18.4
14.3
11.1
8.6
60
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
61
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
62
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
63
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
64
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
65
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
66
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
67
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
68
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
343
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
Nominal
No.
Composition
69 13Cr
Type/
Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
...
Size Range, Dia.,
mm
Notes
≤ 100
(15)(35)
Product Form
Bolts
Spec.
No.
A193
B6
UNS No.
S41000
70 14Cr–24Ni
Bolts
A453
660
...
A
...
(15)(35)
71 14Cr–24Ni
Bolts
A453
660
...
B
...
(15)(35)
72 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A193
B8M
S31600
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
73 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Bolts
A320
B8M
S31600
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
74 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A193
B8C
...
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
75 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Bolts
A320
B8C
S34700
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
76 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A193
B8
S30400
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
77 18Cr–8Ni
Bolts
A320
B8
S30400
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
78 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A193
B8T
S32100
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
79 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Bolts
A320
B8T
S32100
2
≤ 19
(15)(60)
80 12Cr
Bolts
A437
B4B
S42225
...
...
(35)
81 12Cr
Nuts
A194
6
S41000
...
...
(35)(42)
82 18Cr–9Ni
Nuts
A194
8FA
S30300
...
...
(42)
83 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
Nuts
A194
8MA
S31600
...
...
(42)
84 18Cr–10Ni–Ti
Nuts
A194
8TA
S32100
...
...
(42)
(42)
85 18Cr–8Ni
Nuts
A194
8
S30400
...
...
86 18Cr–8Ni
Nuts
A194
8A
S30400
...
...
(42)
87 18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Nuts
A194
8CA
S34700
...
...
(42)
88 Naval brass
Bolts
B21
...
C46400
O60
...
(8f)
89 Naval brass
Bolts
B21
...
C48200
O60
...
(8f)
90 Naval brass
Bolts
B21
...
C48500
O60
...
(8f)
91 Cu
Bolts
B187
...
C10200
O60
...
(8f)
92 Cu
Bolts
B187
...
C11000
O60
...
(8f)
(8f)
93 Cu
Bolts
B187
...
C12000
O60
...
94 Cu
Bolts
B187
...
C12200
O60
...
(8f)
95 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65100
O60
...
(8f)(52)
(8f)(52)
96 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65500
O60
...
97 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C66100
O60
...
(8f)(52)
98 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65500
H01
...
(8f)
99 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C66100
H01
...
(8f)
100 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65500
H02
≤ 50
...
101 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C66100
H02
102 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65100
H06
...
103 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65100
H06
≤ 50
> 25, ≤ 38
104 Cu–Si
Bolts
B98
...
C65100
H06
344
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
> 13, ≤ 25
≤ 13
...
...
...
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
69
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
−30
Min.
Yield
Min. Tensile
Strength, Strength,
MPa
MPa
758
586
Max. Use
Temp.,
°C
482
Min.
Temp. to
40
147
65
147
100
147
125
147
150
147
175
147
200
147
225
147
70
−30
896
586
538
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
154
71
−30
896
586
538
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
154
72
−200
758
655
538
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
73
−200
758
655
538
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
74
−200
862
689
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
75
−200
862
689
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
76
−200
862
689
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
77
−200
862
689
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
78
−200
862
689
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
79
−200
862
689
538
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
80
−30
1000
724
343
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
81
−30
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
82
−30
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
83
−200
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
84
−200
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
85
−255
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
−255
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87
−255
...
...
40
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
88
−200
345
138
149
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
...
...
...
89
−200
345
138
149
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
...
...
...
90
−200
345
138
149
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
86.2
...
...
...
91
−200
207
69
149
46.0
38.8
37.2
36.5
34.2
...
...
...
92
−200
207
69
149
46.0
38.8
37.2
36.5
34.2
...
...
...
93
−200
207
69
149
46.0
38.8
37.2
36.5
34.2
...
...
...
94
−200
207
69
149
46.0
38.8
37.2
36.5
34.2
...
...
...
95
−200
276
83
149
55.2
55.2
55.2
54.0
48.3
...
...
...
96
−200
359
103
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.8
...
...
...
97
−200
359
103
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.8
...
...
...
98
−200
379
165
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.8
...
...
...
99
−200
379
165
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.8
...
...
...
100
−200
483
262
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.8
...
...
...
101
−200
483
262
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.8
...
...
...
102
−200
517
276
149
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
103
−200
517
310
149
77.6
77.6
77.6
77.6
77.6
...
...
...
104
−200
586
379
149
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
...
...
...
345
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
69
250
147
275
147
300
147
325
147
350
147
375
147
400
147
425
147
450
147
475
141
500
133
525
...
70
153
152
150
149
148
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
71
153
152
150
149
148
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
72
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
73
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
74
172
171
170
170
169
169
169
169
169
168
167
166
75
172
171
170
170
169
169
169
169
169
168
167
166
76
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
168
77
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
168
78
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
79
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
80
181
181
181
181
181
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
81
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
82
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
83
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
84
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
85
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
88
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
90
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
91
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
92
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
93
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
94
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
95
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
96
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
97
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
99
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
100
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
101
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
102
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
103
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
104
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
346
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
69
550
...
575
...
600
...
625
...
650
...
675
...
700
...
725
...
750
...
775
...
800
...
825
...
70
147
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
71
147
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
72
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
73
152
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
74
164
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
75
164
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
76
162
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
77
162
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
78
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
79
172
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
81
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
82
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
83
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
84
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
85
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
87
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
88
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
89
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
90
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
91
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
92
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
93
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
94
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
95
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
96
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
97
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
98
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
99
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
100
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
101
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
102
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
103
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
104
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
347
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Line
Nominal
No.
Composition
105 Al–Si–bronze
Type/
Grade
Class/
Condition/
Temper
HR50
Product Form
Bolts
Spec.
No.
B150
...
106 Al–Si–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C64200
HR50
107 Al–Si–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C64200
HR50
UNS No.
C64200
108 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C61400
HR50
109 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C61400
HR50
110 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C61400
HR50
111 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C63000
HR50
112 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C63000
M20
113 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C63000
HR50
114 Al–bronze
Bolts
B150
...
C63000
HR50
Size Range, Dia.,
mm
Notes
> 25, ≤ 50
...
> 13, ≤ 25
...
≤ 13
> 25, ≤ 50
...
...
> 13, ≤ 25
...
≤ 13
...
> 50, ≤ 75
...
> 75, ≤ 100
> 25, ≤ 50
> 13, ≤ 25
...
...
...
...
115 Low C–Ni
Bolts
B160
...
N02201
Hot fin./ann.
116 Ni
Bolts
B160
...
N02200
Hot fin.
...
(8f)
(8f)
117 Ni
Bolts
B160
...
N02200
Annealed
...
(8f)
118 Ni
Bolts
B160
...
N02200
Cold drawn
...
...
119 Ni–Cu
Bolts
B164
...
N04400
C.D./str. rel.
...
(54)
120 Ni–Cu
Bolts
B164
...
N04405
Cold drawn
...
(54)
121 Ni–Cu
Bolts
B164
...
N04400
Cold drawn
...
(54)
122 Ni–Cu
Bolts
B164
...
N04400
Annealed
...
(8f)
123 Ni–Cu
Bolts
B164
...
N04405
Annealed
...
(8f)
124 Ni–Cu
Rod
B164
...
N04405
Hot fin.
≤ 75
...
125 Ni–Cu
Hex
B164
...
N04400
Hot fin.
126 Ni–Cu
All except hex
B164
...
N04400
Hot fin.
...
127 Ni–Cr–Fe
Rod
B166
...
N06600
Cold drawn
≥ 54, ≤ 100
> 54
≤ 75
(41)(54)
128 Ni–Cr–Fe
Rod
B166
...
N06600
Hot fin.
≤ 75
...
...
> 75
...
...
...
...
...
129 Ni–Cr–Fe
Bolts
B166
...
N06600
Annealed
130 Ni–Cr–Fe
Rod
B166
...
N06600
Hot fin.
131 Ni–Mo
Bolts
B335
...
N10001
Annealed
132 Ni–Mo–Cr
Bolts
B574
...
N10276
Sol. ann.
133 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
6061
A96061
T6, T651 wld.
≥ 3, ≤ 200
134 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
6061
A96061
T6, T651
135 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
2024
A92024
T4
136 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
2024
A92024
T4
≥ 3, ≤ 200
> 165, ≤ 200
137 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
2024
A92024
T4
138 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
2024
A92024
T4
139 Aluminum alloy
Bolts
B211
2014
A92014
T6, T651
348
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(8f)
...
(8f)(43)(63)
(43)(63)
(43)(63)
> 114, ≤ 165
(43)(63)
≥ 3, < 13
(43)(63)
> 13, ≤ 114
≥ 3, ≤ 200
(43)(63)
(43)(63)
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
105
Min.
Temp.,
°C (6)
−200
Min.
Yield
Min. Tensile
Strength, Strength,
MPa
MPa
552
290
Max. Use
Temp.,
°C
316
Min.
Temp. to
40
115
65
100
100
95.2
125
93.6
150
92.1
175
89.1
200
76.9
225
57.7
106
−200
586
290
316
115
100
95.2
93.6
92.1
89.1
76.9
57.7
107
−200
621
290
316
115
100
95.2
93.6
92.1
89.1
76.9
57.7
108
−200
483
221
260
121
121
121
121
121
121
119
115
109
−200
517
241
260
121
121
121
121
121
121
119
115
110
−200
552
276
260
124
124
124
124
124
124
122
118
111
−200
586
293
371
147
147
147
146
145
144
143
140
112
−200
586
293
371
138
137
134
133
132
131
130
128
113
−200
621
310
371
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
153
114
−200
689
345
371
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
153
43.0
115
−200
345
69
649
46.0
44.8
44.0
43.6
43.3
43.1
43.0
116
−200
414
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
117
−200
379
103
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
118
−200
448
276
316
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
119
−200
579
345
316
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
120
−200
586
345
260
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
121
−200
586
379
260
115
106
99.7
96.2
94.8
94.8
94.8
94.8
122
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
123
−200
483
172
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
124
−200
517
241
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
125
−200
517
207
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
126
−200
552
276
482
115
106
99.7
96.2
93.6
91.9
90.9
90.4
127
−200
724
552
260
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
128
−200
621
276
649
115
112
109
107
105
103
101
99.0
129
−200
552
241
649
115
112
109
107
105
103
101
99.0
130
−200
586
241
649
115
112
109
107
105
103
101
99.0
131
−200
689
317
427
172
172
172
172
172
171
170
169
132
−200
689
283
538
172
172
170
164
158
153
148
143
16.1
133
−270
165
...
204
33.1
33.1
33.1
33.1
33.1
33.1
26.4
134
−270
290
241
204
57.9
57.9
57.9
57.9
57.9
47.3
34.9
21.1
135
−270
400
262
204
65.5
65.5
65.5
65.5
65.5
43.1
29.3
29.3
136
−270
427
276
204
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
46.1
31.3
31.3
137
−270
427
290
204
72.4
72.4
72.4
72.4
70.2
46.2
31.2
31.2
138
−270
427
310
204
77.6
77.6
77.6
77.6
70.2
46.2
31.2
31.2
139
−270
448
379
204
89.6
89.6
89.6
89.6
84.2
46.9
26.2
20.2
349
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
105
250
40.9
275
24.1
300
14.5
325
10.3
350
...
375
...
400
...
425
...
450
...
475
...
500
...
525
...
106
40.9
24.1
14.5
10.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
107
40.9
24.1
14.5
10.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
108
111
109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
109
111
109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
110
115
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
111
136
126
97.2
73.9
54.4
39.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
112
124
117
97.2
73.9
54.4
39.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
113
148
126
97.2
73.9
54.4
39.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
114
148
126
97.2
73.9
54.4
39.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
115
43.0
43.0
43.0
43.0
42.9
42.7
42.2
41.6
40.7
33.1
27.4
22.8
116
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
117
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
118
68.9
68.9
68.9
68.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
119
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
120
90.4
90.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
121
94.8
94.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
122
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
87.0
86.4
75.6
...
123
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
87.0
86.4
75.6
...
124
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
87.0
86.4
75.6
...
125
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
87.0
86.4
75.6
...
126
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
90.4
89.8
89.0
88.0
87.0
86.4
75.6
...
127
138
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
128
97.3
95.6
94.0
92.6
91.2
89.9
88.7
87.7
86.7
85.8
75.6
58.4
129
97.3
95.6
94.0
92.6
91.2
89.9
88.7
87.7
86.7
85.8
75.6
58.4
130
97.3
95.6
94.0
92.6
91.2
89.9
88.7
87.7
86.7
85.8
75.6
58.4
131
168
166
164
162
160
158
157
156
155
...
...
...
132
139
135
131
128
125
122
120
118
117
115
115
114
133
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
134
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
135
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
136
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
137
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
139
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
350
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table A-2M Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials (Metric) (Cont'd)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix A Tables; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, S , MPa, at Metal Temperature, °C [Note (1)]
Line
No.
105
550
...
575
...
600
...
625
...
650
...
675
...
700
...
725
...
750
...
775
...
800
...
825
...
106
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
107
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
108
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
109
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
110
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
111
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
112
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
113
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
114
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
115
18.7
15.6
12.9
10.0
8.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
116
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
117
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
118
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
119
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
120
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
121
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
122
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
123
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
124
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
125
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
126
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
127
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
128
39.7
27.0
19.2
15.0
13.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
129
39.7
27.0
19.2
15.0
13.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
130
39.7
27.0
19.2
15.0
13.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
131
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
132
114
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
133
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
134
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
135
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
136
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
137
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
138
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
139
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
351
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX B
STRESS TABLES AND ALLOWABLE PRESSURE TABLES FOR
NONMETALS
The data and Notes in Appendix B are requirements of this Code.
352
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Specification Index for Appendix B
Spec. No.
Title [Note (1)]
ASTM
C361
C582
C599
Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe
Contact-Molded Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic (RTP) Laminates for Corrosion Resistant
Equipment
Process Glass Pipe and Fittings
D1785
PVC Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120
D2239
D2241
D2447
PE Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter
PVC Plastic Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series)
PE Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80, Based on Outside Diameter
D2513
D2517
D2662
D2666
D2672
D2737
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings
Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings
PB Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR)
PB Plastic Tubing
Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement
PE Plastic Tubing
D2846
D2996
D2997
D3000
CPVC Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems
Filament-Wound Fiberglass RTR Pipe [Note (2)]
Centrifugally Cast RTR Pipe [Note (2)]
PB Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter
D3035
D3309
PE Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter
PB Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems
D3517
D3754
Fiberglass RTR Pressure Pipe [Note (2)]
Fiberglass RTR Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe [Note (2)]
F441
F442
F2389
CPVC Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80
CPVC Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR)
Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems
AWWA
C300
C301
C302
C950
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids
Prestressed Concrete Pressure, Pipe Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Noncylinder Type
Fiberglass Pressure Pipe
GENERAL NOTE: It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code
text. Instead, the approved edition references, along with the names and addresses of the sponsoring
organizations, are shown in Appendix E.
NOTES:
(1) For names of plastics identified only by abbreviation, see para. A326.4.
(2) The term fiberglass RTR takes the place of the ASTM designation “fiberglass” (glass-fiber-reinforced
thermosetting resin).
353
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
NOTES FOR APPENDIX B TABLES
NOTES:
(1) These recommended limits are for low pressure applications with water and other fluids that do not significantly affect the properties
of the thermoplastic. The upper temperature limits are reduced at higher pressures, depending on the combination of fluid and
expected service life. Lower temperature limits are affected more by the environment, safeguarding, and installation conditions than by
strength.
(2) These recommended limits apply only to materials listed. Manufacturers should be consulted for temperature limits on specific types
and kinds of materials not listed.
(3) Use these hydrostatic design stress (HDS) values at all lower temperatures.
(4) The intent of listing in this Table is to include all the types, grades, classes, and hydrostatic design bases in the listed specifications.
354
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table B-1 Hydrostatic Design Stresses (HDS) and Recommended Temperature Limits for
Thermoplastic Pipe
Recommended
Temperature
Limits [Notes (1), (2)]
ASTM
Spec.
No.
Pipe Designation
Material
Designation
Cell
Class
Hydrostatic Design Stress at
23°C
[Note (3)]
73°F
[Note (3)]
38°C
100°F
82°C
180°F
°F
MPa
ksi
MPa
ksi
MPa
ksi
Minimum
Maximum
°C
°F
°C
...
PR
ABS
43232
−40
−40 80
176
...
...
...
...
...
...
D2846
F441
F441
F442
SDR11
Sch. 40
Sch. 80
SDR-PR
CPVC4120
CPVC4120
CPVC4120
CPVC4120
23447
23447
23447
23447
...
23
23
23
...
73
73
73
180
200
200
200
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
...
...
...
11.3
...
...
...
1.64
3.45
3.45
3.45
3.45
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
D3309
SDR11
PB2110
...
23
73 93.3 200
6.9
1.0
...
...
3.45
0.5
D2239
D2239
D2239
D2239
D2239
D2239
D2239
SIDR-PR
SIDR-PR
SIDR-PR
SIDR-PR
SIDR-PR
SIDR-PR
SIDR-PR
PE1404
PE2305
PE2306
PE2406
PE3306
PE3406
PE3408
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.76
3.45
4.34
4.34
4.34
4.34
5.51
0.40
0.50
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D2447
D2447
D2447
D2447
D2447
D2447
Sch.
Sch.
Sch.
Sch.
Sch.
Sch.
PE1404
PE2305
PE2306
PE2406
PE3306
PE3406
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.76
3.45
4.34
4.34
4.34
4.34
0.40
0.50
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D2737
D2737
D2737
D2737
D2737
D2737
SDR7.3, SDR9, SDR11
SDR7.3, SDR9, SDR11
SDR7.3, SDR9, SDR11
SDR7.3, SDR9, SDR11
SDR7.3, SDR9, SDR11
SDR7.3, SDR9, SDR11
PE2305
PE2306
PE2406
PE3306
PE3406
PE3408
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3.45
4.34
4.34
4.34
4.34
5.51
0.50
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D3035
D3035
D3035
D3035
DR-PR
DR-PR
DR-PR
DR-PR
PE1404
PE2606
PE2708
PE3608
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.76
4.34
5.51
5.51
0.40
0.63
0.80
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D3035
D3035
D3035
D3035
D3035
DR-PR
DR-PR
DR-PR
DR-PR
DR-PR
PE3708
PE3710
PE4608
PE4708
PE4710
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.51
6.89
5.51
5.51
6.89
0.80
1.00
0.80
0.80
1.00
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F714
F714
F714
F714
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
PE1404
PE2606
PE2708
PE3608
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.76
4.34
5.51
5.51
0.40
0.63
0.80
0.80
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40
40
40
40
40
40
and
and
and
and
and
and
80
80
80
80
80
80
82
93.3
93.3
93.3
355
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table B-1 Hydrostatic Design Stresses (HDS) and Recommended Temperature Limits for
Thermoplastic Pipe (Cont’d)
Recommended
Temperature
Limits [Notes (1), (2)]
ASTM
Spec.
No.
Pipe Designation
Material
Designation
Cell
Class
23°C
[Note (3)]
73°F
[Note (3)]
38°C
100°F
82°C
180°F
°F
MPa
ksi
MPa
ksi
MPa
ksi
Minimum
Maximum
°C
°C
°F
Hydrostatic Design Stress at
F714
F714
F714
F714
F714
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
SDR-PR
PE3708
PE3710
PE4608
PE4708
PE4710
...
...
...
...
...
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.51
6.89
5.51
5.51
6.89
0.80
1.00
0.80
0.80
1.00
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F2389
SDR6, SDR7.3, SDR11
PP
...
−18
0
99
210
4.34
0.63
3.45
0.50
1.38
0.20
D1785
D1785
D1785
D1785
D1785
D1785
Sch. 40, 80, 120
Sch. 40, 80, 120
Sch. 40, 80, 120
Sch. 40, 80, 120
Sch. 40, 80, 120
Sch. 40, 80, 120
PVC1120
PVC1220
PVC2120
PVC2116
PVC2112
PVC2110
12454
12454
14333
14333
14333
14333
23
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.0
8.6
6.9
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.60
1.25
1.00
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D2241
D2241
D2241
D2241
D2241
D2241
PR (SDR series)
PR (SDR series)
PR (SDR series)
PR (SDR series)
PR (SDR series)
PR (SDR series)
PVC1120
PVC1220
PVC2120
PVC2116
PVC2112
PVC2110
12454
12454
14333
14333
14333
14333
23
23
23
23
23
23
73
73
73
73
73
73
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.8
13.8
13.8
11.0
8.6
6.9
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.60
1.25
1.00
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Table B-2 Listed Specifications for Laminated
Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe4
Spec. No.
ASTM C582
Table B-3 Listed Specifications for Filament Wound and Centrifugally Cast
Reinforced Thermosetting Resin and Reinforced Plastic Mortar Pipe4
Spec. Nos. (ASTM Except as Noted)
D2517
D2996
D2997
D3517
D3754
AWWA C950
356
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table B-4 Allowable Pressures and Recommended
Temperature Limits for Concrete Pipe
Recommended
Temperature Limits [Note (2)]
Allowable Gage
Pressure
Spec. No.
Material
Class
kPa
ASTM C361
Reinforced concrete
25
50
75
100
125
69
138
205
275
345
AWWA C300
Reinforced concrete
...
AWWA C301
Reinforced concrete
AWWA C301
AWWA C302
Minimum
psi
Maximum
°C
°F
°C
°F
10
20
30
40
50
...
...
...
...
1 795
260
...
...
...
...
Lined
cylinder
1 725
250
...
...
...
...
Reinforced concrete
Embedded
cylinder
2 415
350
...
...
...
...
Reinforced concrete
...
310
45
...
...
...
...
Table B-5 Allowable Pressures and Recommended
Temperature Limits for Borosilicate Glass Pipe
ASTM
Spec.
No.
C599
Allowable
Gage Pressure
Size Range
Material
Borosilicate glass
DN
8–15
20
25–80
100
150
Recommended
Temperature Limits [Note (2)]
NPS
1
1
⁄4– ⁄2
3
⁄4
1–3
4
6
Minimum
Maximum
kPa
psi
°C
°F
°C
°F
690
515
345
240
138
100
75
50
35
20
...
...
232
450
Table B-6 Allowable Pressures and Recommended Temperature Limits for PEX-AL-PEX and PE-AL-PE Pipe
ASTM
Spec. No.
Allowable Gage
Pressure
Maximum
Temperature Limits
[Note (2)]
in.
kPa
psi
°C
°F
⁄8–21⁄2
Size Range
Material
mm
F1281
PEX-AL-PEX
9.12–60.75
3
1 379
1 103
862
200
160
125
23
60
82.2
73.4
140
180
F1282
PE-AL-PE
9.12–60.75
3
1 379
1 103
862
200
160
100
23
60
82.2
73.4
140
180
F1974
Metal insert fittings for
PEX-AL-PEX systems
Metal insert fittings for
PE-AL-PE systems
12.16–25.32
1
862
125
82
180
12.16–25.32
1
1 103
862
160
125
60
82
140
180
⁄8–21⁄2
⁄2–1
⁄2–1
357
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX C
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PIPING MATERIALS
(14)
NOTE FOR APPENDIX C TABLES
GENERAL NOTE: Table C-7 containing data in SI units is not included at this time. To convert data in U.S. Customary units to SI metric units
(a) determine the Fahrenheit equivalent of the given Celsius temperature
(b) interpolate in the desired table to calculate the expansion or modulus value in U.S. units
(c) for Table C-6, multiply the value in Msi by 6 895 to obtain the modulus of elasticity in MPa at the given temperature
358
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Table C-1
(14)
Thermal Expansion Data
A p Mean Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 10−6 in./in./°F
B p Linear Thermal Expansion, in./100 ft
Coefficient −325
in Going From 70°F to Indicated Temperature [Note (1)]
Temperature Range 70°F to
−150
−50
70
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,100
1,200
1,300
1,400
Group 1 carbon and low alloy
steels [Note (2)]
A
B
5.5
−2.6
5.9
−1.6
6.2
−0.9
6.4
0
6.7
1.0
6.9
1.9
7.1
2.8
7.3
3.7
7.4
4.7
7.6
5.7
7.8
6.8
7.9
7.9
8.1
9.0
8.2
10.1
8.3
11.3
8.4
12.4
8.4
14.7
Group 2 low alloy steels [Note (3)]
A
B
6.0
−2.9
6.5
−1.7
6.7
−1.0
7.0
0
7.3
1.1
7.4
2.0
7.6
3.0
7.7
4.0
7.8
5.0
7.9
6.0
8.0
7.0
8.1
8.1
8.2
9.2
8.3
10.3
8.4
11.4
8.4
12.5
8.5
13.5
5Cr–1Mo steels
A
B
5.6
−2.7
6.0
−1.6
6.2
−0.9
6.4
0
6.7
1.0
6.9
1.9
7.0
2.8
7.1
3.7
7.2
4.6
7.2
5.5
7.3
6.4
7.4
7.4
7.5
8.4
7.6
9.3
7.6
10.3
7.7
11.4
7.8
12.4
9Cr–1Mo steels
A
B
5.0
−2.4
5.4
−1.4
5.6
−0.8
5.8
0
6.0
0.9
6.2
1.7
6.3
2.5
6.4
3.3
6.5
4.1
6.6
5.0
6.7
5.9
6.8
6.8
6.9
7.7
7.0
8.7
7.1
9.7
7.2
10.6
7.2
11.6
A
B
5.1
−2.4
5.5
−1.5
5.7
−0.8
5.9
0
6.2
1.0
6.3
1.7
6.4
2.5
6.5
3.3
6.5
4.2
6.6
5.0
6.7
5.8
6.7
6.7
6.8
7.6
6.8
8.5
6.9
9.4
6.9
10.2
7.0
11.1
15Cr to 17Cr steels
A
B
4.5
−2.1
4.9
−1.3
5.1
−0.7
5.3
0
5.5
0.9
5.7
1.6
5.8
2.3
5.9
3.0
6.0
3.8
6.1
4.6
6.2
5.4
6.2
6.2
6.3
7.0
6.4
7.9
6.4
8.7
6.5
9.5
6.5
10.4
27Cr steels
A
B
4.3
−2.0
4.7
−1.2
4.9
−0.7
5.0
0
5.2
0.8
5.2
1.4
5.3
2.1
5.4
2.8
5.4
3.5
5.5
4.2
5.6
4.9
5.7
5.6
5.7
6.4
5.8
7.2
5.9
8.0
5.9
8.7
6.0
9.6
Austenitic stainless steels (304,
305, 316, 317, 321, 347, 348
19-9DL, XM-15, etc.)
A
B
7.5
−3.6
8.0
−2.1
8.2
−1.2
8.5
0
8.9
1.4
9.2
2.5
9.5
3.8
9.7
5.0
9.9
6.3
10.0
7.5
10.1
8.8
10.2
10.2
10.3
11.5
10.4
12.9
10.6
14.3
10.7
15.8
10.8
17.2
Other austenitic stainless steels
(309, 310, 315, XM-19, etc.)
A
B
7.1
−3.4
7.6
−2.0
7.8
−1.1
8.2
0
8.5
1.3
8.7
2.4
8.9
3.5
9.1
4.7
9.2
5.8
9.3
7.0
9.4
8.2
9.5
9.5
9.6
10.7
9.7
12.0
9.8
13.3
9.9
14.7
10.1
16.1
Gray iron
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0
5.8
0.9
5.9
1.6
6.1
2.4
6.3
3.2
6.5
4.1
6.7
5.0
6.8
6.0
7.0
7.0
7.2
8.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Ductile cast iron
A
B
...
...
4.9
−1.3
5.3
−0.8
5.7
0
6.0
0.9
6.3
1.7
6.6
2.6
6.8
3.5
7.0
4.5
7.1
5.4
7.3
6.4
7.4
7.3
7.5
8.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Straight chromium stainless steels
12Cr to 13Cr steels
ASME B31.3-2014
359
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Material
Table C-1
(14)
Thermal Expansion Data (Cont‘d)
A p Mean Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 10−6 in./in./°F
B p Linear Thermal Expansion, in./100 ft
Material
Coefficient −325
in Going From 70°F to Indicated Temperature [Note (1)]
Temperature Range 70°F to
−150
−50
70
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,100
1,200
1,300
1,400
A
B
5.8
−2.7
6.8
−1.8
7.2
−1.0
7.7
0
8.1
1.3
8.3
2.3
8.5
3.4
8.7
4.5
8.8
5.6
8.9
6.7
8.9
7.8
9.0
9.0
9.1
10.1
9.1
11.3
9.2
12.4
9.2
13.6
9.3
14.8
Nickel alloys N02200 and N02201
A
B
5.3
−2.7
6.0
−1.7
6.3
−1.0
6.6
0
7.2
1.1
7.5
2.1
7.7
3.1
7.9
4.1
8.0
5.1
8.2
6.2
8.3
7.3
8.4
8.4
8.5
9.5
8.6
10.7
8.7
11.8
8.8
13.0
8.9
14.2
Nickel alloy N06022
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.9
0
6.9
1.1
6.9
1.9
6.9
2.7
7.0
3.6
7.0
4.5
7.2
5.4
7.3
6.4
7.5
7.5
7.7
8.6
7.9
9.8
8.1
11.0
8.3
12.2
8.5
13.6
Nickel alloy N06600
A
B
5.5
−2.6
6.1
−1.6
6.4
−0.9
6.8
0
7.1
1.1
7.3
2.0
7.5
3.0
7.6
3.9
7.8
5.0
7.9
6.0
8.0
7.0
8.2
8.1
8.3
9.3
8.4
10.4
8.6
11.6
8.7
12.9
8.9
14.2
Nickel alloy N06625
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.7
0
7.1
1.1
7.2
2.0
7.3
2.9
7.4
3.8
7.4
4.7
7.5
5.6
7.6
6.6
7.7
7.7
7.9
8.8
8.0
9.9
8.2
11.1
8.4
12.3
8.5
13.6
Nickel alloys N08800 and N08810
A
B
5.9
−2.8
6.9
−1.7
7.4
−1.1
7.9
0
8.4
1.3
8.6
2.4
8.8
3.5
8.9
4.6
9.0
5.7
9.1
6.9
9.2
8.1
9.3
9.3
9.4
10.5
9.5
11.8
9.6
13.0
9.7
14.4
9.8
15.7
Nickel alloy N08825
A
B
...
...
...
...
7.2
−1.0
7.5
0
7.7
1.2
7.9
2.2
8.0
3.2
8.1
4.2
8.2
5.2
8.3
6.3
8.4
7.4
8.5
8.5
8.6
9.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Nickel alloy N10276
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.0
0
6.3
1.0
6.5
1.8
6.7
2.7
6.9
3.6
7.1
4.5
7.2
5.5
7.4
6.4
7.5
7.5
7.6
8.5
7.8
10.6
7.9
11.7
8.0
12.8
Copper alloys C1XXXX series
A
B
7.7
−3.7
8.7
−2.3
9.0
−1.3
9.3
0
9.6
1.5
9.7
2.7
9.8
3.9
9.9
5.1
10.0
6.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Bronze alloys
A
B
8.4
−4.0
8.8
−2.3
9.2
−1.3
9.6
0
10.0
1.6
10.1
2.8
10.2
4.0
10.3
5.3
10.4
6.6
10.5
8.0
10.6
9.3
10.7
10.7
10.8
12.1
10.9
13.5
11.0
14.9
...
...
...
...
Brass alloys
A
B
8.2
−3.9
8.5
−2.2
9.0
−1.3
9.3
0
9.8
1.5
10.0
2.8
10.2
4.1
10.5
5.4
10.7
6.8
10.9
8.2
11.2
9.8
11.4
11.4
11.6
13.0
11.9
14.7
12.1
16.4
...
...
...
...
Copper–nickel (70Cu–30Ni)
A
B
6.7
−3.2
7.4
−2.0
7.8
−1.1
8.1
0
8.5
1.3
8.7
2.4
8.9
3.5
9.1
4.7
9.2
5.8
9.2
7.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Aluminum alloys
A
B
9.9
−4.7
10.9
−2.9
11.6
−1.7
12.1
0
13.0
2.0
13.3
3.7
13.6
5.4
13.9
7.2
14.2
9.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Titanium alloys (Grades 1, 2, 3, 7,
and 12)
A
B
...
...
...
...
4.5
−0.6
4.6
0
4.7
0.7
4.8
1.3
4.8
1.9
4.9
2.5
4.9
3.1
5.0
3.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.1
4.5
7.7
9.5
ASME B31.3-2014
360
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Monel (67Ni–30Cu) N04400
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-1 Thermal Expansion Data (Cont’d)
NOTES:
(1) These data are for information and it is not to be implied that materials are suitable for all the temperature ranges shown.
(2) Group 1 alloys (by nominal composition):
Carbon steels
(C, C–Si, C–Mn, and C–Mn–Si)
C–1⁄2Mo
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄5Mo–V
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄4Mo–Si
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Ni–1⁄4Mo
3
⁄4Cr–1⁄2Ni–Cu
3
⁄4Cr–3⁄4Ni–Cu–Al
1Cr–1⁄5Mo
1Cr–1⁄5Mo–Si
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo–V
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–Si
13⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–Cu
2Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
3Cr–1Mo
1
⁄2Ni–1⁄2Mo–V
1
⁄2Ni–1⁄2Cr–1⁄4Mo–V
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Mo–Cr–V
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Mo–1⁄3Cr–V
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Cu–Mo
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo–V
3
⁄4Ni–1Mo–3⁄4Cr
1Ni–1⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Ni–1Cr–1⁄2Mo
13⁄4Ni–3⁄4Cr–1⁄4Mo
2Ni–3⁄4Cr–1⁄4Mo
2Ni–3⁄4Cr–1⁄3Mo
21⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni–13⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–V
(3) Group 2 alloys (by nominal composition):
Mn–V
Mn–1⁄4Mo
Mn–1⁄2Mo
Mn–1⁄2Mo–1⁄4Ni
Mn–1⁄2Mo–1⁄2Ni
Mn–1⁄2Mo–3⁄4Ni
361
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-2 Thermal Expansion Data (SI Units)
(14)
A p Mean Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 10−6 mm/mm/°C
B p Linear Thermal Expansion, mm/m
Coefficient
Material
}
in Going From 20°C to Indicated Temperature [Note (1)]
Temperature Range 20°C to
−200 −100
−50
20
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
Group 1 carbon and low alloy
steels [Note (2)]
A
B
9.9
−2.2
10.7
−1.3
11.1 11.5 11.8 11.9 12.1 12.3 12.4 12.6 12.7 12.9 13.0 13.2
−0.8 0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.0
3.4
Group 2 low alloy steels [Note (3)]
A
B
10.8
−2.4
11.7
−1.4
12.0 12.6 12.8 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.9
−0.8 0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.4
2.8
3.2
3.6
5Cr–1Mo steels
A
B
10.1
−2.2
10.8
−1.3
11.2 11.5 11.8 12.0 12.1 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.6 12.7 12.8
−0.8 0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.3
9Cr–1Mo steels
A
B
9.0
−2.0
9.8
−1.2
10.1 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.9 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
−0.7 0
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.0
A
B
9.1
−2.0
9.9
−1.2
10.2 10.6 10.9 11.0 11.1 11.3 11.4 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.7
−0.7 0
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.0
15Cr to 17Cr steels
A
B
8.1
−1.8
8.8
−1.1
9.1
−0.6
9.6
0
9.7
0.3
9.9 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.4
2.7
27Cr steels
A
B
7.7
−1.7
8.5
−1.0
8.7
−0.6
9.0
0
9.2
0.3
9.2
0.5
Austenitic stainless steels (304,
(305, 316, 317, 321, 347, 348
19-9DL XM-15, etc.)
A
B
13.5
−3.0
14.3
−1.7
14.7 15.3 15.6 15.9 16.2 16.4 16.6 16.8 17.0 17.2 17.4 17.5
−1.0 0
0.5
0.9
1.3
1.7
2.2
2.6
3.1
3.5
4.0
4.5
Other austenitic stainless steels
(309, 310, 315, XM-19, etc.)
A
B
12.8
−2.8
13.6
−1.6
14.1 14.7 15.0 15.2 15.4 15.6 15.7 15.9 16.0 16.1 16.3 16.4
−1.0 0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.5
2.9
3.3
3.7
4.2
Gray iron
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
Ductile cast iron
A
B
...
...
8.8
−1.1
9.5 10.3 10.5 10.7 10.9 11.1 11.3 11.6 11.8 12.0 12.2 12.4
−0.7 0
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.5
2.8
3.1
Monel (67Ni–30Cu) N04400
A
B
10.4
−2.3
12.2
−1.5
13.0 13.8 14.1 14.4 14.6 14.8 15.0 15.1 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6
−0.9 0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
1.9
2.3
2.8
3.2
3.6
4.0
Nickel alloys N02200 and N02201
A
B
9.6
−2.2
10.8
−1.4
11.4 11.9 12.4 12.7 13.0 13.3 13.5 13.7 13.9 14.0 14.2 14.3
−0.8 0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
2.1
2.5
2.9
3.3
3.6
Nickel alloy N06022
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
Nickel alloy N06600
A
B
9.9
−2.2
10.8
−1.3
11.5 12.3 12.5 12.7 12.8 13.0 13.2 13.3 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8
−0.8 0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.4
2.8
3.2
3.5
Nickel alloy N06625
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
Nickel alloys N08800 and N08810
A
B
10.6
−2.3
12.5
−1.5
13.3 14.2 14.6 14.9 15.1 15.3 15.5 15.6 15.8 15.9 16.0 16.1
−0.9 0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
3.3
3.7
4.1
Nickel alloy N08825
A
B
...
...
...
...
12.9 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.9 14.0 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.4 14.5 14.6
−0.9 0
0.4
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.0
3.3
3.7
Nickel alloy N10276
A
B
...
...
...
...
...
...
Straight chromium stainless steels
12Cr to 13Cr steels
9.3
0.7
9.4
1.0
9.4
1.2
9.5
1.5
9.5
1.7
9.6
2.0
9.6
2.2
9.7
2.5
9.8 10.1 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.7 10.8 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.4
0
0.3
0.6
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.5 12.5 12.6
0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.6
2.9
3.2
12.0 12.4 12.6 12.8 12.9 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.3
0
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.4
10.8 11.0 11.2 11.4 11.6 11.7 11.9 12.0 12.2 12.4 12.5
0
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.2
362
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-2 Thermal Expansion Data (SI Units)
A p Mean Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 10−6 mm/mm/°C
B p Linear Thermal Expansion, mm/m
}
(14)
in Going From 20°C to Indicated Temperature [Note (1)]
Temperature Range 20°C to
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
13.3 13.4 13.6 13.7 13.8 14.0 14.1 14.2 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.1 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.3 15.4
3.7
4.1
4.5
4.9
5.3
5.7
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.3
7.7
8.2
8.6
9.0
9.4
9.9 10.3 10.7 11.1 11.6 12.0
14.0 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.0 15.1 15.1 15.2 15.2 15.3 15.3 15.3
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.5
5.9
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
7.9
8.3
8.7
9.1
9.5
9.9 10.3 10.7 11.1 11.1 11.5
12.8 12.9 13.0 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.6 13.7 13.7 13.8 13.9 13.9 14.0 14.0 14.1
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.6
5.0
5.3
5.7
6.1
6.4
6.8
7.2
7.5
7.9
8.3
8.7
9.0
9.4
9.8 10.2 10.6 11.0
11.7 11.8 11.9 11.9 12.0 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.7 12.8 12.9 13.0 13.1 13.3 13.4 13.6
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.6
5.9
6.3
6.6
7.0
7.3
7.7
8.1
8.5
8.9
9.3
9.7 10.1 10.6
11.7 11.8 11.8 11.9 11.9 12.0 12.0 12.1 12.1 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.3 12.4 12.4 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.6 12.6
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.9
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.2
7.5
7.8
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.2
9.5
9.8
10.8 10.8 10.9 11.0 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.2 11.3 11.3 11.4 11.4 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.7 11.8 11.9
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
7.0
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
8.6
8.9
9.3
9.7
2.7
9.8
3.0
9.9
3.3
9.9 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.5 10.5 10.6 10.6 10.7 10.7 10.8 10.8 10.9
3.5
3.8
4.1
4.3
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.1
6.4
6.7
7.0
7.2
7.6
7.9
8.2
8.5
17.7 17.8 17.9 18.0 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.4 18.4 18.5 18.6 18.7 18.8 18.9 19.0 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.4 19.4 19.4
4.9
5.4
5.9
6.4
6.9
7.4
7.9
8.3
8.9
9.4
9.9 10.4 10.9 11.4 12.0 12.5 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.7 15.2
16.5 16.6 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.9 17.0 17.1 17.2 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.8 17.9 18.0 18.1 18.2 18.3
4.6
5.0
5.5
5.9
6.4
6.8
7.3
7.8
8.2
8.7
9.2
9.7 10.2 10.6 11.1 11.7 12.2 12.7 13.2 13.7 14.3
11.5 11.7 11.8 12.0 12.1 12.3 12.4 12.6 12.7 12.9 13.0
3.2
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.6
5.0
5.3
5.7
6.1
6.5
6.9
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.5 12.6 12.8 12.9 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5
3.5
3.9
4.2
4.6
4.9
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.4
6.8
7.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
15.7 15.8 15.9 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.2 16.2 16.3 16.3 16.4 16.4 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.6 16.6 16.7 16.7 16.8
4.4
4.8
5.2
5.7
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.4
7.8
8.2
8.6
9.1
9.5 10.0 10.4 10.8 11.3 11.7 12.2 12.6 13.1
14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.6 15.7 15.8 15.9 15.9 16.0 16.1 16.2
4.0
4.4
4.8
5.2
5.6
6.0
6.5
6.9
7.3
7.7
8.2
8.6
9.0
9.5
9.9 10.3 10.8 11.2 11.7 12.2 12.6
12.6 12.7 12.8 12.9 13.0 13.2 13.3 13.5 13.6 13.8 13.9 14.1 14.3 14.4 14.6 14.8 14.9 15.1 15.2 15.4 15.6
3.5
3.9
4.2
4.6
5.0
5.3
5.7
6.1
6.5
7.0
7.4
7.8
8.3
8.7
9.2
9.7 10.1 10.6 11.1 11.6 12.1
14.0 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.6 15.7 15.8 15.9 16.1 16.2
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.5
5.9
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
7.9
8.4
8.8
9.3
9.7 10.2 10.7 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.6
13.3 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 14.0 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.5 14.6 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.1 15.3 15.4 15.6
3.7
4.1
4.4
4.8
5.1
5.5
5.9
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
8.0
8.4
8.8
9.3
9.8 10.2 10.7 11.2 11.6 12.1
16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.8 16.9 17.0 17.1 17.2 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.8 17.9
4.5
5.0
5.4
5.8
6.3
6.7
7.2
7.6
8.1
8.5
9.0
9.5
9.9 10.4 10.9 11.4 11.9 12.4 12.9 13.4 14.0
14.7 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.1 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6
4.1
4.5
4.9
5.3
5.7
6.1
6.5
7.0
7.4
7.8
8.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.6 12.8 12.9 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.9 14.0 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.6
5.0
5.4
5.7
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.3
7.7
8.1
8.5
8.9
9.3
9.7 10.1 10.5 10.9 11.4
363
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-2 Thermal Expansion Data (SI Units) (Cont’d)
(14)
A p Mean Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 10−6 mm/mm/°C
B p Linear Thermal Expansion, mm/m
Coefficient
Material
}
in Going From 20°C to Indicated Temperature [Note (1)]
Temperature Range 20°C to
−200 −100
−50
20
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
Copper alloys C1XXXX series
A
B
13.9
−3.1
15.7
−1.9
16.2 16.7 17.0 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.8 17.8 17.9
−1.1 0
0.5
0.9
1.4
1.8
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.1
4.6
Bronze alloys
A
B
15.1
−3.3
15.8
−1.9
16.4 17.2 17.6 17.9 18.0 18.2 18.2 18.3 18.4 18.5 18.5 18.6
−1.1 0
0.5
1.0
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.7
Brass alloys
A
B
14.7
−3.2
15.4
−1.9
16.0 16.7 17.1 17.4 17.6 17.8 18.0 18.2 18.4 18.6 18.8 19.0
−1.1 0
0.5
1.0
1.4
1.9
2.3
2.8
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.8
Copper–nickel (70Cu–30Ni)
A
B
11.9
−2.6
13.4
−1.6
14.0 14.5 14.9 15.2 15.3 15.5 15.7 15.8 16.0 16.1 16.3 16.4
−1.0 0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.5
2.9
3.3
3.7
4.2
Aluminum alloys
A
B
18.0
−4.0
19.7
−2.4
20.8 21.7 22.6 23.1 23.4 23.7 23.9 24.2 24.4 24.7 25.0 25.2
−1.5 0
0.7
1.3
1.9
2.5
3.1
3.7
4.4
5.1
5.7
6.4
Titanium alloys (Grades 1, 2, 3, 7,
and 12)
A
B
...
...
...
...
8.2
−0.6
8.3
0
8.4
0.3
8.5
0.5
8.5
0.7
8.6
0.9
8.6
1.1
8.6
1.3
8.7
1.6
8.7
1.8
NOTES:
(1) These data are for information and it is not to be implied that materials are suitable for all the temperature ranges shown.
(2) Group 1 alloys (by nominal composition):
Carbon steels
(C, C–Si, C–Mn, and C–Mn–Si)
C–1⁄2Mo
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄5Mo–V
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄4Mo–Si
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
1
⁄2Cr–1⁄2Ni–1⁄4Mo
3
⁄4Cr–1⁄2Ni–Cu
3
⁄4Cr–3⁄4Ni–Cu–Al
1Cr–1⁄5Mo
1Cr–1⁄5Mo–Si
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo–V
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–Si
13⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–Cu
2Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
3Cr–1Mo
1
⁄2Ni–1⁄2Mo–V
1
⁄2Ni–1⁄2Cr–1⁄4Mo–V
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Mo–Cr–V
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Mo–1⁄3Cr–V
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Cu–Mo
3
⁄4Ni–1⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo–V
3
⁄4Ni–1Mo–3⁄4Cr
1Ni–1⁄2Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Ni–1Cr–1⁄2Mo
13⁄4Ni–3⁄4Cr–1⁄4Mo
2Ni–3⁄4Cr–1⁄4Mo
2Ni–3⁄4Cr–1⁄3Mo
21⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni–13⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo–V
(3) Group 2 alloys (by nominal composition):
Mn–V
Mn–1⁄4Mo
Mn–1⁄2Mo
Mn–1⁄2Mo–1⁄4Ni
Mn–1⁄2Mo–1⁄2Ni
Mn–1⁄2Mo–3⁄4Ni
364
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
8.7
2.0
8.8
2.2
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-2 Thermal Expansion Data (SI Units) (Cont’d)
A p Mean Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 10−6 mm/mm/°C
B p Linear Thermal Expansion, mm/m
}
(14)
in Going From 20°C to Indicated Temperature [Note (1)]
Temperature Range 20°C to
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
18.0 18.0
5.0
5.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
18.7 18.8 18.9 19.0 19.0 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.4 19.4 19.5 19.6 19.7 19.7 19.8
5.2
5.7
6.2
6.7
7.2
7.7
8.3
8.8
9.3
9.8 10.3 10.9 11.4 11.9 12.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19.2 19.3 19.5 19.6 19.8 20.1 20.3 20.5 20.7 20.8 21.0 21.2 21.4 21.6 21.8
5.4
5.9
6.4
7.0
7.5
8.2
8.7
9.3
9.9 10.5 11.1 11.8 12.4 13.1 13.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16.5 16.5 16.6 16.6 16.7
4.6
5.0
5.5
5.9
6.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
25.5 25.6
7.1
7.8
8.8
2.5
8.8
2.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.9
2.9
8.9
3.2
9.0
3.4
9.2
3.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Table C-3 DELETED
365
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-5 Thermal Expansion Coefficients, Nonmetals
Mean Coefficients (Divide Table Values by 106)
Material Description
in./in., °F
Range, °F
mm/mm, °C
Range, °C
2
...
3.6
...
Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
ABS 1208
ABS 1210
ABS 1316
ABS 2112
60
55
40
40
...
45–55
...
...
108
99
72
72
...
7–13
...
...
Cellulose acetate butyrate
CAB MH08
CAB S004
80
95
...
...
144
171
...
...
Chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride)
CPVC 4120
35
...
63
...
Polybutylene PB 2110
72
...
130
...
Polyether, chlorinated
45
...
81
...
100
100
90
90
90
80
80
46–100
46–100
46–100
46–100
46–100
46–100
46–100
180
180
162
162
162
144
144
8–38
8–38
8–38
8–38
8–38
8–38
8–38
Polyphenylene POP 2125
30
...
54
...
Polypropylene
PP1110
PP1208
PP2105
PP0210B44002
PP0210G07G11030
48
43
40
80
19
33–67
...
...
...
...
86
77
72
144
35
1–19
...
...
...
...
Poly(vinyl chloride)
PVC1120
PVC1220
PVC2110
PVC2112
PVC2116
PVC2120
30
35
50
45
40
30
23–37
34–40
...
...
37–45
...
54
63
90
81
72
54
−5 to +3
1–4
...
...
3–7
...
79
100
...
...
142
180
...
...
55
73–140
99
23–60
46–58
73–140
83–104
23–60
67
94
111
70–212
212–300
300–408
121
169
200
21–100
100–149
149–209
Thermoplastics
Acetal AP2012
Polyethylene
PE2606
PE2706
PE3608
PE3708
PE3710
PE4708
PE4710
Poly(vinylidene fluoride)
Poly(vinylidene chloride)
Polytetrafluoroethylene
Poly(fluorinated ethylenepropylene)
Poly(perfluoroalkoxy alkane)
Poly(perfluoroalkoxy alkane)
Poly(perfluoroalkoxy alkane)
366
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-5 Thermal Expansion Coefficients, Nonmetals (Cont’d)
Mean Coefficients (Divide Table Values by 106)
Material Description
in./in., °F
Range, °F
mm/mm, °C
Range, °C
9–13
9–15
9–11
12–15
9–13
...
...
...
...
...
16–23.5
16–27
16–20
21.5–27
16–23.5
...
...
...
...
...
1.8
...
3.25
...
Reinforced Thermosetting Resins
and Reinforced Plastic Mortars
Glass-epoxy, centrifugally cast
Glass-polyester, centrifugally cast
Glass-polyester, filament-wound
Glass-polyester, hand lay-up
Glass-epoxy, filament-wound
Other Nonmetallic Materials
Borosilicate glass
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) For Code references to this Appendix, see para. A319.3.1. These data are for use in the absence of more applicable data. It is the
designer’s responsibility to verify that materials are suitable for the intended service at the temperatures shown.
(b) Individual compounds may vary from the values shown. Consult manufacturer for specific values for products.
367
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-6 Modulus of Elasticity, U.S. Units, for Metals
(14)
E p Modulus of Elasticity, Msi (Millions of psi), at Temperature, °F
Material
−425
−400
−350
−325
−200
−100
70
200
300
400
Gray iron
Carbon steels, C ≤ 0.3%
Carbon steels, C > 0.3%
Carbon–moly steels
...
31.9
31.7
31.7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31.4
31.2
31.1
...
30.8
30.6
30.5
...
30.2
30.0
29.9
13.4
29.5
29.3
29.2
13.2
28.8
28.6
28.5
12.9
28.3
28.1
28.0
12.6
27.7
27.5
27.4
Nickel steels, Ni 2%–9%
Cr–Mo steels, Cr 1⁄2%–2%
Cr–Mo steels, Cr 21⁄4%–3%
Cr–Mo steels, Cr 5%–9%
30.1
32.1
33.1
33.4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
29.6
31.6
32.6
32.9
29.1
31.0
32.0
32.3
28.5
30.4
31.4
31.7
27.8
29.7
30.6
30.9
27.1
29.0
29.8
30.1
26.7
28.5
29.4
29.7
26.1
27.9
28.8
29.0
Chromium steels, Cr 12%, 17%, 27%
Austenitic steels (TP304, 310, 316, 321, 347)
31.8
30.8
...
...
...
...
31.2
30.3
30.7
29.7
30.1
29.0
29.2
28.3
28.5
27.6
27.9
27.0
27.3
26.5
Comp. and leaded Sn–bronze (C83600, C92200)
Naval and Si–brass, Si– & Al–bronze (C46400,
C65500, C95200, C95400)
Copper (C11000)
Copper, red brass, Al–bronze (C10200, C12000,
C12200, C12500, C14200, C23000, C61400)
...
...
...
...
...
...
14.8
15.9
14.6
15.6
14.4
15.4
14.0
15.0
13.7
14.6
13.4
14.4
13.2
14.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
16.9
18.0
16.6
17.7
16.5
17.5
16.0
17.0
15.6
16.6
15.4
16.3
15.0
16.0
90Cu–10Ni (C70600)
Leaded Ni–bronze
80Cu–20Ni (C71000)
70Cu–30Ni (C71500)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
19.0
20.1
21.2
23.3
18.7
19.8
20.8
22.9
18.5
19.6
20.6
22.7
18.0
19.0
20.0
22.0
17.6
18.5
19.5
21.5
17.3
18.2
19.2
21.1
16.9
17.9
18.8
20.7
Alloy 400 N04400
Alloy N06035
Alloys N06007, N08320
Alloys N08800, N08810, N06002
Alloys N06455, N10276
28.3
29.2
30.3
31.1
32.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
27.8
29.1
29.5
30.5
31.6
27.3
29.0
29.2
29.9
31.3
26.8
28.8
28.6
29.4
30.6
26.0
28.5
27.8
28.5
29.8
25.4
28.1
27.1
27.8
29.1
25.0
27.8
26.7
27.4
28.6
24.7
27.5
26.4
27.1
28.3
Alloys N02200, N02201, N06625
Alloy N06600
Alloy N10001
Alloy N10665
Alloy N10675
32.7
33.8
33.9
34.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
32.1
33.2
33.3
33.3
33.7
31.5
32.6
32.7
33.0
32.9
30.9
31.9
32.0
32.3
32.3
30.0
31.0
31.1
31.4
31.4
29.3
30.2
30.3
30.6
30.7
28.8
29.9
29.9
30.1
30.2
28.5
29.5
29.5
29.8
29.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
15.5
15.0
14.6
14.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14.4
14.2
14.4
14.2
14.4
14.2
14.4
14.2
Ferrous Metals
Copper and Copper Alloys (UNS Nos.)
Nickel and Nickel Alloys (UNS Nos.)
Unalloyed Titanium
Grades 1, 2, 3, and 7
Zirconium Alloys
R60702
R60705
368
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-6 Modulus of Elasticity, U.S. Units, for Metals
(14)
E p Modulus of Elasticity, Msi (Millions of psi), at Temperature, °F
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
Material
Ferrous Metals
12.2
27.3
27.1
27.0
11.7
26.7
26.5
26.4
11.0
25.5
25.3
25.3
10.2
24.2
24.0
23.9
...
22.4
22.2
22.2
...
20.4
20.2
20.1
...
18.0
17.9
17.8
...
...
15.4
15.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Gray iron
Carbon steels, C ≤ 0.3%
Carbon steels, C > 0.3%
Carbon–moly steels
25.7
27.5
28.3
28.6
25.2
26.9
27.7
28.0
24.6
26.3
27.1
27.3
23.0
25.5
26.3
26.1
...
24.8
25.6
24.7
...
23.9
24.6
22.7
...
23.0
23.7
20.4
...
21.8
22.5
18.2
...
20.5
21.1
15.5
...
18.9
19.4
12.7
...
...
...
...
Nickel steels, Ni 2%–9%
Cr–Mo steels, Cr 1⁄2%–2%
Cr–Mo steels, Cr 21⁄4%–3%
Cr–Mo steels, Cr 5%–9%
26.7
25.8
26.1
25.3
25.6
24.8
24.7
24.1
22.2
23.5
21.5
22.8
19.1
22.1
16.6
21.2
...
20.2
...
19.2
...
18.1
Chromium steels, Cr 12%, 17%, 27%
Austenitic steels (TP304, 310, 316, 321, 347)
Copper and Copper Alloys (UNS Nos.)
12.9
13.8
12.5
13.4
12.0
12.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14.7
15.6
14.2
15.1
13.7
14.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16.6
17.5
18.4
20.2
16.0
16.9
17.8
19.6
15.4
16.2
17.1
18.8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Comp. and leaded Sn–bronze (C83600, C92200)
Naval and Si–brass, Si– & Al–bronze (C46400,
C65500, C95200, C95400)
Copper (C11000)
Copper, red brass, Al–bronze (C10200, C12000,
C12200, C12500, C14200, C23000, C61400)
90Cu–10Ni (C70600)
Leaded Ni-bronze
80Cu–20Ni (C71000)
70Cu–30Ni (C71500)
Nickel and Nickel Alloys (UNS Nos.)
24.3
27.1
26.0
26.6
27.9
24.1
26.7
25.7
26.4
27.6
23.7
26.3
25.3
25.9
27.1
23.1
25.8
24.7
25.4
26.5
22.6
25.3
24.2
24.8
25.9
22.1
24.8
23.6
24.2
25.3
21.7
24.2
23.2
23.8
24.9
21.2
23.6
22.7
23.2
24.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alloy 400
Alloy
Alloys N06007,
Alloys N08800, N08810,
Alloys N06455,
N04400
N06035
N08320
N06002
N10276
28.1
29.0
29.1
29.4
29.3
27.8
28.7
28.8
29.0
28.9
27.3
28.2
28.3
28.6
28.4
26.7
27.6
27.7
27.9
27.9
26.1
27.0
27.1
27.3
27.4
25.5
26.4
26.4
26.7
26.8
25.1
25.9
26.0
26.2
26.2
24.5
25.3
25.3
25.6
25.6
...
...
...
...
24.9
...
...
...
...
24.2
...
...
...
...
23.4
Alloys N02200, N02201,
Alloy
Alloy
Alloy
Alloy
N06625
N06600
N10001
N10665
N10675
Unalloyed Titanium
13.3
12.6
11.9
11.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14.4
14.2
14.4
14.2
14.4
14.2
14.4
14.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Grades 1, 2, 3, and 7
Zirconium Alloys
369
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
R60702
R60705
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-6 Modulus of Elasticity, U.S. Units, for Metals (Cont’d)
E p Modulus of Elasticity, Msi (Millions of psi), at Temperature, °F
Material
−425
−400
−350
−325
−200
−100
70
200
300
400
11.4
...
...
11.1
10.8
10.5
10.0
9.6
9.2
8.7
11.6
...
...
11.3
11.0
10.7
10.2
9.7
9.4
8.9
11.7
...
...
11.4
11.1
10.8
10.3
9.8
9.5
9.0
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys (UNS Nos.)
Grades 443, 1060, 1100, 3003, 3004, 6061,
6063 (A24430, A91060, A91100, A93003,
A93004, A96061, A96063)
Grades 5052, 5154, 5454, 5652 (A95052,
A95154, A95454, A95652)
Grades 356, 5083, 5086, 5456 (A03560,
A95083, A95086, A95456)
GENERAL NOTE: For Code references to this Appendix, see para. 319.3.2. These data are for use in the absence of more applicable data. It
is the designer’s responsibility to verify that materials are suitable for the intended service at the temperatures shown.
370
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table C-8 Modulus of Elasticity, Nonmetals
Material Description
E, ksi (73.4°F)
E, MPa (23°C)
Thermoplastics [Note (1)]
Acetal
410
2 830
ABS, Type 1210
250
1 725
ABS, Type 1316
340
2 345
CAB
120
825
1120
1220
2110
2116
420
410
340
380
2 895
2 825
2 345
2 620
Chlorinated PVC
420
2 895
Chlorinated polyether
160
1 105
PE2606
PE2706
PE3608
PE3708
PE3710
PE4708
PE4710
100
100
125
125
125
130
130
690
690
860
860
860
895
895
Polypropylene
120
825
Poly(vinylidene chloride)
Poly(vinylidene fluoride)
Poly(tetrafluorethylene)
Poly(fluorinated ethylenepropylene)
Poly(perfluoroalkoxy alkane)
100
194
57
67
100
690
1 340
395
460
690
Epoxy-glass, centrifugally cast
Epoxy-glass, filament-wound
1,200–1,900
1,100–2,000
8 275–13 100
7 585–13 790
Polyester-glass, centrifugally cast
Polyester-glass, hand lay-up
1,200–1,900
800–1,000
8 275–13 100
5 515–6 895
9,800
67 570
PVC,
PVC,
PVC,
PVC,
Type
Type
Type
Type
Thermosetting Resins, Axially Reinforced
Other
Borosilicate glass
GENERAL NOTE: For Code references to this Appendix, see para. A319.3.2. These data are for use in the absence of more applicable data.
It is the designer’s responsibility to verify that materials are suitable for the intended service at the temperatures shown.
NOTE:
(1) The modulus of elasticity data shown for thermoplastics are based on short-term tests. The manufacturer should be consulted to
obtain values for use under long-term loading.
371
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX D
FLEXIBILITY AND STRESS INTENSIFICATION FACTORS
See Table D300.
Table D300 Flexibility Factor, k, and Stress Intensification Factor, i
(14)
Flexibility
Factor,
k
Description
Stress Intensification
Factor [Notes (1), (2)]
In-Plane,
ii
Flexibility
Characteristic,
h
0.75
0.9
T R1
h 2/3
h 2/3
r 22
cot sT
2 r2 2
Out-of-Plane,
io
Welding elbow or pipe bend
[Notes (1), (3)–(6)]
1.65
h
Closely spaced miter bend
s < r 2 (1 + tan )
[Notes (1), (3), (4), (6)]
1.52
0.9
0.9
h 5/6
h 2/3
h 2/3
Single miter bend or widely
spaced miter bend
s ≥ r 2 (1 + tan )
[Notes (1), (3), (6)]
1.52
0.9
0.9
h 5/6
h 2/3
h 2/3
Welding tee in accordance with
ASME B16.9
[Notes (1), (3), (5), (7), (8)]
1
0.9
Reinforced fabricated tee
with pad or saddle
[Notes (1), (3), (8), (9), (10)]
1
3
⁄4io + 1⁄4
h 2/3
0.9
h
3
⁄4 io + 1⁄4
2/3
1 + cot T
2
r2
3.1
T
r2
(T + 1⁄2 T r )2.5
T
1.5
r2
372
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Sketch
ASME B31.3-2014
Table D300 Flexibility Factor, k, and Stress Intensification Factor, i (Cont’d)
Stress Intensification
Factor [Notes (1), (2)]
Flexibility
Factor,
k
Out-of-Plane,
io
Unreinforced fabricated tee
[Notes (1), (3), (8), (10)]
1
0.9
Extruded welding tee with
rx ≥ 0.05 Db
Tc < 1.5 T
[Notes (1), (3), (8)]
1
Welded-in contour insert
[Notes (1), (3), (7), (8)]
1
Branch welded-on fitting
(integrally reinforced)
[Notes (1), (3), (10), (11)]
1
Description
h
Flexibility
Characteristic,
h
3
⁄4io + 1⁄4
T
r2
3
⁄4io + 1⁄4
1 + r r
2/3
0.9
h
In-Plane,
ii
rx T
2/3
0.9
2
3
⁄4io + 1⁄4
h 2/3
0.9
0.9
h 2/3
h 2/3
Sketch
3.1
T
r2
3.3
T
r2
2
Flexibility
Factor, k
Stress
Intensification
Factor, i
Butt welded joint, reducer, or weld neck flange
1
1.0
Double-welded slip-on flange
1
1.2
Fillet or socket weld
1
1.3 [Note (12)]
Lap joint flange (with ASME B16.9 lap joint
stub)
1
1.6
Threaded pipe joint or threaded flange
1
2.3
Corrugated straight pipe, or corrugated or
creased bend [Note (13)]
5
2.5
Description
373
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
Table D300 Flexibility Factor, k, and Stress Intensification Factor, i (Cont’d)
374
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table D300 Flexibility Factor, k, and Stress Intensification Factor, i (Cont’d)
GENERAL NOTE: Stress intensification and flexibility factor data in Table D300 are for use in the absence of more directly applicable data
(see para. 319.3.6). Their validity has been demonstrated for D/ T ≤ 100.
NOTES:
(1) The flexibility factor, k, in the Table applies to bending in any plane; also see para. 319.3.6. The flexibility factors, k, and stress
intensification factors, i, shall apply over the effective arc length (shown by heavy centerlines in the illustrations) for curved and
miter bends, and to the intersection point for tees.
(2) A single intensification factor equal to 0.9/h2/3 may be used for both ii and io if desired.
(3) The values of k and i can be read directly from Chart A by entering with the characteristic h computed from the formulas given
above. Nomenclature is as follows:
Db p outside diameter of branch
R1 p bend radius of welding elbow or pipe bend
rx p see definition in para. 304.3.4(c)
r2 p mean radius of matching pipe
s p miter spacing at centerline
T p for elbows and miter bends, the nominal wall thickness of the fitting
p for tees, the nominal wall thickness of the matching pipe
Tc p crotch thickness of branch connections measured at the center of the crotch where shown in the illustrations
T r p pad or saddle thickness
p one-half angle between adjacent miter axes
(4) Where flanges are attached to one or both ends, the values of k and i in the Table shall be corrected by the factors C1 , which can be
read directly from Chart B, entering with the computed h.
(5) The designer is cautioned that cast buttwelded fittings may have considerably heavier walls than that of the pipe with which they are
used. Large errors may be introduced unless the effect of these greater thicknesses is considered.
(6) In large diameter thin-wall elbows and bends, pressure can significantly affect the magnitudes of k and i. To correct values from the
Table, divide k by
Pj
1+6
Ej
r2
7⁄
3
T
R1
r2
1⁄
3
divide i by
1 + 3.25
Pj
Ej
r2
T
5⁄
2
R1
r2
2⁄
3
For consistency, use kPa and mm for SI metric, and psi and in. for U.S. customary notation.
(7) If rx ≥ 1⁄8 Db and Tc ≥ 1.5T , a flexibility characteristic of 4.4 T /r2 may be used.
(8) Stress intensification factors for branch connections are based on tests with at least two diameters of straight run pipe on each side
of the branch centerline. More closely loaded branches may require special consideration.
(9) When T r is > 11⁄2 T , use h p 4 T /r2.
(10) The out-of-plane stress intensification factor (SIF) for a reducing branch connection with branch-to-run diameter ratio of
0.5 < d /D < 1.0 may be nonconservative. A smooth concave weld contour has been shown to reduce the SIF. Selection of the
appropriate SIF is the designer’s responsibility.
(11) The designer must be satisfied that this fabrication has a pressure rating equivalent to straight pipe.
(12) For welds to socket welded fittings, the stress intensification factor is based on the assumption that the pipe and fitting are matched
in accordance with ASME B16.11 and a fillet weld is made between the pipe and fitting as shown in Fig. 328.5.2C. For welds to
socket welded flanges, the stress intensification factor is based on the weld geometry shown in Fig. 328.5.2B, illustration (3) and
has been shown to envelope the results of the pipe to socket welded fitting tests. Blending the toe of the fillet weld smoothly into
the pipe wall, as shown in the concave fillet welds in Fig. 328.5.2A, has been shown to improve the fatigue performance of the weld.
(13) Factors shown apply to bending. Flexibility factor for torsion equals 0.9.
375
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX E
REFERENCE STANDARDS
(14)
Standards incorporated in this Code by reference, and the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations,
are shown in this Appendix. It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code
text; instead, the specific edition reference dates are shown here. Specific edition reference dates are not provided
for ASME codes and standards. For ASME codes and standards, the latest published edition in effect at the time
this Code is specified is the specific edition referenced by this Code unless otherwise specified in the engineering
design. Subsequent issues and revisions of these referenced standards and any new standards incorporated in the
Code by reference in Code Addenda will be listed (after review and acceptance by the Code Committee) in revisions
of this Appendix E.
A component ordinarily is not marked to indicate the edition date of the standard to which it is manufactured.
It is therefore possible that an item taken from inventory was produced in accordance with a superseded edition,
or an edition not yet approved by the Code (because it is of later date than that listed and is in use). If compliance
with a specific edition is a requirement of the intended service, it usually will be necessary to state the specific
requirement in the purchase specification and to maintain identification of the component until it is put in service.
ASTM Specifications
ASTM Specifications (Cont’d)
ASTM Specifications (Cont’d)
A20-96a
A36/A36M-08
A47/A47M-99 (R2004)
A48/A48M-03 (R2008)
A276-97
A278/A278M-01 (R2006)
A283/A283M-03 (R2007)
A285/A285M-03 (R2007)
A299/A299M-04
A487/A487M-93 (R2007)
A494/A494M-09
A53/A53M-07
A105/A105M-09
A106/A106M-08
A126-04
A134-96 (R2005)
A135/A135M-06
A139/A139M-04
A167-99 (R2009)
A179-90a (R2005)
A181/A181M-06
A182/A182M-09a
A193/A193M-10a
A194/A194M-10
A197/A197M-00 (R2006)
A202/A202M-03
A203/A203M-97 (R2007)
A204/A204M-03 (R2007)
A210/A210M-02 (R2007)
A213-09b
A216/A216M-08
A217/A217M-08
A234/A234M-07
A240/A240M-11b
A249/A249M-08
A263-94a
A264-94a
A265-94a
A268/A268M-05
A269-08
A302/A302M-03 (R2007)
A307-07b
A312/A312M-09
A320/A320M-10
A325-97
A333/A333M-05
A334/A334M-04a
A335/A335M-06
A350/A350M-07
A351/A351M-06
A352/A352M-06
A353/A353M-04
A354-07a
A358/A358M-08a
A369/A369M-06
A370-11
A376/A376M-06
A381-96 (R2005)
A387/A387M-06a
A395/A395M-99 (R2009)
A403/A403M-07a
A409/A409M-08a
A420/A420M-07
A426/A426M-08
A437/A437M-10a
A508/A508M-05b
A515/A515M-03 (R2007)
A516/A516M-06
A524-96 (R2005)
A530-98
A537/A537M-08
A553/A553M-06
A563-07a
A571/A571M-01 (R2006)
A587-96 (R2005)
A645/A645M-05
A671-06
A672-08
A675/A675M-03 (R2009)
A691-98 (R2007)
A694/A694M-13
A696-90a (R2012)
A723/A723M-10
A789/A789M-09
A790/A790M-09
A813/A813M-09
A814/A814M-08
A815/A815M-09
A992-06a
A1010/A1010M-01 (R2009)
A1011/A1011M-10
A1053/A1053M-11
B21/B21M-06
B26/B26M-09
B32-08
B42-021
B43-98 (R2004)
A451/A451M-06
A453/A453M-10
A479/A479M-11
376
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
REFERENCE STANDARDS (CONT’D)
ASTM Specifications (Cont’d)
ASTM Specifications (Cont’d)
ASTM Specifications (Cont’d)
B61-08
B62-09
B68-02/B68M-99 (R2005)
B75-02/B75M-99 (R2005)
B88-03/B88M-05
B96/B96M-06
B98/B98M-08
B466/B466M-07
B467-88 (R2003)
B491/B491M-06
B493/B493M-08
B514-05
B517-05
B523/B523M-07
B547/B547M-02
B550/B550M-07
D2447-03
D2464-06
D2466-06
D2467-06
D2468-96a
B127-05
B148-97 (R2009)
B150/B150M-08
B152/B152M-06a1
B160-05 (R2009)
B161-051
B162-99 (R2005)1
B164-03 (R2008)
B165-05
B166-08
B167-06
B168-08
B169/B169M-05
B171/B171M-09
B187/B187M-06
B209-07
B210-04
B211-03
B221-08
B241/B241M-02
B247-02a
B265-09a1
B280-08
B283-09
B333-03 (R2008)
B335-03 (R2008)
B336-04b
B338-09
B345/B345M-02
B361-08
B363-06a
B366-10a
B371/B371M-08
B381-09
B407-08a
B409-061
B423-05
B424-05
B425-99 (R2005)
B435-06
B443-00 (R2005)
B444-06
B446-03 (R2008)
B462-101
B463-04
B464-05
D2513-09
D2517-06
D2564-041
D2609-02 (R2008)
D2657-07
D2662-96a
D2666-96a
D2672-96a (R2003)
D2683-04
D2737-03
B551/B551M-07
B564-11
B572-06
B574-10
B575-10
B581-02 (R2008)
B582-07
B584-08a
D2837-08
D2846/D2846M-09b
D2855-96 (R2002)
D2992-06
D2996-01 (R2007)1
D2997-01 (R2007)1
D3000-95a
B619-101
B620-03 (R2008)
B621-02 (R2006)
B622-10
B625-05
B626-10
B649-06
D3035-08
D3139-98 (R2005)
D3261-03
D3309-96a (R2002)
B658/B658M-06
B668-05
B675-02 (R2007)
B688-96 (R2009)
B690-02 (R2007)
D3517-06
D3754-06
D3839-08
D3840-01 (R2005)
B705-05
B709-04
B725-05
B729-05
B804-02 (R2007)
B813-10
B828-02
B861-08a
B862-08a
D4024-05
D4161-01 (R2005)
D5421-05
D5685-05
D6041-97 (R2002)
E94-04
E112-10
E114-10
E125-63 (R2008)
E155-05
E165-09
E186-10
E213-09
E272-10
E280-10
E310-10
E446-10
E709-08
C14-07
C301-04
C361-08
C582-09
C599-91 (R1995)
D1527-99 (R2005)
D1600-08
D1694-95 (R2000)
D1785-06
D2235-04
D2239-03
D2241-05
D2282-991
D2310-06
D2321-08
F336-02 (R2009)
F437-09
F438-09
F439-09
F441/F441M-09
377
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
REFERENCE STANDARDS (CONT’D)
ASTM Specifications (Cont’d)
ASME Standards (Cont’d)
AWS Standards
F442/F442M-09
F493-04
F714-08
B16.34
B16.36
B16.39
B16.42
B16.47
B16.48
B16.50
A3.0M/A3.0:2010
A5.1/A5.1M:2004
A5.4/A5.4M:2006
A5.5/A5.5M:2006
A5.8:2004
A5.9/A5.9M:2006
A5.11/A5.11M:2010
A5.14/A5.14M:2009
A5.22:2010
A5.31:2001
QC1:2007
F1055-98 (R2006)
F1281-031
F1282-031
F1290-98a (R2004)
F1412-09
F1498-08
F1545-97 (R2003)
F1673-04
F1970-05
F1974-04
F2389-071
B18.2.1
B18.2.2
B36.10M
B36.19M
AWWA Standards
B46.1
BPE
PCC-2
PTC 19.3 TW
AISC Publication
325-05 (Steel Construction Manual, 2006)
API Specifications
ASCE Standard
ASCE 7-05
ASME Codes (Use Latest Edition)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Section II, Part D
Section III, Division 1
Section V
Section VIII, Division 1
Section VIII, Division 2
Section VIII, Division 3
Section IX
ASME Standards (Use Latest Edition)
A13.1
B1.1
B1.20.1
B1.20.3
B1.20.7
B16.1
B16.3
B16.4
B16.5
B16.9
B16.10
B16.11
B16.14
B16.15
B16.18
B16.20
B16.21
B16.22
B16.24
B16.25
B16.26
5B, 2008
5L, 2009
6D, 2008 with Errata 1–6 and Addenda 1–3
15LE, 2008
15LR, 2001
C504-06
C606-11
C900-07 and Errata 2008
C950-07
API Standards
526,
570,
594,
599,
600,
2009
2009
2010
2007
2009
602,
603,
608,
609,
2005
2007
2008
2009
C110-03
C111-07
C115-05
C150/A21.50-08
C151/A21.51-04
C200-05
C207-07
C208-07
C300-07
C301-07
C302-04
C500-02
CEN Technical Report
CEN/TR 14549:2004
CGA Publication
G-4.1-2009
CSA Publication
API Recommended Practice
Z245.1-1998
RP 941, 5th Ed., 1997
EJMA Publication
EJMA Standards, 2008
ASNT Standards
ACCP-CP-1, Revision 7
CP-189-2011
ISO Standard
ISO 15649:2001
ASQ Standards
MSS Standard Practices
Q9000-1: 1994
Q9000-2: 1997
Q9000-3: 1997
Q9001: 2008
Q9002: 1994
Q9003: 1994
SP-6-2007
SP-9-2008
SP-25-2008
SP-42-2009
SP-43-2008
SP-44-2006
378
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
REFERENCE STANDARDS (CONT’D)
MSS Standard Practices (Cont’d)
MSS Standard Practices (Cont’d)
PFI Standards
SP-45-2003 (R2008)
SP-51-2007
SP-53-1999 (R2007)
SP-55-2011
SP-58-2002
SP-65-2008
SP-70-2006
SP-71-2005
SP-72-1999
SP-75-2008
SP-78-2005a
SP-79-2004
SP-80-2008
SP-81-2006a
SP-83-2006
SP-85-2002
SP-88-1993 (R2001)
SP-93-2008
SP-95-2006
SP-97-2006
SP-105-1996 (R2005)
SP-106-2003
SP-119-2003
SP-122-2005
ES-7-2004
ES-24-2008 (R2010)
ES-48-2008
PPI Technical Report
NACE Publications
TR-21-2001
MR0103-07
MR0175/ISO 15156-3 Cir2-08
RP0170-04
RP0472-08
37519-85
SAE Specifications
J513-1999
J514-2004
J518-1993
NFPA Specifications
54/Z223.1-2012
1963-2009
GENERAL NOTE: The issue date shown immediately following the hyphen after the number of the standard (e.g., C207-07 and SP-6-2007)
is the effective date of the issue (edition) of the standard. Any additional number shown following the issue date and prefixed by the letter
“R” is the latest date of reaffirmation [e.g., A5.22-1995 (R2005)].
379
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Specifications and standards of the following organizations appear in Appendix E:
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
One East Wacker Drive, Suite 700
Chicago, Illinois 60601-1802
(312) 670-2400
www.aisc.org
API
American Petroleum Institute
Publications and Distribution Section
1220 L Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005-4070
(202) 682-8375
www.api.org
ASCE
ASME
ASME
ASNT
ASQ
ASTM
AWWA
AWS
CEN
European Committee for Standardization
CEN-CENELEC Management Centre
Avenue Marnix 17, B-1000
Brussels, Belgium
+32 2 550 08 11
www.cen.eu
CGA
Compressed Gas Association, Inc.
14501 George Carter Way,
Suite 103
Chantilly, Virginia 20151
(703) 788-2700
www.cganet.com
CSA
ASME International
Two Park Avenue
New York, New York 10016-5990
(212) 591-8500 or (800) 843-2763
www.asme.org
CSA Group
178 Rexdale Boulevard
Toronto, Ontario
M9W 1R3, Canada
(416) 747-4044 or (800) 463-6727
www.csa-international.org
EJMA
Order Department
22 Law Drive
Box 2900
Fairfield, New Jersey 07007-2900
(973) 882-1170 or (800) 843-2763
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
25 North Broadway
Tarrytown, New York 10591
(914) 332-0040
www.ejma.org
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse
Case postale 56
CH-1211 Genève 20
Switzerland/Suisse
+41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.org
MSS
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve
and Fittings Industry, Inc.
127 Park Street, NE
Vienna, Virginia 22180-4602
(703) 281-6613
www.mss-hq.com
NACE
NACE International
1440 South Creek Drive
Houston, Texas 77084-4906
(281) 228-6200
www.nace.org
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-7471
(617) 770-3000 or (800) 344-3555
www.nfpa.org
PFI
Pipe Fabrication Institute
655-32nd Avenue, Suite 201
Lachine, Quebec H8T 3G6
Canada
(514) 634-3434
www.pfi-institute.org
The American Society of Civil Engineers
1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, Virginia 20191-4400
(703) 295-6300 or (800) 548-2723
www.asce.org
American Society for Nondestructive Testing, Inc.
P.O. Box 28518
1711 Arlingate Lane
Columbus, Ohio 43228-0518
(614) 274-6003 or (800) 222-2768
www.asnt.org
American Society for Quality
P.O. Box 3005
Milwaukee, WI 53201
(800) 248-1946
www.asq.org
American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM International)
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania
19428-9585
(610) 832-9585
www.astm.org
American Water Works Association
6666 W. Quincy Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80235
(303) 794-7711 or (800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org
American Welding Society
8669 NW 36 Street, No. 130
Miami, Florida 33166
(305) 443-9353 or (800) 443-9353
www.aws.org
380
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
PPI
Plastics Pipe Institute
105 Decker Court, Suite 825
Irving, Texas 75062
(469) 499-1044
www.plasticpipe.org
SAE
Society of Automotive Engineers
(SAE International)
400 Commonwealth Drive
Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15096-0001
(724) 776-4841 or (877) 606-7323
www.sae.org
SEMI
Semiconductor Equipment and Materials
International
3081 Zanker Road
San Jose, California 95134
(408) 943-6900
www.semi.org
GENERAL NOTE TO LIST OF ORGANIZATIONS: Some of the organizations listed above publish standards that have been approved as American
National Standards. Copies of these standards may also be obtained from:
ANSI
American National Standards Institute, Inc.
25 West 43rd Street
New York, New York 10036
(212) 642-4900
www.ansi.org
381
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX F
PRECAUTIONARY CONSIDERATIONS
F300 GENERAL
F301.10.2 Thermal Fatigue at Mixing Points.
Consideration should be given to the potential for thermal fatigue on surfaces exposed to the fluid when
mixing fluids of different temperatures (e.g., cold droplets impinging on the pipe wall of a hot gas stream).
This Appendix provides guidance in the form of precautionary considerations relating to particular fluid
services and piping applications. These are not Code
requirements but should be taken into account as applicable in the engineering design. Further information on
these subjects can be found in the literature.
F301.11 Condensation Effects
Where there is a possibility of condensation occurring
inside gaseous fluid piping, means should be considered
to provide drainage from low areas to avoid damage
from water hammer or corrosion.
F301 DESIGN CONDITIONS
Selection of pressures, temperatures, forces, and other
conditions that may apply to the design of piping can
be influenced by unusual requirements that should be
considered when applicable. These include but are not
limited to the following.
F304 PRESSURE DESIGN
F304.7 Pressure Design of Other Metallic
Components
F301.4 Ambient Effects
F304.7.4 Expansion Joints. The following are specific considerations to be evaluated by the designer
when specifying expansion joint requirements, in addition to the guidelines given in EJMA Standards:
(a) susceptibility to stress corrosion cracking of the
materials of construction, considering specific alloy content, method of manufacture, and final heat treated
condition.
(b) consideration of not only the properties of the
flowing medium but also the environment external to
the expansion joint and the possibility of condensation
or ice formation due to the operation of the bellows at
a reduced temperature.
(c) consideration of specifying a minimum bellows
or ply thickness. The designer is cautioned that requiring
excessive bellows thickness may reduce the fatigue life
of the expansion joint and increase end reactions.
(d) accessibility of the expansion joint for maintenance and inspection.
(e) need for leak tightness criteria for mechanical seals
on slip type joints.
(f) specification of installation procedures and shipping or preset bars so that the expansion joint will not
be extended, compressed, or offset to compensate for
improper alignment of piping, other than the intentional
offset specified by the piping designer.
(g) need to request data from the expansion joint manufacturer, including
(1) effective thrust area
(2) lateral, axial, and rotational stiffness (spring
constant)
Where fluids can be trapped (e.g., in double seated
valves) and subjected to heating and consequent expansion, means of pressure relief should be considered to
avoid excessive pressure buildup.
F301.5 Dynamic Effects
geysering: an effect that can occur in piping handling
fluids at or near their boiling temperatures under conditions when rapid evolution of vapor within the piping
causes rapid expulsion of liquid. In such cases, a pressure surge can be generated that may be destructive to
the piping. (Geysering usually is associated with vertical
pipelines but may occur in inclined lines under certain
conditions.)
F301.7 Thermal Expansion and Contraction Effects
bowing during cooldown: an effect that can occur, usually
in horizontal piping, on introduction of a fluid at or near
its boiling temperature and at a flow rate that allows
stratified two-phase flow, causing large circumferential
temperature gradients and possibly unacceptable
stresses at anchors, supports, guides, and within pipe
walls. (Two-phase flow can also generate excessive pressure oscillations and surges that may damage the
piping.)
F301.10 Cyclic Effects
F301.10.1 Pressure Cycling. The rules in
para. K304.8 may be considered where fatigue due to
pressure cycling is a concern.
382
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(3) calculated design cycle life under specified
design conditions
(4) friction force in hinges, tie rods, etc.
(5) installed length and weight
(6) requirements for additional support or restraint
in the piping
(7) expansion joint elements that are designed to
be uninsulated during operation
(8) certification of pressure containing and/or
restraining materials of construction
(9) maximum test pressure
(10) design calculations
(a) the potential for joint leakage due to differential
thermal expansion
(b) the possibility of stress relaxation and loss of bolt
tension
F312 FLANGED JOINTS
F312.1 General
Three distinct elements of a flanged joint must act
together to provide a leak-free joint — the flanges, the
gasket, and the bolting. Factors that affect performance
include the following:
(a) Selection and Design
(1) consideration of service conditions (including
external loads, bending moments, and application of
thermal insulation)
(2) flange rating, type, material, facing, and facing
finish (see para. F308.2)
(3) gasket type, material, thickness, and design (see
para. F308.4)
(4) bolt material, strength (cold and at temperature), and specifications for tightening of bolts (see
para. F309.1)
(5) design for access to the joint
(b) Installation
(1) condition of flange mating surfaces
(2) joint alignment and gasket placement before
boltup
(3) implementation of specified bolting procedures
F307 VALVES
(a) Extended bonnet valves are recommended where
necessary to establish a temperature differential between
the valve stem packing and the fluid in the piping, to
avoid packing leakage and external icing or other heat
flux problems. The valve should be positioned to provide this temperature differential. Consideration should
be given to possible packing shrinkage in low temperature fluid service.
(b) The effect of external loads on valve operability
and leak tightness should be considered.
F308 FLANGES AND GASKETS
F308.2 Specific Flanges
Slip-On Flanges. The need for venting the space
between the welds in double-welded slip-on flanges
should be considered for fluid services (including vacuum) that require leak testing of the inner fillet weld,
or when fluid handled can diffuse into the enclosed
space, resulting in possible failure.
F321 PIPING SUPPORT
F321.4 Wear of Piping at Support Points
F308.4 Gaskets
(a) Gasket materials not subject to cold flow should
be considered for use with raised face flanges for fluid
services at elevated pressures with temperatures significantly above or below ambient.
(b) Use of full face gaskets with flat faced flanges
should be considered when using gasket materials subject to cold flow for low pressure and vacuum services
at moderate temperatures. When such gasket materials
are used in other fluid services, the use of tongue-andgroove or other gasket-confining flange facings should
be considered.
(c) The effect of flange facing finish should be considered in gasket material selection.
The use of pads or other means of pipe attachment at
support points should be considered for piping systems
subject to wear and pipe wall metal loss from relative
movement between the pipe and its supports (e.g., from
wave action on offshore production applications).
F322 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR SPECIFIC
SYSTEMS
F322.6 Pressure Relief Piping
Stop Valves in Pressure Relief Piping. If stop valves are
located in pressure relief piping in accordance with
para. 322.6.1(a), and if any of these stop valves are to
be closed while the equipment is in operation, an authorized person should be present. The authorized person
should remain in attendance at a location where the
operating pressure can be observed and should have
access to means for relieving the system pressure in the
event of overpressure. Before leaving the station the
authorized person should lock or seal the stop valves
in the open position.
F309 BOLTING
F309.1 General
The use of controlled bolting procedures should be
considered in high, low, and cycling temperature services, and under conditions involving vibration or
fatigue, to reduce
383
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
F323 MATERIALS
(l) the possibility of adverse effects from microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC) or its remediation
(a) Selection of materials to resist deterioration in service is not within the scope of this Code. However,
suitable materials should be specified or selected for use
in piping and associated facilities not covered by this
Code but that affect the safety of the piping. Consideration should be given to allowances made for temperature and pressure effects of process reactions, for
properties of reaction or decomposition products, and
for hazards from instability of contained fluids. Consideration should be given to the use of cladding, lining,
or other protective materials to reduce the effects of
corrosion, erosion, and abrasion.
(b) Information on material performance in corrosive
environments can be found in publications, such as “The
Corrosion Data Survey” published by the National
Association of Corrosion Engineers.
F323.2 Temperature Limitations
F323.2.2 Lower Temperature Limits. Regarding
materials considered for use at a lower exemption temperature without impact testing using para.
323.2.2(d)(1), the simplified rules of para. 323.2.2 should
not be used for piping systems that are anticipated to
experience shock loading or thermal bowing, or if they
contain welds between dissimilar materials, especially
welds between austenitic and ferritic materials. More
rigorous means of testing or analysis should be used
for such piping systems. For example, the additional
stress due to circumferential shear near a dissimilar weld
due to differential thermal contraction and its effect on
the combined stress should be determined.
The modulus of elasticity for the condition under consideration should be used when evaluating the reactions.
Cold springing or misalignment can result in significant stresses in the ambient condition. The designer is
responsible for ensuring that such stresses are accounted
for before any credit is taken for reduction in minimum
design temperature without impact testing.
F323.1 General Considerations
The following are some general considerations that
should be evaluated when selecting and applying materials in piping (see also para. FA323.4):
(a) the possibility of exposure of the piping to fire
and the melting point, degradation temperature, loss of
strength at elevated temperature, and combustibility of
the piping material under such exposure
(b) the susceptibility to brittle failure or failure from
thermal shock of the piping material when exposed to
fire or to fire-fighting measures, and possible hazards
from fragmentation of the material in the event of failure
(c) the ability of thermal insulation to protect piping
against failure under fire exposure (e.g., its stability, fire
resistance, and ability to remain in place during a fire)
(d) the susceptibility of the piping material to crevice
corrosion under backing rings, in threaded joints, in
socket welded joints, and in other stagnant, confined
areas
(e) the possibility of adverse electrolytic effects if the
metal is subject to contact with a dissimilar metal
(f) the compatibility of lubricants or sealants used on
threads with the fluid service
(g) the compatibility of packing, seals, and O-rings
with the fluid service
(h) the compatibility of materials, such as cements,
solvents, solders, and brazing materials, with the fluid
service
(i) the chilling effect of sudden loss of pressure on
highly volatile fluids as a factor in determining the lowest expected service temperature
(j) the possibility of pipe support failure resulting
from exposure to low temperatures (which may embrittle the supports) or high temperatures (which may
weaken them)
(k) the compatibility of materials, including sealants,
gaskets, lubricants, and insulation, used in strong oxidizer fluid service (e.g., oxygen or fluorine)
F323.4 Specific Material Considerations — Metals
The following are some specific considerations that
should be evaluated when applying certain metals in
piping:
(a) Irons — Cast, Malleable, and High Silicon (14.5%).
Their lack of ductility and their sensitivity to thermal
and mechanical shock.
(b) Carbon Steel, and Low and Intermediate Alloy Steels
(1) the possibility of embrittlement when handling
alkaline or strong caustic fluids
(2) the possible conversion of carbides to graphite
during long time exposure to temperatures above 427°C
(800°F) of carbon steels, plain nickel steel, carbonmanganese steel, manganese-vanadium steel, and
carbon-silicon steel
(3) the possible conversion of carbides to graphite
during long time exposure to temperatures above 468°C
(875°F) of carbon-molybdenum steel, manganesemolybdenum-vanadium steel, and chromiumvanadium steel
(4) the advantages of silicon-killed carbon steel
(0.1% silicon minimum) for temperatures above 482°C
(900°F)
(5) the possibility of damage due to hydrogen exposure at elevated temperature (see API RP 941); hydrogen
384
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
damage (blistering) may occur at lower temperatures
under exposure to aqueous acid solutions1
(6) the possibility of stress corrosion cracking when
exposed to cyanides, acids, acid salts, or wet hydrogen
sulfide; a maximum hardness limit is usually specified
(see NACE MR0175 or MR0103 and RP0472)1
(7) the possibility of sulfidation in the presence of
hydrogen sulfide at elevated temperatures
(c) High Alloy (Stainless) Steels
(1) the possibility of stress corrosion cracking of
austenitic stainless steels exposed to media such as chlorides and other halides either internally or externally;
the latter can result from improper selection or application of thermal insulation, or from use of marking inks,
paints, labels, tapes, adhesives, and other accessory
materials containing chlorides or other halides
(2) the susceptibility to intergranular corrosion of
austenitic stainless steels sensitized by exposure to temperatures between 427°C and 871°C (800°F and 1,600°F);
as an example, stress corrosion cracking of sensitized
metal at room temperature by polythionic acid (reaction
of oxidizable sulfur compound, water, and air); stabilized or low carbon grades may provide improved resistance (see NACE RP0170)1
(3) the susceptibility to intercrystalline attack of
austenitic stainless steels on contact with liquid metals
(including aluminum, antimony, bismuth, cadmium,
gallium, lead, magnesium, tin, and zinc) or their
compounds
(4) the brittleness of ferritic stainless steels at room
temperature after service at temperature above 371°C
(700°F)
(d) Nickel and Nickel Base Alloys
(1) the susceptibility to grain boundary attack of
nickel and nickel base alloys not containing chromium
when exposed to small quantities of sulfur at temperatures above 316°C (600°F)
(2) the susceptibility to grain boundary attack of
nickel base alloys containing chromium at temperatures
above 593°C (1,100°F) under reducing conditions and
above 760°C (1,400°F) under oxidizing conditions
(3) the possibility of stress corrosion cracking of
nickel-copper Alloy 400 in hydrofluoric acid vapor in the
presence of air, if the alloy is highly stressed (including
residual stresses from forming or welding)
(e) Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
(1) the compatibility with aluminum of thread compounds used in aluminum threaded joints to prevent
seizing and galling
(2) the possibility of corrosion from concrete, mortar, lime, plaster, or other alkaline materials used in
buildings or structures
(3) the susceptibility of Alloy Nos. 5083, 5086, 5154,
and 5456 to exfoliation or intergranular attack; and the
upper temperature limit of 66°C (150°F) shown in
Appendix A to avoid such deterioration
(f) Copper and Copper Alloys
(1) the possibility of dezincification of brass alloys
(2) the susceptibility to stress-corrosion cracking of
copper-based alloys exposed to fluids such as ammonia
or ammonium compounds
(3) the possibility of unstable acetylide formation
when exposed to acetylene
(g) Titanium and Titanium Alloys. The possibility of
deterioration of titanium and its alloys above
316°C (600°F).
(h) Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys. The possibility of
deterioration of zirconium and zirconium alloys above
316°C (600°F).
(i) Tantalum. Above 299°C (570°F), the possibility of
reactivity of tantalum with all gases except the inert
gases. Below 299°C, the possibility of embrittlement of
tantalum by nascent (monatomic) hydrogen (but not
molecular hydrogen). Nascent hydrogen is produced by
galvanic action, or as a product of corrosion by certain
chemicals.
(j) Metals With Enhanced Properties. The possible
loss of strength, in a material whose properties have
been enhanced by heat treatment, during longcontinued exposure to temperatures above its tempering
temperature.
(k) The desirability of specifying some degree of production impact testing, in addition to the weld procedure qualification tests, when using materials with
limited low temperature service experience below the
minimum temperature stated in Table A-1.
1
F331 HEAT TREATMENT
Titles of referenced documents are
API RP 941, Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated
Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and
Petrochemical Plants
NACE MR0103, Materials Resistant to Sulfide Stress Cracking
in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments
NACE MR0175, Sulfide Stress-Cracking Resistant Metallic
Materials for Oil Field Equipment
NACE RP0472, Methods and Controls to Prevent In-Service
Cracking of Carbon Steel (P-1) Welds in Corrosive Petroleum
Refining Environments
NACE RP0170, Protection of Austenitic Stainless Steel in
Refineries Against Stress Corrosion Cracking by Use of
Neutralizing Solutions During Shutdown
F331.1 Heat Treatment Considerations
Heat treatment temperatures listed in Table 331.1.1
for some P-No. 4 and P-No. 5 materials may be higher
than the minimum tempering temperatures specified in
the ASTM specifications for the base material. For
higher-strength normalized and tempered materials,
there is consequently a possibility of reducing tensile
properties of the base material, particularly if long holding times at the higher temperatures are used.
385
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
F335 ASSEMBLY AND ERECTION
F335.9 Cleaning of Piping
also depend on the characteristics of the treated or
untreated test fluid.
Internal MIC may be lessened or possibly eliminated
by properly draining and drying systems and/or by
proper selection of test fluid.
The following are some general considerations that
may be evaluated in determining the need for cleaning
of piping:
(a) requirements of the service, including possible
contaminants and corrosion products during fabrication,
assembly, storage, erection, and testing.
(b) for low temperature service, removal of moisture,
oil, grease, and other contaminants to prevent sticking
of valves or blockage of piping and small cavities.
(c) for strong oxidizer fluid service (e.g., oxygen or
fluorine), special cleaning and inspection. Reference may
be made to the Compressed Gas Association’s Pamphlet
G-4.1 Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service.
(d) purging, flushing, or blowing down unwanted
dirt, debris, and residual fluid from the inside of a piping
system should be performed with caution and control.
It is left to the discretion, knowledge, and responsibility
of the owner or designer as to the degree of caution and
control necessary for a safe work environment. The fluid
selected for the purpose of purging, flushing, or blowing
down shall preferably be inert. However, for cases in
which the use of a flammable or toxic fluid is unavoidable, e.g., when displacing residual testing or flushing
fluid with the service fluid, the implementation of additional precautionary considerations may be necessary.
Those precautionary considerations should include
(1) the discharge of liquids to a safe collection point
(2) the discharge of flammable liquids away from
ignition sources and personnel
(3) venting of gases to a safe outdoor location
(4) venting of flammable gases away from ignition
sources and personnel
(5) further protection of personnel via controlled
access of the work area, including perimeter warning
signs for personnel not involved in the purging process
(6) for precautionary requirements and recommendations regarding the displacement of flushing and testing fluids using a flammable gas, refer to ANSI Z223.1/
NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code
F345.5 Pneumatic Leak Test
F345.5.1 Precautions. Consideration should be
given to the risk associated with the release of stored
energy and to the establishment of the minimum safe
distance between personnel and the equipment being
tested. Equations and considerations are available in
ASME PCC-2, Repair of Pressure Equipment and Piping,
Article 5.1.
FA323 MATERIALS
FA323.4 Material Considerations — Nonmetals
The following are some considerations to be evaluated
when applying nonmetals in piping. See also paras. F323
and F323.1.
(a) Static Charges. Because of the possibility of producing hazardous electrostatic charges in nonmetallic
piping and metallic piping lined with nonmetals, consideration should be given to grounding such systems
conveying nonconductive fluids.
(b) Compressed Gases. If nonmetallic piping is used
above ground for compressed air or other compressed
gases, special precautions should be observed. In
determining the needed safeguarding for such services,
the energetics and the specific failure mechanism need
to be evaluated. Encasement of the plastic piping in
shatter-resistant material may be considered.
(c) Brittle Piping. If borosilicate glass or other brittle
piping material is used, take into account its lack of
ductility and its sensitivity to thermal and mechanical
shock.
F335.10 Identification of Piping
Consideration should be given to identifying the contents of piping, with special consideration given to piping conveying flammable, hazardous, or fire-quenching
fluids. Reference may be made to ASME A13.1, Scheme
for the Identification of Piping Systems.
FU315 HYGIENIC CLAMP JOINTS
To lower the probability of leaks in piping that is
subject to transient temperature and pressure fluctuations, consider the use of a two-bolt clamp to increase
clamping force in lieu of a hinged clamp for those processes that require
(a) passivation
(b) clean-in-place (CIP)
(c) steam- (or sterilize-) in-place (SIP)
F345 TESTING
F345.4 Hydrostatic Leak Test
F345.4.1 Test Fluid. Consideration should be given
to susceptibility to microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC). This condition is especially prevalent in noflow, high moisture environments. Internal MIC may
386
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX G
SAFEGUARDING
G300
SCOPE
G300.2 Safeguarding by Plant Layout and Operation
Representative features of plant layout and operation
that may be evaluated and selectively utilized as safeguarding include
(a) plant layout features, such as open-air process
equipment structures; spacing and isolation of
hazardous areas; slope and drainage; buffer areas
between plant operations and populated communities;
or control over plant access
(b) protective installations, such as fire protection systems; barricades or shields; ventilation to remove corrosive or flammable vapors; instruments for remote
monitoring and control; containment and/or recovery
facilities; or facilities (e.g., incinerators) for emergency
disposal of hazardous materials
(c) operating practices, such as restricted access to
processing areas; work permit system for hazardous
work; or special training for operating, maintenance,
and emergency crews
(d) means for safe discharge of fluids released during
pressure relief device operation, blowdown, cleanout,
etc.
(e) procedures for startup, shutdown, and management of operating conditions, such as gradual pressurization or depressurization, and gradual warmup or
cooldown, to minimize the possibility of piping failure,
e.g., brittle fracture
(a) Safeguarding is the provision of protective measures to minimize the risk of accidental damage to the
piping or to minimize the harmful consequences of possible piping failure.
(b) In most instances, the safeguarding inherent in the
facility (the piping, the plant layout, and its operating
practices) is sufficient without need for additional safeguarding. In some instances, however, engineered safeguards must be provided.
(c) Appendix G outlines some considerations pertaining to the selection and utilization of safeguarding.
Where safeguarding is required by the Code, it is necessary to consider only the safeguarding that will be suitable and effective for the purposes and functions stated
in the Code or evident from the designer’s analysis of
the application.
G300.1 General Considerations
In evaluating a piping installation design to determine
what safeguarding may exist or is necessary, the following should be reviewed:
(a) the hazardous properties of the fluid, considered
under the most severe combination of temperature, pressure, and composition in the range of expected operating
conditions.
(b) the quantity of fluid that could be released by
piping failure, considered in relation to the environment,
recognizing the possible hazards ranging from large
releases of otherwise innocuous fluids to small leakages
of toxic fluids.
(c) expected conditions in the environment, evaluated
for their possible effect on the hazards caused by a possible piping failure. This includes consideration of ambient or surface temperature extremes, degree of
ventilation, proximity of fired equipment, etc.
(d) the probable extent of operating, maintenance,
and other personnel exposure, as well as reasonably
probable sources of damage to the piping from direct
or indirect causes.
(e) the probable need for grounding of static charges
to prevent ignition of flammable vapors.
(f) the safety inherent in the piping by virtue of materials of construction, methods of joining, and history of
service reliability.
G300.3 Engineered Safeguards
Engineered safeguards that may be evaluated and
selectively applied to provide added safeguarding
include
(a) means to protect piping against possible failures,
such as
(1) thermal insulation, shields, or process controls
to protect from excessively high or low temperature and
thermal shock
(2) armor, guards, barricades, or other protection
from mechanical abuse
(3) damping or stabilization of process or fluid flow
dynamics to eliminate or to minimize or protect against
destructive loads (e.g., severe vibration pulsations,
cyclic operating conditions)
(b) means to protect people and property against
harmful consequences of possible piping failure, such
as confining and safely disposing of escaped fluid by
387
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
shields for flanged joints, valve bonnets, gages, or sight
glasses; or for the entire piping system if of frangible
material; limiting the quantity or rate of fluid escaping
by automatic shutoff or excess flow valves, additional
block valves, flow-limiting orifices, or automatic shutdown of pressure source; limiting the quantity of fluid
in process at any time, where feasible
388
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX H
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR BRANCH
REINFORCEMENT
H300
INTRODUCTION (METRIC)
tc p (0.7)(6.02) p 4.21 mm, or 6 mm, whichever is less
p 4.21 mm
The following examples are intended to illustrate the
application of the rules and definitions in para. 304.3.3
for welded branch connections.
Minimum leg dimension of fillet weld
4.21/0.707 p 6.0 mm
H301
Thus, the required area
EXAMPLE 1
A1 p (2.04)(108.8)(2 − sin 90 deg) p 222 mm2
A DN 200 (NPS 8) run (header) in an oil piping system
has a DN 100 (NPS 4) branch at right angles (see
Fig. H301). Both pipes are Schedule 40 API 5L Grade A
seamless. The design conditions are 2 068 kPa at 200°C.
The fillet welds at the crotch are minimum size in accordance with para. 328.5.4. A corrosion allowance of
2.5 mm is specified. Is additional reinforcement
necessary?
The reinforcement area in run wall
A2 p (108.8)(7.16 − 2.04 − 2.5) p 285 mm2
in branch wall
A3 p (2)(6.93)(5.27 − 1.07) − 2.5 p 24 mm2
in branch welds
Solution
A 4 p (2)(1⁄2)(6.0)2 p 36 mm2
From Appendix A, S p 110 MPa for API 5L Grade A
(Table A-1); E p 1.0 for API 5L seamless (Table A-1B);
W p 1.0.
The total reinforcement area p 345 mm2. This is more
than the 222 mm2 so that no additional reinforcement
is required to sustain the internal pressure.
Th p (8.18)(0.875) p 7.16 mm
H302
Tb p (6.02)(0.875) p 5.27 mm
EXAMPLE 2
There is a DN 200 (NPS 8) branch at right angles to
a DN 300 (NPS 12) header (Fig. H301). Both run and
branch are of aluminum alloy Schedule 80 ASTM B241
6061-T6 seamless pipe. The connection is reinforced by
a ring 350 mm O.D. (measured along the run) cut from
a piece of DN 300 (NPS 12) Schedule 80 ASTM B241
6063-T6 seamless pipe and opened slightly to fit over
the run pipe. Allowable stresses for welded construction
apply in accordance with Appendix A, Note (33). The
fillet welds have the minimum dimensions permitted
in para. 328.5.4. A zero corrosion allowance is specified.
What is the maximum permissible design pressure if
the design temperature is −195°C?
L 4 p (2.5)(7.16 − 2.5) p 11.65 mm
or (2.5)(5.27 − 2.5) p 6.93 mm,
whichever is less
p 6.93 mm
d1 p 114.3 − (2)(5.27 − 2.5) /(sin 90 deg) p 108.8 mm
d2 p (5.27 − 2.5) + (7.16 − 2.5) + 109/2
p 61.9 mm
Use d1 or d2, whichever is greater.
d1 p 108.8 mm
th p
(2 068)(219.1)
p 2.04 mm
(2)(110,000)(1.0)(1.00) + (2)(0.4)(2 068)
tb p
(2 068)(114.3)
p 1.07 mm
(2)(110,000)(1.0)(1.00) + (2)(0.4)(2 068)
Solution
From Table A-1, S p 55.2 MPa for Grade 6061-T6
(welded) pipe and S p 39.3 MPa for Grade 6063-T6
(welded) pad, both at −195°C. From Table A-1B, E p
1.0 for ASTM B241; W p 1.0.
389
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. H301 Illustrations for Metric Examples in Appendix H
6.02 mm nom.
5.27 mm min.
114.3 mm
H301 Example 1
6.0 mm
4.21 mm
Reinforcement
zone
C = 2.5 mm
8.18 mm nom.
7.16 mm min.
L4 = 6.9 mm
108.8 mm
108.8 mm
108.8 mm
C = 2.5 mm
12.7 mm nom.
11.1 mm min.
C = 0.0 mm
219.1 mm
H302 Example 2
219.1 mm O.D.
350.0 mm
17.48 mm nom.
15.30 mm min.
8.5 mm
6.0 mm
17.48 mm nom.
15.30 mm min.
12.36 mm
Reinforcement
zone
L4 = 38.25 mm
197 mm
197 mm
197 mm
C = 0.0 mm
C = 2.5 mm
7.11 mm nom.
6.22 mm min.
16
8
.3
m
m
16
0
12.7 mm nom.
H303 Example 3
323.8 mm O.D.
8.74 mm
.7
mm
10 mm
Reinforcement
zone
305 mm
12.7 mm nom.
11.1 mm min.
L4 = 21.5 mm
60 deg
185.7 mm
C = 2.5 mm
185.7 mm
185.7 mm
406.4 mm O.D.
1.24 mm
6.02 mm nom.
5.27 mm min.
C = 4.03 mm
114.3 mm
H304 Example 4
2.37 mm
8.18 mm nom.
7.16 mm min.
C = 4.79 mm
160 mm
8.18 mm nom.
7.16 mm min.
Reinforcement
zone
4.21 mm
L4 = 5.9 mm
112 mm
112 mm
112 mm
390
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
219.1 mm O.D.
4.09 mm
ASME B31.3-2014
Leg dimensions of welds to the branch
in fillet welds
A 4 p (2)(1⁄2)(8.5)2 + (2)(1⁄2)(12.36)2 p 225 mm2
tc p lesser of 0.7T b or 6 mm
p 6 mm
The total reinforcement area p 5 514 − 80 550q.
At the maximum permissible normal operating pressure, the required area and the reinforcement area are
equal; thus
6
12.7
or
p 8.5 mm
0.707
0.707
and to the reinforcing pad
63 789q p 5 514 − 80 550q
(0.5)(17.48)
0.5T r
p
p 12.36 mm
0.707
0.707
144 339q p 5 514
Th p (17.48)(0.875) p 15.3 mm
q p 0.0382
But also
Tb p (12.7)(0.875) p 11.1 mm
qp
Tt p (17.48)(0.875) p 15.3 mm
Thus
L 4 p (2.5)(15.3 − 0.0) p 38.25 mm
P p (0.0382)(110 400 + 0.8P) p 4 217 + 0.03P
[This is smaller than (2.5)(11.1 − 0) + 15.3 p 43.05 mm]
0.97P p 4 217
d1 p 219.1 − (2)(11.1 − 0) p 197 mm
d2 p d1 because it is greater than Tb + Tc + d1/2
th p
P p 4 347 kPa
323.8P
(2)(55 200)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)P
H303
EXAMPLE 3
A DN 150 (NPS 6) Schedule 40 branch has its axis at
a 60 deg angle to the axis of a DN 400 (NPS 16)
Schedule 40 run (header) in an oil piping system
(Fig. H301). Both pipes are API 5L Grade A seamless.
The connection is reinforced with a ring 305 mm O.D.
(measured along the run) made from 12.7 mm
ASTM A285 Grade C plate. All fillet welds are equivalent
to 45 deg fillet welds with 10 mm legs. Corrosion allowance p 2.5 mm. The design pressure is 3 450 kPa at
370°C. Is the design adequate for the internal pressure?
219.1P
tb p
(2)(55 200)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)P
Using the symbol
qp
P
(110 400 + 0.8P)
P
110,400 + 0.8P
we can briefly write
th p 323.8q and tb p 219.1q
Solution
The required area
From Appendix A, S p 99.3 MPa for API 5L Grade A
and ASTM A285 Grade C (Table A-1); E p 1.0 for API 5L
seamless pipe (Table A-1B); W p 1.0.
A1 p 197th p 63 789q
The reinforcement area in the run wall
Th p (12.7)(0.875) p 11.1 mm
A2 p (197)(15.3 − 323.8q − 0)
Tb p (7.11)(0.875) p 6.22 mm
p 3 014 − 63 789q
Tr p 12.7 mm
in branch wall
L4 p lesser of (2.5)(6.22 − 2.5) + 12.7 p 22 mm
or (2.5)(11.1 − 2.5) p 21.5 mm
p 21.5 mm
A3 p (2)(38.25)(11.1 − 219.1q − 0)
p 849 − 16 761q
th p
(3 450)(406.4)
p 6.96 mm
(2)(99 300)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(3 450)
tb p
(3 450)(168.3)
p 2.88 mm
(2)(99 300)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(3 450)
in reinforcing ring
A 4 p (15.3)(350 − 219.1)(39 300/55 200)p 1 426 mm2
391
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
d1 p d2 p
Required reinforcement area
160.9
168.3 − (2)(6.22 − 2.5)
p
p 185.7 mm
sin 60 deg
0.866
A1 p (2.37)(112) p 265 mm2
The required area
Try fillet welds only
A1 p (6.96)(185.7)(2 − 0.866) p 1 466 mm2
L 4 p (2.5)(2.37) p 5.9 mm
The reinforcement in the run wall
or (2.5)(1.24) p 3.1 mm
A2 p (185.7)(11.1 − 6.96 − 2.5) p 305 mm2
Use 3.1 mm.
Due to limitation in the height at the reinforcement
zone, no practical fillet weld size will supply enough
reinforcement area; therefore, the connection must be
further reinforced. Try a 160 mm O.D. reinforcing ring
(measured along the run). Assume the ring to be cut
from a piece of DN 200 (NPS 8) Schedule 40 API 5L
Grade A seamless pipe and welded to the connection
with minimum size fillet welds.
Minimum ring thickness
in branch wall
A3 p (2)
0.866(6.22 − 2.88 − 2.5 p 41.7 mm
21.5
2
in ring
A 4 p (12.7) 305 −
168.3
p 1 405 mm2
0.866
in fillet welds
Tr p (8.18)(0.875) p 7.16 mm
A 4 p (4)(1⁄2)(10)2 p 200 mm2
New L 4 p (2.5)(1.24) + 7.16 p 10.3 mm
The total reinforcement is
or (2.5)(2.37) p 5.9 mm
200 + 1 405 + 41.7 + 305 p 1 952 mm2
Use 5.9 mm.
Reinforcement area in the ring (considering only the
thickness within L 4)
This total is greater than the 1 466 mm2, so that no
additional reinforcement is required.
H304
X1 p (5.9)(160 − 114.3) p 270 mm2
EXAMPLE 4
Leg dimension of weld p
A DN 200 (NPS 8) run (header) in an oil piping system
has a DN 100 (NPS 4) branch at right angles (Fig. H301).
Both pipes are Schedule 40 API 5L Grade A seamless.
The design conditions are 2 400 kPa at 205°C. It is
assumed that the piping system is to remain in service
until all metal thickness, in both branch and run, in
excess of that required by eq. (3a) of para. 304.1.2 has
corroded away so that area A 2 as defined in para.
304.3.3(c)(1) is zero. What reinforcement is required for
this connection?
Reinforcement area in fillet welds
X2 p (2)(1⁄2)(5.8)2 p 34 mm2
Total reinforcement area
A 4 p X1 + X2 p 304 mm2
This total reinforcement area is greater than the
required area; therefore, a reinforcing ring 160 mm O.D.,
cut from a piece of DN 200 (NPS 8) Schedule 40 API 5L
Grade A seamless pipe and welded to the connection
with minimum size fillet welds would provide adequate
reinforcement for this connection.
Solution
From Appendix A, S p 110 MPa for API 5L Grade A
(Table A-1); E p 1.0 for API 5L seamless (Table A-1B);
W p 1.0.
H305
(2 400)(219.1)
th p
p 2.37 mm
(2)(110 000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(2 400)
tb p
(0.5)(8.18)
p 5.8 mm
0.707
EXAMPLE 5 (Not Illustrated)
A DN 40 (NPS 11⁄2) Class 3000 forged steel socket
welding coupling has been welded at right angles to a
DN 200 (NPS 8) Schedule 40 run (header) in oil service,
using a weld conforming to sketch (1) of Fig. 328.5.4D.
The run is ASTM A53 Grade B seamless pipe. The design
pressure is 2 760 kPa and the design temperature is
(2 400)(114.3)
p 1.24 mm
(2)(110 000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(2 400)
d1 p 114.3 − (2)(1.24) p 112 mm
392
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Use d1 or d2, whichever is greater.
230°C. The corrosion allowance is 2.5 mm. Is additional
reinforcement required?
d1 p 4.286 in.
Solution
No. According to para. 304.3.2(b), the design is adequate to sustain the internal pressure and no calculations
are necessary. It is presumed, of course, that calculations
have shown the run pipe to be satisfactory for the service
conditions according to eqs. (2) and (3).
th p
(300)(8.625)
p 0.080 in.
(2)(16,000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(300)
tb p
(300)(4.500)
p 0.042 in.
(2)(16,000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(300)
tc p (0.7)(0.237) p 0.166 in., or 0.25, whichever is less
p 0.166 in.
Minimum leg dimension of fillet weld
0.166/0.707 p 0.235 in.
H310
INTRODUCTION (U.S. CUSTOMARY)
Thus, the required area
The following examples are intended to illustrate the
application of the rules and definitions in para. 304.3.3
for welded branch connections.
A1 p (0.080)(4.286)(2 − sin 90 deg) p 0.343 sq in.
The reinforcement area in run wall
A2 p (4.286)(0.282 − 0.08 − 0.10) p 0.437 sq in.
H311
EXAMPLE 1
in branch wall
A3 p (2)(0.268) (0.207 − 0.042) − 0.10 p 0.035 sq in.
An NPS 8 run (header) in an oil piping system has
an NPS 4 branch at right angles (see Fig. H311). Both
pipes are Schedule 40 API 5L Grade A seamless. The
design conditions are 300 psig at 400°F. The fillet welds
at the crotch are minimum size in accordance with
para. 328.5.4. A corrosion allowance of 0.10 in. is specified. Is additional reinforcement necessary?
in branch welds
A 4 p (2)(1⁄2)(0.235)2 p 0.055 sq in.
The total reinforcement area p 0.527 sq in. This is
more than 0.343 sq in. so that no additional reinforcement is required to sustain the internal pressure.
Solution
H312
EXAMPLE 2
There is an NPS 8 branch at right angles to an NPS 12
header (Fig. H311). Both run and branch are of aluminum alloy Schedule 80 ASTM B241 6061-T6 seamless
pipe. The connection is reinforced by a ring 14 in. O.D.
(measured along the run) cut from a piece of NPS 12
Schedule 80 ASTM B241 6063-T6 seamless pipe and
opened slightly to fit over the run pipe. Allowable
stresses for welded construction apply in accordance
with Appendix A, Note (33). The fillet welds have the
minimum dimensions permitted in para. 328.5.4. A zero
corrosion allowance is specified. What is the maximum
permissible design pressure if the design temperature
is −320°F?
From Appendix A, S p 16.0 ksi for API 5L Grade A
(Table A-1); E p 1.0 for API 5L seamless (Table A-1B);
W p 1.0.
Th p (0.322)(0.875) p 0.282 in.
Tb p (0.237)(0.875) p 0.207 in.
L 4 p (2.5)(0.282 − 0.1) p 0.455 in.
or (2.5)(0.207 − 0.1) + 0 p 0.268 in.,
whichever is less
p 0.268 in.
Solution
d1 p 4.5 − (2)(0.207 − 0.1) /sin 90 deg p 4.286 in.
From Table A-1, S p 8.0 ksi for Grade 6061-T6
(welded) pipe and S p 5.7 ksi for Grade 6063-T6
(welded) pad, both at −320°F. From Table A-1B, E p 1.0
for ASTM B241; W p 1.0.
d2 p (0.207 − 0.1) + (0.282 − 0.1) + 4.286/2
p 2.432 in.
393
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. H311 Illustrations for U.S. Customary Examples in Appendix H
0.237 in. nom.
0.207 in. min.
4.5 in.
H311 Example 1
0.235 in.
0.166 in.
Reinforcement
zone
C = 0.10 in.
0.322 in. nom.
0.282 in. min.
L4 = 0.268 in.
4.286 in.
4.286 in.
4.286 in.
C = 0.10 in.
0.500 in. nom.
0.438 in. min.
C = 0.00 in.
8.625 in.
H312 Example 2
8.625 in. O.D.
14 in.
0.687 in. nom.
0.601 in. min.
0.354 in.
0.250 in.
0.687 in. nom.
0.601 in. min.
0.486 in.
Reinforcement
zone
L4 = 1.503 in.
7.749 in.
7.749 in.
7.749 in.
C = 0.00 in.
C = 0.10 in.
6.6
2
0.280 in. nom.
0.245 in. min.
5i
n.
6.3
3
0.500 in. nom.
H313 Example 3
12.75 in. O.D.
0.344 in.
5i
n.
0.353 in.
Reinforcement
zone
12 in.
0.500 in. nom.
0.438 in. min.
L4 = 0.845 in.
60 deg
7.315 in.
C = 0.10 in.
7.315 in.
7.315 in.
16 in. O.D.
0.0488 in.
0.237 in. nom.
0.207 in. min.
C = 0.150 in.
4.500 in.
H314 Example 4
0.322 in. nom.
0.0935 in. 0.282 in. min.
C = 0.189 in.
6¼ in.
0.322 in. nom.
0.282 in. min.
Reinforcement
zone
0.166 in.
L4 = 0.234 in.
4.387 in.
4.387 in.
4.387 in.
394
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
8.625 in. O.D.
0.161 in.
ASME B31.3-2014
Leg dimensions of welds
in fillet welds
tc
0.250
p
p 0.354 in.
0.707
0.707
A 4 p (2)(1⁄2)(0.354)2 + (2)(1⁄2)(0.486)2 p 0.362
The total reinforcement area p 8.638 − 124.73q.
At the maximum permissible normal operating pressure, the required area and the reinforcement area are
equal; thus
(0.5)(0.687)
p 0.486 in.
0.707
Th p (0.687)(0.875) p 0.601 in.
98.80q p 8.638 − 124.73q
Tb p (0.500)(0.875) p 0.438 in.
223.53q p 8.638
Tr p (0.687)(0.875) p 0.601 in.
q p 0.0386
L 4 p (2.5)(0.601 − 0.00) p 1.503 in.
But also
[This is smaller than (2.5)(0.438 − 0.00) + 0.601 p
1.696 in.]
qp
d2 p d1 p 8.625 − (2)(0.438 − 0.00) p 7.749 in.
th p
12.75P
(2)(8,000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(P)
tb p
8.625P
(2)(8,000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(P)
P
16,000 + 0.8P
Thus
P p (0.0386)(16,000 + 0.8P) p 618.3 + 0.0309P
0.961P p 618.3
P p 643.1 psig
Using the symbol
which is the maximum permissible design pressure.
qp
P
16,000 + 0.8P
H313
we can briefly write
EXAMPLE 3
An NPS 6 Schedule 40 branch has its axis at a 60 deg
angle to the axis of an NPS 16 Schedule 40 run (header)
in an oil piping system (Fig. H311). Both pipes are API 5L
Grade A seamless. The connection is reinforced with a
ring 12 in. O.D. (measured along the run) made from
1
⁄2 in. ASTM A285 Grade C plate. All fillet welds are
equivalent to 45 deg fillet welds with 3⁄8 in. legs. Corrosion allowance p 0.10 in. The design pressure is 500 psig
at 700°F. Is the design adequate for the internal pressure?
th p 12.75q and tb p 8.625q
The required area
A1 p 7.749th p 98.80q
The reinforcement area in run wall
A2 p (7.749)(0.601 − 12.75q − 0.00)
Solution
p 4.657 − 98.80q
From Appendix A, S p 14.4 ksi for API 5L Grade A
and ASTM A285 Grade C (Table A-1); E p 1.0 for API 5L
seamless pipe (Table A-1B); W p 1.0.
in branch wall
Th p (0.500)(0.875) p 0.438 in.
A3 p (2)(1.503)(0.438 − 8.625q − 0.00)
Tb p (0.280)(0.875) p 0.245 in.
p 1.317 − 25.93q
in ring
Tr p 0.500 in.
A 4 p (0.601)(14 − 8.625)(5,700⁄8,000) p 2.302
L 4 p (2.5)(0.245 − 0.10) + 0.500 p 0.8625
395
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
This is greater than 2.5(0.438 − 0.10) p 0.845 in.
th p
d1 p 4.500 − (2)(0.0488) p 4.402 in.
(500)(16)
p 0.274 in.
(2)(14,400)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(500)
Required reinforcement area
A1 p (0.0935)(4.402) p 0.412 sq in.
(500)(6.625)
p 0.113 in.
tb p
(2)(14,400)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(500)
d2 p d1 p
Try fillet welds only
6.625 − (2)(0.245 − 0.10) 6.335
p
p 7.315 in.
sin 60 deg
0.866
L 4 p (2.5)(0.0935) p 0.234 in.
or (2.5)(0.0488) p 0.122 in.
The required area
Use 0.122 in.
Due to limitation in the height at the reinforcement
zone, no practical fillet weld size will supply enough
reinforcement area; therefore, the connection must be
further reinforced. Try a 61⁄4 in. O.D. reinforcing ring
(measured along the run). Assume the ring to be cut
from a piece of NPS 8 Schedule 40 API 5L Grade A
seamless pipe and welded to the connection with minimum size fillet welds.
Minimum ring thickness
A1 p (0.274)(7.315)(2 − 0.866) p 2.27 sq in.
The reinforcement in the run wall
A2 p (7.315)(0.438 − 0.274 − 0.10) p 0.468 sq in.
in branch wall
A3 p (2)
0.866 0.245 − 0.113 − 0.10 p 0.062 sq in.
0.845
Tr p (0.322)(0.875) p 0.282 in.
in ring
A 4 p (0.500) 12 −
6.625
p 2.175 sq in.
0.866
New L 4 p (2.5)(0.0488) + 0.282 p 0.404 in.
or (2.5)(0.0935) p 0.234 in.
in fillet welds
A 4 p (4)(1⁄2)(3⁄8)2 p 0.281 sq in.
Use 0.234 in.
Reinforcement area in the ring (considering only the
thickness within L 4)
The total reinforcement p 2.986 sq in. This total is
greater than 2.27 sq in., so that no additional reinforcement is required.
X1 p (0.234)(6.25 − 4.5 p 0.410 sq in.
Leg dimension of weld p
H314
EXAMPLE 4
Reinforcement area in fillet welds
An NPS 8 run (header) in an oil piping system has
an NPS 4 branch at right angles (Fig. H311). Both pipes
are Schedule 40 API 5L Grade A seamless. The design
conditions are 350 psig at 400°F. It is assumed that the
piping system is to remain in service until all metal
thickness, in both branch and run, in excess of that
required by eq. (3a) of para. 304.1.2 has corroded away
so that area A2 as defined in para. 304.3.3(c)(1) is zero.
What reinforcement is required for this connection?
X2 p (2)(1⁄2)(0.228)2 p 0.052 sq in.
Total reinforcement area
A 4 p X1 + X2 p 0.462 sq in.
This total reinforcement area is greater than the
required area; therefore, a reinforcing ring 61⁄4 in. O.D.,
cut from a piece of NPS 8 Schedule 40 API 5L Grade A
seamless pipe and welded to the connection with minimum size fillet welds would provide adequate reinforcement for this connection.
Solution
From Appendix A, S p 16.0 ksi for API 5L Grade A
(Table A-1); E p 1.0 for API 5L seamless (Table A-1B);
W p 1.0.
th p
(350)(8.625)
p 0.0935 in.
(2)(16,000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(350)
tb p
(350)(4.500)
p 0.0488 in.
(2)(16,000)(1.0)(1.0) + (2)(0.4)(350)
(0.5)(0.322)
p 0.228 in.
0.707
H315
EXAMPLE 5 (Not Illustrated)
An NPS 11⁄2 Class 3000 forged steel socket welding
coupling has been welded at right angles to an NPS 8
Schedule 40 run (header) in oil service, using a weld
conforming to sketch (1) of Fig. 328.5.4D. The run is
ASTM A53 Grade B seamless pipe. The design pressure
396
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
is 400 psi and the design temperature is 450°F. The corrosion allowance is 0.10 in. Is additional reinforcement
required?
Solution
No. According to para. 304.3.2(b), the design is adequate to sustain the internal pressure and no calculations
are necessary. It is presumed, of course, that calculations
have shown the run pipe to be satisfactory for the service
conditions according to eqs. (2) and (3).
397
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
APPENDIX J
NOMENCLATURE
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
A
Factor for determining minimum value of R1
...
...
304.2.3
...
(5)
Af
Conveyed fluid cross-sectional area
considering nominal pipe thickness less
allowances
mm2
in.2
320.2
S300.1
...
(23d)
Ap
Pipe cross-sectional area considering nominal
pipe thickness less allowances
mm2
in.2
320.2
S300.1
...
(23d)
Ap
Cross-sectional area of pipe
mm2
in.2
319.4.4
...
(17)
A1
Area required for branch reinforcement
mm2
in.2
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
(6) (6a) (9)
(9a)
A2
Area available for branch reinforcement in run
pipe
mm2
in.2
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
(6a) (7) (9a)
(10)
A3
Area available for branch reinforcement in
branch pipe
mm2
in.2
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
(6a) (8) (9a)
(11)
A4
Area available for branch reinforcement in
pad or connection
mm2
in.2
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
(6a) (9a) (12)
C
Cold spring factor
...
...
319.5.1
...
(21) (22)
C
Material constant used in computing
Larson-Miller parameter
...
...
V303.1.3
V303.1.4
...
(V2)
(V3)
Cx
Size of fillet weld, socket welds other than
flanges
mm
in.
...
328.5.2C
D300
...
C1
Estimated self-spring or relaxation factor
...
...
319.5.1
...
(22)
398
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
c
Sum of mechanical allowances (thread or
groove depth) plus corrosion and erosion
allowances
mm
in.
302.3.5
302.4
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.2.3
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.4.1
304.5.2
304.5.3
A304.1.1
H300
K302.3.5
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
K304.5.2
K304.5.3
K304.8.3
S300
S301.2
304.3.3
304.3.4
328.5.5
H301
(2) (3b) (4a)
(4b) (4c) (5)
(7) (8) (10)
(11) (12)
(13) (14)
(15) (25)
(33) (36)
(37)
ci
Sum of internal allowances
mm
in.
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
...
(34b) (34d)
(35a) (35b)
(35c) (35d)
co
Sum of external allowances
mm
in.
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
...
(34a) (34c)
(35a) (35b)
(35c) (35d)
c1
Correction factor
...
...
...
D300
...
D
Outside diameter of pipe as listed in tables of
standards and specifications or as
measured
mm
in.
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.1.3
304.2.3
319.4.1
A304.1.1
A304.1.2
A328.2.5
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
K304.1.3
K304.8.3
S301.2
304.1.1
304.2.3
D300
K305.1.2
(3a) (3b) (3c)
(3d) (3e) (5)
(16) (26a)
(26b) (26c)
(27) (34a)
(34c) (35a)
(35c) (37)
Db
Outside diameter of branch pipe
mm
in.
304.3.1
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.3.3
304.3.4
D300
...
Dh
Outside diameter of header pipe
mm
in.
304.3.1
304.3.3
304.3.4
304.3.3
304.3.4
...
d
Inside diameter of pipe (note differences in
definition between paras. 304.1.1 and
K304.1.1)
mm
in.
304.1.1
304.1.2
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
S302.6.1
D300
K305.1.2
(3b) (34b)
(34d) (35b)
(35d)
d
Pipe inside diameter considering nominal
pipe thickness less allowances
mm
in.
320.2
...
(23d)
399
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
db
Inside diameter of branch pipe
mm
in.
...
304.3.4
...
dg
Inside or pitch diameter of gasket
mm
in.
304.5.3
304.5.3
(15)
dh
Inside diameter of header pipe
mm
in.
...
304.3.4
...
dx
Design inside diameter of extruded outlet
mm
in.
304.3.4
304.3.4
(9) (10)
d1
Effective length removed from pipe at branch
mm
in.
304.3.3
H300
304.3.3
(6) (7)
d2
Half-width of reinforcement zone
mm
in.
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
304.3.3
304.3.4
(7) (10)
E
Quality factor
...
...
302.3.1
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.2.3
304.3.3
304.4.1
304.5.1
304.5.2
304.5.3
305.2.3
K304.5.3
S301.1
S301.2
S303.1
H300
(3a) (3b) (3c)
(4a) (4b)
(4c) (15)
E
Modulus of elasticity (at specified condition)
MPa
ksi
A319.3.2
X302.2.3
App. C
D300
(X3)
Ea
Reference modulus of elasticity at 21°C
(70°F)
MPa
ksi
319.3.2
319.4.1
319.4.4
319.5
319.5.1
...
(21) (22)
Ec
Casting quality factor
...
...
302.3.1
302.3.3
302.3.6
305.2.3
306.1.4
K302.3.3
K306.1.1
302.3.3C
Table A-1A
...
Ej
Joint quality factor
...
...
302.3.1
302.3.4
305.2.3
306.1.4
321.1.3
341.4.1
341.5.1
K302.3.4
K305.1.1
K306.1.1
X302.2.2
302.3.4
Table A-1B
...
400
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
Ej
Modulus of elasticity for the condition being
considered; the as-installed and operating
conditions are subscripted as j p 1, 2, 3,
...
MPa
ksi
...
D300
...
Em
Modulus of elasticity at maximum or
minimum temperature
MPa
ksi
319.3.2
319.5.1
...
(21) (22)
Et
Modulus of elasticity at test temperature
MPa
ksi
X302.2.3
...
(X3)
F
Service (design) factor
...
...
A302.3.2
A304.1.1
A304.1.2
...
(26c)
Fa
Axial force range between any two conditions
being evaluated
N
lbf
319.4.4
...
(17)
Fa
Sustained longitudinal force
N
lb
320.2
...
(23d)
f
Stress range factor
...
...
302.3.5
S301.1
...
(1a) (1b) (1c)
fm
Maximum value of stress range factor
...
...
302.3.5
...
(1c)
g
Root gap for welding
mm
in.
K328.4.3
328.4.4
K328.5.4
...
h
Flexibility characteristic
...
...
...
D300
...
hx
Height of extruded outlet
mm
in.
304.3.4
304.3.4
...
Ia
Sustained longitudinal index
...
...
320.2
...
(23d)
Ii
Sustained in-plane index
...
...
320.2
...
(23b)
Io
Sustained out-plane index
...
...
320.2
...
(23b)
It
Sustained torsional index
...
...
320.2
...
(23c)
i
Stress intensification factor
...
...
319.3.6
D300
...
ia
Axial force stress intensification factor
...
...
319.4.4
...
(17)
ii
In-plane stress intensification factor
...
...
319.4.4
320.2
S301.3
S301.6
S301.7
D300
(18) (19) (20)
(23b)
io
Out-plane stress intensification factor
...
...
319.4.4
320.2
D300
(18) (19) (20)
(23b)
it
Torsional stress intensification factor
...
...
319.4.4
...
(17)
K
Factor determined by ratio of branch diameter
to run diameter
...
...
304.3.4
304.3.4
(9)
Ks
Factor for statistical variation in test results
(see para. X3.1.3)
...
...
X302.1.3
...
(X2)
K1
Constant in empirical flexibility equation
...
...
319.4.1
...
(16)
401
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
k
Flexibility factor
...
...
319.3.6
D300
...
L
Developed length of piping between anchors
m
ft
304.1.3
319.4.1
K304.2.4
...
(16)
L4
Height of reinforcement zone outside run
pipe
mm
in.
304.3.3
H300
304.3.3
H301
(8)
L5
Height of reinforcement zone for extruded
outlet
mm
in.
304.3.4
304.3.4
(11)
LMP
Larson-Miller parameter, used to estimate
design life
...
...
V303.1.3
V303.1.4
...
(V2) (V3)
M
Length of full thickness pipe adjacent to miter
bend
mm
in.
304.2.3
304.2.3
...
Mi
In-plane moment range between any two
conditions being evaluated
N-mm
in.-lbf
319.4.4
319.4.4A
319.4.4B
(18) (19) (20)
Mi
In-plane bending moment for the sustained
condition being evaluated
N-mm
in.-lbf
320.2
...
(23b)
Mo
Out-plane moment range between any two
conditions being evaluated
N-mm
in.-lbf
319.4.4
319.4.4A
319.4.4B
(18) (19) (20)
Mo
Out-plane bending moment for the sustained
condition being evaluated
N-mm
in.-lbf
320.2
...
(23b)
Mt
Sustained torsional moment
N-mm
in.-lbf
320.2
...
(23c)
Mt
Torsional moment range between any two
conditions being evaluated
N-mm
in.-lbf
319.4.4
319.4.4A
319.4.4B
...
m
Misfit of branch pipe
mm
in.
328.4.3
K328.4.3
328.4.4
K328.5.4
...
N
Equivalent number of full displacement cycles
...
...
300.2
302.3.5
319.4.5
302.3.5
(1c) (1d)
Nc
Number of design cycles
...
...
...
X302.1.3
...
Nct
Number of cycles to failure in bellows fatigue
test
...
...
X302.1.3
...
...
NE
Number of cycles of maximum computed
displacement stress range
...
...
302.3.5
...
(1d)
Ni
Number of cycles associated with displacement stress range, Si (i p 1, 2, . . .)
...
...
302.3.5
...
(1d)
Nt
Number of fatigue tests performed to develop
the material factor, Xm
...
...
X302.1.3
...
(X2)
402
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
P
Design gage pressure
kPa
psi
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.2.1
304.4.1
304.5.1
304.5.2
304.5.3
345.4.2
A304.1.1
A304.1.2
A304.5.1
H300
K304.1.2
K304.7.2
K304.8.3
K345.4.2
S301.2
D300
(3a) (3b) (3c)
(15) (24)
(26a) (26b)
(26c) (34a)
(34b) (34c)
(34d) (35a)
(35b) (35c)
(35d) (37)
(38)
Pa2
See BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1,
UG-28
...
...
304.1.3
...
...
Pi
Gage pressure during service condition i
kPa
psi
V303.1.1
...
(V1)
Pj
Piping internal gage pressure for the condition being considered; the as-installed and
operating conditions are subscripted as jp
1, 2, 3, . . .
kPa
psi
320.2
S300.1
S301
S302
S303
D300
S301.1
S301.3.1
S302.1
S302.6.2.1
(23d) D300,
Note (7)
Pm
Maximum allowable internal pressure for
miter bends
kPa
psi
304.2.3
...
(4a) (4b) (4c)
Pmax
Maximum allowable gage pressure for continuous operation of component at maximum
design temperature
kPa
psi
V303.1.1
...
(V1)
PS
Limiting design pressure based on column
instability, for convoluted U-shaped bellows
kPa
psi
X302.2.3
...
(X3)
PT
Minimum test gage pressure
kPa
psi
345.4.2
A382.2.5
K345.4.2
X302.2.3
...
(24) (27) (38)
(X3)
R
Range of reaction forces or moments in flexibility analysis
N or N-mm
lbf or in.-lbf
319.5
319.5.1
...
(21)
Ra
Estimated instantaneous reaction force or
moment at installation temperature
N or N-mm
lbf or in.-lbf
319.5.1
...
...
Ra
Roughness average
m
in.
K302.3.3
302.3.3C
341.3.2
K341.3.2
...
Rm
Estimated instantaneous maximum reaction
force or moment at maximum or minimum
metal temperature
N or N-mm
lbf or in.-lbf
319.5.1
...
(21)
Rmin
Minimum ratio of stress ranges (see para.
X3.1.3 for further details)
...
...
X302.1.3
...
(X1) (X2)
403
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
RT
Ratio of the average temperature dependent
trend curve value of tensile strength to the
room temperature tensile strength
...
...
302.3.2(d)(7)
...
...
RY
Ratio of the average temperature dependent
trend curve value of yield strength to the
room temperature yield strength
...
...
302.3.2(d)(7)
K302.3.2
...
(31)
R1
Effective radius of miter bend
mm
in.
304.2.3
304.2.3
(4b) (5)
R1
Bend radius of welding elbow or pipe bend
mm
in.
304.2.1
304.2.1
D300
(3d) (3e)
ri
Ratio of lesser computed displacement stress
range, Si , to maximum computed stress
range, SE (i p 1, 2, . . .)
...
...
302.3.5
...
(1d)
rx
External contour radius of extruded outlet
mm
in.
304.3.4
304.3.4
D300
(12)
r2
Mean radius of pipe using nominal wall
thickness, T
mm
in.
304.2.3
319.4.4
304.2.3
D300
(4a) (4b) (4c)
S
Basic allowable stress for metals
MPa
ksi
300.2
302.3.1
302.3.5
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.1.3
304.2.1
304.2.3
304.3.3
304.4.1
304.5.1
304.5.2
304.5.3
304.7.2
319.3.4
345.4.2
H300
S301.2
323.2.2B
A-1
(3a) (3b) (3c)
(4a) (4b) (4c)
(15) (24)
S
Bolt design stress
MPa
ksi
300.2
302.3.1
A-2
...
S
Design stress for nonmetals
...
...
A302.3.1
A304.1.1
A304.1.2
A304.5.1
A304.5.2
B-1
(26a) (26b)
(26c)
S
Allowable stress for metals
MPa
ksi
K304.1.2
K304.5.3
K345.4.2
K-1
(34a) (34b)
(34c) (34d)
(35a) (35b)
(35c) (35d)
(38)
S
Stress intensity
MPa
ksi
K304.8.3
...
(37)
404
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
SA
Allowable displacement stress range
MPa
ksi
300.2
302.3.5
319.2.3
319.3.4
319.4.1
319.4.4
319.4.5
K302.3.5
P319.4.5
S301.7
S303.8
S301.7
S303.7.1
S303.7.2
S303.7.3
(1a) (1b) (32)
Sa
Bolt design stress at atmospheric temperature
MPa
ksi
304.5.1
A304.5.1
...
...
Sa
Axial stress range due to displacement strains
MPa
ksi
319.4.4
...
(17)
Sa
Stress due to sustained longitudinal force
MPa
ksi
320.2
...
(23a) (23d)
Sb
Bolt design stress at design temperature
MPa
ksi
304.5.1
A304.5.1
...
...
Sb
Bending stress range due to displacement
strains
MPa
ksi
319.4.4
...
(17) (18) (19)
(20)
Sb
Stress due to sustained bending moments
MPa
ksi
320.2
...
(23a) (23b)
Sc
Basic allowable stress at minimum metal temperature expected during the displacement
cycle under analysis
MPa
ksi
302.3.5
K302.3.5
P302.3.5
S301.7
...
(1a) (1b) (32)
(P1a)
Sd
Allowable stress from Table A-1 for the material at design temperature
MPa
ksi
V303.1.1
V304
...
(V1)
SE
Computed displacement stress range
MPa
ksi
300.2
302.3.5
319.2.3
319.4.4
319.4.5
319.5.1
K302.3.5
S301.7
S303.7
S301.7
S303.7.1
S303.7.2
S303.7.3
(17) (22)
Sf
Allowable stress for flange material or pipe
MPa
ksi
304.5.1
304.5.2
A304.5.1
...
...
SH
Mean long-term hydrostatic strength (LTHS)
kPa
psi
A328.2.5
...
(27)
Sh
Basic allowable stress at maximum metal
temperature expected during the
displacement cycle under analysis
MPa
ksi
302.3.5
319.5.1
K302.3.5
S301.6
S301.7
S301.6
(1a) (1b) (23)
(32)
Si
A computed displacement stress range
smaller than SE (i p 1, 2, . . .)
MPa
ksi
302.3.5
...
(1d)
405
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
Si
Equivalent stress during service condition, i
(the higher of Spi and SL )
MPa
ksi
V303.1.1
V303.1.2
V304
...
...
SL
Stress due to sustained loads
MPa
ksi
302.3.5
302.3.6
320
K302.3.5
K302.3.6
S301.3
S301.6
S302.6.1
S302.6.3
S303.6
V303.1.1
V304
S301.6
S302.6.3.1
(1b) (23a)
Spi
Equivalent stress for pressure during service
condition, i
MPa
ksi
V303.1.1
V304
...
(V1)
SS
Mean short-term burst stress
kPa
psi
A328.2.5
...
(27)
ST
Specified minimum tensile strength at room
temperature
MPa
ksi
302.3.2
...
...
ST
Allowable stress at test temperature
MPa
ksi
345.4.2
K345.4.2
...
(24) (38)
St
Torsional stress range due to displacement
strains
MPa
ksi
319.4.4
...
(17)
St
Stress due to sustained torsional moment
MPa
ksi
320.2
...
(23a) (23c)
St
Total stress range for design fatigue curves
applying to austenitic stainless steel expansion joints
...
psi
X302.1.3
X302.1.3
...
SY
Specified minimum yield strength at room
temperature
MPa
ksi
302.3.2
K302.3.2
K328.2.1
...
(31)
Sy
Yield strength (BPV Code)
MPa
ksi
302.2.4
K304.7.2
...
...
SyT
Yield strength at test temperature
MPa
ksi
X302.2.3
...
...
Syt
Yield strength at temperature
MPa
ksi
K302.3.2
K302.3.6
K304.7.2
K345.2.1
...
(31)
Syt
Yield strength at bellows design temperature
MPa
ksi
X302.2.3
...
...
s
Miter spacing at pipe centerline
mm
in.
...
D300
...
406
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
T
Pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in
accordance with purchase specification)
mm
in.
304.1.1
304.2.3
306.4.2
A304.1.1
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
K304.8.3
S301.2
302.3.3D
304.2.3
323.3.1
K323.3.1
(4a) (4b) (4c)
(35a) (35b)
(35c) (35d)
(37)
Tb
Branch pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in accordance with purchase
specification)
mm
in.
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
304.3.3
304.3.4
(8) (11) (12)
Tc
Crotch thickness of branch connections
mm
in.
...
D300
...
Tcr
Critical temperature
°C
°F
300.2
302.3.5
...
TE
Effective temperature for service condition, i
(temperature corresponding to Si ,
Table A-1)
°C
°F
V303.1.2
V303.1.3
...
(V2)
Th
Header pipe wall thickness (measured or minimum in accordance with purchase
specification)
mm
in.
304.3.1
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
304.3.3
304.3.4
(7) (10)
Ti
Temperature of the component for the coincident operating pressure–temperature condition, i, under consideration
°C
°F
V303.1.4
...
(V3)
Tj
Pipe metal temperature for the condition
being considered; the as-installed and
operating conditions are subscripted as
j p 1, 2, 3, . . .
°C
°F
S300.1
S301
S302
S303
D300
S301.1
S301.3.1
S302.1
D300, Note (7)
Tr
Minimum thickness of reinforcing ring or saddle made from pipe (nominal thickness if
made from plate)
mm
in.
304.3.3
H300
304.3.3
...
Ts
Effective branch wall thickness
mm
in.
319.4.4
...
...
Tx
Corroded finished thickness of extruded
outlet
mm
in.
304.3.4
304.3.4
(12)
T2
Minimum thickness of fabricated lap
mm
in.
...
328.5.5
...
T
Nominal wall thickness of pipe
mm
in.
302.3.5
304.2.3
A328.2.5
S301.2
323.2.2A
328.5.2B
328.5.5
K302.3.3D
D300
(27)
Tb
Nominal branch pipe wall thickness
mm
in.
319.4.4
328.5.4
331.1.3
304.3.3
328.5.4D
...
Th
Nominal header pipe wall thickness
mm
in.
319.4.4
328.5.4
331.1.3
304.3.3
328.5.4D
...
407
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
Tm
Nominal thickness of branch weld for integrally reinforced branch connection fittings
[see para. 328.5.4(c) for further details]
mm
in.
328.5.4(c)
331.1.3(a)
328.5.4F
...
Tr
Nominal thickness of reinforcing ring or
saddle
mm
in.
328.5.4
331.1.3
328.5.4D
D300
...
Tw
Nominal wall thickness, thinner of
components joined by butt weld
mm
in.
344.6.2
341.3.2
K341.3.2
...
t
Pressure design thickness
mm
in.
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.1.3
304.2.1
304.3.3
304.4.1
304.5.2
A304.1.1
A304.1.2
A304.1.3
K304.1.1
K304.1.2
K304.1.3
K304.5.2
S301.2
304.1.1
304.5.3
328.5.2C
(2) (3a) (3b)
(3c) (13)
(14) (25)
(26a) (26b)
(26c) (33)
(34a) (34b)
(34c) (34d)
(36)
tb
Pressure design thickness of branch
mm
in.
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
304.3.3
304.3.4
(8) (11)
tc
Throat thickness of cover fillet weld
mm
in.
328.5.4
331.1.3
H300
328.5.4D
...
th
Pressure design thickness of header
mm
in.
304.3.3
304.3.4
H300
304.3.3
304.3.4
(6) (7) (9) (10)
ti
Total duration of service condition, i, at pressure, Pi , and temperature, Ti
h
hr
V303.2
V304
...
(V4)
tm
Minimum required thickness, including
mechanical, corrosion, and erosion
allowances
mm
in.
304.1.1
304.2.1
304.4.1
304.5.2
304.5.3
328.4.2
A304.1.1
A304.2.1
K304.1.1
K304.2.1
K304.5.2
K328.4.2
S301.2
328.3.2
328.4.3
K328.4.2
K341.3.2
(2) (13) (14)
(15) (25)
(33) (36)
t min
For branch, the smaller of T b or T r
mm
in.
328.5.4
328.5.4D
...
t ri
Rupture life of a component subjected to
repeated service conditions, i, and stress,
Si
h
hr
V303.1.4
V303.2
V304
...
(V3) (V4)
U
Straight line distance between anchors
m
ft
319.4.1
...
(16)
408
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
u
Creep-rupture usage factor, summed up from
individual usage factors, ti /tri
...
...
V303.2
V303.3
V304
...
(V4)
W
Weld joint strength reduction factor
...
..
302.2.2
302.3.5
304.1.1
304.1.2
304.2.1
304.2.3
304.3.3
304.4.1
304.5.1
304.5.2
304.5.3
302.3.5
(3a) (3b) (3c)
(4a) (4b)
(4c) (15)
X
Factor for modifying the allowable stress
range, St , for bellows expansion joint (see
para. X302.1.3 for further details)
...
...
X302.1.3
...
(X1) (X2)
X1
Ring reinforcement area
mm2
in.2
H304
...
...
X2
Fillet weld reinforcement area
mm2
in.2
H304
...
...
xmin
Size of fillet weld to slip-on or socket welding
flange
mm
in.
...
328.5.2B
...
Y
Coefficient for effective stressed diameter
...
...
304.1.1
304.1.2
S300
S301.2
304.1.1
(3a) (3b) (3c)
Y+
Single acting support — a pipe support that
provides support to the piping system in
only the vertically upward direction
...
...
S300.1
S302
S302.1
S302.6.2
S302.5.1
S302.6.3.1
...
y
Resultant of total displacement
mm
in.
319.4.1
...
(16)
Z
Section modulus of pipe
mm3
in.3
319.4.4
...
(18) (19)
Z
Sustained section modulus of pipe
mm3
in.3
320.2
...
(23b) (23c)
Ze
Effective section modulus for branch
mm3
in.3
319.4.4
...
(20)
␣
Angle of change in direction at miter joint
deg
deg
304.2.3
306.3.2
306.3.3
M306.3
304.2.3
...
Smaller angle between axes of branch and
run
deg
deg
304.3.1
304.3.3
304.3.3
(6) (8)
409
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Units [Note (1)]
Symbol
Definition
SI
U.S.
Reference
Paragraph
Table/Fig./App.
Equation
Span of the pipe bend
deg
deg
304.2.1
304.2.1
...
Angle of miter cut
deg
deg
304.2.3
304.2.3
D300
(4a) (4c) (5)
GENERAL NOTE: For Code reference to this Appendix, see para. 300.3.
NOTE:
(1) Note that the use of these units is not required by the Code. They represent sets of consistent units (except where otherwise stated)
that may be used in computations, if stress values in ksi and MPa are multiplied by 1,000 for use in equations that also involve pressure in psi and kPa values.
410
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
411
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX K
ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR HIGH PRESSURE PIPING
(14)
Specification Index for Appendix K
Spec.
No.
Title
Page
Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
414
414
414
A210
A234
Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures . . . . . . . . .
414
414
A312
A333
A334
A335
A350
A358
Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forgings, Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components . . . . . . . . .
Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . .
416,
414,
414,
414
414,
416,
A403
A420
Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
418, 420
414, 416
A508
Quenched and Tempered Vacuum-Treated Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . .
416
A694
Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pipe Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for High-Pressure Transmission
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
414
A723
Alloy Steel Forgings for High-Strength Pressure Component Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
416
B164
B165
B166
B167
Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600) Rod, Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600-N06690) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
422
422
422
B338
B363
B366
B381
Seamless and Welded Titanium and Titanium Alloy Tubes for Condensers and Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless and Welded Unalloyed Titanium and Titanium Alloy Welding Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory-Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welding Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
424
424
422
424
B564
B574
Nickel Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium Alloy Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
422
B622
B861
Seamless Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Seamless Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
424
Line Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
414
ASTM
A53
A105
A106
A182
416, 418, 420
418
416
416
416
418
API
5L
GENERAL NOTE: It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code text. Instead, the approved edition
references, along with the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown in Appendix E.
412
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
NOTES FOR APPENDIX K TABLE
(6)
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) The allowable stress values and P-Number assignments in
Table K-1, together with the referenced Notes, are requirements of Chapter IX.
(b) Notes (1) through (5) and (12) are referenced in column
headings or in body headings for material type and product
form; Notes (6) through (11) and (13) through (18) are referenced in the Notes column for specific materials.
(c) At this time, metric equivalents have not been provided in
Table K-1. To convert stress values in Table K-1 to MPa at a
given temperature in °C, determine the equivalent temperature in °F and interpolate to calculate the stress value in ksi
at the given temperature. Multiply by 6.895 to determine
allowable stress in MPa at the given temperature.
(d) The following abbreviations are used in the Condition and
Size Range columns: ann., annealed; A.W., as worked; C.W.,
cold worked; H.W., hot worked; hex., hexagons; O.D., outside
diameter; rd., rounds; rec., rectangles; rel., relieved; sq.,
squares; and str., stress.
(e) Samples representative of all piping components, as well as
their fabrication welds, shall be impact tested in accordance
with para. K323.3.
(f)
A product analysis of the material shall be performed. See
para. K323.1.5.
(g) Material defects may be repaired by welding only in accordance with para. K323.1.6.
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
NOTES:
(1) See the BPV Code, Section IX, QW-200.3 for a description of
P-Number groupings. P-Numbers are indicated by number or
by a number followed by a letter (e.g., 8, 5B, and 11A).
(2) The stress values in Table K-1 are allowable stresses in tension in accordance with para. K302.3.1(a). Stress values in
shear and bearing are stated in para. K302.3.1(b), those in
compression in para. K302.3.1(c).
(3) Material minimum service temperature shall be in accordance with para. K323.2.2.
(4) The temperature limit for materials shall be in accordance
with para. K323.2.1.
(5) Pipe and tubing shall be examined for longitudinal defects in
accordance with Table K305.1.2.
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
This type or grade is permitted only in the seamless
condition.
Galvanized pipe furnished to this specification is not permitted for pressure containing service. See para. K323.4.2(b).
If this grade is cold expanded, the most severely deformed
portion of a representative sample shall be impact tested in
accordance with para. K323.3.
For High Pressure Fluid Service at temperatures above 100°F
but not exceeding 400°F, either the allowable stresses listed
in Table A-1 for this material or allowable stresses derived in
accordance with the requirements of para. K323.2.4 may be
used. This material shall not be used for Chapter IX service
above 400°F.
This material may require special consideration for welding
qualification. See the BPV Code, Section IX, QW/QB-422. For
use in this Code, a qualified WPS is required for each
strength level of material.
No welding is permitted on this material.
Stress values printed in italics exceed two-thirds of the
expected yield strength at temperature. Stress values in boldface are equal to 90% of yield strength at temperature. See
para. K302.3.2.
Welds shall be of a design that permits fully interpretable
radiographic examination; joint quality factor, Ej, shall be
1.00 in accordance with para. K302.3.4.
Pipe furnished to this specification shall be supplied in the
solution heat treated condition.
This unstabilized grade of stainless steel increasingly tends
to precipitate intergranular carbides as the carbon content
increases above 0.03%. See also para. F323.4(c)(2).
For material thickness > 127 mm (5 in.), the specified minimum tensile strength is 448 MPa (65 ksi).
For material thickness > 127 mm (5 in.), the specified minimum tensile strength is 483 MPa (70 ksi).
Stress values shown are for the lowest strength base material permitted by the specification to be used in the manufacture of this grade of fitting. If a higher strength base material
is used, the higher stress values for that material may be
used in design.
413
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Spec.
No.
Material
P-No.
(1)
Type
or Grade
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Notes
Tensile
Yield
Carbon Steel
Pipes and Tubes (5)
...
...
...
...
...
A53
A106
A333
A334
API 5L
1
1
1
1
1
B
B
6
6
B
(6)(7)
...
(6)
(6)
(6)(8)
60
60
60
60
60
35
35
35
35
35
...
...
...
A210
A106
A210
1
1
1
A-1
C
C
...
...
...
60
70
70
37
40
40
...
...
...
...
...
API
API
API
API
API
5L
5L
5L
5L
5L
1
1
1
1
1
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
(6)(8)(9)
(6)(8)(9)
(6)(8)(9)
(6)(8)(9)(10)
(6)(8)(9)(10)
60
63
66
71
75
42
46
52
56
60
...
...
...
API 5L
API 5L
API 5L
1
1
1
X65
X70
X80
(6)(8)(9)(10)
(6)(8)(9)(10)
(6)(8)(9)(10)
77
82
90
65
70
80
...
...
...
...
...
A234
A420
A350
A105
A234
1
1
1
1
1
WPB
WPL6
LF2
...
WPC
(6)
(6)
...
...
(6)
60
60
70
70
70
35
35
36
36
40
...
...
...
...
A694
A694
A694
A694
1
1
1
1
F42
F46
F48
F50
...
...
...
...
60
60
62
64
42
46
48
50
...
...
...
...
...
A694
A694
A694
A694
A694
1
1
1
1
1
F52
F56
F60
F65
F70
...
...
...
...
...
66
68
75
77
82
52
56
60
65
70
A335
A335
A335
A335
A335
3
4
4
5A
5A
P1
P12
P11
P5
P22
...
...
...
...
...
55
60
60
60
60
30
32
30
30
30
Forgings and Fittings
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
Pipes and Tubes (5)
C–1⁄2Mo
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
414
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, ksi (Multiply by 1000 to Obtain psi), for Metal Temperature, °F, Not Exceeding
[Notes (2)–(4)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
650
700
Type or Grade
Spec. No.
Carbon Steel
Pipes and Tubes (5)
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
...
...
...
...
...
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
...
...
...
...
...
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.9
18.9
18.9
18.9
18.9
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
B
B
6
6
B
A53
A106
A333
A334
API 5L
24.7
26.7
26.7
...
...
...
22.5
24.3
24.3
...
...
...
21.9
22.9
22.9
21.1
23.7
23.7
20.0
21.6
21.6
18.3
19.7
19.7
17.9
19.4
19.4
17.8
19.2
19.2
A-1
C
C
A210
A106
A210
28.0
30.7
34.7
37.3
40.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
API
API
API
API
API
43.3
46.7
53.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
X65
X70
X80
API 5L
API 5L
API 5L
5L
5L
5L
5L
5L
Forgings and Fittings
23.3
23.3
24.0
24.0
26.7
...
...
...
...
...
21.3
21.3
21.9
21.9
24.3
...
...
...
...
...
20.7
20.7
21.3
21.3
23.7
20.0
20.0
20.6
20.6
22.9
18.9
18.9
19.5
19.5
21.6
17.3
17.3
17.7
17.7
19.7
16.9
16.9
17.5
17.5
19.4
16.8
16.8
17.3
17.3
19.2
WPB
WPL6
LF2
...
WPC
A234
A420
A350
A105
A234
28.0
30.7
32.0
33.3
25.9
28.4
29.6
30.9
24.7
27.1
28.2
29.4
23.6
25.9
27.0
28.1
22.6
24.8
25.9
27.0
21.1
23.1
24.1
25.1
19.8
21.7
22.6
23.6
18.9
20.7
21.6
22.5
18.5
20.2
21.1
22.0
18.1
19.8
20.7
21.5
F42
F46
F48
F50
A694
A694
A694
A694
34.7
37.3
40.0
43.3
46.7
32.1
34.6
37.0
40.1
43.2
30.6
33.0
35.3
38.2
41.2
29.2
31.5
33.7
36.6
39.4
28.0
30.2
32.3
35.0
37.7
26.1
28.1
30.1
32.6
35.1
24.5
26.4
28.3
30.6
33.0
23.4
25.2
27.0
29.2
31.4
22.9
24.6
26.4
28.6
30.8
22.4
24.1
25.8
28.0
30.1
F52
F56
F60
F65
F70
A694
A694
A694
A694
A694
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
Pipes and Tubes (5)
20.0
21.3
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
18.5
19.3
18.7
18.1
18.5
...
...
...
...
...
17.5
18.1
17.9
17.4
18.1
16.9
17.3
17.5
17.2
17.9
16.3
16.7
17.2
17.1
17.9
15.7
16.3
16.7
16.8
17.9
15.4
16.1
16.2
16.6
17.9
15.1
15.8
15.7
16.3
17.9
415
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
P1
P12
P11
P5
P22
A335
A335
A335
A335
A335
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Spec.
No.
P-No.
(1)
Type
or Grade
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Notes
Tensile
Yield
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (5) (Cont’d)
31⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni
9Ni
9Ni
A333
A334
A333
A334
9B
9B
11A
11A
3
3
8
8
(6)
(6)
(6)
(6)
65
65
100
100
35
35
75
75
3 ⁄2Ni
31⁄2Ni
A420
A350
9B
9B
WPL3
LF3
(6)
...
65
70
35
37.5
1Cr–1⁄2Mo
11⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
C–1⁄2Mo
5Cr–1⁄2Mo
21⁄4Cr–1Mo
A182
A182
A182
A182
A182
4
4
3
5B
5A
F12, Cl. 2
F11, Cl. 2
F1
F5
F22, Cl. 3
...
...
...
...
...
70
70
70
70
75
40
40
40
40
45
9Ni
A420
11A
WPL8
(6)
100
75
31⁄2Ni–13⁄4Cr–1⁄2Mo
A508
11A
4N, Cl. 2
...
115
100
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
Ni–Cr–Mo
A723
A723
A723
...
...
...
1, 2, 3 Cl. 1
1, 2, 3 Cl. 2
1, 2, 3 Cl. 3
(11)
(11)
(11)
115
135
155
100
120
140
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
316L, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP316L
316L, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)
(13)(14)
70
70
25
25
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N
316LN, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP316LN
316LN, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)
(13)(14)
75
75
30
30
18Cr–8Ni
304L, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP304L
304L, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)
(13)(14)
70
70
25
25
18Cr–8Ni–N
304LN, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP304LN
304LN, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)
(13)(14)
75
75
30
30
Forgings and Fittings
1
Stainless Steel (12)
Pipes and Tubes (5)
416
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, ksi (Multiply by 1000 to Obtain psi), for Metal Temperature, °F, Not Exceeding
[Notes (2)–(4)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
650
700
Type or Grade
Spec. No.
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (5) (Cont’d)
23.3
23.3
50.0
50.0
...
...
...
...
21.3
21.3
48.0
48.0
...
...
47.0
47.0
20.7
20.7
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
18.9
18.9
...
...
17.3
17.3
...
...
17.0
17.0
...
...
15.7
15.7
...
...
23.3
25.0
...
...
21.3
22.8
...
...
19.6
22.1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
30.0
...
...
...
...
...
24.1
24.6
24.6
24.1
27.5
...
...
...
...
...
22.7
23.4
23.4
23.2
26.1
21.7
22.5
22.5
22.9
25.5
20.9
21.7
21.7
22.7
24.8
20.3
20.9
20.9
22.4
24.3
20.1
20.5
20.5
22.1
24.0
19.7
20.1
20.1
21.7
23.7
50.0
...
48.0
47.0
...
...
...
...
...
66.7
...
62.8
...
60.8
59.5
58.5
57.4
66.7
80.0
93.3
...
...
...
64.0
76.8
89.6
...
...
...
62.3
74.8
87.3
61.3
73.6
85.9
60.3
72.4
84.5
59.3
71.2
83.1
3
3
8
8
A333
A334
A333
A334
Forgings and Fittings
WPL3
LF3
A420
A350
F12, Cl. 2
F11, Cl. 2
F1
F5
F22, Cl. 3
A182
A182
A182
A182
A182
...
WPL8
A420
56.7
...
4N, Cl. 2
A508
58.5
70.1
81.9
57.3
68.8
80.3
1, 2, 3 Cl. 1
1, 2, 3 Cl. 2
1, 2, 3 Cl. 3
A723
A723
A723
Stainless Steel (12)
Pipes and Tubes (5)
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
14.8
14.8
14.0
14.0
13.8
13.8
13.5
13.5
TP316L
316L, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
18.9
18.9
17.5
17.5
16.5
16.5
16.0
16.0
15.6
15.6
TP316LN
316LN, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
14.7
14.7
14.0
14.0
13.7
13.7
13.4
13.4
TP304L
304L, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
18.6
18.6
17.5
17.5
16.4
16.4
16.1
16.1
15.9
15.9
TP304LN
304LN, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
417
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Spec.
No.
Material
P-No.
(1)
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Type
or Grade
Notes
Tensile
Yield
Stainless Steel (12) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (5) (Cont’d)
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
smls. > 3⁄8 in. thick
A312
8
TP321
...
70
25
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
smls. ≤ 3⁄8 in. thick or wld.
321, A240
A312
8
TP321
(13)
75
30
A358
8
321, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)(14)
75
30
18Cr–8Ni
304, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP304
304, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)(15)
(13)(14)(15)
75
75
30
30
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
316, A240
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
A312
A358
A312
8
8
8
TP316
316, Cl. 1 & 3
TP317
(13)(15)
(13)(14)(15)
(13)(15)
75
75
75
30
30
30
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
347, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP347
347, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)
(13)(14)
75
75
30
30
18Cr–8Ni–N
304N, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP304N
304N, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)(15)
(13)(14)(15)
80
80
35
35
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N
316N, A240
A312
A358
8
8
TP316N
316N, Cl. 1 & 3
(13)(15)
(13)(14)(15)
80
80
35
35
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
A182
A403
8
8
F316L
WP316L, Cl. S & WX
(16)
(13)
70
70
25
25
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N
A182
A403
8
8
F316LN
WP316LN, Cl. S & WX
(17)
(13)
75
75
30
30
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
A182
A403
8
8
F304L
WP304L, Cl. S & WX
(16)
(13)
70
70
25
25
18Cr–8Ni–N
18Cr–8Ni–N
A182
A403
8
8
F304LN
WP304LN, Cl. S & WX
(17)
(13)
75
75
30
30
Forgings and Fittings
418
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, ksi (Multiply by 1000 to Obtain psi), for Metal Temperature, °F, Not
Exceeding [Notes (2)–(4)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
650
700
Type or Grade
Spec. No.
Stainless Steel (12) (Cont’d)
Pipes and Tubes (5) (Cont’d)
16.7
...
16.7
...
16.7
16.7
16.1
15.2
14.9
14.6
TP321
smls. > 3⁄8 in. thick
A312
20.0
...
20.0
...
20.0
20.0
19.4
18.3
17.9
17.5
A312
20.0
...
20.0
...
20.0
20.0
19.4
18.3
17.9
17.5
TP321
smls. ≤ 3⁄8 in. thick & wld.
321, Cl. 1 & 3
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
18.6
18.6
17.5
17.5
16.4
16.4
16.1
16.1
15.9
15.9
TP304
304, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
19.3
18.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.3
16.3
16.3
TP316
316, Cl. 1 & 3
TP317
A312
A358
A312
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.4
19.4
19.0
19.0
18.6
18.6
TP347
347, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
23.3
23.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
...
...
22.5
22.5
20.3
20.3
18.8
18.8
17.8
17.8
17.6
17.6
17.2
17.2
TP304N
304N, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
23.3
23.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.2
22.2
21.1
21.1
20.5
20.5
20.1
20.1
TP316N
316N, Cl. 1 & 3
A312
A358
A358
Forgings and Fittings
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
14.8
14.8
14.0
14.0
13.8
13.8
13.5
13.5
F316L
WP316L, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
18.9
18.9
17.5
17.5
16.5
16.5
16.0
16.0
15.6
15.6
F316LN
WP316LN, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
15.8
15.8
14.7
14.7
14.0
14.0
13.7
13.7
13.4
13.4
F304L
WP304L, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
18.6
18.6
17.5
17.5
16.4
16.4
16.1
16.1
15.9
15.9
F304LN
WP304LN, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
419
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Spec.
No.
P-No.
(1)
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
18Cr–10Ni–Ti
A182
A403
8
8
F321
WP321, Cl. S & WX
18Cr–8Ni
18Cr–8Ni
A182
A403
8
8
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo
18Cr–13Ni–3Mo
A182
A403
A403
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
18Cr–10Ni–Cb
Material
Type
or Grade
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Notes
Tensile
Yield
(17)
(13)
75
75
30
30
F304
WP304, Cl. S & WX
(15)(17)
(13)(15)
75
75
30
30
8
8
8
F316
WP316, Cl. S & WX
WP317, Cl. S & WX
(15)(17)
(13)(15)
(13)(15)
75
75
75
30
30
30
A182
A403
8
8
F347
WP347, Cl. S & WX
(17)
(13)
75
75
30
30
18Cr–8Ni–N
18Cr–8Ni–N
A182
A403
8
8
F304N
WP304N, Cl. S & WX
(15)
(13)(15)
80
80
35
35
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N
16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N
A182
A403
8
8
F316N
WP316N, Cl. S & WX
(15)
(13)(15)
80
80
35
35
Stainless Steel (12) (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (Cont’d)
420
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, ksi (Multiply by 1000 to Obtain psi), for Metal Temperature, °F, Not Exceeding
[Notes (2)–(4)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
650
700
Type or Grade
Spec. No.
Stainless Steel (12) (Cont’d)
Forgings and Fittings (Cont’d)
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.4
19.4
18.3
18.3
17.9
17.9
17.5
17.5
F321
WP321, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
18.6
18.6
17.5
17.5
16.4
16.4
16.1
16.1
15.9
15.9
F304
WP304, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
19.3
18.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.3
16.3
16.3
F316
WP316, Cl. S & WX
WP317, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
A403
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.4
19.4
19.0
19.0
18.6
18.6
F347
WP347, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
23.3
23.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
...
...
22.5
22.5
20.3
20.3
18.8
18.8
17.8
17.8
17.6
17.6
17.2
17.2
F304N
WP304N, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
23.3
23.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
...
...
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.2
22.2
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
20.1
20.1
F316N
WP316N, Cl. S & WX
A182
A403
421
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Spec.
No.
Material
P-No.
(1)
UNS
Number
Size
Range,
in.
Condition
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Notes
Tensile
Yield
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (12)
Pipes and Tubes (5)
Ni–Cu
B165
42
N04400
Annealed
> 5 O.D.
...
70
25
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
B167
B167
43
43
N06600
N06600
H.W.
H.W. ann.
> 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
...
...
75
75
25
25
Ni–Cu
B165
42
N04400
Annealed
≤ 5 O.D.
...
70
28
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
B167
B167
B167
43
43
43
N06600
N06600
N06600
H.W.
H.W. ann.
C.W. ann.
≤ 5 O.D.
≤ 5 O.D.
> 5 O.D.
...
...
...
80
80
80
30
30
30
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Cu
B167
B622
B165
43
44
42
N06600
N10276
N04400
C.W. ann.
...
Str. rel.
≤ 5 O.D.
All
All
...
...
...
80
100
85
35
41
55
42
42
43
43
44
44
N04400
N04400
N06600
N06600
N10276
N10276
...
Annealed
...
Annealed
...
Annealed
All
All
All
All
All
All
(13)(18)
...
(13)(18)
...
(13)
...
70
70
75
80
100
100
25
25
25
35
41
41
Forgings and Fittings
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Mo–Cr
B366
B564
B366
B564
B366
B564
Rod and Bar
Ni–Cu
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Cr–Fe
B164
B166
B166
B166
42
43
43
43
N04400
N06600
N06600
N06600
Annealed
C.W. ann. & H.W. ann.
H.W., A.W.
H.W., A.W.
All
All
Sq., rec. & hex.
> 3 rd.
...
...
...
...
70
80
85
85
25
35
35
35
Ni–Cu
B164
42
N04400
H.W.
Rod, sq. & rec. ≤ 12,
hex. ≤ 21⁄8
...
80
40
Ni–Cr–Fe
Ni–Mo–Cr
Ni–Cr–Fe
B166
B574
B166
43
44
43
N06600
N10276
N06600
H.W., A.W.
...
H.W., A.W.
1
⁄2 to 3 rd.
All
1
⁄4 to 1⁄2 rd.
...
...
...
90
100
95
40
41
45
422
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, ksi (Multiply by 1000 to Obtain psi), for Metal Temperature, °F, Not
Exceeding [Notes (2)–(4)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
650
700
UNS
Number
Spec. No.
Nickel and Nickel Alloy (12)
Pipes and Tubes (5)
16.7
...
14.7
...
13.7
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
N04400
B165
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
...
...
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
N06600
N06600
B167
B167
18.7
...
16.5
...
15.4
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
N04400
B165
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
N06600
N06600
N06600
B167
B167
B167
23.3
27.3
36.7
...
...
...
23.3
27.3
32.3
...
...
...
23.3
27.3
30.2
23.3
27.3
29.1
23.3
26.9
29.1
23.3
25.2
...
23.3
24.6
...
23.3
24.0
...
N06600
N10276
N04400
B167
B622
B165
16.7
16.7
16.7
23.3
27.3
27.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
14.7
14.7
16.7
23.3
27.3
27.3
...
...
...
...
...
...
13.7
13.7
16.7
23.3
27.3
27.3
13.2
13.2
16.7
23.3
27.3
27.3
13.2
13.2
16.7
23.3
26.9
26.9
13.2
13.2
16.7
23.3
25.2
25.2
13.2
13.2
16.7
23.3
24.6
24.6
13.2
13.2
16.7
23.3
24.0
24.0
N04400
N04400
N06600
N06600
N10276
N10276
16.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
...
...
...
...
14.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
...
...
...
...
13.7
23.3
23.3
23.3
13.2
23.3
23.3
23.3
13.2
23.3
23.3
23.3
13.2
23.3
23.3
23.3
13.2
23.3
23.3
23.3
13.2
23.3
23.3
23.3
N04400
N06600
N06600
N06600
B164
B166
B166
B166
26.7
...
23.5
...
21.9
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
N04400
B164
26.7
27.3
30.0
...
...
...
24.5
27.3
21.2
...
...
...
23.1
27.3
21.2
22.0
27.3
21.2
21.2
26.9
21.2
20.7
25.2
21.2
20.6
24.6
21.2
20.4
24.0
21.1
N06600
N10276
N06600
B166
B574
B166
Forgings and Fittings
B366
B564
B366
B564
B366
B564
Rod and Bar
423
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Material
Spec.
No.
P-No.
(1)
Specified Min.
Strength, ksi
Grade
Notes
Tensile
Yield
Titanium and Titanium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (5))
Ti
Ti
Ti–0.2 Pd
Ti–0.2 Pd
B861
B338
B861
B338
51
51
51
51
2
2
7
7
...
(6)
...
(6)
50
50
50
50
40
40
40
40
Ti
Ti
B861
B338
52
52
3
3
...
(6)
65
65
55
55
Ti
Ti
Ti–0.2 Pd
B363
B381
B381
51
51
51
WPT2
F2
F7
(6)
...
...
50
50
50
40
40
40
Ti
Ti
B363
B381
52
52
WPT3
F3
(6)
...
65
65
55
55
Forgings and Fittings
424
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table K-1 Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals for Chapter IX (Cont’d)
(14)
Numbers in Parentheses Refer to Notes for Appendix K Table; Specifications Are ASTM Unless Otherwise Indicated
Allowable Stress, ksi (Multiply by 1000 to Obtain psi), for Metal Temperature, °F, Not
Exceeding [Notes (2)–(4)]
Min.
Temp.
to 100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
650
700
Grade
Spec. No.
Titanium and Titanium Alloy
Pipes and Tubes (5)
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
...
...
...
...
21.0
21.0
21.0
21.0
...
...
...
...
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
9.9
9.9
9.9
9.9
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2
2
7
7
B861
B338
B861
B338
36.7
36.7
...
...
29.3
29.3
...
...
23.8
23.8
19.1
19.1
15.0
15.0
11.4
11.4
...
...
...
...
3
3
B861
B338
Forgings and Fittings
26.7
26.7
26.7
...
...
...
21.0
21.0
21.0
...
...
...
17.1
17.1
17.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
9.9
9.9
9.9
7.6
7.6
7.6
...
...
...
...
...
...
WPT2
F2
F7
B363
B381
B381
36.7
36.7
...
...
29.3
29.3
...
...
23.8
23.8
19.1
19.1
15.0
15.0
11.4
11.4
...
...
...
...
WPT3
F3
B363
B381
425
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX L
ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE FLANGES
L300
GENERAL
differential expansion and expansion rates between
components of the flanged joint. Consideration shall be
given to thermal transients (e.g., startup, shutdown, and
upset) in addition to the operating temperature of the
joint.
This Appendix covers pressure–temperature ratings,
materials, dimensions, and marking of forged aluminum
alloy flanges, as an alternative to applying the rules in
paras. 304.5.1(b) and 304.5.2(b). DN 15 (NPS 1⁄2) through
DN 600 (NPS 24) flanges may be welding neck, slip-on,
socket welding, lapped, or blind in ratings of Classes 150,
300, and 600.
Requirements and recommendations regarding bolting and gaskets are included.
L301.4 Hydrostatic Test
A flange shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test at 1.5 times its 100°F pressure rating.
L302
L301
PRESSURE–TEMPERATURE RATINGS
MARKING
Marking shall be in accordance with MSS SP-25,
except as follows. Marking shall be stamped on the edge
of each flange.
L301.1 Ratings Basis
Ratings are maximum allowable working gage pressures at the temperatures shown in Tables L301.2M and
L301.2U for the applicable material and pressure Class.
For intermediate temperatures, linear interpolation is
permitted.
L302.1 Name
The manufacturer ’s name or trademark shall be
applied.
L302.2 Material
L301.2 Ratings of Flanged Joints
The marking ASTM B247 shall be applied, followed
by the applicable alloy and temper designations.
(a) In addition to the considerations in para. F312.1,
consideration must be given to the low modulus of elasticity of aluminum alloys. External moments should be
limited, and controlled bolt tightening or other techniques may be necessary to achieve and maintain a leakfree joint.
(b) For ratings of slip-on and socket welding flanges
made of Alloy 6061-T6, see Tables L301.2M and L301.2U,
Note (3).
L302.3 Rating
The marking shall be the applicable rating Class —
150, 300, or 600.
L302.4 Designation
The marking B31.3L shall be applied.
L302.5 Size
L301.3 Temperature Considerations
The marking of NPS shall be applied. A reducing size
shall be designated by its two nominal pipe sizes. See
examples in Note (4) of Table 6, ASME B16.5.
Application of the ratings in this Appendix to flanged
joints at both high and low temperatures shall take into
consideration the risk of leakage due to forces and
moments developed in the connected piping or equipment. The following provisions are intended to minimize
these risks.
L303
MATERIALS
L303.1 Flange Material
L301.3.1 Flange Attachment. Slip-on and socket
welding flanges are not recommended for service below
−50°F if flanges are subject to thermal cycling.
Flanges shall be forgings conforming to ASTM B247.
For specific alloys and tempers, see Tables L301.2M and
L301.2U. For precautions in use, see para. 323.5 and
Appendix F, para. F323.
L301.3.2 Differential Thermal Expansion and
Conductivity. Because aluminum alloys have thermal
expansion coefficients approximately twice those for
steel, and thermal conductivity approximately three
times that of steel, it may be necessary to provide for
L303.1.1 Repair Welding of Flanges. Repair welding
of flanges manufactured to this Appendix shall be
restricted to any damaged areas of the weld bevel of
welding neck flanges unless specifically approved by
426
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table L301.2M
Pressure–Temperature Ratings (Metric Units)
Class 150
Temperature [Note (1)]
Class 300
Temperature [Note (1)]
Class 600
Temperature [Note (1)]
Material ASTM B247
Alloy, Temper
38
66
93
121
38
66
93
121
38
66
93
121
3003-H112
6061-T6 [Note (2)]
6061-T6 [Note (3)]
275
1 895
1 265
275
1 860
1 240
240
1 825
1 215
240
1 795
1 195
725
4 965
3 310
690
4 895
3 265
655
4 825
3 215
655
4 655
3 105
1 415
9 930
6 620
1 380
9 790
6 525
1 345
9 655
6 435
1 275
9 345
6 230
GENERAL NOTE: Pressures are in kPa; temperatures are in °C.
NOTES:
(1) The minimum temperature is −269°C (−425°F). The maximum rating below 38°C (100°F) shall be the rating shown for 38°C.
(2) Ratings apply to welding neck, lapped, and blind flanges.
(3) Ratings apply to slip-on and socket welding flanges.
Table L301.2U
Pressure–Temperature Ratings (U.S. Customary Units)
Class 150
Temperature [Note (1)]
Class 300
Temperature [Note (1)]
Class 600
Temperature [Note (1)]
Material ASTM B247
Alloy and Temper
100
150
200
250
100
150
200
250
100
150
200
250
3003-H112
6061-T6 [Note (2)]
6061-T6 [Note (3)]
40
275
185
40
270
180
35
265
175
35
260
175
105
720
480
100
710
475
95
700
465
95
675
450
205
1 440
960
200
1 420
945
195
1 400
935
185
1 355
905
GENERAL NOTE: Pressures are in psig; temperatures are in °F.
NOTES:
(1) The minimum temperature is −269°C (−425°F). The maximum rating below 38°C (100°F) shall be the rating shown for 38°C.
(2) Ratings apply to welding neck, lapped, and blind flanges.
(3) Ratings apply to slip-on and socket welding flanges.
Table L303.2
Aluminum Bolting Materials
ASTM Specification
Alloy
Temper
B211
B211
B211
2014
2024
6061
T6, T261
T4
T6, T261
GENERAL NOTE:
L303.2.2 Intermediate Strength Bolting. Bolting
materials in Table L303.2, and bolting listed as intermediate strength in ASME B16.5, Table 1B, may be used in
any flanged joints. See para. L305.
L303.2.3 Low Strength Bolting. Bolting materials
listed as low strength in ASME B16.5, Table 1B, may be
used in Classes 150 and 300 flanged joints. See
para. L305.
Repair welding of bolting material is prohibited.
L303.3 Gaskets
the Purchaser after consideration of the extent, location,
and effect on temper and ductility. Repair welding of
any area other than the weld bevel on 6061-T6 welding
neck flanges shall restrict the pressure/temperature ratings to those specified for slip-on and socket welding
flanges in Tables L301.2M and L301.2U. Any repair welding shall be performed in accordance with para. 328.6.
Gaskets listed in ASME B16.5, Nonmandatory
Appendix B, Table B-1, Group Ia may be used with any
rating Class and bolting.
L303.3.1 Gaskets for Low-Strength Bolting. If bolting listed as low strength (see para. L303.2.3) is used,
gaskets listed in ASME B16.5, Nonmandatory
Appendix B, Table B-1, Group Ia shall be used.
L303.2 Bolting Materials
L303.3.2 Gaskets for Class 150 Flanged Joints. It is
recommended that only gaskets listed in ASME B16.5,
Nonmandatory Appendix B, Table B-1, Group Ia be
used.
Bolting listed in Table L303.2 and in ASME B16.5,
Table 1B, may be used subject to the following
limitations.
L303.2.1 High Strength Bolting. Bolting materials
listed as high strength in ASME B16.5, Table 1B, may
be used in any flanged joints. See para. L305.
L303.3.3 Gaskets for Class 300 and Higher Flanged
Joints. It is recommended that only gaskets listed in
427
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(14)
ASME B31.3-2014
L305
ASME B16.5, Nonmandatory Appendix B, Table B-1,
Group I be used. For gaskets in Group Ib, line flanges
should be of the welding neck or lapped joint type;
controlled-torque tightening practices should be used.
L304
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
The following design considerations are applicable to
all flanged joints that incorporate a flange manufactured
to this Appendix:
(a) The differential expansion within a flanged joint
must be considered; also, see para. F312.
(b) Where a gasket other than those recommended in
para. L303.3 is specified, the designer shall verify by
calculations the ability of the selected bolting to seat the
selected gasket and maintain a sealed joint under the
expected operating conditions without over-stressing
the components.
DIMENSIONS AND FACINGS
(a) Flanges shall meet the dimensional and tolerance
requirements of ASME B16.5.
(b) Flange facing and facing finish shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5, except that small male and
female facings (on ends of pipe) shall not be used.
428
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX M
GUIDE TO CLASSIFYING FLUID SERVICES
See Fig. M300.
429
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Fig. M300 Guide to Classifying Fluid Services
Col. 1
Col. 2
Fluid Service to
be classified
High Pressure Fluid Service
designated by owner? See
paras. 300(e) and K300(a).
Col. 3
No
Is the fluid
toxic?
Col. 4
No
Col. 5
Is the fluid flammable?
See definition in para.
300.2.
No
Can exposure to the fluid,
caused by leakage, be
damaging to human tissues,
as defined in para. 300.2?
Yes
Yes
Review the criteria in
Col. 3. Do the conditions for Category M
Fluid Service apply?
See para. K300.1.4.
Is the fluid
toxic?
No
Yes
The Code makes no
provision for this Fluid Service; see para. K300.1.4.
Yes
Can a single exposure, caused by
leakage, to a very small quantity
of the fluid, produce serious
irreversible harm as defined under
Category M Fluid Service?
(See fluid service, para. 300.2.)
Can occurrence of severe
cyclic conditions1 be
prevented by design?
See para. M300(e).
Yes
Design and construct per Chapter VIII
rules for Category M Fluid Service and
Chapter X for High-Purity Fluid Service,
subject to the owner’s designation.
See paras. 300(d)(7) and U300(c).
No
No
Yes
Is the design gage pressure 1,035 kPa
(150 psi) or less, with design temperature
not greater than 186C (366F) inclusive?
Yes
Considering experience, service
conditions, and location involved,
will design per Base Code or
Chapter VII sufficiently protect
personnel from exposure to very
small quantities of the fluid in
the environment?
No
No
Yes
No
Category M Fluid Service, subject
to the owner’s designation.
See para. 300(d)(4).
Yes
Is the fluid temperature, caused by anything
other than atmospheric conditions, less than -29C (-20F)?
Yes
No
Base Code (Chaps. I–VI) applies to
metallic piping; Chapter VII
applies to nonmetallic and
nonmetallic-lined piping. Chapter X
applies to High-Purity Fluid Service.
Design and construct per Code
rules for Normal Fluid Service and
High-Purity Fluid Service, subject
to the owner’s designation.
See paras. 300(d)(7) and U300(c).
If occurrence of severe cyclic conditions1 cannot be prevented
by design, then
(a) for metallic piping, special requirements must be met.
(b) for nonmetallic and nonmetallic-lined piping, the Code makes
no provision for such service. See para. A300(e).
Base Code (Chaps. I–VI) applies to
metallic piping; Chapter VII
applies to nonmetallic and
nonmetallic-lined piping. Chapter X
applies to High-Purity Fluid Service.
No
Category D Fluid Service
designated by the owner?
Yes
Piping elements limited
to Category D Fluid
Service may be used.
See para. 300(d)(5).
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) See paras. 300(b)(1), 300(d)(4) and (5), and 300(e) for decisions the owner must make. Other decisions are the designer’s responsibility; see para. 300(b)(2).
(b) The term “fluid service” is defined in para. 300.2.
NOTE:
(1) Severe cyclic conditions are defined in para. 300.2. Requirements are found in Chapter II, Parts 3 and 4, and in paras. 323.4.2 and 241.4.3.
ASME B31.3-2014
Design and construct
per Chapter IX rules
for High Pressure
Fluid Service.
No
430
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Yes
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX N
APPLICATION OF ASME B31.3 INTERNATIONALLY
N100
INTRODUCTION
(b) draining and venting
(c) short duration pressure surge
(d) temperature monitoring devices
(e) external fire
(f) marking and labeling
(g) operating instructions
(h) route of underground piping
(i) joint coefficients
(j) listed materials
To assist industry in using ASME B31.3, the
Engineering Equipment and Materials Users’
Association (EEMUA) has cooperated with the
European Petroleum Industry Association (Europia) to
publish CEN/TR 14549 — Guide to the use of ISO 15649
and ANSI/ASME B31.3 for piping in Europe in compliance with the Pressure Equipment Directive.
The format of the guide is that of a set of additional
and modified requirements to ISO 15649 and
ASME B31.3 that are required by the PED. It also gives
a more-detailed explanation of the principal aspects and
processes that require attention in order to be in compliance with the PED, especially where different from
industry practice that was current before May 2002.
The full text of the PED can be found at http://
ec.europa.eu/enterprise/sectors/pressure-and-gas/
documents/ped/.
The ASME B31.3 Process Piping Code is an internationally recognized code for pressure piping. ISO 15649,
Petroleum and natural gas industries — Piping, incorporates ASME B31.3 by normative reference and contains
provisions for agreed common international practice
that are additional to B31.3. ISO 15649 was prepared
by Technical Committee TC 67, Subcommittee SC 6,
Working Group WG 5.
N200
COMPLIANCE WITH THE EUROPEAN
PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE (PED)
The European Pressure Equipment Directive
97/23/EC is mandatory throughout all Member States
of the European Union (EU) and the rest of the European
Economic Area, effective May 30, 2002. The PED contains
essential safety requirements that must be satisfied
before a manufacturer can declare conformity with the
Directive and place its product on the market anywhere
in the European Community.
Some articles of the PED and its essential safety
requirements are either not satisfied or are not addressed
by ASME B31.3, and aspects of ASME B31.3 differ from
the PED and the essential safety requirements.
Examples of where essential safety requirements are
not fully satisfied by ASME B31.3 are as follows:
(a) decomposition of unstable fluids
431
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(14)
APPENDIX P
DELETED
432
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX Q
QUALITY SYSTEM PROGRAM
[This Appendix is a Code requirement only when specified by the owner in accordance with para. 300(b)(1).]
Design, construction, inspection, examination, testing, manufacture, fabrication, and erection of piping in accordance with this Code shall be performed under a Quality System Program following the principles of an appropriate
standard such as the ISO 9000 series.1 The details describing the quality system shall be documented and shall be
available upon request. A determination of the need for registration and/or certification of the quality system
program shall be the responsibility of the owner.
1
The series is also available from the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the American Society for Quality (ASQ) as
American National Standards that are identified by the prefix “Q,” replacing the prefix “ISO.” Each standard of the series is listed under
Appendix E.
433
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX S
PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES
INTRODUCTION
Fig. S301.1 Simple Code Compliant Model
The example in this Appendix is intended to illustrate
the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II,
Part 5, Flexibility and Support; and the stress limits of
para. 302.3.5. The loadings and conditions necessary to
comply with the intent of the Code are presented.
10
50
20
12.2 m
3.05 m
9.15 m
(40 ft)
(10 ft)
(30 ft)
Y
S300.1 Definitions and Nomenclature
Z
global axes: These are Cartesian X, Y, and Z axes. In
this Appendix, vertically upward is taken to be the +Y
direction with gravity acting in the −Y direction.
X
40
45
15
6.10 m
(20 ft)
S300
30
Pj : piping internal pressure; see para. 301.2; when more
than one condition exists for the piping system, each is
subscripted (e.g., P1, P2, …)
Tj : pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature; see
paras. 301.3 and 319.3.1(a); when more than one condition exists for the piping system, each is subscripted
(e.g., T1, T2, …)
Table S301.1 Temperature/Pressure
Combinations
Conditions
Y+: a “single acting support” that provides support in
only the vertically upward direction and is considered
to be “active” when the pipe exerts a downward force
on the support. The pipe is free to move upward, i.e.,
the pipe “lifts off” the support; the support in the “liftoff” situation is considered to be “removed” from providing support, i.e., inactive, during the load condition
considered.
S301
EXAMPLE 1: CODE COMPLIANT PIPING
SYSTEM
Pressure
Temperature
Design conditions
3 795 kPa (550 psi)
288°C (550°F)
Operating (P1,T1)
maximum metal
temperature
3 450 kPa (500 psi)
260°C (500°F)
Operating (P2,T2)
minimum metal
temperature
0 kPa (0 psi)
−1°C (30°F)
Installation temperature
0 kPa (0 psi)
21°C (70°F)
accordance with paras. 319.3.2 and 319.4.4, and Poisson’s
ratio is 0.3 in accordance with para. 319.3.3.
The piping internal pressure, maximum and minimum metal temperatures expected during normal
operation, and the design conditions are listed in
Table S301.1. The design conditions are set sufficiently
in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide
additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure
design as required by the owner.
S301.1 Example Description
This example is intended to illustrate the design of
an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping
system. The piping system in Fig. S301.1 is fabricated
from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (i.e., E p 1.00);
the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 9.53 mm (0.375 in.), 127 mm (5 in.) thickness
of calcium silicate insulation, and 1.59 mm (0.063 in.)
corrosion allowance; the fluid has a specific gravity of
1.0. The equivalent number of cycles expected for the
piping system is fewer than 7 000 [i.e., f p 1.00 in accordance with para. 302.3.5(d)].
The piping system is in normal fluid service. The
installation temperature is 21°C (70°F). The reference
modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is
203.4 GPa (29.5 Msi) from Appendix C, Table C-6 in
S301.2 Design Conditions
The design conditions establish the pressure rating,
flange ratings, component ratings, and minimum
required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para.
301.2.1. For example, ASME B16.5 requires a minimum
of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges. Also, the minimum
required pipe wall thickness, tm , is determined from the
434
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S301.3.1 Generic Pipe Stress Model Input
design conditions by inserting eq. (3a) into eq. (2); terms
are defined in para. 304.1.1 and Appendix J.
E p 1.0
P p design pressure
p 3 795 kPa (550 psi)
S p allowable stress from Appendix A, Table A-1
p 125 MPa (18.1 ksi) at design temperature 288°C
(550°F)
Y p 0.4 from Table 304.1.1
Term
Operating conditions:
internal pressure, P1
maximum metal temp., T1
minimum metal temp., T2
installation temperature
p
PD
+c
2(SE + PY)
(3795 kPa)(406.4 mm)
+ 1.59 mm
2[(125 MPa)(1.00) + (3795 kPa)(0.4)]
p 6.10 mm + 1.59 mm p 7.69 mm (0.303 in.)
In accordance with para. 304.1.2(a), t must be less than
D/6 for eq. (3a) to be appropriate without considering
additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness, t (i.e., t < D/6, or 7.69 mm < 406.4 mm/6). Since
7.69 mm (0.303 in.) < 67.7 mm (2.67 in.), eq. (3a) is
applicable without special consideration of factors listed
in para. 304.1.2(b).
Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness.
Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness,
T, from nominal pipe wall thickness, T, considering a
mill tolerance of 12.5%.
Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30/STD nominal
wall thickness from ASME B36.10M.
T p 9.53 mm (0.375 in.)
T p (9.53 mm)(1.00 − 0.125) p 8.34 mm (0.328 in.)
3 450 kPa (500 psi)
260°C (500°F)
−1°C (30°F)
21°C (70°F)
Line size
Pipe
DN 400 (NPS 16)
Schedule 30/STD, 9.53 mm
(0.375 in.)
Mechanical allowance, c
Mill tolerance
Elbows
Fluid specific gravity
1.59 mm (0.063 in.)
12.5%
Long radius
1.0
Insulation thickness
Insulation density
127 mm (5 in.)
176 kg/m3 (11.0 lbm/ft3)
Pipe material
Pipe density
Total weight
Unit weight
ASTM A106 Grade B
7 833.4 kg/m3 (0.283 lbm/in.3)
7 439 kg (16,400 lbm)
248.3 kg/m (166.9 lbm/ft)
Insert eq. (3a) into eq. (2).
tm p t + c p
Value
(e) include axial load and internal pressure force in
the sustained stress, SL
(f) intensify the elbows’ in-plane bending moment in
the calculation of the elbows’ effective stress due to
sustained loads, SL
S301.4 Pressure Effects
For the operating, sustained, and displacement stress
range load cases, the effect of pressure stiffening on the
elbows is included to determine the end reactions in
accordance with Appendix D, Note (7). The effects of
pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not
included, as both are deemed negligible for this particular example.
Since T ≥ tm (i.e., 8.34 mm > 7.69 mm), the selection of
the nominal pipe wall thickness, T, for Schedule 30/STD
pipe is acceptable. The long radius elbows specified for
this piping system are in accordance with ASME B16.9
and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30/STD
wall thickness pipe.
S301.5 The Operating Load Case
S301.3 Computer Model Input
The operating load case is used to determine the
operating position of the piping and reaction loads for
any attached equipment, anchors, supports, guides, or
stops. The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the installation temperature of 21°C
(70°F) to the maximum operating metal temperature of
260°C (500°F), in accordance with para. 319.3.1(b). The
operating load case in this example also includes the
effects of internal pressure, pipe weight, insulation
weight, and fluid weight on the piping system. Both pipe
stiffness and stress are based on the nominal thickness of
the pipe. Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for
the operating load case are listed in Table S301.5.1. Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure
are listed in Table S301.5.2.
Tables S301.3.1 and S301.3.2 list the “node numbers,”
lengths, etc., for each piping element displayed in
Fig. S301.1. A bend radius of 1.5 times the nominal
pipe diameter [i.e., 609.6 mm (24 in.)] and nominal wall
thickness of 9.53 mm (0.375 in.) are used for the elbows
in the computer model.
Generic computer program option “flags” are as
follows:
(a) include pressure stiffening on elbows
(b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects
(c) use nominal section properties for both the stiffness matrix and the displacement stress analysis
(d) use “nominal less allowances” section properties
for sustained stress, SL
435
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S301.3.2 Element Connectivity, Type, and Lengths
From
To
DX,
m (ft)
DY,
m (ft)
10
15
6.10 (20)
...
10 anchor
15 bisection node
15
20
6.10 (20)
...
20 Y support
20
30
3.05 (10)
...
Three-node elbow [Note (1)]
30
40
6.10 (20)
Three-node elbow [Note (1)]
40
45
3.05 (10)
...
Informational node
45
50
6.10 (20)
...
50 anchor
...
Element Type
GENERAL NOTE: This piping system is planar, i.e., DZ p 0 m (ft) for each piping element.
NOTE:
(1) The specified element lengths are measured to and/or from each elbow’s tangent intersection
point.
Table S301.5.1 Operating Load Case Results: Internal Loads and Deflections
Bending
Moment,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
Node
Number
Axial Force,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
10
15
20
30 near
30 mid
30 far
+26 500 (+5,960)
−26 500 (−5,960)
−26 500 (−5,960)
−26 500 (−5,960)
−46 300 (−10,410)
−37 800 (−8,500)
21 520
10 710
47 560
57 530
69 860
65 320
(15,870)
(7,900)
(35,080)
(42,440)
(51,530)
(48,180)
0.00
18.3 (0.72)
36.7 (1.44)
44.0 (1.73)
44.7 (1.76)
41.4 (1.63)
40 near
40 mid
40 far
45
50
−25 920
−36 250
−26 500
−26 500
−26 500
63 930
70 860
65 190
14 900
47 480
(47,160)
(52,270)
(48,080)
(10,990)
(35,030)
−23.0 (−0.91)
−26.4 (−1.04)
−25.7 (−1.01)
−18.3 (−0.72)
0.00
(−5,830)
(−8,150)
(−5,960)
(−5,960)
(−5,960)
Horizontal
Deflection,
mm (in.)
[Note (1)]
Vertical
Deflection,
mm (in.)
[Note (1)]
0.00
−1.3 (−0.05)
0.00
−3.7 (−0.14)
−2.3 (−0.09)
0.4 (0.02)
15.1 (0.59)
17.8 (0.70)
19.2 (0.75)
13.5 (0.53)
0.00
NOTE:
(1) Loads and deflections are averaged from commercial programs with a variance within units’ conversion tolerance.
Table S301.5.2 Operating Load Case Results: Reaction Loads on Supports
and Anchors
Global Axis Forces and Moments
Node
FX,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
FY,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
MZ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
10 anchor
20 support
50 anchor
−26 500 (−5,960)
...
+26 500 (+5,960)
−12 710 (−2,860)
−63 050 (−14,180)
+2 810 (+630)
21 520 (15,870)
...
47 480 (35,030)
NOTE:
(1) Loads and deflections are averaged from commercial programs with a variance within units’ conversion tolerance.
436
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S301.6 Sustained Forces and Stresses
[Allowable, Sh p 130 MPa (18,900 psi)]
Node
10
20
30
40
50
anchor
support
far
far
anchor
Axial
Force,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
Bending
Moment,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
+3 270 (+735)
−3 270 (−735)
−19 880 (−4,470)
+3 270 (+735)
+3 270 (+735)
17 260
56 130
16 320
2 340
37 860
(12,730)
(41,400)
(12,040)
(1,730)
(27,930)
Sustained
Stress,
SL,
kPa (psi)
[Note (2)]
59 100
99 200
72 700
46 050
80 350
(8,560)
(14,370)
(10,540)
(6,680)
(11,650)
NOTES:
(1) Loads, deflections, and stresses are averaged from commercial programs with a variance within
units’ conversion tolerance.
(2) Axial forces have their sign retained and do not include the signed axial pressure force, which is
also included in the sustained stress, SL.
S301.6 The Sustained Load Case
element is calculated in accordance with eq. (17) and is
listed in Table S301.7, along with the internal reaction
loads. Nominal section properties are used to generate
the stiffness matrix and displacement stress in the piping
in accordance with para. 319.3.5. Since this example
model lies in only one plane, only the in-plane bending
moment is not zero. The in-plane moment is intensified
at each elbow by the appropriate Appendix D stress
intensification factor, ii, for an unflanged elbow.
For simplicity, the allowable displacement stress
range, S A , is calculated in accordance with eq. (1a).
Though eq. (1a) is used in this example, it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq. (1b), which
permits SA to exceed the eq. (1a) value for each piping
element, based on the magnitude of each element’s sustained stress, SL.
The following terms are as defined in para. 302.3.5(d)
and Appendix J:
f p 1.00 for ≤ 7 000 equivalent cycles, from
Fig. 302.3.5 or eq. (1c)
SA p f (1.25Sc + 0.25Sh)
p (1.00)[(1.25)(138 MPa) + (0.25)(130 MPa)]
p 205 MPa (29,725 psi)
Sc p allowable stress from Appendix A, Table A-1
p 138 MPa (20.0 ksi) at T2
Sh p allowable stress from Appendix A, Table A-1
p 130 MPa (18.9 ksi) at T1
T1 p maximum metal temperature
p 260°C (500°F)
T2 p minimum metal temperature
p −1°C (30°F)
Sustained stresses due to the axial force, internal pressure, and intensified bending moment in this example
are combined to determine the sustained longitudinal
stress, S L . The sustained load case excludes thermal
effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1 p
3450 kPa (500 psi)], pipe weight, insulation weight, and
fluid weight on the piping system.
Nominal section properties are used to generate the
stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer
model in accordance with para. 319.3.5. The nominal
thickness, less allowances, is used to calculate the section
properties for the sustained stress, SL, in accordance with
para. 302.3.5(c).
A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces, moments, and sustained stresses, SL, is provided in Table S301.6. Since this example model lies in
only one plane, only the sustained bending stress due
to the in-plane bending moment is not zero. The inplane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by
the appropriate index for an unflanged elbow. Note that
sustained stresses for the nodes listed in Table S301.6 do
not exceed the 130 MPa (18,900 psi) sustained allowable
stress, Sh, for A 106 Grade B piping at the maximum
metal temperature, T1 p 260°C (500°F), from Appendix
A, Table A-1. By limiting SL to the sustained allowable,
Sh, the piping system is deemed adequately protected
against collapse.
S301.7 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case
The displacement stress range, SE, in this example is
based on the temperature range from the installation
[21°C (70°F)] to minimum metal temperature [T2 p −1°C
(30°F)] and from the installation [21°C (70°F)] to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under
analysis [T1 p 260°C (500°F)], in accordance with para.
319.3.1(a). The displacement stress range, SE, for each
Note that each piping element’s displacement stress
range, based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis, SE, does not
exceed the eq. (1a) allowable, SA. By limiting SE to SA,
the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate
up to 7 000 full excursion equivalent cycles.
437
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S301.7 Displacement Stress Range [SA p 205 MPa (29,725 psi)]
Global Axis Forces and Moments
FX,
N (lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
Node
10
20
30
40
50
anchor
support
mid
mid
anchor
25 070
25 070
25 070
25 070
25 070
(5,640)
(5,640)
(5,640)
(5,640)
(5,640)
FY,
N (lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
1 130
1 130
19 330
19 330
19 330
MZ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
(260)
(260)
(4,350)
(4,350)
(4,350)
4 600
9 250
60 250
76 740
92 110
SE
From Eq. (17),
kPa (psi)
[Note (1)]
(3,390)
(6,820)
(44,440)
(56,600)
(67,940)
4 000
8 040
137 000
174 500
79 900
(580)
(1,170)
(19,870)
(25,300)
(11,600)
NOTE:
(1) Loads, deflections, and stresses are averaged from commercial programs with a variance within
units’ conversion tolerance.
Fig. S302.1 Lift-Off Model
Considering both the sustained and displacement
stress range load cases, the piping system is compliant
with the requirements of the Code; redesign of the piping
system is not required unless the sustained or operating
reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed
the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle
or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded. The
nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond
the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed.
S302
12.2 m
(40 ft)
3.05 9.15 m
m
(30 ft)
(10 ft)
9.15 m
(30 ft)
3.05
m
(10 ft)
12.2 m
(40 ft)
Y
50
X
145
40
6.1 m
(20 ft)
EXAMPLE 2: ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED
CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF
10
15
20
30
130
120 115
110
S302.1 Example Description
This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of
a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts
off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating
condition. The emphasis of this example is to describe
the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions. The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for
guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type)
that are not engaged during any anticipated operating
condition.
The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray
the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping
geometries and/or support scenarios. The piping system in Fig. S302.1 is the same in material and dimensional properties as in Example 1; see para. S301.1. Note
that both the design and operating conditions are well
below the creep regime; therefore, the piping system
will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements, relaxation, or sag.
Table S302.1 Temperature/Pressure
Combinations
Conditions
Design conditions
Operating (P1, T1) maximum
metal temperature
(Operating Case 1)
Operating (P2, T2) minimum
metal temperature
(Operating Case 2)
Installation temperature
Pressure
3 968 kPa
(575 psi)
3 795 kPa
(550 psi)
Temperature
302°C (575°F)
288°C (550°F)
0 kPa (0 psi)
−1°C
(30°F)
...
21°C
(70°F)
from Example 1 even though the design conditions have
increased slightly. The hydrotest pressure does increase
from 6 039 kPa (875 psi) to 6 729 kPa (975 psi).
S302.3 Computer Model Input
S302.2 Design Conditions
Table S302.3 lists the node numbers, lengths, etc., for
each piping component that is displayed in Fig. S302.1.
The computer-based options are the same as those for
the Example 1 model; see para. S301.3.
The design conditions are similar to those in the
Example 1 model; see para. S301.2 and Table S302.1.
Note that the minimum thickness remains unchanged
438
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S302.3 Generic Pipe Stress Model Input:
Component Connectivity, Type, and Lengths
From
To
DX , m (ft)
DY , m (ft)
Component Type
10
15
6.10 (20)
...
15
20
20
30
6.10 (20)
3.05 (10)
...
...
10 anchor
15 informational node
20 Y support
Three node elbow [Note (1)]
30
40
45
40
45
50
...
3.05 (10)
6.10 (20)
6.10 (20)
...
...
Three node elbow [Note (1)]
Informational node
50 Y+ support
110
115
−6.10 (−20)
...
115
120
120
130
−6.10 (−20)
−3.05 (−10)
...
...
110 anchor
115 informational node
120 Y support
Three node elbow [Note (1)]
130
140
145
140
145
50
...
−3.05 (−10)
−6.10 (−20)
6.10 (20)
...
...
Three node elbow [Note (1)]
Informational node
...
NOTE:
(1) The specified component lengths are measured to and/or from each elbow’s tangent intersection
point.
S302.4 Pressure Effects
for each sustained condition that is evaluated; see
para. S302.6.2.
The pressure effect considerations are the same as
those for Example 1; see para. 301.4.
S302.6.2 Anticipated Sustained Conditions. All
anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible
support scenarios should be considered. The designer
has identified four anticipated sustained conditions for
this piping system; each is listed in Table S302.6.2.1,
along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support,
as either assessed by analysis or determined by the
designer. The designer has deemed the Sustained
Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design
and requiring evaluation.
S302.5 The Operating Load Case
The operating condition evaluated and discussed in
this example, Operating Case 1, includes the effects of
pipe weight, insulation weight, fluid weight, internal
pressure [P1 p 3 795 kPa (550 psi)], and temperature
[T1 p 288°C (550°F)]. An operating load case is evaluated
to determine the operating position of the piping and
determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment, anchors, supports, guides, or stops. In particular,
each operating load case’s support scenario is evaluated
or assessed by the designer in order to determine
whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to
be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed.
Further operating load case discussion can be found in
para. S301.5.
Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for Operating Case 1 are listed in Table S302.5.1.
Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the
following tables; this is both for convenience, since the
model is symmetric, and for comparison to Example 1,
e.g., the loads, deflections, and stresses for nodes 10
through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140
except that some signs may be reversed.
S302.6.3 Results for the Evaluated Sustained
Condition. The Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case 1, excludes thermal
effects, and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1 p
3 795 kPa (550 psi)], pipe weight, insulation weight, and
fluid weight on the piping system. A summary of the
Sustained Condition 3 internal reaction forces, moments,
and sustained stresses, SL, appears in Table S302.6.3.1.
See para. S301.6 for additional information concerning
the sustained stress determination.
S302.7 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases
The displacement stress range load cases are not listed,
since they are not the subject of this example.
S302.6 Sustained Conditions
S302.8 Code Compliance — Satisfying the Intent of
the Code
S302.6.1 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads, SL,
Calculations. The stress due to (long-term) sustained
loads, SL, is computed in accordance with para. 320.2
The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the
piping system is not protected against collapse for the
cycles under analysis when considering the Operating
439
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S302.5.1 Results for Operating Case 1:
Reaction Loads on Support and Anchors
Fx ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
Fy ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
Mz ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Unsigned)
[Note (1)]
−26 600 (−5,975)
...
...
−14 050 (−3,150)
−58 900 (−13,250)
0 [Note (2)]
27 000 (19,900)
...
...
Node
10 anchor
20 support
50 Y+
NOTES:
(1) Loads and deflections are averaged from commercial programs with a variance within units’ convergence tolerances. Magnitudes of loads for nodes 10 and 20 are the same for 110 and 120, but
may differ in sign.
(2) No support is provided at the node 50 Y+ restraint for Operating Case 1.
Table S302.6.2.1 Sustained Load
Condition Listing
Node 50’s Support Status
(Active/Removed)
Sustained Condition
1:
2:
3:
4:
As installed [Note (1)]
P1 [Note (2)]
P1 [Note (2)]
P2 [Note (2)]
Active
Active
Inactive
Active
NOTES:
(1) The original (as-installed) condition considers only pipe
weight and insulation weight without fluid contents or internal pressure.
(2) The Sustained Conditions reflect the support scenario of the
related Operating Conditions, exclude thermal effects, and
include the effects of the related internal pressure, pipe
weight, insulation weight, and fluid weight on the piping
system.
Table S302.6.3.1 Sustained Forces and Stresses for Sustained Condition 3
With Node 50 Support Removed
[Allowable Sh p 124.5 MPa (18,100 psi) ): Fails]
Global Axis Forces and Moments [Note (1)]
Node
10
20
30
40
50
anchor
support
far
mid
Y+
Fx ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (2)]
12 575
12 575
12 575
12 575
12 575
(2,825)
(2,825)
(2,825)
(2,825)
(2,825)
Fy ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (2)]
8 385 (1,885)
64 565 (14,515)
34 985 (7,865)
21 950 (4,935)
0 [Note (4)]
Mz ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Unsigned)
3 995
82 845
29 985
32 770
62 885
(2,945)
(61,095)
(22,115)
(24,165)
(46,375)
Sustained
SL ,
kPa (psi)
[Notes (2), (3)]
48 645
129 975
101 920
108 525
109 385
(7,055)
(18,850)
(14,780)
(15,740)
(15,865)
NOTES:
(1) Loads and deflections are averaged from commercial programs with a variance within units’ convergence tolerance. The magnitude of
loads and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same for 110 and 140, though the loads may differ in sign.
(2) Forces have their sign retained, but do not include the signed axial pressure force necessary to compute the axial stress, which is
included in the sustained stress, SL.
(3) Stress may differ by slightly more than units’ conversion tolerance.
(4) No support is provided at the node 50 Y+ restraint for Sustained Condition 3.
440
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fig. S303.1 Moment Reversal Model
1.52 m
(5 ft)
1.52 m
(5 ft)
1.52 m
(5 ft)
1.52 m
(5 ft)
1.52 m
(5 ft)
45
345
40
110
10
8 890 N
120 (2,000 lb) 130
(typical)
140
20
Pipe
anchor
210
220
230
240
Pipe
support
(typical)
310
1.52 m
(5 ft)
Pipe anchor but
free in X
1.52 m
(5 ft)
North
330
X
335
Z
0.76 m
(2.5 ft)
ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E p 1.00), both piping headers
are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500
(NPS 20), and both branch and header are 9.53 mm
(0.375 in.) thick. For simplicity, each piping segment or
component is 1.524 m (5 ft) in length.
The piping system is in normal fluid service. The fluid
is gaseous; is considered to add no weight; and to be
neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard, i.e., there is
no corrosion allowance. The line is not insulated. The
installation temperature is 4.5°C (40°F). The reference
modulus of elasticity used is 203.4 GPa (29.5 Msi) and
Poisson’s ratio is 0.3. Consideration is given to the close
proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance
with the guidance in para. 319.3.6, and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system.
The piping internal pressure, and minimum and maximum metal temperatures, expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions,
are listed in Table S303.1. The design conditions are set
sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as
to provide additional margin on the allowable as
required by the owner.
Case 1. Therefore, redesign of the piping system is
required.
If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code, then the piping system
would require no further attention unless the sustained,
hydrotest, or operating reaction loads at either anchor
data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the
attached equipment nozzle, or the support structure at
either node 20 or 120 is overloaded. The nozzle loads
and support structure analyses are beyond the scope
of this Appendix and are not addressed. Although the
occasional load cases are important to the design and
analysis of a piping system, they are not discussed in
this example.
S303
340
320
30
35
0.76 m
(2.5 ft)
EXAMPLE 3: MOMENT REVERSAL
S303.1 Example Description
This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility
analysis required for a piping system that is designed
for more than one operating condition and also experiences a “reversal of moments” between any two of the
anticipated operating conditions. The examples in this
Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only
and are not intended to portray the same as either
adequate or even acceptable piping geometries and/
or support scenarios. Both the design and operating
conditions are well below the creep regime.
The piping system in Fig. S303.1 consists of two headers and two branches, which are referred to as gas “meter
runs.” Only one of the branches is in service (operating)
at a given time; the out-of-service branch is purged and
at ambient condition. The design specification calls for
each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out
of service once per week for the piping system’s planned
20-year service life, i.e., f p 1.20 in accordance with
para. 302.3.5(d). The piping system is fabricated from
S303.2 Design Conditions
The design conditions establish the pressure rating,
flange ratings, components ratings, and minimum
required pipe wall thickness. ASME B16.5 requires a
minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges. The
minimum required wall thickness for both the branch
and header is 4.4 mm (0.171 in.), considering a 12.5%
mill tolerance; therefore, selection of the standard wall
thickness of 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) is acceptable.
S303.3 Computer Model Input
Table S303.3 lists the node numbers, lengths, etc., for
each piping component that is displayed in Fig. S303.1.
441
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S303.1
Pressure/Temperature Combinations
Header(s)
Condition
Design
Operating Case 1
[Note (1)]
Operating Case 2
[Note (2)]
Installation
temperature
West Branch
East Branch
Pressure
Temperature
Pressure
Temperature
Pressure
Temperature
2 069 kPa
(300 psi)
1 724 kPa
(250 psi)
149°C
(300°F)
121°C
(250°F)
2 069 kPa
(300 psi)
1 724 kPa
(250 psi)
149°C
(300°F)
121°C
(250°F)
2 069 kPa
(300 psi)
0 kPa
(0 psi)
149°C
(300°F)
4.5°C
(40°F)
1 724 kPa
(250 psi)
...
121°C
(250°F)
4.5°C
(40°F)
0 kPa
(0 psi)
...
4.5°C
(40°F)
4.5°C
(40°F)
1 724 kPa
(250 psi)
...
121°C
(250°F)
4.5°C
(40°F)
GENERAL NOTE: For computer based temperature and pressure data input, consider the West Branch temperature and pressure to be in
effect from nodes 30 through 330 as listed in Table S303.3. Likewise, consider the East Branch temperature and pressure to be in effect from
nodes 40 through 340 as listed in Table S303.3; see para. S303.3.
NOTES:
(1) East Branch is at ambient conditions.
(2) West Branch is at ambient conditions.
Table S303.3 Generic Pipe Stress Model Input:
Component Connectivity, Type, and Lengths
From
To
DX ,
m (ft)
10
20
1.52 (5)
20
30
20
40
30
35
40
45
40
110
1.52 (5)
...
110
120
130
140
120
130
140
340
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
...
...
...
...
30
210
1.52 (5)
...
210
220
230
240
220
230
240
330
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
...
...
...
...
310
320
−1.52 (−5)
...
320
330
320
340
330
335
340
345
...
...
...
...
1.52
(5)
0.76 (2.5)
−1.52 (−5)
−0.76 (−2.5)
GENERAL NOTE:
...
...
...
...
DZ ,
m (ft)
...
1.52
(5)
0.76 (2.5)
−1.52 (−5)
−0.76 (−2.5)
Component Type
10
20
30
35
40
45
anchor (DN 600 Header)
welding tee
welding tee
simulated end cap
welding tee
end cap
(East DN 500 Branch)
110 Y support
120 pipe segment
8 890 N (2,000 lb) meter
140 pipe segment
340 welding tee
(West DN 500 Branch)
210 Y support
220 pipe segment
8 890 N (2,000 lb) meter
240 pipe segment
330 welding tee
(DN 600 Header)
310 anchor [free in the
X (axial) direction]
320 welding tee
330 welding tee
335 end cap
340 welding tee
345 end cap
This piping system is planar, i.e., DY p 0 m (0 ft) for each piping component.
442
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S303.3. For
simplicity, an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee
centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S303.1, e.g., the East meter run
branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa
(250 psi) and 121°C (250°F) for Operating Case 2. The
computer-based options are the same as those for the
Example 1 model, except that pressure stiffening is not
included in the analyses for this example; see
para. S301.3.
Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S303.1. The individual
displacement stress range, SE, along with the internal
reaction loads, is evaluated for each piping component
in accordance with eq. (17) and is listed in Tables S303.7.1
and S303.7.2 for Operating Cases 1 and 2, respectively.
The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the
largest overall stress differential for the piping system
in accordance with paras. 319.2.1(d), 319.2.3(b), and
319.3.1(b), i.e., SE, the “stress range corresponding to the
total displacement strains.” The resulting load combination and SE for each piping component are listed in
Table S303.7.3.
S303.4 Pressure Effects
Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are
included in the analyses.
S303.8 Code Compliance — Satisfying the Intent of
the Code
S303.5 Operating Load Case(s)
The operating load case is used to determine the
operating position of the piping and reaction loads for
any attached equipment, anchors, supports, guides, or
stops. The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported. Therefore, the operating load case,
while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges,
does not contribute to the emphasis of this example,
and its output is not included.
The piping system is compliant with the sustained
load requirements of the Code. The displacement stress
range from the original (as-installed) condition to each
of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in
compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq. (1a) allowable, SA. But, the “stress range
corresponding to the total displacement strains,” which
considers the algebraic strain difference between the two
operating cases, indicates that the piping system is not
protected against fatigue for the cycles under analysis
even when considering the eq. (1b) allowable, SA. Therefore, redesign of the piping system is required.
The redesign should consider the additional impact
of average axial displacement stresses in accordance
with the recommendations in para. 319.2.3(c). If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with
the intent of the code, then the piping system would
require no further attention unless the sustained,
hydrotest, or operating reaction loads at either anchor
data point 10 or 310, or meter runs 130 or 230, exceeded
the allowable loads for the attached equipment, nozzles,
or support structure. The meter loads, nozzle loads, and
support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this
example. Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system, they
are not discussed in this example.
S303.6 Sustained Load Case
Sustained stresses due to the axial force, internal pressure, and intensified bending moment in this example
are combined to determine the sustained stress, SL. For
reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load
case, the sustained load case output is not included.
S303.7 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases
The displacement stress range, SE, is computed in
accordance with para. 319.2.3(b), in which the strains
evaluated for the original (as-installed) condition (for
this particular example) are algebraically subtracted
from the strains evaluated for the Operating Case 1 as
listed in Table S303.1. Similarly, the displacement stress
range, SE, is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the as-installed condition to the
443
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S303.7.1 Case 1: Displacement Stress Range
[Eq. (1a) Allowable SA p 248.2 MPa (36 ksi): Passes]
Global Axis Forces and Moments
10
20
30
40
Node
Fx ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
My ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
anchor
tee
tee
tee
0
0
−78 485 (−17,645)
78 485 (17,645)
147 470 (108,755)
−147 470 (−108,755)
45 900 (33,850)
45 900 (33,850)
Eq. (17)
SE ,
kPa (psi)
[Note (2)]
55 610
189 945
84 360
84 360
(8,065)
(27,550)
(12,235)
(12,235)
110 Y
120
130 meter
140 Y
78 485
78 485
78 485
78 485
(17,645)
(17,645)
(17,645)
(17,645)
45 900
45 900
45 900
45 900
(33,850)
(33,850)
(33,850)
(33,850)
25 155
25 155
25 155
25 155
(3,650)
(3,650)
(3,650)
(3,650)
340 tee
210 Y
220
230 meter
78 485
−78 485
−78 485
−78 485
(17,645)
(−17,645)
(−17,645)
(−17,645)
45 900
45 900
45 900
45 900
(33,850)
(33,850)
(33,850)
(33,850)
84 360
25 155
25 155
25 155
(12,235)
(3,650)
(3,650)
(3,650)
240
330
310
320
−78 485 (−17,645)
−78 485 (−17,645)
0
0
45 900 (33,850)
45 900 (33,850)
−147 470 (−108,755)
147 470 (108,755)
25 155
84 360
55 610
189 945
(3,650)
(12,235)
(8,065)
(27,550)
Y
tee
anchor
tee
NOTES:
(1) Loads are averaged from commercial programs and are directly affected by the stiffness chosen for
valves, flanges, and other relatively stiff components.
(2) Stress may differ by slightly more than units’ conversion tolerance.
444
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S303.7.2 Case 2: Displacement Stress Range
[Eq. (1a) Allowable SA p 248.2 MPa (36 ksi): Passes]
Global Axis Forces and Moments
Node
10
20
30
40
anchor
tee
tee
tee
Fx ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
0
0
78 485 (17,645)
−78 485 (−17,645)
My ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Signed)
[Note (1)]
Eq. (17)
SE ,
kPa (psi)
[Note (2)]
−147 470
147 470
−45 900
−45 900
(−108,755)
(108,755)
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
55 610
189 945
84 360
84 360
(8,065)
(27,550)
(12,235)
(12,235)
110 Y
120
130 meter
140 Y
−78 485
−78 485
−78 485
−78 485
(−17,645)
(−17,645)
(−17,645)
(−17,645)
−45 900
−45 900
−45 900
−45 900
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
25 155
25 155
25 155
25 155
(3,650)
(3,650)
(3,650)
(3,650)
340 tee
210 Y
220
230 meter
−78 485
78 485
78 485
78 485
(−17,645)
(17,645)
(17,645)
(17,645)
−45 900
−45 900
−45 900
−45 900
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
84 360
25 155
25 155
25 155
(12,235)
(3,650)
(3,650)
(3,650)
78 485 (17,645)
78 485 (17,645)
0
0
−45 900
−45 900
147 470
−147 470
(−33,850)
(−33,850)
(108,755)
(−108,755)
25 155
84 360
55 610
189 945
(3,650)
(12,235)
(8,065)
(27,550)
240
330
310
320
Y
tee
anchor
tee
NOTES:
(1) Loads are averaged from commercial programs and are directly affected by the stiffness chosen for
valves, flanges, and other relatively stiff components.
(2) Stress may differ by slightly more than units’ conversion tolerance.
445
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Table S303.7.3 Load Combination Considering Cases 1 and 2,
Total Strain Based: Displacement Stress Range
[Eq. (1b) Allowable SA p 379.8 MPa (55.1 ksi): Fails]
Global Axis Forces and Moments [Note (1)]
10
20
30
40
Node
Fx ,
N (lb)
(Signed)
My ,
N-m (ft-lb)
(Signed)
anchor
tee
tee
tee
0
0
−156 970 (−35,290)
156 970 (35,290)
294 940 (217,510)
−294 940 (−217,510)
91 800 (67,700)
91 800 (67,700)
Eq. (17)
SE ,
kPa (psi)
[Notes (2), (3)]
111 220
379 890
168 720
168 720
(16,130)
(55,100)
(24,470)
(24,470)
110 Y
120
130 meter
140 Y
156 970
156 970
156 970
156 970
(35,290)
(35,290)
(35,290)
(35,290)
91 800
91 800
91 800
91 800
(67,700)
(67,700)
(67,700)
(67,700)
50 310
50 310
50 310
50 310
(7,300)
(7,300)
(7,300)
(7,300)
340 tee
210 Y
220
230 meter
156 970
−156 970
−156 970
−156 970
(35,290)
(−35,290)
(−35,290)
(−35,290)
91 800
91 800
91 800
91 800
(67,700)
(67,700)
(67,700)
(67,700)
168 720
50 310
50 310
50 310
(24,470)
(7,300)
(7,300)
(7,300)
240
330
310
320
−156 970 (−35,290)
−156 970 (−35,290)
0
0
91 800 (67,700)
91 800 (67,700)
−294 940 (−217,510)
294 940 (217,510)
50 310
168 720
111 220
379 890
(7,300)
(24,470)
(16,130)
(55,100)
Y
tee
anchor
tee
GENERAL NOTE: The sustained stress used in determining the eq. (1b) allowable for nodes 20 and 320
is SL p 28 380 kPa (4,115 psi).
NOTES:
(1) Loads are averaged from commercial programs and are directly affected by the stiffness chosen for
valves, flanges, and other relatively stiff components.
(2) Stress may differ by slightly more than units’ conversion tolerance.
(3) The additional impact of average axial displacement stresses in accordance with the recommendations in para. 319.2.3(c) has not been included in determining the displacement stress range.
446
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX V
ALLOWABLE VARIATIONS IN ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE
V300
APPLICATION
(c) Service conditions are considered only in the
calculation of the usage factors in accordance with
para. V303 when the allowable stress at the temperature
of those conditions in Table A-1 is based on the creep
criteria stated in para. 302.3.2.
(d) Creep-fatigue interaction effects shall be considered when the number of cycles exceeds 100.
(a) This Appendix covers application of the Linear
Life Fraction Rule, which provides a method for evaluating variations at elevated temperatures above design
conditions where material creep properties [see
para. V302(c)] control the allowable stress at the temperature of the variation. This Appendix is a Code requirement only when specified by the owner in accordance
with the last sentence of para. 302.2.4(f)(1).
(b) Life Fraction analysis addresses only the gross
strength of piping components; it does not consider local
stress effects. It is the designer’s responsibility to provide
construction details suitable for elevated temperature
design.
V300.1
V303
The cumulative effect of all service conditions during
the service life of the piping is determined by the Linear
Life Fraction Rule in accordance with the following
procedure.
V303.1 Calculations for Each Service Condition i
Definitions
The following steps shall be repeated for each service
condition considered.
operating condition: any condition of pressure and temperature under which the design conditions are not
exceeded.
V303.1.1 Equivalent Stress for Pressure
(a) Using eq. (V1), compute a pressure-based equivalent stress, Spi
excursion: any condition under which pressure or temperature, or both, exceed the design conditions.
service condition: any operating condition or excursion.
Spi p Sd Pi /Pmax
duration
(a) the extent of any service condition, hours
(b) the cumulative extent of all repetitions of a given
service condition during service life, hours
DESIGN BASIS
Life Fraction analysis shall be performed in accordance with one of the following design basis options
selected by the owner.
(a) All service conditions in the creep range and their
durations are included.
(b) To simplify the analysis, less severe service conditions need not be individually evaluated if their durations are included with the duration of a more severe
service condition.
V302
(V1)
where
Pi p gage pressure, kPa (psig), during service
condition i
Pmax p maximum allowable gage pressure, kPa
(psig), for continuous operation of pipe or
component at design temperature, considering allowances, c, and mill tolerance, but
without considering weld joint strength
reduction factor, W; weld joint quality factors,
Ej; or casting quality factor, Ec
Sd p allowable stress, MPa (ksi), at design
temperature, °C (°F)
Spi p pressure-based equivalent stress, MPa (ksi)
service life: the life assigned to a piping system for design
purposes, hours.
V301
PROCEDURE
(b) Compute the maximum longitudinal stress, SL ,
during service condition i, in accordance with
para. 302.3.5(c).
(c) The equivalent stress, S i, for use in para. V303.1.2
is the greater of the values calculated in (a) and (b)
above, divided by their respective weld joint strength
reduction factor, W, in accordance with para. 302.3.5(e).
CRITERIA
(a) All of the criteria in para. 302.2.4 shall be met.
(b) Only carbon steels, low and intermediate alloy
steels, austenitic stainless steels, and high nickel alloys
are included.
V303.1.2 Effective Temperature. From Table A-1,
find the temperature corresponding to a basic allowable
447
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
stress equal to the equivalent stress, Si, using linear interpolation if necessary. This temperature, TE, is the effective temperature for service condition i.
is acceptable including excursions. If u > 1.0, the designer
shall either increase the design conditions (selecting piping system components of a higher allowable working
pressure if necessary) or reduce the number and/or
severity of excursions until the usage factor is acceptable.
V303.1.3 Larson–Miller Parameter. Compute the
LMP for the basic design life for service condition i,
using eq. (V2)
V304
SI units: LMP p C + 5 TE + 273
U.S. Customary units: LMP p C + 5 TE + 460
V303.1.4 Rupture Life. Compute the rupture life,
tri , h, using eq. (V3)
(V3)
where
SI units:
ap
LMP
−C
Ti + 273
U.S. Customary units:
ap
LMP
−C
Ti + 460
and
Ti p temperature, °C (°F), of the component for the
coincident operating pressure–temperature
condition i under consideration
t ri p allowable rupture life, h, associated with a
given service condition i and stress, Si
LMP and C are as defined in para. V303.1.3.
Pmax p
Pmax p 306 psi
The usage factor, u, is the summation of individual
usage factors, t i /tri, for all service conditions considered
in para. V303.1. See eq. (V4).
ti /tri
2(T − c − mill tol.) ⴛ SEW
D − 2(T − c − mill tol.) ⴛ Y
Letting S p Sd and, in accordance with the definition
of Pmax in para. V303.1.1, E p 1 and W p 1,
V303.2 Determine Creep-Rupture Usage Factor
up
(14)
The following example illustrates the application of
the procedure in para. V303:
Pipe material: ASTM A691, Gr. 21⁄4Cr pipe using
A387, Gr. 22 Cl. 1 plate
Pipe size: NPS 30 (30 in. O.D.)
Nominal pipe wall thickness: 0.85 in.
Corrosion allowance: 0.0625 in.
Mill tolerance: 0.01 in.
Design pressure: 250 psig
Design temperature: 1,050°F
Total service life: 175,200 hr
Three service conditions are considered.
(a) Normal operation is 157,200 hr at 250 psig, 1,025°F.
(b) Expect up to 16,000 hr at design conditions of
250 psig, 1,050°F.
(c) Total of 2,000 hr at excursion condition of 330 psig,
1,050°F. [This is a 32% variation above the design pressure and, with the owner’s approval, it complies with
the criteria of para. 302.2.4. As a simplification, and in
accordance with para. V301(b), this 2,000 hr total
includes less severe excursions.]
Compute pressure-based equivalent stress, Spi, from
eq. (V1).
From Table A-1, Sd p 5.7 ksi at 1,050°F.
(V2)
where
C p 20 (carbon, low, and intermediate alloy steels)
p 15 (austenitic stainless steel and high nickel
alloys)
TE p effective temperature, °C (°F); see
para. V303.1.2
tri p 10a
EXAMPLE
Sp1 p 5.7(250/306) p 4.65 ksi
Sp2 p 5.7(250/306) p 4.65 ksi
Sp3 p 5.7(330/306) p 6.14 ksi
(V4)
NOTE: In eq. (V1), design pressure could be used in this example
for Pmax, as this will always be conservative. Here the actual Pmax
of the piping system is used.
where
i p as a subscript, 1 for the prevalent operating
condition; i p 2, 3, etc., for each of the other
service conditions considered
ti p total duration, h, associated with any service
condition, i, at pressure, Pi, and temperature, Ti
tri p as defined in para. V303.1.4
The stress due to sustained loads, SL, for each condition i, calculated in accordance with para. 320.2, is
SL1 p 3.0 ksi
SL2 p 3.0 ksi
SL3 p 3.7 ksi
V303.3 Evaluation
For pipe with a longitudinal weld (E p 1), W is 0.8,
0.77, and 1.0 for Sp1, Sp2, and Sp3, respectively. Note that
condition 3 is short term, so W p 1. Also note that with
the owner ’s approval, and in accordance with
The calculated value of u indicates the nominal
amount of creep-rupture life expended during the service life of the piping system. If u ≤ 1.0, the usage factor
448
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
para. 302.3.5(f)(2), W may be larger than the W factors
listed in Table 302.3.5. The designer chooses not to apply
W for girth welds, so W is 1.00 for SL1, SL2, and SL3. The
equivalent stress, Si, is the greater of Spi /W and SLi /W.
Therefore, Si is as follows:
Compute the LMP for each condition i using eq. (V2).
LMP p (20 + 5) (1,048 + 460) p 37,690
LMP p (20 + 5) (1,043 + 460) p 37,567
LMP p (20 + 5) (1,041 + 460) p 37,513
Compute the rupture life, tri, using eq. (V3).
S1 p MAX (Sp1/W, SL1 /W)
p MAX (4.65/0.8, 3.0/1.0)
p MAX (5.81, 3.00) p 5.81 ksi
a p 37,690/(1,025 + 460) − 20 p 5.38
tr1 p 105.38 p 240,187 hr
a p 37,567/(1,050 + 460) − 20 p 4.88
tr2 p 104.88 p 75,660 hr
S2 p MAX (Sp2 /W, SL2 /W)
p MAX (4.65/0.77, 3.0/1.0)
p MAX (6.04, 3.00) p 6.04 ksi
a p 37,513/(1,050 + 460) − 20 p 4.84
tr3 p 104.84 p 69,700 hr
S3 p MAX (Sp3/W, SL3 /W)
p MAX (6.14/1.0, 3.7/1.0)
p MAX (6.14, 3.70)p 6.14 ksi
Compute the usage factor, u, the summation of ti/tri, for
all service conditions.
From Table A-1, find the temperature, TE, corresponding to each Si.
t1/tr1 p 157,200/240,187 p 0.654
t2/tr2 p 16,000/75,660 p 0.211
t3/tr3 p 2,000/69,700 p 0.029
TE1 p 1,048°F
TE2 p 1,043°F
TE3 p 1,041°F
u p 0.654 + 0.211 + 0.029 p 0.895 < 1.0
Therefore, the excursion is acceptable.
449
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX X
METALLIC BELLOWS EXPANSION JOINTS
(Design requirements of Appendix X are dependent on and compatible with EJMA standards.)
X300 GENERAL
such as weight (insulation, snow, ice, etc.), shall be
stated.
The intent of this Appendix is to set forth design,
manufacturing, and installation requirements and considerations for bellows type expansion joints, supplemented by the EJMA standards. It is intended that
applicable provisions and requirements of Chapters I
through VI of this Code shall be met, except as modified
herein. This Appendix does not specify design details.
The detailed design of all elements of the expansion
joint is the responsibility of the manufacturer. This
Appendix is not applicable to expansion joints in piping
designed in accordance with Chapter IX.
X301.1.4 Fluid Properties. Properties of the flowing
medium pertinent to design requirements, including the
owner-designated fluid service category, flow velocity
and direction, for internal liners, etc., shall be specified.
X301.1.5 Other Design Conditions. Other conditions that may affect the design of the expansion joint,
such as use of shrouds, external or internal insulation,
limit stops, other constraints, and connections in the
body (e.g., drains or bleeds) shall be stated.
X301.2 Piping Design Requirements
X301 PIPING DESIGNER RESPONSIBILITIES
X301.2.1 General. Piping layout, anchorage,
restraints, guiding, and support shall be designed to
avoid imposing motions and forces on the expansion
joint other than those for which it is intended. For example, a bellows expansion joint is not normally designed
to absorb torsion. Pipe guides, restraints, and anchorage
shall conform to the EJMA standards. Anchors and
guides shall be provided to withstand expansion joint
thrust forces when not self-restrained by tie rods, hinge
bars, pins, etc. (See para. X302.1.) Column buckling of
the piping (e.g., due to internal fluid pressure) shall also
be considered.
The piping designer shall specify the design conditions and requirements necessary for the detailed design
and manufacture of the expansion joint in accordance
with para. X301.1 and the piping layout, anchors,
restraints, guides, and supports required by
para. X301.2.
X301.1 Expansion Joint Design Conditions
The piping designer shall specify all necessary design
conditions including the following.
X301.1.1 Static Design Conditions. The design conditions shall include any possible variations of pressure
or temperature, or both, above operating levels. Use of
a design metal temperature other than the fluid temperature for any component of the expansion joint shall be
verified by computation, using accepted heat transfer
procedures, or by test or measurement on similarly
designed equipment in service under equivalent
operating conditions.
X301.2.2 Design of Anchors
(a) Main Anchors. Main anchors shall be designed to
withstand the forces and moments listed in X301.2.2(b),
and pressure thrust, defined as the product of the effective thrust area of the bellows and the maximum pressure to which the joint will be subjected in operation.
Consideration shall be given to the increase of pressure
thrust loads on anchors due to unrestrained expansion
joints during leak testing if supplemental restraints are
not used during the test (see para. 345.3.3). For convoluted, omega, or disk type joints, the effective thrust
area recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.
If this information is unavailable, the area shall be based
on the mean diameter of the bellows.
(b) Intermediate Anchors. Anchors shall be capable of
withstanding the following forces and moments:
(1) those required to compress, extend, offset, or
rotate the joint by an amount equal to the calculated
linear or angular displacement
X301.1.2 Cyclic Design Conditions. These conditions shall include coincident pressure, temperature,
imposed end displacements and thermal expansion of
the expansion joint itself, for cycles during operation.
Cycles due to transient conditions (startup, shutdown,
and abnormal operation) shall be stated separately. (See
EJMA standards, C-4.1.5.2 on cumulative fatigue analysis, for guidance in defining cycles.)
X301.1.3 Other Loads. Other loads, including
dynamic effects (such as wind, thermal shock, vibration,
seismic forces, and hydraulic surge); and static loads,
450
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
(2) static friction of the pipe in moving on its supports between extreme extended and contracted positions (with calculated movement based on the length of
pipe between anchor and expansion joint)
(3) operating and transient dynamic forces caused
by the flowing medium
(4) other piping forces and moments
bellows shall not exceed 1.5 times the allowable stress
given in Table A-1.
(c) Stresses shall be calculated in restraints (tie rods,
hinge bars, pins, etc.) in self-restrained expansion joints
and in the attachments of the restraining devices to the
pipe or flanges. Direct tension, compression, bearing,
and shear stresses shall not exceed the allowable stress
limits stated in para. 302.3.1. The summation of general
bending stress plus tension or compression stress shall
not exceed the stress values listed in Appendix A,
Tables A-1 and A-2, times the shape factor of the cross
section. The shape factor is the ratio of the plastic
moment to the yield moment (e.g., 1.5 for a rectangular
section). For attachment of restraints to piping, see para.
321.3. Local stresses may be evaluated using the criteria
of ASME Section VIII, Division 2, Part 5. Compression
members shall be evaluated for buckling in accordance
with the AISC Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable
Stress Design. For self-restrained expansion joints, the
restraints shall be designed to withstand the full design
pressure thrust. Additional considerations may be
required where time-dependent stresses prevail.
(d) Pressure design of pipe sections, fittings, and
flanges shall meet the requirements of paras. 303 and
304.
(e) When the operating metal temperature of the bellows element is in the creep range,1 the design shall be
given special consideration and, in addition to meeting
the requirements of this Appendix, shall be qualified as
required by para. 304.7.2.
X302 EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURER
RESPONSIBILITIES
The expansion joint manufacturer shall provide the
detailed design and fabrication of all elements of the
expansion joint in accordance with the requirements of
the Code and the engineering design. This includes
(a) all piping within the end connections of the assembly supplied by the manufacturer, including pipe,
flanges, fittings, connections, bellows, and supports or
restraints of piping
(b) specifying the need for supports or restraints
external to the assembly as required, and of the data for
their design
(c) determining design conditions for all components
supplied with the expansion joint that are not in contact
with the flowing medium
(14)
X302.1 Expansion Joint Design
The design of bellows-type expansion joints shall be
based on recognized and accepted analysis methods and
design conditions stated in para. X301.1. These joints
shall be designed so that permanent deformation of the
expansion joint and pressure-restraint hardware will not
occur during leak testing. Convoluted-type bellows shall
be designed in accordance with the EJMA standards,
except as otherwise required or permitted herein. Design
of other types of bellows shall be qualified as required
by para. 304.7.2.
X302.1.3 Fatigue Analysis
(a) A fatigue analysis 1 that takes into account all
design cyclic conditions shall be performed and the calculated design cycle life shall be reported. The method
of analysis for convoluted U-shaped bellows shall be in
accordance with EJMA standards.
(b) Material design fatigue curves for as-formed austenitic stainless steel bellows are provided in
Fig. X302.1.3. The curves are for use only with the EJMA
stress equations. Fatigue testing by individual manufacturers, in accordance with (d) below, is required to qualify use of the pertinent fatigue curve for bellows
manufactured by them. Fatigue testing in accordance
with (e) below is required to develop fatigue curves for
bellows of materials other than as-formed stainless steel.
Fatigue test and evaluation procedures are described in
(c) below. The allowable stress range for a U-shaped
bellows shall be determined by multiplying the total
stress range from Fig. X302.1.3 by the product of Xf times
Xm , factors determined in accordance with (c), (d), and
(e) below.
X302.1.1 Factors of Safety. The factor of safety on
squirm pressure shall be not less than 2.25. The factor
of safety on ultimate rupture pressure shall be not less
than 3.0.
X302.1.2 Design Stress Limits. For convoluted type
bellows, stresses shall be calculated either by the formulas shown in the EJMA standards or by other methods
acceptable to the owner.
(a) The circumferential and meridional membrane
stress in the bellows, the tangent end, and reinforcing
ring members (including tensile stress in fasteners) due
to design pressure shall not exceed the allowable stress
values given in Table A-1.
(b) Meridional membrane and bending stresses at
design pressure shall be of a magnitude that will not
result in permanent deformation of the convolutions at
test pressure. Correlation with previous test data may
be used to satisfy this requirement.
For an unreinforced bellows, annealed after forming,
the meridional membrane plus bending stress in the
1
Consideration shall be given to the detrimental effects of creepfatigue interaction when the operating metal temperature of the
bellows element will be in the creep range. Creep-fatigue interaction may become significant at temperatures above 425°C (800°F)
for austenitic stainless steels.
451
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Fig. X302.1.3
Design Fatigue Curves for Austenitic Stainless Steel Bellows
106
6 895
4
3
2
Reinforced
Unreinforced
105
689.5
Total Stress Range, St , psi
6
8
4
1
2
3
4 5 6 7 891
102
2
3
103
A
Nc p
St − B
4 5 6 7 8 91
2
3
4 5 6 7 8 91
104
Number of Design Cycles, NC
105
A
2
Bellows
Unreinforced
St p 0.7 (S3 + S4 ) + S5 + S6
Reinforced
≤
>
≤
>
Cycles
MPa
40,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
36 000
46 000
45 000
59 000
2
3
4
3
5 6 7 891
106
B
psi
5.2
6.7
6.6
8.5
x
x
x
x
106
106
106
106
MPa
psi
264
211
334
268
38,300
30,600
48,500
38,800
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) These curves are intended to evaluate the design fatigue life up to 427°C (800°F) for austenitic stainless steel bellows that have not been heat treated. At higher temperatures,
creep effects may become significant and shall be considered. The bellows deflection stress calculations shall be based on the modulus of elasticity at 21°C (70°F).
(b) The equations are of the form provided in “Design of Pressure Vessels for Low Cycle Fatigue” by B. F. Langer, ASME paper 61-WA-18. The constants were modified to reflect actual
bellows test data reduced to a design curve in accordance with the rules of the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 2, Annex 5.F. The calculations of S5 and S6 shall be based on a
modulus of elasticity equal to 1.95 x 105 MPa (28.3 x 106 psi).
(c) For nomenclature, refer to EJMA standards.
(d) Factors have been included in these design fatigue curves to account for the normal effects of size, surface finish, and scatter of the data. Therefore, the design cycle life should
realistically represent the estimated number of operating cycles. An overly conservative estimate of cycles can result in an increased number of convolutions and a joint more prone
to instability.
ASME B31.3-2014
6
452
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Total Stress Range, St , MPa
8
ASME B31.3-2014
(c) Fatigue testing to qualify either a fabrication process or a new material shall be performed in accordance
with the following procedure. Test bellows shall have
an inside diameter not less than 89 mm (31⁄2 in.) and shall
have at least three convolutions. The bellows fatigue test
data shall be compared with a reference fatigue curve
to develop a fabrication factor, eq. (X1), or material factor, eq. (X2).
Xf p R fmin
(X1)
m
⁄Xf
Xm p Ks R min
(X2)
Xf p factor (not greater than 1.0) representing effect of the manufacturing process on bellows fatigue
strength
Xm p factor representing effect of material and its heat treatment on bellows fatigue strength. Xm for asformed austenitic stainless steel
bellows is 1.0. It shall not exceed
1.0 in other cases unless five or
more fatigue tests have been performed on bellows fabricated
from the same material.
where
f
Rmin
Ks p factor (not greater than 1.0) for
statistical variation in test results
p 1.25/(1.470 − 0.044Nt)
Nct p number of cycles to failure in bellows fatigue test; failure is
defined as development of a crack
through thickness
Nt p number of bellows fatigue tests
performed to develop the material factor Xm
m
and Rmin
p minimum ratio of test stress range
to reference stress range of all bellows tested. (Superscripts f and m
refer to qualification of a fabrication process or a new material,
respectively.) This ratio shall be
determined for each fatigue test
by dividing the test stress range
(calculated in accordance with the
EJMA stress equations) by the reference stress range. The reference
stress range is taken from the
lower-bound fatigue curve for the
bellows fatigue test data used to
develop the design fatigue
curves, and for unreinforced bellows is
(d) The manufacturer shall qualify the manufacturing
process by correlation fatigue testing. A minimum of
five tests (each, for reinforced and unreinforced bellows)
of austenitic stainless steel bellows in the as-formed
condition, manufactured by the organization making
the tests, shall be performed. Testing shall consider the
effects of all variables necessary to validate the correlation between the fatigue curves, design equations, and
finished product, including the following, as applicable:
bellows diameter, thickness, convolution profile, manufacturing process, and single versus multi-ply construction. The factor Xf shall be determined from the test
data in accordance with (c) above.
(e) The allowable stress range, St, for U-shaped bellows, fabricated from material other than as-formed austenitic stainless steel, shall be developed from bellows
fatigue test data. A minimum of two bellows fatigue
tests, differing in stress range by a factor of at least
2.0, are required to develop a material factor, Xm, in
accordance with (c) above. [The factor Xf in eq. (X2) shall
be for the bellows tested.] Materials used in the asformed condition and those heat treated after forming
are considered separate materials.
X302.1.4 Limitations
(a) Expansion joint bellows shall not be constructed
from lap welded pipe or lap welded tubing.
(b) All pressure containing or pressure thrust
restraining materials shall conform to the requirements
of Chapter III and Appendix A.
(SI Units)
58 ⴛ 103/ Nct + 264 (MPa)
X302.2 Expansion Joint Manufacture
(U.S. Customary Units)
Expansion joints shall be produced in accordance with
the manufacturer’s specification, which shall include at
least the following requirements.
8.4 ⴛ 106/ Nct + 38,300 (psi)
For reinforced bellows it is
X302.2.1 Fabrication
(a) All welds shall be made by qualified welders or
welding operators using welding procedures qualified
as required by para. 328.2.
(b) The longitudinal seam weld in the bellows element
shall be a full penetration butt weld. Prior to forming,
the thickness of the weld shall be not less than 1.00
(SI Units)
73 ⴛ 103/ Nct + 334 (MPa)
(U.S. Customary Units)
10.6 ⴛ 106/ Nct + 48,500 (psi)
453
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
nor more than 1.10 times the thickness of the bellows
material.
(c) A full fillet weld may be used as a primary weld
to attach a bellows element to an adjoining piping
component.
(d) When bellows are attached directly to an adjoining
piping component by welding and the piping component is P-Nos. 4, 5A, 5B, or 5C base metal, the attachment
weld shall be heat treated in accordance with para. 331.1,
except that the exemptions from heat treatment given
in para. 331 shall not be permitted. The holding time
shall be based on the thickness of the piping component
at the bellows attachment weld location. Examination
of the attachment welds shall be performed after heat
treatment. This heat treatment may affect bellows pressure capacity, mechanical properties, and corrosion
resistance. If the required heat treatment is determined
to be detrimental to the bellows’ performance, the bellows shall not be attached directly to the piping component. In that case, the piping component side of the
weld joint shall be buttered in accordance with ASME
Section IX, para. QW-283 with appropriate filler metal,
heat treated in accordance with Table 333.1.1, and then
welded to the bellows.
of that calculated by eq. (24) (para. 345.4.2) or eq. (X3),
but not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. Rr in
eq. (24) shall be based on the bellows material. When
the bellows’ design temperature is equal to or greater
than Tcr as defined in Table 302.3.5, General Note (b),
Rr in eq. (24) shall be replaced by SyT/Syt, where SyT is
the yield strength at the test temperature and Syt is the
yield strength at the bellows’ design temperature. Yield
strength values shall be determined in accordance with
para. 302.3.2(f), with the bellows material treated as an
unlisted material. The test pressure shall be maintained
for not less than 10 min.
PT p 1.5PS Et /E
(X3)
where
E p modulus of elasticity at design temperature
Et p modulus of elasticity at test temperature
PS p limiting design pressure based on column
instability (for convoluted U-shaped bellows,
see C-4.2.1 and C-4.2.2 of the EJMA standards)
PT p minimum test gage pressure
(b) Expansion joints designed to resist the pressure
thrust shall not be provided with any additional axial
restraint during the leak test. Moment restraint simulating piping rigidity may be applied if necessary.
(c) In addition to examination for leaks and general
structural integrity during the pressure test, the expansion joint shall be examined before, during, and after
the test to confirm that no unacceptable squirm has
occurred. Squirm shall be considered to have occurred if
under the internal test pressure an initially symmetrical
bellows deforms, resulting in lack of parallelism or
uneven spacing of convolutions. Such deformation shall
be considered unacceptable when the maximum ratio
of bellows pitch under pressure to the pitch before
applying pressure exceeds 1.15 for unreinforced bellows
or 1.20 for reinforced bellows. Examination for leakage
and deformation shall be performed at a pressure not
less than two-thirds of the test pressure, after full test
pressure has been applied.
(d) Examination for squirm shall be performed at full
test pressure. For safety purposes, this may be accomplished by remote viewing (e.g., by optical magnification or video recording) of the changes in convolution
spacing with respect to a temporarily mounted dimensional reference. Examination for leakage shall be performed at a pressure not less than two-thirds of test
pressure, after application of full test pressure. For a
pneumatic test, the precautions of para. 345.5.1 shall be
observed.
X302.2.2 Examination. The following are minimum
quality control requirements:
(a) Required examinations shall be in accordance with
paras. 341 and 344.
(b) The longitudinal seam weld in the bellows tube
shall be 100% examined prior to forming, either by radiography or, for material thickness ≤ 2.4 mm ( 3⁄32 in.)
welded in a single pass, by liquid penetrant examination
of both inside and outside surfaces. For the purposes
of this Appendix, either examination is acceptable for
design with a factor Ej of 1.00 when used within the
stated thickness limits.
(c) After forming, a liquid penetrant examination
shall be conducted on all accessible surfaces of the weld,
inside and outside. Welds attaching the bellows to the
piping, etc., shall be 100% liquid penetrant examined.
(d) Acceptance criteria for radiography shall be in
accordance with Table 341.3.2. Acceptance criteria for
liquid penetrant examination shall be that cracks, undercutting, and incomplete penetration are not permitted.
X302.2.3 Leak Test
(a) Each expansion joint shall receive a hydrostatic,
pneumatic, or combination hydrostatic–pneumatic shop
pressure test by the manufacturer in accordance with
para. 345, except that the test pressure shall be the lesser
454
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
APPENDIX Z
PREPARATION OF TECHNICAL INQUIRIES
Z300 INTRODUCTION
(b) Background. State the purpose of the inquiry,
which may be either to obtain an interpretation of Code
rules, or to propose consideration of a revision to the
present rules. Provide concisely the information needed
for the Committee’s understanding of the inquiry, being
sure to include reference to the applicable Code Section,
Edition, Addenda, paragraphs, figures, and tables. If
sketches are provided, they shall be limited to the scope
of the inquiry.
(c) Inquiry Structure
(1) Proposed Question(s). The inquiry shall be stated
in a condensed and precise question format, omitting
superfluous background information, and, where
appropriate, composed in such a way that “yes” or “no”
(perhaps with provisos) would be an acceptable reply.
The inquiry statement should be technically and editorially correct.
(2) Proposed Reply(ies). Provide a proposed reply
stating what it is believed that the Code requires.
If in the inquirer’s opinion, a revision to the Code is
needed, recommended wording shall be provided in
addition to information justifying the change.
The ASME B31 Committee, Code for Pressure Piping,
will consider written requests for interpretations and
revisions of the Code rules, and develop new rules if
dictated by technological development. The
Committee’s activities in this regard are limited strictly
to interpretations of the rules or to the consideration of
revisions to the present rules on the basis of new data
or technology. As a matter of published policy, ASME
does not approve, certify, rate, or endorse any item,
construction, proprietary device, or activity, and, accordingly, inquiries requiring such consideration will be
returned. Moreover, ASME does not act as a consultant
on specific engineering problems or on the general application or understanding of the Code rules. If, based on
the inquiry information submitted, it is the opinion of
the Committee that the inquirer should seek professional
assistance, the inquiry will be returned with the recommendation that such assistance be obtained.
An inquiry that does not provide the information
needed for the Committee’s full understanding will be
returned.
The Introduction states that “it is the owner’s responsibility to select the Code Section” for a piping installation. An inquiry requesting such a decision will be
returned.
Z302 SUBMITTAL
Inquiries should be submitted in typewritten form;
however, legible handwritten inquiries will be considered. They shall include the name and mailing address
of the inquirer, and be mailed to the following address:
Z301 REQUIREMENTS
Inquiries shall be limited strictly to interpretations of
the rules or to the consideration of revisions to the present rules on the basis of new data or technology. Inquiries
shall meet the following requirements:
(a) Scope. Involve a single rule or closely related rules
in the scope of the Code. An inquiry letter concerning
unrelated subjects will be returned.
Secretary
ASME B31 Committee
Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
E-mail: [email protected]
455
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
456
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
INDEX1
Abbreviations, nonmetals, A326.3 (see also symbols)
Acceptance criteria, Tables 302.3.3C and D, 323.3.5,
Table 323.3.5, 341.3.2, Table 341.3.2, 341.3.3, 341.4,
341.5, 344.6.2, A328.2.1, A341.3, Table A341.3.2,
A341.4.1, K302.3.3, K323.3.5, Table K323.3.5,
K341.3, Table K341.3.2
Acidic materials, effects of, F323.4
Adhesive joints (see also solvent cemented)
definition (see bonded joint)
in metallic piping, M318.2, K318.2
in nonmetallic piping, A328.5.6, MA311.2
Air condensation, 301.11
Alignment, 328.4.2, 328.4.3, Fig. 328.4.3, 335.1.1,
341.4.1, 341.4.3, M335.1.1, K328.4.3
Allowable pressures, nonmetals, Tables B-4 and B-5
Allowable stress
definition, 300.2
values, Table K-1
Allowable stress amplitude, K302.3.1, K304.8.3
Allowable stress bases, 302.3, A302.3, M302.3, K302.3
metallic materials, 302.3.2, M302.3.2, K302.3.2
nonmetallic materials, A302.3.2
Allowable stress range, 302.3.5, 319.1, 319.3.4,
K302.3.5, K319.1
Allowable stress values for
bolting, Table A-2
clad metals, linings, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
metals, Tables A-1 and K-1
supports, 321.1.3
testing, 302.3.6, 345.2.1, A302.3.4, K302.3.6
thermoplastics, Table B-1
Allowances
corrosion, erosion, 302.4, 304.1.1, A304.1.1, M302.4,
MA302.4, K302.4, K304.1.1
for pressure–temperature variations, 302.2.4,
A302.2.4, M302.2.4, K302.2.4, App. V
grooving, threading, 302.4, K302.4
mechanical strength, 302.4.1
Alternating stress, K304.8.2, K304.8.3
Alternative leak test, 345.1, 345.9, K345.1
Aluminum and aluminum alloys
allowable stresses, 319.3.4, Tables A-1 and A-2
effects, F323.4
flanges, specification, App. L
fluid service requirements, 323.4.2
precautions, F323.4
quality factors, Tables A-1A and A-1B
welding, 323.4.2, Notes for App. A
1
Ambient effects, 301.4, F301.4
Analysis
fatigue (see fatigue analysis)
flexibility, 319.4, 321.1.2, A319.4, M319.4, K319
product, K323.1.5
properties for, 319.3, A319.3
support, 321.1.2, K321
Anchors, 319.7, 321.2.1, A319.7
Antimony, effects of, F323.4
A-Numbers, Tables 330.1.1 and 331.1.1
Appendices (see Contents)
status of, 300(f), 300.4
Application of Code, Introduction
Assembly, 300.2, 335, A335, M335, K335
Atmospheric icing, 301.4.3
Attachments, 321.1.4, 321.3, K321 (see also supports)
Backing filler material (see consumable insert)
Backing material, 300.2, 328.3.2, 328.4.2, M311.2,
M328.3.2, K311.2.3, K328.3.2, K328.4.2
Base material, def., 300.2
Bases for allowable stresses (see allowable stress bases)
Basic allowable stress
definition, 300.2
values, Table A-1
Bearing
allowable stress, 302.3.1, K302.3.1
test, A302.3.3
Bell type joints (see also caulked joints and packed
joints)
assembly, 335.5, A335.5
fluid service requirements, 316, 318.1, A318, M318
Bellows expansion joints, 345.3.3, 345.4.2, F304.7.4,
K304.7.4, App. X
Bending, 332.2, A332.2, M332, MA332, K332.2
Bending moments, 319.4.4
Bending temperature, 332.2.2
Bends
corrugated, 306.2.2, 332.2.3, A306.2.2, M332,
K306.2.3, K332.2.2, App. D
fabrication, 332.2, A332.2, K332.2
flattening, 332.2.1, K332.2.1
fluid service requirements, 306.2, A306.2, M306.2,
K306.2
miter, 300.2, 304.2.3, 306.3, A304.2.3, A306.3, M306.3,
MA306.3, K304.2.3, K306.3
pipe, 304.2.1, 306.2, 332.2, A304.2.1, A306.2, M306.2,
M332, MA306.2, K304.2.1, K306.2, K332.2
pressure design, 304.2.1, 304.2.4, A304.2.1, K304.2.1
Bimetallic piping, 301.7.3, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
General Notes follow at end of this Index.
457
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Branch connections (see also branch connection fitting,
extruded outlets) (Cont’d)
welded, 304.3.3, 328.5.4, Fig. 328.5.4, K328.5.4,
Fig. K328.5.4, App. H
Branches (see branch connection fittings; branch
connections; and extruded outlets)
Brazed joints
fabrication, 333, M333, K333
limitations, 317.2, M317, K317.2
materials, 325, 333.2
Braze welding, 300.2, 317.2, 333, M317, M333, K317.2
Brazing, 300.2, 317.2, 333, M317, M333, K317.2, K333
Brittle piping (see also ductility)
assembly, A335.8
supports, A321.5.2
Butt-and-wrapped joint
definition (see bonded joint)
bonding, A328.5.7
Butt joint, def., 300.2
Butt weld
acceptance criteria, 341.3.2, Table 341.3.2,
Fig. 341.3.2, 341.3.3, K341.3.2, Table K341.3.2
fluid service requirements, 311.2, A318.3.1, M311,
K311.2
girth, 311, 328.5, M311, M328, K311, K328.5
longitudinal, 302.3.4, 328.4.3, 328.5, K302.3.4,
K328.4.3, K328.5
preparation, 328.4, Fig. 328.4.2, K328.4, Fig. K328.4.3
repair, 328.6, K328.6
requirements, 328, A329.1, K328
standard for, Table 326.1
Bismuth, effects of, F323.4
Blanks, 304.5.3, 308.1, M308.5, K308.5
Blind flanges, 304.5.2, A304.5.2, K304.5.2
Boiler piping, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Bolt design stress basis, 302.3.2, M302.3, K302.3.2
Bolt design stress values, Table A-2
Bolted joints
assembly, 335.2, A335.2, K335.2
design, 304.5.1, 308.4, 309.2, 312, K302.3, K309, F309,
F312
fluid service requirements, 309, 312, A312, K304.5,
K309, K312
Bolting, bolts, 309, Table 326.1, K309, Tables K323.3.1
and K326.1, F309.1
procedure, 309.2.3, F309, F312
sequence, 309.2.3, A335.2.5
torque, 309.2.3, 312.1, 312.2, 335.2.2, A335.2.4,
A335.8.1
Bond, seal, 335.3.2, A311.2.4, A328.6
Bonded joints
acceptance criteria, Table A341.3.2
definition, 300.2
fabrication, A328
fluid service requirements, A311, MA311.2
materials, A328.2.1, A328.3.1, A328.5.3, A328.5.6,
A328.7
procedures, A328.1, A328.2, A328.5
qualification, A328.2
records, A328.2.4
repair of defects, A328.6, A341.3.3
requalification, A328.2.6
responsibility, A328.1
Bonder, def., 300.2
Borosilicate glass, 323.4.2, A334.1, A335.8.1, Table B-5,
FA323.4
Bowing (of piping), 301.7.2, F301.7
Brackets, support, 321.3.2
Branch connection fittings
application, 304.3.1, K304.3.1
definition, 300.2
limitations, 304.3.2, 304.3.3, 328.5.4, K306.1.2,
K328.5.4
Branch connections (see also branch connection fitting,
extruded outlets)
acceptance criteria, Tables 341.3.2 and K341.3.2
considerations, 304.3.5, A304.3.3
design, 304.2.4, 304.3, A304.3, K304.3
fabrication, 328.4.3, Fig. 328.4.4, 328.5.4, Fig. 328.5.4,
A328.5.2, A328.5.3, A328.5.4, A328.5.5,
Fig. A328.5.5, A328.5.6, A328.5.7, K328.5.4,
Fig. K328.5.4
fluid service requirements, 306.5, A306.5, M306.5,
MA306.5, K306.5
reinforcement, 304.3.3, 304.3.4, 328.5.4, Fig. 328.5.4,
331.1.3, A328.5.3, A328.5.6, K328.5.4, App. H
small, 302.4.1, 304.3.5, 322.3.2
strength, 304.3.2, A304.3.2, M304.3.2, K304.3.2
Cadmium, effect, F323.4
Calculated stress limits, 302.3.5, 302.3.6, A302.3.5,
A302.3.6, K302.3.5, K302.3.6
Calculations, branch reinf., App. H
Carbon steel (see steel, other than stainless)
Casting quality factor Ec, 302.3.3, Tables 302.3.3C and
302.3.3D, K302.3.3, Table A-1A
Cast iron
allowable stresses, 302.3.2, Table A-1
flanges, bolting for, 309.2.3
fluid service requirements, 323.4.2, M323.4.2,
K323.4.2, F323.4
quality factor Ec, Table A-1A
standards, Table 326.1
supports, 321.1.4
Categories, fluid service, 300(b), 300.2, App. M
Category D Fluid Service
definition, 300.2, App. M
requirements for, 300(d), 305.2.1, 305.2.2, 306.3.2,
307.2, 311.2.1, 314.1, 314.2.1, 316, 317.1,
Table 341.3.2, 341.4.2, 345.1, 345.7, A311.2.3,
A323.4.2, A341.4.2, A345.7
458
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Category M Fluid Service
definition, 300.2, App. M
piping for, 300(d), Ch. VIII, K300.1.4
Caulked joints, 300.2, 316, 335.5, A335.5, M316,
M335.5, K316 (see also bell type joints and packed
joints)
Cautions, Introduction (see precautions)
Cemented joints (see adhesive joints; solvent cemented
joints)
Cements, 325, A328.2.1, A328.3.1, A328.5.3, F323.1
Charpy impact test, 323.3, K323.3
Chemical plant, def., 300.2
Chemicals piping coverage, 300.1.1
Clad materials, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
Clamps, support, 321.2.2, 321.3.1
Classifying fluid services, App. M
Cleaning, 328.4.1, A328.4, F335.9
Clips, support, 321.3.2
Closures, 304.4, A304.4, M304.4, K304.4
Code
application, Introduction
cases, Introduction
coverage, 300.1.1, Fig. 300.1.1
description, 300(a)
exclusions, 300.1.3
inquiries, Introduction, App. Z
intent of, Introduction, 300(c)
interpretation, Introduction, App. Z
scope, 300.1
service requirements, 300(d)
Coefficient of expansion (see thermal expansion)
Cold spring, 319.2.4, 335.1.1, 341.4.3, A319.2.3
Combined leak test, 345.6
Components
criteria for design, 302.2, A302.2, K302.2
definition, 300.2
dimensions (standards), 326, A326, M326, K326
fluid service requirements, 300(d), Ch. II, Part 3,
A306, A308, M305–M308, MA306, MA308,
K306–K309
listed, 302.2.1, 302.2.2, 304.7.1, 305.1, 306.1.1, 307.1.1,
308.1.1, 309.1.1, 326.1.1, 326.2.1, Table 326.1,
A302.2.2, A304.7.1, A306.1.1, M326.1.1,
Table A326.1, K302.2.1, K302.2.2, K304.7.1,
K306.1.1, K307.1.1, K326, Table K326.1, App. E
metallic–nonmetallic, 304.7.3, A304.7.3
pressure design, 304, A304, M304, K304
ratings (standards), 326, A326, M326, K326
standards, 326, A326, M326
tabular listing, Tables 326.1, A326.1, and K326.1
unlisted, 302.2.3, 304.7.2, 326.1.2, 326.2.2, A304.7.2,
M326.1.2, K302.2.3, K304.7.2
Compounds
sealing, 325, M325
thread, 314.1, 325, 335.3.1, 335.3.2
Compression joints, tubing, 315, 335.4.2, M335.4.2,
K315
Computed stress range, 319.1, 319.4.4
Concentric reducers, 304.6, A304.6, K304.6
Concrete pipe, Table B-4
Condensation, air, 301.11
atmospheric (moisture), 301.4.3
Conditions, design (see design conditions)
Connections
branch (see branch connection fittings; and branch
connections)
hose, Table 326.1
instrument, 322.3.2, K322.3.2
structural (support), 321.4
Connections for piping, 300.1.3, 300.2
Constant-support hangers, 321.2.3
Consumable inserts, 300.2, 311.2.3, 328.3.3, 328.4.2,
M328.3.2, K311.2.3, K328.4.2 (see also backing
material)
Continuity
electrical, A335.2.5
of lining, A329.1.2
Contraction, thermal (see expansion)
Control piping, 322.3, A322.3, M322.3, K322.3
Cooling of fluid, effects, 301.4.1
Copper and copper alloys, 319.3.4, Tables A-1, A-1A,
A-1B, and A-2
effects, F323.4
Corrosion
allowance, 302.4, 304.1.1, A304.1.1, K304.1.1
in service, 323.5
Counterweight supports, 321.2.4
Coupling, straight thread, 314.2.1
Criteria, acceptance (see acceptance criteria)
Criteria, design (see design criteria)
Criteria, impact test, 323.3.5, K323.3.5
Cross-country pipelines, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Crushing (see bearing test)
Curved pipe (see also bends, elbows)
external pressure, 304.2.4, K304.2.4
Cyanides, effects of, F323.4
Cyclic effects (loads), 301.10
Cyclic service, 302.3.5, K302.3.5, K304.8.1 (see also
severe cyclic conditions)
Damaging to human tissue, def., 300.2
Dead load, 301.6.2, 304.3.5, 321.1
Defects, Table 302.3.3C, 328.6, 341.3.3, 341.3.4, A328.7,
A334.2, A341.3.3, K323.1.4, K328.6, K341.3.3
Definitions (alphabetically listed), 300.2
nomenclature, App. J
Deformation, stress limits, 302.3.2
Delayed heat treatment, 331.2.4
Design
allowances, 302.2.4, 302.4, A302.2.4, A302.4,
M302.2.4, K302.2.4, K302.4, App. V
459
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Design (Cont’d)
conditions, 301, A301, M301, K301, F301
criteria, 302, A302, M302, MA302, K302
minimum temperature, 301.3.1, 323.2.2, A301.3.1,
M323.2, K323.2.2
of (specific) systems, 322, A322, M322, K322
philosophy, Introduction, 300(c)
pressure, 301.2, 322.6.3, M301.2
requirements, 300(c), 300.1.1 (see also designer
responsibilities; engineering design; and other
specific terms)
stresses, bolting, 302.3.2, M302.3, K302.3.2
stress values, Table A-2
stresses, metals (see stresses, allowable)
stresses, nonmetals, A302.3, App. B
supports, 321, A321, K321
temperature, 301.3, A301.3, M301.3, K301
Designer
approval by definition, 331.2.1, M323.1.4
definition, 300.2
responsibilities, 300(b), 300(c), 302.2.3, 319.5, 323.2.1,
323.2.4, 331.2.1, 331.2.2, 345.5.1, A302.1,
M323.1.4, K300(b), K302.2.3
Deterioration in service, 323.5, M323.5
Device, pressure relieving, 301.2.2, 322.6, K322.6.3
Differential thermal expansion, 301.7.3, 313
Dimensional standards, 326, A326, M326
tables, Tables 326.1, A326.1, and K326.1
Discharge piping, 301.5.5, 322.6.2, G300.2
Discontinuities, 344.6, K302.3.3, Table K302.3.3D (see
also acceptance criteria, indications)
Displacement
strains, 319.2.1, 319.2.3, 321.1, A319.2.1
stresses, 319.2.2, A319.2.2
stress range, 302.3.5, 319.2.3, 319.4.4, K302.3.5
Dissimilar metals, 330.2.3, 331.2.3
Ductile iron
allowable stresses, Table A-1
fluid service requirements, 323.4.2, M323.4.2,
K323.4.2
quality factor, Ec, Table A-1A
standards, Table 326.1
supports, 321.1.4
Ductility
reduced, 301.9
requirements (see toughness requirements)
Dynamic effects (loads), 301.5, M301.5, F301.5
Electrical continuity, A335.2.6
Electrofusion, A328.5.5
Elements, piping, def., 300.2
Elongated indications, Tables 341.3.2, K341.3.2
End preparation (see welding preparation)
Engineered safeguards, M300(d), App. G
Engineering design, 300(b), 300(c), M300(e), K321
definition, 300.2
Engineering requirements, 300(c)
Equipment connections (see connections for piping)
Equipment excluded, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Equipment, packaged, 300.1.2, 300.2
Erection, 300.2, 335, A335, M335
Erector responsibilities, 300(b), 341.2
Erosion allowances, 302.4
Examination
definition, 341.1
personnel, 342
procedures, 343
Examination methods, 344
eddy current, Table K305.1.2, K344.8
in-process, 341.4.1, 341.4.3, 344.7, M341.4.1, K341.4.1
liquid penetrant, Table 302.3.3C, 341.4.3, 344.4,
345.9.1, K302.3.3, K344.4
magnetic particle, Table 302.3.3C, 341.4.3, 344.3,
345.9.1, K302.3.3, K344.3
qualification, 342.1, 343
radiographic, Tables 302.3.3C and 302.3.4, 341.4.1,
341.4.3, 341.5.1, 344.5, 345.9.1, K302.3.3,
Table K302.3.3D, K341.3.2, K341.4.1, K344.5
supplementary, 341.5
ultrasonic, Table 302.3.3C, 341.4.1, 341.4.3, 344.6,
K302.3.3, K341.3.2, K341.4.1, K344.6
visual, 302.3.3, 341.4, 344.2, 344.7.2, 345.2.2, K341.4.1
Examination, progressive (see progressive
examination)
Examination required, 302.3.3, 302.3.4, 323.4.3, 341.3,
Table 341.3.2, 341.4, 345.2.2, M341.4, K302.3.3,
K302.3.4, K323.4.3, K341.3, K341.4
alternative leak test, 345.1, 345.9.1, K345.9
branch connection, 341.3.1
castings, 302.3.3, Tables 302.3.3C and 302.3.3D,
K302.3.3, Table K302.3.3D
Category D Fluid Service, Table 341.3.2, 341.4.2,
A341.4.2
Category M Fluid Service, M341.4
clad or lined pipe, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
High Pressure Fluid Service, Table K341.3.2, K341.4
longitudinal welds, 302.3.4, Table 302.3.4,
Table 341.3.2, 341.4.1, 341.5.1, K302.3.4,
Table K341.3.2
Normal Fluid Service, Table 341.3.2, 341.4.1
pneumatic test, 341.4.1, 345.2.2, 345.5
progressive, 341.3.4, 341.5.1
severe cyclic conditions, Table 341.3.2, 341.4.3
visual (see visual examination)
Earthquake loads, 301.5.3, 302.3.6, A302.3.4, K302.3.6
Eccentric reducer, 304.6.2, A304.6, K304.6
Eddy current examination, Table K305.1.2, K344.8
Elastic modulus, 319.3.2, 319.4.4, 319.5.1, A319.3.2,
App. C, App. D
Elastomeric seals, A318.4, A335.6.3
Elbows, 304.2.2, 319.4.4, A304.2.2, K304.2.2 (see also
fittings)
460
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fittings (see also branch connection fittings)
definition (see components)
fluid service requirements, 306, A306, M306,
MA306, K306
Fixtures, support, 321.2
definition (see pipe-supporting elements)
Flammable, def., 300.2 (see also hazardous)
Flanged joints (see also bolted joints)
assembly, 302.3.2, 312, 335.2, A335.2, K312, K335.2,
F312
bolting (see bolting, bolts)
fluid service requirements, 312, A312, K312
gaskets (see gaskets)
Flange facing, 308.3, A308.2.1, K308.4, F308.4
Flanges
aluminum, specification, App. L
blind, 304.5.2, A304.5.2, K304.5.2
expanded joint, 308.2.2, M308.2, K308.2.2
facing, 308.3, A308.2.1, M308.2, K308.4, F308.4
flat-faced, 309.2.3, 312.2, F308.4 (see also full-face
gaskets)
fluid service requirements, 308, A308.2, M308,
MA308.2, K308
for severe cyclic conditions, 308.2.4
pressure design, 304.5, A304.5, A312, K304.5, F312
slip-on, 308.2.1, 311.2.5, 328.5.2, Fig. 328.5.2,
Table 308.2.1, Table 341.3.2, M308.2, K308.2,
F308.2
tapped holes, 309.3, A309.3
threaded, 308.2.3, M308.2, K308.2.1
welding neck, 308.2.4
Flared laps, 306.4.2, 306.4.3, 308.2.5, 332.1, 323.3,
A306.4.2, M306.4, K306.4, K308.2.2
Flared tube joints, 315, 335.4.1, A335.4.1, M335.4.1,
K315
Flareless tube joints, 315, 335.4.2, M335.4.2, K315
Flashing of fluids, 301.5.1, F301.5
Flexibility, 319, A319, M319, K319
analysis, 319.4, 321.1.2, 345.9.2, A319.4, M319.4,
K319
characteristic h, Table D300
factor k, 319.3.6, Table D300
increased, 319.7, A319.7
stresses, 319.4.4
Flexible joints, 319.7, A319.7
Fluidized solids coverage, 300.1.1
Fluids
cooling of, effects, 301.4.1
flashing, 301.5.1, F301.5
geysering, 301.5.1, F301.5
instability, 300(c), F323(a)
reactivity, F323(a)
slugging, 301.5.1
thermal expansion of, 301.2.2, 301.4.2
two-phase flow of, 301.5.1, 301.7.2, F301.7
Examination requirements, 341.3, A341.3, K341.3 (see
also examination required)
Examiner qualifications, 342.1
Excluded piping, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Excursion, definition, V300.1
Expanded joints, 313, M313, MA313, K313
Expansion, thermal
data, 319.3.1, A319.3.1, App. C
design for, 301.7, 304.3.5, 319, A319
differences, 301.7.3
effects, 301.7, 304.7.2, 313, 315.1, A304.7.2, K304.7.2,
F301.7
fluid, 301.4.2
piping, 301.7, 319, A319, M319
Expansion joints, 304.7.4, 319.7, 321.2.1, 345.3.3,
A319.7, F304.7.4
bellows type, 345.3.3, 345.4.2, K304.7.2, K304.7.4,
App. X
Experimental stress analysis, 304.7.2
Extended fatigue life, K304.8.6
External pressure
design, 302.3.5, 304.1.3, 304.2.4, 304.3.3(b), A302.3.3,
A304.1.3, A304.3.2, K302.3.5, K304.1.3, K304.2.4
test, 345.2.4, 345.2.5
Extruded outlets, 304.3.1, 304.3.4, Fig. 304.3.4, K304.3.1
Fabricated branches
fluid service requirements, 306.5, A306.5, K306.5
pressure design, 304.3, A304.3, M304.3, K304.3
Fabricated laps, 306.4.1, 306.4.3, 328.5.5, A306.4,
M306.4, K306.4, K328.5.5
Fabrication, 300.2, 323.4.3, 327–333, A328–A334,
M328–M333, K323.4.3, K328–K333
Fabricator responsibilities, 300(b), Table 323.2.2,
327–333, 341, A328–A334, A341, M328–M333,
M341, K328–K333, K341
Facing, flange (see flange facing)
Factor of safety, X302.1.1
Factors
casting Ec (see references in App. J)
flexibility h, 319.3.6, App. D
stress intensification i, 319.3.6, 319.4.4, App. D
stress range reduction f, 302.3.5
weld joint Ej (see references in App. J)
Fatigue, 301.10, 319.1.1, K302.3.1, K304.7.2, K304.8,
323.1.4, X301.1.2, Fig. X302.1.3
Fatigue analysis, K304.8, K319, X302.1.3
Fatigue life, K304.7.2, K323.1.4
extended, K304.8.6
Filler material, 300.2, Table 323.3.1, 328.3.1, 333.2.1,
A328.3.1, Table K323.3.1, K328.3.1
Fillet weld, 300.2, 311.2.5, 328.5.2, Figs. 328.5.2, 328.5.4,
and 328.5.5, 331.1.3, Table 341.3.2, K311.2.5,
K328.5.2, Tables K341.3.2 and D300, App. H
Fire protection piping, 300.1.3
Fired heater (see heater piping)
461
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Fluid service
categories, 300(d), 300.2, App. M
definitions, 300.2
guide to classifying, App. M
precautions, materials, F323, FA323.4
requirements, 305–318, 323.4, A305–A318, A323.4,
M305–M318, M323.4, MA305–MA318, MA323.4,
K305–K318, K323.4
Forged fittings, 306.1, M306.1, K306.1
Forged laps, 306.1, 306.4, M306.1, K306.1, K306.4
Forming, 332.1, 332.3, K332.3
Full-face gaskets, 304.5.1, 309.2.3, 312.2, A304.5.1,
F308.4
High pressure piping, 300(e), Ch. IX
scope and applicability, K300
High silicon iron, 323.4.2, F323.4
Holes, tapped, 309.3, A309.3
Hose connection (standard), Table 326.1
Hot gas welded joint, A328.5.2
Hydraulic
impact (shock) (see shock, hydraulic)
support, 321.2.5
Hydrogen, effects, F323.4
Hydrostatic design stress
definition, A302.3
values, Table B-1
Hydrostatic leak test, 345.1, 345.4, A345.4, K345.1,
K345.4
Hydrostatic–pneumatic leak test, 345.6, K345.6
Gallium, effects, F323.4
Gas piping coverage
in-plant, 300.1.1
transmission lines, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Gaskets, 308.1, 308.4, 325, 335.2.4, A308.4, K308.1,
K308.4, F308.4, F312
full-face (see full-face gaskets)
Geysering of fluids, 301.5.1, F301.5
Girth weld
fluid service requirements, 311, M311, K311
imperfections, 341.3.2, Fig. 341.3.2, Table 341.3.2,
K341.3.2, Table K341.3.2
Gland type joint, 318, 335.6, M318, K318
Glass, borosilicate, A321.5.3, A323.4.2, A334.1,
A335.8.1
Governmental jurisdiction, Introduction
Gradients, temperature, 301.7.2, F301.7
Grooving allowance, 302.4, K302.4
Guide to classifying fluid services, App. M
Guides (support), 321.2.1
Ice loads, 301.6.1, 321.1
Icing, atmospheric, 301.4.3
Identification, bond, weld, 328.5.1, A328.5.1
Impact (see also toughness)
acceptance criteria, 323.3.5, Table 323.3.5, K323.3.5,
Table K323.3.5
forces or loads, 301.5.1, 315.1, 321.1, A302.1,
A304.7.2, A323.4.1, M301.5.1, K304.7.2
hydraulic, 301.5.1
testing, metals, Table 323.2.2, 323.3, Table 323.3.1,
K323.3, Table K323.3.1
Imperfections, 341.3.3, Fig. 341.3.2, K341.3.3 (see also
acceptance criteria, indications)
illustrations, Figs. 328.4.3, 328.4.4, and 341.3.2
Increasing flexibility, 319.7, A319.7
Indications, 300.2, Tables 341.3.2 and K341.3.2
Initial service leak test, 345.7, M345, K345.1
In-process examination, 341.4.1, 341.4.3, 344.7, M341.4,
K341.4.2
Inquiries, Introduction, App. Z
Inserts, consumable, 300.2, 311.2.3, 328.2.1, 328.3.3,
Fig. 328.3.2, 328.4.2, M328.3.2, K311.2.1, K328.4.2
Inspection, 300.2, 340
Inspector
approval by, 304.7.2, 328.2.2, 328.2.3, 341.4.1, 341.4.3,
A328.2.2, A328.2.3, M341.4.1
certification by, 341.4.1, 345.2.7
definition, 340.4
qualifications, 340.4
responsibilities, 300(b), 328.2.2, 328.2.3, 340.2
rights, 340.3
Instability of fluids, 300(c), F323(a)
Instrument piping, 322.3, A322.3, M322.3, K322.3
components, def., 300.2
Insulated piping, 301.3.3, 301.3.4
Insulation loads, 301.6.2
Intensification factors, 319.3.6, 319.4.4, App. D
Intent of Code, Introduction, 300(c)
Intermediate alloy steel (see steel, other than stainless)
Hand lay-up (see butt-and-wrapped)
Hangers, pipe (see supports)
Hardness
air hardening, 331.1.3, K331.1.3
requirements, 331.1.7, Table 331.1.1, K331.1.3
testing, 331.1.7, 341.5.2
Hazard (to personnel), App. G
Hazardous properties of fluids [see 300(c), Category
D, Category M, damaging to human tissue,
flammable, fluid service, instability of fluids; see
G301.1; see also fluid service requirements for
specific piping elements]
Header, 304.3.4, 319.4.4, App. H (see also run)
extruded outlet, 304.3.4
Heat-affected zone, 300.2, Tables 323.2.2 and 323.3.1,
331.1.7, Table K323.3.1
Heater piping, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Heat fusion joint, A328.5.4
Heat treatment, 300.2, Tables 323.2.2 and 323.3.1,
323.3.5, 328.2.1, 331, Table 331.1.1, M331, K331
for bending and forming, 332.4, K332.4
for welding-end valves, 328.5.1
local (see local heat treatment)
462
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Internal insulation, 301.3.4
Internal pressure
design, 302.3.5, 303, 304, A304, M304, MA304,
K302.3.5, K303, K304
leak test, 345.2.1, 345.4, 345.5, 345.6, 345.7, A345.2.1,
A345.4.2, K345.2.1, K345.4.2
Interpretation of Code, Introduction, App. Z
Interrupted welding, 330.2.4
Liquid piping coverage, 300.1.1, 300.1.3
Listed
components (see components listed)
definition, 300.2
joints, 315.2, 318.1.1
materials, 323.1.1, M321
specifications, 323.1.1, Apps. A, B, E, and K
standards, 326.1.1, A326.1, K326.1, App. E
standards, tables, Tables 326.1, A326.1, and K326.1
Live load, 301.6.1, 304.3.5, 321.1
Loads (see specific type of load)
Local heat treatment, 331.2.6
Longitudinal
joints, 302.3.4, 328.4.3, Table 341.3.2, K302.3.4,
K328.4.3, Table K341.3.2
stresses, 302.2.4, 302.3.5, K302.3.5
Low alloy steel (see steel, other than stainless)
Low temperature requirements, 323.2.2, Table 323.2.2,
A323.2.2, Table A323.2.2, K323.2.2
Lubricant, thread, 325, 335.3.1, A314.2.1
Jacketed piping, 301.7.3, 345.2.5
leak test, 345.2.5
Joining
materials, 325, 328.3, Table A326.1, A328.3.1,
A328.5.1, A328.5.3, A328.5.5, A328.5.6, K328.3
metals, 327, 328, 333, 335, A329, A335, M335, K328,
K333
nonmetallic lined materials, A329, A335.2.5
nonmetals, A328, A334, A335
nonplastic nonmetals, A334
Joint (see also specific types of joint)
alignment, 328.4.2, 328.4.3, 335.1.1, M335.1.1
assembly, 335, A335, M335
design, def. (welded), 300.2
fit-up, A328.4
fluid service requirements, 300(d), 310–318,
A310–A318, M310–M318, MA310–MA318,
K310–K318
penetration, 328.5.4, 328.5.6, 341.3.2, Fig. 341.3.2,
Table 341.3.2, K341.3.2, Table K341.3.2
preparation, 328.4, A328.4, A328.5.2, A328.5.3,
A328.5.4, K328.4
Junction of services, 302.2.5, A302.2.5, M302.2.5,
K302.2.5
Jurisdiction (see governmental)
Magnesium, effects, F323.4
Magnetic particle examination, Tables 302.3.3C and
341.3.2, 341.4.3, 344.3, 345.9.1, K302.3.3, K344.3
Malfunctions, 301.2.1, 301.4.3, 302.2.4
Malleable iron
allowable stresses, 302.3.2, Table A-1
fluid service requirements, 323.4.2, M323.4.2,
K323.4.2, F323.4
quality factors Ec, Table A-1A
standards, Table 326.1
supports, 321.1.4
Manufacturer responsibilities, 300(b), 304.3.4,
Table 323.3.1, 341.2
Materials, 323, 325, A323, M323, MA323, K323
bonding, A328
clad, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
deterioration in service, 323.5
fluid service requirements, 300(d), 323.4, A323.4,
M323.4, MA323.4, K323.4
listed, 323.1.1
metallic lining, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
miscellaneous, 325
nonmetallic lining, A323.4.3
precautions, F323, FA323.4
properties for flexibility analysis, 319.3, A319.3,
App. C
reclaimed, 323.1.4, A323.1.4, M323.1.4, K323.1.4
supports, 321.1.4, M321
temperature limitations, 323.2, A323.2,
Tables A323.4.2C and A323.4.3, M323.2, K323.2
unknown, 321.1.4, 323.1.3, M321.1.3, K323.1.3
unlisted, 323.1.2
welding, 328, A329.1, K328
Maximum relieving pressure, 322.6.3
Mechanical joints, 300.2, 318, M318, K318
Laid-up (see butt-and-wrapped)
Laps (see fabricated; flared; or forged laps)
for severe cyclic conditions, 306.4, 306.4.3
Larson-Miller parameter, App. V
Lateral (fitting), 304.3.1
Lead
effects, F323.4
fluid service requirements, 323.4.2
Leak test, 345, A345, M345, K345, X302.2.3
Life Fraction Rule, App. V
Limitations on
imperfections (see acceptance criteria)
temperature (see temperature limits)
Limits, temperature (see temperature limits)
Lined piping, 301.7.3, 323.4.3, A300(a), A300(d),
A308.4.1, A312, A318.3, A323.4.3, A329, A335.2.6,
M323.4.3, MA323.4.3, K323.4.3
Liquefied gases coverage, 300.1.1
Liquid penetrant examination, Tables 302.3.3C and
341.3.2, 341.4.3, 344.4, 345.9.1, K302.3.3, K344.4,
X302.2.2
463
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Mechanical loads, 313, 314.2.1, 314.2.2, 319.1, 321.1.1,
A323.4.1, K314.1
Mechanical strength allowance, 320.4.1
Metallic bellows expansion joints, 345.3.3, 345.4.2,
F304.7.4, App. X
Metallic–nonmetallic piping, 301.7.3, 304.7.3, A304.7.3
Misalignment (see alignment)
Miscellaneous materials, 325
Miter, def., 300.2
Miter bend
flexibility analysis, 319.4.4
fluid service requirements, 306.3, A306.3, M306.3,
MA306.3, K306.3
pressure design, 304.2.3, A304.2.3
Modulus of elasticity, 319.3.2, 319.5.1, A319.3.2,
App. C, App. D
Moments in piping, 319.4.4
Movements
of connected equipment, 301.8, 319.2.1
of piping, 304.3.5, 319.6, A319.6
of supports, 301.8, 304.3.5, 319.2.1
Multiple branches, 304.3.3, 304.4.3
Multiple outlet closures, 304.4.2
Openings in closures, 304.4, A304.4, M304.4
Operators, qualification, 328.2, A328.2, K328.2
O-rings, 325
Outlet fittings, 304.3.1, 304.3.2, 304.4.2, 306.1.3, M306.5
Outlet headers (see extruded outlets)
Owner’s
approval, 328.3.1, 345.4.3, A345.5.1, K302.2.1,
K304.8.5, K328.3
guide to classif. fluid serv., App. M
option for testing, 345.1, 345.7
responsibilities, 300(b), 300(d), 300(e), 302.2.1,
302.2.4, 340.2, 346.3, M300(a), K300(a), K300(b),
K302.2.1, K304.8.5, K328.3.1, K333, App. M
Owner’s Inspector (see Inspector)
Oxidizing fluid service, F323.4, F335.9
Packaged equipment, 300.1.2, Fig. 300.1.1, 300.2
Packed joints, 304.7.4, 318, 318.2.3, 321.2.1, 335.6.2,
A335.5, A335.6, K318, F323.1 (see also caulked
joints)
Packing, joint or valve, 325, F323.1
Pad, reinforcing (see reinforcing ring)
Peening of welds, 328.5.1
Penetration (see joint penetration)
Performance testing, A304.7.2, K304.7.2
Petroleum refinery, def., 300.2
Pipe
definitions, 300.2
fittings, 306, A306, M306, K306
fluid service requirements, 305, A305, M305, K305
pressure design, 304.1, A304.1, K304.1
Pipe bends
fluid service requirements, 306.2, A306.2, M306.2,
K306.2
pressure design, 304.2.1, A304.2.1, K304.2.1
Pipe hangers, 321.2.2, 321.3.1
Pipe supports, 300.2, 301.8, 321, A321, M321, K321
Piping
clad, 323.4.3, K323.4.3
Code coverage, 300.1.1, Fig. 300.1.1
components (see components)
connections for (see connections)
cross-country, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
definition, 300.2
elements, def., 300.2
excluded, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
fire protection, 300.1.3
high pressure (see high pressure piping)
instrument (see instrument piping)
jacketed, 301.7.3, 345.2.5
joints (see joint; see also specific type of joint)
lined (see lined piping)
moments, 319.4.4
movements, 319.6, A319.6
pressure relief (see pressure relief piping)
supports, 321, A321, M321, K321
transmission lines, 300.1.3
Natural gas piping, 300.1.1, 300.1.3
Nickel and nickel alloys, Tables A-1, A-1A, A-1B, and
A-2, F323.4
Nomenclature and symbols, 300.3, App. J
Nominal, 300.2
Nominal pipe size (NPS), 300.2, App. J
Nonmetallic lined piping, 300(d), Ch. VII, MA300,
MA323.4.3
Nonmetallic lining material, A323.4.3
Nonmetallic–metallic piping, 301.7.3, 304.7.3, A304.7.3
Nonmetals, 300(d), Ch. VII, MA300–MA346, App. B,
Tables C-5 and C-8
Nonplastic nonmetals,
fluid service requirements, A323.4.2
joining, A334
repair of defects, A334.2
Normal Fluid Service
definition, 300.2
requirements for, 300(d), 305.1, 306.1.1, 306.3.1,
306.4.1, 306.4.2, 306.5.1, 307.1.1, 308.1.1, 309.1.1,
311.1, 314.1, 315.2, 317.2, 318.1.1, Table 341.3.2,
341.4.1, A305, A306.1.1, A306.3, A306.5.1,
A311.1, A314.1, A318.3, A341.4.1
Notch-sensitive, 300.2
Notch toughness (see impact testing and toughness)
NPS (see nominal pipe size)
Occasional loads, 302.3.6, A302.3.4, K302.3.6
Occasional variations (see allowances for pressuretemperature variations)
Oil piping coverage
in-plant, 300.1.1
transmission lines, 300.1.3, Fig. 301.1.1
464
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Piping system, def., 300.2
Plumbing, 300.1.3
Pneumatic leak test, 341.4.1, 345.1, 345.5, A345.5,
K345.1, K345.5
P-Numbers, 328.2.1, 328.2.2, 331.1.3, Tables 330.1.1 and
331.1.1, 332.4.1, 341.3.1, K330.1.1, K331.1, K332.4.1,
Table A-1, Table K-1
Poisson’s ratio, 319.3.3, A319.3.3
Postweld heat treatment (see heat treatment)
Power boilers, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Precautions, App. F
materials, F323.4, FA323.4
Preheating, 300.2, 330, Table 330.1.1, A328.4, K330
Preparation (see also joint preparation)
for testing, 345.3
Pressure, allowable (see allowable pressure)
Pressure, design (see design pressure)
Pressure containment, 301.2.1, 301.2.2, 301.2.3
Pressure design, 303, 304, A303, A304, K303, K304
bends, 304.2.1, A304.2.1, K304.2.1
blanks, 304.5.3, K304.5.3
blind flanges, 304.5.2, A304.5.2, K304.5.2
branches, 304.3, A304.3, K304.3
closures, 304.4, A304.4, K304.4
crosses, 304.3.1, A304.3.2
elbows, 304.2.2, A304.2.2, K304.2.2
external pressure, 302.3.5, 304.1.3, 304.2.4, 304.3.3,
304.3.6, A302.3.3, A304.1.3, A304.3.2, K304.1.3,
K304.2.4
extruded outlets, 304.3.1, 304.3.4
fatigue analysis, K304.8.4
flanges, 304.5, A304.5, K304.5
general, 303, A303, K303
laterals, 304.3.1, A304.3.2
miter bends, 304.2.3, A304.2.3
multiple branches, 304.3.3, 304.3.4
other components, 304.7, A304.7, K304.7
pipe, 304.1, A304.1, K304.1
reducers, 304.6, A304.6, K304.6
tees, 304.3.2, A304.3.2
welding outlets, 304.3.2, 304.4.2
Pressure relieving device, 301.2.2, 322.6, K322.6.3
Pressure relieving system, 301.2.2, 301.5.5, 302.2.4,
322.6, A322.6, M322.6, MA322, K322.6.3, F322.6
Pressure–temperature
design criteria, 302.2, A302.2, M302, K302.2
ratings, 302.2.1, 303, 326, A326, K302.2.1, K303,
Table K326.1
variations (see allowances for)
Pressure test, bellows expansion joint, X302.2.3
Pressure testing (see leak test)
Procedures
bending, K332.1
bonding, A328.2
brazing, 333.1.1
examination, 343
Procedures (Cont’d)
forming, K332.3
joining, A334
operating, for piping, G300.2
qualification of (see qualification)
soldering, 333.4.1
welding, 328.2, A329.1.2, K328.2
Process unit, 300.2
Progressive examination, 341.3.4, 341.5.1
Prohibitions, Introduction
Proof testing, 304.7
Protection of piping, G300.2, G300.3
Qualification
bonders, bonding operators, A328.2
bonding procedures, A328.2
brazing, 333.1.1
by others, 328.2.2, 328.2.3, A328.2.2, A328.2.3,
K328.2.2, K328.2.3
examination method, 343
examiners, 342.1
Owner’s Inspector, 340.4
records (see records)
tests, 328.2.1, A328.2.5, K328.2.1
welders, welding operators, 328.2.1, A329.1.2,
K328.2.1
welding procedures, 328.2, A329, K328.2
Quality assurance, weld, 319.4.5
Quality factor
casting, 302.3.1, 302.3.3, K302.3.3, Table A-1A
weld joint, 302.3.1, 302.3.4, K302.3.4, Table A-1B
Quantity of fluid, G300.1, G300.3
Radiography, 344.5, K344.5
full (100%), Tables 302.3.3C and 302.3.3D, 302.3.4,
341.4.3, 344.5.3, 345.9.1, K341.4.1
of castings, Tables 302.3.3C and 302.3.3D, K302.3.3,
Table K302.3.3D
of longitudinal joints, Tables 302.3.4, 341.3.2, and
K341.3.2
random, 341.4.1, 344.5.3, M341.4.1
spot (see spot radiography)
Range, allowable stress (see allowable stress range)
Ratings
at junction of services, 302.2.5, A302.2.5, M302.2.5
pressure–temperature, 302.2.1, 303, 326, A302.2.1,
A312, A326, K302.2.1, K303, Table K326.1
Reactions, piping, 319.5.2
Reclaimed materials, 323.1.4, A323.1.4, M323.1.4,
K323.1.4
Records, 346
bonding, A328.2.4
examination, 341.4.1, 341.4.3
procedure qualification (PQR), 300.2
qualification, 328.2.4, 342.1, A328.2.4
test, 345.2.7
welding, 328.2.4
465
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Reducers, 304.6, A304.6, K304.6
Referenced specifications, Apps. A, B, E, and K
Referenced standards, 326, A326, M326, Table K326.1,
App. E
tables, Tables 326.1, A326.1, and K326.1
Refrigeration unit piping, 300.1.1, 300.1.2, Fig. 300.1.1
Regulatory considerations, Introduction
Reinforced plastic mortar (RPM)
assembly, A335.3.5
bonding, A328.5.1, A328.5.6, A328.5.7
design stresses, A302.3.2, App. B
fluid service requirements, A314.2.2, A323.4.2
Reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR)
assembly, A335.3.5
bonding, A328.5.1, A328.5.6, A328.5.7
design stresses, A302.3.2, App. B
fluid service requirements, A314.2.3, A323.4.2
Reinforcement of
branch connections, 300.2, 304.3.3, Fig. 304.3.3,
328.5.4, Fig. 328.5.4, K304.3.3, App. H
extruded outlet headers, 304.3.4, Fig. 304.3.4
welds, 300.2, Table 341.3.2, Fig. 341.3.2,
Table K341.3.2
Reinforcing ring (or pad, or saddle), 304.3.3, 328.5.4,
Fig. 328.5.4, 331.1.3, App. H
Relieving, pressure (see pressure relieving)
Repair of defects, Table 302.3.3C, 328.6, 335.2.1,
335.4.1, 341.3.3, A328.7, A329.1.2, A334.1, A335.8,
A341.3.3, K328.6, K341.3.3
Requalification
bonder, bonding operator, A328.2.6
welder, welding operator, 328.1, K328.2.1
Request for revision, App. Z
Required examination, 341.4, A341.4, M341.4, K341.4
Requirements for welding (see welding requirements)
Resilient support, 321.2.3
Responsibility
bonding, A328.1
designer, 300(b), 300(c), 300(d), 300.4, K300(b)
erector, 300(b), 341.2
examiner, 341.2
fabricator (see fabricator responsibilities)
Inspector (see Inspector responsibilities)
manufacturer, 300(b), Table 323.2.2, 341.2
owner (see owner’s responsibilities)
welding, 328.1, K328.1
Restraint
definition, 319.2.1
effects of, 319.2.1
fixtures, 321.2.1
loads due to, 301.7.1
materials, 321.1.4
Room temperature, for tension testing, K302.3.2
Root
imperfections, Table 341.3.2, Fig. 341.3.2,
Table K341.3.2
opening, 300.2, Figs. 328.4.2, 328.4.3, and 328.4.4
penetration, 328.5.4, Table 341.3.2, Fig. 341.3.2,
Table K341.3.2
spacing (see welding preparation)
RPM (see reinforced plastic mortar)
RTR (see reinforced thermosetting resin)
Run (pipe), 304.3, 319.2.2, 319.4.1, 319.4.4, 328.5.4,
App. H (see also header)
Saddle, 321.3.1, A306.5.2, A328.5.3, A328.5.4, A328.5.5,
A328.5.6 (see also reinforcing ring)
Safeguarding, safeguards, 300(d), 300.2, 305.2.2,
308.2.4, 313, Table 314.2.1, 314.2.2, 315.2, 317.2,
318.2.3, 323.4.2, A323.4.1, A323.4.2, M300(d),
FA323.4, App. G
Safety relief (see pressure relieving)
Scope of Code, 300.1
diagram of scope, Fig. 300.1.1
Seal bond, 300.2, A311.2.4, A328.7
Seal weld, 300.2, 311.2.6, 314.1, 328.5.3, 331.1.3, 335.3.2,
K311.2.6
Sensitive leak test, 345.8, 345.9.3, M345.1, K345.1
Separator, 307, M307, K307
Set Pressure, 322.6.3
Severe cyclic conditions, 300(d), 300.2, 305.2.3, 306.1.4,
306.2.3, 306.3.3, 306.4.3, 306.5.2, 308.2.1, 308.2.4,
309.2.4, 311.2.2, 311.2.3, 314.1, 317.2, 318.2.2,
323.4.2, Table 341.3.2, 341.4.3, A300(e), M300(e),
K302
Shear, allowable stress, 302.3.1, K302.3.1
Shear test, 323.4.3
Shielding of piping, G300.3
Shock, hydraulic, 301.5.1, 315.1, 321.1, A302.1,
A304.7.2, A323.4.1, K304.7.2
thermal, A302.1, A304.7.2, A323.4.2, A335.8.1
Size of weld, 300.2, Fig. 328.5.2, 328.5.4, Fig. 328.5.4,
328.5.5, Fig. 328.5.5
Slag, 300.2, Tables 341.3.2 and K341.3.2
Sliding supports, 321.2.2
Slip-on flanges (see flanges)
Snow loads, 301.6.1, 321.1
Socket weld, 311.2.4, 311.2.5, 328.5.2, Fig. 328.5.2,
331.1.3, Table 341.3.2, 341.4.3, M311.1, K311.2.3
Soldered joints, 317, 325, 333, M317, K317.1, K333,
F323.1
Soldering, 300.2, 333
Solvent cemented joints, A328.5.3
Spacing (see welding preparation)
Special joints, 318, 335.6, A318, A335.6, M318, M335.6,
K318, K335.4
Special testing, 345.7, 345.8, 345.9
466
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Specifications (see also standards)
indexes to, Apps. A, B, and K
listed, 302.2.1, 302.2.2, 323.1.1
referenced, Apps. A, B, E, and K
unlisted, 302.2.3, 323.1.2
Spiral (helical seam) weld (see longitudinal joint)
Spot radiography, Table 302.3.4, 341.5.1, 344.5.2
Spring support, 321.2.3
Squirm (bellows expansion joint), X302.2.3
Stainless steel, Tables A-1, A-1A, A-1B, A-2, C-1, C-3,
and C-6, F323.4
Standards (see also specifications)
component, 302.2.1, 302.2.2, 302.2.3, 303, 326, A326,
M326, K326
dimensional, 326.1, M326.1
rating, 302.2.1, 303, 326.2
referenced, Tables 326.1, A326.1, K326.1, App. E
unlisted, 302.2.3
Static sparking, A335.2.5
Status of Appendices, 300(f), 300.4
Steam piping coverage, 300.1.1, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Steel, other than stainless, Tables A-1, A-1A, A-1B,
A-2, C-1, C-3, and C-6, F323.4
Stiffening, pipe under external pressure, 304.1.3
Stop valves, 322.6.1, F332.6
Straight threads, 314.2.2, 335.3.3, M314.2.2, M335.3.3,
K314.3.2, K341.4.1
Strainer, 307, M307, K307
Strains (see displacement strains)
Strength of branch connections, 304.3.2, A304.3.2,
K304.3
Stress amplitude (alternating), K304.8.2, K304.8.3
Stress analysis, 319.4, 321.1.3, 345.9.2, A319.4, M319.4,
K319
experimental, 304.7.2
fatigue, K304.8
rigorous, 319.4.1, M319.4, K319
simplified, 319.4.1, 319.4.2, M319.4
Stress evaluation, K304.8.4
Stress intensification factor, 319.3.6, 319.4.4, App. D
Stress range reduction factor, 302.3.5, Table 302.3.5
Stresses
allowable, 302.3.1, A302.3.1, K302.3.1, Apps. A, B,
and K
analysis (see stress analysis)
bases, 302.3, A302.3, M302.3.2, K302.3.2
bolt design, 302.3.2(a), Table A-2
design (nonmetals), A302.3, App. B
displacement, 319.2.2, A319.2.2
displacement range, 302.3.5, 319.1, 319.3.4, K302.3.5
allowable, 302.3.5, K302.3.5
computed, 319.4.4
flexibility, 319.2.2, 319.4.4, A319.2.2
limits, 302.3.1, 302.3.5, 302.3.6, 321.1.3, A302.3.1,
A302.3.3, A302.3.4, K302.3.1, K302.3.5, K302.3.6
longitudinal, 302.3.5, K302.3.5
Stresses (Cont’d)
occasional loads, 302.2.4, 302.3.6, A302.2.4, A302.3.4,
M302.2.4, MA302.2.4, K302.2.4, K302.3.6
pressure, 304, A304, M304, MA304, K304
sustained loads, 302.3.5, A302.3.3, K302.3.5
tabulated, Tables A-1, A-2, B-1, and K-1
terms, defined, 300.2
Structural attachments, 321.3
definition (see pipe-supporting elements)
Structural connections, 321.4
Structures, support, 321.4 (see also piping. def.)
Sulfur compounds, effects, F323.4
Supplementary examination, 341.5, A341.5, K341.5
Supports, 321, A321, M321, K321
anchors, 319.5.1, 319.7, 321.2.1, A319.7
attachments, 311.2.5, 321.3, 328.5.2, 331.1.3,
Tables 341.3.2 and K341.3.2
brackets, 321.3.2
brittle piping, A321.5.3
constant weight, 321.2.3
counterweight, 321.2.4
definitions (see pipe-supporting elements)
design, 321.1, A321.5, K321
fixtures, 321.2
guides, 321.2.1
hangers, 321.2.2, 321.3.1
hydraulic, 321.2.5
inextensible, 321.2.2
loads, 321.1
materials, 321.1.4, M321.1.4
movements, 301.8, 319.2.1
nonmetals, A321.5
resilient, 321.2.3
sliding, 321.2.2
spring, 321.2.3
structure, 321.4 (see also piping, def.)
threads for, 321.1.5
Surface texture/finish, Tables 326.1, 341.3.2, K341.3.2
Sustained loads, 302.3.5, A302.3.3, K302.3.5
Swivel joints, 319.7, A319.7
Symbols, 300.3, App. J (see also abbreviations,
nonmetals)
System, piping
definition, 300.2
Systems (specific), design, 322, M322, K322
Tack welds, 300.2, 328.5.1, K328.5.1
Tank farm piping, 300.1.1, Fig. 300.1.1
Tantalum, F323.4
Taper threads, 314.2.1, 335.3, A314.2.1, M314.2.1,
M335.3.4, K314.3.1, K344.4.1
Tapped bolt holes, 309.3, A309.3
Tees, 304.3, 319.4.4, A304.3.2 (see also branches and
fittings)
467
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Temperature
cycles, 302.3.5, 319.2.3, K304.8.1
design (see design temperature)
gradients, 301.7.2, K304.7.2, F301.7
limits, limitations, 323.2, A323.2.2, Table A323.4.3,
M323.2, K323.2
minimum (see design minimum temperature)
Test, 345, A345, M345, K345
assembly, A328.2.5
joint, 328.2.2, K328.2.1
loads, 302.3.6, 321.1, K302.3.6
records, 345.2.7
requirements, 323.4.3, 328.2.2, 345.1, K328.2.1,
K345.1
stresses, 302.3.6, 345.2.1, A302.3.4
Test,
alternative, 345.9, K345.1
burst, A328.2.5(b)
hardness, 331.1.7, 341.5.2
hydrostatic, 345.1, 345.4, A328.2.5(c), A345.1,
A345.4, K345.1, K345.4
impact, Table 323.2.2, 323.3, Table 323.3.1, K323.3,
Table K323.3.1, F323.4
leak, 345.1, A345.1, K345.1
performance, A304.7.2, K304.7.2
pneumatic, 341.4.1, 345.1, 345.5, K345.1
pressure, 345, K345
proof, 304.7.2
qualification, 328.2.1, A328.2.5, K328.2.1
sensitive leak, 345.8, M345, K345.1
shear, 323.4.3
toughness (see impact)
Thermal
analysis (see flexibility analysis)
cycling, 301.10, 302.3.5, 319.2, A319.2, K302.3.5,
K304.8
gradients, 301.7.2, K304.7.2, F301.7
Thermal expansion
coefficients, 319.3.1, A319.3.1, App. C
data, App. C
differential, 301.7.3
effects (see expansion effects)
of fluids, 301.4.2
of piping, 301.7, 319, A319, M319, K319
relief, 301.2.2
stresses, 319.2.2, 319.4, A319.2.2
Thermally induced loads, 301.7, F301.7
Thermoplastics
bonding, A328.5.1, A328.5.2, A328.5.3, A328.5.4
definition, 300.2
design stresses, A302.3.2, App. B
fluid service requirements, A314.2.1, A323.4.2
precautions, FA323.4
Thermosetting resin, (including RPM, RTR)
definition, 300.2
Thickness
allowances, 302.4, 304.1.1, 304.4.1, 304.5.2, 304.5.3,
A304.1.1, K304.1.1, K304.5.2
effect on heat treatment, 331.1.3, K331.1.3
Threaded joints
assembly, 335.3, 341.4.1, 341.4.3, A335.3, M335.3,
K341.4.1
fluid service requirements, 314, A314, M314,
MA314.1, K314
seal bonds, A311.2.4, A328.6, A335.3.2
seal welds, 311.2.6, 314.1, 328.5.3, 335.3.2, K311.2.6,
K335.6
Threads
allowance, 302.4, 304.1.1, A304.1.1, K304.1.1
compound, 314.1, 325, 335.3.1, 335.3.2, A335.3.2
condition of, M335.3.4, K341.4.1
for supports, 321.1.5
lubricant, 325, 335.3.1, A314.2.1
sealant, A314.2.1, A335.3.2, A335.3.5
standards, Tables 326.1, A326.1, and K326.1
Tie rods, 319.7, A319.7
Tin
effects, F323.4
fluid service requirements, 323.4.2
Titanium, Tables A-1 and A-1B, F323.4
Tolerances, 328.4.3, Figs. 328.4.3 and 328.4.4, A328.2.1
Torque, bolting (see bolting torque)
Toughness, 301.9 (see also impact test)
requirements, 314.2.1, 323.2.2, 323.3, K323.2.2,
K323.3
Transmission pipelines, 300.1.3, Fig. 300.1.1
Trap, 307, K307
Tubing joints, 315, 335.4, A315, A335.4, M315, M335.4,
K315
Tungsten inclusion, Table 341.3.2
Two-phase flow, 301.7.2, F301.7
Ultrasonic examination, Table 302.3.3C, 341.4.1,
341.4.3, 344.6, K305.1, K341.4.1, K344.6
Unbalanced piping system, 319.2.2, 319.7, A319.2.2,
A319.7
Uninsulated piping, 301.3.2
Unknown materials, 321.1.4, 323.1.3, M323.1.3,
K323.1.3
Unlisted
components (see components, unlisted)
joints, 315.3, 318.1.2
materials, 323.1.2
Unstable fluids, 300(c), F323(a)
Used materials, 323.1.4, A323.1.4, M323.1.4, K323.1.4
Valve packing, 300(c), 325, F307, F323.1
Valves
fluid service requirements, 302.2.5, 307, 323.4.2,
A302.2.5, M302.2.5, M307, K307, F307
heat treatment, 328.5.1
relief, 301.2.2, 322.6.3 (see also device)
stop, 322.6.1, F322.6
468
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
Variations, pressure–temperature (see allowances for)
Vent (piping) (see pressure relief piping)
Venting (welds), 328.5.4, F308.2
Vibration effects, 301.5.4, 304.7.2, 313, 315.1, 321.1,
A304.7.2, A323.4.1, M301.5.4, K301.5.4, K304.7.2
Visual examination, 302.3.3, Table 341.3.2, 341.4, 344.2,
Table K341.3.2, K341.4.1
Welding (Cont’d)
of aluminum, 323.4.2
of metals, 328, K328
operator, 300.2, 328.2, A329.1.2, K328.2
outlet fittings, 304.3.1, 304.4.2, 306.1.2, M304.3.2
preheating, 330, Table 330.1.1, K330
preparation, 328.4, K328.4
procedures, 300.2, 328.2, A329.1.2, K328.2
qualification, 328.2, A329.1.2, K328.2
quality assurance, 319.4.5, 341.3
records, 328.2.4, K328.2.4
repair, Table 302.3.3C, 328.6, 341.3.3, A329.1.2,
K328.6, K341.3.3
requirements, 328.5, A329, K328.5
responsibility, 328.1, K328.1
spacing, 328.4.3
Welds
branch, 328.4.3, Fig. 328.4.4, 328.5.4, Fig. 328.5.4,
K328.4.3, K328.5.4, Fig. K328.5.4
circumferential, 328.4.2, 328.4.3, 328.5.1, K328.4.2,
K328.4.3, K328.5.1
closure, 345.2.3(c)
dissimilar metals, 331.2.3
fillet (see fillet weld)
laps (see fabricated laps)
longitudinal (see longitudinal joints)
miter, 328.4.3
seal, 328.5.3
socket, 328.5.2, Fig. 328.5.2C
tack, 328.5.1, K328.5.1
Wind loads, 301.5.2, 302.3.6, 321.1, A302.3.4, K302.3.6
Wrapped (see butt-and-wrapped)
Wall thickness
allowance, 302.4, 304.1.1, A304.1.1, K304.1.1
governing, 331.1.1, K331.1.1
pressure design, 304, A304, K304
thinner component Tw, Table 341.3.2, 344.6.2, Table
K341.3.2, App. J
Water hammer, 301.5.1
Water piping coverage, 300.1.1, 300.1.3
Weight loads, 301.6, 321.1
Weld (see also welded joints; welds; welding)
definition, 300.2
fluid service limitations, 311, A318.3, M311, K311
hardness limits, 331.1.7
identification, 328.5.1
quality assurance, required, 319.4.5
quality factor Ej, 302.3.4, Tables 302.3.4 and A-1B,
K302.3.4
reinforcement (excess thickness), 300.2,
Table 341.3.2, Fig. 341.3.2, Table K341.3.2
size, 300.2, Figs. 328.5.2, 328.5.4, and 328.5.5
Welded joints
acceptance criteria (imperfections), Table 341.3.2,
Fig. 341.3.2, Table K341.3.2
fabrication, 328, A328.5.2, A329, M328, K328
fluid service requirements, 311, A318.3, M311, K311
Welder, 300.2, 328.2, A329.1.2, K328.2
Welding
alignment, 328.4.3, K328.4.3
environment, 328.5.1
heat treatment, 331, M331, K331
hot gas, A328.5.2
imperfections (see welded joints)
interrupted (see interrupted welding)
materials, 328.3, M328.3, K328.3
neck flanges (see flanges)
nonmetallic lined pipe, A318.3, A329
X-ray examination (see radiography)
Young’s modulus, 319.3.2, A319.3.2, App. C, App. D
Y-values (for metal pipe), 304.1.1, Table 304.1.1
Zinc
coatings, K323.4.2
effects, F323.4
Zirconium and zirconium alloys, F323.4
469
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
NOTES FOR INDEX
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Reference is not made to a paragraph that merely states that
a previous paragraph applies.
(b) To locate references with letter prefix:
Prefix
A*
B
C
D
F
Location
Prefix
Chapter VII G
App. B
H
App. C
K
App. D
App. F
Location
Prefix
App. G
M
App. H
MA
Chapter IX, X
App. K
Location
Chapter VIII
Chapter VIII
Appendix X
* For Tables A-1, A-1M, A-1A, A-1B, A-2, and A-2M, see
Appendix A.
470
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 24
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 30, 2012 through December 16, 2013
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Subject
B31.3
Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 323.2.2B, Design Minimum Temperature According to ASME B31T
(B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 302.3.6(a), Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Occasional Loads
(B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 307.1.2, Qualification of Valve Pressure Design (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 322.6.3, Relief Devices (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 323.3.5, Acceptance Criteria (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 328.5.4 and Fig. 328.5.4D, Welded Branch Connection (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . .
Para. 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 328.5.4(d) and (e), Use of a Branch Connection Where the
Abutting Branch Pipe Is Not Welded to the Run (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 340.4(a), Owner’s Inspectors (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.3.1(a), NDE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, and 5 Materials
(B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (B31.3-1996
Edition Through B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.4.1(b), Sample Examinations (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Prequalification of Welds by Random Examination
(B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 344.2.1 and 342.1, Visual Examination (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345, Pneumatic Leak Testing (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination During Leak Testing (B31.3-1996 Edition Through
B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.2.3(b), Flanged Joints (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.2.3(c), Closure Welds (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. K328.2.1(b), Welding Qualifications (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. K328.2.1(d), Welding Qualifications (B31.3-2010). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Random Examination (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 302.3.5, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W (B31.3-2010). . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals (B31.3-2008) . . . . . . .
Table 323.2.2, Notes (3) and (5), Impact Testing (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing for Metals (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals (B31.3-2008) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 341.3.2 and Paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.2, and M341.4, Radiography for
Fillet Welds (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation
File No.
24-13
12-1782
24-04
12-243
24-24
24-09
24-18
24-16
24-26
24-15
24-10
13-1331
12-1504
13-509
13-266
13-1508
13-76
12-1584
24-23
24-05
13-789
12-499
24-30
11-1769
24-29
24-08
13-709
12-1071
24-22
24-21
24-11
13-786
13-710
12-1610
24-07
24-19
24-25
24-06
24-17
24-20
24-12
24-27
24-01
24-14
24-28
24-03
12-56, 12-666
13-620
13-1499
12-623
13-474
13-704
12-1728
13-1548
12-57
12-2057
13-1549
12-241
24-02
12-102
I-2
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-01
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Notes (3) and (5), Impact Testing (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-57
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, if a material meets the requirements of
Table 323.2.2, Note (3) exception to impact testing requirements, does it matter what size specimen
is obtainable as described in Note (5)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-02
Subject: Table 341.3.2 and Paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.2, and M341.4, Radiography for Fillet Welds
(B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-102
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, is it a requirement to perform radiography
on fillet welds?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-03
Subject: Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-241
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, if indications are detected in the base metal or a
weld not required to be examined, are the indications required to be evaluated?
Reply: The Code does not specifically address this issue. However, the Introduction states that
the owner is responsible for imposing requirements supplementary to those of the Code if
necessary to assure safe piping for the proposed installation. Also see para. 300(c)(4).
I-3
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-04
Subject: Fig. 323.2.2B, Design Minimum Temperature According to ASME B31T (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-243
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, may Fig. 323.2.2B be used for impact-tested
materials in the same manner as described in the ASME BPV Code rules?
Reply (1): No. See interpretation 20-13R.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, is the use of ASME B31T, Standard
Toughness Requirements for Piping, mandatory?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, does Fig. 323.2.2B apply to UNS S31803
(22Cr duplex)?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation 24-05
Subject: Para. 340.4(a), Owner’s Inspectors (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-499
Background: An EPC (Engineering, Procurement, and Construction) contractor has been
awarded a contract to engineer, procure, construct, and install a pressure piping system.
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 allow an EPC contractor to act as the owner’s inspector until
the piping system is complete and ready to be turned over to the owner?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 allow the owner to designate in writing an employee of the
EPC contractor to act as the owner’s inspector until the piping system is complete and ready to
be turned over to the owner?
Reply (2): No.
I-4
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-06
Subject: Para. K328.2.1(b), Welding Qualifications (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-623
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, is a separate qualification of the welding
procedure required for each combination of base material specification(s) forming a joint in
Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping, even if the material type or grade remains the same?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. K328.2.1(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, if a welded joint comprised of two different
material specifications with the same type or grade in Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping, is
qualified, does the welding procedure also qualify welding of each individual base material to
itself?
Reply (2): No; see para. K328.2.1(b).
I-5
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-07
Subject: Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination During Leak Testing (B31.3-1996 Edition Through
B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-56, 12-666
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, para.
345.2.2(a), must examination for leaks be performed in accordance with the visual examination
method in para. 344.2?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Other than sensitive leak testing, do ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through
ASME B31.3-2010, define leak testing examination requirements?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, para.
345.2.2(a), must personnel performing the examination for leaks be qualified for visual examination per paras. 342.1 or 344.2?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, para.
345.2.2(a), must leak testing be performed in accordance with a written procedure for visual
examination?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Other than sensitive leak testing, do ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through
ASME B31.3-2010 require compliance with the requirements of ASME BPV Code Section V,
Articles 9 or 10 for leak testing?
Reply (5): No.
Question (6): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, during
a hydrostatic leak test, if the examiner is satisfied that the requirements of para. 345.2.2(a) are
met, is a 100% visual examination (i.e., a visual examination of 360 deg of the pipe or joint
surface) of each joint or connection required?
Reply (6): No.
Interpretation 24-08
Subject: Para. 341.4.1(b), Sample Examinations (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1071
Question: If one welder makes the tack welds in a circumferential butt weld and another welder
welds the root pass and remainder of the weld, is it required that the welder who made the tack
welds be represented in the sample examinations required by para. 341.4.1(b) or the progressive
sampling of para. 341.3.4?
Reply: No.
I-6
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-09
Subject: Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1504
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. 307.1.2, Unlisted Valves, if valve pressure–
temperature ratings are established by the method set forth in ASME B16.34, Appendix B, is it
necessary to qualify the pressure design in accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 304.7.2?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-10
Subject: Para. 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1584
Question: In ASME B31.3-2010, for the installation of instrument tap type branch connections,
do the weld types specified in ASME Section VIII, Division 1, UW-15(b) (i.e., welds that require
no strength calculations) and corresponding acceptable welding types shown in UW-16, which
include not-fully-penetrated branch connection groove welds, comply with the acceptable welding
details shown in ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.4?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
Interpretation 24-11
Subject: Para. 345, Pneumatic Leak Testing (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1610
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. 345.5.4(a), with or without the owner’s
approval, does the Code permit pneumatic testing in excess of 1.33 times the design pressure?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
I-7
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-12
Subject: Table 302.3.5, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1728
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, Table 302.3.5, is the weld strength reduction
factor, W, for P91 alloy steel material (CSEF subcritical) at 950°F equal to 0.5?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, Table 302.3.5, should the weld strength
reduction factor, W, for P91 alloy steel material be the same value as in ASME B31.1-2010?
Reply (2): The ASME B31.3 Committee is unable to provide the information you have requested.
The Committee does not respond to requests for rationale. Code rules reflect not only technical
data and safety criteria, but also the collective experience of the Committee members. Interdependence of rules in various Chapters also plays a part in any given requirement.
If you believe, however, that a particular Code rule or rules may benefit from consideration
of new or additional data and approaches, the Committee welcomes your desire to contribute.
We invite you to submit pertinent material for transmittal to the Code Section Committee involved.
If you desire, an invitation can be extended for you to attend a meeting of the Committee at
which the material will be discussed. We appreciate your interest.
I-8
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-13
Subject: Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 12-1782
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require compliance with Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping,
under any circumstance other than when such compliance is specified by the owner?
Reply (1): No; see para. K300(a).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require that piping designed for a pressure in excess of
that allowed by ASME B16.5, Class 2500 rating for the specified design temperature and material
group be designed in accordance with Chapter IX if the piping system is not designated by the
owner as being in High Pressure Fluid Service?
Reply (2): No; see para. K300(a).
Interpretation 24-14
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing for Metals (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 12-2057
Question (1): Do rows 4 through 7 of Table 323.3.1 of ASME B31.3-2010 apply to welds used
in the manufacture of piping components?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Do rows 1 through 3 of Table 323.3.1 of ASME B31.3-2010 apply to welds used
in the manufacture of piping components?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 24-15
Subject: Para. 328.5.4 and Fig. 328.5.4D, Welded Branch Connection (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-76
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2010 permit the use of a complete (full) encirclement split-tee as
a branch connection, where a branch pipe is butt welded to the branch opening of the split-tee,
if the requirements of paras. 303 and 304.7.2 are met?
Reply: Yes. See also paras. 300(c)(3) and 300(c)(4).
Interpretation 24-16
Subject: Para. 322.6.3, Relief Devices (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-266
Question: Does ASME B31.3 require that all relief devices that meet para. 322.6.3 but not API 526
be evaluated as unlisted components?
Reply: Yes; see para. 302.2.3.
I-9
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-17
Subject: Para. K328.2.1(d), Welding Qualifications (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-474
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(d), if transverse tensile testing
is required for a full penetration groove weld test coupon for Welding Procedure Qualification in
accordance with the ASME BPV Code, Section IX, shall yield strength be determined on the
transverse tensile test coupon?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(d), shall all-weld-metal
tensile testing be conducted and the yield strength of the weld be determined if transverse
tensile testing is required for a full penetration groove weld test coupon for Welding Procedure
Qualification in accordance with the ASME BPV Code, Section IX?
Reply (2): No, unless the filler metal is not yet incorporated into Section IX (see para. K328.3.1).
Interpretation 24-18
Subject: Para. 307.1.2, Qualification of Valve Pressure Design (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-509
Question: Does para. 307.1.2 of ASME B31.3-2010 permit a valve manufactured from a material
not listed in ASME B16.34 to have the pressure–temperature rating established in accordance
with the method set forth in ASME B16.34?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-19
Subject: Para. 345.2.3(b), Flanged Joints (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-620
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, do components listed in Table 326.1 need
to be leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply (1): We believe your question can be answered by previous interpretation 23-14.
Question (2): Does the phrase “previously been tested” in para. 345.2.3(b) refer to leak testing
in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31.3?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 24-20
Subject: Random Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-704
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2012 prohibit commencement of random examination prior to
completion of all welds in a designated lot?
Reply: No.
I-10
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-21
Subject: Paras. 344.2.1 and 342.1, Visual Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-710
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2012 have any qualification requirements for visual examiners
performing Code-required examinations?
Reply (1): Yes. See paras. 342.1 and 344.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require individuals that check the fit and alignment of
weld joints during fabrication to be qualified for visual examination as described in paras. 342.1
and 344.2?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation 24-22
Subject: Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Prequalification of Welds by Random Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-786
Question: When ASME B31.3-2012, para. 341.4.1(b)(1) requires random examination of 5% of
circumferential girth or miter groove welds by radiography or ultrasonic examination for Normal
Fluid Service, must all welds in the lot be completed prior to the completion of the required
examinations on the selected welds?
Reply: The Code does not address this issue. See previous interpretations 2-12 and 24-20.
Interpretation 24-23
Subject: Paras. 328.5.4(d) and (e), Use of a Branch Connection Where the Abutting Branch Pipe
Is Not Welded to the Run (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-789
Question: Under the rules of ASME B31.3-2012, may a branch connection be added to a piping
run using branch attachment details other than specified by para. 328.5.4(d), which require fully
penetrated groove welds to the run pipe, or para. 328.5.4(e)?
Reply: No, unless qualified in accordance with paras. 300(c)(3), 300(c)(4), and 304.7.2.
I-11
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-24
Subject: Para. 302.3.6(a), Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Occasional Loads (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1331
Question (1): Is the final paragraph in para. 302.3.6(a) applicable to castings only?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 permit the occasional stress of austenitic steel piping to rise
above yield?
Reply (2): Yes; however, see para. 302.3.2(e).
Interpretation 24-25
Subject: Para. 345.2.3(c), Closure Welds (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1499
Question: If a pipe is bent in accordance with para. 306.2, can it be installed using closure
welds without being leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-26
Subject: Para. 323.3.5, Acceptance Criteria (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1508
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(a), do the acceptance criteria
for minimum energy requirements apply to carbon and low alloy steels having specified minimum
tensile strengths equal to or greater than 656 MPa (95 ksi) or for high alloy steels (P-Nos. 6, 7,
and 8)?
Reply (1): No. See para. 323.3.5(b) for acceptance criteria for these materials.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(c), are the acceptance criteria
for weld impact test requirements applicable for clad-pipe to clad-pipe welds?
Reply (2): No. See paras. 323.3.5(a) and 323.3.5(b).
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(c), when dissimilar base metals
(e.g., P1 and P8) are joined by welding and the weld metal has a tensile strength most closely
matching that of the P8 base material, shall the acceptance criteria for impact tests conform to
the lateral expansion requirements of para. 323.3.5(b)?
Reply (3): Yes.
I-12
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-27
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals (B31.3-2008)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1548
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, when ASTM B423 N08825 base metal is welded
by SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 filler metal, do the rules of Table 323.2.2, Box A-6(b) require
that testing in accordance with Box B-6 be performed?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-28
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals (B31.3-2008)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1549
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, Table 323.3.1, box A-5, is the qualified thickness
range T/2 to T + 6 mm (1⁄4 in.)?
Reply: Yes. Also see previous Interpretation 4-17.
Interpretation 24-29
Subject: Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (B31.3-1996 Edition Through
B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: December 12, 2013
File: 13-709
Question: Is it the intent of ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2012, para. 341.3.3
to allow replacement welds for rejected welds to be examined by any nondestructive (NDE)
method that is allowed for the original welds, as it is for high pressure piping system welds in
K341.3.3, rather than requiring the same NDE method as used on the original defective welds?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-30
Subject: Para. 341.3.1(a), NDE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, and 5 Materials (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: December 16, 2013
File: 11-1769
Question: A piping assembly made of P-No. 5 material consisting of several welds is furnace
heat treated and radiographed. One of those welds is defective and repaired. The assembly is
then heat treated again. Is it the intent of para. 341.3.1(a) that all of the welds in that piping
assembly be radiographed again?
Reply: No.
I-13
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
NUMERICAL INDEX
Code references are based on ASME B31.3-1990 or later editions. References in brackets are to previous editions
and addenda.
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
Introduction
1-3
1-6
1-7
13-04
20-08
7-10
8-17
19-11
1-26
1-32
4-08
5-03
8-09
10-11
13-14
1-3
1-6
1-7
3-2
3-4
4-10
6-03R (Vol. 7)
7-05
8-30
13-02
16-12
18-09
19-31
19-48
20-03
20-20
20-38
22-32
7-10
8-17
9-06
12-20
21-07
21-32
1-47
1-52
2-26
3-1
4-19
6-01
8-01
9-02
17-01
22-34
Fig. 300.1.1
1-8
1-19
2-26
7-10
8-17
22-39
1-8
1-16
1-19
1-26
3-2
15-09
10-05
21-22
301.3
2-3
17-07
22-06
10-02
21-47
4-11
23-06
4-07
3-4
22-04
1-32
19-03
1-50
16-18
17-11
19-02
19-19
1-3
1-32
2-14
3-4
4-11
7-01
7-04
8-04
14-09
17-12
20-03
20-22
20-51
21-45
22-04
22-37
13-15
20-25
1-18
1-38
2-16
3-13
8-25
11-05
16-04
19-37
19-38
23-10
2-20
17-14
300
300(b)
300(c) [300(e)]
300(c)(3)
300.1
300.1.1
300.1.3 [300.1.4]
300.1.3(d)
300.2
Category D Design
Temperature
Category D Fluid
Service
Category M Fluid
Service
flammable
notch-sensitive
owner
piping components
piping system
severe cyclic
conditions
22-06
4-13
301.2.1
301.3.2
301.5.3
301.7.2
301.10
302
302.2
302.2.1
302.2.2
302.2.3
302.2.4 [302.2.3]
5-03
6-01
19-34
1-40
1-73
6-01
8-09
9-02
21-25
2-22
2-30
3-2
8-01
14-03
17-23
21-24
22-41
1-30
9-06
5-12
8-09
20-23
5-11
20-40
2-3
7-01
2-29
13-15
Table 300.4
301
301.1
301.2
301.3.1
302.2.5
302.3
302.3.2
Table 302.3.3C
302.3.4
(a)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
Table 302.3.4
1-42
304.1.2
1-42
304.7.2
1-51
3-2
4-05
5-05
5-11
6-09
10-07
10-11
10-18
12-09
13-02
13-03
13-05
13-11
19-29
20-26
20-37
21-02
21-34
23-03
23-07
24-09
1-16
22-43
3-8
3-9
1-38
6-01
7-03
21-29
12-16
11-03
24-18
5-12
5-12
6-02
6-05
10-04
9-07
20-48
2-22
8-33
11-16
3-6
3-6
1-17
8-13
19-45
20-48
2-17
20-45
7-04
7-05
12-06
18-13
19-40
21-09
302.3.5
1-78
2-20
3-11
20-34
21-06
21-37
22-10
1-20
1-50
2-14
2-15
2-24
3-4
4-10
4-12
6-03R (Vol. 7)
6-07
7-04
7-05
8-16
15-15
1-57
1-68
1-70
2-11
10-20
21-13
22-04
304.2
15-14
304.2.1
21-13
304.2.2
18-06
304.2.3
1-22
5-11
Fig. 304.2.3
1-22
304.3
1-21
1-46
5-01
6-09
304.3.1
19-33
16-11
304.3.2
4-05
17-04
304.3.3
4-03
17-18
7-02
18-16
8-06
20-02
8-37
21-34
11-10
22-07
Table 302.3.5
12-05
16-10
14-10
22-36
15-05
24-12
302.3.6
1-50
17-26
2-15
21-39
2-16
23-18
2-17
Fig. 304.3.3
8-37
19-18
304.3.4
1-21
20-02
1-37
20-49
1-55
20-50
302.3.6(a)
1-75
24-24
2-27
302.4
1-20
303
6-05
Fig. 304.3.4
304.1
23-16
304.3.5
12-13
304.1.1
1-42
304.3.5(e)
22-20
1-54
304.5
1-70
3-4
1-70
10-14
15-06
306.4
306.4.2
307.1.2
308.2.1
308.2.4
311.2.4
311.2.5
312
314
314.2.1
Table 314.2.1
315.2
315.3
317.2
318
318.2.2
319.1.1
319.2.1
319.2.3
19-12
15-10
304.5.1
8-18
20-12
21-38
22-21
305.2.1
305.2.3
9-07
13-07
16-14
304.7.4
305.1
305.2
304.5.1(b)
319.3.1
9-10
(b)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
319.3.1(b)
15-24
323.2.2
319.3.2
21-16
21-26
319.3.5
4-10
15-12
15-25
19-07
19-21
19-35
19-39
19-47
20-15
20-31
23-08
23-12
22-26
22-44
22-23
14-08
20-13R (Vol. 23)
20-15
21-28
21-40
24-04
1-12
Table 323.3.1 [Table 323.3.2] (Cont’d)
21-18
24-14
24-28
323.3.2
11-12
323.3.4
8-30
Table 323.3.4
22-02
323.3.5
2-9
24-26
Table 323.3.5
5-14
323.4
15-03
323.4.2
10-01
10-19
Table 326.1
1-11
1-51
2-3
8-07
8-34
19-14
22-05
328
7-02
12-12
20-39
328.1
12-07
328.2 [327.5]
1-66
11-09
14-13
20-19
Fig. 328.2(b)
22-32
328.2.1 [327.5.1, 327.5.2] 1-76
4-17
8-29
19-22
20-19
20-43
328.2.2
20-19
328.2.2(g)
14-05
328.2.2(i)
19-26
328.2.3
15-19
18-08
328.4
13-01
328.4.2 and Fig. 328.4.2 12-10
328.4.3
14-04
Fig. 328.4.4
8-28
9-08
328.5 [327.4]
5-09
328.5.1 [327.4.1]
5-17
22-25
22-35
328.5.2 [327.4.2]
5-12
16-06
19-20
Fig. 328.5.2 [Fig. 327.4.2] 1-28
5-12
6-02
6-05
8-27
15-08
19-16
319.3.6
1-6
1-7
1-55
2-24
5-15
13-05
22-20
Table 319.3.6
9-01
319.4.1
1-33
319.4.3
13-14
23-04
319.4.4
323.2.2(d)
323.2.2(f)
Fig. 323.2.2
1-71
2-7
319.7
2-24
1-16
321.1.1
7-05
6-07
321.1.4
1-49
Fig. 323.2.2B
Table 323.2.2
[Table 323.2.1]
1-48
1-65
1-76
2-19
3-8
4-01
4-15
14-12
15-11
15-16
17-09R (Vol. 18)
18-12
20-31
21-01
21-43
22-03
23-01
23-13
24-01
24-27
6-06
1-76
5-13
20-14
22-01
1-12
19-36
21-41
322.3
17-24
322.6.1
10-10
322.6.3
12-18
1-32
2-21
2-29
7-01
12-04
14-09
22-30
24-16
323.1
19-28
323.1.1
8-19
17-09R (Vol. 18)
323.1.2
19-41
1-11
323.2.4
323.3
1-15
1-48
2-1
6-06
Table 323.3.1
[Table 323.3.2]
1-76
4-17
5-19
5-21
8-29
10-02
11-12
15-23
20-10
20-31
8-07
8-19
11-03
15-04
17-01
17-08
19-27
323.2
3-9
323.2.1
1-13
(c)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Interpretation
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Reference
Interpretation
Fig. 328.5.2 [Fig. 327.4.2] (Cont’d)
20-01
328.5.3
20-05
328.5.4 [327.4.4]
1-59
1-74
2-10
4-03
4-14
7-08
8-13
10-04
13-11
21-02
22-22
24-10
24-15
328.5.4(d)
24-23
328.5.4(e)
24-23
Fig. 328.5.4 [Fig. 327.4.4] 1-59
1-74
4-03
4-16
7-08
328.6
2-18
330
8-21
330.1
8-23
Table 330.1.1
9-05
331
8-12
20-39
21-46R (Vol. 23)
331.1.1
8-08
9-05
14-01
19-15
Table 331.1.1
1-69
[Table 331.3.1]
2-2
5-06
8-24
9-03
12-14
14-16
17-01
20-44
21-12
21-19
331.1.2
8-05
331.1.3 [331.3.6]
1-39
1-59
4-06
5-06
9-03
11-06
14-01
15-18
17-13
17-21
18-02
19-24
Reference
Interpretation
331.1.3 [331.3.6] (Cont’d)
22-19
331.1.4 [331.1.2]
5-08
331.1.6 [331.3.4]
5-08
16-09
331.1.7 [331.3.2]
1-78
8-22
331.2
18-04
331.2.2 [331.1.1]
1-39
1-78
331.3.4
8-05
331.3.7
8-05
332.1
8-03
19-04
332.2 [329.1]
1-23
1-53
4-02
8-20
332.2.2
16-08
332.4 [329.3, 330.2]
2-2
19-04
332.4.2
11-03
15-17
335.1.1
15-07
17-25
335.2
2-5
335.2.3
17-20
21-14
Fig. 335.3.3(a)
20-36
340.2 [336.1.2]
1-26
340.3 [336.3]
1-10
10-03
340.4 [336.2]
1-31
17-15
20-33
340.4(a)
24-05
341
10-16
15-13
19-49
21-17
341.1.4.1
21-20
341.2 [336.1.1, 336.1.3]
1-10
1-26
1-27
2-28
10-03
341.3.1 [336.5]
1-64
2-4
19-15
21-48
341.3.1(a)
24-30
341.3.2
8-32
21-44
22-40
Fig. 341.3.2 [Fig. 327.4.1] 5-09
13-16
Reference
Interpretation
Table 341.3.2
14-02
14-07
14-15
16-07
17-03
17-22
18-07
20-16
20-20
20-34
23-02
24-02
24-03
1-1
1-9
1-14
1-41
2-8
5-04
5-13
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-20
6-04
7-06
8-32
8-38
9-04
11-08
11-14
12-22
13-16
14-14
22-33
24-29
1-62
2-25
2-32
3-5
3-14
10-09
10-12
11-02
11-04
13-12
16-01
16-02
16-05
18-01
1-24
1-45
3-12
5-20
11-01
21-23
22-17
[Table 327.4.1A]
[Table 341.3.2A]
341.3.3
341.3.4 [336.5, 336.5.4]
341.4 [336.5]
(d)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
341.4.1 [336.5.1]
1-10
1-26
1-27
1-60
2-12
2-28
3-7
3-12
4-12
5-10
8-02
8-10
8-26
10-03
10-17
11-11
11-14
11-15
18-14
19-05
19-42
20-09
20-34
21-04
24-02
24-08
24-22
8-38
24-02
8-10
20-09
8-38
1-5
3-12
20-34
15-21
2-28
21-05
24-21
2-28
5-09
16-13
18-11
20-42
13-12
24-20
2-28
8-10
8-26
11-11
15-21
18-17
19-17
24-21
21-20
1-10
1-60
2-12
344.5.1
20-34
20-41
22-08
1-60
10-17
2-28
3-14
12-01
19-17
11-11
21-20
1-2
1-72
2-31
3-3
8-31
16-03
17-30
19-23
19-30
19-49
20-17
21-11
23-14
24-11
1-4
1-30
4-04
6-08
8-15
12-21
20-24
21-36
22-14
23-05
23-20
8-31
18-10
20-46
20-47
21-42
24-07
20-07
20-11
20-24
20-27
22-15
22-18
24-19
21-10
22-16
24-25
17-28
20-37
1-35
23-17
19-44
345.2.6 [337.1]
1-2
5-22
19-23
20-06
2-6
3-10
5-02
12-03
20-28
22-09
22-27
22-14
8-04
19-25
22-11
12-19
1-35
1-61
1-63
2-23
4-04
9-09
13-13
18-03
19-10
20-46
1-63
1-35
1-43
6-08
11-07
13-06
19-32
22-11
23-15
22-14
11-19
23-11
12-02
20-46
1-36
1-25
3-10
17-02
19-06
20-18
4-09
5-07
6-08
8-15
10-15
12-01
12-21
15-02
17-05
17-10
18-15
20-18
341.4.1(b)
341.4.1(b)(1)
341.4.2
341.4.3
341.5
341.5.1 [336.6.1]
342
342.1 [336.4.1]
343 [336.4.1]
344 [336.4]
344.1
344.1.3
344.2 [336.4.2]
344.2.1
344.2.2
344.5 [336.4.5]
344.6 [336.4.6]
344.6.2
344.7 [336.4.7]
344.7.1
345 [337]
345.1 [337.1]
345.1(b)
345.1(d)
345.2.2
345.2.2(a)
345.2.3
345.2.3(a)
345.2.3(b)
345.2.3(c)
345.2.3(i)
345.2.4 [337.4.3]
345.2.5
345.3 [337.3]
345.3.1
345.3.4
345.4
345.4.1
345.4.2 [337.4.1]
345.4.3 [337.4.2]
345.5 [337.4.4]
345.5.1
345.5.2
345.5.4
345.7 [337.5.2]
345.8 [337.6]
345.9 [337.5.1]
(e)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Reference
Interpretation
Reference
Interpretation
345.9.1
20-06
20-43
20-30
21-33
8-14
14-17
14-18
1-67
13-08
11-17
8-33
17-29
10-06
11-18
21-30
21-31
20-30
7-09
21-15
10-08
8-14
18-05
17-06
8-14
10-08
13-08
24-13
20-09
17-16
20-21
11-21
14-11
22-04
17-19
7-07
7-07
19-09
21-03
20-41
21-18
21-27
20-21
17-27
24-06
24-17
8-37
20-09
21-03
12-15
8-35
21-21
20-36
2-13
3-6
M323.1.3
M326
M335.3.3
M335.4 [M335.5, M335.6]
M341.4 [M336.5]
3-7
2-13
20-36
3-6
1-24
1-45
20-09
24-02
2-28
3-7
20-47
6-08
9-02
21-21
9-02
19-08
8-35
2-20
A302.2.3
A302.2.4
A304
A304.1.1
A304.5.1
A304.7.2
A305
A314
A322.6
A323.4.2
Table A326.1
A327.2.4
A328
A328.2(a)
A328.2.1
A328.2.5
A328.5
Chapter IX
K300
K300(a)
K303
K304.1.2
K304.8
K314.2
K315
K322.3
K323.1.2
K323.1.5
Table K323.3.1
K323.3.5
Table K326.1
K328.2.1(a)
K328.2.1(b)
K328.2.1(d)
Fig. K328.5.4
K341.4.2
K346.2(b)
M305.1
M307.2
M313
M314.2.2
M322.3
M341.4.1 [M336.5.1]
M345
M345.1
MA306.5
MA313
MA323.4
MA323.4.2
Appendix A Notes (no
equivalent) [(14)]
Note (17)
Note (20) [(30)]
Note (57) [(2)]
Appendix A
Table A-1 [Table 1]
Reference
Interpretation
Table A-1B [Table 1]
Appendix B
Table B-1
Appendix D
4-18
1-77
1-58
1-13
1-18
1-29
1-38
1-48
1-77
2-1
3-8
3-9
3-13
4-12
4-13
6-01
6-06
7-03
8-11
8-18
8-25
8-34
8-36
11-13
12-09
15-01
19-43
19-46
20-29
20-32
21-28
22-12
22-28
22-42
23-19
Appendix E
[Appendix K]
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
F [F323.2]
F, F323
F, FA323.4
G
H
Appendix J
Appendix M
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
Case 137
Case 141
Case 181
(f)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
P
V
X, X3.1.3
X, X3.2.2
X, X302.2.3
1-78
2-20
4-18
7-03
23-09
19-13
22-38
1-6
1-7
1-34
1-46
1-55
1-56
1-71
2-7
2-24
4-16
5-01
5-15
6-06
12-08
12-11
12-17
13-05
18-18
1-44
5-10
19-20
1-29
20-20
20-30
5-12
8-06
11-10
1-28
1-54
1-75
5-04
6-01
8-09
20-23
22-07
17-17
12-23
13-09
15-22
3-1
1-51
22-13
22-29
22-31
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
SUBJECT INDEX
Interpretation
Subject
Acceptance Criteria
pressure tests
weld
1-2
1-1
1-9
1-14
1-41
2-8
5-09
5-13
5-17
5-18
5-20
6-04
7-06
8-32
12-22
13-16
14-02
14-07
24-03
24-26
Allowable Loads
14-06
Allowable Stresses
bases for
4-12
1-18
3-13
8-11
8-25
10-13
15-01
22-28
1-29
11-13
8-25
8-11
1-38
1-13
1-48
3-13
for ASTM A182
for ASTM A312
for ASTM A351
for ASTM A387
for ASTM A464
for ASTM A570
for ASTM A587
for ASTM A671
for austenitic stainless
steels
for unlisted alloy steel
pipe
19-09
Allowable Stress Range
22-07
23-19
Alterations of Piping
Interpretation
Subject
Authorized Inspector (see Owner’s
Inspector)
Bellows
13-09
Bending
4-02
8-03
15-17
16-08
Subject
Branch Connections (Cont’d)
reinforcement (Cont’d)
weld requirements
Bends
corrugated
miter (see Miter Bends)
reduction of outside
diameter
Bolting Materials
1-23
8-20
4-15
17-20
20-12
21-14
Bonding Qualification Test
hot gas welded
minimum burst pressure
procedure specifications
for plastic piping
8-14
7-09
8-14
10-08
21-15
18-05
8-14
requirements
solvent cement
Bonds
heat fusion
hot gas welded
test assembly
8-14
8-14
7-09
Branch Connections
couplings
extruded outlets
flexibility analysis
integrally reinforced fitting
projection into run pipe
reinforcement
13-04
Alternative Tests (see Leak Tests)
19-33
1-37
2-27
6-09
9-01
4-05
11-10
8-28
9-03
8-06
8-37
12-05
12-13
14-10
Interpretation
Brazed Joints
for flammable service
15-05
21-39
2-10
4-03
4-14
7-02
7-08
10-04
13-11
17-26
22-22
23-18
24-23
1-17
Buckles
1-23
1-53
Casting Quality Factor
23-10
Cast Irons
specific requirements
10-01
Category D Design
Temperature
Category D Fluid Service
alternative pressure test for
limitations
radiographic examination
Category M Fluid Service
clarification of term
double contained piping
fittings
leak test
liquid oxygen
piping flexibility
requirements
tubing size limitations
“very small quantity”
(g)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
22-06
1-36
4-13
5-03
21-47
8-38
21-23
1-73
9-02
20-23
8-35
20-36
6-08
8-09
21-21
8-35
9-02
12-15
2-13
1-40
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Interpretation
Subject
Code Case
22-13
22-29
22-31
Code Coverage
B31.3 versus B31.4
B31.3 versus B31.9
buried piping
cryogenic piping
fired heaters
general hydrocarbon
service
inline sensing devices
intent
later editions
new and replacement
piping
offshore platform
oil heating system
radioactive fluids
synfuel plant piping
tobacco plant piping
1-47
7-10
21-32
21-07
21-22
15-09
6-01
8-01
21-24
16-12
19-01
5-22
12-21
19-49
8-17
4-19
12-20
1-52
2-26
3-1
Components (see also Fittings, Flanges,
Standard Components, Unlisted, and
Valves)
certification
1-26
3-7
5-10
13-10
defining
17-23
20-11
design conditions
2-3
fabricated or flared flaps
11-03
12-16
inline sensing devices
8-01
21-24
listed
20-25
metric size
19-29
referenced standards
1-44
5-10
22-05
Compressors
internal piping
1-8
Corrugated Bends
1-23
Cyclic Loading
5-12
17-04
Interpretation
Subject
Design (see also Pressure Design)
additional design
12-13
considerations
calculations
20-26
21-13
conditions
2-3
for stainless bellows
12-23
Lame theory
1-57
minimum temperature
10-02
24-04
qualification
20-38
20-40
Displacement Strain
20-45
Displacement Stress
2-14
2-24
12-06
18-13
21-09
Subject
Examination (Cont’d)
required
sample
severe cyclic conditions
spot
types
Interpretation
1-24
1-60
6-04
11-14
11-15
15-13
15-21
18-14
21-17
22-17
24-08
10-17
11-14
1-62
16-13
18-11
ultrasonic (see Ultrasonic
Examination)
visual (see Visual
Examination)
Earthquake (see Seismic)
Effective Date
22-24
Empty System
transportation
9-06
Examination
acceptance criteria
during leak test
extent of
16-07
24-07
1-24
5-18
11-01
21-04
21-23
3-14
11-15
in-process
liquid penetrant (see Liquid
Penetrant Examination)
personnel
postweld heat treatment
progressive (see Progressive
Examination)
radiographic (see
Radiographic Examination)
random
records
21-05
21-48
1-27
1-45
1-62
2-12
2-32
4-12
11-15
24-20
24-22
11-11
21-20
Exclusions
for compressors and
internal piping
for interconnecting piping
listed in scope
Expansion Joints
Extruded Outlet
pressure design of
1-8
1-19
21-22
10-05
1-16
12-23
13-09
tees considered as
1-21
1-70
1-55
Extruded Welded Tee
5-01
Fatigue
18-09
Fillet Weld
internal, slip-on flange
pressure containing
size
use
Fittings
B16.9
conforming to two grades
(h)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
8-27
8-13
1-74
10-04
23-09
24-02
1-7
5-01
19-14
20-21
8-18
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Interpretation
Subject
Fittings (Cont’d)
flared, flareless, or
compression types
3-6
MSS SP-75
12-16
1-11
Flame Arrester
22-39
Flammable Service
1-17
21-25
2-5
1-67
3-4
9-07
9-10
4-05
5-12
8-27
1-51
9-07
general
long welding neck
slip-on
use of aluminum
use of raised and flat face
metallic
Flexibility Analysis
branch connections
exemptions from
modulus of elasticity
qualification
9-01
1-33
21-26
13-05
13-14
15-24
21-16
thermal expansion data
Flexibility Characteristic
effect of branch to run
diameters
for a tee
requirements, nonmetallic
Flexibility Factors
basis for
for B16.9 tee
Graphitization
temperature relative to
onset
2-2
8-22
15-20
Heat Fusion Joints
13-08
Heat Treatment
cooling rate
for austenitic stainless steel
for bending and forming
for carbon steel pipe
for flared laps
for valve parts
governing thickness
heating rate
local
2-24
monitoring
postweld
for fabricated intersections
1-58
Hardness
limitations on
records
testing
1-55
1-56
5-01
1-55
1-56
1-7
12-08
12-17
1-6
4-16
5-15
13-05
6-01
11-16
12-15
12-16
15-03
11-17
11-18
21-30
21-31
4-08
8-09
1-56
for components not listed
in Appendix D
Fluid Service
definition
Fluid Service (Cont’d)
general hydrocarbon
requirements, metallic
responsibility for
categorizing
Flanges
assembly
design
for pressure piping
components
for welded elbows
Interpretation
Subject
requirements
1-6
19-34
20-23
1-69
1-65
2-2
19-04
21-12
11-03
8-12
1-39
1-59
4-06
5-06
11-06
1-69
5-08
8-05
5-08
8-05
20-39
20-44
22-19
24-30
8-08
8-21
8-23
8-24
9-03
9-05
12-14
14-01
14-16
15-18
18-04
Subject
Interpretation
Heat Treatment (Cont’d)
requirements (Cont’d)
SP-1 through SP-5
when radiography is
required
21-46
21-48
8-24
1-64
2-4
High Pressure Piping
24-13
Hydrostatic Tests (see Leak Tests)
Impact Tests
absorbed energy data
alternative methods
base metal
exclusions from
HAZ
heat treatment required
in qualifying procedures
of aluminum filler metals
of austenitic stainless steel
of bolting materials
of duplex stainless steel
of heat-affected zone
of high pressure piping
of weldments
requirements
size specimen
temperature limitation
(i)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
2-9
8-30
4-01
11-12
18-12
20-10
24-14
1-76
5-14
8-30
23-13
5-19
8-29
2-19
1-65
4-15
20-13
1-76
5-21
21-27
1-12
1-65
1-76
5-21
19-21
21-19
15-23
17-09
20-31
21-18
24-01
5-14
8-30
14-12
19-07
19-43
21-01
21-28
21-43
22-01
22-02
22-26
22-44
23-08
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Interpretation
Subject
Impact Tests (Cont’d)
temperature limitation (Cont’d)
Interpretation
Subject
Leak Tests
acceptance criteria
24-27
24-28
Imperfections (see also Acceptance
Criteria)
concave root surface
1-1
6-04
determination of
8-32
lack of fusion
5-09
porosity
1-9
5-13
5-16
5-20
slag inclusion
5-20
tungsten inclusions
1-9
5-17
undercutting
1-14
2-8
6-04
Installed Piping
1-30
Instrument Piping
7-07
8-01
Internal Piping, Equipment
1-8
Joint Factors
for ASTM A234,
ASTM A312,
ASTM A403
for branch connections
for circumferential welds
for longitudinal and spiral
(helical seam) welds
circumferential bends
exposed during test
instrument tubing
leak tested
special
tapered pipe thread
threaded
Lateral Fittings
as nondestructive
examination
external design pressure
for Category D fluid
service
for Category M fluid
service
for system designed for 0
psi
isolation of test pump
leakage
minimum hydrostatic test
pressure
2-20
8-06
1-42
1-78
3-11
8-06
17-14
20-34
Joints
alignment
alternative
15-07
17-25
5-11
2-6
3-10
22-09
7-07
24-19
8-13
16-15
11-16
17-19
20-48
minor repairs and
additions
negative pressure
of discharge piping
of joints
of newly constructed
systems
of piping and vessel
of piping connecting
equipment
of replacement piping
painting before test
personnel qualification
pneumatic test
1-6
1-2
15-22
16-03
23-14
24-07
4-09
5-07
6-08
8-15
12-01
12-21
17-05
17-10
18-15
20-18
23-05
8-31
Subject
Leak Tests (Cont’d)
pneumatic test (Cont’d)
preparation for
reduced pressure
(hydrostatic test)
requirements
19-44
1-36
20-47
sensitive
2-31
1-2
1-4
2-23
system pneumatic leak test
pressure
temperature correction for
4-04
1-2
test fluid
test pressure
22-11
1-72
20-28
1-4
5-02
5-22
8-15
20-24
1-63
3-3
5-22
12-21
2-6
3-10
5-23
8-31
11-07
11-19
12-02
13-06
19-23
19-30
19-32
Interpretation
time
vents and drains
welds
Lethal Substance
Limitations
on hardness
on imperfections (see
Imperfections)
on tubing size
Liquid Penetrant Examination
requirements
20-17
22-30
24-11
2-6
3-10
5-02
5-23
12-03
1-61
2-23
13-13
20-17
22-27
8-15
13-13
22-14
22-15
22-18
23-15
1-25
17-02
19-06
19-23
22-30
1-35
1-43
12-19
12-04
19-10
20-46
21-11
21-42
23-20
20-06
20-07
20-35
21-10
21-36
1-73
2-2
2-13
3-6
11-14
Low Temperature Requirements (see
Impact Tests)
(j)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Subject
Materials
API 5L
API 5LX
ASTM A234
ASTM A312
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
A350
A351
A387
A403
ASTM A487
ASTM A537
ASTM A570
ASTM A587
ASTM A633
ASTM A658
ASTM A671
ASTM B241
ASTM B337
ASTM B464
austenitic stainless steels
bases for design stresses
carbon steel
certification
conforming to two grades
listed
notch sensitive
notes
reidentification
toughness requirements
traceability
unlisted material
Interpretation
1-78
2-4
3-9
3-11
6-01
6-06
2-4
11-05
2-20
1-29
1-77
2-20
19-07
11-13
8-25
1-77
2-20
8-07
2-1
1-38
1-13
1-11
3-8
1-48
2-19
4-18
8-11
3-13
11-05
19-39
5-10
8-02
13-10
21-03
8-18
8-34
17-09R
(Vol.
18)
17-11
22-12
22-42
2-22
20-29
8-19
5-19
19-28
11-05
11-20
15-04
17-01
17-08
19-27
Interpretation
Subject
Miter Bends
pressure design of
1-22
5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runs
explanation of
Nomenclature
d
T
TW
1-54
1-28
5-04
5-16
1-75
tn
Nonmetallic Piping
fluid service requirements
in Category M Fluid
Service
joint requirements
materials
pressure design
Pipe
alterations of existing pipe
components
curved and mitered
segments
elbowless
general
in corroded condition
instrument
made from plate
of noncircular cross section
pressure design
11-17
11-18
8-35
7-09
8-14
19-08
20-30
21-30
21-31
14-17
14-18
21-33
22-38
pressure testing
spiral (helical seam)
welded
straight, under internal
pressure
types
Pipe Supports
configurations
longitudinal stress effects
materials
use of plastic
Notch Sensitive
materials
Interpretation
13-04
20-04
22-41
15-14
18-06
8-03
22-43
2-15
17-24
1-48
8-36
3-2
13-07
14-09
9-09
7-03
10-20
11-21
14-11
20-27
6-07
7-05
19-36
21-41
1-49
2-22
Occasional Variations
(Pressure/Temperature
Allowances)
1-3
2-14
4-11
1-50
2-15
2-16
2-17
19-18
20-49
20-50
21-08
loads
Owner
responsibilities
1-26
2-30
5-22
19-11
Owner’s Inspector
qualifications of
1-31
20-33
1-26
24-05
responsibilities of
Mechanical Interlock
1-33
Subject
19-45
Plastic
lined pipe — use of
screwed flanges
pipe supports
8-33
1-49
Pneumatic Tests (see Leak Tests)
Positions
qualification of welding
1-66
Postweld Heat Treatment (see Heat
Treatment)
Preheat (see Heat Treatment)
Pressure Design
allowance
for elevated temperatures
in the high pressure range
of extruded headers
(k)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
17-12
20-03
20-51
21-33
21-45
3-4
1-68
17-16
1-21
1-70
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Interpretation
Subject
Pressure Design (Cont’d)
of flanges and blanks
of miter bends
of nonmetallic piping
components
of pipe
of listed components
of unlisted components
of valves
Pressure Rating
components
valve
variations
and test pressure
pressure reducing station
requirements
stop valves
14-18
1-42
1-54
1-57
1-68
1-70
2-11
11-21
13-07
15-06
15-10
17-06
21-38
22-04
16-14
16-18
13-02
13-03
13-05
21-34
24-09
8-04
13-15
19-02
8-04
4-11
20-22
Pressure Relief Devices
acceptable devices
setting
10-14
13-15
19-12
1-21
14-17
2-21
2-29
19-41
23-11
11-07
11-19
12-04
14-09
18-03
19-31
17-29
23-17
24-16
1-32
7-01
12-04
10-10
12-18
Subject
Interpretation
Subject
Pressure Surges
loads due to
1-50
Records
certification
Pressure–Temperature
Rating
5-05
8-34
Pressure Test (see Leak Test)
Pressure Thickness
22-21
Progressive Examination
1-5
1-62
3-5
10-09
10-12
11-02
11-04
13-12
16-01
16-02
16-05
18-01
Published Specification
Radiographic Examination
100%
as supplementary
examination
digital radiography
normal fluid service
on fillet welds
random radiography
records
requirements
selection of welds for
examination
spot radiography
survey plugs
when PWHT is required
for radiographic
examination
of examinations
of hardness tests
retention of
Reinforcement, Branch
attachment weld
clarification of terms
limits of
Reinforcement Pad
Thickness
Repairs
to welds
Interpretation
5-10
8-02
10-03
21-03
1-10
11-11
21-20
8-22
1-10
4-03
7-08
1-37
11-10
2-27
9-04
22-20
2-18
1-15
5-09
20-17
8-38
Responsibility
designer
rights of owner’s
inspection
10-11
10-03
17-15
20-42
20-20
24-02
1-27
1-45
1-62
2-12
2-32
3-12
1-10
6-04
11-01
11-05
12-03
22-08
2-25
Safeguarding
1-62
3-12
19-48
1-64
2-4
Simplified Flexibility
Analysis
1-33
Stainless Steel
22-03
22-23
5-12
Scope (see Code Coverage)
Seismic Loads
effect of friction
stresses due to
Severe Cyclic Conditions
cyclic loading
large rapid temperature
change
material
spiral (helical seam)
welded pipe
(l)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
4-07
23-04
23-12
2-17
5-12
8-09
21-29
7-03
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Interpretation
Subject
Standard Components
manufacturer’s markings
3-7
8-02
5-05
8-04
8-07
valves
Standards
compliance
superseded
5-10
1-44
Stresses (see also Allowable Stresses)
allowable
19-37
19-38
19-46
20-32
analysis
23-07
displacement stress range
7-04
12-06
20-02
due to cold spring
8-16
due to occasional loads
2-16
24-24
due to pressure surges
1-50
due to seismic loads
2-17
due to sustained loads
15-15
16-04
16-11
20-02
due to thermal gradients
3-4
hydrostatic design
19-13
longitudinal
1-20
1-50
2-15
2-24
4-10
4-12
6-03R
(Vol.
7)
6-07
7-05
8-16
17-18
18-16
ratio figure
23-01
reduction factors
16-10
21-34
Stress Intensification Factors
application of
basis for
branch connections
for B16.9 tees
1-34
2-24
6-03R
(Vol.
7)
1-56
2-7
1-7
Interpretation
Subject
Stress Intensification Factors (Cont’d)
for fabricated intersections
1-6
5-15
for tees
1-46
1-55
1-71
5-01
12-08
12-17
for unlisted components
13-05
for welded elbows
1-6
12-11
Temperatures
allowance
17-12
20-03
16-08
22-36
10-02
bending
critical
design minimum
temperature
fluid
large changes
limitations
maximum metal
temperature
minimum design metal
temperature (MDMT)
reduction
variation in elevated
temperature service
verification
Thermoplastic Piping
neat fusion joints
solvent cemented joints
specific requirements
Thickness Allowances
governing
in stress calculations
wall
welding tee
Thickness Requirements
Subject
Tubing
category M fluid service
joints
limitations
Ultrasonic Examination
in place of radiography
requirements
Unlisted
components
14-08
14-12
15-11
15-16
17-07
19-35
23-06
8-09
4-13
5-14
15-12
15-25
19-47
19-40
materials (see Materials)
20-13R
U-Stamp
4-11
20-15
17-17
Valves
Category M Fluid Service
Flanged Ball Valves
materials
16-09
13-08
10-08
10-06
17-13
17-21
18-02
1-20
23-16
18-18
20-17
20-41
pressure buildup
qualification
ratings
Visual Examination
internal
requirements
Washers, Use of
(m)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Interpretation
16-17
7-07
2-13
3-6
11-05
20-09
20-42
10-17
1-6
1-51
3-6
4-05
5-05
8-07
10-18
10-07
10-11
12-09
13-02
13-03
13-05
19-03
19-19
20-25
20-37
21-34
23-03
22-34
8-35
16-16
8-07
15-26
8-04
24-18
5-05
8-10
8-26
13-16
2-28
10-03
13-16
18-17
24-21
2-5
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–24
Interpretation
Subject
Weld
acceptable criteria
bevels
closure
configuration
definition
double submerged arc
welded (DSAW)
examination of welds
fillet size
final
for branch connections
17-03
17-22
18-07
21-44
22-40
12-10
22-16
24-25
19-16
14-03
19-05
21-46R
10-15
11-01
11-14
13-16
14-14
14-15
15-02
19-17
19-42
20-06
20-43
1-74
10-19
16-06
20-01
19-15
2-10
4-03
4-14
8-37
11-10
19-25
Interpretation
Subject
Weld (Cont’d)
for branch connections (Cont’d)
imperfections (see also
Acceptable Criteria)
joint quality factor
joint strength reduction
factor
longitudinal
map
of valves
partial joint penetration
preparation for welding
qualification of position
reinforcement
repair
sign
size
socket
spacing of
tack
Subject
Weld (Cont’d)
types
24-10
24-15
21-02
21-06
21-37
21-35
22-37
24-12
2-20
3-11
4-18
22-10
22-25
12-12
23-02
13-01
14-04
1-66
7-08
11-08
2-18
21-19
22-25
22-32
6-02
6-05
10-19
15-08
16-06
19-20
7-02
22-35
Welder Qualification
by others
requirements
Welding Procedure
qualification of
responsibility
specification
Workmanship
(n)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Interpretation
20-05
20-07
15-19
18-08
19-26
22-35
17-27
24-06
1-12
1-65
1-66
1-76
4-17
8-23
8-29
11-09
14-05
14-13
19-22
24-17
12-07
12-12
8-21
8-22
20-14
20-19
20-31
22-33
24-29
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
(o)
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31.3 Code Cases
ASME issues replies to inquiries that are applicable to ASME B31.3. When a reply modifies the existing requirements
of the Code, the inquiry and reply are issued as a Code Case.
Code Cases remain available for use until annulled by the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping Standards
Committee.
B31.3 Code Cases that are approved after this edition will be published on the following ASME web page:
http://cstools.asme.org/csconnect/CommitteePages.cfm?CommitteepN10020400.
As of the date of issuance of this edition of B31.3, the following Code Cases are in effect:
Case 180
Leak testing of subassemblies of jacketed piping
Case 181
Use of alternative ultrasonic examination acceptance criteria
Case 185
Use of standard helium leak test for a vacuum-only piping system
(para. 345)
Case 191
Cu–13Zn–1.1Ni–Si–Al alloy seamless pipe and tube
Case 193
Cu–5.5Zn–4Si casting alloy UNS No. C87600
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
The Code Cases affected by this edition are as follows:
Page
Code Case
Change
C-8
188
Annulled with the approval of Technical
Revision 12-849
C-9
191
Added
C-10
193
Added
C-1
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31 CASE 180
Leak Testing of Subassemblies of Jacketed Piping for Use in ASME B31.3 Piping Systems
Approval Date: January 5, 2007
Inquiry: Does ASME B31.3 permit an alternate leak
test for jacketed piping in which it is impracticable to
visually examine the welded joints and connections for
leaks in accordance with para. 345.2.2(a)?
(b) A leak test is performed that otherwise meets the
requirements of para. 345.1, except visual examination
of joints and connection in accordance with
paras. 345.2.2(a) and 345.3.1 is not required.
(c) A sensitive leak test is performed in accordance
with para. 345.8 to demonstrate leak tightness of welded
joints and connections that are not visually examined
during the leak testing required in (b) above.
Reply: Visually observing the joints and connections
during the leak test in accordance with paras. 345.2.2(a)
and 345.3.1 is not required, provided all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
(a) The welded joints and connections are on the inner
pipe of jacketed piping.
C-2
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31 CASE 181
Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria in ASME B31.3
Approval Date: January 4, 2012
Inquiry: Under what conditions and limitations may
alternative UT acceptance criteria apply in lieu of those
described in para. 344.6.2 of ASME B31.3?
(d) Examination
(1) The initial straight beam scan for reflectors that
could interfere with the angle beam examination shall
be performed
(a) manually
(b) as part of a previous manufacturing process
or
(c) during the weld examination, provided detection of these reflectors is included in the demonstration
as required in (a)(3) above
(2) The examination area shall include the volume
of the weld, plus the lesser of 25 mm (1.0 in.) or t of
adjacent base metal. Alternatively, the examination volume may be reduced to include the actual heat affected
zone (HAZ) plus 6 mm (0.25 in.) of base material beyond
the heat affected zone on each side of the weld, provided
the extent of the weld HAZ is measured and
documented.
(3) Scanning may be performed at reference level,
provided the procedure qualification was performed at
reference level.
(e) Data Recording. Data shall be recorded in the
unprocessed form with no thresholding. The data record
shall include the complete examination area as specified
in (d)(2) above.
(f) Data Analysis
(1) Reflectors exceeding the limits below shall be
investigated to determine whether the indication originates from a flaw or is a geometric indication, in accordance with (2) below.
(a) For amplitude-based techniques, the location,
amplitude, and extent of all reflectors that produce a
response greater than 20% of the reference level shall
be investigated.
(b) For non-amplitude-based techniques, the
location and extent of all images that have an indicated
length greater than 4.0 mm (0.16 in.) shall be
investigated.
(2) Ultrasonic indications of geometric and/or metallurgical origin shall be classified as specified in
ASME Section V, Article 4, T-481.
(3) Alternatively, other techniques or NDE methods may be used to classify an indication as geometric
(e.g., alternative beam angles, radiography). The method
employed is for information only to classify the indication as geometric, and ASME B31.3 requirements for
Reply: When specified by the owner, the ultrasonic
examination acceptance criteria included below may be
applied for welds in material greater than or equal to
25 mm (1.0 in.) in thickness 1 in accordance with
ASME B31.3, provided the following requirements are
met:
(a) General/Scope
(1) The examination shall be conducted using automated or semiautomated techniques utilizing computerbased data acquisition.
(2) The examination shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure approved by Level III
personnel and conforming to the requirements of
ASME BPV Code Section V, Article 4, Mandatory
Appendix VIII and
(a) for phased array — ASME Section V, Article 4,
Mandatory Appendix V
(b) for time of flight diffraction (TOFD) —
ASME Section V, Article 4, Mandatory Appendix III
(3) Procedure qualification shall meet the requirements of ASME Section V, Article 4, Mandatory
Appendix IX.
(b) Equipment. A mechanical guided scanner capable
of maintaining a fixed and consistent search unit position relative to the weld centerline shall be used.
(c) Personnel
(1) Setup and scanning of welds shall be performed
by personnel certified as Level II or III (or by Level I
personnel under the direct supervision of Level II
personnel).
(2) Interpretation and evaluation of data shall be
performed by Level II or III personnel.
(3) Examination personnel shall be qualified and
certified following a procedure or program as described
in ASME Section V, Article 1, T-120(e), (f), (h), and (i).
(4) Personnel demonstration requirements shall be
as stated in ASME Section V, Article 4, Mandatory
Appendix VII.
1
For wall thicknesses less than 25 mm (1.0 in.), the acceptance
criteria stated in para. 344.6.2 of B31.3 shall be used.
C-3
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
(2) Multiple Flaws
(a) Discontinuous flaws that are oriented primarily in parallel planes shall be considered to lie in a single
plane if the distance between the adjacent planes is equal
to or less than 13 mm (0.50 in.) or 0.5t, whichever is less.
(b) If the space between two flaws aligned along
the axis of weld is less than the height of the flaw of
greater height, the two flaws shall be considered a single flaw.
(c) If the space between two flaws aligned in the
through-thickness dimension is less than the height of
the flaw of greater height, the two flaws shall be considered a single flaw.
(h) Flaw Acceptance Criteria. Flaws shall be evaluated
against the applicable acceptance criteria of Table 1 or
Table 2, except that flaw length (ᐉ) shall not exceed 4t,
regardless of flaw height (h) or the calculated aspect
ratio.
examination techniques are only required to the extent
that they are applicable.
(g) Flaw Evaluation
(1) Dimensions. The dimensions of the flaw(s) shall
be determined by the rectangle that fully contains the
area of the flaw(s). (Refer to Fig. 1.)
(a) The length, ᐉ, of the flaw shall be drawn parallel to the inside pressure-retaining surface of the
component.
(b) The height, h, of the flaw shall be drawn normal to the inside pressure-retaining surface of the
component.
(c) The flaw shall be characterized as a surface
or subsurface flaw, as shown in Fig. 1.
(d) A subsurface indication shall be considered
as a surface flaw if the separation (S in Fig. 1) of the
indication from the nearest surface of the component is
equal to or less than half the through-wall dimension
[h in Fig. 1, sketch (b)] of the subsurface indication.
C-4
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
Fig. 1 Surface and Subsurface Indications
t
t
h
h
S
(a) Surface Flaw
(b) Surface Flaw
t
h
S
S > 0.5h
(c) Subsurface Flaw
C-5
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
Table 1 Acceptance Criteria for Surface Flaws
Maximum h/t for Weld Thickness
Aspect Ratio,
h/ᐉ
25 mm to 64 mm
(1.0 in. to 2.5 in.)
100 mm to 300 mm
(3.9 in. to 11.8 in.)
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.031
0.033
0.036
0.041
0.047
0.019
0.020
0.022
0.025
0.028
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.055
0.064
0.074
0.083
0.085
0.087
0.033
0.038
0.044
0.050
0.051
0.052
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) t p thickness of the weld excluding any allowable reinforcement. For a butt joint joining two members having different
thicknesses at the joint, t is the thinner of the two thicknesses
joined. If a full penetration weld includes a fillet weld, the
effective throat dimension of the fillet weld shall be included
in t.
(b) Aspect ratio (h/ᐉ) used may be determined by rounding the
calculated h/ᐉ down to the nearest 0.05 increment value
within the column, or by linear interpolation.
(c) For intermediate thickness t [weld thicknesses between 64 mm
and 100 mm (2.5 in. and 3.9 in.)], linear interpolation is
required to obtain h/t values.
Table 2 Acceptance Criteria for Subsurface Flaws
Maximum h/t for Weld Thickness
Aspect Ratio,
h/ᐉ
25 mm to 64 mm
(1.0 in. to 2.5 in.)
100 mm to 300 mm
(3.9 in. to 11.8 in.)
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.068
0.076
0.086
0.098
0.114
0.040
0.044
0.050
0.058
0.066
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.132
0.156
0.180
0.210
0.246
0.286
0.076
0.088
0.102
0.116
0.134
0.152
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) t p thickness of the weld excluding any allowable reinforcement. For a butt joint joining two members having different
thicknesses at the joint, t is the thinner of the two thicknesses
joined. If a full penetration weld includes a fillet weld, the
effective throat dimension of the fillet weld shall be included
in t.
(b) Aspect ratio (h/ᐉ) used may be determined by rounding the
calculated h/ᐉ down to the nearest 0.05 increment value
within the column, or by linear interpolation.
(c) For intermediate thickness t [weld thicknesses between 64 mm
and 100 mm (2.5 in. and 3.9 in.)], linear interpolation is
required to obtain h/t values.
C-6
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31 CASE 185
Use of Standard Helium Leak Test for a Vacuum-Only Piping System (Para. 345)
Approval Date: December 22, 2009
Inquiry: Under what circumstances does ASME B31.3
permit the use of helium mass spectrometer leak tests
performed under a vacuum as a substitute for the leak
test requirements specified in ASME B31.3, para. 345?
(e) ASME B31.3, para. 345.2 applies, except for the
minimum “10 min” leak test period, the leak test pressure requirements, and the limitation of the need for
access for jacketed piping to “visual access.” Paragraph
345.3 also applies, except for the leak test pressure
requirements. All other inspection, examination, and
records requirements of ASME B31.3 Chapter VI must
still be satisfied (i.e., paras. 340, 341, 342, 343, 344,
and 346).
(f) Written procedures shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPV Code, Section V, Article 10.
(g) Test personnel shall have training and certification
consistent with ASME B31.3, para. 342.
(h) Test reports, including records of personnel qualifications, shall meet the requirements of ASME BPV
Code, Section V, Article 10, para. T-1091 and shall be
retained for at least 5 yr.
(i) Options of the ASME BPV Code, Section V,
Article 10 test methods that allow the engineering design
to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and
Appendix IX test methods (such as acceptability limits
for system leak tightness) may only be exercised so as
to make these requirements more sensitive or more
conservative.
(j) The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the
pressurized leak test of ASME B31.3, para. 345 shall be
specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted
by the owner.
Reply: In the opinion of the Committee, the qualified
helium leak tests under vacuum conditions in the ASME
BPV Code, Section V, Article 10, Appendices V and IX
are acceptable substitutes for the testing requirements
identified in para. 345 of ASME B31.3, provided the
following conditions are met:
(a) The piping system is expected to operate only
under vacuum (i.e., subatmospheric pressure)
conditions.
(b) Any leakage into the piping system that could
result in an internal reaction (e.g., combustion or explosion) that increases the pressure above atmospheric shall
be prevented.
(c) All system joints and connections shall be leak
tested. Piping welds and joints to be tested shall be
uninsulated and exposed, and shall not be primed,
painted, or otherwise coated.
(d) Helium leak testing is performed at vacuum conditions sufficient for the mass spectrometer helium leak
tests of ASME BPV Code, Section V, Article 10,
Appendices V and IX, or at pressures below 10 mbar
absolute (less than 1% of atmospheric pressure), whichever is lower.
C-7
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31 CASE 188
Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B31.3, Chapter IX (Para. K345.4.2)
Approval Date: June 9, 2014 (published only on ASME Web page)
Annulment Date: February 27, 2015
Reason for Annulment: Code Case was incorporated into the Code
C-8
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31 CASE 191
Cu–13Zn–1.1Ni–Si–Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube
Approval Date: January 21, 2015
Inquiry: May precipitation-hardened (temper
designation TF00) Cu–13Zn–1.1Ni–Si–Al alloy
(UNS No. C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming
to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used
under the rules of ASME B31.3?
Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
°C
Reply: Yes, with the following provisions:
(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the
material shall be those given in Table 1.
(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted.
(c) The maximum use temperature shall be
204°C (400°F).
(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be mandatory.
Stress,
MPa
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
°F
Stress,
ksi
40
65
100
125
138
138
138
138
100
150
200
250
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
150
175
200
225 [Note (1)]
138
137
135
132
300
350
400
...
20.0
19.9
19.5
...
NOTE:
(1) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204°C (400°F).
The value listed at 225°C is provided for interpolation
purposes only.
C-9
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3 CASES
B31 CASE 193
Cu–5.5Zn–4Si Casting Alloy UNS No. C87600
Approval Date: October 9, 2014
Inquiry: May
Cu–5.5Zn–4Si
casting
alloy
UNS No. C87600 conforming to the requirements of
ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of
ASME B31.3?
Reply: Yes, with the following provisions:
(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material
shall be those given in Table 1. A casting quality factor,
Ec , needs to be applied.
(b) The maximum use temperature shall be
177°C (350°F).
(d) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this material. The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME
Section IX.
Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
°C
Stress,
MPa
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
°F
Stress,
ksi
40
65
100
138
138
138
100
150
200
20.0
20.0
20.0
125
150
175
200 [Note (1)]
138
138
138
137
250
300
350
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
NOTE:
(1) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177°C (350°F).
The value listed at 200°C is provided for interpolation
purposes only.
C-10
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyright c 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME B31.3-2014
A03714
Related papers
Employing Tactical Urbanism to Rejuvenate Urban Voids : A Methodological Approach
Journal of Architecture and Planning Research, 2024
Heap leach modeling employing CFD technology: A ‘process’ heap model
Minerals Engineering, 2012
Native American Science in a Living Universe: A Paiute Perspective
Natural Science and Indigenous Knowledge: The Americas Experience, 2024
Review of BEN SAȂD, M. -Ordonner la diversité du vivant dans le Kitāb al-Ḥayawān d'al-Ğāḥiẓ (776-868)
BIBLIOTHECA ORIENTALIS LXXIX N° 5-6, september-december 2022, pp. 638-641, 2022
Intimate Partner Violence Perpetration Among Men and Emergency Department Use
The Journal of emergency medicine, 2011
Rapid Coordination Extends Space-Based Sun-Climate Record
Eos, Transactions American Geophysical Union, 2014
Does calcium ameliorate the negative effect of NaCl on melon root water transport by regulating aquaporin activity?
New Phytologist, 2000
Bronchial sleeve anastomosis and primary closures with the da Vinci system: an advanced minimally invasive technique
Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery, 2017
Government Initiatives and Public Awareness on HIV/AIDS in Malaysia: Where Are We After 30 Years?
Jurnal Komunikasi, Malaysian Journal of Communication, 2016
MPhil Scholars’ Views about the Use of Humor in English Language Classroom in Quetta, Balochistan, Pakistan
International Journal of English Linguistics, 2017
Causes of erythrocytosis and its impact as a risk factor for thrombosis according to etiology: experience in a referral center in Mexico City
BLOOD RESEARCH, 2021
A standard reference model for intelligent multimedia presentation systems
Computer standards & interfaces, 1997